GOVERNANCE THEORY AND PRACTICE IN ASIA PACIFIC

Proceedings Book
By Asia Pacific Society fo Public Affairs (www.apspa.org)
For the 7th International Conference on Public Organization

Editors:
Nurmandi, Achmad
Choi, Jin-wook
Kim, Sunhyuk
Mohamed, Ahmad Martadha
Mutiarin, Dyah
Purnomo, Eko Priyo
Samudra, Azhari Aziz
Sumrahadi, Abdullah
Tamronglak, Amporn
Rooengtam, Sataporn

Special Copies, October 2017

Printed on Yogyakarta

ISBN: 978-602-50842-0-1

Published by:
Asia Pacific Society fo Public Affairs
For the 7th International Conference on Public Organization
Host by:
Institut Pemerintahan Dalam Negeri
Editor’s Note

This year’s 7th International Conference on Public Organizations (ICONPOVII) executive

committee proudly presents the product of hard earned labor and toil of researches who have

contributed greatly in the pursuit of generating knowledge and information.

In this conference proceeding, the committee has classified the topics according to their themes

and categories. Hence, it is with pride that we are sharing and partaking diversity and variety.

The research topics found in this volume are Indigenous People's Engagement and Social

Inclusion; Refugee Crisis and Displacement; Interdisciplinary Teaching Approaches; Political

Formations and Political Dynasties; Federalism and Decentralization; Urban Planning and

Development; Public Policy and Political Entrepreneurship; Government and Public Service;

Policy Network and Policy Implementation; Organizational Performance, Employee Motivation,

and Job Satisfaction; Coordination Strategies and Network Collaboration; Disaster Risk

Reduction and Management; Budget Process and Transparency; Land Use Conversion and

Utilization; Research and Teaching Nexus; Public Disclosure and Accountability; Democracy

and Digital Democracy, and; Peace-building and Sustainable Development.

In behalf of the executive committee and editorial board, it is with honor that we present to you

significant contributions to the vast body of knowledge that is yet to be discovered and explored.

We hope that these would assist the reader in any endeavor and we are looking forward to

engage with your valuable inputs in our future publications.

With gratefulness and appreciation,

Prof. Dr. Achmad Nurmandi
Editor-in-Chief
 Table of Content
INDIGENOUS PEOPLES ENGAGEMENT TO MAINSTREAM LOCAL POLITICS: A
SOUTHERN PHILIPPINES NARRATIVE ...................................................................................... 9
Joy Melyn L.Jayma-Porquis ........................................................................................................ 9
FORCED DISPLACEMENT IN THE SCIENCE FICTION ELYSIUM VIS-À-VIS THE REFUGEE
CRISIS IN SYRIA: REFLECTIONS ON THE STRUGGLES OF FORCED MIGRANTS ........... 22
Nikka Antipasado Peligro .......................................................................................................... 22
Joy Melyn Jayma-Porquis ......................................................................................................... 22
STRENGTHENING COMPETENCE AND MENTORING THE HIGH SCHOOL TEACHERS
TEACHING SOCIAL STUDIES BASED ON INTERDISCIPLINARY APPROACH IN THE 3RD
DISTRICT OF BUKIDNON, NORTHERN MINDANAO PHILIPPINES ....................................... 47
Marjorie T. Sobradil ................................................................................................................... 47
Angelita I. Jacobe ...................................................................................................................... 47
Sittie Juhanna M. Pandapatan .................................................................................................. 47
Joy Melyn J. Porquis ................................................................................................................. 47
Reynante B. Casiro ................................................................................................................... 47
THE CITY GOVERNMENT'S POLICIES, PROGRAMS, AND PROJECTS APROPOS THE
BUKIDNON TRIBE OF BARANGAY DALWANGAN: ................................................................ 68
A STUDY ON SOCIAL INCLUSION ............................................................................................. 68
JENICA ALEXIS P. YAMON ..................................................................................................... 68
GRACE O. GALACHE .............................................................................................................. 68
YOUTH LIFE AND LANDSCAPE: HOW THE BUKIDNON TRIBAL YOUTHS’ PERCEIVED
THEIR PARTICIPATION AND EXPERIENCES IN THE PURSUANCE OF THE CERTIFICATE
OF ANCESTRAL DOMAIN TITLE ............................................................................................... 82
Grace O. Galache ..................................................................................................................... 82
ISSUES ON PHILIPPINE FEDERALIZATION AS PERCEIVED BY THE BARANGAY
CAPTAINS IN THE COMPONENT CITIES OF BUKIDNON, PHILIPPINES ........................... 104
Robby Jane Dela Cruz Salveron ............................................................................................ 104
Prof. Anna Girlee Visto-Visayan ............................................................................................. 104
URBAN GOVERNMENT INDEX OF THE PROVINCE OF BUKIDNON .................................. 122
Marjorie T. Sobradil ................................................................................................................. 122
EFFECTS OF TOKHANG PROGRAM TO THE DRUG SURRENDEREES OF MALAYBALAY
CITY ............................................................................................................................................ 139
Joy Melyn J. Porquis ............................................................................................................... 139
Jade C. Flores ......................................................................................................................... 139
AN ASSESSMENT ON THE CAPACITY DEVELOPMENT OF URBAN GOVERNMENTS IN
BUKIDNON IN THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE NATIONAL HIV/AIDS POLICY
..................................................................................................................................................... 148

1 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Marjorie T. Sobradil ................................................................................................................. 148
Angelita I. Jacobe .................................................................................................................... 148
INVISIBLE STAKEHOLDERS: UNMASKING THE ROLE OF WOMEN IN THE MANAGEMENT
AND PRESERVATION OF MT. KITANGLAD RANGE NATURAL PARK .............................. 160
Grace O. Galache and Meshelle M. Rivera ............................................................................ 160
THE MATIGSALUG OG MONDANAO AS THEY TEETER BETWEEN TRADITIONAL AND
MAINSTREAM POLICIES.......................................................................................................... 181
May Alinie C. Postrano-Butalid ............................................................................................... 181
Joy Melyn J. Porquis ............................................................................................................... 181
THE OPPORTUNITIES AND CHALLENGES OF MAKASSAR GOVERNMENT TOWARDS
IMPROVING SERVICES FOR PUBLIC COMPLAINTS BASED ON E-GOVERNMENT ........ 198
Alim Bubu Swarga ([email protected]) ................................................................ 198
Riska Sarofah ([email protected]) ................................................................................ 198
Siti Hidayatul Juma'ah ([email protected]) .............................................................. 198
POLICY NETWORK IN THE POLICY IMPLEMENTATION MANAGEMENT SCHOOL BASED
QUALITY IMPROVEMENT AT PUBLIC ELEMENTARY SCHOOL OF BANDUNG CITY ..... 216
Ine Mariane.............................................................................................................................. 216
THE REPRODUCTIVE HEALTH BILL AS PERCEIVED BY THE EMPLOYEES OF THE
MINDANAO STATE UNIVERSITY – ILIGAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY ................... 244
Sittie Akima A. Ali, MPA .......................................................................................................... 244
Nasroden B. Guro, DPA ........................................................................................................ 244
THE EFFECT OF WORK CULTURE TOWARD EMPLOYEES PERFORMANCE (STUDY IN
MINISTRY OF LAW AND HUMAN RIGHTS, WEST SUMATERA) ......................................... 270
Aldri Frinaldi ............................................................................................................................ 270
Muhamad Ali Embi .................................................................................................................. 270
Yulvia Chrisdiana .................................................................................................................... 270
Public Information Access and Service in Government Agency (Descriptive Case Study of
the Utilization of Information Technology for Public Information Access and Services in
ANRI) .......................................................................................................................................... 283
Tiara Kharisma ........................................................................................................................ 283
Firman Kurniawan Sujono ....................................................................................................... 283
THE IMPACT OF PAY REFORM ON THE ORGANIZATIONAL PERFORMANCE (A CASE
STUDY: IMPLEMENTATION OF REMUNERATION AT UNIVERSITAS PADJADJARAN) .. 297
R. Ira Irawati ............................................................................................................................ 297
Nunung Runiawati ................................................................................................................... 297
Imanudin Kudus ...................................................................................................................... 297
LOAN MANAGEMENT BY LOCAL GOVERNMENT IN THAILAND ....................................... 310
Kornarpha Wongkasem 1 Prasit Kunurat2sekson Yongvanit3 ..................................................... 310

2 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

THE ROLE OF DISTRICTS IN ADDRESSING STRATEGIC ISSUES IN BANDUNG ............ 324
Nunung Runiawati ................................................................................................................... 324
Rina Hermawati ....................................................................................................................... 324
Collaborative Management in Policy Implementation: Case Study; Forest management
policy in Riau Province ............................................................................................................ 339
Agustiyara................................................................................................................................ 339
Dr. Sataporn Roengtam .......................................................................................................... 339
COORDINATION STRATEGIES AMONG GOVERNMENT AGENCIES IN MANAGING WATER
RESOURCES IN THE REGION BATANGHARI RIVER IN PROVINCE OF JAMBI................ 363
( Case Study At DAS Batang Merangin – Tembesi , Sarolangun Regency) ...................... 363
Muhammad Farid .................................................................................................................... 363
Dr.Dra. Hj. Sintaningrum, M.T................................................................................................. 363
Prof. Dr. Drs. H. Budiman Rusli, MS. ...................................................................................... 363
THE RENEWAL MANAGEMENT OF LOCAL GOVERNANCE BY OPTIMALIZATION THE
ROLE OF CIVIL SOCIETY IN THE MAKING OF WELFARE STATE...................................... 385
Madjid, Udaya1 Adiningsih, Berthy2 Indarti, Cynthia 3 ............................................................. 385
THE INFLUENCE OF WORK CULTURE ON WORK PERFORMANCE OF EMPLOYEES IN
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION, COMMUNICATION AND INFORMATICS OF WEST
SUMATERA ................................................................................................................................ 404
Aldri Frinaldi ............................................................................................................................ 404
DISASTER DIPLOMACY AS AN ALTERNATIVE APPROACH FOR INDONESIA'S
INSTRUMENT OF FOREIGN POLICY IN ASEAN ................................................................... 418
Arfin Sudirman,........................................................................................................................ 418
Animbyo Cahya Putra ............................................................................................................. 418
THE LEGISLATIVE ROLE IN THE BUDGET PROCESS IN INDONESIA .............................. 440
Mei Susanto ............................................................................................................................ 440
INCREASED TRANSPARENCY OF PUBLIC SECTOR BUDGETING THROUGH
IMPLEMENTATION OF PERFORMANCE AUDIT ................................................................... 468
Windhu Wibisono, Roy V. Salomo, Chandra Wijaya .............................................................. 468
GOVERMENT MANAGEMENT TRANSFORMATION IN BANDUNG REGENCY (A STUDY AT
DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION AND CULTURE) ................................................................. 477
Dede Sri Kartini, Samugyo Ibnu Redjo ................................................................................... 477
Rita Myrna ............................................................................................................................... 477
LAND USE CONVERSION :EVALUATION AND STRATEGIC ACTIONS ............................ 499
Ruth Roselin Erniwaty Nainggolan ......................................................................................... 499
ENTREPRENEUR RESPONSE TOWARDS OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY POLICY
OF INDUSTRIAL LABOR SECTOR IN LAEMCHABANG INDUSTRIAL ESTATE, CHONBURI
PROVINCE ................................................................................................................................. 516

3 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Khemaree Rugchoochip* And Parichat Pongloe* .................................................................. 516
MANDATES AND WHEREWITHALS: THE RESEARCH-TEACHING NEXUS IN GENDER
MAINSTREAMING IN THE MSU-ILIGAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY, PHILIPPINES.... 536
Chanda Pearl B. Simeon, MIH ................................................................................................ 536
Hilton J. Aguja, Ph. D. ............................................................................................................. 536
THE IRONYOF MINING CROPPER ISLAND: THE FAILURE OF THE IMPLEMENTATION OF
MINING SUSTAINABLE POLICY IN SOUTHEAST SULAWESI ............................................. 558
La Ode Wahiyuddin ................................................................................................................. 558
Sintaningrum ........................................................................................................................... 558
DISCRETION (FREIES ERMESSEN):THE LEGAL DEVICE IN SUPPORTING DEVELOPMENT
..................................................................................................................................................... 584
Murtir Jeddawi ......................................................................................................................... 584
THAILAND'S MARINE FISHING PROBLEM ............................................................................ 595
PawidaRungset, SeksonYongwanit ........................................................................................ 595
THE SIGNIFICANCE OF PHILANTHROPY ON THE INCAPACITATED MINORITY ............. 608
Aivie Pearl V. Balasan............................................................................................................. 608
Nachelle Therese V. Baylon ................................................................................................... 608
Kimberly D. Degala ................................................................................................................. 608
Nordeline E. Elardo ................................................................................................................. 608
Hannah Mica P. Gonzales ...................................................................................................... 608
Rocel Ann B. Magusara .......................................................................................................... 608
Novi Mari F. Noble................................................................................................................... 608
Shane Hillary J. See ................................................................................................................ 608
COPING THE POLITICAL TSUNAMI: CORRUPTION AND THE REMAKING OF INCUMBENT
ADVANTAGE IN THE 2017 CIMAHI LOCAL ELECTION ........................................................ 617
Caroline Paskarina; ................................................................................................................. 617
Rina Hermawati; ...................................................................................................................... 617
Deasy Yunita; .......................................................................................................................... 617
GOVERNANCE OF THE ENTREPRENEURIAL-COOPERATION RESIDENCES ................. 635
Sukarno Hardjosoewito1) Ayun Maduwinarti2) ,Suroso3), Rachmawati Novaria4), Ign Anom
Maruta5) ................................................................................................................................... 635
URBAN DEVELOPMENT POLICY IN A UNIVERSITY TOWN IN THE NORTHEAST REGION
OF THAILAND ............................................................................................................................ 643
Chanajai Muenthaisong .......................................................................................................... 643
Napasporn Phimsawan ........................................................................................................... 643
OPEN GOVERNMENT PARTNERSHIP VILLAGE GOVERNMENT IS HEADING VILLAGE
GOVERNANCE TO POWER CLEAN, TRANSPARENT AND ACCOUNTABLE.................... 664

4 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Yanuar Kartika Sari, S.IP ........................................................................................................ 664
INDIGENOUS PEOPLES DEMOCRATIC PRACTICES IN LOCAL POLICY
DECENTRALIZATION IN THE VILLAGES CITY OF PADANG .............................................. 686
Tamrin ..................................................................................................................................... 686
GOVERNANCE OF THE ENTREPRENEURIAL-COOPERATION RESIDENCES ................. 708
sukarno Hardjosoewito1) Ayun Maduwinarti2) ,Suroso3), Rachmawati Novaria4), Ign Anom
Maruta5) ................................................................................................................................... 708
THE INFLUENCE OF PUBLIC SERVICE MOTIVATION (PSM) AND COMPETENCY ON STATE
CIVIL APPARATUS’ PERFORMANCE OF WEST PASAMAN REGIONAL HOSPITAL ....... 717
Boni Saputraa And Nailuredha Hermantob.............................................................................. 717
THE PACIFIC SOLUTION AS AUSTRALIA POLICY TOWARDS ASYLUM SEEKER AND
IRREGULAR MARITIME ARRIVALS (IMAS) IN JOHN HOWARD ERA ................................. 732
hardi Alunaza1, Taufik Hidayah2, Rohman Nur Alim 3, Nofriansyah4 Ria Irawan5 ................... 732
ORGANIZATION TRANSFORMATION AT PT. KERETA API INDONESIA (Study On
Organizational Restructuring Process).................................................................................. 756
Arenawati, Erlis Karnesih, A.Djajdja Saefullah, Herijanto Bekti ............................................. 756
IMPLEMENTATION OF STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES (SOP) OF ACCEPTANCE
OF WORKING ORDER FOR NON-TAX REVENUE IN MINERAL PROCESSING UNIT-
INDONESIAN INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE (UPT. BPML-LIPI) ................................................... 786
Fithriana Munawaroh .............................................................................................................. 786
POLICY IMPLEMENTATION OF STREET VENDOR ARRANGEMENT AND FORECASTING IN
BANDUNG .................................................................................................................................. 810
Rina Hermawati, Nunung Runiawati, Caroline Paskarina ...................................................... 810
THE LEADERSHIP OF THE KING OF YOGYAKARTA IN THE GOVERNANCE PRACTICAL
IMPLEMENTATION.................................................................................................................... 825
Talitha Andwi Aswari ............................................................................................................... 825
Muhammad Quranul Karim ..................................................................................................... 825
Ifandi ........................................................................................................................................ 825
Mansyur Djamal ...................................................................................................................... 825
DIGITAL DEMOCRACY: PHENOMENOLOGY STUDY OF POLITICAL COMMUNICATION IN
INDONESIA ................................................................................................................................ 838
Vivi Varlina............................................................................................................................... 838
Ummi Salamah ........................................................................................................................ 838
SOCIAL PROTECTION PROGRAMS IN INDONESIA: ACCURACY, LEAKAGE, AND
ALTERNATIVE CRITERIA OF POVERTY ................................................................................ 863
Sutiyo1, Bagus W. Hartono2, Jona B. Sinaga1 ........................................................................ 863
THE INFLUENCE OF COMPETENCE ON JOB PERFORMANCE OF THE VILLAGE MASTERS
IN MANAGING VILLAGE FINANCES IN THE DISTRICT OF TANAH DATAR ..................... 876
Syamsir .................................................................................................................................... 876

5 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

INSTITUTIONAL CAPACITY BUILDING AT BADAN PEMBERDAYAAN MASYARAKAT DAN
PEMERINTAHAN DESA IN NORTH EAST TIMOR REGENCY (TTU) .................................... 897
Karel Martin Amfotis ................................................................................................................ 897
ECOLOGICAL DEMOCRACY IN ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY MAKING ............................... 913
Siti Aliyuna Pratisti................................................................................................................... 913
WRITING OUR OWN NARRATIVE: LIVED REALITIES OF WOMEN IN MUSLIM MINDANAO
..................................................................................................................................................... 930
Yasmira P. Moner* .................................................................................................................. 930
Cabatuan LGU Multi-Purpose Cooperative: Contributions, Strategies and Partnerships
toward Development ................................................................................................................ 954
Artieda, Annaleoh L.* ............................................................................................................... 954
Doromal,Camille Hope M.* ...................................................................................................... 954
Gustilo, Jyniel B.* ..................................................................................................................... 954
Isanan, Gonzalo III L.* ............................................................................................................. 954
Lenaugo, Jogie Marie C.* ........................................................................................................ 954
Panes, Jypt Anthony P.* .......................................................................................................... 954
Salazar, Nicho Carlo P. ........................................................................................................... 954
IMPLEMENTATION OF REGIONAL REGULATIONS NUMBER 5 2016 IN BANTUL (Case
Study: open selection system for village officer Desa Tirtonirmolo in Bantul District) .. 969
Dwian Hartomi A.P.E, Kurnia Rifqi Febrian, Sakir ................................................................. 969
Work Attitudes among Office Personnel at MSU-Iligan Institute of Technology, Iligan City
Philippines ................................................................................................................................. 985
Katrina L. Codilla, RPm ........................................................................................................... 985
Jalil E. Quinal, RPm ................................................................................................................ 985
THE EFFECT OF JOB SATISFACTION ON JOB PERFORMANCE OF VILLAGE MASTERS IN
MANAGING VILLAGE FINANCES IN THE DISTRICT OF KERINCI ................................... 1004
Ade Nurma Jaya Putra .......................................................................................................... 1004
Syamsir .................................................................................................................................. 1004
Erianjoni................................................................................................................................. 1004
Agro-industry development direction in Thailand. ............................................................. 1024
Katawut Ponkhot; .................................................................................................................. 1024
Sekson Yongvanit ................................................................................................................. 1024
THE IMPORTANCE OF COMPETENCY ASSESSMENT TO IMPROVE THE SERVICE
PERFORMANCE OF THE BUREAUCRACY .......................................................................... 1037
Dr. H. Zakariya, MS., MM...................................................................................................... 1037
Prof. Dr. Agus Sukristyanto, MS ........................................................................................... 1037

6 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

YOUTH IN ARTS-BASED PEACEBUILDING AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONSERVATION:
YOUTH EMPOWERMENT PROGRAMS OF TWO NON-PROFIT ORGANIZATIONS IN
NORTHERN MINDANAO ......................................................................................................... 1044
PRIMITIVO CABANES RAGANDANG III ............................................................................. 1044
LIWAYWAY S. VILORIA, Ph.D. ............................................................................................ 1044
PHENOMENON OF POLITICAL DYNASTIES IN THE REGIONAL HEAD ELECTION ....... 1061
Budhy Prianto ........................................................................................................................ 1061
ANALYSIS OF EFFECT OF LOCAL OWN SOURCE REVENUE AND GOVERNMENT
SPENDING ON ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT IN THE TEGAL REGENCY ......................... 1080
Nur Anita1, Rizky Ajie Aprilianto2........................................................................................... 1080
PEOPLE’S ECONOMY AS THE WAY OUT OF HIGH GINI RATIO IN SURABAYA ............ 1096
Satria Devi, S.STP ................................................................................................................ 1096
CONNECTED: TRACING THE IMPACT OF SOCIAL MEDIA AS A NEW MEDIUM OF
POLITICAL PARTICIPATION IN THE PHILIPPINES BEFORE AND DURING DUTERTE
ADMINISTRATION ................................................................................................................... 1118
Aaron Joseph Henderin Castaño .......................................................................................... 1118
Shaira Joy Fungot ................................................................................................................. 1118
Rica Jane Gardose ............................................................................................................... 1118
Jamil Lavaniah Delos Reyes................................................................................................. 1118
Tanya Maria Ciaden Sejane ................................................................................................. 1118
Lea Jane Cabalfin ................................................................................................................. 1118
Christine Joy Viray ................................................................................................................ 1118
Leonard Francis Alcoran ....................................................................................................... 1118
Rejie Lyn Duya ...................................................................................................................... 1118
Rasia Kristina Sorongon ....................................................................................................... 1118
ALTERNATIVE MODEL FOR MANAGING- LOCAL ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATIONS
................................................................................................................................................... 1136
M. Irwan Tahir1 ...................................................................................................................... 1136
Ani Martini2 ............................................................................................................................ 1136
Hasna Azmi Fadhilah3 ........................................................................................................... 1136
THE SITUATION ON CITIZENS’ PARTNERSHIP PROCESS UNDER THAILAND’S MILITARY
JUNTA ERA.............................................................................................................................. 1143
Mr. Phao Nawakul ................................................................................................................. 1143
CRISIS AND COMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT IN NATIONAL POPULATION AND FAMILY
PLANNING BOARD IN THE POST-REFORM ERA ............................................................... 1155
Rizky Fauzia .......................................................................................................................... 1155
Firman Kurniawan Sujono ..................................................................................................... 1155

7 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

SIMULATION OF DYNAMIC SYSTEM MODEL IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF GREEN
ENVIRONMENTAL TOURISM TO INCREASE ECONOMIC GROWTH IN PANGANDARAN
................................................................................................................................................... 1171
Dr. Ir. Hj. Dedeh Maryani, MM .............................................................................................. 1171
DO THE ECONOMIC EMPOWERING BUDGET IN APBD AND FISCAL DECENTRALIZATION
HAVE IMPACTS ON URBAN POVERTY ALLEVIATION .................................................... 1185
Andi Heny Mulawati Nurdin ................................................................................................... 1185

8 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 INDIGENOUS PEOPLES ENGAGEMENT TO MAINSTREAM LOCAL POLITICS: A
SOUTHERN PHILIPPINES NARRATIVE

Joy Melyn L.Jayma-Porquis1

Central Mindanao University

ABSTRACT
The Philippines, being one of the countries which have the abundance of
the Indigenous Cultural Communities is a good region to study Indigenous
Peoples (IPs). Many projects have involved or targeted the IPs, and we may
ask; how are the Indigenous Cultural Communities deal with these
considered external factors?
This study focuses on a specific indigenous community in Mindanao,
Philippines – the Bukidnon Tribe. The Bukidnon Tribe is one of the well-
documented and well-researched tribes in the region and is also a recipient
of various projects in the past. This paper primarily aims to answer the
question, whether the Bukidnon Tribe have mainstreamed their presence in
local politics. With the implementation of the Indigenous Peoples’ Rights Act
(IPRA), the traditional political institutions of the different tribes are now
nationally recognised. With that in place, this study has the following specific
questions: a) how engaged is the Bukidnon tribe in local politics, b) how are
the traditional political institutions of the Bukidnon tribe survive in relation to
engagement to mainstream politics, and c) what are the political influences
and effects of the past projects given to the tribe.
Results show that through the IPRA, which mandated an IP representative
for every local government unit (LGU) in areas with IP population, the
indigenous communities are assured of representation. Because of the
presence of the IP representatives in LGUs, the other members of the tribe
are encouraged to further recognise and participate in mainstream political
activities such as voting in elections and consultation with regards to policy
formulation. The results also indicated that the tribe understands the value
and importance of their traditional political institutions. Thus, they strive hard
for its preservation despite all the external factors brought by the projects.
From the results, it is suggested that educating the mainstream society
about the rich political culture of the tribe as a method to ease the penetration
of the IPs to local politics as there will be greater respect for cultural diversity.

1
Ms. JM Jayma-Porquis is currently placed in Central Mindanao University, Philippines
pursuing her masters degree at University of San Carlos. Her research interests include
ethnic neighborhoods, local governance and in using entertainment pieces (novels, films,
online games) in studying political phenomena and concepts.

9 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Keywords: indigenous people, political engagement, mainstream politics

A. INTRODUCTION
1. Rationale of the Study
The Philippines is composed of more than a hundred million people, and in
the data of the National Commission on Indigenous Peoples in 2013, the
Philippines’ indigenous population has reached 14 million, roughly about 13
percent of the total population. The history of the Philippines, as written in most
books, usually highlight the national struggles under the Spanish, American and
Japanese occupations of the Christianized Filipinos only. The Moros and the
Highlanders, the indigenous peoples, although not visibly accounted for in most of
our books, should be given importance in history and today’s society.
The Philippine government recognizes and promotes the rights of
indigenous peoples or so-called indigenous cultural communities and this also
means the merging of the various native or cultural groups into one body politic,
with the view of granting the minority all the rights and privileges enjoyed by the
majority and getting them involved in the joint efforts to advance the national
interest. Many of these indigenous peoples and communities are found in the few
remaining forested areas, most of which have now been declared protected areas.
The State recognition of IP rights is embodied in the Philippine Constitution (Article
II, Section 22) and reiterated in Section 13 of RA 7586, the National Integrated
Protected Areas System (NIPAS) Law of 1992.
The indigenous peoples are among the poorest and the most
disadvantaged social group in the country. Illiteracy, unemployment, and incidence
of poverty are much higher among them than the rest of the population. They live
in geographically isolated areas with lack of access to essential social services and
few opportunities for mainstream economic activities, education, or political
participation. In which all this can be attributed to physical segregation and socio-
cultural exclusion.
In recent years, the Philippine Government has made significant policy
reforms to address the severe problem of the lack of tenurial security among IPs

10 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

and local communities. The enactment of the Indigenous People Rights Act
(IPRA), RA 8371 by the Philippine Government in 1997, goes beyond the contract-
based resource management agreements between the state and the community.
It guarantees the access of indigenous peoples to essential services, among other
things Recognition of and respect for fundamental human rights are safeguarded.
The law (RA 8371) contains specific provisions that ensure that indigenous
peoples, just like other human beings, will enjoy these rights: the right to life,
development, and civil liberties; political rights; freedom of association;
nondiscrimination; equal protection; and right to peace and social justice.
While some indigenous peoples had already significant influence in the
political context of their respective local town or province, still, in most cases they
are mostly dependent on the will of, and negotiations with the national government.
Nevertheless, forms of oppression, marginalisation, and exclusion are faced by
indigenous peoples in all possible contexts and political settings.
The Mt. Kitanglad Range Natural Park (MKRNP) in north-central Mindanao
is home to three non-Christian and nonMuslim indigenous groups who refer to
themselves as Talaandigs, Higaonons and Bukidnon. These native inhabitants are
known collectively as Bukidnon, a Bisayan word for “people from the mountain,”
and they share a common culture and a common language, the Binukid. Also, all
of them face the same struggles; that of their ancestral domain claim and the
recurring socio-economic and even political marginalisation.
Many IP scholars and social-development advocates believe that the
recognition of indigenous people’s rights through the provision of tenurial security
over their land provides the better incentive to use the area sustainably. As
demonstrated in MKRNP, even if a formal state recognition has yet to be issued in
their favour, indigenous peoples had long and shown their traditional authority over
this sacred mountain range (Canoy and Suminguit, 2001.) unceasingly
In the last two decades, conventional structures in MKRNP are
rediscovering their cultural foundations. This illustrates how much the leadership
of the Talaandig, Higaonon, and Bukidnon peoples, either through federal or

11 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 independent initiatives of their datus and baes (women chieftains), have advanced
their struggle for recognition, governance, and co-management in MKRNP.
Kitanglad Integrated NGOs and other anthropologists (Burton and Canoy
1991; Cairns 1995; Gatmaytan 2001; Saway 1998; Suminguit et al. 2000) have
studied and found that the indigenous peoples of Mt. Kitanglad have exercised
critical and robust leadership, shown a high level of awareness in development
and conservation programs, and tested their ability to pursue collective actions.
IPRA mandated an IP representative in all LGUs where there are IP
communities to ensure that they will have a voice in the government and as a
province, Bukidnon fulfilled this already. The representatives at all local
government unit levels have also been trained by nearby universities and NGOs
on skills necessary to carry out representation and were also introduced to the
mainstream legislation processes.
Even with the leadership above strengths and capacities of the indigenous
cultural communities in Bukidnon, the members of the tribes are still considering
themselves as politically marginalised. Many would even think to be discriminated
in the supposed many privileges assured to them by the passing of the IPRA. Thus,
the research proponent finds it ripe and essential to explore the narrative of the
tribal political institutions, political engagement and participation of the IP
community, especially the Bukidnon Tribe.
The results of this study will be of use mainly in line with the nationwide
drive to understanding the Indigenous Cultural Communities, not only in Northern
Philippines but those in Mindanao as well. The results will give us a clearer picture
as to the experiences, struggles and successes alike, of the IPs that may help the
mainstream society to fully embrace the IP sector as part of our national identity
and ultimately achieve good national integration.

B. THE PROBLEM AND ITS SETTING

1. Statement of the Problem
This paper would like to look provide a narrative of the experiences of the
Bukidnon Tribe in mainstreaming their presence in politics.

12 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Specifically, this study proposes the following objectives:
a. To determine how engaged is the Bukidnon tribe in local politics;
b. To learn how the traditional political institutions of the tribe survive about
engagement with mainstream politics; and
c. To identify what are the political influences and effects of the past projects
given to the tribe.
2. Significance of the Study
The proponent of this research shares the belief that it is essential to
understand the variations of culture and laws especially in a culturally diverse
region like ours. This study will be an academic undertaking that aims to instil
appreciation and acceptance of the IP sector that is often ignored.
Specifically, this paper seeks to benefit the Non-governmental
Organizations as of this writing may serve as a reference of some NGOs interested
in Tribu Bukidnon, or willing to have a partnership with other institutions in
forwarding the interest of the IP community. This paper may serve as a reference
for officials and employees of the Province of Bukidnon LGU and Malaybalay City
LGU. It is desired that this article will provide enough information as to encourage
policy formulation to aid the IPs especially in providing them more chances of
political engagement. This research hopes to help academic institutions to partner
with other stakeholders not only in the pursuit of knowledge specifically about the
seven tribes of Bukidnon and to expand or utilise this experience in additional
research and extension services. This study also provided an avenue for a
dialogue between academic institutions and the IP community and helped
encourage the Tribe to further their advocacies and interests.
3. Theoretical and Conceptual Framework
The continuing issues and problems regarding the freedom and security of
land tenure of the Indigenous Communities including their political participation
suggest that there is an underlying factor that limits their engagement to the
mainstream politics.
In discussing the Ancestral Domain, the Indigenous People is most often
considered as one stable homogenous society. As a community, the indigenous

13 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

people are regarded as the “odd ones” who have their own unique culture and
traditions. But population per se does not mean having same needs, perceptions
and experiences especially about land marginalisation and political participation or
disenfranchisement. In most researches done on the IP, the elders have always
been seen as the ones very active in engaging in community activities, although
the youth are also expected to be proactive. Their failure to follow the customs and
traditions may mark them as being lured by modern ways which might renounce
their customs and traditions. The disappearance of culture and tradition is not only
a feared possibility, but a problem that needs to be remedied in so far as local
politics and economic subsistence is concerned. This paper will try to make visible
the Indigenous Peoples’ experiences with regards to the implementation of the
IPRA. It will explore their struggles and victories while participating in the process
of IPRA implementation be it in pursuing their community’s security of land tenure
or asserting their political identity. This is putting into consideration their
engagement to mainstream politics during opportunities provided by national laws
or by their public initiatives.
This study, in particular, will use a general inductive approach for the
qualitative data analysis. The primary purpose of using an inductive method is to
allow research findings to emerge from the frequent, dominant or significant
themes inherent in raw data without the restraints imposed by structured
methodologies. Critical issues are often obscured, reframed, or left invisible
because of the preconceptions in the data collection and data analysis such as
those used in hypothesis testing research.
This study will regard the IPs as perceptive agents that understand and
analyses the situation affecting them and their community, capable of responding
to or changing the conditions in their unique way. This inquiry wants to explore how
the IPs define their identity in the midst of tensions between tradition and the
influences or interventions outside of the community in the context of ancestral
domain and political participation. It will also try to explore the articulation of
indigenous identities within and outside their communities amidst the pressures;
conversely, it will look into how the exposure to external influences impacted the

14 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 manner they relate and engage to local mainstream politics. It will also try to
discuss how the application for the ancestral domain title is motivated by the
importance of preservation of their culture and tradition and that through the
process of their participation, the Bukidnon Tribe will be able to confidently assume
their cultural identities either inside or outside of their community.

C. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
The methodology of this proposed research is purely qualitative analysis. It
involves a review and critique of materials from various sources such as interview and
focuses group discussions. Other causes include documentation by NGOs supportive
of the IPs struggle, opinions of Bukidnon LGU personnel, and proceedings of meetings
attended by IP leaders.
1. Research Environment
The Tribu Bukidnon communities residing within the MKNRP has been
chosen as the primary subject of the study because it is one of the largest IP groups
found in Mindanao. The communities of Daraghuyan/Enhancing and Balete-on were
also recently awarded their CADTs. Tribu Bukidnon was chosen out of the seven
known tribes thriving in the province of Bukidnon, primarily because their
communities are centrally located in a state-proclaimed Natural Park. This alone
provides a unique blend and layers of national and customary legal laws that govern
them.

The locale of the study is at the foot of Mts. During-during and Kitanglad.
Politically, the abovementioned communities are part of Brgy. Dalwangan,
Malaybalay City, Bukidnon. The Balete-on community covers 466.7 hectares of their
Ancestral Domain, while Daraghuyan/Inhandig community covers at least 4,200
hectares of Ancestral Domain and is named after one of the sacred peaks of the
Kitanglad range.

Their territory is declared as a full-pledge protected area on November 9,

2000, pursuant to Republic Act No. 8978 otherwise known as the Mount Kitanglad
Range Protected Area Act of 2000 and was awarded a Certificate of Ancestral

15 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Domain Title on September 17, 2013, headed by Bae Inatlawan for Daraghuyan and
Datu Felix of Balete-on. Aside from that, they still practice their cultural traditions
despite the persistence of modernisation.

The Province of Bukidnon as well prides itself as the first province to have
fully implemented the mandatory IP representative mandated by IPRA.

2. Research Respondents
These key persons have the necessary knowledge and experience relevant
to the questions in this research and were interviewed.

Respondents Profile/Position
1. Datu Billy Lumigoy Datu, Spokesperson Balete-on Bukidnon
Tribe
2. Bae Inatlawan IPMR Barangay Dalwangan, Malaybalay
City
Chieftain,Daraghuyan and Inhandig
Bukidnon Tribe Communities
3. Datu Pagalongan Tribu Bukidnon Balaghusay
4. Datu laguidliran Balete-on Council of Elders
5. Nanay Pangging Daraghuyan and Inhandig Council of
Elders

Other members of the Council of Elders were also interviewed as well as

some youth in the communities.

3. Research Instruments
The primary data gathering tool used for this research key informant
interview. The researcher also facilitated a focus group discussion to extract
information from the members of the Council of Elders of the Bukidnon tribe.
Traditional and another necessary research protocol was also observed in
the conduct of this study.

16 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

D. RESULTS AND CONCLUSIONS
The results of this study show that the presence of the Indigenous Peoples (IP)
mandatory representative assured representation of the IPs concerns and
endeavours. Through this representative, the communication between the
mainstream local government and the tribe has been closed. Thus their political
relationship is enhanced. It can be said as improved in the sense that the tribe now
knows about the activities of the government. The tribe also now, through the
representative, participate in the formulation of projects and activities by the local
government. According to Bae Inatlawan, they are soon informed of the government
projects and activities that could help the members of the tribe. Another IP leader,
Datu Billy Lumigoy, said that they became more interested in participating in
governance because they saw IPs like them, are given a chance to talk and be heard
during the project planning and other activities. With this, the tribe is saying that what
they are experiencing now is a far cry from what they could do in the last few decades
where, aside from physical distance, the marginalising factors such as poverty and
lack of education drives them further away from political participation. Before instating
mandatory representatives, the tribe is only limited to the periodic involvement during
elections, where only a few members of the tribe participate. Now that a person ‘like
them’ is in the seat, the members are encouraged to have a closer relationship with
the government. It is as if, accordingly, that the representatives have bridged the
cultural barriers.
It also follows that there is an increase in participation during the election, not
just as voters but also as candidates. The members of the tribe are enticed with the
idea of further representing not only the tribe but the non-members of the tribe as well.
The self-esteem of the Tribal members increased as their political worth is also
increased. Alongside with this, there is also an increased participation in public
consultations. The tribe has found their voice tat in general assemblies, conducted
either by the government or NGOs or private sectors; the tribe has been actively
participating. The statement of Datu Laguidliran claiming that many of the mainstream
locally elected politicians are also members of the Bukidnon tribe (this has been
verified by the researcher as well).

17 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 “Before it was difficult to talk to the local executive head, now, it has
been better.” – Bae Inatlawan.
The tribe is given more opportunity to discuss specific relevant issues with the
local government, to propose programs suited for the tribe, among other things.
On the question of how the political institutions survive about their participation
in mainstream politics, the tribal leader’s answer has been simple. The law
(Indigenous People’s Rights Act) ensured that the government respects the
indigenous political leadership. Although it is admitted that the government does not
fully understand the traditional ways, the government reaches out to them. The
government, on the national level, enacted laws that recognise the tribes and their
customary laws. The local states, on the other hand, implemented these rules.
The results indicate that the tribe recognises the value and importance of their
traditional political institutions. Thus they strive hard for its preservation despite all the
external factors brought by modern times and technology. The youth, which serves as
the future of the tribe, has been especially challenged by current and mainstream
political methods. Surprisingly, political and economic problems as identified by the
youth is also perceived to be solved only by the guidance and mentoring of the young
ones. This is an essential factor in keeping the traditions and political institutions. The
youth, like Jonathan and Arlan, showed great respect for their elders and saw their
selves as the future of the tribe.
Datu Laguidliran, confirms that the tribe welcome new
methods/technology/knowledge that may help them, as long as they are assured that
these methods/technology and experience does not interfere or go against the tribe’s
IKSP.
“the lake is deep, and it is difficult to reach its bottom, but it is far more
difficult to count the sand at the bottom of the lake”-Datu Laguidliran
The above statement meant that whosoever desires to understand the tribe
will have a significant difficulty as the tribe is an institution in itself with solid and
ancient foundations such as the lake mentioned. Water may come and just pass
through the lake, but the lake remains a lake. Such is the circumstance of the tribe as
well.

18 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 There are a lot of government projects such as agricultural assistance,
calamity assistance, health projects and other livelihood projects. These projects are
not exclusively for the tribe; it is for the entire qualified local populace. Some members
of the tribe still feel discrimination, but the elders have seen the positive change in
the mind-set of the local government units and the non-members of the tribe.
Interestingly, there is an excellent appreciation of help, be it from the government or
not, because for the elders and the tribe, as long as they have the mountains and the
forest, they are not poor; they have more than to get by.
Some projects and programs received by the tribe are not consistent with their
tradition. Thus, they tend to ignore it and not force their members to oblige. Examples
of these projects are mandatory birthing in Health Centers and Agro-Forestry
projects. These projects are considered general policies or those that did not obtain
Free, Prior Informed consent from the tribe. In accepting this kind of projects, the tribe
had shown right discernment.
In conclusion, The Bukidnon Tribe of Mindanao has increased/improved their
engagement to mainstream local politics. There are challenges, but the tribe
fastidiously kept their (political) traditions. There is a strong leadership in the tribe that
knows how to utilise IPRA and MKRNPA in the advancement of their political
participation and identity.

E. RECOMMENDATIONS:
It is recommended that this study will be expanded including in its coverage
the other tribes settling in Southern Philippines. Also, a comparison of their
different narratives could be made.

REFERENCES
AlanguI, W.V. P. (2014). Indigenous Learning Systems in Bagnen. Indigenous
People Education Office No. 3. Pasig City, Philippines.

Ancestral Domain or Ancestral Surface? The Supreme Court on IPRA. Official

publication of the Kitanglad Integrated NGOs (KIN). Vol. XIII No.4.October-
December 2010.

19 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Arce, W. (2001). Systematic Qualitative Data Research: An Introduction for Filipino
Practitioners. Office of Research and Publications. Loyola Schools, Ateneo de
Manila.
Burton, E., and Canoy, M.E. (1991). The Concept of Justice among the Indigenous
Communities of Northeastern Mindanao: A Comparative Study of Customary
Laws & Resolution of Conflicts. Cagayan de Oro: Research Institute for Mindanao
Culture, Xavier University.

Cairns, M. (1995). Ancestral Domain and National Park Protection: A Mutually

Supportive Paradigm? A Case Study of the Mt. Kitanglad Range Natural Park,
Bukidnon, Philippines. Paper presented during a National Workshop on Buffer
Zone Management and Agroforestry held at Central Mindanao University. August
8-11.

Canoy, M.E.L. and SuminguiT, V. (2001). Mt. Kitanglad Case Study. Social Watch
Report.

Carino, J. (March 1984). Human Rights and Ancestral Land: The Cordillera Case,
Cordillera Consultation and Research of the Cordillera Consultative Committee.

Dalupan, M.C.G. (2000). A Discussion Paper on the Mining Industry and the
Indigenous Peoples Act. Retrieved from: http://www.wdwg.org/wp-
content/uploads/2010/02/IPRA_Cdalupan_2000.pdf.

Diaz, R. JR. (1993). Ancestral Domain Claims and the Lumads Current Ownership
Options. SILDAP-Sidlakan, Inc. Butuan City, Philippines.
Episcopal Commission on Indigenous Peoples. Indigenous People Education: From
Alienation to Rootedness. Indigenous People Education Office No. 4 (2014).
Pasig City, Philippines.

Erasga, D.S. (2008). Ancestral Domain Claim: The Case of the Indigenous People
in Muslim Mindanao. Retrieved from
https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Dennis_Erasga/publication/250278425_Anc
estr
Gaspar, K. (2000). Lumads struggle in the face of Globalization. Forum for Research in
Mindanao, Inc. Davao City, Philippines.

Gatmaytan, A. (2001). Issues on Community Resource Management. Unpublished

research Report. ICRAF. February 8.

Kabeer, N. (1999). Resources, Agency, Achievements: Reflections on the Measurement

of Women's Empowerment’ Development and Change, 30 (4)

KIN. 1998, 1999. PSAP Reports. Kitanglad Integrated NGOs.

20 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Kitanglad Updates. Life’s—and livelihood’s—little lessons. The official publication of
the Conservation of Priority Protected Areas Project of MKRNP. Vol. 3
No.2. July-December 1999.

Mananaligod, R. (Ed) (1990). Struggles against Development Aggression. Tribal

Filipinos and Ancestral Domain. TABAK Publication. Quezon City,
Philippines.

Manippon, A.J., & Mesina, S. 2009. Communities, Conservation, and the Filipino
Environmentalist. Foundation for the Philippine Environment. Quezon City,
Philippines.

Mindanao Horizons: Land Conflicts. Vol. 3, No. 2011-02. Published by Ateneo de

Manila School of Government & the Institute of Bangsamoro Studies.

Pagayatan, A., Ballesteros, A.G., & Hatta, Y. (November 2001). Philippine Natural
Resources Law Journal. Vol. 11 No. 1.

Prill-Brett, J. (1988). Preliminary Perspective on Local Territorial Boundaries and

Resource Control, Paper presented at the PSSC-CSC Conference, UP College
Baguio Auditorium, April 30.

Saway, V. (1998). Indigenous Knowledge Systems and Biodiversity Management of the

Talaandig Community. Summary Proceedings on People, Earth and Culture.
Readings in Indigenous Knowledge Systems and Biodiversity Management and
Utilization. PCCARD and NCCA.

Suminguit, V.; Burton, E.; and Canoy, E. (2001). A Study on Ancestral Domain
Recognition and Management Within and Around the Mt. Kitanglad Range
National Park. Paper presented during the Conference on Protected Area
Management in the Philippines. Davao City. November 12-16.

Talama Council: Unifying Force behind Culture for Kitanglad’s Protection. Official
publication of the Kitanglad Integrated NGOs (KIN). Vol. 14. 4th
quarter 2014.

Ugnayang Pang-Aghamtao, Inc. (UGAT) (1996). Indigenous Peoples of the Philippines.

Knowledge, power, and struggles. Japanese Foundation Manila Office. Makati
City, Philippines.

Vidal, A. (2004). Conflicting Laws, Overlapping Claims: The politics of indigenous

peoples’ Land Rights in Mindanao. Alternate Forum for Research in Mindanao,
Inc. Davao City, Philippines.

21 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 FORCED DISPLACEMENT IN THE SCIENCE FICTION ELYSIUM VIS-À-VIS THE
REFUGEE CRISIS IN SYRIA: REFLECTIONS ON THE STRUGGLES OF FORCED
MIGRANTS

Nikka Antipasado Peligro

Joy Melyn Jayma-Porquis
Central Mindanao University
Abstract

The refugee crisis in Syria is one of the most pressing issues in the world today. The
conflict between the government of Bashar al-Assad and militant groups, which started in 2011,
continues to displace Syrians within the country and even all over world as well. According to
UNCHR, 4.8 million have already fled to Turkey, Lebanon, Jordan, Egypt, and Iraq, 6.6 million
are internally displaced, and about 1 million have requested asylum to Europe. With this in mind,
the paper was aimed to study forced displacement in Syria specifically on the struggle of forced
migrants using the popular sci-fi film Elysium as a lens.

The paper was an explorative research which used descriptive and comparative method
in the analysis of data. Along with simulation, primary and secondary data were used. With the
limited sources, data were gathered mainly through direct observation on the film. Secondary data
were taken on the literature reviews pertaining to the field of study including books, articles and
mostly from internet sources. Based on the findings of the study, the sci-fi film Elysium is a
simulation of the refugee crisis in Syria.

The study had identified that the characteristics of forced displacement in term of its push
factors/causes and its manifestations, the intervening obstacles, and the scale of displacement
are all pervasive in the film. This only proved that Elysium is a reflection and image of the struggles
of Syrian forced migrants. The researcher also found out that that film can be used as an
alternative direction for political analysis and theorizing. Since the refugee crisis is still on the
process, it is then recommended that future researchers should also explore other factors related
to forced displacement considering the dynamics and updates on the refugee crisis.

Keywords: forced displacement, science fiction film, refugee crisis, forced migrants

22 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

A. INTRODUCTION
According to the National Geographic Society (2005), migration and human
movements are not new concepts. It is a recurring factor in human history. Since time
immemorial, people move from one place to another because of various reasons. Until
now human movements had continued to become a significant phenomenon – but in
today's world, it is increasingly defined by forced displacement. This is why it is one of
the most popular fields of study for researchers since the 1960's.

Today, a controversial and pressing issue on forced migration is that of Syria's

Refugee crisis. The conflict in Syria between the government of Bashar al-Assad and
various other forces, which started in 2011, continues to cause displacement within
the country and across the region as well. Among those escaping the conflict has
sought refuge in the neighbouring countries, and some are displaced within the
country itself. According to the United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees
(UNHCR), 4.8 million have fled to Turkey, Lebanon, Jordan, Egypt and Iraq, and 6.6
million are internally displaced within Syria. Meanwhile, according to the Syrian
Refugees website, about one million have requested asylum to Europe.

With these, the paper was focused on studying forced displacement of Syrians.
It aims to contribute to the existing studies on Syria's refugee crisis by using popular
science fiction as a lens. This was focused on the factors that cause or push forced
displacement, the obstacles that intervene or hinder this, and the scale of movement.
Using science fiction as a new way of presenting a global issue will surely arouse the
reader's interest and will hopefully provide an alternative direction in political analysis
and study. The popular science fiction that this paper uses is Elysium, an American
science fiction film written, produced and directed by Neill Blomkamp in 2013. It was
set in the year 2154 wherein only two classes of people exist: the wealthy that lives in
Elysium and the rest who live in the ravaged Earth. As described by Woods (2013),
people from Earth are desperate to escape the planet's crime and poverty even if it
means embarking on a life-threatening journey. Since Elysium was used as a lens,
the study would then be highly dependent on the narratives of the film.

23 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

B. OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY
This paper aimed to study forced displacement in Syria specifically on the
struggle of refugees, asylum seekers and internally displaced persons (IDPs) using
the popular science fiction Elysium as a lens. This study has the following objectives:

To determine the characteristics of forced displacement in Syria regarding:

1. Identifying the push-factors of forced displacement.

2. Determining the intervening obstacles of forced displacement.
3. Assessing the scale of movement.
4. To determine the characteristics of forced displacement in Elysium regarding:
5. Identifying the push-factors of forced displacement.
6. Determining the intervening obstacles of forced displacement.
7. Assessing the scale of movement.

To determine and compare the similarities of Syria's Refugee Crisis to the

popular science fiction Elysium regarding:

1. Identifying the push-factors of forced displacement.

2. Determining the intervening obstacles of forced displacement.
3. Determining the scale of displacement.
C. SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY
This paper contributed to the existing studies on Syria's Refugee Crisis by using
popular science fiction as a lens. This generates helpful information concerning the
use of science fiction not just for entertainment but as an alternative direction for
political analysis and theorising as well.

This study can also be a simulation of forced displacement in the science fiction
film Elysium and the real refugee crisis in Syria as a reflection of the struggles of
displaced people. This gives a unique option in understanding surrounding conditions
of Syrian displaced people and other problems confronting the Syrians. By the use of
Elysium as a simulation of forced displacement vis-à-vis the actual and current refugee
crisis in Syria, it would have a way of analysing global issues yet interestingly and

24 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 uniquely. With this, the study can also provide interdisciplinary baseline information for
future researchers that would embark on the same line of research.

D. CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK
The research study was focused primarily on forced displacement which was
viewed through science fiction and the actual world through the use of simulation.
Everett Lee‘s Theory on Migration was used with regards to the concepts affecting
forced displacement. The push-factors, intervening obstacles, and scale of a
movement were then identified. In regards to such ideas, both the science fiction and
the actual or real-world was then compared.

E. METHODOLOGY
This study is a qualitative research, which by definition involves obtaining
information using descriptive measures such as interviews, case studies,
ethnographic studies, focus groups, and personal journals and diaries, but not
statistically analysing the info (Stake, 2015). This study involves data and information
obtained directly from the film and its narratives, and from the various websites to
provide a descriptive analysis of forced displacement both in the movie and in the real
Syrian refugee crisis.

1. Research Tool
This study used Simulation as its research tool. Simulation as a social
science research tool is defined by Dawson (1962), as cited by Berends and
Romme (1999), as the construction and manipulation of an ‘operating model', that
is, a physical or symbolic representation of all or some aspects of a social or
psychological process. The possibility to experiment with variables which can be
manipulated is particularly useful in management research because moral and
physical factors often prohibit experimenting with real people, systems, and
organisation. In this study, Everett Lee's push-pull theory on migration was used
as well, emphasising origin and destination factors and the intervening obstacles.

25 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Since this deals with forced displacement, the method was applied in the study
focusing on the push factors and the intervening barriers.

This paper analysed and described forced displacement in Elysium vis-à-

vis the real-world forced movement in Syria specifically on the topic of refugees,
asylum seekers, and internally displaced persons (IDPs) through the concept of
simulation.

2. Research Design
Though the paper was focused on studying forced displacement in both the
film and the actual refugee crisis in Syria, it also used comparative method to aid
the study further. The documentary Elysium was used as a lens in determining
causes of forced displacement, the intervening obstacles met, and the scale of
dislocation or movement, which was then compared to the current refugee crisis
in Syria. This paper was an explorative research which aims to support and
reinforce that science fiction could indeed provide an alternative direction in
analysing societal or global issues.

Primary and secondary data was also utilised. The novel was the primary
source in data gathering. Because of the possibility of limited sources, data was
gathered mostly in the narratives through direct observation on the film and
readings on script and book. Various literature reviews were then used as
secondary data.

F. RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS

The primary focus of this study revolved around the struggle of displaced
people as to how they are replaced, the causes or push factors, the intervening
obstacles, and the scale of their displacement. Distinguishing as to who constitutes
displaced people might be complicated for the term itself has such a complex definition
attached as to its scope and meaning. Some even confuse how the time is
distinguished legally and politically from voluntary migrants. But for this study, the
term displaced people are used to emphasise its very definition which is distinct from
the definition of ordinary migrants. As Castles (2005) puts it:

26 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 "Forced migrants are anyone forced to leave their homes by violence,
persecution, development projects, natural disasters or human-made
catastrophes. The term does not include only refugees and asylum seekers but
also Internally Displaced Persons (IDPs), development displaces,
environmental displaces, disaster displaces, and all those other persons of
concern to UNHCR."

With this definition of displaced people, the science-fiction film Elysium was
used as a lens in viewing forced displacement by the use of simulation vis-à-vis the
actual and current refugee crisis in Syria.

1. Characteristics of Forced Displacement in Syria

One of the primary objectives of this study is to identify what are the
symptoms of forced displacement in Syria regarding its causes or push factors, the
intervening obstacles, and the scale of movement. The discussion will start first on
the push-factors or causes of forced displacement and migration.

a. Push Factors or Causes

The first push factor identified is the civil war between the government and
armed opposition groups like the Islamic State of Iraq and the Levant (ISIL).
According to Al Jazeera (2016), pro-democracy protests erupted in March 2011 in
the southern city of Deraa after some teenagers who painted revolutionary slogans
on a school wall were arrested and tortured. These demonstrations were cracked
down harshly and used violence to suppress protests. And with political and
economic problems confronting the country, resentment of the Syrian government
accelerated. Rebel groups continue to fight against one another for power and
seem to grow active day by day not just regarding military capacity but also in
securing support from outside forces like the US, Russia, and other Arab countries.
In short, the armed repression of peaceful protests and militarisation of the
resistance have resulted in a massive exodus, leaving Syrians no choice but to
flee the country.

The second identified push-factor which is in connection with the first one
mentioned above is the prevalence of violence all over the country. Since pro-

27 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

democracy protests erupted in March 2011, hundreds of thousands of Syrians
nationwide went to the streets protests demanding President Assad's resignation.
Fighting reached the capital Damascus and second city of Aleppo in 2012. By June
2013, the UN said that 90,000 people had been killed in the conflict, and by August
2015 the figure had climbed to 250,000, according to activists and the UN (BBC,
2016). Meanwhile, according to Human Rights Watch (2017), violence committed
was done not just by one party but all the parties involved in the Civil War. Extremist
groups like ISIL and Jabat Fath Al-Sham formerly known as Jabhat al-Nusra (al-
Qaeda's affiliate in Syria) were responsible for targeting civilians, kidnappings, and
executions. Even the government forces itself, and their allies carried out brutal
attacks against civilians where incommunicado detention and torture is rampant.
This prevalence of violence continues up to this writing despite international efforts
to implement ceasefire deals brokered by Russia, US, Iran, Turkey, and the UN
which pushes more and more Syrians to flee from the country.

The third push-factor identified is the lack of protection and security. Due to
civil war and the prevalence of the violence all over the country, stability and
security are an impossible concept for most Syrians. The Assad regime is so busy
trying to win the war that it failed to protect its citizens from the fighting. According
to Al Jazeera (2016), the Syrian regime occupies only some territories, losing
control of some parts of the country to the rebel groups, ISIL, and Kurdish forces.
With the government losing control over its areas, it became an impossibility to
extend protection to civilians residing in territories, not under the control of the
state. Also, most places became a battleground for all forces, and with them busy
trying to win the war, protecting civilians is the least of the priority. Thus, with the
lack of protection and security, Syrians are pushed to leave their homes and find
safety elsewhere.

The fourth Push-factor identified is the humanitarian crisis created by the

Syrian civil war. The war in itself is a humanitarian crisis. According to European
Commission Humanitarian Aid and Civil Protection (2017), the estimated number
of people in need of humanitarian assistance inside Syria is 13.5 million, and the

28 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 UN estimates it will need $3.4 billion to help them. 95 percent of people lack
adequate health care within Syria, 70 percent require regular access to clean
water, half the children are out of school, the economy is shattered, and four-fifths
of the population lives in. Almost 85% of Syrians live in poverty, with more than
two-thirds of the people in either extreme or abject poverty (BBC, 2017). Atrocities
from all sides are still prevalent. Torture and chemical weapons have been used
against the Assad regime and vice versa. Thus, with these circumstances
commonplace in Syria, more and more Syrians are forced to leave their homes to
avoid being caught in the middle of the crisis.

The fifth push-factor identified is the scarcity of necessary resources, the

ruined economy, and the lack of jobs/employment. The economic conditions and
transformations brought by the war are taking its toll. Syria's economy is
deteriorating at a faster rate since 2011 – with food subsidies now being slashed,
wages left unpaid, failing trade and fuel distribution, a rapidly depreciating
currency, the destruction of the country's physical infrastructure and productive
capacity, the collapse of state institutions and services in areas outside regime
control, and the Western sanction (Cambanis, 2016). At the end of 2014, 82
percent of Syrian people lived in poverty, while 2.96 million people had lost their
jobs because of the war, so unemployment surged to 58 percent (Al Mahmoud,
2015). With the scarce resources, more and more Syrians opt to leave the country.

Thus, from among the causes identified above, it is the civil war that can be
considered as the leading cause of them all. It is what causes other push factors
to emerge, and it is even safe to say that without it, none of the following push
factors will happen which all contributed to the forced displacement of Syrians.

With the push-factors (causes) identified and discussed above, the

discussion on the intervening obstacles in Syrian refugee crisis then follows.
Intervening obstacles are defined here as the situations or circumstances which
challenge or prevent Syrians in their act of migration.

2. Intervening Obstacles

29 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 The first obstacle identified is the distance. By distance, it means the range
that Syrians have to travel just to get out of the country to avoid the conflict. Bull
(2013) states that one of the most common destinations for Syrian refugees in
Europe. The problem is that travelling towards their goals; refugees had to take a
perilous journey that can take weeks, if not months. This trip would be a mix of
walking and riding on transport while carrying possessions, crossing seas,
shepherding young children, and stopping to look for food. Germany, one of the
European countries who welcome refugees with open arms, is approximately
3,700 kilometres away. It is evident that distance of areas of destinations of
displaced people is an additional challenge and burden for Syrians who are just
trying to find refuge and safety.

Another obstacle identified is the lack of funding to support their basic needs
and finance displaced people' journey towards other countries (Bull, 2013). Not all
Syrians are rich. Thus not all of them can afford to settle nicely and comfortably to
other countries. Adding the fact that Syria's economy had been in a sensitive
situation since the civil war started, the economic conditions of Syrians are not that
good or stable. Many Syrians struggle to secure food, shelter, and other basic
needs. In fact, average people live below the subsistence level. Bull (2013) claims
that this lack of funding or money poses a challenge for Syrian displaced people
since it only adds to their burdens hindering them to escape the country through
legal (and probably safer) means.

Migrant smuggling is another obstacle identified. With Syria's neighbouring

countries now tightening its borders to control the influx of migrants, Syrians
desperate to escape the country are forced to avail the services offered by
smugglers. According to Washington University Political Review (2015), since
travelling by boat is cheaper, many refugees opt for such in their journey towards
Europe rather than purchasing a costly plane ticket that only wealthy Syrians can
afford during such times. Tragedies involving drowning and suffocation are quite
common, yet refugees are still willing to take the risk. According to Monteil (2015),
despite the danger posed by migrant smuggling, most Syrians usually always try

30 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

to be smuggled to the neighbouring countries or to Turkey where they then embark
on another journey that will lead them to Greece – the nearest European land on
the mainland and the quickest way to Europe from Turkey.

Another obstacle identified is the limited legal status of refugees. Obtaining

a refugee status or seek an asylum is not a natural process – plus, getting such
does not provide a guarantee of protection. Refugee status granted by UNHCR
does not automatically give legal residence or stay in the host country (Frangieh,
2016). Many Syrian refugees are undocumented, which means that they entered
nations through illegal means. If this is so, their legal status as refugees or asylum
seekers is also limited which entails limited rights and privileges as well. This
challenge only adds to the burdens that Syrian refugees carry and in one way or
another even hinder them in successfully arriving at their chosen areas of
destinations.

Lastly, another obstacle that displaced people' faces is the response of the
international community specifically the countries hosting refugees and asylum
seekers (Monteil, 2015). According to Kerwin (2014), many countries are hesitant
to welcome refugees since they are afraid of continuing obligations and a fear of
threats to national security. In September 2014 issue of the Refugee Studies
Center of Oxford University, it was found out that Lebanon and Jordan are among
the neighbouring countries that accepted and allowed a lot of Syrians refugees but
only Lebanon adopted an open-door policy while others set up barriers to regulate
the movements of refugees in general. On the other hand, displaced people
seeking refuge in another country, or just merely passing through, had been
reportedly met with fierce opposition, including insults, mobbing, and violence.
They have been targets of violent attacks and intimidation since they are perceived
as different from communities in which they temporarily settled in. This challenge
only shows that displaced people' journey towards safety is a long road full of
challenges.

With the intervening obstacles identified and discussed above, the

discussion will then proceed to the scale of displacement of Syria's refugee crisis.

31 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 With the civil war in its sixth year, the number of people affected by it continues to
rise. Thus, the scale of displacement is defined here as the total number and
breakdown of Syrian displaced people since March 2011.

3. Scale of Displacement
According to the Syrian Observatory for Human Rights, a UK-based
monitoring group, as of September 2016, there are more than 300,000 people,
including 86,000 civilians, had been killed since March 2011 (BBC, 2016). And by
March 2017, an estimated 13, 500, 000 million Syrians are already in need of
humanitarian assistance within the country; 6, 300, 000 are internally displaced;
while 4, 700, 000 are living in hard-to-reach/besieged areas. Thus, it is evident that
within the country itself millions of Syrians are already affected by the crisis. This
only goes to show that as the crisis drags on, the number of Syrians changed will
also continue to increase.

On the other hand, as of April 6, 2017, according to UNCHR (2017) there

are already 5, 029, 562 registered Syrian refugees within the Middle East region.
This number is divided in following are countries as follows: 2, 973, 980 are in
Turkey; 1,011,366 are located in Lebanon; 658,015 are in Jordan; 236,772 are
found in Iraq; 120,154 are in Egypt; and 29,275 are located in North Africa. Among
these countries, it is Turkey that currently hosts the most significant number of
Syrian displaced people. This implies that as the crisis in Syria drags on, Syrians
scattered in the region will also increase adding more burden to its neighbouring
countries as well.

Meanwhile, 10 % of the refugees have fled to Europe and are scattered to

32 European countries (World Vision, 2017). Between April 2011 and October
2016, there are a total of 884, 461 asylum applications in Europe where 64% of
which are in Sweden and Germany; 22% are in Hungary, Austria, Netherlands,
Denmark and Bulgaria; while the remaining 14% are spread in the remaining EU
countries (UNCHR, n.d.). Among these EU countries, it is Germany who received
the most significant number of Syrian asylum applications totalling 456,023
followed by Sweden with 109,970 and Austria with 76,592. On the other hand, it is

32 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Estonia who received the lowest number of Syrian asylum applications totalling
only to 42. This implies that among all European countries, it is Germany, Sweden
and Hungary that gets the highest number of Syrian asylum applications
respectively.

With the characteristics of forced displacement in Syria identified and

discussed above, the discussion will now focus on the second primary objective of
this study which is determining the characteristics of forced displacement in the
science-fiction film Elysium.

2. Characteristics of Forced Displacement in Elysium

Another objective of this study is to identify what are the symptoms of forced
displacement in the film Elysium regarding its causes or push factors, the
intervening obstacles, and the scale of movement. The discussion will begin on the
causes or push-factors of forced displacement on science-fiction film Elysium as
shown in the table below.

a. Push Factor or Causes

The first identified push-factor is the weak health system and medical
attention on Earth and its citizens. As we can see in the film, hospitals on Earth
are in poor conditions. In addition to being overcrowded, it lacks the necessary
facilities and equipment and enough medical personnel to respond to the number
of patients. This is why most of the migrants heading to Elysium are either sick or
dying, risking going on a perilous adventure to Elysium and be cured by the
miraculous med-pod. Because Medical Bay are only present in Elysium, citizens
of Earth who are in dire need of medical attention flee the planet just to get to
Elysium and have access to the med-pods.

The second identified push-factor is the environmental destruction on Earth.

As we can see in the film, Los Angeles City (the primary setting of the movie on
Earth), is overpopulated and heavily polluted as the rest of the planet. Another
noteworthy thing that can be observed is that pigs and birds are the only animals
showed in the entire duration of the film – which signifies that they are already
either extinct, if not entirely wiped out. This can explain why little Max together with

33 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

little Alice Braga, in the first three minutes of the film, looks longingly at a book
filled with animal pictures.

The third identified push-factor is in connection to the third push-factor – the

shortage or the scarcity of necessary resources on Earth. Due to environmental
degradation, resources on Earth are scarce. Access on what's left of Earth are also
seems reserved for limited people – or those who are strong enough to fight for it
or those who can afford it. It is noteworthy that in the first part of the film, we can
see that some people carry water gallons probably waiting for water rations which
show only that access to water is limited.

The fourth identified push-factor is the humanitarian crisis. Citizens on Earth

are always threatened either by the brutality of the robot police or the presence of
thugs and criminals in the local communities. Communities are slum-like, with
ruined infrastructures, and too many and large populations. And another thing is
that citizens on Earth seem to have no right at all – may it be right to information,
right to freedom of expression, right to due process, right of the workers, and the
fundamental human rights. In one of the scenes in the film, when Max's parole
officer detected his heart rate elevating and offers him a box of pills, you can briefly
see written on the lied of the table: "Side effects may include: vomiting, diarrhea,
nausea, dizziness, constipation, blurry vision, dry mouth, rash, increased heart
palpitations, high blood pressure, violent seizures, and sudden death". Perhaps
more than anything in the film, this warning shows the government's total disregard
for the well-being of the citizens of Earth, as even a pure drug is so poorly
regulated.

Among the push-factors identified above, it is the immediate need for

medical attention that can be considered as the main driving force towards wanting
to go to Elysium. This is why the citizens of Earth are not trying to escape the
planet to live on Elysium, but just to break into someone's house to use a medical
machine before they are deported back to Earth. – private medical machines were
offering the instant cure (TVTropes, n.d.).

34 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Having determined and discussed the push-factors of forced displacement,
this discussion will now proceed to the intervening obstacles that displaced people
from Earth faces. Intervening obstacles is defined here as the situations or
circumstances which challenges or prevents the citizens of Earth from entering
Elysium.

b. Intervening Obstacles
The first obstacle identified is the difficulty in obtaining authorization to enter
Elysium which forces citizens of Earth to resort to illegal attempts. The problem,
however, is that when caught, they are apprehended and sent back to Earth, or
worse, shot down in airspace. To make matters worse, illegal transport of migrants
seems to be the only way for citizens of Earth to escape the planet and enter the
rich's habitat. No matter how life-threatening and dangerous the journey is,
desperate citizens of Earth are willing to pay for expensive tickets just to be given
a chance to flee and escape the planet.

The second obstacle identified is citizenship status – which remains focal

throughout Elysium (Peck, 2014). Citizenship means everything – from access to
health, safety and protection, right (or the best) standard of living, and power.
Rights and privileges are afforded differently to all people depending on their
respective citizenship status. Citizens of Elysium has all the opportunities of having
a good life and an assured protection from the robot police who, in the first place,
were programmed to protect nothing and no one else but the citizens of Elysium
alone. On the other hand, citizens of Earth does not even have privileges (also if
how small it is) and is treated harshly by the robot police. Thus, issues surrounding
citizenship is an obstacle or challenge that must be addressed for the welfare of
forced migrants'.

The third obstacle identified is the response of leaders and politicians on

the migrant issue. One of the main characters, Defense Security Secretary
DelaCourt, maintain Elysium and will stop at nothing to enforce anti-immigration
laws and preserve Elysian lifestyle, even destroying ships that attempt to enter
Elysium. Though Delacourt's actions repulse president Patel and Elysium's board

35 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 of directors, this does not mean however that they are pro-migrants. They just
prefer to merely round migrants up and deport them – a less lousy response
compared to Delacourt. With the reaction of leaders and politicians lacking
sympathy towards the plight of the citizens of Earth, this is a challenge that needs
to be overcome to guarantee a future for displaced people.

With the intervening obstacles identified and discussed, the scale of

displacement will then be presented next. With the Elysians unwillingness to help
the citizens of Earth, the number of people attempting to escape the planet and
enter Elysium will continue to rise. Thus, the scale of displacement here refers to
the total number of casualties and arrests of displaced people from the planet
heading to Elysium.

c. Scale of Displacement
In determining the level of displacement in the film, it is quite impossible to
obtain a data of all displaced people from Earth due to the limited information is
given in the movie. Thus, as a supporting data, the numbers of displaced people
from Los Angeles City will be used to show the extent of the problem of forced
migration in just one city since it was the only act of forced migration that was
focused and highlighted in the film.

There are a total of 93 people aboard the three "undocumented" ships from
Los Angeles City that entered Elysium airspace. Out of 93, 59 are casualties, and
the remaining 34 were arrested, detained, and sent back to Earth. This goes to say
that more than half of those people aboard the "undocumented" ships were killed
in the process. And this implies as well that if we consider all displaced people
from the whole planet, half of those will probably be as good as dead as thoroughly.

On the other hand, out of the three "undocumented" ships, only one (1)
successfully landed on Elysium while the other two (2) are shot down in the
airspace. The boat which successfully landed on Elysium has 47 people aboard in
which 34 were arrested while the other 13 killed. This implies that almost one-
fourth of the people aboard were killed and the rest were captured and sent back
to Earth. None of them was able to stay in Elysium for quite a time. This implies

36 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 further that all those struggles were rendered useless since they were not even
given a chance to fulfil what they came for but were automatically apprehended
and sent back to the planet.

Having determined and discussed the characteristics of forced

displacement in the sci-fi film Elysium, the discussion will now focus to the third
primary objective of this study which is to compare the features of forced
displacement identified in both the film and the actual crisis in Syria and identify
determine the similarities between the two.

3. Similarities of Crisis in Syria and Science-Fiction Elysium

The next sections to be discussed will be the comparison of both the sci-fi
film Elysium and the refugee crisis, regarding the push factors, the intervening
obstacles and the scale of displacement. The concepts correlated with the
characteristics that were identified to be found in Syria's refugee crisis were
compared as to how it is also seen in the sci-fi film Elysium.

a. Push Factors or Causes

From the previous discussions, push-factors of forced displacement in both
Syria's refugee crisis and the science-fiction film Elysium were already identified
and discussed. Now, let us consider the similarities in both.

The first push-factor identified to be similar in both the film and Syria is
political instability. In Syria, the government and armed opposition groups compete
for control over Syria's territory – with the latter trying to overthrow the former.
Despite the lack of political cohesion or unity of purpose among the opposition
groups, rural areas and smaller cities continue to experience increasingly armed
unrest; and the government responds with equal fervour as well (Nerguizian,
2011). This goes to say that politics and leadership in Syria are fragmented and
unstable. On the other hand, in Elysium, the political situation is also precarious.
Defense Secretary Delacourt wants to take over the leadership from the current
President Patel believing that the latter is too soft on dealing with the illegal
migrants' issue – thus, needs to be removed. President Patel wants merely that
illicit migrants be deported back to Earth once captured, but the Defense Secretary

37 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

believes in employing a harsher method thinking that it was conducive to the
longevity of Elysium. Thus, Secretary Delacourt asks Carlyle to override the
servers to remove President Patel and place her as the new president.

The second similar push-factor is war and violence. With the civil war in its
sixth year, violence continues to burden the people all over the country (Human
Rights Watch, 2017). This goes to show that violence in Syria is widespread,
rampant, and unbridled. On the other hand, in Elysium, there was too much
violence between Max and his group versus Kruger and his thugs. It is a war
between the two groups. Not just that, the response to the citizens of Earth illegally
entering Elysium is also quite violent – which in most cases, shot down in airspace.
Even on Earth itself, citizens are treated harshly by the robot police. Earth's citizens
are also manhandled most often by the police.

The third push-factor is a humanitarian crisis. In Syria, humanitarian turmoil

appeared because of the on-going civil war. Resources are scarce for ordinary
people since the government and the armed opposition groups compete for control
over what's left. Public education and the health system is the least of the priority
of the state who are busier trying to win a war. Thus, human rights violations are
rampant in the country. This goes to show that in Syria, a humanitarian crisis is
pushing people to flee the country. On the other hand, in Elysium, living conditions
on Earth are miserable. Communities are poverty-stricken and slum-like with
people having no decent jobs; resources are scarce; there is no public education
available, and Earth's citizens permanently under surveillance from the violent and
repressive policies.

With the push-factors identified and discussed above, it very evident that
the film Elysium indeed reflects the actual refugee crisis in Syria. In the first push-
factor recognised, the political instability in the film and reality are both caused by
the opposition/s trying to overthrow the ruling power which precedes war and
violence. With regards to war and violence, the film also mirrors the actual situation
in Syria in a sense that both are mainly politically motivated. On the other hand,
the humanitarian crisis in the movie too reflects the real humanitarian crisis in

38 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Syria. Due to the blatant disregard of the government to the needs of the people,
just like in Syria, the citizens of Earth are in dire need of humanitarian assistance.
Thus, it can be seen that with the government and the opposition groups focusing
more primarily on catering their agenda, the needs of the people is the least of the
priority.

From the discussions above, it only goes to show that when the political
situation in a country is unstable, it is more likely that war and violence will precede
especially if no party is willing to compromise to accommodate the demands and
concerns of the other. If this happens, most likely it is the ordinary citizens
themselves that suffers the consequences. And with their life threatened, as we
can see, people are willing to leave their homes and risk their lives just to find
safety and security which only goes to show that people are eager to leave
everything behind when what at stake now their safety itself. And even if in doing
such there is no assurance that they would have a better life in their areas of
destinations, it matters less as long as they are safe and away from the problems
that beset their areas of origin.

b. Intervening Obstacles
From the previous discussions on the intervening obstacles in both the film
and reality, similarities can be categorised into three namely political instability,
war and violence, and humanitarian crisis. Let us discuss this one by one.

The first intervening obstacle similar to both is migrant smuggling. In Syria,

migrant theft is quite common. Syrians desperate to escape the country avails to
the services offered by smugglers no matter what the costs or price are.
Smugglers, disregarding displaced people' safety, illegally help to transport
Syrians out of the country giving no actual care on the actual threats they might
encounter along the way. But since Syrians are desperate to flee, they give little
care and still took the risk to embark on a life-threatening journey out of the country
or in entering Europe or any of their chosen destinations. On the other hand, in the
film Elysium, the only way for Earth's citizens to escape the planet and enter
Elysium is through paying for the services offered by Spider and his crew – which

39 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

is, smuggling (or illegal transport). Though the price is quite high and punishments
await them when caught, desperate people still took the risk just to embark on a
life-threating journey to Elysium.

The second similar intervening obstacle is the immigration laws and

citizenship status. In Syria's refugee crisis, the struggles that Syrians faces do not
end on escaping Syria alone. Immigration laws and policies of other countries are
mostly not friendly towards welcoming Syrian displaced people, and in the way,
are sublime repression to forced migration. Even though Syrians do successfully
enter another country, like in Europe for example, rights and privileges given to
them are insufficient. Lots of services are not accessible to Syrians since they lack
the citizenship status. On the other hand, in Elysium, citizenship on the rich habitat
above Earth means everything. It entails right and privileges. Many of the
Earthlings try to immigrate to Elysium illegally in order to get the healthcare that
they need, but even if they do make it to Elysium, such healthcare is not yet
accessible to them because they lack the identification embedded in Elysians'
forearms that indicates their citizenship to medical pod scanners (TVTropes, n.d.).
As such, even after they immigrate in the name of improved healthcare conditions,
they are denied healthcare based on their lack of citizenship: the pods will not work
for them because they have no Elysian identification to scan.

The third similar intervening obstacle is the response of leaders and

politicians. With regards to Syria's refugee crisis, leaders and politicians blatantly
disregard the plight of Syrian displaced people. Within the country itself, the Assad
Regime is more concerned on winning the war than responding to the needs of the
citizens. World leaders as well respond quite sympathetically, yet no
comprehensive actions are done to alleviate the situation of Syrian displaced
people. On the other hand, in Elysium, leaders cater to their agenda. Defense
Secretary Delacourt is more concerned on the preservation of Elysian's lifestyle
thus employing a repressive method in dealing with the issues of illegal migration.
President Patel, though uses a gentler approach, shows no sympathy as well
towards the plight of the citizens of Earth. Businessmen like John Carlyle are also

40 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

only concerned in securing a contract in the next 200 years blatantly disregarding
the welfare of the helpless citizens of Earth.

With the intervening obstacles identified and discussed above, it very

evident that the film Elysium indeed reflects the actual refugee crisis in Syria. In
the first intervening impediments, migrant smuggling in the movie and the real
refugee crisis in Syria are both rampant and unbridled. Meaning, both are besieged
with the threat of migrant smuggling. It can be seen that displaced people, driven
by desperation, are willing to contract the services offered by smugglers even if
entails a corresponding expensive price. With regards to the issues surrounding
citizenship, the film also mirrors the actual struggles faced by Syrian forced
migrants in a sense that seeking refuge in another country or state is terrible
considering that Syrian's are viewed as "foreigners" and therefore different. On the
other hand, the response of leaders and politicians also reflect the actual refugee
crisis in Syria considering that in both the film and reality, leaders seems to be
apathetic in the plight of displaced people. Just like in Syria, leaders only cater to
the fulfilment of their agenda and personal interests. Thus, it can be seen that
these circumstances only poses a challenge for forced migrants' and adds more
burden on their shoulders.

From the discussions above, it goes to show that driven by desperation,

forced migrants' are willing put their lives at risk in the hands of the smugglers and
are even willing to pay a high price just to escape their areas of origin. Many people
are taking advantage of the crisis and capitalise out of the displaced people'
desperation. The strict immigration laws of different countries in response to the
influx of forced migrants also implies that both the film and the actual crisis in Syria
shows that attitudes towards immigration and immigrants are not all positive, and
the certain privileges that entail a "citizenship status" is so out of grasp for Syrian
forced migrants. It can then be determined that immigration policies of most
countries, especially Syria's neighbouring countries except Jordan and Lebanon
who adopted an open-door policy, are shaped in a way that is not favourable at all
for Syrian displaced people. The response of leaders and politicians on the issue

41 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 also implies that many countries are still hesitant on the prospect of burden-sharing
for accepting displaced people also entails open-ended responsibilities. It only
goes to show that other countries are not willing to lend a hundred percent
commitment to helping Syrian displaced people and are still cautious when dealing
with the issues surrounding the refugee crisis.

c. Scale of Displacement
Comparing the size of displacement, in the film, the total number of forced
migrants' are all those aboard the "undocumented" ships from all places all over
the planet. On the other hand, in Syria, the total numbers of forced migrants' are
the combination of internally displaced persons, registered refugees, and asylum
seekers. Thus, the scale of displacement in the film and the actual refugee crisis
in Syria are similar in a sense that the total numbers of forced migrants' in both are
determined in a cumulative manner disregarding whether inside or outside Syria,
or no matter what ship they are riding on.

However, due to the constraints in obtaining the data of the exact number
of displaced people in the film, a direct comparison of the precise number of
displaced people in the real refugee crisis and the film will not be possible for this
study. Thus an exact figure cannot be given by the researcher.

With these results and comparisons made between the sci-fi film Elysium
and the real refugee crisis in Syria, it can be determined that both have similarities
in many aspects. Though, it may not be blatant; it is satisfied that the struggles of
the displaced people are depicted in the film. In Syria, the civil war shows no sign
of stopping soon. Thus it is expected that the influx of displaced people will
continue to rise. And just like in the film, in Syria, it is the ordinary people that suffer
terribly. It is paved with obstacles and challenges that hinder forced migrants
journey. And just like in the film, many have lost their lives. Men, women, and
children alike are all victims. Thus, it can then be determined that science fiction is
not just purely for entertainment but can be used as well in presenting a global
issue. Sci-fi films, like Elysium, can now help in providing an alternative direction
in political analysis and study.

42 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

G. CONCLUSION
Based on the findings of the study, the science-fiction film Elysium reflects the
refugee crisis in Syria. With all these results and comparisons made between the sci-
fi film Elysium and the real refugee crisis in Syria, it can be determined that both have
similarities in many aspects. Though it may not be blatant, it is certain that the film
Elysium is a reflection and image of the struggles of Syrian displaced people. These
similarities only prove that the film mirrors the reality and that it can be used and
utilised in understanding Syria's refugee crisis specifically the struggles that Syrian
displaced people confront. Furthermore, the researcher also found out that films can
be used as a lens in analysing events and timely issues.

Films, such as Elysium was made to be entertaining so that everybody could

be encouraged to watch and enjoy it without thinking that it mirrors reality. Though it
may not be that obvious for some, the film does the struggles of displaced people.
After all, it is just a film designed for entertainment and not to represent what is
happening in reality. However, it also undisputable that though it was initially made
only for show, it can be utilised as well to understand better a real-life issue. Elysium
indeed proves that science-fiction is not just purely for entertainment but can be used
in presenting a global problem as well. It can be used as an alternative direction for
political analysis and theorising.

H. RECOMMENDATIONS
In consideration that Syrian's refugee crisis is still on the process, the push-
factors, intervening obstacles, and scale of displacement may be filled with new facts
and data until such time the civil war will be resolved and a comprehensive peace deal
is agreed. It is then recommended that future researchers should also explore other
factors related to forced displacement considering the dynamics and updates on
Syrians' refugee crisis. It is also encouraged that the future researchers to continue
pursuing this kind of study to expand ideas that would surely take advantage the

43 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 educational potential of films. The inclusion of a survey and interview on an actual
Syrian displaced person would also improve the study.

It is also suggested to leaders and politicians, non-governmental, and

humanitarian agencies to put into consideration the usage of the film as a reflection of
Syria's refugee crisis in their political analysis in drafting policy recommendations. It
would aid them in determining areas and factors that they need to focus on and
prioritise. For if they want to minimise the impact of the crisis, if not entirely address,
along with facts and statistics, a good grasp on the point of view of the displaced
people is needed to understand better the struggles they are confronting.

Furthermore, it is also highly recommended not just for viewers but for
everyone especially students and teachers who are very inclined to the use of
technology to utilise the usage of the film in learning about Syria's refugee crisis. By
employing the educational side of the film, it would help in aiding those who wish to
know more of the struggles that displaced people' faces. For aside from entertainment,
science-fiction movies can be used as well for understand and analyse a global issue.

REFERENCES
Al Jazeera. (2016). Syria's civil war explained. Retrieved on March 4, 2017 from
www.//aljazeera.com/news/2016/05/syria-civil-war-explained-
1605050841119966.html#
Al-Mahmoud, H. (15 December 2015). The war economy in the Syrian conflict: The
government's hands-off tactics. Retrieved on March 15, 2017, from http://carnegie-
mec.org/2015/12/15/war-economy-in-syrian-conflict-government-s-hands-off-
tactics/in4t
BBC (11 March 2016). Syria: The story of the conflict. Retrieved on March 3, 2017 from
http://www.bbc.com/news/world-middle-east-26116868 BBC. (7 April 2017). Why is
there a war in Syria? Retrieved on April 10, 2017 from
http://www.bbc.com/news/world-middle-east-35806229
Berends, P. & Romme, G.S. (1999). Simulations as a research tool in management
studies. Retrieved September 24, 2016, from http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/S0263-
2373(99)00048-1
Bull, D. (6 March 2013). One million Syrian refugees: Two obstacles to addressing the
problem. Retrieved on March 5, 2017, from

44 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 https://www.theguardian.com/commentisfree/2013/mar/06/syrian-refugees-one-
million
Cambanis, T. (16 April 2016). Syria's future: A black hole of instability. The New York
Times. Retrieved on April 3, 2017, from
https://www.nytimes.com/2016/04/17/opinion/sunday/syrias-future-a-black-hole-
of-instability.html?_r=0
Castles, S. (2006) Global perspectives on forced migration. Asian and Pacific Migration
Journal, 15 (1), 1-18. DOI: 10.1177/011719680601500102 European Commission
Humanitarian Aid and Civil Protection. (2017). Syria crisis. Retrieved on March 15,
2017, from http://ec.europa.eu/echo/files/aid/countries/factsheets/syria_en.pdf.5
Frangieh, G. (2016). Relations between UNCHR and Arab governments: Memoranda of
understanding in Lebanon and Jordan. LSE Middle East Centre Collected Papers.
Retrieved from http://www.lse.ac.uk/middleEastCentre/Events/Events-
2016/LSERefugees/LSERefugeesPolicyBrief.pdf
Human Rights Watch (2017). Syria. Retrieved on March 3, 2017, from
https://www.hrw.org/middle-east/n-africa/syria
Kerwin, D. (2016). How robust refugee protection policies can strengthen human and
national security. Journal of Migration and Human Security, 4 (3), 83-140. DOI:
http://dx.doi.org/10.14240/jmhs.v4i3.64
Monteil, E. D. (8 September 2015). Eight obstacles Syrian refugees must overcome on
their way to Europe. Retrieved on March 5, 2017, from
http://xpatnation.com/obstacles-syrian-refugees-must-overcome-on-their-way-to-
National Geographic Society. (2005). What is human migration? Retrieved September
21, 2016, from
http://www.nationalgeographic.com/xpeditions/lessons/09/g68/migrationguidestud
ent.pdf
Nerguizian, A. (2011). Instability in Syria. Center for Strategic and International Studies.
Retrieved on April 3, 2017, from https://www.csis.org/analysis/instability-syria
Peck, K.E. (2014). Language, race, and body rhetorics: Relationships of hegemony in
Neil Blomkamp's Elysium. University of Tennessee Honors Thesis Projects.
Retrieved from http://trace.tennessee.edu/utk_chanhonoproj/1720
Refugee Studies Centre of Oxford University. (2014). The Syria crisis, displacement and
protection. Retrieved on September 18, 2016, from
http://www.fmreview.org/sites/fmr/files/FMRdownloads/en/syria/syria.pdf
Stake, R.E. (2010). Qualitative research. New York: Guilford Press TVTropes. (n.d.).
Film/Elysium. Retrieved on March 20, 2017, from
http://tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pmwiki.php/Film/Elysium
UNCHR. (6 April 2017). Regional overview. Retrieved on April 16, 2017, from
http://data.unhcr.org/syrianrefugees/regional.php

45 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

UNCHR. (n.d.). Europe: Syrian asylum applications. Retrieved on April 16, 2017 from
http://data.unhcr.org/syrianrefugees/asylum.php
Washington University Political Review. (24 November 2015). The ins and outs of
smuggling Syrian refugees. Retrieved on May 1, 2017, from
www.wupr.org/2015/11/24/the-ins-and-outs-of-smuggling-syrian-refugees/
World Vision. (13 March 2017). Syria refugee crisis: Facts you need to know. Retrieved
on March 3, 2017, from https://www.worldvision.org/refugees-news-stories/syria-
refugee-crisis-war-facts
Woods, K. (27 August 2013). Book review: Elysium: The art of the film. Retrieved
September 21, 2016, from http://www.joblo.com/horror-movies/news/book-review-
elysium-the-art-of-the-film?id=book-review-elysium-the-art-of-the-film&order=asc

46 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 STRENGTHENING COMPETENCE AND MENTORING THE HIGH SCHOOL
TEACHERS TEACHING SOCIAL STUDIES BASED ON INTERDISCIPLINARY
APPROACH IN THE 3RD DISTRICT OF BUKIDNON, NORTHERN MINDANAO
PHILIPPINES

Marjorie T. Sobradil

Masters of Public Administration

Social Sciences Department, College of Arts and Sciences
Central Mindanao University, Philippines

Angelita I. Jacobe
Masters in History
Social Sciences Department, College of Arts and Sciences
Central Mindanao University, Philippines

Sittie Juhanna M. Pandapatan

Masters in History
Social Sciences Department, College of Arts and Sciences
Central Mindanao University, Philippines

Joy Melyn J. Porquis

Masters in Political Science- MA Candidate
Social Sciences Department, College of Arts and Sciences
Central Mindanao University, Philippines

Reynante B. Casiro
Masters in History
Social Sciences Department, College of Arts and Sciences
Central Mindanao University, Philippines

ABSTRACT

The Philippine government is in the transition of the implementation of the K-12

curriculum program. The interdisciplinary approaches in teaching high school social
studies are timely since it covers a deeper understanding of the history, philosophy,
geography, politics, economy, national development in the Philippines, in Asia and in the
world.

The study was conducted to enhance the competence, capability and knowledge
of the high school teachers teaching social studies based on an interdisciplinary approach

47 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

to the implementation of the K-12 curriculum. The actual participants of the study were
the twenty-seven (27) high school teachers in the 3rd district of Bukidnon. The need
assessment and inventory of their instructional materials was conducted as a basis for
the actual conduct of the seminar-workshop for the participants.

The study revealed that high school social studies teachers in the 3rd district of
Bukidnon have significant challenges to apply interdisciplinary approaches in teaching
social studies since they lack the resources. They are mandated to follow the curriculum
guides can be downloaded in the Dep-Ed websites, but most teachers do not have access
to the internet in their respective area of jurisdiction. Most teachers had difficulty in dealing
with the social studies subjects in the K-12 curriculum since modules in grade 11 and 12
are not yet available. Teachers must spend a great deal of research, innovative and
resourcefulness and must be able to use multiple resources to expose their students to
various and contradictory viewpoints, and encouraged to seek their position based on
reliable information. The high school teachers teaching social studies in the 3rd district of
Bukidnon must undergo more seminar-workshops to enrich their knowledge on the
multiple disciplines of social sciences and aid them in preparing the subject by adopting
the multidisciplinary, cross-disciplinary and trans-disciplinary approaches in teaching
social studies

Keywords: Interdisciplinary, Social Studies, Teachers

A. INTRODUCTION

Social studies are inherently interdisciplinary. Within the field, the various
disciplines that comprise social studies link and intertwine. It's difficult to imagine studying
historical content without examining the roles of persons (sociology), their motivations
(psychology), where they lived (geography), the influences of spiritual beliefs (religion),
rules that govern behavior (political science and anthropology), or how people negotiate
for their needs and wants (economics). Outside the field of social studies, vital
connections can also be made to language arts, mathematics, science and the arts that
yield a deeper understanding of concepts and ideas.
Brain research suggests that knowledge is learned more quickly and remembered
longer when constructed in a meaningful context in which connections among ideas are
made (Dowen, Tony, 2007). Teaching social studies involves the teaching of social
sciences subjects where teaching needs to be revitalised towards helping the learner
acquire knowledge and skills in an interactive environment. According to (Boyer, 2004),
the teaching of social sciences must adopt methods that promote creativity, aesthetics,

48 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

and critical perspectives and enable children to draw relationships between past and
present, to understand changes taking place in society. Problem-solving, dramatisation
and role play are some hither-to underexplored strategies that could be employed.
Teaching should utilise greater resources of audio-visual materials, including
photographs, charts and maps, and replicas of archaeological and material cultures. To
make the process of learning participative, there is a need to shift from mere imparting of
information to debate and discussion. This approach to learning will keep both the learner
and teacher alive to social realities. Concepts should be clarified to the students through
the lived experiences of individuals and communities. It has often been observed that
cultural, social and class differences generate their own biases, prejudices and attitudes
in classroom contexts. The approach to teaching, therefore, needs to be open-ended.
Teachers should discuss different dimensions of social reality in the class, and work
towards creating increasing self-awareness amongst themselves and in the learners.
The social sciences encompass several concerns of society and include a wide
range of content drawn from the disciplines of history, geography, political science,
economics, and sociology. The selection and organisation of material into a meaningful
social science curriculum, one that will enable students to develop a critical understanding
of society, is, therefore, a challenging task. The possibilities of including new dimensions
and concerns are immense; especially given the students own life experiences. (Haynes,
2002).
There is a widespread belief that social science merely transmits information and
is too centred, in the text, which is required to be memorised for examinations. The
content of these textbooks is considered to be unconnected to daily realities. Also, social
science is viewed as providing unnecessary details about the past. It is also felt that the
examination paper rewards the memorisation of these superfluous facts, with the
children's conceptual understanding being largely ignored. Any effort to address the
information overload in the social sciences will simultaneously have to review the current
examination system. In this scenario, the faculty of Social Sciences department made the
outreach activities to the High School teachers teaching social studies in the 3rd district
of Bukidnon to enhance their competence and efficiency in teaching social studies
especially with the implementation of the K-12 curriculum.

49 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

B. RESEARCH OBJECTIVES
The study sought to determine the needs and problems encountered by the
high school teaching social studies with the implementation of the K-12 curriculum in
the 3rd district of Bukidnon, Philippines
1. To identify the changes in the secondary K-12 curriculum program from the old
curriculum
2. To determine the relevant knowledge, skills competencies needed in teaching
social studies with the K-12 program in the secondary curriculum.
3. To determine the topics/issues in social studies needed by the teachers to update
the information and trends teaching in social studies.

C. SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

This study provided a significant contribution in determining the predicaments

of the high school teachers teaching social studies with the implementation of the K-
12 curriculum. The research is beneficial to the following: First, to the teacher
participants for it gave them insights on what are the skills, knowledge and
competencies needed to teach the required courses in the K-12 curriculum. Second,
to the proponents of the study, it serves a basis to frame a module required to update
and equip the knowledge, skills and competencies to enhance the teaching capacities
of teachers in teaching social studies through interdisciplinary approaches. Third, the
concepts in social sciences help the respondents to transmit the knowledge clearly to
the students through the lived experiences of individuals and communities to avoid
cultural, social and class differences that would generate their own biases, prejudices
and attitudes. Further, it encourages teachers to teach social studies by adopting
methods that promote creativity, aesthetics, and critical perspectives, and enable
students to draw relationships between past and present and to understand changes
taking place in society.

50 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

51 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
D. CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK

Changes of Social Knowledge, skills Topics/issues in

Studies in competencies in social studies
Secondary teaching social needed to teach
Curriculum with studies in K-12 in K-12
the K-12 program program program.

Figure 1. Conceptual framework of the Study

The implementation of K-12 program curriculum made significant changes in the

social studies curriculum in the secondary curriculum with new learning standard
competencies since in the old curriculum allegedly learning tended to be more focused
on content, which was fragmented and disintegrated. In K-12 program, students must
have the deeper understanding of the things/events surrounding him and learned the
mastery of using skills and values of appreciation, analysis, and responsibility, productive
and must be able to contribute solutions to the problems surrounding him. The
transmission of knowledge in K-12 is dynamic and gradually abandoning the traditional
way of teaching students. With the shift of the new learning standards and competencies
in the implementation of K-12 program. There is a need to evaluate the readiness of the
social studies teachers on their knowledge, competencies and skills to deliver the new
standards of education with new learning competencies where they need to update their
knowledge, skills and teaching mechanisms. Thus teachers required capacity
development interventions to help them in their journey to promote quality education in
the country.

E. METHODOLOGY
The study was conducted through the need assessment with the participants
through focus group discussion and survey questionnaire. The findings of the need
assessment have used a basis for doing a module for the actual conduct of the study.

52 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 The study leader coordinated with the Department of Education and Central Mindanao
University administration to conduct the research. Activities were listed so that the
objectives would be achieved at the designated time. Another technical support was
also identified and the preparation of the training materials. Lectures and workshops
were based on the need of the participants. The faculty members of the social sciences
department teaching History, Political Science and Philosophy were given assigned
topics for the actual conduct of the study. The evaluation stage included the objectives,
lecturers/speakers, lesson content, and participants, knowledge gained from the topics,
workshop and materials as well as the venue. The evaluation was conducted through
the questionnaire and the giving of impression from the participants after the seminar-
workshops undertaken. The result of the study was analysed through descriptive
method.

F. RESULTS OF THE STUDY

Table 1. Presentation of the changes in Social Studies the Secondary Curriculum

K-12 Curriculum Program

Features of
Features of K-12 Old
Required
Grade Level Learning Standards Learning Curriculum
Courses
Standards learning
Standards
Demonstrate a deep  Knowledge,
understanding of the skills, and
basic concepts values were
stages of the history expected to
of the Philippines  Output based  be learnt by
using the skills of students
appreciation, within a
7 Philippine History analysis, sustainable limited period
and productive of time
 Learner
Centered
 Inclusive and
research based

53 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

  Learning
 Standard and tended to be
competence more focused
Demonstrate a deep based, seamless on content,
understanding of the and decongested which was
basic concepts and fragmented
 Flexible, ICT
contemporary issues and
based and global
Asian region with the disintegrated. 
8 Asian Studies
skills and
appreciation, just, and
humane citizens of
the country and the
world

Demonstrate a deep
understanding of the
basic concepts in
world history and
contemporary issues
using the skills of
being analytical,
9 Global Studies
contemplative,
accountability,
sustainable,
productive, just, and
humane citizens of
the country and the
world.
Demonstrate a deep Features of K-12 Features of
understanding of the Learning Old
10 Economics basic concepts and Standards Curriculum
contemporary issues

54 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 in economics and learning
national development Standards
with the skills and
appreciation being
analytical,
contemplative,
accountability,
sustainable,
productive, just, and
humane citizens of
 Knowledge,
the country and the
skills, and
world.
values were
 Research
expected to
Methods in
 Output based  be learnt by
Social Science)-
students
1st semester
within a
limited period
of time
 Learning
 Philippine tended to be
 Learner more focused
11 Contemporary
Centered on content,
Society
which was
fragmented
 Issues and and
Problems in disintegrated. 
Philippine  Inclusive and
Contemporary research based
Philippine Politics and
Contemporary Governance
Issues and
Challenges  Standard and
 Issues and
competence
Problems in
based, seamless
Philippine History
and decongested

 Issues and  Flexible, ICT

Problems in based and global
Contemporary
Philippine
Economic
Development
 Nationalism,
Identity and
Globalization 

55 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

  Mga
Pandaigdigang
12 Isyu at Suliranin
sa Heograpiya at
Kapaligiran

Contemporary  ASEAN and

Global Issues Contemporary
and World
Challenges
 Citizenship in
a Globalized
World
 Global Health
and Social
Issues

Table 1, revealed the significant changes in the K-12 curriculum where the learning
competencies should be output based and students centred. Students must have the
deeper understanding of the things/events surrounding him and learned the mastery
using skills and values of appreciation; analysis, responsibility, productive land must be
able to contribute solutions to the circumstances surrounding him. The transmission of
knowledge in K-12 is dynamic and gradually abandoning the traditional way teaching
such as memorisation and spoon feeding of information to students. In K-12 students
must develop their research skills and discover the world to help in finding solutions to
the social, economic and political problems of the society.
With the shift of the new learning standards and competencies in the
implementation of K-12 program. There is a need to evaluate the readiness of the social
studies teachers on their knowledge, competencies and skills to deliver the new
standards of education with modern learning competencies where they need to update
their knowledge and teaching strategies.
In the implementation of K-12 curriculum there are significant changes in the
learning competencies since in the old curriculum, so much knowledge, skills, and
values were expected to be learnt by students within a limited period. Moreover, learning
tended to be more focused on content, which was fragmented and disintegrated.

56 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 In the new curriculum, Araling Panlipunan will contain concepts about self,
community, local history of the learner. Moreover, the new Araling Panlipunan covers a
deeper understanding of the past, geography, politics, economy, and national
development in the Philippines, in Asia and in the world. At the Senior High School level,
students will learn about current issues and challenges and propose solutions to them.
The skills to be developed among learners include critical thinking, logical reasoning,
creativity, appreciation of one's culture, research skills, communication skills,
responsibility, productivity, environmental consciousness, and having a global vision.
It uses integrative, inquiry-based and constructive approaches to develop the
competencies of learners and the maximum development of the Filipino child. This
component is intended to guide student inquiry and may be adapted to respond to
student needs, interests, and new or emerging issues of global significance. Research
is a complicated process that grows out of constructivist pedagogy. It begins with the
selection of a topic and the design of compelling questions that guide students as they
select resources, gather and interpret information, build relevant knowledge and
understanding, and share their findings and conclusions. Inquiry relies upon critical and
divergent thinking. During the inquiry process, the role of a teacher shifts from covering
content to becoming a guide and facilitator. Students are given the opportunity to
generate their questions, to set learning goals, to acquire and share enduring
understandings, and to develop the decision-making skills that are part of active
revealed that among the concerns of teachers in teaching social studies is developing
ideas. In teaching Araling Panlipunan in secondary education students need to achieve
a balance of breadth and depth in their understanding of global issues and local issues
such as Poverty, Wealth, and Power, Oppression, Gender, Politics, Social Justice,
Human Rights and Indigenous Peoples Peace and Conflict. Students must develop
strong inquiry questions that move beyond the accumulation of facts to the investigation
of issues, conceptual understanding, and the exploration of diverse perspectives.
Teachers should strive to address issues that have local, national, and global
implications. Whatever the problem, provide opportunities for students to engage in
learning at the local community level. Teachers must be able to use multiple resources,
including primary source material, and encourage academic rigour. Students should be

57 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

exposed to various and contradictory viewpoints and encouraged to seek their position
based on reliable information. Sources could include community members, specialists
and academics, newspapers and journals, web-based sources, governmental and non-
governmental agencies and organisations, business and industry, environmental and
social action groups, and others.
According to interviews with the teacher participants, they need to be equipped
with knowledge and skills to meet the learning competencies of the secondary K-12
curriculum where outcome-based outputs are required to make the students productive
and achieve the vision of the K-12 curriculum. They find it difficult to develop ideas for
interactive learning especially that they are teaching different grade levels and dealing
with students who have different levels of intelligence. Most of their students are coming
from far places who are hiking from home to school. When they reach the classroom,
they felt tired to participate in the school and just fall asleep. Teachers need to have
more access to instructional materials that can cater the different needs, concerns and
intelligence of their students and suits the needs of varying grade levels.

Table 2 Presentation of theme/topic based on the priority needs improvement,

suitability and aspects for development of the participants based on the needs
assessment

Indicators Topics Suitability Methods/Stra

according to tegy based on
grade level Interdisciplin
ary Approach
 Contemporary Political Ideologies Grade 7 Cross-
global issues, (democracy, (Asian Studies) disciplinary
problems and socialism, Approach (
challenges communism and
movements of
nationalism)

58 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Use of innovative  Physical setting Grade 7 (Araling Multi-
and modern  Themes of Panlipunan disciplinary
educational Geography
instructional  Map reading Grade 8 (World
materials and  Regions of Asia History)
sources of history and the World
 Time Zone
 Patterns and
development in
transportation,
communication,
education and
immigration etc.

59 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Indicators Topics Suitability Methods/Stra
according to tegy based on
grade level Interdisciplin
ary Approach
 Contemporary  International  Grade 10 Multi-
global issues Organizations (Contempo disciplinary
 Philippine  Issues of rary global
Contemporary conflicts issues
issues, problems (national and
and challenges international)
 Challenges to
attain peace,
unity and
solidarity to
attain global
peace and
prosperity

 Ethics (Virtue and  Issues on Grade 10 Trans-

Value) Human Rights, (Contemporary Disciplinary
 Basic Human Gender and issues) Approach
Rights (Global Sexuality,
and Philippine  Reproductive
Issues) Health Law,
Same Sex
marriage,
Prostitution and
abuses
 Philippine  Women Grade 7 (Asian Multidisciplinar
Contemporary Empowerment Studies) y and Cross-

60 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Issues, problems, and Grade 9 Disciplinary
and challenges Organizations (Economics) Approach
 Basic purposes  Sector in
of Philippine economics,
government agriculture,
purposes industries and
services to
promote the
welfare of the
people
 Sustainable
development
 Contemporary  World Grade 8 (World
global issues Organizations History) Multidisciplinar
 Philippine and Alliances y and Cross-
Contemporary (EU, OAS, Disciplinary
issues, problems ASEAN, et.), Grade 10 Approach
and challenges GATT, World (Contemporary
trade, IMF/ Issues
WORLD BANK,
APEC, NAFTA,
AFTA, OPEC
etc.
 Government’s  Political issues, Grade 10 Multidisciplana
function to migration, (Contemporary ry and Cross
protect the rights territorial and Issues Disciplinary
and properties of border
the citizens conflicts,
 Philippine political
Contemporary dynasties, graft
Issues and corruption

61 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

  Identify and  Asian Culture Grade 7 (Araling Multidisciplana
compare the  Colonialism Panlipunan) ry and Cross
cultures of and Disciplinary
diverse groups Imperialism
and explain why  Nationalism
people explored
and settled

Table 2, revealed the top priority needs of the topics/theme based on the needs
assessment. Teacher's needs more enhancements since they do not have textbook
yet for the subjects in Grade 11 and 12, but they are required to do teach and research
to do their modules during the transition of the K-12 curriculum implementation. The
curriculum guides can be downloaded in the Dep-Ed websites, but most teachers do not
have access to the internet in their respective area of jurisdiction. During the interview,
most teachers had difficulty in dealing with the social studies subjects since most
modules in grade 9, 10, 11 and 12 are not yet available
The topics presented to the participants were based on their priority needs. The
said indicators and issues were given to the participants adopting the three basic
approaches to interdisciplinary study in the social sciences that can be conveniently
identified as multi-disciplinary, cross-disciplinary and trans-disciplinary. Interdisciplinary
then remains the generic all-encompassing concept and includes all activities which
juxtapose, apply, combine, synthesise, integrate or transcend parts of two or more
disciplines. The multi-disciplinary event involves comparing, but experiencing little
contact between the participating subjects. Cross-disciplinary approaches involve real
interaction across controls, though the extent and nature vary considerably. Trans-
disciplinary approaches feature overarching thought models which propose to replace
existing disciplinary worldviews.
Multidisciplinary Approach was used in presenting the topics on "Patterns and
development in transportation, communication, education and immigration" about
geography which has five themes—location, place, region, movement, and human-

62 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

environment interaction. Understanding these issues will help you get a better picture of
the world Earth where a site can be found. Geographers use imaginary lines on Earth's
surface. This helps them locate any place in the world. Lines that run in the same
direction as the equator are called edges. They measure distance north and south of
the equator measure distance east and west of the prime meridian.
Multi-Disciplinary and The Cross-Disciplinary Approach were used in presenting
the topics and workshop on "Political Ideologies" (liberalism, socialism, communism,
capitalism, conservatism, anarchism, fascism, etc. Multi-Disciplinary approach tend to
look beyond the horizons of one specialized discipline when there is a question of
solving a problem bearing on social and economic development,; it quickly becomes
evident that many links exist between elements which a specialized monodisciplinary
scientific analysis would be liable to separate, and the natural impulse is to go beyond
the frontiers of particular disciplines in order to get a more general and complete picture.
Cross-disciplinary topics frequently emerge from perceived social problem areas. Social
and economic problems such as crimes (law and order) and labour management
conflicts are a social concern. Every one of the social science disciplines has something
to say about social and economic problems. Every social study focused on the role
political ideology influencing political and social movements in the present and in the
past. What happens in the real world has something to do with ideologies which are the
root of debates in social and economic problems. Typically, each ideology contains
certain ideas on what it considers to be the best form of government (for example,
democracy, theocracy, etc.), and the best economic system (such as capitalism,
socialism, etc.). For instance, "socialism" may refer to an economic system, or it may
refer to an ideology that supports that financial system. Political ideologies are
concerned with many different aspects of a society, some of which are: the economy,
education, healthcare, labor law, criminal law, the justice system, the provision of social
security and social welfare, trade, the environment, minors, immigration, race, use of
the military, patriotism, and established religion.
The transdisciplinary approach was used in presenting the topics and
workshops on Ethics (Virtue and Value) about respecting the rights of others, reflections
on same-sex marriage, reproductive health and use of contraceptive methods,

63 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

prostitution and violence against women and children. The Transdisciplinary approach
refers to learning that is authentic and relevant to the real world. Education is not
confined to traditional subjects but is supported and enriched by them. Each
Transdisciplinary Theme encompasses a vast swath of universal understandings
common to all of humanity and opens enough to embrace a variety of content areas.
For example, the theme; Who we are, explores the nature of self, our personal beliefs
and values, our own, physical, mental, social and spiritual health, human relationships,
our rights and responsibilities and what it is to be human. This Transdisciplinary Theme
is deeply investigated through different questions and explorations throughout the
students learning journey, leaving them with a layered understanding of themselves and
the connections they have with the rest of humanity. Teachers, when efficiently using
this approach, do not compartmentalise learning, but rather explore content within the
context of inquiry.
The Cross-disciplinary was approached were used in presenting the topics on
"Samahang pangkakabaihan, mga sector pang-ekonomiya, agriculture, the industry at
paglilingkod sustainable development. The evolution of social movements from
traditional to modern movements of feminism, agricultural production, methods of
delivery of services and inclusive growth is affected by the environment which was
primarily changed by increases in knowledge, accumulating energy control, and
improvements in the technology of production. Cross-disciplinary efforts were
undertaken, with the increased usage of evolution as a holistic concept for handling the
increasing developments dealing with the question of how societies change. Cross-
disciplinary approaches involve an effort at connecting and combining across
disciplinary boundaries. It includes seven categories of cross-disciplinary activity: topical
focus, professional preparation, life experience perspective, shared components, cross-
cutting organising principles or concepts, hybrids and grand syntheses. Trans-
disciplinary approaches involve overarching non-discipline
The Multidisciplinary and Cross-Disciplinary Approaches were used to present
them on the following issues: 1) International Organizations and Alliances; 2) Issues on
peace, migration, territorial and border conflicts, political dynasties, graft and corruption
and; 3) Asian Culture, Colonialism and Imperialism, Nationalism. Countries need

64 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

alliances for self-preservation and solve its domestic economic, social, political and
cultural problems. Whenever the public calls for solutions to a severe social problem,
the multidisciplinary approach tends to be established. Undoubtedly, when it is a
question of solving a problem bearing on social, political and economic development, it
is essential to look beyond the horizons of one specialized discipline; it quickly becomes
evident that many links exist between elements which a specialized monodisciplinary
scientific analysis would be liable to separate, and the natural impulse is to go beyond
the frontiers of particular disciplines in order to get a more general and complete picture.
The "real world" is not divided up in the same fashion as academic departments, and
policy proposals based on the narrow view of one discipline are at the least naive and
in the worst case may lead to disastrous mistakes. Thus, a Cross-Disciplinary Approach
is necessary to have interaction of different fields of knowledge (disciplines) with
different concepts, methods, and data and terms organized into a joint effort on a
common problem with continuous intercommunication among the various subjects that
may range from simple communication of ideas to the mutual integration of organizing
concepts, methodology and procedures,

G. CONCLUSION
The changes in the curriculum in the implementation of K-12 program is beneficial
since it is student-centered learning approach and output based where students develop
their skills of responsibility, analysis and appreciation. The new learning competencies
will enable a student to become creative, resourceful and independent.
The new learning standards and competencies in the K-12 program are
challenging on the part of the Social Studies teachers in the 3rd district of Bukidnon
since they only have outlines of the modules which are provided in the junior high school
and no modules yet for the senior high school. Further, they lack the resources needed
to teach the new learning methods and strategies
Teachers must spend a great deal of research, innovative and resourcefulness in
accessing the materials in social studies relevant to the implementation of the K-12
curriculum.

65 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

H. RECOMMENDATIONS
1. Social studies teachers should undergo more seminar-workshops to enrich more
their knowledge on the multiple disciplines of social science and aid them in
teaching the subject by adopting the multidisciplinary, cross-disciplinary and trans-
disciplinary approaches in teaching social studies
2. Students who are shown with an interdisciplinary technique enable the students to
master higher order thinking skills. The foundation of multidisciplinary methods will
lead to a future of discovery and innovation. Thus, it is recommended that
interdisciplinary technique in teaching social studies should be encouraged for it
enable the students to see different perspectives, work in groups, and make the
synthesising of disciplines as the ultimate goal.
3. The interdisciplinary approach has become an essential and challenging technique
in the in the modern curriculum. The multidisciplinary approach synthesises more
than one discipline and creates teams of teachers and students that enrich the
overall educational experience. Thus, teachers should be given more
opportunities for training and exposures to implement the K-12 curriculum.

REFERENCES
Boehm, Richard, 2003. “The Best of Both Worlds: Blending History and
Geography in the K-12 Curriculum.” Gilbert M. Grosvenor Center for Geographic
Education.http://www.eric.ed.gov/ERICDocs/data/ericdocs2sql/content_storage_
01/0000019b/80/1b/0d /4f.pdf.
Boyer, Bishop, 2004. “Young Adolescent Voices: Students' Perceptions of
InterdisciplinaryTeaming,” RMLE,
v.1.http://www.eric.ed.gov/ERICDocs/data/ericdocs2sql/content_storage_01/0000
019b/80/3e/a6/ ef.pdf.
Dowen, Tony, 2007. “Relevant, Challenging, Integrative and Exploratory
Curriculum Design:Perspectives From Theory and Practice for Middle Level
Schooling in Australia.”TheAustralian Educational Researcher, v.
34.http://www.eric.ed.gov/ERICDocs/data/ericdocs2sql/content_storage_01/0000
019b/80/33/b5 /07.pdf
Duerr, Laura L., 2008. “Interdisciplinary Instruction, Educational
Horizons.”http://www.eric.ed.gov/ERICDocs/data/ericdocs2sql/content_storage_0
1/0000019b/80/3e/0c/ 3a.pdf
Haynes, Carolyn, 2002. Innovations in Interdisciplinary Teaching,
West port, CT, American Councilon Education ORYX Press.
Kanakia, Rahul, 2007. “Talks touts benefits of interdisciplinary approach, as well
66 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 as some of its pitfalls.”Stanford Reprot.http://news-
service.stanford.edu/news/2007/february7/barr 020707.html.
Kleinberg, Ethan, 2008. “Interdisciplinary studies at a Crossroads.” Association of
American Colleges and Universities, from
http://www.eric.ed.gov/ERICDocs/data/ericdocs2sql/content_storage_01/000001
9b/80/29/92 /84.pdf.
Paterson, Jim, 2007. “Teaching Literacy Across the Curriculum, Middle Ground.”
http://www.eric.ed.gov/ERICDocs/data/ericdocs2sql/content_storage_01/000001
9b/80/29/92 /84.pdf.
Staples, Hilary, 2005.“The Integration of Biomimicry as a Solution-Oriented
Approach to the Environmental Science Curriculum for High School
Students.”http://www.eric.ed.gov/ERICDocs/data/ericdocs2sql/content_storage_0
1/0000019b/80/1b/c2/ 3d.pdf.

67 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 THE CITY GOVERNMENT'S POLICIES, PROGRAMS, AND PROJECTS
APROPOS THE BUKIDNON TRIBE OF BARANGAY DALWANGAN:A STUDY ON
SOCIAL INCLUSION

JENICA ALEXIS P. YAMON

GRACE O. GALACHE
Central Mindanao University, Musuan, Maramag, Bukidnon, Philippines

ABSTRACT
The indigenous peoples (IPs) is one of the most disadvantaged groups in
the Philippines. And although the Philippines is one of the first countries in Asia
to champion laws regarding the protection for the indigenous peoples, they still
lack the social integration that is common to the general populace.
This paper is centred on the dynamic social processes that perpetuate the
lack of social participation in the workings of society, particularly the indigenous
peoples. In light of the emphasis on "inclusion" in the Sustainable Development
Goals (SDGs), this paper focuses on the policies, programs, and projects
implemented and appropriated. It settles how participation can create a socially-
inclusive society that can be a tool to combat poverty, discrimination, and
inequalities. This study is a descriptive type in which questionnaires were used
to assess the social inclusiveness of the implemented policies, programs, and
projects.
The theory of social inclusion is consistent with the promotion of non-
discrimination, the addition of indigenous perspectives in laws, policies,
programs, and projects and the development of full and active participation in
decisions that affect the native peoples. The study found out three major points:
First, the government should recognize the role of indigenous peoples in policy-
building in order to meet their needs; Second, the implemented policies, projects,
and programs should be culturally sensitive and culturally responsive; Third,
satisfaction in the part of indigenous peoples (IPs) equates to social inclusion and
participation. This paper shows how social inclusion matters, identifying some of
the problems by which the government can accommodate and elevate social
inclusion and cooperation of the indigenous peoples.
Furthermore, the study recommends a careful assessment of the concerns
of the indigenous peoples (IPs) in the promotion of a socially inclusive society.
Keywords: Indigenous Peoples, Social Inclusion, Participation, Cultural
Sensitivity

68 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

A. INTRODUCTION
The Indigenous Peoples (IPs) are among the most disadvantaged of the
Philippine populace. According to the latest survey conducted by the National
Commission on Indigenous Peoples (NCIP) on January of 2013, they comprise
around 13% of the entire Philippine population and are considered vulnerable to
inequities. They are among the poorest and the most disadvantaged social group in
the country. Illiteracy, unemployment, and incidence of poverty are much higher
among them than the rest of the population. They live in geographically isolated areas
with lack of access to essential social services and few opportunities for mainstream
economic activities, education, or political participation. In which all this can be
attributed to physical segregation and socio-cultural exclusion.

In recent years, the Philippine Government has made significant policy reforms
to address the severe problem of the lack of tenurial security among IPs and local
communities. The enactment of the Indigenous People Rights Act (IPRA), RA 8371
by the Philippine Government in 1997, goes beyond the contract-based resource
management agreements between the state and the community. It guarantees the
access of indigenous peoples to essential services, among other things.

Subsequently, the United Nation Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous

Peoples 2007 (UNDRIP) provides that the indigenous peoples have the right to: a) the
improvement of their economic and social conditions without discrimination, including
in the areas of education, employment, sanitation, and health, among others; b)
develop priorities and strategies from exercising their right to development, and to be
actively involved in promoting health, housing, and other programs; c) traditional
medicines, maintain their health practices, conserve their vital medicinal resources,
and access to health and social services without discrimination; d) the enjoyment of
the highest attainable standard of physical and mental health; e) maintain, control,
protect and develop their i) cultural heritage, traditional knowledge and artistic
expressions, and the manifestation of their sciences, technologies and culture; ii)
intellectual property over such cultural heritage, traditional knowledge and cultural
expressions, science and technology.

69 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Also, the Local Government Code (RA 7160) also provides for the
establishment in every local government unit an accountable, efficient and dynamic
organisational structure and operating mechanism that will meet the priority needs and
service requirements of its communities. Local Government Units (LGUs) need to
ensure and support the preservation and enrichment of culture, promote health and
safety, and enhance economic prosperity and social justice of its inhabitants, among
others. Individually, the LGUs shall exercise powers and discharge functions and
responsibilities appropriate or incidental to the efficient and effective provision of
essential services facilities to promote the uplifting of their standards of living.

The pressing issue now is the implementation of these declarations and laws
into concrete policies and programs for the indigenous peoples, providing a socially
inclusive society for the indigenous peoples and contribute sustainable improvement
for the well-being of the indigenous peoples and to uplift their standards of living.

This paper assessed the social inclusiveness of the policies, programs, and
projects of the city government of Malaybalay towards the indigenous cultural
communities/indigenous peoples living within its borders, specifically the Bukidnon
tribal communities in Barangay Dalwangan: first, to understand the ICCs/IPs
themselves and their needs and issues; secondly, how the government assessed
these concerns through concrete legislative actions; and finally, this study gathered
data on their viewpoints and insights on the implemented government actions.

B. RESEARCH OBJECTIVES
The primary objective of this study is to assess the various viewpoints of the
indigenous peoples of Barangay Dalwangan in Malaybalay City, Bukidnon about the
city government based on the latter's policies, programs, and projects being
implemented.

Specifically, this paper attempted:

1. To determine if the policies, programs, and projects implemented meet the

needs of the IPs;

70 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 2. To determine if the policies, programs, and projects implemented are culturally
sensitive; and
3. To measure if they are satisfied with the attention given to them by the city
government.

C. SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

The results of this study are beneficial to the following:

Government Units. They would be made aware of the status of the indigenous
peoples in their areas and to achieve future policies, projects, and programs that are
best suited for them.

Non-Government Units. They can help them in the areas the government
lacks.Citizens. They will be provided with the perspectives of the indigenous peoples'
needs, problems, and sentiments, and will be able to convey this to the general public.

Researchers. This can be of great help if they wish to pursue further researches in
this field. It can contribute to additional information to existing literature.

71 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

D. CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK

Figure 1. Conceptual Framework

POLICIES, PROGRAMS,
AND PROJECTS
IMPLEMENTED ON THE
CONTEXT OF SOCIAL
INCLUSION

INDIGENOUS
PEOPLES’
SATISFACTION

As the figure above shows, the city government implements the policies,
programs, and projects for the indigenous peoples, and their satisfaction (of the IPs)
shall generate the insights or perception needed by the city government to ensure that
the implemented policies, programs, and projects are well-accepted by the community,
as well as to formulate new ones that will be suitable for the needs of the indigenous
peoples.

The IPs satisfaction on the second box means social inclusion. This is crucial for
the local government to adapt to their situation and implement such actions that will be
beneficial for them while being culturally sensitive at the same time so as not to taint
their indigenous cultures and traditions.

72 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Given that this paper is centred on the context of social inclusion, such
satisfaction from the indigenous peoples is of such importance because it entails social
participation in the policy-making context of the city's legislation for future
implementation of policies, programs, and projects.

This embodies the whole context of social inclusion in this study: the participation
of the IPs in the policy development for their community. And also, for this paper, to
assess the inclusiveness of the implemented policies, programs, and projects for the
indigenous peoples' communities in Barangay Dalwangan.

E. METHODOLOGY

This chapter presents the procedures that were used in gathering the data needed
in answering the specific problems of this study. The method includes research design,
research locale, research samples, sampling procedure, data gathering procedure and
research instruments that are to be utilised in the study.

1. Research Design
This study used the descriptive research design. It also used a statistical
basis in getting the results of the respondents regarding the implementation of the
policies, programs, and projects for the ICCs/IPs in the context of social inclusion.
Part one of the questionnaire employed a YES or NO method in determining
whether such policies, programs, and projects meet the needs of the IPs.

The typical five-level Likert Scale design was used in the second part of the
questionnaire corresponding to different scores:

Strongly Agree - 5
Agree - 4
Undecided - 3
Disagree - 2
Strongly Disagree - 1

The scale determined the level of satisfaction and of the indigenous peoples
regarding the policies, programs, and projects and its cultural sensitiveness
73 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 implemented by the city government to affirm the social inclusiveness of the
legislative actions.

The insights and perceptions of the respondents regarding the topics to be

discussed and answered in the questionnaire were listed down for additional
information on the study.

The study used the descriptive design because once the instruments are
formulated; data can be quickly gathered after the respondents would have
finished answering the questionnaires given by the researchers.

2. Research Method
This study used the quantitative method as well as the director interview
method. This typing method to deliver the most relevant results given that this is
an assessment study.

3. Research Instrument
This study used survey questionnaires in gathering the required data. The
polls and interviews were explicitly designed to meet the objectives of this paper
and collect the necessary data. Personal interviews were also employed to fill in
the gaps of the additional data gathered. The researchers personally introduced to
the respondents the purpose of the study and had individually distributed and
retrieved the questionnaires.

4. Research Tool
The study used a simple statistical tool of frequency counts, percentages
and ranking in the analysis and interpretation of the study. Descriptive method was
employed in the presentation of the results.

5. Respondents
The inhabitants are found in the different settlement sites within their
ancestral domain, namely: Sanjaya, Inhandig, Damian, and Pulog. The

74 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 respondents were selected through random sampling using Slovin's formula from
among the heads of households in the IP communities of Daraghuyan and Balete-
on in Barangay Dalwangan. The Daraghuyan district has approximately 302
homes, while the Balete-on society has more or less 50 households.

4. Locale
Barangay Dalwangan is situated along the national highway in the
northwestern part of the city. It is 12 kilometres away from the heart of Malaybalay
City proper. The barangay is bounded in the north by natural boundary of spoon
Creek diving Barangay Impalutao of the Municipality of Impasug-one based on the
Mindanao and Sulu Code, in the south by Kalatugonan Creek a physical barrier of
Barangay Capital Anghel and, in the east by Barangay Patpat, and in the west by
Spoon Creek covering the Eastern part of Mt. Kitanglad Range.

It has a total land area of 6, 825 hectares. The 3, 825 or 54.04% is classified
as alienable and disposable while 3, 000 hectares or 43.96% is classified as
forestland. The terrain is organized by flat and rolling hills in the north and eastern
boundaries to mountainous in the western region. A vast valley can be found in the
southern periphery. The type of soil is clay loam which is suitable for planting
sugarcane, corn, rice, banana, and vegetables and other crops that thrives
depending on the elevation ideal for its variety.

The communities from where the critical respondents hail from are named
Daraghuyan and Balete-on. Their ancestral domain is situated within Mount
Kitanglad Range Natural Park, a territory proclaimed as a protected area on the
24th of October 1996 under natural park category through Presidential
Proclamation No. 896, and consequently declared as a full-pledge protected area
on the 9th of November 2000 pursuant to Republic Act No. 8978 otherwise known
as the "Mount Kitanglad Range Protected Area Act of 2000."

The tribal communities' ancestral domain has a total area of 4, 203.09

hectares, more or less, consisting approximately of 70% forestland and 30%
agricultural land in the buffer zone. Their territory covers Gaps Sanjaya, Mangasa,
Inhandig, Damian, and Pulog. The Municipality of Impasug-one is their adjacent

75 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 area in the East, Barangays Kapitan Angel and Imbayao in the West, Municipality
of Lantapan in the South, and Barangay Dalwangan Proper in the North.

This ancestral domain is accessible only in the northernmost portion

through the slightly gravelled barangay road of Dalwangan to Sitio Damian, which
is about eight (8) kilometres away from the National Highway. The other parts of
this ancestral domain are accessible only by foot from Sitio Damian.

F. RESULTS OF THE STUDY

The following tables – Tables 1 to 4 – contain implemented policies, programs,
and projects by the City Government of Malaybalay through Barangay Dalwangan.
These policies, programs, and projects were gathered through the data accounts as
stipulated in the annual reports per department from 2010-2015.

Table 1. Frequency and percentage distribution of the respondents with access to

the policies, programs, and projects in terms of Education.

YES NO
Education Frequency % Frequency %
Basic Elementary 98 91.59 9 8.41
Education
Alternative Learning 43 40.19 64 59.81
Systems
Secondary 77 71.96 30 28.04
Education
IPED (Indigenous 36 33.64 71 66.36
Peoples Education
Program)
BLP (Basic Literary 11 10.28 96 89.72
Education)
INFED (Informal 12 11.21 95 88.79
Education)

76 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 City Scholarship 20 18.69 87 81.31
Grants
Table 2. Frequency and percentage distribution of the respondents with access to
the policies, programs, and projects in terms of Healthcare.

Yes No
Healthcare Frequency % Frequency %
Maternal Healthcare 89 83.18 18 16.82
Neonatal Healthcare 84 78.50 23 21.50
Obstetric and 79 73.83 28 26.17
Newborn Healthcare

Family Planning 73 68.22 34 31.78

Immunization (BCG, 98 91.59 9 8.41
Measles)
Anti-Rabies Vaccine 44 41.12 63 58.88
Assistance
Operation Tuli 73 68.22 34 31.78
(Circumcision)
Ultrasound and X-Ray 25 23.36 82 76.64
Assistance

Table 3. Frequency and percentage distribution of the respondents with access to

the policies, programs, and projects in terms of Socio-Political.

Yes No
Socio-Political Frequency % Frequency %
Financial Support for
the Mt. Kitanglad 28 26.17.00 79 73.83
Council of Elders
Ordinance 831
(Declaring every 4th
29 27.10.00 78 72.90
week of October as
the Indigenous

77 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Peoples Celebration
and to constitute a
committee to
discuss,
plan, complement,
and direct the week-
long celebration)
Mass Weddings 60 56.07.00 47 43.93
Mobile Registrations 68 63.55.00 39 36.45.00

Table 4. Frequency and percentage distribution of the respondents with access to

the policies, programs, and projects in terms of Social Welfare.

Table 5. Averaging using the Likert Scale to measure cultural sensitivity in the
implemented policies, programs, and projects.
Average
The City Government has a brief understanding of our needs. 3.54
(Agree)
They did an assessment survey of the needs of the IPs prior to the 3.37
implementation of policies, programs, and projects. (Undecided)
They have consulted us with regards to implementing the 3.26
programs, policies, and projects. (Undecided)
They understand the indigenous peoples’ situation. 3.60
(Agree)
They are knowledgeable with our culture and traditions. 3.76
(Agree)
They are aware of and recognize the 3.75
indigenous alternatives. (Agree)
They have integrated the indigenous alternatives in their 3.60
implementation of policies, programs and projects. (Agree)
They do not force us to strictly comply with the implemented 3.64
policies, programs, and projects. (Agree)
There is no discrimination that I feel when it comes to the access of 3.33
the implemented (Undecided)
policies, programs, and projects.

78 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Strongly Agree – 4.50 to 5.0
Agree – 3.50 to 4.49
Undecided – 2.50 to 3.49
Disagree – 1.50 to 2.49
Strongly Disagree – 1.0 to 1.49

This result is especially valuable in the sense that this data depicts the perspective
of the indigenous peoples in that area about the implemented policies, programs, and
projects of the City Government. As you could see, the average is a constant 3 or playing
between Agree and Undecided. This creates a huge impact that the actual inhabitants
of that specific area are agreeing that the City Government dies respect and uphold their
homegrown culture and tradition in implementing such policies, programs, and projects..

G. CONCLUSIONS/IMPLICATIONS
Majority of the respondents from the indigenous peoples (IPs) of Barangay
Dalwangan has access to the essentials of primary, elementary education (91.59%) and
maternal healthcare (83.18%). They lack in the socio-political and social welfare, – such
as government registry services and production support for their crops – the fields
wherein the government should tap into more. These areas are keys to achieving social
inclusion in these communities. The national government distributes the fundamentals
like education and healthcare, therefore LGUs should seek into options like socio-
political and social welfare to nurture more.

H. RECOMMENDATIONS
This study recommends that: one, socially inclusive policies, programs, and
projects for the tribal communities of Barangay Dalwangan, as well as other tribal cities
all over the country, does not only need to be culturally sensitive, but culturally
responsive as well. It is not enough that you respect the cultural diversity, but it is how
you use their culture in elevating the delivery of services to suit them. This would need
strategic planning on the side of the government to realise this goal.

79 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 And two, the government, especially the LGUs, should focus not only on uplifting
the lives of the general populace but to make it a point that no one gets left behind in
the journey. The indigenous peoples do not want that the government make them a
priority above the rest, they only want a road that connects them – better – to the
services.

REFERENCES
BOOKS
Asian Development Bank. 2010. Overview of gender equality and social inclusion
in Nepal. Retrieved on 27 October 2016, from <https://www.adb.org/sites/default
/files/institutional-document/32237/cga-nep-2010.pdf>.

Cappo, D. 2002. Quoted in VicHealth Research Summary 2 – Social Inclusion as

a determinant of mental health & wellbeing (January 2005). Retrieved 25
October 2016, from <http://www.health.vic.gov.au/agedcare/maintaining
/cruntusin/inclusion.html>.

European Commission. 2004. Joint report on social inclusion. Report 7101/04.

Brussels: European Commission.

Finer, C. J. & Smyth, P. (Eds.). 2004. Social policy and the commonwealth
prospects for social inclusion. London: Palgrade Macmillan.

Sen, Amartya. 2000. Social exclusion: concept, application, and scrutiny. Asian
Development Bank. Manila: Philippines.

Silver, Hilary. 2015. The contexts of social inclusion. DESA working paper No. 144.
Retrieved on 25 October 2016, from <http://www.un.org/esa/desa/papers
/2015/wp144_2015.pdf>.

UNESCO. 1995. Involving culture: a fieldwork’s guide to culturally sensitive

development. Canadian International Development Agency. Retrieved on
26 November 2016, from http://unesco.org/images/0012/001204/120456EO.pdf

World Bank. 2013. Inclusion matters; the foundation for shared prosperity.
Retrieved on 14 November 2016, from
<http://siteresource.worldbank.org/EXTSOCIAL
DEVELOPMENT/Resources/244362-125299949041/6766328-1381272444
276/InclusionMatters_AdvanceEdition.pdf>.

World Health Organization Social Exclusion Knowledge. 2008. Final report to the
WHO commission on social determinants of health from the social exclusion

80 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 knowledge network. Retrieved on 25 October 2016, from<http://www.who.
int/social_determinants/knowledge_networks/final_reports/sekn_final%20re
port_042008.pdf>.

JOURNALS
Beland, Daniel. 2009. Back to bourgeois? French social policy and the idea of
solidarity. International Journal on Sociology and Social Policy 29, 9/10: 445-56.

ARTICLES
Hunter, B. H. 2008. A half-hearted defence of CDEP scheme. Paper presented in
the CAEPR seminar series, Canberra. Retrieved on 25 October 2016, from
<www.anu.edu.au/caepr>.

Hunter, B. H. 2000. Social exclusion. Social capital and indigenous Australians:

measuring the social costs of employment (CAEPR Discussion Paper No.
204). Canberra: Centre for Aboriginal Economic Policy Research. Retrieved
on 25 October 2016, from <www.anu.edu.au.caepr>.

Hunter, B. H. 2005. The role discrimination and the exclusion and the exclusion of
indigenous people from the labour market. In D. Austin-Broos & G.
Macdonald (Eds.) Culture, Economy, and Governance in Aboriginal
Australia (pp. 79-94), Sydney: University of Sydney Press.

Hunter, B. H. 1999. Three nations, not one: indigenous and other Australian
poverty (CAEPR Working Paper No. 1). Canberra: Centre for Aboriginal Economic
Policy Research. Retrieved on 14 November 2016, from
<www.anu.edu.au.caepr>.

DOCUMENTS
Republic Act No. 8371. Indigenous Peoples Rights Act (IPRA). (Enacted on 1997).
United Nations. 2015. Sustainable development goals. Retrieved on 25 October
2016,from <http://www.un.org/sustainabledevelopment/sustainable-development-
goals/>.

UNESCO. UN Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples (UNDRIP).

Retrieved on 25 October 2016, from <http://www.unesco.org/new/en/indigenous-
peoples/elated-info/undrip/>

81 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 YOUTH LIFE AND LANDSCAPE: HOW THE BUKIDNON TRIBAL YOUTHS’
PERCEIVED THEIR PARTICIPATION AND EXPERIENCES IN THE PURSUANCE OF
THE CERTIFICATE OF ANCESTRAL DOMAIN TITLE

Author:

Grace O. Galache
ABSTRACT

This paper provides a glimpse of the agency indigenous young people about their
ancestral domain claim. It seeks to highlight the perception of youth on the significance
of how the ancestral domain impacts their lives and takes to account the process of their
pursuance with the Certificate of Ancestral Domain Title (CADT).

The passage of Indigenous Peoples Rights Act (IPRA) or RA 8371 of the Republic
of the Philippines in 1997 warranted the indigenous peoples' sector applications for
ancestral domain claims regarding titles which are issued legally by the government.
The Philippine government acknowledges their rights through The Indigenous Peoples'
Rights Act (IPRA). Through IPRA, the indigenous people can now secure a claim to their
ancestral territory. The paradox, however, lies in the fact that the Philippine government
employs a bureaucratic system which can easily be affected by political plays and an
up-to-date modern system for the completion of the requirements for them to acquire an
ancestral land title.

This study explores the experiences of the indigenous people in the process of
their pursuance of the CADT focusing on the youth of the Bukidnon tribe from the
Daraghuyan Ancestral Domain of Malaybalay City. This study employed qualitative
methods and attempted to illustrate the participation of the indigenous youth in the
application of the CADT motivated by their perceived importance and value in the
preservation of their culture and traditions. The youth's participation exemplifies benefit-
wise opportunities for them to develop themselves as individuals; to enable them to
grasp the meaning of their ethnic identity genuinely, and to build their confidence to
assume their identity as Bukidnon young people fully. The indigenous youth relies on
their wealthy cultural upbringing and local cultural knowledge from the outside as a

82 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

foundation in the former and gain in the latter. They find balance, and they bridge the
gap between tradition and modern ways of living. Thus, with secured land tenure, the
youth utilises their ancestral domain as a space to exercise their identity, agency and
pride to fully develop their capacities for them to have full control in their own lives.
Keywords: Indigenous Youth, social actors, ancestral domain, Bukidnon Tribe

A. INTRODUCTION

Outsiders can not only grasp the notion and importance of sacred spaces and
sacred resources among the tribe. Most of these ideas are often ignored or associated
with myths or folklore. The Indigenous People (IPs) have a strong affinity to their land.
Their vast lands and rich forested mountains are where they define themselves. The
area is part and parcel of the lives. Losing the ground means ceasing their entire
existence. For generations, however, the IPs are left to confront the challenges of
dealing with the modernised societies.

For centuries, the IPs are continuously left to be in a disadvantaged position. The
influx of biased economic development projects for urbanisation such as the building of
dams and infrastructures to logging and mining made their existence in their lands more
vulnerable and insecure of posterity. As a result of these external pressures, indigenous
communities often have to fight for territory. The passage of Indigenous Peoples Rights
Act (IPRA) or Republic Act 8371 of 1997 gave the indigenous peoples the right for
acquiring of CADT. Through IPRA, IPs can now secure their ancestral territories. The
process of application, however, can be painful and overwhelming. While modernisation
changes society in so many ways, fighting for land for the indigenous peoples meant
being confronted by bureaucratic methods and processes to complete the requirements
of the ancestral land title. The challenges after that imposed on them by the state. The
IPs needed to produce ways to respond to external demands. In the midst of all these
struggles for land security, the indigenous youth from the Bukidnon tribe of Daraghuyan
often, find themselves caught up in the middle. As members of the tribe and as social

83 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

agents in the community, this study mainly deals with their perceptions and experiences
upon helping their elders in the pursuance of securing an ancestral land title.

Daraghuyan is an indigenous community of a Bukidnon tribe situated in

Malaybalay City in the province of Bukidnon, Philippines. The bureaucratic process of
application in securing a land title is tedious, time-consuming and costly. The
Daraghuyan tribe has to undergo a bureaucratic process which included identification
and delineation of ancestral domains that shall be done by the general procedure
specified by the IPRA.

Despite their lack of finances and technical know-how, the Bukidnon tribe of
Daraghuyan motivated by their goals, collective efforts, culture and tradition pursued
their application for the Certificate of the Ancestral Domain Title (CADT). With utmost
determination and enthusiasm, the CADT was officially awarded to them in the Bukidnon
Province Centennial Celebration on September 1, 2014.

Significantly speaking, during the process of the claim of the Daraghuyan-

Bukidnon tribe, the youth were active in their assistance to the community and the tribal
elders in their application of CADT. This is because aside from being regarded as the
next generation of leaders and inheritors of the land, their customs and traditions, the
youth are useful in many ways. The Bukidnon Tribe youth of Daraghuyan are physically
robust, open and receptive to new ideas and can quickly learn to adapt to new
technology. These qualities gave them leverage to participate in securing the ancestral
land title. Thus, given the position of indigenous youth within the community and in the
context of the ancestral domain, this paper wanted to showcase the voices of the youth
upon describing their understanding and experiences of participation in acquiring their
CADT.

84 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

B. RESEARCH OBJECTIVES

This study endeavoured to highlight the perception and experiences of youth in

pursuing their ancestral domain title; specifically, it aims to answer the following
questions.
1. In participating the claim process, what has been the role of the youth?
2. To what did the youth attribute their assertion to the ancestral land claim?
3. What were the benefits or insights gleaned by the youth from participating in the
claim process?

C. SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

The experiences of the youth presented in this paper do not provide a complete
representation of the entire child of the Bukidnon tribe nor the indigenous youth of the
Philippines. The extent of the study covers valuable insights about the native youth's
perception and experiences about their application during the CADT application
process. The ideas that have been gathered provide a guide for the academic research,
public service providers, government and non-government agencies, and the general
public. This paper will also serve to guide Philippine perception for the indigenous youth
in a different light and the context of development services and programs for the
Indigenous People in the Philippines.

D. CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK

This paper argues considerably that the continuing attacks on the freedom of the
ancestral domain and the land security of the indigenous people affect their
descendants, the youth and the children in their daily existence. The indigenous people's
cultures in the Philippines, in context, have their unique customs and traditions separate
from the modernised societies. They live in a homogenous community having similar
beliefs, customs, and share many social attributes which characterise their group. The
reality that the IP communities are treated differently and the general populace having
failed to understand their unique cultural complexities speaks of a great conflict to
developmental processes.

85 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 In this study, the term "community" consists of elders, men, women, youth and
children having different social perceptions, needs, aspirations and experiences about
their ancestral domain. In the absence of an explicit recognition for the IP youth in this
regard, it suggests that the state policies have failed to impact a meaningful and
sustainable development befit for the indigenous way of living.
Most researchers published about IPs describes young people as passive or
subservient to the elders. The IP youth, being seen as the next generation inheritors of
the land, their customs and traditions, are expected to be proactive in their endeavours.
Failure to engage in community activities can usually be regarded as resigning from
tribal duties. Hence, it is often read as aversion from customs and traditions. These
ultimate perceptions about the youth about their ancestral domain posit some threat of
disappearance of their cultural belief and ways of life. The kid is often stuck in the middle
to remedy the issue of reconciliation and facing these social realities.
This paper intended to see the ancestral domain as a social sphere in which the
indigenous youth realizes their role as social actors in their community. As social actors,
Thomas and O'Cane (1993) cited that young people are seen as capable of
understanding and explaining their world. As argued by James and Prout (1997),
children are "active in the construction and determination of their own social lives, the
lives of those around them and of the societies in which they live." Rather than
emphasising their vulnerability as victims of marginalisation or being viewed merely as
passive or subordinate to an adult decision, this study focuses on how the indigenous
youth are regarded as social agents who are capable of understanding and analysing
the situation which affects them and their community. And from that context, the child
also exercises some control over their job and are capable of changing their condition
in their unique way. Hence, following the thoughts of Ben White (2011) about the wide
gap between how the youth are socially constructed vis-à-vis their experiences. This
inquiry tried to make visible the perception and skills of the IP youth with regards to their
participation in the process of pursuing their community's land tenure security.

E. METHODOLOGY

86 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Qualitative methods were employed in the study. It was utilised for suitability and
sensitiveness to the culture and language differences of the Bukidnon tribe. This is in
connection to Chacos' (2004) discussion on how relevant qualitative research is where
he "considered it appropriate and sensitive to the cultural and language differences that
exist in indigenous communities". Thus, this qualitative case study uses extensive
primary data which privileges the voices of selected young members of the Bukidnon
tribe.
Six (6) key information were selected for in-depth interviews. These were the
leaders of "Bata Hu Tribu Daraghuyan" (Daraghuyan Tribal Youth), an organisation that
was grouped by their tribal chieftain, Bae Inatlawan. Based on the records presented by
the tribe, the key informants were also active participants in the long process of the
CADT application with almost complete attendance of the activities undertaken. The
structured questionnaire which was designed ahead by the researcher provided a
framework during the interview and allowed the researcher to give the informants the
freedom to express their views in their terms. Alongside the interviews done with six (6)
members of the indigenous youth, in-depth key informant interviews were also
conducted with three (3) community leaders of Daraghuyan which included the tribal
chieftain, an IP leader from the Talaandig tribe who belongs to one of the three tribes
situated in Mt. Kitanglad and critical people from government and non-governmental
agencies, such as the commissioner from the National Commission on Indigenous
People (NCIP hereafter), the NCIP Provincial Director in Bukidnon, the Park
Superintendent (PASU) Officer, the Mt. Kitanglad Secretariat, and the Executive
Director of Kitanglad Integrated NGO, the supporting NGO of Daraghuyan Ancestral
Domain.
The above series of individual interviews allowed the researcher to see the gaps
in the perceptions and opinions of the youth as seen through the institutional framework.
These interviews were conducted to help analyse the data already gathered from the
young sources and to comprehend the levels of the relationship of the young people
with other formal mainstream institutions.
A Focus Group Discussion was conducted with 12 tribal youth members. Other
supporting documents were obtained from the old files and magazines from the

87 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Kitanglad Integrated NGO Office (KIN0 and the Park Superintendent Office (PASU). The
data included maps, annual reports, geographic and demographic profiles, and reports
on programs or projects related to the youth. NCIP has a complete anthropological data
of the Bukidnon tribe which was also used for this study.
Finally, a free and prior informed consent (FPIC) was obtained from the leaders
of the tribe before gathering the data. The researcher was required to undergo a
Pamalas (cleansing) ritual with altar offerings such as a live chicken, a piece of red and
white cloth, selected by the ritualist (Baylan). An official consent was also given to the
researcher by the Park Management Board (PAMB), the highest decision making the
body of Mt. Kitanglad. Without the FPIC and PAMB consent, the researcher would not
have been given access to pursue her study in Mt. Kitanglad.

F. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

This section highlights the results and discussion of the study. A clear description
of the Daraghuyan community is defined and where they are situated in the Daraghuyan
Ancestral Domain. Secondly, a focus on the role of the youth in the process of pursuing
their CADT is explained. Lastly, the paper presents why the Daraghuyan youth
participated and how it benefitted them regarding insights and experiences from their
involvement per se.

Demographic Description of Daraghuyan Ancestral Domain

Daraghuyan is a name of a mountain in Mt. Kitanglad which is hailed sacred to

the Bukidnon tribe. Daraghuyan comes from the word "Daraghuy" which means a soft
crying of a voice which tells the story of human life on earth. It is here that a "balance"
or a ritualist hears this Paraguay of a spirit who became a "human" baylan. According
to a book edited by Mordeno (2008), this spirit expresses his anxieties over man's
troubles in life and his mortality.

The Daraghuyan Ancestral Domain is situated in Dalwangan, Malaybalay City

with an area of 4,234 hectares. From the census survey conducted by the community
in 2008, six clans constitute the population of 1,109 individuals with 149 households

88 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

spread around the claim. Of the overall population, 80.6%, is full blooded Bukidnon.
Another 14.8% are part-Bukidnon which was because of marriage with other ethnicities
from Talaandig, Higa-union and other migrant settlers. An average household has six
(6) family members. The youth and children constitute more than half of the population.
Majority of the young people are out of school youth, many of whom usually marry as
early as 15 years old for both sexes.

Their socio-economic lifestyle befits their practices and rituals. Among it are the
rituals and offerings of guardian spirits as payment to maintain the blessings they
continually receive in the community. Like the rest of indigenous peoples in the
Philippines, they employ traditional hunting and gathering practices for collection of wild
food. They have their regular political structure and justice system which is still upheld
by the tribe to this day. Other cultural traditions such as songs and dances, musical
instruments, weaving, arts and crafts, can always be observed within the community.

Currently, with Mt. Kitanglad becoming a government protected area, the tribes'
livelihood consists mainly of farming. They are only allowed to farm at the buffer zones.
They employ both traditional and modern farming methods. Other sources of livelihood
are mat-weaving, selling homegrown vegetables and flowers, and making clay and
rattan artefacts, classic accessories, and jewellery.

The Bukidnon Youth as a Cultural and Social Category

For the Bukidnons, the youth, in general, is referred to, in their language as
"batman-en". In a detailed description of youth by the elders, the development of the life
of a person starts from being a small child ‘ligsek', which is classified as to belong in the
category of 6 and below; to being children, "Laga-Laga" for girls and "malmalaki" for
boys, from ages 7 to 10; to being youth which is referred to as "legal" for female and
"Malaki" for male which covers ages from 11 to 25 years old. The youth could also refer
to single men and women who are not yet married despite their ages. At 35 or 40, a
single man and woman could participate in any youth activities by choice and are
relative, considered as a youth.

89 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 According to the elders, the characteristics of "Laga-Laga" and "malmalaki" are
described as children that can already be easily instructed, and a stage in which a child
can be naughty or disobedient. The "lag" and "Malaki" on the other hand, are
characterised as "hamstrung" (mature), which means either spiritually, physically and
mentally responsible beings. Physical change for "lag" is menstruation and for "Malaki",
the change in voice. As the "legal" or "Malaki" change their statuses to marriage despite
their young age, they are no longer considered as a youth but as young couples.

Additionally, according to the elders, in the olden times, an eleven (11) year old
can be arranged to marriage already. However, if the girl has not yet menstruated, she
will stay in her parents' house to be taken care by them again when she is old enough,
she will be sent to stay with her husband. Today, an arranged marriage is not anymore
practised by the tribe.

Another critical conception of the youth derived from the tribe's belief that is held
unto by the elders that humans live with the existence of spirits. Bae Inatlawan related
that a person is born with a "Moulin-Olin" or a spirit guide. This is evident in the
performance of tribal rituals. For a Bukidnon youth, his or her life undergoes a series of
rituals. Rituals are fundamental to one's life and are performed from womb to tomb.
When a mother is pregnant, a "painting" ritual is performed, this is a time when the baby
inside the womb is given guidance to become a good person and requests that the baby
goes out the womb smoothly. The word "painting", means advice. The "gimokoran"
ritual, is performed to a newborn to ask the good spirits to watch over the child. A "panel
on" ritual is performed when the child reaches his or her first birthday to protect him from
sickness and become a good and kind child. This is, furthermore, usually done every
year until the child's 11th birthday. A"pamuyag-muyag" ritual is done when a child
reaches his or her 12th birthday, during which, it is believed that the child is confused in
this stage because of good and bad spirits court he or her. It is believed that the child
is torn between two opposing forces – the good and the bad. When the child does badly,
it means that he or she is commanded by bad spirits. The ritual is then done so that the
good spirit will accompany the child to be a good and obedient person. A "penalising"
ritual is performed when a child is about 16 years old when it is believed that this stage

90 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

is where the youth decides about things thoughtlessly and talks discreetly. If they talk
about good things, it is believed that the good spirit is with the child. If it is bad, then the
bad spirit is the one accompanying. The "panellists" ritual is then done for the bad spirit
to leave and the good spirit to come over the child. Bae Malugdang elaborates further
that, " good and bad spirits always accompany a person. If a person always does bad
things, it is the bad spirit who commands him or her to do it. That is the reason why a
person is bad". The youth on ages 18 and above is then regarded as mature and as
responsible; where the child can fully decide on their own as they already have the
wisdom to do good or bad.

The importance of this cultural and social construction of youth within the tribe is
that it entails the position of the child within the community. The kid for the tribe is not
seen as an age cohort but as a group of individuals who are guided by spirits and as
descendants who will continue to uphold the Bukidnon Tribe identity. Datu Makapukaw
explained that the "individual life of the elders, the youth or the children depended upon
the "Magbabaya", the creator". Thus, the youth are moulded to become persons who
respect the "Kabataan" (their culture and traditions). And they are expected to be the
persons who will dwell in harmony with nature. It is here that the importance of the
ancestral domain is established as it is seen as a place wherein young people learn their
craft about their tribal life. The youth depending on the craft taught learns from his or her
parents. For example, being a "mananalsal" (blacksmith), "mangunguyamo" (midwife),
"baylan" (chief ritualist), "Nagaland" (warrior), or "balaghusay" (arbitrator) are first
learned from the parents. Parents are only a medium of this indigenous knowledge. The
knowledge itself, as believed, comes from the source, "Magbabaya" or the creator
through their "Moulin-in" or spirit guides.

On the other hand, in a more worldly illustration of the socio-economic and

political context of their ancestral domain, the youth is seen by their elders as the
inheritors of the land. This means that inheritance does not only cover the natural area,
but it also entails the culture and traditions of the tribe. The preservation of the culture
and tradition means that youth continues to adhere to them. The importance of acquiring
a Certificate of Ancestral Domain Title (CADT) implies security of land tenure. Without

91 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

land, there is no space for the indigenous young people to continue to live as a Bukidnon
tribe.

The Indigenous young people are perceived to be the inheritors of the land, is
also shared by development intervention groups. They are seen as positive and
negative potentialities to serve a particular interest within the Ancestral Domain. The
Kitanglad Integrated NGO (KIN) as an environmental advocate considers the indigenous
young people at the forefront of its environmental cultural and sustainable advocacy.
However, before this has to happen, the youth should be enlightened and organised into
productive undertakings for them to be capable. In an interview with the Executive
Director, KIN believes that by engaging young people with community undertakings and
by merely including them in project community activities or helping fund their formal
education, the youth can become good actors for community development.

Furthermore, the Protected Area Management Board (PAMB) through its

secretariat, the Park Superintendent Office (PASu) on the other hand, shares this
perception with KIN and reiterates further that youth may have a potential for the growth
of population within the park which will have an impact to its preservation. Thus, the
child should be educated particularly on environmental conservation. For KIN and
PAMB, formal education is deemed necessary. A corollary to this, they have given
livelihood projects to parents. PAMB believes that by helping the parents augment their
income through livelihood projects, they can afford to send their children to school.
However, the management plan for Mt. Kitanglad Range Natural Park, does not mention
the youth in detail in their project areas of concern. In fact, during an interview with a
staff, it was said that there was a move to include the youth in the implementation of the
programs shortly. It was further revealed that there is already youth who was deputised
as Kitanglad Guard Volunteers (KGVs) in the areas who functions as sentinels for
violators of park laws.

Lastly, the province of Bukidnon and the city government of Malaybalay included
a scholarship program, particularly for indigenous clients with a minimum standard of a
grade requirement for a passing mark compared to non-indigenous students whose
grade requirement are set at an average score higher than the minimum standard

92 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

imposed to the indigenous people's sector. This indicated that students belonging to the
native industry are seen by the government as intellectually as compared to those non-
indigenous students and continues to be treated as such.

From these different perspectives about the Bukidnon youth, the proceeding
discussion presents the experiences and the perception of the child about their
involvement in the pursuance of their old domain security of tenure. The following
discusses their roles during the CADT claim process.

Role of Youth during CADT Application

The youth shared that the CADT application was a long and a complicated
process. In the petition for the use by the claimants, the NCIP provincial branch laid
down other things aside from the checklist of requirements prescribed by the IPRA as
proof. These included that all the data presented should be written in Binukid and
translated into the English language. The NCIP prescribed format should do elements
such as genealogy, census and mapping. Also, there should be a determination of
boundaries which is required for the installation of markers and the perimeter survey.
Just as Hirtz (2003) stated, the indigenous people, especially the Bukidnon tribe, in this
case, had to employ these modern means to be recognised. The requirements
prescribed, evidently needed a far-reaching effort beside money and technical know-
how for the survey. Apparently, the elders may have all the traditional knowledge they
can have, however, they needed technical assistance for writing, encoding and mapping
for the survey for them to complete the requirements of the government. The youth, in
this regard, is seen useful when elders needed to write testimonies.
“From our experience, it was tough to start the application on the CADT.
They asked for so many documents of different kinds, and most of these
things involved a lot of money. With regards to obtaining such documents,
we do not know about the rarity of these things. Our elders only know the
oral tradition, they do not know how to read nor write. But for us, versed in
the modern language, since we know how to read and write, we offered to do
the task". (Marly)

The organisation of assignments and the schedules of completing the task was
prepared beforehand in the meeting of the council of elders. Several youths were also

93 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

present at the meeting. The functions that were always assigned to the child entailed
communication in working together with supporting the organisation or office. In their
experiences, it was mostly on the completion and arrangement of the CADT claim book.
Most of the tasks related to this were the documentation of the anthropological data, the
interview for elders in the literature of their testimonies and histories, the arrangement
and taking of photographs and the responsibility of the census survey itself regarding
sketching and finishing the map. Some fieldworks require the presence of the youth as
well, including the mapping. Mapping has two components, one, is the installation of
boundary markers and, two is doing the perimeter survey of ancestral land which
included protected and buffer zone areas in the park.

Mapping the ancestral domain was done in a manner of installing of the boundary
markers at first before the perimeter survey. There were a total of twenty-nine (29)
boundary markers in the Daraghuyan Ancestral Domain. Twenty four (24) of them are
natural stone markers, and five (5) are made of cement. The focus group discussion
rendered accounts of the youth telling that the task was done according to schedule
despite the rainy seasons of the Philippines. The installation of the markers finished
within 11 months. An appointed engineer from the NCIP came to check the perimeter
survey, a year after that. At that time, the youth was given the task of using the transit
system and the Global Positioning System (GPS) device to determine the actual map of
the ancestral domain.

As prescribed by the NCIP, the Daraghuyan youth embarked on trailing for the
census survey on five small villages within the land. They finished in about five (5) month
time. The youth members who have done the study were skilled at photo documentation
and can read and write as well. They also needed to be resilient enough to walk through
mountains and creeks. The forms they had to accomplish filing up from every household
to household along with taking a photo of the whole family. The youth recounted stories
of resistance from their fellow tribes who made their work even more difficult. However,
they shared that they always find a way to face the problems encountered by retelling
the purpose of the survey.

94 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 “Some people do not like to be involved in the census. They do not like us
to write their names on the forms. They were afraid that we come from the
government and they were afraid we would send them to jail. However, we
explained to them that the said survey is important to secure the ancestral
domain land title. We made understand what will happen to them without a
claim on the ancestral domain. When they are finally settled and became
accepting, we would ask them to fill up the census forms. We did not force
anyone who did not want to be included in the census. There were a few, but
we always managed to invite them to attend the monthly general assembly of
the tribe". (Ronaldo)

The youth's attendance was highly significant during community meetings, and
assemblies as the tribe discuss conflict resolutions and dialogues about the ancestral
domain. The child also assisted the elders during the tribal rituals that were performed
in the claim process.

The firm "Kagawa" or the value or sense of solidarity is observable of high

significance to the tribe and the youth. The community is where they get their strength.
Culturally, it is ideal for a member of the Bukidnon tribe to participate in every community
activity. According to Bae Inatlawan, "the elders, the youth and the children alike help
in the community activities of the tribe". In the event where the parents are not readily
available to attend, a son or daughter represents the family household. A Kagawa could
be distinguished on many occasions. For instances like the building a house, weeding,
planting and harvesting, a wedding, in hunting and gathering food, and even sharing the
brunt of life's tragedies. In this case, the youth claimed that in helping with the CADT
application, it was in their best interest to be in solidarity with the community. The child
claimed that they were not forced by the elders to help. It was at their discretion and
decision they offered to help. They were also given the freedom to choose which task
they wanted to accomplish. Most of them accepted a job that they can handle. The team
spirit, in spite of the task differences, was always emphasised in their group efforts. They
usually follow the elders who have the command from their spirit guides. They kept their
trusts in them in all matter about the ancestral domain claim.

This discussion accentuates the youth as a participant to the CADT application –

the roles they were assigned to, the relevance they share to the tribe and how the child
continually support the goals of their elders. The youth is illustrated to bridge the gap

95 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

between the generation gap between the elders and the modern ways of living. The
following discussion highlights the ideas on how the Bukidnon youth attributed their
participation in the in the pursuance of their CADT.

Why the youth participated in CADT application

In the focus group discussion conducted, the child expressed their involvement
in the process of the claim for their ancestral domain title. They shared how their
contribution made significant support to the goal of and objectives of the council of
elders. The situation of the Daraghuyan community is not far from other experiences of
the indigenous sector. They experienced disenfranchisement, dislocation and fear for
their unsecured land. The elders and the youth see the entire experience as a threat of
losing their lives and their ancestral domain in general. The youth interpreted that their
extent of help regarding the CADT application is an obligation to the community in the
context of preserving and continuing their culture and traditions.
“As the next generation of people, how can we continue our culture and
traditions if the government will not allow us to enter our domain? Where will
we pray? The ancestral domain is where we exercise and implement our
culture and tradition". (Rowins)

The interview rendered answers to the researcher where it exemplifies

practical reasons why the youth viewed the ancestral domain very significantly in
their lives. Other than the elder's expectation and the clear general view that the
child is the next inheritors of the land, the youth already reckoned their future
security and survival.

"If we would not have an ancestral domain, we are like beggars then, we
would be like the other IP's who have lost their land to loggers and miners
and went to the city and beg. Where would we get our livelihood? Our
territory is where we mainly get our food and plant our crops and get our
medicine. I do not like to be a beggar." (Jacky)

Aside from economic reasons, the youth also take pride in their heritage. The
Daraghuyan youth are aware of their rights to the land and would like to put a stop to
the discrimination to the indigenous people. They would also want others to accept them
and their ways of living.

96 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 “If we do not have the old title, this will be the time that our right as
indigenous peoples to our land will be tampered and disrespected. We will
become squatters again to our land. How do we continue to exercise our
identity? Where will you find us? The first thing that people asks us is where
do we live? How can I say, I live in Daraghuyan if it is not even ours by the
legal standard. People will laugh at me because I do not have the
documents to show it. They would say I am a settler. It is important for
others to understand who we are as a Bukidnon tribe, our history, and the
wisdom of Indigenous Knowledge Systems and Practices (IKSP) which we
learned from our ancestors". (Rowins)

Accounts of the Daraghuyan tribal youth experiencing discrimination from the

outsiders show deep wounds which have motivated them to support their CADT
application. In the focus group discussion, the youth and the children alike shared the
impacts of social discrimination to their growth and living.

“When I entered high school, my classmates always laughed at me when I

speak the Cebuano language in Binukid sound. They also laugh at my kinky
hair". (Argireline)
“Other people think we are dirty, messy and lazy. Maybe because we work
on the farm most of the time and we live in the mountains, we usually have
muddy feet."(Ruthie Boy)

Accordingly, they were discriminated because they are either weak or indigenous.
Having the native identity in the Philippines is also considered belonging to the poorest
sectors of the country. The poorest among the poor. It is held with low regard by people
living in the mainstream society. How their participation in the CADT application did
benefit them in this sense despite the current discrimination to their identity? What have
they learned? These questions are the topic of the following discussion..

Benefits, Opportunities, Insights

In eight years, the process of CADT application has also brought about benefits
and opportunities for the youth of Daraghuyan. The focus group discussion opened
them to share their insights with regards to how the use benefitted them and opened up
new possibilities. The child shared how they learned to fight for their rights, understand
their identity better and strengthen their character as a member of the Bukidnon tribe.

97 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 “If we did not pursue the claim, I would not have learnt how we IPs can easily
be stripped of our land. The government can easily send us away, and we
would have nowhere else to go." (Rowins)

A member of the Daraghuyan tribe, Jacky, stated that during the CADT process,
it was an opportunity they had to sense of the cultural meanings of doing things. For
example, the many rituals they have engaged that are specific to different places. One
instance was in the Daraghuyan range which is considered central to the domain, for
according to the elders, that field is the church of the tribe.
“Knowing these boundaries, its specific rituals and the corresponding
histories gave me a sense of valuable meaning to my identity as a Bukidnon
tribe." (Marly)

They further emphasised in one of the focus group discussions that the eight
hundred (800) page claim book of the CADT expresses a bit who the Bukidnon tribe is
yet it only contains the fundamental knowledge to their tribe. Nevertheless, the youth
showed pleasure in knowing that the completion of the claim book has been an
instrument in owning the ancestral land title. The information contained in the documents
as they believed, will also help foster understanding between the outsiders and their
tribe.
The Daraghuyan youth expresses on behalf of the youth sector of their tribe that,
to survive at present they should also embrace outside knowledge as a gain. Bae
Inatlawan reflected that "culture and development should go together, for standing on
culture alone will give us difficulties to survive further."
The youth accepted the training and seminars on the fundamentals of
technologies and tools used as devices in the CADT fieldwork as an addition to their
knowledge. To facilitate the youth in doing their responsibilities, the supporting NGO,
Kitanglad Integrated NGO (KIN), initiated a series of significant training on how to use
the computer, the GPS, the tape recorder, the digital camera and gave specific
techniques to basic photography. KIN also initiated practices to enhance the indigenous
music, arts and crafts. These training such as oil painting, music and dance gave the
youth an opportunity to explore their talents and creativity.

98 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 “The training was an eye opener for exploring their rich history and culture.
Indigenous art has a story to tell, a useful tool and effective medium to tell
about the tribe." (Marly)

They were then invited to the Kalinawa Art Exhibit, a yearly art exhibition intended
for painters and artists in Malaybalay City where for the last five years Daraghuyan
entries always get an annual award. During the 4th Indigenous Peoples Visual Art
Exhibit in Malaybalay, Bukidnon, Rowins got first prize in the three- dimensional
category with his entry entitled "Kinabuhi" meaning life. In an exploration of their very
own indigenous art, the youth also tried to develop their cultural dances and music. Marly
and Ronaldo of the Daraghuyan youth, decided to form a group who will be responsible
for the preparing a theatre presentation which would depict the lifeways of the Bukidnon
tribe. They have recruited other young people around the village and arranged for
schedules for series of practices. The opportunity allowed young people to build up
confidence in their cultural identity. It allowed them to get to know their talents for
enhancement and self-development. This is the history of the group, to how the team
developed into an organisation in their community, the Daraghuyan Tribal Youth, whose
aims were to showcase their talents to the outside world.

Furthermore, the Daraghuyan tribal youth mentioned that the Mt. Kitanglad
Heritage Center was used as a service centre for many activities such as meetings,
assemblies, training, and accommodating of visitors that were coming from different
areas, organisations. It provided a space for the youth to develop and practice their
talents and at the same time fulfilling their goals to let others understand their culture
and traditions. The child in this perspective realized that religion as their foundation
could be a tool against ethnic discrimination.

On a different aspect, while free school, the Daraghuyan youth stated that even
if they experienced discrimination from their classmates, they realised that ample
opportunities were opened to them such as access to scholarships and programs while
fulfilling their advocacy for social perception and inclusion to local development projects
and programs.

99 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 “When the tribal youth were invited to our school for a presentation, we
performed a cultural dancing called ‘Kinabuhi Ha Tribu Ha Bukidnon'. After the
activity, my group became known at school. We were invited to the street
dancing in the Kaamulan Festival. My classmates treated me with respect. I
felt assurance after that, and as a Bukidnon, I felt many opportunities opened
up for me". (Argireline)

On the focus group discussion, Rowins gave a piece of advice to his fellow youth
about a chance to counter discrimination.

“He should not be ashamed if people tell us we are beggars, dirty, or lazy.
If we feel ashamed all the more we get angry or hide, we gain nothing. We
lose the opportunity at present to help them understand who we are. We are
individuals who understand and live out his culture. We should not be
ashamed of the tribal identity we bear. Once, a youth group of a T'laandig
tribe went to Cagayan de Oro City to have a cultural night concert. They
brought with them their drums and musical instruments and people treat them
like beggars, but they have talents to show the people. We should not be
ashamed. We should not be discouraged." (Rowins)

It is with this perspective that the youth continue to embark on an understanding

of diversity through their efforts of educating people about their culture and traditions.
In 2016, they have endeavoured to organise a youth assembly for all indigenous youth
in the province of Bukidnon. The activity was to tackle IP issues and problems and build
up capable leaders among them while advocating peace in between efforts, within the
area of Bukidnon.

“All our Knowledge put together will make us stronger. We will live in peace
and harmony." (Marly)

Finally, for the Bukidnon youth, they see their ancestral domain as fulfilment not
only of their dreams but also of their tribe's. During the FGD workshop, the youth
expressed their aspirations about what they want their Ancestral Domain to look like in
the future. The overall picture illustrates a tribal village that emphasises its unique
differences yet also determines its relationship with the outside world. As Ronaldo
pointed out "My dream is to live in our ancestral domain with dignity." In the FGD, they
all affirmed that they wanted to help their elders to develop their ancestral domain and
continue to uphold their customs and traditions.

G. CONCLUSION

100 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 This paper reached a conclusion that participation of the Indigenous young
people of Daraghuyan in the application of the Ancestral Domain, in Malaybalay City is
motivated by the importance of the preservation of their culture and tradition which the
youth, so, perceived. This motivation does not necessarily come from the general
construction of the child as descendants or as inheritors of the land yet they do not deny
this. On a different note, the youth are aware that the area they are living in means a lot
to their security for survival. Practically speaking, for the child, without their ancestral
land, means a significant loss of livelihood, culture, tradition and identity. On the other
hand, it is essential to note that their perception about their ancestral domain and its
importance to them, is a consequence of the histories from their ancestors and the
experiences they had with regards to disenfranchisement and discrimination from the
dominant society.
The study illustrated that their participation in the CADT application enabled them
to grasp the meaning of their ethnic identity genuinely and built their confidence to
assume the identity they had as Bukidnon young people entirely. In the nuance of their
racial character, the more profound understanding they possessed leaned on the
knowledge how the participation had helped them build a strong foundation to face any
challenges that aroused in their community. With the culture as their foundation, they
can firmly decide what matters from the outside of the city should influence them and to
what extent would they want it to affect them. The youth perceived that the knowledge
gained from the outside community could be a form of investment in their part where it
enhances their social mobility understanding and the opportunity for them to network
and has partnership on the outside. Information coming from the outside equips and
capacitates them to face life's challenges. Networks can help them realise their goals
mainly on access to education. Moreover, the realisation that their indigenous identities
can be utilised as a useful mechanism to alleviate ethnic discrimination from the
mainstream society. Accordingly, this study posits that given the confidence to secure
land tenure, the Daraghuyan youth as social actors necessarily utilises their ancestral
domain as space where they exercise their identity and agency, develop their capacities
and succeed to control their own lives

101 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

REFERENCES

Ansell, Nicola (2005) Children Youth and Development New York: Routledge.
Buhia, G. (2009) 'People of the Mountain' O.N.E OXFAM-Hong Kong. Retrieved from
http://www.oxfam.org.hk/content/434/one200909.pdf
Canoy, M.E.S. (2004) 'Managing Development and Cultural Integrity within Protected
Domain: The Case of Mt. Kitanglad' (MA thesis) Chapter 1 (pp. 1-3). Ateneo de
Manila University.
Carneiro da Cunha, M. (1995) Children, Politics, and Culture: The Case of Brazilian
Indians, in, Stephens, S. (ed) Children and the Politics of Culture (pp. 282-291).
Princeton: Princeton University Press.
Chacos, E.T. & R.J. Vallance (2004) ‘Research in Aboriginal communities: cultural
sensitivity as a prerequisite’. Retrieved from
http://www.aare.edu.au/04pap/tch041021.pdf.
Cheney, K. (2007) ‘Pillars of the Nation: Child Citizens and Ugandan National
Development’ Chicago: The University of Chicago Press Ltd.
Durham, D. (2000) ‘Youth and Social Imagination in Africa: Introduction to Part 1 and 2’
Anthropological Quarterly, 73 (3), 113-120.
Foley, D. (1996) ‘The Silent Indian as a Cultural Production’ in Levinson, B. et.al (Eds)
The Cultural Production of the Educated Person: Critical Ethnographies of Schooling
and Local Practice, (pp. 79-93). Albany: State University of New York Press.
Gaspar, K. (2000) ‘The Lumad Struggle in the Face of Globalization’.Philippines: AFRIM
Mindanao Inc. Davao City, Philippines.
Hirtz, F. (2003) It Takes Modern Means to be Traditional: On Recognizing Indigenous
Cultural Communities in the Philippines, Development and Change, 34: 887–914
Honwana, A. & de Boeck, F. (2005) Makers and Breakers: Children and Youth in
Postcolonial Africa Oxford: James Currey Ltd.
James, A. and A. Prout, eds. (1997) Constructing and Deconstructing Childhood:
Contemporary Issues in the Sociological Study of Childhood. Washington DC:
Falmer Press.
Leonen, M. (2004) ‘Weaving Worldviews: Implications of Constitutional Challenges to the
Indigenous Peoples Rights Act of 1997’ Journal of the Integrated Bar of the
Philippines 30 (1):153-184.
Lingating, Ruben (2005) ‘Land Rights and Certificate of Ancestral Domain Title and it’s
Requirements in the Philippines’, paper presented at the Seminar on Indigenous
Peoples’ Sustainable Managementof Land and Forest Resources, Kuching and
Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, (21-23 April).

102 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Martinez, R. (2009)’Iraya Youth of Mindoro: Towards an Intergenerational Sensitized
Ethnography’ Retrieved from http://irayajournal.blogspot.com/2009/05/conference-
paper-2.html.
Mordeno H.M. (ed.) (2008) Keepers of Dreams: Stories and Images of the Bukidnon Tribe
Malaybalay, Philippines: Kitanglad Integrated NGO's.
‘Republic Act 8371’ Indigenous Peoples Rights Ac (1997) (enacted)
‘Republic Act 7586’ National Integrated Protected Areas System Act (1992) (enacted)
‘Republic Act 8044’ The Youth in Nation Building Act (1995) (enacted)
‘The Long Road to Daraghuyan: Chronicles of an Ancestral Domain Claim’ (2009)
Talamdan-Views on Mt. Kitanglad, Philippines 11 (1). Retrieved from
http://talamdan.wordpress.com/2011/10/09/157/ .
Ting, M.T. Jr. Et.al. (2008) ‘Modernity vs. Culture: Protecting the Rights of Indigenous
Peoples of the Philippines’ European Journal of Economic and Political Studies,
(1):pp. 77-98.
Vidal, A. T. (2004) Conflicting Laws, Overlapping Claims: The Politics of Indigenous
Peoples Land Rights in Mindanao Davao City, Philippines: AFRIM, Inc.
White, Ben (2011). ‘Who Will Own the Countryside? Dispossession, Rural Youth and the
Future of Farming. Valedictory Lecture delivered on 13 October 2011 at the
International Institute of Social Studies, The Hague.

103 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 ISSUES ON PHILIPPINE FEDERALIZATION AS PERCEIVED BY THE BARANGAY
CAPTAINS IN THE COMPONENT CITIES OF BUKIDNON, PHILIPPINES

Robby Jane Dela Cruz Salveron

Prof. Anna Girlee Visto-Visayan

Central Mindanao University, Musuan, Maramag, Bukidnon

ABSTRACT
The persistence of a massive amount of problems existing in the Filipino
government brought ideas and aspirations to ending such. One of these is the proposed
Philippine Federalization wherein proponents pursue to shift the system of government
from unitary to federal. With the newly-elected leaders seated, headed by President
Rodrigo Duterte, who in his campaigns promised change to come-including the shift of
the government system, a stronger drive to push for a Federal Philippines has also
begun.
This study intended to know the perceptions of the Barangay Captains in the
Component Cities of the province of Bukidnon on the Issues rising from the proposed
Federalization of the Philippines. Specifically, it aims to know the stand of the
respondents on the different issues in political, economic, cultural, social aspects rising
from the proposed Federalization of the Philippines, and their favourability upon the
proposition. Respondents were also given the freedom to enumerate the possible
problems that will be encountered by the country if the federalisation is implemented.
This paper used the quantitative descriptive research design. The researcher a
survey questionnaire devised to satisfy the objectives. Among the respondents
(Barangay Captains), the research found a more positive response to the issues
favouring the federalisation of the Philippines. Most respondents anticipated that shifting
the government system to a federal would bring more good than harm, revealing that
they are mostly in favour of the federalisation. The highest possible problem that was
answered by the respondents was that there would be a change in social view towards
unity among diversity among the Filipinos. Furthermore, the study recommends further
information drive and seminars for the elected leaders and the citizens for deeper
understanding about the proposed Philippine Federalization.

Keywords: Federalization, Philippines, Government System

A. INTRODUCTION
The Philippines, as established by the 1987 Constitution, is a Presidential,
Unitary, Constitutional, Democratic, and Republican state. The Philippines maintained
a unitary system of government; that is beside the fact that the country has had long

104 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

roots of history from the colonisation period under the Spaniards, Americans, and the
Japanese forces, respectively. It never, even once, took a whiff of a federal government,
although there were several attempts to propose change in the system to a federal one
– like the bill authored by John H. Osmena during the 8th Congress, and another law
during 14th Congress popularly known as the Charter Change during Macapagal's
presidency – all fell to the same destination, the trash bin.

These propositions, however, have several things in common this includes

greater autonomy for local states to decide on matters affecting their jurisdiction to
making it suitable to their locale as it is understood that the local units know what is best
for their area than that of the national government.

On the other side, Aruego et al. (as cited by Jarlata, 2005) listed three drawbacks
of a federal system. One is that functions tend to overlap between the central
government and the state government, resulting in waste and confusion not only to the
officials but as well as the people, evident in several cases in the United States. Second,
is the unfastened unity of the national and local governments, since both function
independently, each being supreme within its sphere. Lastly, the federal system results
in a difficulty to meet social and economic matters that need quick action for their
solution or readjustment. But even upon the existence of these disadvantages, changing
the government form from unitary to a federal government is still pushed for
implementation.

Subsequently, the 16th President of the Republic of the Philippines, Rodrigo Roa
Duterte, has made the federalisation of the country as one of his advocacies during his
campaign. Evidently, studying about federalising the Philippines today is relevant and
timely for it is by this time that the president himself is a proponent of the alteration of
the system of the government.

About the study, the barangay has been recognised by the 1987 Constitution of
the Philippines as the basic and smallest political unit. Though it is placed under the
supervision of the municipality or city where it belonged, the barangay still enjoys fiscal,
administrative and juridical powers. Every three years, the barangay constituents elect
eight (8) councillors and one (1) barangay captain. As the political head of the barangay,

105 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

it is the duty of the "Kapitan" to oversee the daily activities of this governmental unit and
ensure the peace and order among the people. They are undeniably one of the most
influential individuals in the barangay, therefore, their opinions primarily on the political
affairs matter. Thus, this study made them as its respondents to collect their ideas about
the proposed shifting of the system of government from unitary to federal, as the
barangays that they are leading will be directly affected by the shifting. The changes that
federalisation brings with it affect the organisation and powers of the local units including
the barangays.

Therefore, this study was conducted wherein it compiled the opinions of the
Barangay Captains on the proposition to federalize the Philippines upon the issues on
the political, economic, social, and cultural aspects, with due consideration to the
importance of the perceptions of the chosen respondents as leaders of the basic
governmental unit of the country that would then be considered as sentiments of the
barangay's political head and representative

B. RESEARCH OBJECTIVES

The primary objective of this study was to know the perceptions of the Barangay
Captains in Malaybalay and Valencia Cities, on the issues mounting the federalisation
of Philippines.

Individually, the study met the following objectives:

1. To enumerate the insights of the respondents about the issues rising on the
proposed federalisation of the Philippines on the following aspects:
a. Political
b. Economic
c. Social
d. Cultural
2. To determine if the respondents are in favour of federalising the Philippine
government system.

106 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 3. To list down the possible problems that will be encountered if the Philippines will
change the form of government as perceived by the respondents.
C. SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

This study is significant to the following personnel and entities:

Incumbent and future barangay officials and other government employees. They
would be motivated to be aware and be fully informed of the issues affecting the
government.

Local Government Units (LGUs). They are prompted to create timely and
parallel ordinances, laws, and rules, suitable for their locale.

Legislators. This leads to giving the leaders especially the legislators to come up
with laws, programs, and projects that are for the betterment of the country.

Economists and sociologists. They may also consider this study as it yields to the
people's perception of the economic, cultural, and social issues if the Philippines
become federal.

Researchers. This study can be of help and can be used as a reference for those
who are to conduct future studies regarding federalism, be it in the academe or social
or personal researches.

107 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

D. CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK

Figure 1.Conceptual Framework

Barangay Captains

 Perception of the respondents on Philippine

Feedback
federalization in terms of the following
issues:
o Political
o Economic
o Social
o Cultural
 Are they in favor or against it
 Possible problems

Figure 1 shows the respondents (barangay captains) who provided their

perceptions on Philippine federalisation regarding issues in the political, economic,
social and cultural contexts; their favorability on the proposed shifting of government
system; and lastly, the problems that are likely to occur if the shifting is implemented. All
these will serve as a feedback to the context of federalising the Philippines, which can
be used in the discussion for the passing or rejecting its implementation.

E. METHODOLOGY
1. Research Design
This study used the quantitative descriptive research design in knowing the
perceptions of the Barangay Captains about the issues on political, economic, and
cultural aspects about federalising the Philippines.

108 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 The typical five-level Likert Scale design was used in part one of the
questionnaires. In analysing the degree of agreement, the researcher ascertained
the average with the count mode or frequency count and its corresponding
percentage.

The study used a simple statistical tool of frequency counts, percentages

and averages in the analysis and interpretation of the study. Descriptive method
was employed for the presentation of the results of the study.

2. Research Instrument
A survey questionnaire was used as a primary instrument in collecting and
gathering the necessary data. Locale – Malaybalay and Valencia Cities are the
neighbouring component cities found in the central part of the province of
Bukidnon, Philippines.

Figure 2. Map of Malaybalay City and Valencia City Location in Bukidnon

Figure 3. Map of Malaybalay City

109 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Figure 4. Map of Valencia City

110 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 3. Profile of Respondents
A survey on respondents' profile was explicitly conducted on their age, sex,
and educational attainment.

Table 1. Frequency and percentage distribution of respondents by age

Age Malaybalay Valencia Total

F % F % F %
20-29 0 0 2 6.4 2 3
30-39 2 5.4 0 0 2 3
40-49 13 35.1 12 38.71 25 36.7
50-59 15 40.5 15 48.39 30 44.1
60-69 7 19 2 6.45 9 13.2
Total 37 100 31 100 68 100

Table 2. Frequency and percentage distribution of respondents by sex

Sex Malaybalay Valencia Total

F % F % F %
Male 29 78.4% 24 77.4% 53 77.9%
Female 8 21.6% 7 22.6% 15 22.1%
Total 37 100% 31 100% 68 100%

Table 3. Frequency and percentage distribution of respondents by educational

attainment

Educational Malaybalay Valencia Total

Attainment
F % F % F %
College Graduate 17 45.95 14 45.16 31 45.6
College Level 7 18.92 7 22.58 14 20.6
High School 6 16.22 6 19.35 12 17.6
Graduate
High School 2 5.41 1 3.23 3 4.4
Level
Elementary 2 5.41 2 6.45 4 5.9
Graduate
Medical 2 5.41 0 0 2 2.94
Profession
Law 1 2.7 1 3.23 2 2.94
Total 37 100 31 100 68 100

111 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

F. RESULTS OF THE STUDY
Table 4. Summary of the Political, Economic, Cultural, and Social Issues on
Philippine Federalization

Aspects Malaybalay Valencia Total

Political 3.86 4.30 4.08
(Agree) (Agree) (Agree)
Social 3.91 4.19 4.05
(Agree) (Agree) (Agree)
Economic 3.83 4.10 3.97
(Agree) (Agree) (Agree)
Cultural 3.82 4.08 3.95
(Agree) (Agree) (Agree)
Total 3.86 4.17 4.01
(Agree) (Agree) (Agree)

Strongly Agree - 4.50-5.0

Agree - 3.50-4.49
Undecided - 2.50-3.49
Disagree - 1.50-2.49
Strongly Disagree - 1.0-1.49

As shown, among the four issues mounting to Philippine federalisation which

were presented in the study, the political issues cumulated the highest mark with an
average of 4.08, followed by the social problems having 4.05, then by the economic
difficulties having 3.97 and lastly, the cultural issues with 3.95. With a mean of 4.01,
the issues presented were agreed by the respondents of this study. It is also noted that
respondents situated in the city of Valencia imparted a higher average rating to all the
four aspects, with a general average of 4.17, compared to Malaybalay City with 3.86.

Table 5. Favorability towards Philippine federalization

Malaybalay Valencia Total

F % F % F %
In Favor 35 94.59 29 93.55 64 94.12
Not in Favor 1 2.70 2 6.45 3 4.41
Abstain 1 2.70 0 0 1 1.47
Total 37 100 31 100 68 100

F – Frequency Count
% - Percentage

112 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Table 5 demonstrates that among the 68 respondents, 64 (94.12%) were in
favour of federalising the Philippines. 35 of whom who voted in favour were
respondents from Malaybalay City while 29 come from the City of Valencia. Only (3)
three (4.41%) among the 68 respondents voted not in favour of the Philippine
federalisation, two (2) from Valencia City and one (1) from Malaybalay. One (1)
respondent (1.47%) from Malaybalay abstained. This means that most barangay
captains in Malaybalay and Valencia agree to federalise the Philippines in anticipation
that the shifting would better the condition of the country.

Table 6. Reasons for being in favor of Philippine federalization

Reasons Malaybalay Valencia Total

1. It is time to try the federal system 15 15 30
of government.
2. To give local units a higher 10 19 29
degree of autonomy.
3. Federalism will mostly, if not all, 12 13 25
solve the current problems of the
country.
4. To give equal representation 11 14 25
among state governments.

Table 6 displays the reasons why the respondents favour Philippine

federalisation. It conveys that among the four goals in supporting the federalisation
of the Philippines, 30 respondents answered that it is time to try the federal system
of government, thus, obtaining the highest number of votes. It was then followed by
the item which expressed, to give local units a higher degree of autonomy with 29
votes. The reasons which read, federalism will mostly, if not all, solve the current
problems of the country; and to give equal representation among state governments,
both got 25 votes.

113 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Table 7. Reasons for not being in favor of the Philippine federalization

Reasons Malaybalay Valencia Total

1. There are more important matters 1 1 2

that need more attention than
changing the government system.
2. The Philippines still need a 0 2 2
uniformity of laws in all the
islands.
3. It will possibly serve as a key to 0 0 0
lengthen the President’s term.
4. Federalism will divide the 0 0 0
Philippines and its people.

Table 7 shows the reasons of the respondents who opposed the federalisation
which was: 1) there are more important matters that need more attention than
changing the government system, and 2) the Philippines still need uniformity of laws
in all the islands, respectively.

Table 8. Possible problems that the Philippines will encounter if federalism be

implemented

Possible Problems Malaybalay Valencia Total

1. There would be a change in social 20 19 39
view towards unity among
diversity.
2. There would be an imbalance 13 9 22
income among regions.
3. Worsen the new breed of 11 4 15
irresponsible political leaders.
4. Gap of social interaction among 5 1 6
people
5. There would be an increase in the 3 2 5
number of rebels because of the
establishment of the states.

114 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 6. The country will continue to 3 0 3
experience poor taxations or even
worse.
7. Worsen Christian-Muslim conflict. 1 2 3
8. Becoming of Muslim culture to 1 0 1
dominate in Mindanao

Table 8 conveys that out of the 68 respondents, 39 (57.35%) of the

respondents believe that there would be a change in social view towards unity among
diversity is a possible problem that would be experienced by the Philippines if it will
shift from a unitary system to a federal one. The second most answered potential
problem by the respondents of this study is that there would be an imbalance income
among regions. Third highest voted possible reason is the item which says that
federalism would worsen the new breed of irresponsible political leaders.

G. SUMMARY OF THE RESULTS

This study aimed to know the perceptions of the Barangay Captains situated in
the component cities of Bukidnon on the proposed Philippine federalisation. There were
68 Barangay Captains from Malaybalay and Valencia Cities who participated in this
research, in which 53 (77.9%) were males, and 15 (22.1%) were females. 30 (44.1%) of
whom aged from 50-59 years old and 31(45.6%) of them have attained a bachelor's
degree.
Through the data gathered, the researcher has determined that the respondents
agreed to the issues laid down under the political, economic, cultural, and social aspects
of Philippine federalisation, with a mean of 4. Both respondents from Malaybalay and
Valencia Cities gave an agreed mark to all four elements with 4.06, 3.95, 3.96, and 4.04
averages respectively. Noticeably, respondents from Valencia have answered a higher
accepted average rating of 4.18 compared to Malaybalay with 3.86 average to the four
facets.
The respondents agreed on the issues presented in the four aspects of Philippine
Federalization. Under the political matters, nine (9) out of 10 were marked as accepted.

115 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

These were issues concerning the federal system's conformity with the aspirations of
the Filipino people, speedy development, political unity, enhancement of national
security, partnership of the central and local governments, higher autonomy for local
government units, prevention of despotism, immediate response to the people's needs,
and that the existing unitary failed the implementation of decentralization. One item was
regarded as undecided wherein it states that federalism will cause the disintegration of
the Philippines.
In the economic facet, eight (8) out of 10 issues were also agreed by the
respondents, while two (2) were given an open rate. The problems that were approved
were those who expressed that federalism would fasten economic progress, Filipinos
should be willing to raise revenues, better economy for the country, poverty be given
attention, attract foreign and local investors, putting an end to external debt,
businessmen's profit will increase, and inequitable income among states. The issues
that federalism will not end the prevalence of graft and corruption among government
officials thus people in business will be daunted to invest in the Philippines, and
continuous incidence of unemployment and inflation were the issues which were rated
as undecided.
On the cultural issues, nine (9) out of 10 were also agreed. These were issues
relating to federalism as a solution to the inter-ethnic/cultural conflicts, promote fair
representation, empower domestic sector, solve the extended period of Christian and
Muslim strife, support cultural development, encourage cultural respect, promote equal
treatment, enable unity, and effective conflict management. The respondents were
undecided on the issue that federalism will only dissipate the causes of rebellion in the
country, particularly in Mindanao.
Lastly, all issues under the social aspect were agreed by the respondents. These
were issues which express the need for social consciousness among Filipinos,
enhancement of social identity, problem in the lack of discipline of Filipinos, reliance on
social awareness, citizens are enjoined to participate in governmental activities, need to
implement full and free education, feasibility of federalism in the country, irrelevant
traditional values will impede the federalization of the government system, ending the

116 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

conflicts brought by separatists, and classism mentality affects the adoption of
federalism.
Out of the 68 respondents, 64 (94.12%) are in favour to federalise the Philippines,
3 (4.41%) voted against the federalisation, and 1 (1.47%) abstained. The top reason
why they favour to shift the government system from unitary to federal was that it is time
for the Philippines to try the latter method. While both statements that, there are more
important matters that need more attention than changing the government system, and
that, the Philippines still need uniformity of laws, are voted reasons why they disfavour
the proposed federalisation.
The top problem that the respondents perceived to be experienced by the
Philippines is that there would be a change in social view towards unity among diversity.

H. CONCLUSIONS/IMPLICATIONS
This study concludes that the Barangay Captains in the cities Malaybalay and
Valencia acknowledges the issues at hand regarding the proposal to federalise the
Philippines and agreed to most of the problems presented to them.

To compare, respondents from Valencia City bestowed higher rating to all of the
four aspects than those residing in Malaybalay. This signifies that the respondents in
the former are more knowledgeable to the concept of federalism than the latter, or this
points out that they are more supportive and confident that the shift from unitary to
federal would improve the quality of the conditions of the general populace of the
Philippines.

This also concludes that most of the respondents favour the federalisation of the
Philippines because they believe that it is due time to try federalism.

I. RECOMMENDATIONS
1. This study recommends an information drive and massive campaign towards
federalism so that the local officials, as well as the Filipino citizens, will have proper
knowledge and understanding of the concept so that the government would gain
the support of the populace in its endeavours such as this. This is because, the

117 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 researcher has noted that throughout the conduct of the study, several of the
respondents asked for more information about federalism since the concept,
according to them, was not yet introduced to them by the national government or
the Department of Interior and Local Government (DILG). This implies that even
some of the local elected officials do not know about the basic knowledge about
federalism.
2. This study also recommends a similar research to be conducted to other
government officials and the registered voters or the ordinary citizens in different
localities, such as additional municipalities or in the province of Bukidnon as whole,
as this study was limited to the Barangay Captains of Valencia and Malaybalay
Cities only, to gather more significant amount of information regarding the
sentiments of the citizens on this issue.

REFERENCES
Articles

Atienza, M. E. (September 04, 2016). Promises and perils of federalism. Retrieved on

December 12, 2016 from http://opinion.inquirer.net/97037/promises- and-
perils-of-federalism#ixzz4SehRRYvR
De Guzman, S. S. (May 23, 2016). Ideas on federalism. Retrieved on January 18,
2017 from http://www.philstar.com/opinion/2016/05/23/ 1586063/ideas-
federalism
Kaamulan festival (n.d.). http://www.bukidnon.gov.ph/home/index.php/tourism/
kaamulan-festival
Malaybalay city information and geographical location. Retrieved on October 24,
2016, from http://malaybalaycity.gov.ph/malaybalay/?page _id=95
Malaybalay and Valencia cities population. Retrieved on December 12, 2016, from
https://psa.gov.ph/content/bukidnon-posted-13-million- population-latest-
census-results-2010-census-population-and
Malaybalay facts. Retrieved on October 24, 2016 http://www.1stphilippines.com/pc-
771f989791d1396592eb593ca8712056.html
Pimentel files resolution on federal system.(2008). Retrieved on October 24, 2016
from http://www.senate.gov.ph/press_release/2008/0423 _pimentel1.asp

118 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Ranada, P. & Villarete, N. (2016). Will federalism address ph woes?: Pros and cons
of making the shift. Retrieved on January 18, 2017, from
http://www.rappler.com/nation/politics/elections/2016/120166- federalism-
pros-cons-explainer
Rasul, A. (2016). Autonomy and federalism. Retrieved on January 18, 2017 from
http://www.iag.org.ph/index.php/blog/1408-autonomy-and- federalism
Shirley, S. (2004). Guided by God: the legacy of the catholic church in Philippine
politics. Singapore: Marshall Cavendish Academic. Retrieved on January 18,
2017 from http://rlp.hds.harvard.edu/faq/ catholicism-philippines
Tumangday, R., et al. (2013). Head to head: Governance: Unitary vs. Federal.
Retrieved on September 9, 2016, from http://thelasallian.com/2013/06/11/head-
to- head-governance- unitary-vs- federal/
Understanding the Filipino Culture. Retrieved on January 18, 2017 from
http://www.diversifyoss.com/newsroom/understanding-filipino-culture/
UP OrgASM - Organization of Area Studies Majors (November 6, 2016). Federalism
in the Philippines: Does it fit? Political anthropologist Castro says "Yes, but..."
Retrieved on December 12, 2016 from http://anthro.upd.edu.ph/in- the-
media-articles/64- federalism-in-the-philippines-does-it-fit-political- anthropologist-
castro- says- yes-but
Valencia City facts. Retrieved on December 12, 2016 from
http://www.1stphilippines.com/pc-08a40052a02cc86d657bbe89
e14929f3.html
Valencia city information and geographical location. Retrieved on October 24, 2016,
from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Valencia,_Bukidnon
Valencia city number of barangays. Retrieved on October 24, 2016, from
www.cityofvalencia.gov.ph/about/barangay.html

Portable Document Format

Abueva, J. V. (n.d.). Some advantages of federalism and parliamentary government
for the Philippines. Retrieved on August 29, 2016, from http://pcij.org/blog
/wp-docs/Abueva Federalism.pdf
Abueva, J. V. (2005). Constitution for a federal republic of the Philippines with a
parliamentary government. Retrieved on August 29, 2016 from
https://www.kas.de/db_files/dokumente/7_dokument_dok_pdf_6315_2. pdf
Brillantes, A. (1992). Essay on the local government code of 1991 and NGOs.
Retrieved on May 1, 2017 from
http://csc.upb.edu.ph/downloads/pdf/csc%20issue%20papers/CSC%20
Issue%20Paper%20no.%2001.pdf
Brillantes, A. B. Jr. & Moscare, D. (2002). Decentralization and federalism in the
Philippines: Lessons from global community. Retrieved on August 29, 2016,

119 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 from http://unpan1.un.org/intradoc/groups/public/ documents/eropa
/unpan032065.pdf
Brillantes, A.Is there Philippine public administration? Retrieved on August 10, 2016
form http://unpan1.un.org/intradoc/groups/public/documents/eropa/
unpan032064.pdf

Buat, M.M. (2003). Federalism as a Bangsamoro option. Retrieved on August 10,

2016 from http://www.ombudsman.gov.ph/UNDP4/wp-content/
uploads/2013/01/Federalism-Option.pdf
Deering, M. (n.d.). What is a unitary government? Retrieved on September 9, 2016,
from http://study.com /academy/lesson/unitary-government- definition-
examples advantages-disadvantages.html
Federalism 101 Pederalismo para sa Pilipinas.(2016). PDP Laban Federalism
Institute. Retrieved on January 18, 2017, from
http://www.investphilippines.info/arangkada/wpcontent/uploads/2016/1
1/FEDERALISM-101.-A-PRIMER-PUBLICATION-COPY2- 11122016.pdf
Law, J. (n.d). How can we define federalism? Retrieved on September 9, 2016, from
http://www.on-federalism.eu/attachments/169 _download.pdf
The local government code of the Philippines. (1991). Retrieved on August 29,
2016 from http://www.gov.ph/downloads/1991/10oct/19911010- RA- 7160-
CCA.pdf
Rodriguez, A.M. (n.d.) Rethinking Federalism In the Light of Social Justice.
Retrieved on August 29, 2016 from http://code-
ngo.org/home/images/stories/pdf/Constitutional_Reform_and_Federali
sm.pdfT eves, R.M.,
Teves, R.M., Abueva, J.V., Carlos, C.R., &Sosmena, G.C. Jr. (2002). Primer on
federalism. Retrieved on September 9, 2016, from
http://www.kas.de/philippinen/en/publications/3228/

Undergraduate Thesis
Beligore, L. C. (2008).Level of awareness of the elected barangay officials of
Malaybalay City on the federal system of government.
Eslao, A. U. (2007). The knowledge of the barangay officials of the barangays
Bagong Silang,San Miguel, Panadtalan, Maramag, Bukidnon on the
proposed charter change
Jarlata, A. L. (2001). The proposed federalization of Philippine government:
opinions among the incumbent municipality mayors and vice- mayors in the
province of Bukidnon.

120 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Meniano, A.K. (2008).The level of awareness of the elected barangay officials on the
federal system of government.

Maps
Figures 1 & 2 - www.wikipedia.com ; Figure 4 – PNP Valencia City

121 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 URBAN GOVERNMENT INDEX OF THE PROVINCE OF BUKIDNON

Marjorie T. Sobradil
Masters of Public Administration
Department of Social Sciences
College of Arts & Sciences, CMU, Musuan Bukidnon

ABSTRACT

The study sought to find out the urban government index of the province of
Bukidnon. The data were gathered through interview schedule and document inventory
to assess the Urban Government Index (Effectiveness, Participation, Equity and
Accountability). The study was analyzed using the qualitative and quantitative method.
The urban index in Bukidnon is passing with a range of .51-.95 index. The result of the
index indicates the institutional commitment in articulating the future of the city’s
progress through a participatory process. There is an institutional effort to provide
economic opportunities for informal businesses that support the informal sector.
However, it has to work out on the provision of the pro-poor pricing policies for basic
services (water) to their constituents and ensure gender representation involving
women in local decision making as fundamental for promoting equitable policies, plans
and projects.

Keywords: Index, Urban, Bukidnon

A. INTRODUCTION
Good urban governance is the sum of many ways wherein the affairs of the city
are well managed and promote the welfare of its citizenry. It recognizes the equal
opportunities of the urban citizens such as giving them equal access to the necessities
in urban life , including adequate shelter, security of tenure, safe water, sanitation, a
clean environment, health, education and nutrition, employment and public safety,
mobility and allow them to use their talents to improve their social and economic
conditions.

To fully realize the improvement of the urban government management, the

United Nation Habitat develops the Urban Development Index which is a self-
assessment tool that aims to assist cities and countries in monitoring the quality of urban
governance. The structure of the index reflects four core principles of good urban

122 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

governance promoted by the Campaign as the overall organizing framework for the
Index: effectiveness, equity, participation and accountability. The UN Habitat recognizes
that the overall framework of the Index would give more opportunities for women and
men to participate in all urban decision-making, priority-setting and resource allocation
processes. The index would help cities to be financially sound and cost-effective in their
management of revenue sources and expenditures, the administration and delivery of
services, and enable private sector and communities to contribute formally or informally
to the urban economy. Moreover, the accountability of local authorities to their citizens
is a fundamental tenet of good governance to avoid corruption for it undermines local
government credibility and can deepen urban poverty. Finally, transparency and
accountability are essential to stakeholder understanding of local government and to
who is benefiting from decisions and actions.

The index can then be used to test for correlation between the quality of urban
governance and issues such as urban poverty reduction, quality of life, city
competitiveness and inclusiveness. The index is expected to catalyze local action to
improve the quality of urban governance. Local indicators will be developed by cities
and their partners to respond directly to their unique contexts and needs. The Urban
Governance Index, therefore, will be supported by tools, training guides and an
appendix of additional indicators to help cities develop their own monitoring
systems.(http://www.unhabitat.org/ governance).

In the Philippines, Republic Act 7160 (Local Government Code) is passed with
the implementation of decentralization and devolution of powers. With this mandate, the
result of the index can be mainstreamed to local governments to strengthen the
knowledge, abilities, skills and behavior of individuals and improve institutional
structures and processes such that the local governments can efficiently meet its
mission and goals in a sustainable way. The UN Habitat emphasizes that
decentralization and local democracy should improve the responsiveness of policies and
initiatives to the priorities and needs of citizens. Cities should be empowered with
sufficient resources and autonomy to meet their responsibilities.

123 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 The result of the study can be used to enhance the sustainable development of
the city to help city officials and concerned agencies in the city.

B. RESEARCH OBJECTIVES
The study sought to assess the Urban Government Index (UGI) of the Province
of Bukidnon with the following specific objectives:

1. To assess the Urban Government Index (UGI) of the cities of Bukidnon with the
following sub-indices:
a. Participation sub-index;
b. Equity sub-index;
c. Effectiveness sub-index and;
d. Accountability Sub-Index

2. To determine priority areas of improvement of the urban governments in Bukidnon

in the following areas:

a. Administrative Governance

b. Social Governance

c. Economic Governance

d. Environmental Governance

3. To determine the challenges of Malaybalay and Valencia City for urban

development.

C. SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

This study provided a significant contribution in determining the situations of
the cities of Bukidnon through its Urban Government Index (UGI). The UGI provided
information on the strengths and weaknesses of the city in terms of participation,
equity, effectiveness and accountability indices. The result of the index serves a guide
for lawmakers to improve their respective weaknesses and sustain and strengthen
their strengths. Further, it gave insights to the local government officials on what are
the necessary policies to strengthen their policies for the people to participate and

124 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 cooperate in realizing the urban development especially in devising strategy
mechanisms to implement pro-policies. Further, it served as background information
and reference for future studies related to Urban Government Index.
D. CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK

Urban Government Index Priority Areas for

Improvement
a. Participation sub-
index; a. Administrative
b. Equity sub-index; Governance Challenges of
c. Effectiveness sub-index Urban
b. Social Governance
and; Development
d. Accountability Sub- c. Economic
Index Governance
d. Environmental
Governance

Figure 1 Conceptual Framework of the Study

The figure presents the question about the Urban Government Index of the
province of Bukidnon specifically its participation, equity, effectiveness and
accountability indices. The Urban Government Index (UGI) will give a feedback on the
priority needs of the city governments to improve its capacities in terms of administrative,
social, economic and environmental governance. The role of the government officials
is crucial in the improvement of the cities especially in the delivery of goods and services.
Thus, it is necessary to evaluate the index of the city to address the problems according
the needs of the city. In the interventions of the city government for urban development,
the city officials are confronted with challenges and must provide mechanisms to
address the challenges to overcome the barriers for development.

E. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
The study was conducted in Malaybalay and Valencia City since there are only
two cities in the province of Bukidnon. The respondents of the study were the fifteen
(15) key informants from Malaybalay and Valencia City. Valencia City, have seven (7)
key informants: 1) City Planning Development Planning Officer; 2) City Administrator,
125 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 3) City Water District, 4) Human Resource Management Officer; 5) Two (2) key
informants from the Sangguniang Panglungsod and 7) accounting Office. Malaybalay
City has also (7) key informants: (3) from the City Planning Office, 2 from the Human
Resource Office, 1 COMMELEC Officer, 1 from the GISS Office and 1 from the Water
District .
In obtaining the Urban Government Index of Malaybalay and Valencia City, the
four indicators (Effectiveness, Participation, Equity and Accountability) are considered.
Each indicators have sub-indices with a total of twenty (25) in all. The index is interpreted
as follows:
0-.49- Failed

.50-1- Passed

To obtain the necessary data to evaluate the urban government index, the urban
government index survey questionnaire was used, document inventory and interview
schedule with the key informants were done. Furthermore, the study employed the
qualitative and quantitative method in the analysis of the data.

F. RESULTS OF THE STUDY

Table 1. Presentation of Urban Government Index of Malaybalay and Valencia city

Malaybalay Valencia City Adjectival Rating

City
Indicators Index Index
Effectiveness .721 .662 Passed
Equity .675 .540 Passed
Participation .795 .773 Passed
Accountability .965 .70 Passed
Total Index .789 .656 Passed
Legend: 0-.49- Failed; .50-1- Passed

1. The Urban Government Index of Bukidnon in terms of Effectiveness

Malaybalay City’s Effectiveness Index

Table 1, revealed that the urban government index of Malaybalay City in terms

126 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

of Effectiveness is .721. The City of Malaybalay was able to provide viability,
independence and control over resources of the institutions as well as in determining
the linkage between their strategy policies and plans with implementation to the local
governments within its jurisdiction. In fact, the city was able to support the services of
the city from its internally and externally generated funds by implementing the socio-
economic programs to help the poor communities to uplift their living conditions. They
even organized needy communities to respond to community problems which can be
solved through organized efforts. These initiatives of the city to identify the needed
services were made possible because of the Community Based Monitoring Survey
(CBMS) which is designed to determine families belonging to poverty and below
poverty line. Through this program, the city had identified the interventions and actions
to be done for the said communities.
The city implemented the Malaybalay Integrated Survey Systems (MISS) and
Geographical Information Systems (GIS) which is an efficient mechanisms delivery
of key services and an effective tool to determine the unmet needs of their
constituents. Both systems are helpful in monitoring projects and updating the
database of the city it is an innovative tool in gathering quantitative and qualitative
data in the barangays which are utilized in formulating various development plans.
In revenue generation, the city of Malaybalay initiated a system that could inter-link
offices and an Internal Control system was also adopted to control the appropriations
and obligations of all offices. They regularly conducted the tax information drive to
different barangays. The city also established incentive scheme to promote efficiency
in real property assessment and real property tax collection by way of giving discounts
to advance payments and on-time payments.
Through these mechanisms, the city was able to support the basic services
such as health program specifically the maternal, child health and nutrition program.
In environment, the city purchased the bio-reactor composting facility that enable
them to produce organic fertilizer which were distributed to the barangays for their
communal gardens and barangay nurseries. Further, in education the city
government has been working closely with the DepEd for their educational
programs and invested in infrastructure.

127 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Valencia City’s Effectiveness Index
In Table 1, the Urban Government Index of Valencia City in terms of
Effectiveness is .662. In the overall indicators of Effectiveness, Valencia City has the
effective financial management (collection and management of income sources, local
revenue collection and expenditure). One of its best practices is Resource
Allocation and Utilization. In 2008 and 2009, the city spent only 30.49% on
Personal Services while the 2nd class city spent 41.42% and national average
spending is 38.47%. This only means that the city performed exceptionally in this field
and meet these three conditions: (1) lower than the average of LGUs with the same
LGU type and income class, (2) lower than national average of LGUs with the same
LGU type regardless of income class, (3) did not exceed the 45-55 ceiling for Personal
Services. Further, the city government of Valencia had only a debt service ratio of
only 3% with a desired performance not exceeding 20% of the regular income. The
20% (of the regular income) is the debt servicing limitation set under LG Code of 1991.
(Annual Report, 2010 & 2013).
From the revenue generated by the city of Valencia both internally and
externally, they supported the services in the city such as support to education.
However, the Elementary Participation Rate in the city is intolerable having a data
of below 85% in which the benchmark is 92-94%. Elementary Completion Rate is
extremely low at below 70% compared to the 78-88% benchmark. Secondary
Completion Rate satisfactorily met the National 2010 Target, meaning the LGU data
of 71-84% is the same with the benchmark. At least half of the population completed
tertiary or technical education. (Annual Report, 2010 & 2013).
The support to Housing and Basic Utilities needed to be improved since it has
the lowest rating in terms of social governance. This means that the city needed more
effort to assist the national government in addressing the need of the poor especially
on decent dwelling and in providing access to basic utilities. The city has no database
containing updated inventory of informal settlers and absence of database containing
updated inventory of makeshift houses. This problem was due to the absence of a
Community Based Monitoring System (CBMS) on the City and any other system for
that matter. Further, the City Social Welfare and Development Office (CSWD) have

128 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 no data to identify their clients who are the poorest among the poor. The city
government had continually addressed the needs of the city especially on the
provision of basic services. However, an incomplete inventory of informal settlers and
makeshift houses and households with no access to electricity led to a downward
performance level in the service area on support to housing and basic utilities.
The city government of Valencia should attain a system of institutional policy
and socio-political environment that realizes effective planning and development
functions. It has to strengthen subsidiary of authority by providing transparent and
predictable intergovernmental fiscal transfers and central government support (for the
development of administrative, technical and managerial capacity at the city). It has
to strengthen the linkage between their strategy policies and plans with the
marginalized barangays within its jurisdiction. The city needs to demonstrate more
their institutional commitment in articulating the future of the city’s progress through a
participatory process.
2. The Equity Index of the Urban Governments in Bukidnon
Table 1, revealed that the Equity index of the city in Malaybalay City is .675
while Valencia City has in index of .540. The indicator of Equity in urban governance
has five (5) sub-indicators (Citizens charter, percentage of women councilors in
local authorities, pro- poor pricing policies for water and street vending
permitted in central retail areas). Among the sub-indicators mentioned, pro poor-
pricing policies for water are absent in both cities since the consumers has to pay the
water based on their consumption regardless of whether they are poor or rich. The
absence of the pro-poor pricing policies for water indicates that the city has to work
out for the provision of equitable access to water, by providing subsidies for the poor
and demonstrate the institutional commitment to provide access to basic services
(water) to the poor. Furthermore, the city of Malaybalay has only 26% women
councilors and Valencia City it has only 23% women councilors after the 2007-2010
(Malaybalay & Valencia COMELEC) election who was involved in decision-making to
ensure equal gender representation which is fundamental in promoting equitable
policies, plans and projects of the city. This indicates that both cities has to work on
the gender equity in representation of women involved in decision making to ensure

129 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 gender representation in local government as fundamental for promoting equitable
policies, plans and projects. Women and men must participate as equals in all urban
decision-making, priority-setting and resource allocation processes. Street vending is
allowed both cities but only in particular areas and subjected to restricted areas which
indicate that both cities have institutional effort to provide economic opportunities for
informal businesses that support the informal sector and the poor.

Valencia City government needs to reform policies and practices that can
create and sustain social, economic, and environmental inequalities in the city and to
integrate marginalized people and barangays within its jurisdiction into the city’s
structures of social and economic opportunity. Since the state of economic
development in the City of Valencia is characterized as poor having obtained an index
of 2.75. This is a result of the following: (1) High unemployment rate which should not
be higher than 7% of which the LGU had a rate of 8-10%; (2) Underemployment rate
is evident although within tolerable level (the City Government had a data of 16-20%
while the benchmark should not be higher than 20%); and (3) The LGU had a per
capita income of below P20,000.00 for which the benchmark should not be lower than
P35,000, hence income per capita is extremely low. It is also important to note that
the City’s poverty incidence is low at below 10% compared to the benchmark of 26-
35%. (Statistical Yearbook, 2010 & Annual Report 2013)

3. Participation Index of the Urban Governments in Bukidnon

The Participation index of Malaybalay is .798 while in Valencia City is.773.
Participation have five sub-indicators ( Elected Council, Locally elected mayor,
Voter turnout (VT), People’s Forum (PF) and Civic associations per 10,000
population). The strengths of both cities in terms of participation is that Public
information regarding the City’s services, plans, programs and special events are
disseminated through assemblies or forums, bulletin board or performance billboard
and through broadcast media. However, among the index included in participation,
both cities need to strengthen the role of the civil society as their linkage to the formal
and informal sectors in the city. According to a study entitled “ Role of Civil Society
Organizations in Governance” Civil society has been widely recognized as an

130 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 essential ‘third’ sector. Its strength can have a positive influence on the state and the
market. Civil society is therefore seen as an increasingly important agent for promoting
good governance like transparency, effectiveness, openness, responsiveness and
accountability. Civil society can further good governance, first, by policy analysis and
advocacy; second, by regulation and monitoring of city performance and the action
and behavior of public officials; third, by building social capital and enabling citizens
to identify and articulate their values, beliefs, civic norms and democratic practices;
fourth, by mobilizing particular constituencies, particularly the vulnerable and
marginalized sections of masses, to participate more fully in politics and public affairs;
and fifth, by development work to improve the wellbeing of their own and other
communities. (Pasha, 2005).

Furthermore, in 2010 election, Malaybalay City has only a voting turnout of

51,670 or 74. 54% out of 69,313 who registered and in 2010 election it has only a
voting turnout of 61,777 or 74.11 out of 83, 358 who registered. In Valencia City voting
turn out of the city during the 2007 election is only 64% for out of the 96,532 who
registered only 61,474 actually voted. This indicator measure the degree of interest
and involvement of the people in local elections. (COMELEC, 2010)

4. Accountability Index of the Urban Governments in Bukidnon

The Accountability Index of Malaybalay City is .910 and Valencia has .70 . The
Accountability index have eight sub—indices (Publication of contracts/tenders,
budgets and accounts, grievance redress mechanisms, control by higher levels of
government, anti-corruption commission, disclosure of assets by councilors, codes of
conduct and independent audit). The index of .910 in Malaybalay City indicates that
the city has a mechanism for transparency in the operation of the local government
through publication of budget and accounts since they used the websites, radio and
newspaper for publication. This mechanism is attributed to the Malaybalay Integrated
Survey System (MISS) MISS system that promotes transparency at the local level.
The city’s transparency to their constituents through the MISS for it sets the
development goals and interventions of the city government that does not originate
simply from those who were sat around the planning table. It is an effective means

131 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 that provide the clear basis for determining the baselines on key development areas,
the development priorities, and setting of concrete targets. More importantly, MISS
provides both the incumbent leadership and the constituency a checklist on promises
kept and pledges unmet. The MISS data processing program was developed locally
to fit the requirements of the different departments of the city government. Local
people are trained to carry out the data processing themselves. Validations are then
conducted in the respective communities before its actual use for planning purposes.
Through MISS, the local government pursues development interventions backed by
proof that can easily be presented and understood. The program has a system of
identification of interventions to address issues and challenges in setting the
development goals and targets and compare it with their actual accomplishments. The
city demonstrated its accountability to civic grievance by designating officers to
receive complaints and influence the direction accountability towards higher level
government. The complaints are put in the database for action of the city government.
The MISS has a tracking system of the checklists of unmet pledges and promises of
the city officials.

The strength of Valencia City is the financial accountability because of the

presence of the availability of relevant management tools such as manuals or
guidelines; disbursements were made only for approved purposes; accounting
records were supported by source documentation. The absence of inventory and
Community Based Monitoring needed to be imposed to demonstrate more the
transparency in the city. The Local Government must adopt a system that will easily
track information on local legislation. The tracking system should be capable of
generating information on existing local rules and regulations to avoid duplication of
legislation and monitoring legislations which are not implemented. The complaint desk
should be sustained to account the grievances from its constituents and act on it
accordingly.

5. Priority Areas Improvement of Urban Governments in Bukidnon

a. Administrative Governance

Malaybalay City Valencia City

132 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Priority Needed Improvements Priority Areas Needed Improvements
Areas of of
Improvement Improvement
Local The city needs to Local
 Legislative agenda
Legislation improve their quality of Legislation
should be based on
legislation. By looking
research and
into legislative staff
consultations.
competence and the
 The nature of legislative
greater use of legislative
tracking should be
tools such agenda
improved.
development, legislative
 The codes in Health &
tracking, backstopping
Sanitation &
committee and legislative
Environment should be
performance.
enacted
 The ordinances passed
by the city should be
increased
Customer The civil application Development
 The LGU should use a
Service - Civil system needs to be Planning
Geographic Information
Applications transformed into a
System (GIS)
seamless transactional
process.
Development The following areas Revenue
 The Revenue Code
Planning should be reviewed: (a) Generation
should be updated since
organizational
it is already more than 5
performance; (b)
years old.
consultation process;
and (c) management of
planning database.
Customer
 The procedure for the
Service
issuance of a real
property document
should be improved
Human
 Grievance system of the
Resource
city should be improved
Management &
Development
Source: Annual Report of Malaybalay and Valencia City 2013

b. Priority Areas Improvement in Social Governance

Malaybalay City Valencia City
Priority Area of Needed Priority Area of Needed
Improvement Improvements Improvement Improvements

133 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Support to The housing services  Support to
Housing and of the city should be housing services
Basic Utilities look into and socialize should be
housing or mass strengthened
dwelling in partnership  There should be
with the private sector complete
is needed should be inventory of:
enhanced by the city informal settlers,
makeshift houses,
Support to Housing sites for potential
and Basic Utilities socialized
housing,
households with
no access to
potable water
supply, and
households with
no access to
electricity

 THE disaster risk  The quality of the

management local health
should be system should be
improved. improved.
 There should be  Improve the
allocation of budget quality of primary
for the Katarungang health care or
Pambarangay for basic curative
village justice services
system  Mobilize medical
 Enhance local missions, health
Peace, Security government insurance to
and Disaster Risk readiness to indigent families.
Management manage the risks of provide food
disasters, including Health Services supplements.
relief, other
associated services
and rehabilitation
Support to Local School Board Peace, Security and
 Strengthen the
Education should mobilize the Disaster Risk
Local Disaster
Services needed manpower and Management
Coordinating
facilities to improve
Council.
quality education.
Health Services The overall quality of  The city should
Support to
the local health system invest in Special
Education Services
should be improved Education Fund to

134 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 improve the
quality of services
such as: (a)
construction,
repair or
maintenance of
school buildings
and facilities, (b)
extension classes
and extension
teachers, and (c)
educational
research.
 Establish a
Scholarship Fund
for the poor
deserving
students.

Source: Annual Report of Malaybalay and Valencia City 2013

c. Priority Areas Improvement in Economic Governance

Malaybalay City Valencia City

Priority Area of Needed Priority Area of Needed Improvements
Improvement Improvements Improvement

Entrepreneurship,  Institutionalize Entrepreneurship,  Strengthen the

Business and business- Business and capacity of the city
Industry friendly Industry Promotion for economic
Promotion environment development
.  Promote a
 Effective business-friendly
system in the environment.
issuance of  Improve the ability
building, of a local
occupancy, government to
and business create and
permits. sustain an
enabling
environment for
business and
industry.
Support to  Greater Support to  Greater
Agriculture Sector intervention in Agriculture Sector intervention in

135 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 agriculture is agriculture is
necessary. necessary.

Source: Annual Report of Malaybalay 2010-2011 nd Valencia City 2010-2013

d. Priority Areas of Improvement in Environmental Governance

Malaybalay City Valencia City
Priority Area of Needed Priority Area of Needed
Improvement Improvements Improvement Improvements

Forest Long-term planning is Urban Ecosystems Pollution control and

Ecosystems paramount to improve Management proper solid waste
Management the ecosystem of the management are
city although areas for essential in
reforestation and preserving the
protection are set, and integrity of the
that target areas for environment.
reforestation and
protection are met.
Source: Annual Report of Malaybalay and Valencia City 2010

F. CHALLENGES OF MALAYBALAY & VALENCIA CITY FOR URBAN

DEVELOPMENT

1. MALAYBALAY CITY
a. Strengthening CSO participation in Local Special Bodies and the Citizen Feedback
system, including the maximization of CSO engagement in development projects
is a MUST action.
b. Efforts to improve financial accountability are acknowledged. However,
administrative capacity to ensure observance of guidelines relative to accounting,
internal control, procurement and financial transactions need to be strengthened
2. VALENCIA CITY

a. Structural Bureaucracy of the City- The city government needs to improve the
organization of their offices to avoid duplication of functions and manpower that
will account to the Personal Services of the city. Valencia City should revisit their
structural set up.

136 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 b. Weak Data Banking System- The city needed to improve their data banking
system to check the unmet needs of their constituents. It has to invest a database
to identify the services needed by its populace who are living below the poverty
threshold. Valencia City needs to improve the Management Information (MIS) and
Community Based Monitoring System as basis for the city for making intervenltion
strategies and policies. The city has developed linkages with the NGO’s, PO’s,
private sectors and academic institutions to help them in their research endeavors.
c. Multi-Layered Functions- The city needs to adopt policies that will identify the
functions of its employees that will make them effective and efficient in discharging
their duties and responsibilities.
d. Inter Office Relationships should be strengthened through proper communication
and dissemination of information

G. CONCLUSION
1. The Urban Government Index of Malaybalay City in terms of Participation, Equity,
Effectiveness and Accountability are passing with a range from .51-.95 index. But
both cities have to work out the equity index specifically in providing basic services
(water) to their constituents.
2. The identification of Valencia and Malaybalay City in the priority improvements in
administrative, social, economic and environmental governance, demonstrates the
commitments of both cities to attain institutional policy and socio-political
environment that realizes effective planning and development functions of both
cities.

H. RECOMMENDATIONS
1. Malaybalay & Valencia City should strengthen the role of the Civil Society
Organizations (CSO) as catalyst for the development of the city and agent for
promoting good governance like transparency, effectiveness, openness,
responsiveness and accountability.

137 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 2. Malaybalay & Valencia city should demonstrate their commitment to provide basic
services through formulating and implementing pro-poor pricing policies.
3. Valencia City should invest in the Management Information System and
Community Based Monitoring System to identify the needed services of their
constituents and to have a database to identify the poor households in the city.
Thus, they can have a basis for making intervention strategies and policies.

REFERENCE
Aprodicio Laquian, (1995. p 218) “The Governance of Mega-urban Regions” in The Mega-
Urban Regions of Southeast Asia, T.G. McGee and Ira M. Robinson, eds. (Vancouver:
University of British Columbia Press,

Annual Reports of Malaybalay and Valencia City, 2010-2013

Cabo, Wilhelmina. (1999) Overview of Local Governments in the Philippines in A Book of

Readings in Philippine Local Government, Volume 1. Quezon City: National College of
Public Administration and Governance, University of the Philippines..

V Harvey Molotch, (1976,pp. 309-330)“The Growth Machine:Towards a Political Economy of

Place,” American Journal of Sociology,Vol. 82, No. 2

Harvey Molotch, ((1990). “Urban Deals in Comparative Perspective” in Beyond the City
Limits, John Logan and Todd Swanstrom, eds. (Philadelphia:Temple University Press.

C. Royer, (2005) “Foreword” in Competitive Cities: Succeeding in the Global Economy,

Hazel Duffy (London: Chapman and Hall

138 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 EFFECTS OF TOKHANG PROGRAM TO THE DRUG SURRENDEREES OF
MALAYBALAY CITY

Joy Melyn J. Porquis

Faculty, Department of Social Science, College of Arts and Sciences
Central Mindanao University

Jade C. Flores
Bachelor of Arts in Political Science Graduate, Central Mindanao University

ABSTRACT

This study was conducted to collect and interpret the profile of the
drug surrenderees in Malayabalay City from July 1- December 30,
2016.There were 175 respondents of the study, 143 of it were the drug
surrenderees in Malaybalay City and 30 were the Barangay Captains while
2 were the representative of two different NGO’s who have helped in the
recovery of the respondents.
The study found out that most of the respondents were males who
are 19-30 years old, most of them are single and have only attained High
School level. Majority of them were unemployed who have abused both
methamphetamines and Cannabis for a span of 1 year and 1 day to 5 years.
The study further revealed that the Local government Unit Of Malaybalay
City in cooperation with the Non-Governmental Organizations forthwith,
confer recovery programs such as, Anti-Drug Information Drive, Drug
Orientation Program, Drug Assessment, 21 Days Community Based
Counselling, Surprise Drug Testing, Monitoring of Drug Surrenderees and
Spiritual Feed-Ups which helped the drug dependents acquired full
recovery from substance abused. The study showed that those programs
enabled the respondent’s personal growth improved that enables the
respondents desire to acquire a job and earn for a living increased while
their impulsivity decreased. Meanwhile, social affiliations also developed by
lowering the abusiveness of the respondents towards the people which
justifies the improvements of people’s reliance towards the respondents.
Moreover, family relations tightens by lessening the abusiveness of the
respondents to its family which restores the bond among its family members
more so, health conditions of the respondents bettered making the
respondents sleep instantly without putting so much effort on it.
From the results of the study, it can be said that even in its early
stages of implementation, tokhang program in Malaybalay City is already
experiencing considerable progress and success.

Keywords: Tokhang Program, Surrenderees, Effects

139 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

A. INTRODUCTION
“Drug felonies destroy the society as its impact destruct the ability of man to think
and act condignly”- Adam Rickitt

The undesired effect of illegal drug trafficking and abuse to the society forged
every country in the world to rescind illegal drug crimes to protect national peace and
security.

After President Duterte sworn in the office, Philippines became known for its
strong advocacy in purging drug trades and use that edifice Oplan Tokhang. Oplan
Tokhang is an anti-illegal drug initiative designed for demand and supply reduction of
illegal drug dependents and traffickers in barangay level while the Philippine Drugs
Enforcement Agency (PDEA), Anti-Illegal Drug Group, and the PNP’s intelligence will
deal with the drug lords. This hard-line approach to stamp out illegal drugs created
numerous deaths of alleged drug couriers, users and pushers and caused millions of
illegal drug violators to surrender to their respective authorities.

All cities and barangays nationwide should participate in the execution of Oplan
Tokhang.Along with this, Malaybalay City Performed Oplan Tok-tok Hangyo (Oplan
Tokhang) which resulted thousands of drug users and couriers to surrender within the
city.

Notwithstanding the success of the campaign, the issue on its aftermath

continues to arise. However, the question whether the submission of drug dependents
is enough to withstand the feat of the war on drugs is being tackled. The lacking of
rehabilitation program and drug related treatment for the surrenderees become the
major tasks that our government is facing so as to address the problem. Drug- related
treatment is important because it encourages drug dependents to stay sober by giving
them something to do so.

Thus, this study, “The Effects of Tokhang Program ToThe Drug Surrenderees of
Malaybalay City” inquires about Malaybalay drug surrenderees’ experiences and the
activities they have undertaken after they surrendered, considering thousands of
dependents have submitted themselves to their authority. Laterally, this study also will

140 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 determine what appropriate mediation has been carried out which sustained the
progress of Oplan Tokhang.

The result of this study can be used as a tool to help Philippine Government,
specifically Malaybalay Bukidnon, to make efficient future plan. This study could also be
a significant resource in the process of making programs and policies for drug
surrenderees in the city.

B. OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY

The general objective of the study was to interpret the profiles of Drug Surrenderees
from July1 to December 30, 2016 in Malaybalay City Bukidnon. Specifically, the study
aimed to:

Determine the profile of drug surrenderees

Identify the programs and activities given to them by the governmental and non-
governmental organization Examine the effects of the programs and activities to the
drug surrenderees in relation to their:
a. Personal growth
b. Family relations
c. Social affiliations
d. Health

C. SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

The outcome of the study will provide information regarding the profile of drug
surrenderees, the activities they have undertaken and the appropriate interventions they
will need. The result of this study will serve as a guide for the Local Government Unit of
Malaybalay City in the implementation of their future policies and programs for drug
surrenderees rehabilitation.

This study would also be beneficial on the part of the law enforcement agencies
as this may help them to gain acumen about what measure would be applicable to
uphold the laws of jurisdiction and to respond to the call for service as the baseline data

141 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

to improve programs for the security. Drug surrenderees are the main focus of this study.
The upshot of this inquiry may help them profess their needs to the government.

Lastly, this study would also contribute to the academe since the outcome of it
may become a basis for improving future studies.

D. CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK

Profile of Malaybalay
City Drug
Surrenderees

Effects of the
programs to the Activities for the
Surrenderees Surrenderees

Figure 1. Scope and Analysis

This conceptual framework emphasizes the profile of drug surrenderees in

Malaybalay City Bukidnon from the record of the Philippine National Police Department
of Malaybalay City. The list of drug surrenderees is the main component used in
determining the possible respondents. Through interview with the barangay captain and
the non-governmental organizations, the researcher will determine the activities given
from both governmental and non-governmental organization to drug surrenderees.
Furthermore, the drug surrenderees will be requested to convey the impact of these
activities to their lives in terms of: personal growth, family relations, social affiliations and
health.

142 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

E. METHODOLOGY
This study utilize qualitative descriptive method. Out of 3,183 total Surrenderees,
143 were surveyed for an 8% degree of error proportionally distributed in the 41
Barangays. Barangay Captains and Head of participating NGOs served as key
informants.

A self-made questionnaire was exploited which was answered by the

respondents in order to determine the impact of the tokhang program to each drug
surrenderees.

Furthermore, an open-ended interview was structured for selected Barangay

captain and NGO members to ascertain the programs and activities given for the drug
surrenderees in the city.

F. Results Of The Study

Demographic Profile of the Drug Surrenderees;

Based on the data gathered, majority of the respondents were males who are at
the age of 19-30 years old, have only attained high school level, unemployed and
married.

The data also showed that most of them have abused both marijuana and
shabo for a span of 1 year and 1 day- 5 years.

Government and Non- Government Organizations has provided programs and

Aids for the Drug victims.

143 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Activities Initiated by the Local Government of Malaybalay City:
Name of Activities Action(s) Purpose
undertaken
Drug Education Seminars and To provide ongoing awareness
Workshop and prevention of illicit drugs and
participated by the alcohol abuse.
residents of the To educate residents on
Barangay. appropriate sanctions for violation
of local, national or state,
sanctions imposed for violation of
the alcohol and drug policy.
To keep the residents informed
about the health risks associated
with alcohol and drug use and
abuse.
Drug-Orientation Signing of affidavit of To allow the authority to conduct
Programs undertaken and an assessment to them and will
waiver cooperate in the prescribed
Interview for programs
assessment of the helped determine the aftereffect of
Behavioral and drugs to the drug dependents
Psychological Status for purposes of monitoring
of Drug surrenderees compliance to programs
by the Psychologist
and Psychiatrist
Interview of the
personal information
of the Drug
Surrenderees
Signing of affidavit of
undertaken and
waiver
Drug-Profiling DILG determined the Classification of Drug
and Assessment drug dependents final Surrenderees into; those who shall
status through the undergo center based counselling,
issuance of community based counselling or
memorandum circular psychiatric treatments
stating the names of
the Surrenderees
classified
21 Days Community Initiated by the To rehabilitate the drug
Base Counselling Journey Home surrenderees through counselling
Foundation and spiritual feed-up

144 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Surprise Drug Conduct of Drug To determine who are still using
Testing Testing of the Drug illegal drugs.
Surrenderees by the Determine who will be receiving
PNP DILG, and City certificates and incentives from the
Health Department Government
Monitoring of Drug Conduct intelligence To check the drug surrenderees
Surrenderees monitoring or undertakings after the
surveillance rehabilitation

Journey Home Wellness Foundation together with the Baptist Church, a Non-
Profit Oriented group in the City have also provided assistance for drug victims, such
as; Community Base Counselling and Spiritual Feed -Ups that helped the respondents
acquire full recovery from substance abused. In fact these programs enabled the
respondents’ personal developments and have also positively contributed to the
changes of the respondents’ relationship towards their family, restoring the bond and
the connection that once lost after dwelling on drugs and have able to give
commensurate services that leads to the health reclamations of the respondents

F. CONCLUSION
The findings of the study Profiling of Drug Surrenderees had identified that most
of the respondents were at the age of 19-30 years old, most of them were males who
have only attain High School level, unemployed and married. Most of the respondents
abused both cannabis and methamphetamines and taken drugs for a range of 1 year
and 1 day to 5 years.

The study found out that Tokhang programs carried out by the LGU and NGO
have positively affected the respondents in terms of its personal growth when self-
improvements have become virtual. Family relations were also restored making the
respondents more responsive to its family. Social connections was also enhanced
enabling respondents to accumulate more friends and reliance from the community
besides, the programs have able to rehabilitate the respondents’ health making them
become more efficient and functional in the society.

145 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Thus, this study made it clear that the programs initiated by the LGU and the
NGO were proficient enough to have able to reinstate the life of the respondents.
However, there is in need for more active NGO in the city to be able to cater all the
needs of the surrenderees.

G. RECOMMENDATION
The success of the Drug treatment programs had affected positively the lives of
the drug dependents in Malaybalay City. Thus, it is recommended that the LGU should
continue on the programs until everyone is sober, specifically it has to intensify the drug-
education program to spread awareness all over the city.

It is suggested that the Government should take part on giving drug recoverees
free skills training for adults and educational assistance or scholarship grants for teens
for in this way, these people would more likely to lessen the time they would spend on
drug- related activities while making them more proficient and productive.

There should also be a strong coordination between various sectors of the

Government especially among the Non-Profit Oriented Groups like Non- Governmental
Organizations and the Government in order to ensure full development and successful
reintegration of the dependents after participating on the recovery programs.

The society takes part on the recuperation of the respondents thus, the
community should continue to embrace and accept the dependents as participation in a
group generates positive attitudes towards addiction treatment.

Furthermore, the activities initiated by the Government and the Non-

Governmental Organizations for the Drug Surrenderees are still ongoing thus, it is
suggested that future studies should be made to provide recent information of the Drug
Surrenderees condition that will serve as a guide by the LGU in the making of
supplemental plans and programs to address the needs of the Drug Surrenderees in the
City.

146 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

REFERENCES
Documents:
Comprehensive dangerous drug act 2002 (cth) s.20. Retrieved from
https://www.senate.gov.ph/lisdata/81856680!.pdf
Economic consequences of drug abuse. (2011). Retrieved from
https://www.incb.org/documents/Publications/AnnualReports/Thematic_chapters/Englis
h/AR_2013_E_Chapter_I.pdf
U.S Department of Justice, (2000). Promising Strategies to Reduce Drug Substance
Abused. Retrieved from https://ojp.gov/docs/psrsa.pdf
Philippine Drug Enforcement Agency (2016). Retrieved from http://pdea.gov.ph/our-
accomplishments/statistical-data
PNP Anti- Illegal Drug Campaign Plan- Project: “Double Barrel”. (2016) pp. 1-23.
Retrieved from
http://didm.pnp.gov.ph/Command%20Memorandum%20Circulars/CM
C%202016-16%20PNP%20ANTI-
ILLEGAL%20DRUGS%20CAMPAIGN%20PLAN%20%E2%80
%93%20PROJECT%20DOUBLE%20BARREL.pdf
PNP Malaybalay Intensifies Oplan Tokhang (2016). Retrieved from
http://news.pia.gov.ph/article/view/1501472724364/pnp-malaybalay-
intensifies-oplantokhang-

147 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 AN ASSESSMENT ON THE CAPACITY DEVELOPMENT OF URBAN
GOVERNMENTS IN BUKIDNON IN THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE NATIONAL
HIV/AIDS POLICY

Marjorie T. Sobradil
Masters of Public Administration
Social Sciences Department, College of Arts and Sciences
Central Mindanao University, Philippines

Angelita I. Jacobe
Masters in History
Social Sciences Department, College of Arts and Sciences
Central Mindanao University, Philippines

ABSTRACT

This study is designed to investigate how far the local urban governments of
Valencia City and Malaybalay City have developed community support for the care and
treatment of HIV/AIDS, done interventions and actions for community understanding,
execute mobilization and allocation of funds to combat HIV/AIDS and provide facilities
capable of providing interventions for prevention and medical treatment for HIV/AIDS
patients.
The LGUs of Malaybalay and Valencia have adopted steps to moderate the
spread of HIV and AIDS in their localities. These urban governments of Bukidnon had
created each an HIV Council that is guided by the principles of mainstreaming HIV
responses in the local government plans and multi-sector involvement in the planning,
execution and monitoring of the response. This local response is a key element of the
country's program for combating HIV. The two local governments (LGUs), along with
Cagayan De Oro City, are the core of the program in Region ten. They had committed
to reduce HIV infection through the Millennium Development Goal (MDG) and the HIV
and AIDS Medium-Term Plan (AMTP).
Keywords: HIV, Philippines, Urban Government

A. INTRODUCTION
The study aims main concerns in social services is the provision of health
services especially the implementation of HIV/ AIDS policy which is covered in this
study. The Philippines is one of only two countries in Asia, and one of seven worldwide,
where the number of new cases has increased by over 25 percent from 2001 to 2009

148 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

and an estimated 200 deaths each year reaching a total of 7,235 HIV cases in the
country as of 2011 (HIV/AIDS Statistics Worldwide). Two of these HIV cases are from
Malaybalay City and another two from Valencia City according to the report of the
Alliance Against AIDS (ALAGAD) Mindanao.
While we are still a low HIV-prevalence country, with less than 0.1 percent of the
adult population estimated to be HIV positive, this reveals a seventy nine percent (79%)
increase of newly reported HIV cases compared to 2012 (UNICEF, 2013). As of January
2013, the Department of Health (DOH) AIDS Registry in the Philippines reported 12,082
HIV cases (25 already AIDS) and 10,514 people living with AIDS.
To address this situation in the country, the national government and the United
Nations Development Program (UNDP), in line with the AIDS Medium-Term Plan
(AMTP) and Millennium Development Goal (MDG), lead the efforts among UN agencies
in supporting the leadership and capacity development of HIV and AIDS. To strengthen
sustainable local AIDS responses, UNDP aimed to develop leadership capacities of
local government units (LGUs) and the Regional Assistance Team (RAATs), as well as
empower the community, particularly the MSM and TG populations.
This study is designed to investigate and assess the capacity development of
urban governments in the province of Bukidnon to provide social and economic services
and how far the local urban governments of Valencia City and Malaybalay City have
developed community support for the care and treatment of HIV/AIDS.
Further, the result of this study would be used as a benchmark to advocate for
reform and transformation specifically in implementing the delivery of social and
economic services effectively especially the intervention policies in implementing the
HIV/AIDS policy.

B. RESEARCH OBJECTIVES
The study aims to assess the implementation of the National HIV / AIDS policy in
the urban governments of Bukidnon, Philippines Specifically, it has the following
objectives:

149 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 1. To investigate if the urban governments of Bukidnon have community support for
care and treatment for HIV/AIDS patients.
2. To identify if there are interventions or actions done by the city governments for
community reflection and understanding of factors influencing HIV/AIDS
3. To examine if the urban government funds were mobilized and allocated to combat
HIV/AIDS.
4. To identify if there are health facilities capable of providing interventions for
prevention and medical treatment for HIV infected persons in the city.

C. SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

This study provided a significant contribution in determining the current
situations of the urban governments in Bukidnon in mainstreaming the national
HIV/AIDS policies in their respective local government. Moreover, it was perceived to
be beneficial to the following entities: First, to the lawmakers because it served as a
basis how to improve the implementation of the HIV/AIDS policies specifically in
reducing the incidence of the transmission of HIV/AIDS policy to their constituents.
Secondly, it gave insights to the local government officials on what are the necessary
policies to strengthen their linkages to the Department of Health, academic institutions
and civil society organizations to make the people understand on the factors
influencing the contamination and prevention of HIV/AIDS. Thus, it provided a
comprehensive outlook on the status quo implementation of the law, its shortcoming
and what are the mechanisms needed to lessen the incidence of the transmission
and prevention of the HIV/AIDS in the cities of Bukidnon. Lastly, it served as
background information and reference for future studies related to HIV/AIDS.

D. CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK

Health facilities of urban

Support for care Interventions of urban governments to provide
and treatment governments for 150 | Proceeding
preventionICONPO
andVII:medical
August 2017
for HIV/AIDS understanding of factors treatment of HIV/AIDS
patients. influencing HIV/AIDS patients
 Figure 1 Conceptual Framework of the Study

The figure presents the question about the capacity development of urban
governments in Bukidnon in mainstreaming the national HIV/AIDS policy in their local
governments. This issue is then narrowed down through the investigation whether urban
governments of Bukidnon have community support for care and treatment for HIV/AIDS
patients. The local government interventions for understanding the factors of HIV/AIDS
and availability of health facilities to treat HIV/AIDS patients will also be determined. The
support and interventions of the local government needs and availability of funds to
mobilize its manpower, medical supplies and health facilities are needed to fully
intervene the spread of the HIV/AIDS to reduce the incidence of infected patients.The
feedback will then give a comprehensive understanding to the merits of implementing
the HIV/AIDS policy in Bukidnon.

151 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

E. METHODOLOGY
The study is exploratory and descriptive in nature. In generating the data
for this study, document inventory and interview schedule with the key informants were
conducted. The indicators used in the study are based on the UNDP Resource
Catalogue in Measuring Capacities which is used as the guide in benchmarking to
gather the necessary data. There are seven (7) key informants in this study who come
from the following: CSWD Officers including the Head of PSWD, City Planning Officers,
two doctors from the City Health Office and two nurses. The analysis of data is
qualitative and descriptive using the indicators of capacity development of the cities to
implement the AIDS/HIV policy.

F. RESULTS OF THE STUDY

1. Community Support for care and treatment for HIV/AIDS patients
KAVAPCA (Kaabag Valencia AIDS Protection & Control Advocates) was
created in Valencia City even before its local AIDS Council was created. This was a
civic group compose of personalities from the Department of Social Welfare and
Development Services (DSWD), City Police Department, Department of Education,
media and non-government (NGOs). Its mission was to work together for the
education and control of AIDS in the city.
Valencia City reports that it was able to reach out to target communities using
a bottom-up approach. Rey Gaspar Canete, of the Valencia City Gay Association,
reports that KAVAPCA, City Health Office (CHO) and ALAGAD Mindanao are their
partners in their quest to reduce HIV cases among males who have sex with males
(MSM). Together, they identified barriers in the local response to HIV/AIDS issues
and addressed these. Monthly one-on-one and "Learning Group Sessions" (LGS)
sessions among MSM/TG community had been conducted in partnership with
concerned agencies.
Malaybalay City and Valencia City communities regularly join the whole world
in Commemorations of the International AIDS Candlelight Memorial and Mobilization
(IACMM) every 3rd Sunday of May and World's AIDS Day every 1st of December of
each year and World's AIDS Prevention Month every December.

152 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Information dissemination has been made by the two city governments of the
cash assistance of five thousand pesos (PhP5, 000) to individuals and family in a
crisis situation that is part of the health program of the Department of Social Welfare
and Development Services (DSWD) of the province.
Both cities have yet to explicate their policy on providing special care and
support of persons living with AIDS (PLWA) and pregnant women with HIV/AIDS.
Their city HIV/AIDS ordinances are silent on this. Policies on care and support for
children and orphans have to be addressed or reflected by the Malaybalay LGU in
their HIV/AIDS ordinance.
2. Interventions and Actions Done by the City Government for Community
reflection and Understanding of Factors Influencing HIV/AIDS.
Both Malaybalay City and Valencia City have integrated HIV/AIDS into its
general development plans. The two cities have created their own HIV Council in
accordance with the National Policy Guidelines for the prevention and management
of sexually transmitted diseases (STDs). Malaybalay City calls it Malaybalay City
STI HIV Council and Valencia City calls it Valencia City AIDS Council (VCAC). Each
council functions as a local multi-sectoral HIV/AIDS management and coordination
body. It is the central advisory, planning and policy making body and the lead group
in undertaking information, education and communication campaigns on the
prevention and control of HIV/AIDS. It assists in coordinating civil society
organizations that are actively involved in the cause.
The local councils of both cities have a general policy to promote information,
education, and communication (IEC) on HIV/AIDS. This had been realized in
partnership with the Philippine Information Agency (PIA), their City Information Office,
and various local media organizations. School symposiums and public forums in the
barangays had been done as part of information dissemination on STD, HIV and
AIDS prevention and control. The councils have implemented the policy of
mandatory/compulsory annual seminar attendance on HIV/AIDS prevention for all
entertainment business establishments, massage clinics and other similar
establishments as a requirement for renewal of business permit. Sponsorship of

153 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

non-government organizations and attendance of personalities ( media and showbiz)
during rallies livened up the campaigns.
Valencia city government health personnel have made active IEC dialogues
between MSM leaders and their peers. A pro-active AIDS response has been
adopted by the community based MSM group in the city. They have been made to
realize of the important role they play in the prevention and spread of AIDS. They
have organized themselves and have established peer- collaborations. The head of
Public Employment Service Office (PESO) of Valencia City, a member of the city
AIDS Council, had made IEC as part of the lectures attended by overseas Filipino
workers (OFWs) of the city.
3. Mobilization and Allocation of Budget to Combat HIV/AIDS by the City
Government
The Malaybalay City had allocated two hundred fifty thousand pesos (Php250,
000) as initial budget in 2006 for the operation of the Malaybalay City STI HIV Council
and implementation of its policies. Valencia city had appropriated five hundred
thousand pesos (PHP 500,000) in 2003 for the implementation and operations of its
Valencia City AIDS Council, charged against its Annual Development Fund (ADF).
Succeeding budgets however had been shared with other health programs and
projects of both cities. While other health programs have clear targets to be met, there
is none for HIV/AIDS, thus, the first were given more priority in terms of budget. There
is an apparent reduction of the budget which limits the participants in the annual IEC
seminar on HIV/AIDS prevention and basic training on HIV prevention, treatment,
care, and support issues and in particular training on STI/HIV/AIDS and Voluntary
Counseling and Testing (HCT).
The Social Hygiene Clinic Malaybalay City and the Center for Reproductive
Health of Valencia City had been funded by the Department of Health national budget,
but, the training of the health staff and workers on STI/HIV/AIDS and Voluntary
Counseling and Testing (HCT) had been funded by each of the city government.

154 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

4. The City Health Facilities Capable of Providing Intervention for Protection
and Medical Treatment for HIV/AIDS
To help prevent the spread of Sexually Transmitted Infections (STI), HIV and
AIDS, the Department of Health of Malaybalay and Valencia had done a basic training
on HIV prevention, treatment, care, and support issues for most members of each of
their Local AIDS Council, heads of offices of the different city government agencies,
school administrators and all barangay health workers (BHWs). All the heads of
offices of the different city government agencies and the BHWs were required to
attend and re-echo the training in their respective offices and barangays. The training
sought to empower the participants on prevention and control of STI, HIV and AIDS.
It also allowed the sharing of knowledge and resources and building partnerships with
fellow advocates. Valencia conducts regular symposium on AIDS prevention to
mothers while Malaybalay conducts a free HIV/AIDS mother and child transmission
HIV tests twice a year.
Both the city health centers of Malaybalay and Valencia offer free HIV testing
following the required pre and post counseling. Free reagents, HIV kit and medicines
are readily available on a first come first served basis until supply last in the Center
for Reproductive Health of Valencia City and Social Hygiene Clinic in Malaybalay City.
Very few however had availed of this free test.
A referral system is observed by the city health workers in both Malaybalay
City and Valencia City Health Centers. Patients with initial positive results may be
referred to the Research Institute of Technology (RITM) and once confirmed may
further be referred to Alliance Against AIDS in Mindanao (ALAGAD Mindanao) for
intensive counseling and voluntary psychotherapy and recently, with the HIV and
AIDS Core Team (HACT) of Northern Mindanao Medical Center (NMMC) Region X.
NMRH was formerly a satellite, but, now a hub for HIV and AIDS cases.
Weekly regular monitoring and mandatory check-up of registered sex workers
are practiced by Malaybalay and Valencia. These weekly sessions allow the city
health workers to conduct informal IEC to people in prostitution (PIP) of the two cities.
Outreach Program had been conducted to freelance/transient sex workers, working
mostly in the two city bus terminals, inviting them to visit and avail of the free medical

155 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 check-up offered by the city health centers. Some cases of STI medical checkups by
transients had been administered by the Social Hygiene Clinic of Malaybalay City and
Valencia Center for Reproductive Health. The apparent common practice by
clients/patients is to avail STI, HIV/AIDS test and seek medical confidentiality in other
cities. This is one problem with the monitoring of HIV/AIDS cases.
Malaybalay City has a Social Hygiene Clinic and Valencia City has a Center
for Reproductive Health which cater to HIV and AIDS cases. Both health centers have
the machineries for HIV/AIDS test and health workers trained on STI/HIV/AIDS
Voluntary Counseling and Testing (HCT).

G. CONCLUSION
1. In the implementation of the National HIV/AIDS policy, The LGUs of Malaybalay
and Valencia have adopted steps to moderate the spread of HIV and AIDS in their
localities. These urban governments of Bukidnon had created each an HIV Council
that is guided by the principles of mainstreaming HIV responses in the local
government plans and multi-sector involvement in the planning, execution and
monitoring of the response. This local response is a key element of the country's
program for combating HIV. The two local governments (LGUs), along with
Cagayan De Oro City, are the core of the program in Region ten. They had
committed to reduce HIV infection through the Millennium Development Goal
(MDG) and the HIV and AIDS Medium-Term Plan (AMTP).
2. There is collaborative efforts of various government agencies and civil society
groups in the two urban cities of Bukidnon in the adoption of the HIV and AIDS
Medium-Term Plan, a national roadmap on HIV and AIDS, but the implementation
of this strategic plan is hampered by lack of priority and corresponding budget.
3. Campaigns for the prevention and control of HIV and AIDS in the two cities of
Bukidnon started strong but had dwindled due to decrease in the budget. Its
governance structure designed to be the forefront is encumbered with uneven
political commitments. Change of leadership among the local chief executives of
the two cities affects the commitment in the implementation of their HIV policy and
legislations. This is a reflection of how HIV responses have a propensity to give

156 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 way to other competing administrative priorities as recognized by local chief
executives.

H. RECOMMENDATIONS
1. To raise public awareness, erase the stigma of HIV/AIDS, and encourage many
vulnerable groups to avail of the free test, Malaybalay and Valencia LGUs
should conduct a more aggressive and committed public health education and
free access to health services. The capacity building of each AIDS Council
should be strengthened and a follow up seminar on HIV/AIDS should be
conducted for old and new members.
2. Existing ordinances should be reviewed to ensure their relevance in support of
not only overall HIV and AIDS prevention and control efforts but also treatment
and care for HIV and AIDS patients. It is recommended that Malaybalay should
include an ordinance of its policy for special protection and support of children
and orphans. Both cities should elucidate their policy on providing special care
and support of persons living with AIDS (PLWA) and pregnant women with
HIV/AIDS.
3. Enhance the capacity building of the community and continue partnership with
civil society groups in order to ensure the mobilization of multi-sectoral support.
Young people and people living with HIV/AIDS (PLWHA) should be involved in
the city design, planning, and implementation for more effective responses to
HIV/AIDS.
4. The two local AIDS councils should make a more active role coordinating local
AIDS responses and provide guidance on issues related to HIV risks,
vulnerabilities, and impact of AIDS. A more harmonize efforts with UN Joint
Team on AIDS (UNJTA), Leadership for Effective and Sustained Responses to
HIV and AIDS under the United Nations Development Program (UNDP),
Philippine National AIDS Council (PNAC), STI, HIV and AIDS Support Link
(SHASLink), Regional AIDS Assistance Teams (RAATs), Misamis Oriental
Council for AIDS Network (MOCAN), Council for AIDS Network of Cagayan De
Oro and other stakeholders may be established.

157 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 5. An annual budget that is solely for HIV/AIDS and separate from other city health
programs and projects should be provided by the two LGUs. Both should
increase local investment for quality improvement of Malaybalay and Valencia
health facilities and the capacity building of their health worker capabilities.
6. Manual Operation Training should be conducted among the health personnel,
social workers, and community based organizations of the two cities. There is
a need for training on the implementation of the Manual Operation for HIV
counseling and treatment that had been revised to tailor the mentioned specific
target groups.
7. Malaybalay and Valencia health centers should enable a safe legal
environment in the delivery of health services to the identified vulnerable and
marginalized groups in order to encourage them to avail of the health facilities
and services being offered by each CHO. It is further recommended that both
LGUs should adopt a more comprehensive HIV program that is sustainable and
encompasses a wider coverage.

REFERENCES
Fleming, D. T., & Wasserheit, J. N. (1999). From epidemiological synergy to public health
policy and practice: the contribution of other sexually transmitted diseases to sexual
transmission of HIV infection. Sexually transmitted infections, 75(1), 3-17. Retrieved
March 24, 2013 http://sti.bmj.com/content/75/1/3.short
Herek, G. M., Capitanio, J. P., & Widaman, K. F. (2003). Stigma, social risk, and health
policy: Public attitudes toward HIV surveillance policies and the social construction of
illness. Health Psychology, 22(5), 533. Retrieved February 22, 2013
http://psycnet.apa.org/journals/hea/22/5/533/

Mahajan, A. P., Sayles, J. N., Patel, V. A., Remien, R. H., Ortiz, D., Szekeres, G., &
Coates, T. J. (2008). Stigma in the HIV/AIDS epidemic: a review of the literature and
recommendations for the way forward. AIDS (London, England), 22(Suppl 2), S67.
Retrieved from http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2835402/ March 23, 203

Report of the Commission on AIDS in Asia 2008. Redefining AIDS in Asia- Crafting an
Effective Response. Oxford University Press.

UNAIDS 2001. HIV & AIDS in the Philippines: Keeping the Promise. Primer on the
UNGASS Declaration of Commitments on HIV & AIDS.

158 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Localizing the HIV and AIDS Response: Local Government Guide for Practical Action
(http: www. undp. Org.ph/?link+k_hub_products &page+08fa=5)

159 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 INVISIBLE STAKEHOLDERS: UNMASKING THE ROLE OF WOMEN IN THE
MANAGEMENT AND PRESERVATION OF MT. KITANGLAD RANGE NATURAL
PARK

Grace O. Galache and Meshelle M. Rivera

Abstract

This study locates women’s role in the framework of environment protection,

particularly within the context of protected area management. This investigation considers
women position and knowledge with regards to environment. It maintains that women are
not only beneficiaries of environmental protection and management but also as active
participants. In 2009, the 47,270 hectare Mt. Kitanglad Range Natural Park (MKRNP) was
declared an ASEAN Heritage Park in the aspect of protection and development. It is the
homeland of the Talaandig, Higa-unon and Bukidnon Tribes.

The land has been regarded as a major watershed area of Northern Mindanao. It
also plays a vital role in the socio-economic development of Bukidnon and its neighboring
provinces. Various stakeholders worked together in the park area management. Among
them are the women sector whose influence in the management of MKRNP remained
absent. The gender studies within the Mt. Kitanglad management is still generally
missing. Hence, the goal of this paper, is to make visible the role of women in the
preservation and management of MKRNP. The respondents of the study are the women
who are actively involved in the preservation and management of MKRNP.

Data were collected through key informant interviews and participant observation.
Results of this study suggest that women sees protected areas, such as MKRNP, as a
space were men and women interact differently and therefore provide them with different
opportunities on how to protect it. Women who came from various backgrounds and
culture offer capabilities that will serve as power resource that can enhance efficacy in
the management of environmental conservation. On hindsight, the study provide us a
reflection, that given equal opportunities to management and preservation of the park,
acknowledging women’s role is not only necessary but vital to provide a meaningful
impact to the residing community as well.

160 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Keywords: women, environment, preservation, park management, Mt. Kitanglad Range
Natural Park.

A. INTRODUCTION
The mounting pressures of utilization of natural resources in the Philippines,
particularly in Mindanao is one challenge that the government has to face crucial to the
survival of the country’s biodiversity. In the report presented by the Convention on
Biological Diversity (2005), the biodiversity of the Philippines is in critical state. Most of
the country’s remaining natural resources are located in rural areas. Most particularly,
upland landscapes holds the remaining biodiverse ecosystems and not all of these
areas are legally protected. Although government policies geared towards conservation
and sustainability in the utilization of natural resources, these programs bear a lot of
contradictions which habitually hinders economic empowerment among the
marginalized sectors especially among women.

The World Bank reported that Philippines comprises of 55.63% of rural population
in 2015 and most of them lived in upland communities where economic livelihood
depends on the natural resources. Women plays a distinct role from men in these
biodiverse landscapes. While men exploit the natural resources to earn income to
provide the basic needs for the family, women also access to natural resources for food,
water, fuel and medicine either to provide or augment the household income. To deprive
both men and women of access to natural resources mean depriving them of their ability
to provide for their families.

Recently, the Philippines regarded women as equal stakeholders in accessing

and managing the natural resources. The government through the Department of
Natural Resources (DENR) put in place gender mainstreaming in the environment and
management of natural resources in 1989. Through implementation of Gender and
Development (GAD), it led to recognize women in economic, political and social aspect
and inclusion of them to the decision making and program implementation, crucial to the
conservation efforts. In protected areas for example, women are represented in the
management board, usually the parks highest decision making body. However included,
women contributions in the conservation and resource management remain invisible.

161 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

This is particularly true in Mt. Kitanglad Range Natural Park where women from a diverse
background has to a large extent not only helped but are leaders and drivers in the
advocacy of parks’ conservation.

Mt. Kitanglad Range Natural Park (MKRNP) is one of the last watershed frontier
in Northern Mindanao, area became a protected by the virtue of Republic Act 8978,
known as the Mt. Kitanglad Range Protected Area Act of 2000. It has a total land area
of 47,270 hectares with mountainous ranges surrounded by seven (7) municipalities,
one city. It is also acknowledged not only as one of the country’s Key Biodiversity Areas
(KBA) but also an Important Bird Area (IBA) as it is a known nesting place of the majestic
and threatened Philippine Eagle (Pithecophaga jefferyi). In October 2009, recognizing
its status as one of the last sanctuaries of the country’s natural heritage and providing
for an educational and inspirational site of high conservation importance, it was declared
as ASEAN Heritage Site. The park is the home of diverse ethnic communities such as
the Talaandig, Higa-unon and Bukidnon tribes, and the influx of migrants and business
enterprise is visibly critical in the area.

This study endeavor to locate the role of women in the conservation and
management of Mt. Kitanglad Range Natural Park. While gender biases put women in
the confines of their homes as caretaker and nurturer, they also extended multiple roles
significant to economic, political, and social activities rooted in the routinary activities of
their community life. This study sees women from within the park as agents, who differ
from men in their access to and control of natural resources, so that they also differ in
terms of knowledge and skills with regards to managing and conserving their resources.
The contribution that women made in the conservation of MKRNP will be made visible
in this study.

B. RESEARCH OBJECTIVES
This study aims to characterize the involvement of women as well as to recognize
their significant contributions in the management and preservation of Mount Kitanglad

162 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Range Natural Park. As women remained invisible despite their contributions.
Researchers tend to discount women’s role as homogenous to men. Hence, the focus
of this study is to identify women’s diverse roles in Mt. Kitanglad Range Natural Park,
specifically in Malaybalay City, Bukidnon.

C. SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

This study will be significant to put into conversation the role of women with
regards to the management and conservation of Mt. Kitanglad Range Natural Park in
terms of research and development policies. It is imperative in this study that this
particular blind spot must be corrected to avoid a grave mistake fatal to any
conservation efforts. The effect of invisibility to their contribution will be terminal to the
programs and policies being implemented in park.

Recognizing women’s roles in park management will let us identify their skills and
capabilities that will give us realistic assessment of how women can be valuable for
conservation. Contrariwise, this denial of women’s influence to the park management
will not effect to a genuine and meaningful conservation.

D. CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK
This study argues that women as stakeholders are active agents in the
management and preservation of natural resources, particularly in this study, the Mt.
Kitanglad Range Natural Park. Although, the government included women in its
implementation of programs and projects, their contribution to the park management
remained unrecognized. This denial of women’s role in conservation and preservation
arises from our gender bias as a relative consequence from our patriarchal socio-
economic and political arrangements.

This study is derive from the standpoint of liberal ecofeminism who believe that
women by nature are caring and nurturing. To nurture is considered as one of the divine
roles of women which means to provide love and influence, to care for, support, educate,
encourage, to protect, and to teach. To nurture is to help someone to grow and develop.

163 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Liberal ecofeminism argued that “women’s bodies are closer to nature than men
because of biological processes such as menstruation, childbirth, and pregnancy – such
bodily processes are sources of power and ecological activism, thus according to Sachs
(1997) “women are privilege as caretakers of the earth.” On the other hand, women as
being close to nature are also advance by the view from the division of labor. This is
because the role women play in their domestic household require them to be nurturing
and caring (Agarwal,1992, Shiva, et al., 1993). Grounded by their everyday experiences,
women’s responsibilities as defined by their reproductive roles tend to assume a multi-
dimensional and multifunctional facets. Consequently, their domestic and reproductive
role will essentially extend beyond their household. Women’s day-to-day activities such
as growing, collecting or buying food, tending domestic animals, gathering wood and
water, and caring for children and the home have provided them with special knowledge
of the environment. And since they have direct contact with the environment, this give
them the leverage in acquiring knowledge that are useful for their family’s survival. Such
had been observed by Dankelman and Davidson (1998) “that women play a major role
in managing their natural surroundings and adopt several mechanisms to deal with the
kinds of environmental crisis they face.”

Hence, this study perceives Mt. Kitanglad Range Natural Park as a space where
the agency of women could be exercise, asserted, enhance, and utilize. Seeing women
as agents within the park is necessary, rather than marginalizing them. Women have
this inherent and innate power that capacitates them by appreciating their diversity in
terms of perception, knowledge, strategies, and experience. Recognizing women’s
differences is vital because these “differences” in women as seen in this study are
considered as strength. As Lorde (1981) emphasized for example that “differences
among women should be seen as “fund of strength” – these differences are polarities
between which our creativity can spark like a dialectic… which should be define and
empower.” Although, Lorde derived this idea of women’s differences in terms of
intersectional identities, this study perceive these differences in terms of women’s
knowledge, skills and capacity to get involved and contribute to a successful park
management. And by putting these women’s abilities and capacities together with other
stakeholders and situating them in one location, such as Mt. Kitanglad Range Natural

164 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Park will offer us to challenge a lot of our gender biases on environmental management
perspective.

E. METHODOLOGY
This is a qualitative study using descriptive method through an inductive
approach. The data gathered come from in-depth interviews of key informants, both
structured and unstructured. Key informants were women that are actively involved in
the protected area management of Mount Kitanglad Range Natural Park (MKRNP). The
following are the list of key informants of the study:

Name Sector Representation

1. Bae Inatlawan Adelina Ritualist and Head Claimant of Daraghuyan
Tarino Ancestral Domain
IP Mandatory Representative Barangay Level
Manager, Inhandig Tribal Multipurpose
Cooperative
PAMB Member
2. Bae Mangunguyamo Julia Tribal Midwife
Cacay
3. Bae Erlinda Bonye Tribal Chieftain
President, Imbayao Tribal Women Association
Barangay Kagawad
4. Jean Maputi President, Imbayao Women’s Federation
Businesswoman
5. Mercolita Mendoza Imbayao IPMR
6. IP Women in Barangay Kitanglad Guard Volunteers in Imbayao
Imbayao
7. Ma. Easterluna Luz S. Executive Director Kitanglad Integrated NGOs
Canoy
8. Merly Luna Tabamo Assistant PASu, Ecosystem Specialist II

Central to this study is feminist methodology since it endeavors to characterize

women’s role and contributions in the park preservation and management. Feminist
methodology draws meaning from women’s experiences, their perceptions of
experiences, and life stories (Rothe, 1993). Thus, with this method, it would unravel and
credit women’s significant role and contributions which have been overlooked and
remained a blind spot in the discussion of the management of MKRNP.

165 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 This research is a preliminary study of women’s role in the preservation and
management of MKRNP. Hence, only two of 28 barangays encircling the protected area,
specifically, Dalwangan and Imbayao in Malaybalay City, were visited. These two
barangays are located at the foot of the protected area and was therefore chosen as the
focused of the study.

F. RESULTS AND DISCUSSSION

The conservation and management are embedded in the customary laws of the
Indigenous Peoples (IP). It is within these laws that guide the existence of IPs. For the
IPs, conserving the environment is vital to their survival because for them the forest “is
their market, their hospital and their pharmacy.” The Indigenous Knowledge System
and Practices (IKSP) of IP’s cannot be simply ignored for it served as their guide of how
their life is supposed to be lived in their domain. For the tribe, IKSP is strictly observed
in the community as this is the mandate of their ancestors. As emphasized by Bae
Inatlawan,

“Our father said to take care of the environment, he said “do not kill the eagle
because it will also ask for a life, do not cut the trees because it will bring
illness.” Women, especially my sisters were already taught by our father about
this. Our father is very strict, like a military, he will scold us if we don’t follow.
He will use corporal punishment using rattan. We carry out what our father
had taught us, we should not forget it.”

For the Bukidnon tribe of Daraghuyan, the church is the universe and believed
that their God “Magbabaya” is the one who created it while the gods and goddesses are
assigned as guardians of that creation. On the same vein, humans are regarded by the
tribe as steward of the universe. To ensure the peaceful co-existence of humans and
nature, human being has to follow the customs and tradition, such as performance of
rituals. Rituals for the tribe is part of their lives which should be articulated either to
express gratitude for abundance or apology for the mistakes done. Ritual varies
according to specific needs whether to resolve a specific problems such as sickness,
marriage, pregnancy, childbirth, birthday, farming, building a house, resolution of

166 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

conflict, utilization of natural resource or protection of forest and mountains. For the
tribe, environment is protected through different rituals. There is pangapog, a simple
ritual of offering, panluntay daw panutay, an apology of all kinds of wrongdoings done
to nature, Pabugwas, a cleansing ritual to appease nature guardian spirits and sacred
beings, pamugsa, to block the coming catastrophes and disasters for nature and
humans to be safe, Pamungkas, a cleansing ritual specific to the damage made to
nature and panungdan, annual thanksgiving ritual conducted in the mountains, forest,
rivers and sacred areas.

The Bukidnon tribe women are not exempted from these principles and ways of
life. For them women are regarded the same as men where they can be as respected
leaders in their own right. In fact at the time of this study, leaders or chieftains of
barangays Dalwangan and Imbayao, both in Malaybalay City are women. More than
half of those who seat in the Council of Elders of Daraghuyan are women. The
Indigenous Peoples Mandatory Representative (IPMR), a government local arm who
serve and deliver services to the IPs are also women. As reiterated by Bae Inatlawan,

“Our tribe adheres to equality between men and women. Although, men have
more strength than women, I can also perform task that need strength of man
so they say, such as plowing, hunting, weeding, blacksmithing etc. I do these
task on my own discretion, all the work of men I did it, it matters that I’m
productive. This is most practical. “

Women are also esteemed leaders for the tribe. They can hold leadership
position called Bae (female elders) with equal privileges to that of a Datu (male elders).
Elders are the ones who sit down in the council, the highest decision making body of the
tribes’ political structure. To become a member of the Council of Elders one has to be
respected, specifically a respected leader is one that has established trusting
relationship with a community through the performance of skills. So, when a women
carry out task with her knowledge and skills such as being Mangunguyamo (midwife),
Balaghusay (mediator), or Baylan (ritualist), to help solve individual problems will earn
her respect and leadership status parallel to a Datu, being valuable to the existence and
survival of the community.

167 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Bukidnon women, therefore, plays a significant role in preserving and transmitting
the indigenous knowledge, customary practices and cultural values of the tribe to future
generations. As a woman, for example, she has to know about the custom regarding
pregnancy and childbirth. A Mangunguyamo (tribal midwife) learned her skill from her
mother, who learned it from her grandmother and from her grandmothers’ mother before
her. This is also the same with the arbitrator, herbalist or blacksmiths.

The discussion of IKSP above illustrate that IP women are active members of the
community and they can basically contribute to the conservation of MKRNP. With
culture as their foundation, it became a tool for the Bukidnon women to assert the right
of IPs in access to and control of the natural resources of Mt. Kitanglad.

Hence, in this study, provided a brief profile and characterization of prominent

women who are actively engaged in PA management, specifically in the planning,
decision making, and management of Mt. Kitanglad Range Natural Park in Malaybalay
City.

1. Bae Inatlawan, Tribal Chieftain

Bae Inatlawan Adelina Tarino Docenos as she is officially called, holds a lot of
positions. Aside from her primary function as the baylan (ritualist) and tribal chieftain
for Bukidnon tribe of Darghuyan Ancestral Domain, she is also highly respected
baylan (ritualist) throughout Mt. Kitanglad and the Bukidnon Province. Primarily, to be
a baylan one has to be chosen by the spirits and is endowed with Muolin-ulin (spirit
guide). This Muolin-ulin will provide guidance and wisdom which enable the Bae to
perform various skills. Bae Inatlawan of the Bukidnon tribe of Daraghuyan was given
the name Inatlawan, because her father seen her with light, “Inatlawan”, the light,
signified that she is destined to enlighten others.

Bae is also the manager of Inhandig Multi-purpose Cooperative and head

claimant of Daraghuyan Ancestral Domain. She also served as a consultant to a
neighboring tribe with regards to culture and ancestral domain claim. She is also a
ritualist, a healer and an arbitrator, a community organizer and an educator. In the
government, she is also a chieftain and IP Mandatory Representative of Barangay
Dalwangan and an enbanc representative of PAMB for the IP sector.

168 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 As a Protected Areas Management Board (PAMB) member Bae is the voice of
the cultural expert. She is instrumental in educating the members of PAMB and LGU
about the customs and tradition of MKRNP and she makes sure that it is respected by
the government and stakeholders. She is also the defender of the rights of the tribe.
When the tribe is in conflict she is prompt to defend them. She narrated this one
example;

“If an IP inside the park committed a crime against the protected area laws, I
will ask them to refrain from filing a case without investigation. I will ask them
if I can solve the problem and investigate the process. First, I will give the
accused a warning and advise the person not to do it again. And then
together with the accused, we will perform a ritual to refrain him from doing
the same mistake.”

In solving conflict that involves an IPs within the park, Bae Inatlawan as a
tribes Balaghusay (arbitrator) is very cautious. She first need to find out the root
cause of the problem. Upon consulting her Muolin-olin (spirit guide) she would
embark on a detailed investigation mainly, if she believed that the reports filed in
DENR were made out of malice or jealousy, which she considered as part of human
frailties. As mediator, Bae Inatlawan have to be humane and sensitive to practical
things so that the problem can be solved without harming anyone. As she narrated
on one of these cases she intervened;

“Sometime in 2013, someone was reported to the DENR about an IP who

work near the nest of an eagle and cut a root of a tree. But when I
investigated, I found out that the root they had cut came from their own
Falcatta tree. I also found out that the family live there even before the eagle
nested near the area. This means that the eagle was not disturb because it
chose to make a nest there. If you send the family away, where will they
stay? Where will they get food? If we want to protect the eagle, we also have
to protect human beings. Eagle are sacred to the tribe, they will not harm us,
and the eagle did not even eat their chicken because they only eat snakes.
It is one of the reason why Mt. Kitanglad do not have a lot of snakes. So, I

169 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 advised the PAMB to investigate the person who accused the family,
because surely he is not from the area.”

Women as peacemakers like Bae Inatlawan has to be adept with the tribe’s
justice system for them to be effective arbitrators for the community. Aside from that,
from the words of Datu Lagidliran, “this is because women do not resort to the used
of strength when provoke. And men are apparently hesitant to use force on a woman
when angered because he would be subject to community’s ridicule for we believe
that women should be loved and respected.”

2. Ma. Esterluna Luz S. Canoy, KIN Executive Director

No other organization has earned the trust and respect of the tribes within
MKRNP than Kitanglad Integrated NGOs (KIN). Kitanglad Integrated NGOs was
organized in 1995 as consortium NGOs for the purpose of ensuring the cultural
survival and environmental conservation of Mt. Kitanglad Range Natural Park and its
predominantly indigenous population. Aligned with the goals and ideals of
sustainable development, ecological integrity and cultural democracy, KIN in general
promotes and advocates for the rights of indigenous peoples in Bukidnon especially
on their welfare and cultural survival. What makes KIN unique in its engagement with
Mt. Kitanglad is their culture based approach to intervention. While popular
approaches to conservation in the Philippines are patterned after western ideals, KIN
embarked in adhering first to its working principles by understanding the cultural
structure of the diverse communities concerned and being culturally sensitive. As
Canoy discussed, “

“Before understanding the physical structure of communities you first have to

understand the social structure. You cannot implement a program or
activities with the community without understanding who they are.”

This was also emphasized by Datu Dumapal of Daraghuyan;

“If government or NGOs have to engage communities in its programs and

projects, they first have to know who these people they are dealing with.

170 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Implementing laws or programs and projects with communities without
understanding them first will be liken to an oil floating in the water.”

Thus, KIN’s engagement in MKRNP adheres to a socially inclusive

development by recognizing equal representation and give due regard to the rights
of all stakeholders and practice consensus in decision- making through cultural
empowerment, unity, recognize community based efforts, uplift sustainable economy,
and pursue programs independent political or ideological interest but operate within
the legal bounds and cooperate with government. Rooting on these principles KIN
became successful in making all stakeholders in the park to work together.

Behind the massive work for the protection and conservation of Mt. Kitanglad
is KINs Executive Director. Ms. Canoy’s first important role in the PA management
is to make the multi-stakeholder within Mt. Kitanglad to work together and commit to
conservation that considers culture at the center of any activities. Emphasizing the
importance of Free and Prior Informed Consent (FPIC), requires that the people
involved in the project allows indigenous communities to have autonomy to decide
for their own development in accordance to their norms and standards.

Ms. Canoy was chosen by World Bank (WB) consultants to be the coordinator
of National Integrated Protected Area System (NIPAS) project owing to her practice
in anthropology and background working with IPs when she was a volunteer and
researcher of Green Mindanao and Research Institute for Mindanao Culture (RIMCU)
respectively. WB were being particular with KINs relationship with the tribe, because
NIPAS law was designed so that IP rights will not be oppressed and the park
management will not purely run by the state. However, before KIN was established
as park coordinating NGO, Tribes in Kitanglad are already organized. When she was
working with Dr. Burton on the research in Talaandig in 1992, she learned that the
chieftain (Datu) of Talaandig already had the concept of domain management, even
before NIPAS and Indigenous Peoples Rights Act (IPRA) were implemented in Mt.
Kitanglad. KIN was also selected for the project because the president of the
consortium was a Talaandig Datu. DENR was also coming from a history were civil

171 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

society did not trust them because of illegal logging activities. Since, nobody knows
about Park management the WB program was a sort of experiment.

When KIN started there was no park management in Mt. Kitanglad. The
NIPAS law described that the management of the park should be multi-stakeholder.
This means that everybody have a stake in the park such as LGU, Church sectors,
IPs, Barangay Captains, DENR, NGOs and other interest group. This kind of set-up
is difficult since these stakeholders such as LGU did not trust NGOs because they
think these NGOs can mobilize a people power movement which will overthrow them.
However, Ms. Canoy concluded;

“Most of these are just notions and suspicions because all these institutions
were not given a chance to work together. So, imagine a Barangay Captain
and IP will become equal to the Mayor as co-manager and you cannot just
rule out one sector for it was compulsory within the program implementation.
Coming from various sector, KIN has to be in between them. But KIN is lucky
to have an EXECOM component that is strong and committed coming from
NGO, IP, and Church.”
KIN decided to work on stabilizing the stakeholders within park management.
Ms. Canoy started to educate the Mayors and DENR about how unique is the culture
and tradition of the tribe. They also empower IPs including Barangay Officials and
migrants for them to learn to speak and voice out their opinions and needs. On other
hand, KIN organized POs within the park, such as Council of Elders, tenured and
non-tenured farmers, women, and Tribal Guard Volunteers. Canoy also make sure
that all infrastructure (social, physical) established in the area do not harm
biodiversity. So, she also invited all experts’ scientist, biologist, and landscape
engineers to participate in the management. She also work for tenural security of IPs
and implementation of non-destructive livelihood.

Building solid relationship for all stakeholders to work together was always at
a high risk. To do this, KIN, first has to gain trust and confidence to all park
stakeholders. During meetings, the Mayors constantly scrutinized KIN in its
implementation of project particularly on the budget. They come to the meetings with
a lot of questions implying dislike for the host NGO. But KIN have to invest on a

172 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

friendly relationship by enduring their insults. For Ms. Canoy, trust should be
established first for them to work together.

“While the World Bank came every three months to evaluate, the Mayors
have to report their accomplishment. Later on, they realized that our
accomplishment is also theirs. We also helped them to make their reports,
so, how can they not coordinate with us? Reflectively, if I have to focus on
their distrust level, it will be hard for us to work together.”
Between DENR, LGUs and IPs, KIN tried to bridge the gap between them.
Before KIN arrived, the tribe had imposed “sala” over researchers, loggers and other
groups that come to the area without their permission. Sala is a traditional conflict
resolution process practiced among indigenous communities in Mt. Kitanglad. While
KIN has to educate LGUs and DENR about the culture, the IPs has to be tempered
down by empowering them. It is important to take out these government blinders to
make them understand that the reason why there is forest is because of the IPs.
Instead of talking about the negative side about IPs, they focus on understanding its
culture. NGO has to temper the anger of the tribe and remedy the ignorance of
government to change these biases in the mainstream.

Among are the pioneering accomplishments of KIN from NIPAS project,

includes; strengthening of Tribal Council of Elders, formation tribal guards based park
protection of tribal forest guardians, capacity building of the multi-stakeholder PAMB,
first census survey around Mt. Kitanglad, participatory protected area management
planning process, formation of 69 people’s organization, implementation of non-
destructive livelihood activities around the park, social legislation of Mt. Kitanglad
Protected Area Act, CADT, construction of Mt. Kitanglad Heritage Center, organized
Bukidnon Environment Summit (with DENR), broadened network and linkages with
government particularly DENR and local government of Bukidnon, NGO’s and the
academe whose concern includes environment conservation efforts.

3. Merly Luna Tabamo, PASu Staff & IEC Specialist

In 2013, Mt. Kitanglad was awarded by DENR as one of the country’s best-
managed or preserved protected areas. Mt. Kitanglad won the most awards in three
categories such as Engagement with Indigenous Peoples/Local Communities,

173 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Institutional Organization/Active PAMB (Protected Area Management Board), and
Actual Bio-Physical Improvements. These achievement of the park would not have
been made possible without the office of the Park Management Superintendent
(PASu). Under the natural park category, Mt. Kitanglad became a full pledge
protected area through R.A. 8978 also known as the Mt. Kitanglad Range Protected
Area Act of 2000. This act established institutional mechanisms that would ensure
that policies and decision making will not be monopolize in the hands of those in
power. The PAMB under section of R.A. 8978 will ascertain that all stakeholders
within the park will be represented in the decision making process. The Protected
Area Superintendent (PASu) on the other hand, is an employee of the DENR who
serve as the chief operating officer of the PA and together with the staff that will serve
as PAMB secretariat and supply it with all the necessary information to make
appropriate decisions. PASu was also mandated to establish partnership with
communities and other groups, develop and implement a park information, education
and visitor program, enforce the rules and regulations and assist in the prosecution
of offenses, and monitoring of all activities.

As one of the pioneering staff of PASu, Ms. Tabamo is instrumental to the

realization on the promotion of Mt. Kitanglad as protected area and tourism site.
Although, her position at present is Ecosystem Management Specialist II, she
function more as Assistant to the PASu, report and documentation, ecotourism and
Education and Information Campaign (IEC) specialist. These job assigned to her is
attributed to her skill as a writer. Aside from being a graduate of BS Forestry, she
was hired by the DENR because of her style of writing. Before her stint in PASu, her
previous experiences in NGOs and as part time government employee in DENR
region 10 revolved around management of information, tourism and report writing.
She was with PASu since 1996.

The IEC is very important component of the park for its functions is not only to
provide information to the public concerned but also to create awareness, increase
knowledge, change attitude and ensures participation and feedback mechanism. For
Kitanglad park IEC they used radio programs which is the basic technology available

174 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

in upland areas, print, and lectures during meetings and assemblies which requires
fieldwork to remote locations. Accordingly, the park IEC in a lot of sense, contributed
to impact the achievement of the management of the park. As reiterated by Ms.
Tabamo;

“Social discrimination and the influence outside inevitably threatened to

erode the culture among IPs. But our IEC aims to promote their culture and
showcase their uniqueness. Our job is to foster understanding of diverse
culture and stakeholders to change our attitude towards one another.”
Protecting the environment cannot be achieve if there is no unity.
Cohesiveness is important for people to commit and work together. But people also
have to understand what they are fighting for, what they are committing for. To effect
change through IEC, the management have to nurture the tribes’ identity by providing
mechanism that would boast their morale. This is done by celebrating yearly the
Kitanglad day also known as “Aldaw ta Kitanglad”. This celebration become the
venue to gather together communities to foster solidarity, showcase their unique
diversity and encourage understanding among them, and to promote the park as
tourism site. This is done through a lot of activities and programs such as Kitanglad
Volunteers Congress, medical mission, tribal sports competition and recognition and
awards to KGVs and LGUs who has done remarkable deeds in the Protected Area.

The IEC also has lessen the number of cases filed to the local court for the
violation of park laws and regulations. Most of these violations filed includes cutting
of trees and illegal occupation. The Kitanglad Guard Volunteers spread around each
28 barangay in Kitangald who had function as police, informants, and monitor the
areas are instrumental to this outcome.

4. Jean Maputi, Tenured Migrant

Mrs. Jean Maputi, a tenured migrant and businesswoman is dubbed as the
success story of Mt. Kitanglad owing to her transformation from being a notorious
illegal logger to being esteemed protector for Mt. Kitanglad Range Natural Park.

175 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Mrs. Maputi migrated to Imbayao from Municipality of Pangantucan, Bukidnon
in the later part of the 70’s owing to her marriage to his husband who resided in the
said barangay. Before she was married, Mrs. Maputi was an independent women
who wants to be a farmer and a businesswoman rather than finishing a college
degree. She is 25% IP since her great great ancestors who came to settle in
Maramag in 1918 as a teacher, married to a Manobo Tribe. In the 80’s logging
became rampant in Imbayao. Businessmen from Malaybalay came to buy logs to the
residents. At that time, DENR did not yet function effectively and corruption was still
rampant. In Imbayao, illegal logging became widespread and Mrs. Maputi, being a
businesswoman join this illicit activities. She narrated;

“I was once caught by police officers, but I try to reason them out. I told them
that the trees is planted by God to be enjoyed by everyone, as a person why
should the government deny me of such privilege? I was very confident to
ask them that.”
It was in 1991 that Mrs. Maputi stopped her unlawful activities since this time
DENR was already active in policing the area. She narrated that she was also sent
by Felix Mirasol, then the first PASu of MKRNP, to a reflection seminar in the diocese
of Cagayan de Oro City. This was a turning point for her, for after the seminar she
understand why there is a need to protect Mt. Kitanglad.

Accordingly, the importance of women in the park management is in its

inherent talent to mediate conflict and mobilized resources. Women are natural
peacemakers. As a Kitanglad Guard Volunteers (KGV), Mrs. Maputi is instrumental
in resolving conflict involving illegal logging.

“Whenever there are conflict in the forest, it is the women who can easily get
inside the forest. As mothers, it is easy for us to communicate with men.
Men do not harm women so they listen to us.”
To support the effort of conservation, Mrs. Maputi organized the women in
Kitanglad in 2003. In mobilizing the women, she believed that she can help to
empower them by earning income without harming the environment. She also
believed that women being mothers can be easily persuaded to commit related to the
cause for environment. At present, the Imbayao Womens’ Federation (IWF) whose
members includes IPs and non-IPs, has sustain its income and has program and
176 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 projects such as reforestation of the 20 hectares of land under Community-Based
Forest Management (CBFM) program funded by DENR. It has also gained network
and linkages from government, academe and NGOs such as DOLE, DENR, LGU,
Gawad Kalinga, KAANIB, KASILAK and Central Mindanao State University.

G. CONCLUSION
Nature preservation and environmental education are inherent to indigenous
culture. Members of indigenous communities were molded to look at the environment
as life itself. Hence, their indigenous knowledge system framework & biodiversity
conservation suggest that the survival of the tribe is anchored on the elements of nature:
sun, energy, water, plants and wildlife, air, light, sounds and spirits. To survive, every
individual needs to keep, sustain and nurture harmonious relationship with the various
elements of nature. Failure to do this would lead to his/her extinction and cultural death,
that is why, they treated the environment with greater respect and reverence. The
Bukidnon Tribe living in Mt. Kitanglad are a testament to this. Both men and women
share equal rights and responsibilities in the maintenance of life, particularly, the
preservation of Mt. Kitanglad Range Natural Park (MKRNP). Since time immemorial this
partnership has been recognized and firmly established.

Indigenous women are heavily involved in all aspects of community life. They
assumed various roles, among them is caring and nurturing the families and
communities. She is traditionally regarded as caretaker of the community. Hence, she
is not only concerned in transmitting and preserving the tribe’s culture but also the
sustainable development of land, water, and forests. Since she is seen as equal to men,
she has access to and control over natural resources.

When NIPAS law was introduced and MKRNP became a full-fledged protected
area through Republic Act 8978 otherwise known as the Mt. Kitanglad Protected Area
Act of 2000 the management of the park involved multiple stakeholders. The local
government unit, church, indigenous communities, Barangay Captains, DENR,
businessmen and NGOs were given equal stake on the park. These various

177 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 stakeholders become the core vanguard in the protection, preservation, and sustainable
development of MKRNP.

These stakeholders are deeply engaged in the decision making, policy

formulation, and project implementation and evaluation. In all these tasks, women are
actively involved. Women’s work and knowledge is central because they perform
multiple tasks. The enumeration of prominent women who are actively involved in the
park management of MKRNP revealed that they exhibit multi-dimensional and multi-
functional nature that are necessary to the achievement of a sustainable development
in Mt. Kitanglad.

Although, the study reveals that women only constitute a small minority in PA
management in Mt. Kitanglad. Nevertheless, their presence in the policy formulation,
decision making, project implementation and evaluation are strongly recognized.

In the case of Mount Kitanglad, various women have assumed diverse roles in
the preservation and management of MKRNP. They acted as community organizer,
peacemakers/mediators, educators, culture bearers, protector, and entrepreneurs.
Women’s involvement and actions clearly requires knowledge, various skills.
Particularly, the ability for social relation, networking and linkages, mobilization of
resources, commitment to the cause, resilience and a persevering attitude. Evidently,
the women that were mentioned in these study revealed that they are also active
members and primary agents in the success of MKRNP.

H. RECOMMENDATION
National Development policies must critically assess women’s role in order to
ensure responsible environmental resource protection and management while
achieving overall development.

REFERENCES
Agarwal, B. (1992). The gender and environmental debate: Lessons from India. Feminism
Studies 18, No. 1.
Bhawana, U. (August, 2005). 1. Women and natural resource management:
Illustrations from India and Nepal 2005DOI 10.1111/j.1477-8947.2005.00132.x

178 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Bojan, A. and Mendoza, M. eds. (2013) An Assessment of the Implementation of the Free
and Prior Informed Consent (FPIC) in the Philippines Vol. 1, GIZ, GmbH, Manila,
Philippines.
Canoy, M.E.S. (2004) 'Managing Development and Cultural Integrity within Protected
Domain: The Case of Mt. Kitanglad' MA thesis, Philippines: Ateneo de Manila
University.
Canoy, M.E.S and Suminguit V.J. (2001) 'The Indigenous Peoples of Mt. Kitanglad Range
Natural Park'.Accessed June 29, 2011
http://old.socialwatch.org/es/informeImpreso/pdfs/articlef2001_phi.pdf
Crewe, Emma (1998) Whose Development? The Ethnography of Aid. Zed Books; New
York.
Fonjong, Lotsmart N. (2008) Gender Roles and practices in natural resource
management in the North West Province of Cameroon pp 461-479 .
http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/13549830701809809Free and Prior Informed Consent
Philippines. http://www.oxfamamerica.org/static/media/files/fpic-in-the-philippines-
september-2013.pdf accessed 9/1/2013 Malaybalay City.
Galache, G. (2011) Youth life and Landscape: How indigenous youth in the Philippines
perceive their participation and experience in the process of pursuing the Certificate
of Ancestral Domain Title, ISS, Den Hag, Netherlands.
Galache, Grace O. ‘The Long Road to Daraghuyan: Chronicles of an Ancestral Domain
Claim’ (2009) Talamdan-Views on Mt. Kitanglad, Philippines 11 (1). Accessed 11
November 2011. http://talamdan.wordpress.com/2011/10/09/157/
Gaspar, K. (2000) The Lumad struggle in the face of globalization Davao City, Philippines:
AFRIM Mindanao Inc. Davao City, Philippines.
Hirtz, F. (2003)‘It Takes Modern Means to be Traditional: On Recognizing Indigenous
Cultural Communities in the Philippines’, Development and Change, 34: 887–914

Indigenous Peoples & the convention on biological diversity. (2005). Capacity Building &
Advocacy Series No. 1: The Philippine Report. Baguio: Tebtebba Foundation.
Kabeer, N. (1999) Resources, Agency, Achievements: Reflection on the Measurement of
Women’s Empowerment. Development and Change No.3 Vol 30. Blackwell
Publishing, ISS Den Haag 1999.
Karuna J. and Neelam B. (2015) The importance of women in natural resources
management International Journal of Advanced Research (2015), Volume 3, Issue
7, 363-374http://www.indiawaterportal.org/articles/importance-women-natural-
resources-management
Luna, Mellissa et al. (2014) Women in Environmental Decision Making: Case Studies in
Ecuador, Liberia, and the Philippines. IUCN and Conservation International.
McCaughan, E. (1993). Race, ethnicity, nation, and class within theories of structure and
agency. Social Justice, Spring-Summer v20 n1-2 p82(22).
179 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
Mordeno H.M. (ed.) (2008) Keepers of Dreams: Stories and Images of the Bukidnon Tribe
Malaybalay, Philippines: Kitanglad Integrated NGO's.
Rafiee, M. et al. (2014). The Relationship between Structure and Agency in
Communicative Action Theory. Bull. Env. Pharmacol. Life Sci., Vol 3 (Spl issue II)
2014: 141-149.
‘Republic Act 8371’ Indigenous Peoples Rights Act of 1997. Accessed 7 November 2011
http://www.congress.gov.ph/download/ra_10/RA08371.pdf
‘Republic Act 7586’ National Integrated Protected Areas SystemAct of 1992. Accessed 7
November 2011 http://www.internationalwildlifelaw.org/REPUBLICACT7586.html
Sandeep, K. A. (April 2016) Role of Women in Environmental Conservation. International
Journal of Political Science and Development Vol. 4(4), pp. 140-145, April 2016 DOI:
10.14662/IJPSD2016.026
Shiva, V., et al. (1993). Ecofeminism. London: Zed Book.
Sumbalan, A. (1999) ‘The Mt. Kitanglad Range Natural Park Experience’ a paper
presented to Protected Area Management in Mindanao Workshop, CMU, Bukidnon,
(8-12 March).
The Revised Guidelines On Free And Prior Informed Consent (Fpic) And Related
Processes Of 2012 NCIP Administrative Order No. 3, Series of 2002
Utpal Kumar De, Bhola Nath Ghosh (May, 2016) Involvement of Women in Natural
Resource Collection in Rural Jharkhand, India .Indian Journal of Gender Studies
Vol 23, Issue 2, pp. 306 – 323 DOI 10.1177/0971521516635326
Vidal, A. T. (2004) Conflicting Laws, Overlapping Claims: The Politics of Indigenous
Peoples Land Rights in Mindanao Davao City, Philippines: AFRIM, Inc.
Volunteers For Africa (VFA) (April, 2009) The role of rural women in natural resource
management in Kenya
https://www.ammado.com/nonprofit/volunteersforafrica/articles/7325

Z.Wuyep, Solomon, et al. "Women Participation in Environmental Protection and

Management: Lessons from Plateau State, Nigeria." American Journal of
Environmental Protection 2.2 (2014): 32-36.

180 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

THE MATIGSALUG OG MONDANAO AS THEY TEETER BETWEEN TRADITIONAL
AND MAINSTREAM POLICIES

May Alinie C. Postrano-Butalid

Joy Melyn J. Porquis
Abstract

Matigsalug is an Indigenous Peoples (IP) community in the province of Bukidnon Philippines

that has practiced a certain level of self-governance. The Philippine government, in its declaration
of state principles and policies ensures the recognition and promotion of the Indigenous peoples’
rights. Given the changes the community experienced through time, it is of interest to examine
whether the traditional institutions of the Matigsalug still exist and determine whether their
customary laws are recognized and supported by the government. Both descriptive and narrative
methods were used in the analysis of the data obtained through documenting the verbal
testimonies of the key informants and in the examination of the relevant documents available.

The study revealed that traditional institutions still exist and is reinforced by the Indigenous
People Rights Act (IPRA) through IP Mandatory representation in the government to ensure active
participation of the IPs in the policy making in the government. The Customary laws are
recognized and supported by the government through the formulation and implementation of
necessary laws and policies. However, the Matigsalug wanted more support from the government
especially in coming up with sustainable projects to bolster the tribe under study economically.
The judicial system of the tribe is also found to be mainly recognized and supported by the national
government specially in the context of conflict settlement.

However, the conduct of Pagpangayaw (serving justice through death) is a practice among
the Matigsalug which is in conflict with the Revised Penal Code of the Philippines. Thus, it is
recommended that there is an intensification of dialogues to come up with a) a reconciliation and
alignment to the national policies with respect to the customary laws and b) sustainable projects
that improve the socio-economic situation of the tribe.

Keywords: Indigenous People, Customary Laws, Pagpangayaw

A. INTRODUCTION
According to Tabak (1990) as cited by Rivera (2014), the indigenous peoples in
the Philippines continued to live in their relatively isolated, self-sufficient communities,
at the time when most lowland communities had already been integrated into a single
colony of Spain in the 1700s and 1800s. They either withdrew to the hinterlands in the

181 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

face of colonization or they stood their grounds successfully and have maintained a
close link to their colonial past. They were able to preserve the culture and traditions of
their tribe as reflected in their communal view on land, their cooperative work
exchanges, their communal rituals among others. Instead of hierarchal governments,
each of these communities had its own council of elders who customarily settled clan or
tribal wars to restore peace and unity.
The influx of migrants which caused them to be driven away from their homelands
either through deceit or force and their refusal to be integrated in the national systems
made them struggle to keep up and majority of them became poor and landless. For
quite a long time the Philippine government exerted efforts to address just concerns by
legislating laws and implementing projects and policies to secure them and to have a
sustainable way of life.
In the declaration of principles and state policies of the Philippines, it provided
that the state recognizes and promotes the rights of indigenous communities within the
framework of national unity and development as stipulated in Article II Section 22 of the
1987 Constitution. To intensify such provision, the congress formulated Indigenous
People’s Rights Act (IPRA) of 1997. This statutory law guarantees the recognition and
protection of the rights of indigenous peoples. This law upholds the IPs rights to
ancestral domain and lands, right to self –governance and empowerment, social justice
and human rights, and right to cultural integrity. The National Commission on Indigenous
Peoples (NCIP) is a government office created under RA 8371 which shall be under the
office of the President, and shall be the primary government agency responsible for the
formulation and implementation of policies, plans and programs to recognize, protect
and promote the rights of IPs.
The Matigsalug is a tribes that is situated in the boundaries of Bukidnon Province,
North Cotabato and a portion of Davao. In Bukidnon, they are dominantly settled in the
Municipality of Kitaotao. The IP mandatory representative of Kitaotao is a Matigsalug.
As a leader, he has a unique leadership system, institutions, patterns and processes for
decision-making and conflict resolution. This indigenous political structure, customs and
traditions that has been practiced for the longest time. The administration of this IP
communities is based on their customary laws.

182 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 However, according to Henriksen (2001), the presence of external laws, claims
and cultural mores either potentially or actually act to variously constrain the practices
and observances of the indigenous society. These constraints can be observed even
when the indigenous society is regulated largely by its own tradition and custom. They
may be purposefully imposed, or arise as unintended consequence of trans-cultural
interaction; and have a measurable effect even where countered by other external
influences and actions deemed to be beneficial or serve to promote indigenous rights
and interests within the wider community.
This IP community underwent changes both through internal and external forces
as time passes. Communities are dynamic, not static as they said. Given this, it would
be interesting to assess if such IP communities’ structures and institutions still exist and
operate and if the government supports their customary laws and practices in
consonance to the laws formulated and policies and projects implemented.
Given this, it is interesting to study further the IP communities’ experiences’ with
all these laws, policies and projects. Did the government really recognize their right of
self-determination?

B. RESEARCH OBJECTIVES:
1) To assess whether the traditional institutions of the Matigsalugs are still existing.
2) To determine the indigenous customary laws of the Matigsalugs which of these
customs are supported by the government specifically in the following aspects:
a. Property Rights
b. Environmental Laws
c. Marriage Laws and Family Laws
d. Criminal Laws

C. METHODOLOGY
1. Design

Like most of the IP communities, the Matigsalugs primarily kept and preserved
their history through oral traditions. Thus, this study utilized oral history or verbal

183 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

testimonies of the respondents. Both descriptive and narrative methods were used in
documenting the prevailing conditions, practices, beliefs, processes, situations,
causation and development of the tribal groups under study. In this method, it be can
illustrate the different processes the tribe went through and understand them from
their own perspective. The creation of IMPF office through its officials and staff
enables the tribal group under study to provide written records in documenting their
profile and activities such as complaints, accomplishment reports among others.
Examination of available relevant documents was also utilized.

2. Locale of the Study

The locale of the study is in Kitaotao. It is a third class municipality in the
province of Bukidnon. It is the most numbered barangays in the province- thirty-five
(35). It has a total land area of 92, 730.694 hectares, the province’s biggest. Kitaotao
is a home of a large number of indigenous people situated in twenty-six (26)
barangays with the recent estimate of 18,554 IP population. The most numbered IPs
in this municipality is Matigsalug and Pulangihon is the dominant tribe in the
Poblacion.
3. Sampling Procedure
Purposive process of selection to obtain the research questions and research
objectives were carried out. Purposive sampling is selecting a sample on the basis of
your own knowledge to the population, its elements, and the nature of your research
aims. In view thereof, key informants were chosen on the basis of their knowledge on
the customs and traditions of the tribe, knowledge of folk literature and acknowledged
authorities in the tribe. The IP mandatory representative, Bae, the tribe’s other Datu
and the IPMF staff were among the selected key informants.

4. Data Gathering
An appointment is scheduled with the IP Mandatory Representative of the
locale was made to discuss the topic of research, the extent of their involvement,
procedures, materials and other requirements needed to the research study. Primary
data of the research are generated from the oral traditions and testimonies from the

184 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 key informants, while secondary data come from available documents related to the
subject. Hence, in this study data collection procedures were through interviews,
observations, review of documents, and audio visual recording.

D. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Indigenous Political Structure (IPS) as provided in RA 8371 refers to
organizational and cultural leadership systems, institutions, relationships, patterns
and processes for decision-making and participation identified and accepted by
Indigenous Cultural Communities (ICCs) / Indigenous Peoples (IPs). Matigsalugs
political structure evidently exists.
1. Traditional Institutions
Datu is the term which refers to a person in-charge in the administration
of the affairs the tribe. Unlike the local government officials, the Datu is not
elected and not necessarily inherited. He is chosen by the tribe based on this
capacity to lead. For a person to be a Datu, he must have a strong character,
articulate, wise and knowledgeable in the tribe’s customary laws and practices.
He should live an exemplary life, is loved by the tribe for his generosity, has the
capacity to settle dispute, and has a reputation for his fair dealing. The
Matigsalug’s Datu exist and is actively doing his role in the tribe. The people
upholds to the very essence and importance of the Datu in their community.
They recognized his authority on conflict resolution and peace-building
processes. The ICCs/IPs submits to the authority of the Datu. The recognition
of the Datu is evidently shown in the write- ups of the amicable settlements by
the Datu submitted to the Indigenous Peoples Mandatory Representative
(IPMR) Office and as per interview to the key informants.

Council of Elders. These are the old guards of the tribe. Primarily, the
Council of Elders help the Datu by giving him advises in the decision-making
processes aimed at protecting and promoting the sustainable development of
their ancestral domains. Their comments are sought by the Datu in settling
conflicts. Their life experiences, wisdom, and love of the tribe are some of the

185 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 reasons of such respect and recognition not just by the Datu but the tribe as a
whole. The word and authority of the old are well-respected.

Bae is the term given to the wife of the Datu. She serves as the personal
secretary/assistant of the Datu. She helps the Datu in his day-to-day activities.
For instance, the Datu will hold a pamuhat(ritual), it is the Bae that leads the
preparation of the necessary materials needed such as the betel nut, the
chicken to be offered, multi-colored pieces of cloth and others. She reminds the
Datu of his task for the day. Furthermore, her advice and thoughts are also
recognized among the women in the tribe. She is well-respected and serves a
role-model to the women in the tribe. The term Bae is also referred to a woman
in the tribe that is highly regarded by the tribe because of her extraordinary
character. In two (2) IP communities in Kitaotao, their respective leaders are
women. In Barangays East Dalurong –Bae Laura Baluca Metebagao – Bae
Balbena Bayo. This could be inferred that the IP communities do not
discriminate women when it comes to leadership. This is in consonance with
Article 2 of the 1987 constitution which recognized men and women as equals
in nation-building.

Baylan is the one that initiates prayers and rituals in the tribe. Rituals are
done when but is not limited to, a) before the start of planting season, b)during
harvesting season, c) if the complainant and the accused of a certain offense
will undergo trial by ordeal, e) weddings and others.

2. IP Mandatory Representation
In pursuant of Section 16 of Republic Act of 8371(IPRA) which ensures
that ICCs/IPs shall be given mandatory representation in policy making bodies
and other local legislative councils, and Section 6, Part I, Rule IV of the NCIP’s
Administrative Order No. 1, series of 1998 which provides that ICCs/IPs shall
be provided mandatory representation in all policy-making bodies and in local
legislative councils. Thus the creation of Mandatory IP Representative. There

186 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

are minimum requirements for qualifications and disqualifications to such
position set by the law.

Datu Cesario Lantung, a Matigsalug, is the current IP Mandatory

Representative of Kitaotao, Bukidnon. As mentioned early on, there are a
number of different tribal communities in the said municipality not just the
Matigsalug. His assumption is a result of the agreement (not elected, not
appointed) of all the tribal leaders in the area. The selection of the mandatory
IP representative is based on the traditional belief that leadership is gained as
a result of deliberate agreement among them. As specified in Section 12 of
NCIP’s Administrative Order no. 001, series of 2009, the powers, duties and
functions of an IP mandatory representative shall be the same as that of the
regular members of local legislative councils as provided in the Local
Government Code of 1991, and other applicable laws. He shall focus on the
representation of the collective interests of the indigenous peoples; maintain
the development and practice of ICCs/IPs traditional leadership, structures,
justice systems, conflict resolutions and peace building mechanisms among
others.

Each barangay with IP communities has a mandatory representative.

These tribal leaders (Datus) are the people that choose among them of who
will be the IP mandatory representative of the municipality. These Datus are
the members of the council. They have the same powers, duties and functions
of the IP mandatory representative of the municipality but is focused on their
respective communities. They essentially help the IP mandatory representative
of the municipality of Kitaotao in carrying-out his responsibilities. There are
twenty-six (26) IP mandatory representatives in Kitaotao, representing the
barangays with IP communities. As mentioned early on, Matigsalug is the most
numbered indigenous people in the area under research. This could be the
reason why its IP mandatory representative is a Matigsalug.

If a case or issue is civil in nature like marital conflict, oral defamation

and others, this is settled by the Datu in their community. Although there are

187 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 prescribed penalties based on the kind of offense committed, in some instances
this can be negotiated depending on the capacity of the offender to pay or of
the result of the of the negotiation that is mutually accepted to both parties. If a
case is criminal in nature like murder, rape and others, this is settled by the
municipal IP Mandatory Representative. Criminal cases among the
Matigsalugs can be negotiated and cases can be deduced to payment of the
prescribed penalty so long as the party offended accepts the terms and
conditions of the settlement. If a case involves the entire IP community such as
ancestral domain or the conduct of pagpangayaw(serving justice through
death), it is settled through a convention of the council of Datus with the
presence of the IP Mandatory Representative. It is essential for them to
deliberate the case as a whole as the effect of this conflict affects all of them.

3. Customary Laws and Support of the Government

The Matigsalug community has their own concepts of the following:

a. Property Rights

The indigenous concept of ownership generally holds that ancestral

domains are the indigenous peoples’ private but community property which
belongs to all generations and therefore cannot be sold, disposed or
destroyed. Basically, like most of the IP communities, the concept of
property ownership among the Matigsalugs is communal. As practiced, an
identified location that is suited for farming is usually facilitated by clans in
the IP communities. A clan will work as one in farming, tilling, seeding and
harvesting the agricultural products. As a result, the agricultural products
gained shall be shared among the clan members also. They do not have
the concept of private ownership. For them, they will just identify an area
where they can build their homes. This has been the system before.

Because of colonization and eventual migration of the Dumagats

(people coming from Luzon and Visayas) in Bukidnon, this concept of
property ownership changed. Because of the strange system of property
ownership was new to them, some IPs are deceived and sold their

188 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

properties at a very low value and some are forcefully driven away by the
strong Dumagats in their lands and homes. That is why the formulation and
implementation of the Indigenous Peoples Right Act was carried out. This
law ensures the recognition and protection of the ICCs/IPs’ right to ancestral
domains and lands. The government even called for the other agencies
such as Department of Agriculture (DA), Department of Environment and
Natural Resources (DENR), Land Registration Authority (LRA), and
National Commission on Indigenous Peoples (NCIP) to have a joint task
force that shall determine policy direction in order to address jurisdictional
and operational issues over agricultural, public, and/or ancestral domains.

In Section 17 R.A. 8371, ICCs/IPs shall have the right to determine

and decide their own priorities for development affecting their lives, beliefs,
institutions, spiritual well-being, and the lands they own, occupy or use.
They shall participate in the formulation, implementation and evaluation of
policies, plans and programs for national, regional, local development which
may directly affect them. In an interview to Datu Romeo Man-ayao, a
Matigsalug tribal leader, he said that there was a case in Bukidnon,
particularly in Sinuda, Kitaotao, Bukidnon where in a group of a religious
sect, the Iglesia ni Kristo (INC) proposed to stay in an identified ancestral
land. They wish to propagate their religion among the IP communities in the
area. This desire of the group was presented to the Matigsalugs by governor
of the province, Governor Jose Maria Zubiri. The tribe was asked whether
they will allow the proposal of INC or not. The tribe deliberated the proposal.
They weighed the possible benefits and consequences of such proposal.
The tribe eventually decided to reject it for the reason that the presence of
the Dumagats might compromise the values and the tradition of the tribe.
This decision was respected and accepted by the local government and the
INC. Evidently, this indicates that the tribe’s stand and decision is sought
and respected. Furthermore, in Section 7 of R.A. 8371 the Indigenous
People are ensured to their right to develop lands and natural resources
and uphold the responsibilities of the future generations; to benefit and

189 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

share the profits from allocation and utilization of such. It also showed that
the right to regulate entry from migrant settlers and organizations into the
domain. The consultation to the Datus and the community also showed that
Free and Prior Informed Consent was also sought.

It is interesting to note that Matigsalugs and other indigenous group

present in the locale of study, the Manobo-Pulangihons have an
organization - The Federation of Matigsalug – Manobo Tribal Councils Inc.
(FEMMATRICS) that caters collective concerns of these tribes. This
organization is recognized by the NCIP and is in fact awarded the Certificate
of Ancestral Domain of over 102, 324.82 hectares within the boundaries of
Bukidnon Province, North Cotabato, and portion of Davao City with CADT
No.R10-KIT-0703-0011 last July, 2003.

b. Environmental laws

According to a tribal leader, Datu Jupiter Madacayan, in the study

conducted by Rivera (2014), they believed that good and evil spirits dwell
around rocks, trees, mountains and many others. They also placed high
regard to nature’s flora and fauna which accordingly have souls. They
emphasized that the environment must be respected and protected
because evil will befall to those who will disrespect nature and its occupants.
The reason why people experienced environmental catastrophe today,
accordingly is because many people have mocked nature.

This statement was reinforced in an interview to Datu Romeo Man-

oyao, a Matigsalug. The environment serves as their source of their day to
day needs. Unlike the concept of today’s market place where food and
medicine are sold, for the ICCs/IPs, the environment has fruits and wild
animals for their food, and herbs for their medicine. That is why the
protection of the environment is embraced by the IP communities as their
responsibility. They consider themselves stewards that maintain the
preservation and conservation of the environment. Aside from that, there
are areas where they perceived as sacred. These areas are the cradle of

190 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

their gods. Hence, these areas shall be protected and shall not be intruded.
If such is violated, sala will be implemented to the intruder. The intruder
should ask for forgiveness and swear not to do the same act again. The
usual punishment is in a form of payment like carabao, cow, chicken and
others.

Such practice is supported by RA 8371 specifically in Section 10

which says that Unauthorized and unlawful intrusion upon or use of any
portion of the ancestral domain, or any violation of this shall be punishable
by law. The Government shall take measures to prevent non-ICCs/IPs from
taking advantage of the ICCs/IPs customs or lack of understanding of the
laws to secure ownership, possession of land belonging to them. The
imposition of sala to the intruder is supported by Section 15 thereof, which
states that the ICCs/IPs shall have the right to use their own commonly
accepted justice systems, conflict resolution institutions, peace building
processes or mechanisms and other customary laws and practices within
their respective communities.

There are IPs who do slash and burnt (kaingin) as a means of living.
This has done for quite a long time already which at times are done in an
identified protected area. They justify it by saying that it is done in the
ancestral domain thus, rightful. The National Integrated Protected Areas
System (NIPAS) Act of 1992 through the Department of Environment and
Natural Resources (DENR) prohibits activities the wrecks, exploits, and
misuse of the environment particularly in the identified protected areas.
Clearly, kaingin is a violation. To reconcile such conflict of interest, the
government device a mechanism to solve this. The kaingineros are
dispatched as the forest rangers and received compensation for doing it.
Instead of exploiting the environment, they now serve as the
guardians/stewards of the forest. Meaning, the protected areas are no
longer harmed and the kaingeneros continue to have a means of living by
serving as the forest rangers.

191 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 The national government through its local government posts for
initiatives supporting the IP communities. One of the projects implemented
is The Sagana at Ligtas na Tubig sa Lahat (Salintubig) is a project
implemented by the Department of Interior and Local Government (DILG)
which aims to supply potable water to the people. The target beneficiaries
are the residents of Poblacion. The IPs in Poblacion particulary the
Pulangihon people benefited from this project. Furthermore, the IPMR
Office submitted a training design which identified IP beneficiaries to avail
the Animal Production (Goat Production) Project of TESDA. All the 26
barangays of Kitaotao with IP communities are included in this project. This
is expected to be implemented in 2017.

c. Marriage and Family laws

Traditionally, marriage is arranged by the respective families of the

man and woman that are about to wed among the Matigsalug people. This
is what they call buya. There was no opportunity of courtship for a man and
woman. Marriage is not just between the man and woman. The involvement
of the whole clan of both the groom and bride is observed. The family of the
person that likes the other party will be the one that initiates. Carabao, Cow,
Malong, Kris are among the usual dowry given by the family that likes the
other party. The acceptance of the dowry by the family signals the
commencement of the preparation and agreement on the wedding
ceremony. Usually if both families are in agreement, the relationship
between the man and woman will follow. Resistance to marriage is not likely
to happen because of the high respect to decision of the parents. They
believe that parents and elders know better that they will not arrange
marriage to a person not worthy of their son or daughter. The one that
solemnize a marital union is the datu. Under the Philippine law, the Datu is
among those who can solemnized weddings. A Wedding officiated by the
datu is legal and binding. This indicates that the traditions and customs of

192 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

the ICCs/IPs are honored and respected by the government. The practice
of monogamy is also in consonance with the Family Code of the Philippines.

The Datu as the tribe’s chief does almost everything in the tribe. He
makes laws, he implements laws, and he serves as judge/mediator if
conflicts arise. Because of these responsibilities, the wife of the datu is
burdened in helping the datu in carrying out his functions and in taking care
of their family. She is the one that put food on the table. In some cases, the
wife of the datu and her family will look for a second wife – the duay. The
duay should be approved and accepted by the Bae. The duay shall help the
Bae in carrying out the duties of the datu, and help the bae in maintaining
order in the household and in looking for food. Polygamy however is not
acceptable under this law and is in fact, punishable. In the case of a Datu
having a duay is accepted by the wife and the community and is part of their
customary practices. Since this is civil in nature, the IP community can
assert their right to self-determination and is protected under IPRA law.

Among the Matigsalug people, the act of pagpangilog of the wife

hurts their pride. This act is perceived as a huge insult not the just to the
husband but to the entire clan of the husband. This is usually resolve
through sala. In the documents of settling such case filed in the IPMR Office
of Kitaotao, the person who coveted the wife of another man and the wife
asked sincere apology to the husband and were made pay two (2) horses
– the payment of one horse symbolizes the cleansing of the offense
committed and the other horse to the hassle the offense caused to the
involves.

It is emphasized in this IP communities that it is the duty of the

parents to rare their children in such a way that they will grow up responsible
and are law-abiding citizens, may it be customary or national laws. To
enhance such practice, the Department of Social Welfare and Development
(DSWD) partnered with the IP communities through its IP mandatory
representative. There is a custody supervision agreement compiled in the

193 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

IPMR Office. This is about a juvenile delinquent IP who was held under the
custody of the DSWD. In the agreement, the juvenile, the parents, the
personnel in the DSWD, the barangay council for the protection of children
and the IP mandatory representative enumerated their respective
responsibilities upon the release of the juvenile. The parties affixed their
signatures as a sign to their commitment to the agreement. This goes to
show that there is proper consultation and involvement of the tribe in
situation that involves them.

d. Civil and Criminal laws

In determining on who is telling the truth between the complainant

and the accused, the matigsalug people employ the method of trial by
ordeal. They call ttigi. There are different types of ordeal employed
depending on the issue at hand.Like a) holding of grilled steel (puthaw) –
the one whose hands are burnt isadjudged as the culprit; b) jumping into
the river for a long time – the that came out from the water is
adjudged the culprit; c) eating of the badyang (plant that is
exaggerated itchy to swallow) – the one that threw out the badyang is
adjudged as the culprit. Before the ritual, the tribe’s shaman will perform a
ritual (Pagpamuhat). It is believed that the innocent will be protected by the
gods (magbabaya).

The Matigsalug people loves peace and harmony in the community.

Such characteristics is evident in conflict settlement. Under the customary
laws, all offenses- civil and criminal, can be resolved through peaceful
settlement. The Datu plays a key role in making the accused and the
complainant understand the essence of amicable settlement. All offenses
whether small or big can be appeased through asking for sincere
forgiveness. If accepted, a payment in a form of carabao, cow and the
likes will be done by the guilty person. The penalty depends on the
capacity of the guilty person to provide such demands and the kind offense
committed.

194 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 If not resolved through settlement, the aggrieved party is expected
to take revenge to the family that offended them. They call this
pagpangayaw. Based on the testimony of the IPMR staff, this happens on
criminal offenses such as murder. In this situation, if the offender for
example killed a person, the family of the aggrieved party will take revenge
by killing the offender. They call it bugti. This practice is actually accepted
among them. In a document submitted to the IPMR Office of Kitaotao, a
case of pagpangayaw was stipulated. This case was documented by
the IPMR secretary and signed by the IP mandatory representative and two
other tribal leaders. This implies that death as punishment to the culprit is
accepted and has long been prac ticed.

Section 15 of RA 8731 states that the ICCs/IPs shall have the right
to use their own commonly accepted justice systems, conflict resolution
institutions, peace building process and mechanisms and other
customary laws and practices within their respective communities and as
may be compatible with the national legal system and internationally
recognized human rights. It could be inferred that there is really a clear
observance to the customary laws of the IP communities under study.
However, the issue on death as punishment is a violation to the 1987
Philippine constitution un der it Bill of Rights which states that the highest
punishment of an offense is reclusion perpetua or lifetime imprisonment.
Although the IPRA law ensures the ICCs/IPs right to self-governance and
empowerment, it should be noted that such justice system and conflict
resolution should be compatible to the national legal system and
internationally recognized human rights. A clarification and/or reconciliation
this customary law and criminal laws of the Philippines is needed.

H. CONCLUSION
The indigenous political structures in the IP communities under study are
evidently existing and operational. The Datu, Bae, Council of Elders, Baylan are the key

195 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 personalities that governs the day-to-day activities of the Matisalug people particularly
in conflict resolution and the conduct of rituals and ceremonies. They are highly regarded
by the people and are well respected. The creation of the office of the IP Mandatory
Representative under IPRA augment representation in the formulation and
implementation of the policies affecting them. In conflict resolution in both civil and
criminal cases, the Matigsalug people have a prescribed penalties/punishments in every
offense but can be negotiated.
The indigenous customary laws are supported by the government structures. The
implementation of IPRA ensures the IPs right to ancestral domains and lands, self-
governance and empowerment, and social justice and human rights. The customs and
traditions of the IPs governing their property rights, environmental laws, marriage and
family laws, and civil and criminal laws comprehensively backed by national legal
system, primarily by the 1987 Philippine constitution and IPRA. However, there is a
custom of the Matigsalug that is in conflict with national policies such the pagpangayaw
or revenge to the offender through death which must be clarified and reconciled with the
national laws.

I. RECOMMENDATION
1. An interview to the Matigasalug people to verify the statements of the key informants
and validate the documents submitted and filed in the IPMR office.
2. A comprehensive study of the all the Matigsalug people situated outside the locale
of the study to be conducted to reinforce this study.
3. There is a need to intensify dialogues to come up with:
 Reconciliation and alignment to the national policies with respect to
customary laws
 Sustainable projects that improves the socio-economic situation of the
tribe.

REFERENCES

Pasternak, S. (2009) “A new vision of local history narrative: Writing History

196 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Cummington, Massachusetts.” Master Theses. Paper 359. Retrieved from
http://scholarworks.umass.edu/these/359

Rivera M. (2014).A Historical Overview of the Manobo-Pulangihon Tribe of

Kitaotao, Bukidnon: Their Origin and Cultural Survival. Graduate
Special Report: MSU-IIT

Rodil, R. (1994). The Manobo-Matisalug Story: The Basis of their Ancestral

Domain Claim. Office of the Presidential Adviser on Peace Process
(OPAPP)
Sobradil M.(2013).Enhancement of Knowledge on Customary Laws vis-à-vis
Philippine Criminal and Civil laws of the Indegenous people in Sinuda,
Kitaotao, Bukidnon Institutional Research and Extension: CMU

DILG Memorandum Circular No. 2010-119

Joint DAR-DENR-LRA-NCIP Memorandum Circular No.1 Series of 2011
NCIP Administrative Order No.2 Series of 2012
Republic Act No. 7586 – National Integrated Areas System Act of 1992
Republic Act No. 8371 - Indigenous Peoples’ Rights Act of 1997

197 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 THE OPPORTUNITIES AND CHALLENGES OF MAKASSAR GOVERNMENT
TOWARDS IMPROVING SERVICES FOR PUBLIC COMPLAINTS BASED ON E-
GOVERNMENT

Alim Bubu Swarga ([email protected])

Riska Sarofah ([email protected])
Siti Hidayatul Juma'ah ([email protected])
Universitas Muhammadiyah Yogyakarta
ABSTRACT
The development of e-Government in Indonesia is increasingly growing in an
attempt to provide public services through ICT (Information and Communication
Technologies). E-Government policy is in accordance with the Instructions of the
President of the Republic Indonesia, No.3 of 2003 about policy and national strategy for
the development of e-Government in an effort to facilitate the interests and demands of
the society. The development of e-Government needs to be planned and implemented
through measureable goals for public service in Indonesia. E-Government is one of the
principal dimensions of the system of state administration. The implementation of the
concept of information technology by the government to make the state administration
system to be more effective, efficient, and transparent. One of the city in Indonesia which
try to implement e-Government in improving public service is Makassar. This study aims
to examine the opportunities and challenges of Makassar government towards
improving services for public complaints based on e-Government. One of the strategy
and innovation is undertaken by the Makassar government by way of creating e-
aspiration. To examine the opportunities and challenges of Makassar Government to
improve services for public complaints which based e-Government, we conducted
literature study on relevant researches and statistical data. Makassar government has
shown its enthusiasm surrounding the use of information and technology in many
occasions. However, the use of e-aspiration by the government and society is still
limited. Therefore, despite that e-aspiration may bring greater benefit in improving good
governance, the issue of e-aspiration remains difficult in Makassar and in general for
Indonesia due to many challenges and obstacles on several dimensions. In
consideration of the opportunities and challenges of e-Government is also seen from
the aspect of society participation in the use of technology and responsiveness of the
Government in the development of e-Government services.

Keywords: e-Government, Public complaints, Makassar city, Government’s

opportunities and challenges

A. INTRODUCTION
Globalization is a phenomenon that expects efficient and effective creation in
various countries in the world today. The advancement of technology, communication,
and transportation has made the mobility of people, objects, and information quick,

198 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

precise and accurate. Thereupon, it is able to reach the region widely and without
limitation (KOMINFO, 2015).
The progress of information, communication, and technology has changed the
implementation of all sector activities as an example of industry sector, trade,
government development. The active involvement in the information, communication
and technology revolution will determine the future. The use of information,
communication and technology or ICT has grown widely, which is not limited to industry
and trade, but also other areas such as defense, security, education, social, labor and
so on(William J. Kramer, 2007).
The use of ICT is very advantageous when compared with manual system and
traditional way. So many countries and almost all countries in the world have used
information, communication, and technology in implementing various systems in their
country, especially those related to the governance system.
The government has an obligation to provide equitable public service to all
citizens as part of carrying out its obligations. The government tries to improve its
services using information technology in accordance with the needs of organizations
that are able to compile data quickly, effectively and efficiently as well as produce the
right information. In these needs, the government develops electronic-based services
(e-Government).
According to the United Nations, e-Government is the use of Information
Communication Technology and its application by the government to provide public
information and services to the public. The goal of e-Government is to provide efficient
government information management to all citizens, better service to the community,
and empower communities through access to information and participation in public
decision making (European Parliamentary Research Service, 2015).
In addition, the World Bank defined e-Government to refer to the use of
information technology by government agencies (e.g. wide area networks, internet, and
mobile computing) that have the ability to transform relationships with communities,
businesses and stakeholders and other from the government(Maja Bott, 2014).
Thereupon, the areas of e-Government have been divided into 3 general functions which
can be seen in the figure 1

199 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Figure.1 The areas of e-Government

Source:The Indian Journal of Political Science (2003)

In Indonesia, e-Government was officially introduced to public administration by

Presidential Instruction No 6/2001 on Telematics, which states that the government of
Indonesia has to use telematics technology to support good governance. Furthermore,
e-Government should have been introduced for different purposes in government
offices.
In Indonesia, e-Government is needed for the following reasons(Tisyo Haryono,
2016):
1. To maintenance the government change towards a democratic governance
practices;
2. To encouragement the application of authority balances between central and local
government;
3. To simplify communication between central and local governments;
4. To expansion openness; and transformation towards information society era.

In addition, the implementation of e-Government in Indonesia based on the desire

to provide convenience to the public in obtaining information as a form of best service

200 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

to the community. The government has issued Presidential Instruction No. 3/2003 on
National Policy and Strategy of e-Government development where the policy is the legal
umbrella of all technical detail policy in the field of e-Government. The development of
e-Government is an effort to develop electronic government based (using) in order to
improve the quality of public services effectively and efficiently. The Indonesian
government itself has made roadmap in the implementation of e-Government in
Indonesia which can be seen in the figure 2(KOMINFO, 2012).

Figure.2 Indonesia’s Roadmap to e-Government

Source: Ministry of Communication and Informatics of Indonesia (2012)

Through e-Government, the development of management system arrangement

and work process in the government environment by optimizing the utilization of
information technology can be done. Utilization of information technology includes 2
(two) related activities are: (Instruksi Presiden, 2003):
1. Data processing, information management, management systems and work
processes electronically;
2. Utilization of advances in information technology, so as to public services can be
accessed easily and cheaply by people in all regions of the country.

201 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 In addition, Presidential Instruction No. 3/2003 describes six strategies of e-
Government development that is (Tisyo Haryono, 2016):
1. How to develop a reliable and reliable service system, and affordable to the wider
community;
2. How to organize the management system and work process of government and
local government autonomously holistically;
3. How to Utilize information technology optimally;
4. How to increase the role of business world and develop telecommunication
industry and information technology;
5. How to develop human resource capacity both for government and autonomous
regional governments, together with improving community e-literacy; and
6. How to conduct systematic development through realistic and measurable stages.

Thereupon, changes are expected to build clean and transparent government

which is capable to respond the changes effectively, to build a new dimension into
organization, management system and process, public service, and soon applying the
transformation process towards e-Government.
In this case, Makassar city also participates in e-Government services. As one of
the most consistent cities in Indonesia to implement smart city. Makassar City seeks to
maximize public services by using E-Government as an example by providing
complaints of services either through the internet or through other government electronic
devices (SMS, telephone) which can be divided into several levels, namely the provision
of complaints, information provision, one-way interaction, Two-way and transaction
which means full electronic service. One-way interaction can be a facility to download
the required information (Ecquria, 2016).
Handling complaints online is an example of a two-way interaction. While full
electronic services in the form of decision making and delivery (payment). Based on the
fact that the implementation of e-Government in Indonesia most of the time at the
publication stage of the site by the government or new at the stage of providing
information. But it should be underlined that e-Government is not just a publication site

202 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

by the government. Providing services up to the full-electronic delivery service stage
should be pursued (Fajri Siregar, 2017).
However, the management of e-Government based public service complaints in
Makassar city of South Sulawesi province faces some of the challenges especially faced
by government organizations. One of them is the problem of inadequate human
resources.
Implementation of e-Government in public offices should be supported by
employees who understand the technology. And also needed are employees who want
to learn and able to respond to changes (manage change). Information technology is
changing rapidly so that the willingness of learning is required to have every employee
of public institutions. In addition, the management of public service complaints based on
e-Government requires changes in the organization and support new skills(Ecquria,
2016).Therefore, this paper aims to see how the implementation e-aspiration and public
complaint in Makassar and what are the challenges it may encounter.

B. CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK
1. E-Government Service
The World Bank (2011) defined e-government as the use of the information
and technology by government institutions to improving
relations citizens, businesses, and with fellow government itself. Information and
technology provides many benefits in the field of government service improvement,
increasing intraction with business and industry, as well as the empowerment of
citizens through the management of government information or making effective and
efficient. It has benefits to reduce corruption, increase transparency, greater
convenience, revenue growth, and cost reduction (Cordella and Tempini N, 2015).

E-goverment is an electronic service that can affect the life of the community
with interaction with the Government. Trust became one of the strong construction
that greatly influences the use of technology (Abu-Shanab, 2014) (Weerakkody,
2016). E-government is a tool in providing information and services electronically to
citizens rather than through traditional channels. E-government can be classified

203 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

into three main categories; these are (Al-Naimat et al, 2012 as cited by Abu Shanab,
2014) :

1) The Government to the citizen (G2C)

2) The Government and business (G2B)
3) The Government and their employees (G2E)

In other hand, Donald, Norris, and Christopher (2012) also describe that e-
government is the adoption of an extension that is innovative in providing
information and Government services to the citizens (G2T), business (G2B) and
Government (G2G). The public can receive a lot of information faster and more
efficient and able to interact with Government or other sectors that are
not limited by time and distance compared to previous (Christopher,
Norris, Donald, 2012). The four dimensions of e-government services are :

1) The provision of digital service on citizents and businesses.

2) Improve of public service.
3) Facilitate democratic process.
4) Maintain the necessary social development and bridging the digital divide.

To see the willingness of people to use e-government can be seen by using

UTAUT model which can be seen in the figure 3.

Figure.3 The UTAUT Model of E-government Service

204 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Source: Long Lu and Van Trung Nguyen, 2016: 1501

E-government services of citizen participation in adopting e-

Government are influenced by specific factors. Those factors need to know can
be input for the Government in increasing the participation of the community to
adopt or make use of e-government services. Because of that, then the assessment
of factors that affect the acceptability and use of e-Government is the important
thing.

The factors that can affect the acceptability and use of e-government
measured using a model of Unified Theory of Acceptance and Use Technology
(UTAUT). Validation of UTAUT model is the empirical basis that has four main
variables that influence behavioral intention and use behavior, the variable is
performance expectancy, effort expectancy, and social influence.

Acceptance of public to use e-government services is also influenced by the

information quality (quality information), the quality of service (quality information
and the quality of system (system quality) (Long Lu and Van Trung, 2016).

2. Smart City
The implementation of smart city can not be an integral part of e-
government. Implementation of smart city in Makassar should already be ensured
by implementing the concept of e-government. However, the related special smart
city that includes seven dimensions are : smart eco, smart people,
smart governance, smart mobility, smart environment and smart living.

205 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Smart city is an urban area that creates sustainable economic development
and a high quality of life for the citizens by increasing 6 subjects matter
(government, economic, quality of life, environment, human resources, and
transport) can be done with the quality information and technology (Yang, 2012).
The dimensions of smart city on the web-based public complaints included into the
category of smart governance.

The government provides the means for the public to give ideas, suggestions,
criticism, and desires directly. Online system via smart phone rated highly effective.
In a short time, the government gave the right solutions and responses related to
claims submitted (J Hius, 2016). Smart city concept also allows the urban
communities can participate in governance and urban management by being an
active community (Monfaredzadeh and Kruegur, 2015). The concept of smart city
can included 3 aspects which can be seen in figure 4.

Figure.4 Concept of Smart Governance

Participation in decision
making

Smart Governance
Public and Social Service
(Participation)

Transparency Governance

Source: Griffinger, et al 2007 in PSPPR UGM 2016

3. Public Complaints Service

The principle of public complaints to the government attempted in order
to facilitate the public who will convey its complaint, among other things by
providing services, facsimile hotline and web site as a means of facilitating public
complaints. General purpose complaint handling in providing the systems,
procedures, and mechanisms that allow any complaints or protests from all sides
can be managed well so as not to cause turmoil and disrupting the smooth running
of activites of e-government instituion.

206 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Complaints are managed properly will have a substantial benefit or advantage
for the organization complaints, among others (BAPPENAS, 2010):

1. Organizations are increasingly aware of shortcomings or weaknesses in

providing service to the costumer.
2. As a means of intropection for the organization are always responsive and
willing to pay attention to the “voice” and “preferred” costumers.
3. Make it easy to find a way out of the organization increased quality of his
institutions/organization.
4. The customer feels immediately addressed, so their complaints are
cleared.
5. Can thicken the flavor – trust and customer loyalty for the Organization.
6. Handling of complaints that could actually improve costumer satisfaction.

The elements in the handling of complaints, among others (BAPPENAS,

2010):

A. The source of the complaint

The source of the complaint is a community, both individually or group, from

which the complaint or the complaint originated. Ought to be emphasized here
that the complaints are not limited.
B. The contents of the complaint
The contents of the complaint are that defendants by the complainant. The
complaint can concern a wide variety of things, ranging from errors of
procedure, eror management, staff attitude, quality of service, etc.
C. Unit of complaints handling
Unit of complaints handling is a unit that is provided by each institution to
manage and handle matter where complaints are coming from and through
any channel.
D. Complaint responds
Complaint response in generated by the unit responds the handling of
complaints in their respective government institutions related to the complaint.

207 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 This responds then communicated to the parties of the complainant. Public
complaints are an important element in regional agencies, because the
complaint was aimed at fixing a lack of activites that have been conducted
(Prasetya, at al, 2016).
E. Feedback
Feedback is the assessment of the parties of the complainant over respond or
answer each institution regarding the problem their pose.
F. Report on the handling of complaints
Report of the handling complaint after feedback from a choice of filing a
complaints management unit is obligated to make a report about the complaint
and its handling of the complaint, including feedback from ligigants.

C. OPERATIONAL FRAMEWORK

Smart Governance
System Quality 1. Participation
in decision
E-Aspiration Service making in
(Elements of Public deliver their
Information Quality aspiration
Complaints)
and
complaints.
Service Quality
2. Quality of
public
service
3. Government
208 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
Transparency
.
D. RESEARCH METHODS
This research is library research with data collection that was conducted through
literature review by collecting various journal articles, websites, reports and books. The
collected data were then described and analyzed to satisfy the research purposes.

E. RESULT AND DISCUSSION

1) Smart City Implementation in Makassar City
The implementation of smart city in Makassar city is one of the efforts in
realizing the vision and mission of Makassar City, "Makassar City a
comfortable World for all". One of the missions of Makassar city are realizing Smart
governance in the conduct of the Government. Some legislation has been set and
became a reference in the implementation of the program Smart City in the city of
Makassar, namely law number 11 Year 2008 of the information and electronic
transactions, which describes one of its goals as ‘to improve the effectiveness and
efficiency of public services’.
In addition, the implementation of smart city in the region is
also a national policy framework is set out in the instructions of the President of the
Republic of Indonesia number 3 of 2003 about policy and national strategy for the
development government communication information and technology utilization in the
process of government (e-government) which will improve the efficiency,
effectiveness, transparency and accountability of the organization of the government.
Handling service complaints in Makassar city has 45 % response rate of the
survey from CRC (Celebes Research Centre) in 2016. This proves that the
government should be able to provide more innovation in the service of the complaint
service in Makassar city(viva.co.id).

209 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 E-aspiration service in Makassar city is one of the media of smart governance.
Firstly, this service is used for giving criticism or suggestions with the easier way,
by simply registering and creating an account and report on some of the events that
occurred in the city of Makassar. Secondly, in addition to serve to monitor conditions
in Makassar city via submission of inspiration held by their respective districts. Display
of e-aspiration service can be seen in the figure 5

Figure.5 E-aspiration Service of Makassar City

Source: http://makassarkota.go.id/aspirasi/

a. Implementation of E-aspiration Service

1) The Source of the Complaints
In providing a complaint through e-aspiration is availbale for all the
communities that have been registered through the ID-Report, by filling the form
briefly included: email, name and password. One of the challenges in registering an
account in e-aspiration is not providing charging of NIK. Advantage by
incorporating NIK is one way to automatically data from people have recorded that
directly can be integrated with the link service of population and the civil registry of
the city of Makassar. How to register in e-aspiration of Makassar City can be seen
in figure 6.
Figure.6 How to register in e-aspirations

210 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Source:http://makassarkota.go.id/aspirasi/

2) Content of complaints
The contents of the complaint component in the e-aspiration are that
all suggestions and criticisms submitted are categorized into titles/categories of
complaint. In this e-complaints aspirations does not specifically listed categories
of its complaint. An example the public complaint submitted can be seen in figure
7

Figure.7 The example of Public Complaints in e-aspiration

Source:http://makassarkota.go.id/aspirasi/

3) The Service Unit to Handling the Complaints.

The unit of public complaints service that are in Makassar city are perfomed
by subsection complaints by working with existing surroundings of institution. Sub

211 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 unit complaints in Makassar city has the duties and functions of collecting the
data and materials related to public complaints, conduction coordination with
relevant agencies as well as preparing the mechasim and procedure of public
complaints. Every complaint that is intended in general to the Government of
Makassar city takes 3 hours to be processed as well as provide answers to
complaints. While the complaints are purely technical and aimed at a
specific institution it takes 3 days to do the confirmation to the institutions that
provides answers to the complaints.

4) Response of Complaints
In carrying out the handling of the complaint submitted by the
community, it is done with the following steps presented in figure 8.

Figure.8 Step of Responds the Complaints

Collecting data

Complaints will
The citizen creating an The be accepted
account of e-aspiration citizen delivered through a Verification
their complaint. complaints sub
sections

Coordination with
the other
institutions

5). Feedback
The community has freedom in presenting comments on the replies and
confirmation provided by the government. But on e-aspiration service the
responses given by the community is still very slow, it is also caused by the
frequently misbehaving servers of the system service.
212 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 6). Report on the handling of Complaints
Makassar City Government still has not properly managed any complaints
that have came in. This is based on the information about the number of report
submission of complaints every year as well as the dominant aspects of the
complaint by the community. Therefore, the government should be able to
execute its commitment to provide specific report as an effort to repair the
condition in Makassar city.
b. The Challenges of Implementing e-Aspirations
In the implementation of e-complaints service aspiration some challenges
that greatly affect the participation of the community, are still being experienced, some
among other things, are enumerated below:

1. Quality System
From the website of e-aspiration of Makassar City, the quality of each system is
not very supportive. For example, on this website access, each of data often
experiences error as well as the participation of the community is still very low.

Information services complaint is still very less. There is scarce information on

the total statistics of teha nnual product/total complaint that goes to the
Government of the city of Makassar. The plot resolution of complaints has very little
the success.

2. Quality of service
Service on e-aspiration website often experiences disruptions affecting
aspects of community participation as well as the responsiveness of government.
Complaint service should be able to provide fast service and facilitate the community.

F. CONCLUSION
The e-government aspirations in Makassar City aims to provide excellent services
to the public is still not optimal. Therefore, it needs some improvement, among others,

213 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 improve the accesibility of information systems, the quality of information by displaying
product every year success in handling public complaints, and improvement of quality
services by improving the responsiveness of the government.

The Government of Makassar city should also strive in enhancing public

participation through on-going activities to provide socialization to society on the use of
the e-aspirations service and to satisfy the aspects of participation and
response/feedback from the community at every answer to complaint presented.

G. BIBLIOGRAPHY
Abu-Shanab, E. (2014). Antecedents of trust in e-government services: an empirical test
in Jordan. Transforming Government: People, Process and Policy, 8(4), 480-499.
Colesca, S. E. (2015). Understanding trust in e-government. Engineering Economics,
63(4).
Cordella, A., & Tempini, N. (2015). E-government and organizational change:
Reappraising the role of ICT and bureaucracy in public service delivery. Government
Information Quarterly, 32(3), 279-286.
Direktorat Aparatur Negara Kementerian Perencanaan Pembangunan Nasional. (2010).
Laporan Kajian Manajemen Pengaduan Masyarakat dalam Pelayanan Publik.
Ecquria. (2016, October 17). Makassar Government and Ecquaria to Collaborate in Smart
City Development. Retrieved May 27, 2017, from Ecquria:
http://www.ecquaria.com/makassar-government-and-ecquaria-to-collaborate-in-
smart-city-development/
European Parliamentary Research Service. (2015). e-Government Using technology to
improve public services and democratic participation. EU: European Parliamentary
Research Service.
Fajri Siregar, L. K. (2017, February 28). Technology and transformed governance in
Indonesia. Retrieved May 28, 2017, from Making All Voices Count:
http://www.makingallvoicescount.org/blog/technology-transformed-governance-
indonesia/http://www.makingallvoicescount.org/blog/technology-transformed-
governance-indonesia/http://www.makingallvoicescount.org/blog/technology-
transformed-governance-
indonesia/http://www.makingallvoicescount.org/blog/technology-transformed-
governance-indonesia/
Hajiali, Ismail. (2016). Sombore dan Smart City Kota Makassar diakses pada Website
Dinas Komunikasi dan Informatika Kota Makassar.
Instruksi Presiden Republik Indonesia Nomor 3 Tahun 2003 tentang Kebijakan dan
Strategi Nasional Pengembangan e-government.
KOMINFO. (2015). Infrastruktur TIK, Layanan Informasi Dan Dinamika Sosial. Jakarta,
DKI Jakarta, Indonesia: Litbang.

214 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

KOMINFO. (2012). Roadmap Pembangunan e-Government (Depkominfo).
Lu, N. L., & Nguyen, V. T. (2016). Online Tax Filing—E-Government Service Adoption
Case of Vietnam. Modern Economy, 7(12), 1498.
Maja Bott, G. Y. (2014). The Role of Crowdsourcing for Better Governance in International
Development. Open
Muhammad Nur Abdurrahman. 2016. Hasil survey kinerja Pemerintah Kota Makassar.
Accessed from https://news.detik.com/berita/3375312/hasil-survei-kinerja-wali-kota-
makassar-puaskan-warganya.
Norris, D. F., & Reddick, C. G. (2013). Local e‐government in the United States:
Transformation or incremental change?Public Administration Review, 73(1), 165-175.
Prasetya, Dimas Ramdhana, at al. Analisis Pengelolaan Pengaduan Masyarakat dalam
Rangka Pelayanan Publik (Studi pada Dinas Komunikasi dan Informatika Kota
Malang). Jurnal Administrasi Publik (JAP,) Vol. 2, No. 1, Hal 1151-1158
Tim PSPPR UGM. (2016). Road MAP Kota Yogyakarta Menuju Smart City. WORKING
PAPER PSPPR 2016.
Tisyo Haryono, Y. K. (2016, October 16). Current Status and Issues of E-Government in
Indonesia. Retrieved May 28, 2017, from ASEAN:
http://asean.org/?static_post=current-status-and-issues-of-e-government-in-
indonesia
Weerakkody, V., Irani, Z., Lee, H., Hindi, N., & Osman, I. (2016). Are UK Citizens Satisfied
with E-Government Services? Identifying and Testing Antecedents of Satisfaction.
Information Systems Management, 33(4), 331-343
William J. Kramer, B. J. (2007). The Role of the Information and Communications
Technology Sector in Expanding Economic Opportunity. Cambridge, Massachusetts,
USA: Harvard University.
Indonesia, I. P. (2003). Patent No. 3. Indonesia

215 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 POLICY NETWORK IN THE POLICY IMPLEMENTATION MANAGEMENT
SCHOOL BASED QUALITY IMPROVEMENT AT PUBLIC ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL OF BANDUNG CITY

Ine Mariane

ABSTRACT
This study describes the Network Policy Within Policy Implementation
Based Quality Improvement Management School in Public Elementary School
Bandung City that has not been effective. The problems faced, that the
implementing organization in this case Bandung City Education Department has
not fully carried out the duties and authorities with responsibilities in the
implementation of the policy MPMBS. As a policy target, the principal has not
acted as an innovative and creative leader. The school board has not fully
directed, provided input related to the implementation, school committees have
not served as an advisor, supporter, controller and mediator for the school.
Likewise, public elementary school in the city of Bandung has not been able to
explore the potential, aspirations and participation of the world community,
especially. The concept used in this research policy network from Smith. The
interaction of the actors in the network that will determine how the policy should
be implemented as the core of the network governace which focuses on inter-
organizational networks. This concept is used to analyze the policy network that
has not been effectively done through factors: the implementing organization,
policy objectives, policies, environment is also the aspect of trust, transparency,
governance rules and leadership and value systems that apply so that it can be
used as a guide in describing policy network materialized.
The research method used is a qualitative approach, it is based on a
research study that requires researchers to explore the various aspects of the
policy network guidelines for policy implementation mpmbs in public elementary
school of Bandung City as the perception and experience of informants.
Informants in this study is the Head of Bandung, Head of Curriculum Section
Bandung City Education Department, Principal, Board of Education, the School
Committee, Superintendent of the Company.
The results showed that the policy network in policy implementation
MPMBS in public elementary school of Bandung Cit .has not been effective,
because the factors that support the policy network are still not fully performing
their duties and responsibilities, and the school quality has not been reached. In
the research, policy networks in policy implementation must be a synergy
between government, communities and businesses to build trust, transparency
and clarity, authoritative leadership with a clear vision as well as taking into
consideration the prevailing values (political identity).

216 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Keywords : Policy network, School Based Management, commitment,
participation, and public service

A. INTRODUCTION
In general, management based quality improvement school (MPMBS) can
be interpreted as a management model that provides greater autonomy to
schools and encourage participatory decision-making that involves direct
participation of all school members (teachers, students, principals, employees,
parents, and community) to improve the quality of schools based on the national
education policy.

MPMBS is expected to improve the efficiency, quality, equity and

relevance. Increased efficiency among others is obtained through the freedom to
manage resources, community participation, and the simplification of
bureaucracy. The quality improvement, on the other hand, can be obtained inter
alia through the participation of parents of school, school and classroom
management flexibility, effective system of incentives and disincentives. The
increase in equalization among others can be obtained through increased
participation in certain groups, especially the underprivileged. While increasing
relevance among others, can be done through the flexibility and freedom of
schools to develop school curriculum in accordance with the needs of the
environment.

Research of Fatah Nana (2003), Sri Sadiman (2005), Susan (2009), Heri
(2010) and Dwi Setianingsih (2012) and Sari Febriana (2012) discussed the
implementation MPMBS which is on improving the quality of education school
based on the views of the evaluation, constraints as well as the extent of the role
of government, the public and the private sector in implementing the MPMBS
policy. While the study conducted by researchers looked into the implementation
of MPMBS policy in terms of network policies.

Through MPMBS system, schools and communities are expected to meet

the needs of the school in accordance with the capabilities and the demands of

217 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

school. With this granted independence, schools are also expected to be more
powerful in developing programs that are planned. As a school community
stakeholders are expected to be actively involved in promoting the development
of the school. This engagement is an attempt to establish a sense of belonging
to the school, as well as to increase the sense of responsibility towards education.
Currently the quality of education in the city of Bandung has not yet improved and
is even unsuccessful. The first strategy for education development has been
more input-oriented. Thus, the strategy rely more on the assumption that if all
educational inputs are met, such as the provision of books (teaching materials)
and learning tool other, the provision of education, training of teachers and other
education personnel, educational institutions (schools) will automatically produce
quality outputs as expected. Second, the development of education is currently
focused only on providing educational input factors instead of paying more
attention to the education process factors. Input education must absolutely exist
within certain limits.

Third, the current education will face challenges in terms of education

funding by region. Based on data from Bandung City Education Department said
that only 10% of primary school in Bandung can provide sufficient budget for
education. Whereas the government that is tasked to provide the infrastructure
and educational facilities such as school buildings and equipment practicum
adequate toilet facilities pupil sometimes neglect these developments. Teaching
and learning patterns has no new innovation in the improvement of the learning
process and this happens because of their dependence on the central
government for education. All public elementary school financing depends on the
policy of the local government. In terms of implementation of the learning process,
as long as the schools provide education with all the limitations that exist. This is
influenced by the availability of infrastructure, availability of funds, as well as the
teacher's ability to develop an effective learning model.

In pp No. 19/2005 on national education standards mentioned in Article 19

to 22, about the standard of the educational process, the process of learning in

218 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

the educational unit must be organized in an interactive, inspiring, fun,
challenging, and motivating manner for the students to actively participate and
provide enough space for innovation, creativity, and independence in accordance
with their talents, interests, and physical and psychological development of
learners. Their exemplary educators, however, lacks planning, implementation,
assessment, and monitoring of the effectiveness and efficiency of the learning
process.

Based on the standards set forth above, the learning process is done
between learners and educators, in which the educators are expected to leave
the ways and conventional models so as to achieve the learning objectives
effectively and efficiently. The reality today, many of the educators in the city of
Bandung still conform to the conventional learning process and are still yet to
master information technology such as the use of computers and the Internet. As
preached within http: //www.pikiran rakyat.com (03/2004), about Bandung’s
primary school teachers who have mastered the computer and the Internet it was
revealed by Indonesian Teacher Action Forum (FAGI) Bandung that only a small
percentage of teachers have mastered the technology. This is despite the
advantages of master computing in which the master computer will simplify the
task of teachers, for example, when processing the values of the students. This
computer illiteracy is especially more apparent with long-serving teachers; very
few are mastered the use of computer and access of Internet. A mastery of
information technology will facilitate routinary tasks of teachers. The task done
manually by teachers who lack of computer literacy is not caused by the
unavailability of computers at school, but due to lack of ability and willingness to
adopt the techonology. Thus, the computer is more widely used by the
administration. Consequently, when a teacher necessitates computer services,
they are likely to ask for help from personnel administration worker.

It is appropriate profession as an educator requires competence that

integrates both intellectual-academic, social, pedagogical, and professionalism;

219 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

all of which are based on an intact personality, so in its function as educators it
continues to develop models for effective, innovative, and relevant learning.

Based on the results of the field study, it was found that the problem of the
quality of education in the city of Bandung is still low. This is visible from the
points enumerated below:

1. Elementary School in the city of Bandung is still dependent on the

operational costs of education provided by the government.
2. Post-RKAS, the new Bandung City socialization, preparation, use
and reporting of the School Budget and Activity Plan (RKAS) has no
uniformity between one school and another school.
3. The lack of decisiveness in sanctioning offenders provides no
deterrent to the perpetrators.
4. No compact performance between Bandung City Education
Department officials.
5. Slow in recruitment and periodization of duty head of the school, so
there are some outgoing principals are overdue from their dismissal.
6. Department of Education of the school will impose costs to hold an
activity.

Based on the educational problems of Bandung regarding the MPMBS

policy implementation in public elementary schools in Bandung, it has
encountered several obstacles, among are: (1) no full understanding of the
MPMBS policies by the stakeholders (stakeholders); (2) resistance to change for
the benefit of the inabled technical and managerial staff (3) difficulty in
implementing the policy MPMBS (independence, cooperation, participation,
transparency, and accountability) (4) no optimal participation of school
stakeholders, and (5) no optimal teamwork compact in applying MPMBS.

There are two main institutions that spearhead MPMBS policy in Bandung
namely, education councils and school committees. Both are regarded as
representatives of the society's participation in education to increase community
220 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
participation in education, and as necessary container that can accommodate the
views, aspirations, and explore the potential of the community to ensure
democratization, transparency, and accountability.

It requires great strategy and can not directly apply MPMBS without any
prior diagnosis of the society, the policy named MPMBS is difficult to implement
and consequently, to improve the education, because in addition to the school
and community preparedness, education bureaucrats can also be an issue.

Policy implementation problems often use various models of policy

approaches, One of which is a model of network policy (policy networks). In this
policy networks, it is directed to build a network of stakeholders in any public
policy, especially at the stage of policy formulation. Approach networking
(network approach) in public policy is experiencing rapid development with the
growth of the cluster organization and quango as a result of interaction between
the government, private and public.

It is undeniable that education can improve the quality of human

resources. This quality improvement efforts should automatically be supported
by all parties involved in the policy network, starting from the government as the
policy holder, school administrators and the community that is part of the
education stakeholders.

Communities are groups of parents that serve as a network that is formed

first. The School Committee is a committee formed with the hope to be able to
implement the 4 (four) roles, namely as (1) an advisory agency, (2) supporting
agency, (3) the controlling agency, and (4 ) mediator between the school and the
community. Implementation of these roles optimally four are expected to improve
the quality of educational services.

Relationship between the School Committee with the principal and the
teacher is not a hierarchical relationship (usually in the image associated
organizational structure marked line), but it is a coordinative partnership (usually
in the image associated with the organizational structure of the dotted line); while

221 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

the relationship between teachers and principals is only hierarchical. However,
the relationship that the three institutions is in a model of cooperation and
coordination to implement policies of MPMBS.

The board of Education is the body that is independent and does not have
a hierarchical relationship with education units and other government agencies.
The position of the Board of Education, the School Committee, Education Unit
and other Government Agencies refer to the respective authority under the
provisions in force. The role that the Board of Education plays as an enabler of
consideration in the determination and implementation of education policy. The
agency also plays a role as a supporter of both tangible financial, thought and
energy in education, as the Board of Education also acts as pengontro in a
framework of transparency and accountability in the implementation and
outcomes of education, as well as a mediator between the government
(executive) and the Regional Representatives Council ( legislative) with the
community. Board of Education are consists of elements of society and can be
supplemented with elements of the bureaucracy (legislative). Elements of society
can come from community Governmental Organization for Education,
Community leaders (Ulama, Cultural, Indigenous leaders, and others), Members
of the Society who have attention on improving the quality of education or are
made as a figure in the region.

MPMBS policy implementation is expected to be tied to the optimum,

which is the coordination of cooperation in different tasks so that it does not
happen to the same tasks done by people (or institutions); different tasks in
different parts. With the coordination of tasks for each part (or institution), the
work will be done according to plan and there is no overlap of work (Rohiat, 2008).
In order for the policy implementation MPMBS to go well, each institution (the
School Committee, teachers, and principals) must understand the tasks, duties,
functions, and the role of each institution as well as the need for coordination.

By tracing the emergence of this Bandung City MPMBS, is closely related

to the influx of funds from foreign countries and agencies. It hasalready happened

222 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

long before MONE made MPMBS as a national policy in 2000. With the various
donor countries and organizations, the model MPMBS and its implementation are
different and varied. For example, for the region of the Free State SD and SD
Negeri Coral Pawulang, USAID has become a pioneer.

Schools that have been able to run this MPMBS networks tend to optimize
the quality of education, especially in the field of school infrastructure facilities,
personnel (teachers and principals) and applicable curriculum at the school. with
the establishment of an optimal networking MPMBS it can be seen the physical
condition of the school will be better than the unwell implementation of MPMBS
school networks.

State Primary School in Bandung is one of the cases where the

implementation of the policy network MPMBS was already running well, as there
are existing facilities, personnel and curriculum that is appropriate to the needs.
Facilities, bathrooms, tables, chairs are suitable. System networks of schools with
the private sector is already well underway. Meanwhile, if the network MPMBS in
schools has not been properly implemented then the school will have difficulties
in optimizing the quality of education as these schools rely on BOS funds to
improve the quality of education. The above phenomenon shows that the
establishment of the policy network MPMBS can help optimize the quality of
education in the City Bandung.

Network policy-based Quality Improvement Management School

(MPMBS) does not only require the participation or involvement of the actors as
participants, but also a mutually beneficial relationship among the participants
within the framework of an organization consisting of the principal, teachers, staff,
board committees, and community and environment,

Basically MPMBS has been implemented at the State Elementary School

levels though in different categories. There are Elementary School (SDN) that
have implemented MBS and is in “good “category. There is a public elementary
school whose application is in the medium category. There is also a public
elementary school that its MPBS application is still at the beginning or less
223 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
category. Relative to the target in order to achieve the strategic plan of the
Ministry of Education and Culture 2014 programme, 90% of the SDN
implemented MPMBS well but it needs continuous strategic efforts.

School Based Management (SBM) in Indonesia is initiated by the

government, in this case the Ministry of Education (now the Ministry of Education
and Culture), along with local authorities, with the assistance of the United
Nations Children's Fund (UNICEF) and United Nations Educational Scientific and
Cultural Organization (UNESCO ) since 1999 in seven (7) districts in four (4)
provinces. After being declared successful in some piloting schools, SBM
obtained donor funding assistance from both within and outside the country,
among others are from NZAID, AusAID, USAID, Plan International, Citibank,
Save the Children, JICA, and Kartika Soekarno Foundation.

The MPMBS program implementation in Indonesia was evaluated in 2000,

2002, 2005 and 2010. The results showed that the MBS coaching program had
a positive impact, among others: (1) improving school management more
transparent, participatory, democratic and accountable; (2) improving the quality
of education; (3) decreasing the dropout rate; (4) an increase in the
implementation of learning which are learner with AJEL strategy; and (5)
community participation to education in elementary school.

In 2010 the program Creating Learning Communities for Children (CLCC)

conduct monitoring and evaluation of the implementation MPMBS in Indonesia
which has the following result, among others: (1) team of MBS in each region
varies (background of its personnel, the ownership of the work program, and the
solidity of the collaboration; (2) the regional participation in providing the funds
for the implementation of SBM vary, the range is started from billions of rupiah to
not being allocated at all; (3) school clusters have a clear organizational structure,
duties and functions are well planned, and the implemention is on a regular basis;
( 4) MBS in schools pilot project is 95% implemented for the school level, 91% in
the level of principals, 80% in the teachers and 35% oin the committee members;
(5) associated with the management of the school, the majority of schools have

224 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

a vision and mission statement that can be understood, the school committee
members has a school plan and have a high percentage in implementing the
plan, and teachers have semester program plans, syllabus, lesson plan for each
subject; (6) in the implementation of PAKEM, teachers do not understand how to
implement PAKEM, doing group work meeting to discuss various teaching
methods, the use of media, lesson planning and classroom management; skills
of teachers in evaluating the learning process should be developed further,
organizing poor learners, books, learning resources are not a lot of quality,
individualized learning is sometimes less attractive to learners; and (7)
concerning public participation, the principle of partnership has implemented the
majority of schools, average schools have not had a clean water supply, and the
toilets were good.

To solve the above problem it is necessary sutu policy models that can
help to smooth the process of learning and teaching in schools, especially in
fulfilling the needs of infrastructure of existing schools as well as improving the
quality of education in the city of Bandung in fact to see the viewpoint manage
education policy networks in policy implementation School-Based Quality
Improvement management (MPMBS). Therefore, this study will try to assess on
"Network Management Policy Implementation Policy In School-Based Quality
Improvement in Primary School in Bandung."

B. METHODOLOGY
This study used a qualitative approach which explains that qualitative research
is a research procedure that produces descriptive data in the form of words written or
spoken of people and behaviors that can be observed. A qualitative approach was used
for the formulation of the symptoms, information or particulars of Network Policies In
Policy Implementation Based Quality Improvement Management School (MPMBS) In
State Primary School Bandung is done through study or review of the circumstances as
well as a system of ideas actors involved in it. Thus, in this study, the researchers wanted
to describe a reality in the public administration, namely the Network Policy Within Policy
Implementation Based Quality Improvement Management School (MPMBS) In public
elementary school in Bandung, the type of research that is most appropriate type of

225 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 qualitative descriptive method, where data will be in the form of words. This approach is
aimed at those involved in their entirety. The use of qualitative methods in this study are
presented in accordance with Strauss and Corbin (2003) that: "qualitative methods can
be used to uncover and understand what lies behind any phenomenon about the which
little is yet known ... qualitative methods can give the inticate details of phenomenon that
are difficult, to Convey with quantitative methods ". A qualitative approach aimed at
understanding a social situation or social problems, which is formed based on the views
of informants. The use of a qualitative approach is in line with that proposed by Creswell
(2009) that:

"Qualitative research is a means for exploring and understanding the

meaning individuals or groups ascribe to a social or human problem. The
process of research involves emerging questions and procedures, data
is typically collected in the participant's setting, the data analysis,
inductively building from particular to general themes , and the
researcher making interpretation of the meaning of the Data "

Tabel 3.3 Step of Qualitative Research

No Qualitative research conducted by Step
Creswell
1 Qualitative research occurred in natural Natural setting in this study is the
settings such as behavior and events determination of policy networks
(Creswell, 2009: 195) in the implementation MPMBS
Elementary School in Bandung.
The process of policy networks
in policy imlementasi MPMBS
seen from implementing
organizations, policy objectives,
policy and environmental
MPMBS.
The behavior observed in this
study is the behavior of the
parties involved in the policy
networks in policy imlementasi
MPMBS
2 Placement of theory in qualitative Selection of the placement of the
research can be a variety of ways, the theory in qualitative research is
theory at the beginning of the study, or the theory that placed at the
theories at the end of the study. The beginning of the study, which the
theory may appear at the beginning and researchers refer to Smith's

226 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 modified or adjusted based on the views theory is used to explain the
of informants. This model is not being behaviors and attitudes that are
tested, but modified. At the end of the used as a reference for data
study, the researchers propose a model collection in the field. At the end
modification. The theory used in the of the study, researchers
beginning to function as an explanation conducted a modification of the
for the behavior and attitudes and may theory in accordance with the
complete with variables, construction and data obtained in the field and
hypotheses. Although researchers may after the data analysis. Thus the
refer to them as theories, but these modified model are at the end of
theories provide extensive explanations. the study.
Thus, in qualitative research the
researcher does not position the theory in
a central position when designing
research and interpreting the data.
Placement of theory in qualitative
research is used as a guideline for
verification and analysis as to lapanagan
(Creswell, 2009: 65)
3 Researchers are in the data collection The researcher is instrumental in
instrument (Creswell, 2009: 195) collecting data, so that
qualitative researchers to work in
selecting informants as sources
of data and perform data
collection (observation,
interview, secondary data)
where the next step is the
analysis of the data and make
conclusions.
4 The data obtained from qualitative The data obtained from
research is descriptive, such as words or qualitative research in the form
images (Creswell, 2009: 195) of interviews with infromasn,
recorded and processed into
words (transcript of the
interview). The events recorded
in the form of images. In addition
there are also secondary data in
the research process
5 ndividuals develop a sense (meaning) of Data obtained from the study
their subjective experience. This meaning were interviews of informants.
is different and encourages researchers Thus the informant adapted to
to mancari pendangan complex his experience in the policy
(Creswell, 2009: 8). The focus of research network imlementasi MPMBS
is the perception and experience policy. So in this research is the
kuakitatif informants, and the way they informants Bandung City
227 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 perceive their lives. Education Department,
(Creswell, 2009: 195) Principals and Teachers Field of
curriculum, the School
Committee and the Board of
Education as well as the
Company -Company directly
involved in the policy network
imlementasi MPMBS policy.
In order to understand the
perception of informants used
the interview is an open-ended
(open). Questions posed to
know the views and experience
of informants.
6 Qualitative focuses on processes that The process observed in this
occur as a product or outcomes study is the policy network in
(Creswell, 2009: 195) imlementasi MPMBS policy. This
is based on the phenomenon
that exists is not yet effective
implementation of the policy
network imlementasi MPMBS
policy. So that researchers
interested in conducting
research in understanding how
this process occurs.
7 The primary concern is the qualitative This study takes the object of
research that takes place in certain cases, study in public primary schools in
so no need for generalization (Creswell, the city of Bandung, the western
2009: 195) regions are taken SD Negeri 58
Pajagalan, northern region,
taken SDN Sukarasa 3, east
taken SDN Margahayu Block I
and the Bandung area being
taken Elementary School
Karangpawulang, in Bandung
Freedom elementary School
were taken south 5.

Thus, the method of this study were selected and considered appropriate
to examine the process of networking policy implementation in Based Quality
Improvement Management School (MPMBS) which is based on the consideration
that this approach is relevant and fits with research problems through the

228 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

interpretation process and meaning to the policy network in Policy
Implementation School-Based Quality Improvement management (MPMBS) in
public elementary school in Bandung. This approach is used to build
understanding and provide explanations to the phenomenon of the process and
explanation of the meaning of one of the dominant method used in this study.

C. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Based on the research that has been described, the results of the
discussion above it can be seen that the policy network in policy implementation
MPMBS State Primary School Bandung turns to look at four factors namely
implementing the policy in this case the Bandung City Education Department, the
objective of policy implementation that is the Principal, the school Committee and
the Board of Education and Supervisors, MPMBS policy itself and the school
environment indicate that the participation of the target group can
diklasifikasaikan into variable contributions which contains contributions of
equipment, energy and funds.

From networking model formed is no arbiter is the School Committee and

the Board of Education that acts apply pressure or tention to the government to
establish a change sub-system policy so that there is a change of purpose toward
the interests of better public and policy (transactional) with observance of the
rules, trust, value system or political identity and resources of an innovative and
creative leader.

The model policy networks formed in policy implementation MPMBS

Elementary School land Bandung with regard Tenson is happening at the level
of implementing organizations in this regard Bandung City Education
Department, Sasran implementers ie principal and teachers Field curriculum and
environment both internal environment that the School Committee and the Board
of Education as well as the external environment, the private companies that
have a social responsibility for the welfare of the surrounding community.

229 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 On the other hand there is also a form of participation of non-physical, is
thought of, and participation, which in thinking there are sub variables associated
namely meetings and aspiration of masysarakat against the Department of
Education as executors, to do with physical participation the Government in this
case the Department of Education Bandung is required to constantly adapt to the
development environment. Such adjustments in an attempt to respond to global
developments. The environmental developments including internal and external
environment. Internal changes include the complexity of the workload of public
organizations. External factors require public organizations to be more flexible in
governance.

The model policy networks formed in the implementation of policies such

as the complexity of the workload MPMBS public organizations. External factors
require public organizations to be more flexible in governance.

Seeing these conditions, the findings of research to improve education

quality public elementary school in the city of Bandung this we need a model
policy networks in the implementation of public policies involving the government,
private and community associated with the research that the need for an
openness between the level between subsystems policies with the role of
arbitrator as the center of a network that can be described as a network of spider.

Network policy in the implementation of public policy with the foundation

of government, community and private sector should be able to make a
breakthrough or innovation and creativity in realizing the infrastructure in order to
improve the quality of school education with the concept MPMBS (School-Based
Quality of Management Education).

Improving the quality of education with the concept of policy networks in

policy implementation MPMBS be effective if there is a strong foundation that is
built on trust between the government, the public and the private sector so that it
can foster a commitment that is based on the rules and the value system that
clearly in the public interest to run by an innovative leader that can dig owned
resources to generate equal opportunity for all sections of society.
230 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 Trust or trust is important because it helps regulate the complexity, help
develop the capacity of action, increase collaboration and improve organizational
learning. A very important key in building high trust in the organization is
achieving results, act with integrity, and demonstrating concern. Increased level
of trust requires a balance of the important things that have been mentioned
above, although there is a conflict between the parties within the organization.

Commitment is a promise to ourselves or to others that is reflected in our

actions, or an attitude which reflects the extent to which an individual to know and
adhere to the organization. Owned resources is one factor that is extremely
important and can not be separated from an organization, whether institutional or
company. Resources are also a key determinant of organizational development.
In essence, the form of human resources employed in an organization as a driver,
thinkers and planners to achieve the objectives of the organization or it could be
in the form of material resources, money, methods, tools and markets.

Today, the latest development saw employees not as a mere resource,

but rather in the form of capital or assets to an institution or organization. Broadly
speaking, the notion of human resources is an individual who works as a driver
of an organization, whether institutional or company and serves as an asset to
be trained and developed his ability in this case the resources in the form of
potential teachers and students and the school environment is a resource that
can be relied upon to establish links MPMBS policy implementation.

Rate system in a society that is rules which provide instructions that have
been agreed by the community itself. Hints about which ones are worth and what
is not worth, which is considered beautiful what is not beautiful, which is ethical
and what is unethical to arrive at what is true and what is not justified.

In our daily life can not be separated from life rules and regulations. These
rules are often called norm. Thus the norm is a rule or rules agreed and gave
guidelines for the behavior of its members in creating something that is
considered good and desirable. In short, the norm is a rule or guideline contains
a command, do's and don'ts.
231 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 Equity of education in the sense of equal access to education has long
been a problem that gets the attention, especially in developing countries. It is
not in spite of the increasingly growing awareness that education has an
important role in nation building, as well as the development of the
democratization of education with the motto of education for all.

Reform and revitalization of the roles of public organizations conducted

internal organizations to improve professionalism. Metamorphosis public
organizations in responding to internal and external realized in the form of reform,
revitalization and creation of government networks. Network administration is part
of a new paradigm of public governance which seeks to optimize the roles of
government in the implementation of public policy and public service delivery.
The government should be able to position ourselves as the regulator function if
privatization is executed, so that the public service performed by government
private network with maximized (more efficient).

Educational equity covers two important aspects, namely equality and

equity. Equality or equality means equal opportunities for education, while equity
means fairness in obtaining equal educational opportunities among various
groups in society. Equitable access to education means that all school-age
population has gained access to education, while the access to education has
been fair if among the groups could enjoy the same education. Conceptually
equality; namely: equal distribution of active and passive equalization. Passive
equalization is equalization is more emphasis on the similarity of the opportunity
to enroll in school, while an active equalization meaningful similarities in giving
an opportunity to the students registered in order to obtain the highest learning
outcomes.

In this understanding of educational equity has wide significance not only

equality in obtaining educational opportunities, but also after being a student
should be treated equally in order to get an education and develop their potential
to be tangible optimally. If these dimensions form the basis for approaching the
issue of educational equity, visible just how complicated and difficult it is

232 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

assessing the equity of education achieved by the region, especially for a
developing country where financing constraints are still quite dominant visible
both from the standpoint of quantity and effectiveness.

Required an innovative leader in the formation of regulation MPMBS this,

there are several other ways in order to accustom itself to be an innovative leader,
had a vision, innovation is born from the vision and mission are clear, measurable
and have a goal / target. Open to change, an innovative leader not easily satisfied
with the results obtained and always eager to do better, do not get too hung up
on the applicable rules and can do a bit of 'improvisation'. Looking for an
alternative, do the job as effectively as possible and the second in a new way.
ready to face failure, innovation is always tested first to see the response and the
results and are always excited. More clearly the policy networking model in policy
implementation MPMBS formed are:

D. EXISTING NETWORK MODEL

Network Model (Smith, 1977) Network Model Spiders (Findings)
The ideal policy implementation Policy network spiders that have the
process will occur interaction and characteristics of the role of arbitrator
reaction from the organization in charge of herding the interests of a
implementers, target groups and number of public institutions, the
environmental factors that lead to the private and the public at all levels of
emergence of a somewhat heated government rnemiliki A number of
atmosphere (tensional) and then basic beliefs that are used to
followed by action bargain or rnenyusun regulations, budgets and
(transactions). From the transaction surnber in its power in order to
obtained feedback by policy makers achieve the desired goals correspond
can be used as inputs in the with the public interest.
formulation of the next policy.
There are four variables that must be 1. To establish an effective networking
examined to assess the needs of the factors of high trust
implementation of public policies, between the government, the public
namely: and private sectors that will form a
1.The implementing organizations strong network.
2.The target group 2. Exploring the resources available.
3. Taking into account the prevailing
value system in society.

233 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

3.Policy 4. The rules that apply in the
4. Environment network.
5.Innovative Leaders.
6.Equitable opportunity
Fulfillment of the public interest

Policy networking model in the implementation of management policies in

the school-based increasing a quality Elementary School Bandung is inseparable
from the development paradigm in the science of public administration until the
new public governance. As a most recent thinking in the discourse of the science
of public administration. This needs to be our critics to promote national living in
Indonesia. State administration paradigm has evolved from the old public
administration, new public management, new public service, and the new public
governance.

The concept of policy networks decision implementation MPMBS a new

policy that is in line with the paradigm of decentralization in the government
expected that the implementation of MBS can actually improve the quality of
education. One strategy is to create the preconditions conducive to implement
MPMBS, namely: Increased capacity and commitment of the entire school
community, including the community and parents. Efforts to strengthen the role
of the principal must be a policy that accompany the implementation of policies
MPMBS.

MPMBS policy networks to build a school culture (school culture) that is

democratic, transparent and accountable, including accustom to make the school
accountability report to the public. Models displaying RAPBS on school notice
boards are made by the Managing Basic Education (MBE) is a very positive early
stage. Incidentally also make statements in the form of booklets, leaflets, or
posters on the school action plan. How serasinya if the principal and the chairman
of the School Committee can appear together in the media.

In terms of policy networks in policy impelmentasi MPMBS. The central

government is playing the role of monitoring and evaluation. In other words, the

234 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

central government and local governments need to undertake joint activities in
the framework of the monitoring and evaluation of the implementation MPMBS in
schools, including the implementation of the block grant received by the school.

Not just training MPMBS, more filled with the provision of information to
the school. School empowerment model form of assistance or facilitation rated
more provide more tangible results than the old patterns in the form of upgrading
MBS.

The values inherent in the paradigm of new public management such as

efficiency, rationalization, productivity and business bureaucracy values contrary
to the public interest and democracy. Opinion Denhardt and Denhardt because
the owner of the public interest is essentially a community (public) then the
administrator to run the government should focus on the responsibilities of
serving citizens. The role of serving citizens called a new paradigm of public
service.

New paradigm of public service requires the involvement of citizens in the

good governance at the level of planning to the implementation of the policy.
Administrators must serve society responsibly, promoting ethics and
accountability at every program or project aimed at communities within the
framework of democracy.

In the public service focuses on the relationship between policy makers

and public organizations. Good governance focuses on the deployment model of
normative social, political and administrative governance by supranational
organizations such as the World Bank. New public governance focuses on five
principles are: (a) social-political governance, (b) public policy governance, (c)
administrative governance, (d) contract governance, (e) network governance.

First, focus the social-political governance relations with public institutions.

relationships and interactions must be understood to understand the public policy
implementation. Second, public policy governance, focusing on how the elite
policy makers and network interaction and decided to make public policy process.

235 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Third, administrative governance focuses on the effectiveness of the application
of public administration to solve the problem of the 21st century public policy
implementation Fourth, contract governance focusing on the contract in the public
service as a responsibility efforts in public service. Fifth, network governance
focuses on organizing themselves on interorganizational network. Function
wherein with or without the government to provide public services. All the above
governance theory perspective is an important contribution to our understanding
of the implementation of public policy and public service delivery. The big
challenge for the development of public administration is to integrate the best
formula "the one best way" to respond to the challenges of public policy
implementation and the provision of public service of the 21st century.

Based on the theory of the government development in the 21st century

attempts to achieve good governance, commonly known by the concept of good
governance. The common understanding regarding the governance or
governance started to emerge in Indonesia since the 1990s. The concept
became popular in 1996 in line with the Indonesian government interaction with
foreign countries as donor nations which highlights the objective conditions of
economic and political development of Indonesia.

This term is often with the wisdom of assistance from donor countries, by
making the issue of governance issues as one of the aspects considered in the
provision of aid, either in the form of loans or grants. Build good governance is
changing the way work state, to make the government accountable, and to build
actors outside the country to participate capably create a new system is beneficial
in general. In this context, there is no development objectives can be realized by
either simply by changing the characteristics and workings of state institutions
and the government. Efforts to accommodate the diversity of the reality of society,
good governance must also reach out to the various levels of the political realm.
Therefore, establishing good governance is a major social project. To be realistic,
the business should be done gradually.

236 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 The government (the state), civil society (civil society, civil society, civil
society), and the private sector are three key elements to build networking and
interaction equivalent and synergistic in good governance and responsible
achieved when the implementation of the political authority economy and
administration. Interaction and partnership as it usually can only thrive on the
basis of trust, commitment, resources, rules, value system, an innovative leader,
the public interest as well as equal opportunity.

Network policies in policy implementation MPMBS Elementary School in

Bandung should be able to implement the principles of governance network that
focuses on how to provide public services are organized through
interorganizational network.

Forms of networking the spider has the characteristics of the role of

arbitrator in charge led coalition of a number of public institutions and private at
all levels of government A number of basic beliefs that are used to arrange the
regulations, budgets and human resources in order to achieve the desired goals
of public interest. With the formation of high trust between the government, the
public and private sectors will be formed a strong partnership based on the
resources that exist with a system of values and rules that apply in the community
and led by a head of innovative schools, there will be equal opportunity to improve
the quality school was the fulfillment of public interest.

E. CONCLUSIONS
Based on the results, the authors conclude that the policy network for
policy implementation Based Quality Improvement Management School
(MPMBS) State Primary School Bandung still do not work effectively but is formed
in particular on the activities of the interpretation and application, which viewed
from the side: executing, target , policy and the environment.

Implementing the policy in this case Bandung City Education Department

has not played an active role in directing the public elementary school in the city

237 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

of Bandung on policies resulting in policy implementation MPMBS State Primary
School in Bandung, so schools there is not yet understand well how the policy
network should implemented in order to achieve a good quality of schools in
accordance with the minimum service standards set out in the Education Smart.

The key to success in the MBS policy networks rely heavily on the role of
school principals and teachers as entrepreuneur. They can identify and solve
problems in their own unique way, and jointly collect information and make a
choice according to the conditions that exist in their schools. The Committee
holds the school does a significant role in supporting school programs. In addition
to parents, school does build relationships with business and industry.

Network policy in the management of School-Based Quality Improvement

(MPMBS) is achieved through two elements, processes and components of
effective school management. Judging from the process, MBS activity consists
of planning, organizing, implementing, and monitoring.

From the point of view of its components, MPMBS consists of

management:

a. curriculum and learning,

b. learners,
c. teachers and
d. financing,
e. infrastructure,
f. school and community relations, as well as
g. culture and the school environment.

Concretely, the school implemented a program approach to network

management school based quality improvement according to environmental
conditions, the ability of resources, and tools available. Good practices of existing
MPMBS implementation so far, in the district or school environment can be
resumed. Good practices that can be used as examples and references by region

238 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 /other schools by considering the conditions, capabilities, and resources
available.

The findings in this study that the policy network in policy implementation
Elementary School MPMBS in Bandung implement the principle of network
governance, where governments, communities and businesses have a
synergistic interaction networks and to implement policies MPMBS.

Network policy in the implementation of their policies required MPMBS

innovative leadership and has a clear vision. Network policy in the
implementation of State Primary School MPMBS Bandung observance of the
values that apply in the city of Bandung.

F. SUGGESTION
1. Government in this regard Bandung City Education Department,
communities and businesses should be able to have the network and the
synergistic interaction with their trust, commitment, resources, rules, value
systems, innovative leaders, public interest and equality of opportunity.
2. Should the policy network for policy implementation Based Quality
Improvement Management School (MPMBS) supported by the principal's
leadership style is innovative and has a clear vision and mission so that the
goal of the policy can be achieved effectively.
3. Network policies in policy implementation Based Quality Improvement
Management School (MPMBS) should pay attention to the value system
prevailing in Indonesian society that values of Pancasila as the Indonesian
nation political identity that is used as an instrument adopting new paradigm
of public governance.

REFRENCES

Book :
Atkinson, Michael dan William Colleman, 1989, “Strong States and Weak States:
Sectoral Policy Networks in Advanced Capitalist Economies”, British
Journal of Political Science.

239 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Axelrod, R. 1997. The Complexity of Cooperation: Agent-Based Models of
Competition and Collaboration. New Jersey: Princeton Univ. Press.
Birner, R., and H. Wittmer. 2003. Using Social Capital to Create Political Capital:
How Do Local Communities Gain Political Influence? A Theoretical
Approach and Empirical Evidence from Thailand. In: Dolsak, N., dan E.
Ostrom (Eds.), The Commons in the New Millenium, Challenge and
Adaptation. MIT Press, Cambridge and London, pp. 291-334.
Carlsson, Lars, 2000, Policy Networks as Collective Action, Policy Studies Journal,
Vol. 28, No. 3, hlm. 502-520.
Carlsson, Lars. 2000. Policy Network as Collective Action, Policy Studies Journal,
Vol. 28, No. 3 : 502-520.
Coe, Benjamin P. 1992. “Progress Through Cooperation in a Rural Region”.
National Civic Review 81, (4):449-65.
Cooper, Donald R. dan Pamela S. Schlinder. 2008. Business Research Methods.
Mc Graw-Hill. New York.
Creswell, John W. 2004. Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed
Methods Approaches. London: SAGE Publications.
Denzin, Norman K. dan Yvonna S. Lincoln. 2005. Qualitative Research. Third
Edition. Sage Publication. Inc. California.
Dye, Thomas R. 1990. Understanding Public Policy. Englewood Cliffs, NJ:
Prentice Hall, 1995.
Fatah, Nanang. 2003. Landasan Manajemen Pendidikan. Bandung : Rosda Karya.
Fukuyama F. 1995. Trust: The Social Virtues and The Creation of Prosperity. New
York: Free Press.
Graham, Grath, 2005, “Community Networking as Radical Practice”, The Journal
of Community Informatics, Vol. 1, No. 3, hlm. 1-11.
Grell, J. and Gary Gappert. 1993. The New Civic Infrastructure: Intersectoral
Collaboration and the Decision-Making Process. National Civic Review
82(2):140148.
Hanf and F. W. Scharpf 1978. (eds) Interorganisational Policy Making. London:
Sage.
Hershberg, T., Pam Magidson, and Mary L.Werneeke. 1992. “Promoting Regional
Cooperation in Southeastern Pennsylvania”. National Civic Review
81(4):418-34.
Hidayat, Aceng, 2007, Pengantar Ekonomi Kelembagaan, Modul Mata Kuliah,
Departemen Ekonomi Sumberdaya dan Lingkungan, Bogor, FEM-IPB.

240 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Hjern, B. and Porter, D. O. 1983.‘Implementation Structures: A New Unit for
Administrative Analysis. Organisational Studies, 3 pp211–37.
Howlett, Michael and M. Ramesh. 1995. Studying Public Policy : Policy Cycles and
Policy Subsystems. Oxford University Press, Oxford.
Howlett, Michael and M. Ramesh. 1995. Studying Public Policy : Policy Cycles and
Policy Subsystems.Oxford University Press, Oxford.
Huggins, M. 1992. “Momentum 21: Regional Cooperation in the Chippewa Valley”.
National Civic Review 81(4): 418-34.
Islamy, Irfan, 2009, Prinsip-prinsip Perumusan Kebijaksanaan Negara, PT. Bumi
Aksara, Jakarta.
Jennings, Gayle. 2001. Tourism Research. Queensland: John Wiley & Sons
Australia Ltd.
Kenis, Patrick, and Volker Schneider. 1991. "Policy Networks and Policy Analysis:
Scrutinizing a New Analytical Toolbox." Pp. 25-62 in Policy Networks.
Empirical Evidence and Theoretical Considerations, edited by Bernd Marin
and Renate Mayntz. Boulder/Colorado, Frankfurt: Campus
Verlag/Westview Press.
Lindblom, C. E. 1965. The Intelligence of Democracy: Decision Making through
Mutual Adjustment, London:Free Press.
Lyons, W.E., David Lowery, and R.H. Dehoog. 1992. The Politics of
Dissatisfaction: Citizens, Services and Urban Institutions. Armonk, NY:M.E.
Sharpe.
Marind B and Renate Mayntz. 1991. Policy Networks : Empirical Evidence and
Theoretical Considerations,
Mark Considine, 1991. Public Policy : A Critical Approach
Miles, Matthew B dan A. Michael Huberman. 1994. Analisis dan Kualitatif: Buku
Sumber tentang Metode-Metode Baru. UI Press, Jakarta.
Mulyasa. E. 2003, Kurikulum Berbasis Kompetens;Konsep,Karakteristik dan.
Implementasi, Bandung: PT Remaja Rosda Karya.
Olberding, Julie Cencula, 2002, “Does Regionalism Beget Regionalism? The
Relationship between Norms and Regional Partnership for Economic
Development”. Public Administration Review 62(4). 432-43.
Ostrom, E., 1998, “A Behavioral Approach to the Rational Choice Theory of
Collective Action”. American Political Science Review 92(1):1-22.
Parsons, Wayne, Tri Wibowo Budi Santoso (Alih Bahasa), 2005, Public Policy:
Pengantar Teori Dan Praktek Analisis Kebijakan, Pernada Media, Jakarta.

241 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Pesons, Tri Wibowo Budi Santoso (alih bahasa). 2005. Public Policy: Pengantar
Teori dan Praktek Analisis Kebijakan. Jakarta: Prenada Media.
Peterson, J. dan Bomberg, E., 1981. Policy Change and Learning: an Advocacy
Coalition Approach. Oxford: Westview.
Putnam, R.D. 1993. “The Prosperous Community: Social Capital and Public Life”.
American Prospect, 13: 35-42.
Raasch, R. and James Brooks. 1995. “Regional Alliances Improve Economic
Advantage”. Nations’s Cities Weekly, 17: 12-18.
Ritzer, G. & Douglas, J. G. 2004. Teori Sosiologi Modern. Jakarta : Prenada Media
Rohiat. 2008. Manajemen Sekolah – Teori Dasar dan Praktik, Bandung: Refika.
Aditama.
Rusk, D. 1995. Cities Without Suburbs, Washington DC, Woodrow Wilson Center
Press.
Rustiadi, Ernan, Sunsun Saefulhakim, Dyah R. Panuju, 2007, Perencanaan dan
Pengembangan Wilayah, Bogor, Institut Pertanian Bogor.
Sabatier, Paul A. and Hank C. Jenkins-Smith. 1993. Policy Change and Learning
: An Advocacy Coalition Approach. Westview Press, Boulder, Co.
Sallis, Edward. 1993, Total Quality Management in Education. London: Kogan
Page Educational Series.
Schotter, A. (1981). The Economic Theory of Social Institutions. Cambridge,
Cambridge University Press.
Slater, R. 2001. “Local Government Partnerships in Urban Management: The Case
of South Asia”. Local Government Studies, 27, (3): 79–96.
Southern, R. 2002. “Understanding Multi-Sectoral Regeneration Partnerships as a
Form of Local Governance”. Local Government Studies, 28, (2): 16–32.
Sri Sawitri, 2011. Jejaring Kebijakan Publik: Kerangka Baru Penyelenggaraan
Pemerintahan. Purwoketo: Universitas Diponogoro.
Sri Suwitri. 2008. Jejaring Kebijakan Dalam Perumusan Kebijakan Publik: Suatu
Kajian Tentang Perumusan Kebijakan Penanggulangan Banjir Dan Rob
Pemerintah Kota Semarang. Jurnal Ilmu Administrasi, STIA Banjarmasin,
Vol. VI No. 3.
Supeno, H. 2002. Pendidikan Dalam Belenggu Kekuasaan. Magelang: Pustaka
Paramedia.
Suwitri, Sri dalam Kismartini, 2011, Analisis Kebijakan, Penerbit Universitas
Terbuka, Jakarta.
Tachjan, 2006. Implementasi Kebijakan Publik, Bandung: Puslit KP2W Unpad,

242 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Wart, Montgomery Van, 1998, Changing Public Sector Values. Garland
Publishing, Inc, London.
Woodsong, Mack N., and Macqueen K. 2005. Qualitative Research Methods: A
Data Collector’s Field Guide. North Carolina: Research Triangle Park.
Networks Innovations and Public Policy, Mark Considine, Jenny M. Lewis and
damon Alexander; 33;2009
Post-progressive Public Administration : Lessons from Policy Networks Author(s)
: Hugh T.Miller Source : Public Administration Review, Vol. 54. No.4 (Jul-
Aug, 1994), pp. 378-386. Published by: Blackwell Publishing on behalf of
the American Society for Public Administration.
Sumber lain
Document :
Departemen Pendidikan Nasional, 2001, Buletin Pelangi Pendidikan no 1 dan 2,
Proyek Perluasan dan Peningkatan Mutu SLTP, Jakarta.
Departemen Pendidikan Nasional, 2009. Panduan Implementasi Standart
Penilaian pada KTSP di Sekolah. Jakarta: Depdiknas.
Dewan Riset Nasional. Kementerian Riset dan Teknologi. 2010. Kemitraan dalam
Penguatan Sistem Inovasi Nasional. Jakarta. Kementerian Riset dan
Teknologi. Dewan Riset Nasional.
Undang-Undang Negara Republik Indonesia Nomor 20 Tahun 2003 tentang
Sistem Pendidikan Nasional
Undang-Undang Negara Republik Indonesia Nomor 22 Tahun 1999 tentang
Otonomi Daerah
Undang-Undang Negara Republik Indonesia Nomor 25 Tahun 1999 tentang
Perimbangan keuangan antara Pusat dan Daerah
Data Balitbang Depdiknas 2003
Undang-Undang No 20 Tahun 2003 Tentang Sistem Pendidikan Nas

Website :
www.ksm.mamisanata.com/index.php/profile
http/indraquen.blogspot.co.id/2012/11/burreaucracy-and-network-policy,html/m=1
http//vistaneblededevelopment.UN.org

243 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 THE REPRODUCTIVE HEALTH BILL AS PERCEIVED BY THE
EMPLOYEES OF THE MINDANAO STATE UNIVERSITY – ILIGAN
INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY

Sittie Akima A. Ali, MPA

Nasroden B. Guro, DPA
[email protected]
Mindanao State University – Iligan Institute of Technology

Abstract

Humanity is constantly confronted with deteriorating environment as global population continues

to rise. Such population explosion had caused various problems specifically in developing
countries. One devastating result is poverty. Facing this dilemma, people struggle to cope with
life despite diminishing resources. In the Philippines, a study published by the multinational
financial services firmHongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation (HSBC) revealed that about
twenty-six (26) percent of Filipinos lived below poverty line. Nevertheless, the country could be
the sixteenth (16th) largest economy in the world by 2050 (Remo, 2012). This could be good news
o ly if the ou try s leaders ould well a age the wealth, ot o ly i ter s of atural resour es,
but also in terms of human resource as well.

Keywords: Reproductive, Health, Employees, Mindanao State University

A. INTRODUCTION

Humanity is constantly confronted with deteriorating environment as global

population continues to rise. Such population explosion had caused various
problems specifically in developing countries. One devastating result is poverty.
Facing this dilemma, people struggle to cope with life despite diminishing
resources.

In the Philippines, a study published by the multinational financial services

firm Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation (HSBC) revealed that about
twenty-six (26) percent of Filipinos lived below poverty line. Nevertheless, the
country could be the sixteenth (16th) largest economy in the world by 2050 (Remo,
2012). This could be good news only if the country’s leaders could well manage
the wealth, not only in terms of natural resources, but also in terms of human
resource as well.

244 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Attempting to solve the problem, the government implemented measures
by passing two (2) congressional bills that aimed to regulate population. These
are House Bill No. 4244 entitled “An Act Providing a Comprehensive Policy on
Responsible Parenthood, Reproductive Health, and Population and
Development, and for Other Purposes” otherwise known as the RH Bill
sponsored by Honorable Edcel Lagman, and Senate Bill No. 2378 entitled “An
Act Providing for a National Policy on Reproductive Health and Population and
Development” by Senator Miriam Defensor- Santiago (Romero, 2011).

After a deeper study of the said bills, the Responsible Parenthood and
Reproductive Health Act of 2012 (Republic Act No. 10354), otherwise known as
the Reproductive Health Law (RH Law), was passed with the primary goal to
guarantee universal access to methods of contraception, fertility control, sexual
education, and maternal care. While the implementation of the RH law still
pending in the Supreme Court, there is a growing consensus that its
implementation is urgent due to increasing poverty coupled with a fast rising
population.

The RH law, according to some economists, would seek to promote family

planning. This could be one of the missing pieces for faster economic growth, but
others thumbed it down, cautioning against what they considered as potentially
adverse effects on the economy. It was already long overdue.

However, even if the RH Law’s provisions on Maternal and Child Health

had gained nationwide agreement, the passage of the legislation was highly
divisive and controversial concerning the use of contraceptives. Experts from all
sectors (academics, religious, and political) declared support or opposition to the
RH Bill while it was pending in the legislature, often criticizing the government
and each other in the process. In fact, debates and rallies both supporting and
opposing the RH Bill had been conducted in many parts of the country.

245 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Other countries like Egypt, Iran and Indonesia are more liberal in terms of
implementing reproductive health care though Saudi Arabia and majority of the
Arab countries are not sensitive in supporting the program. Meanwhile, in the
Philippines where the tenet of democracy has still remained at the threshold,
issues related to health care, family planning, and birth control have to be
thoroughly disseminated to every Filipino.

As provided in the Philippine Constitution, democracy dictates that the

people’s cultural and religious beliefs should be respected. Thus, the merits of
the RH Bill had touched the sensitive issue of free choice in the number of
children that may involve the use of artificial contraceptives. Suffice it to say that
the implementation of the said program should be given utmost consideration
since all related problems of poverty with the worsening of the scarcity of
resources are becoming clearly rooted on the runaway population growth rate of
the country. It is also becoming clear that the spiralling population growth cannot
be contained by traditional birth control methods. Moreover, the need to enhance
reproductive health in the country, particularly of pregnant women and nursing
mothers including babies and young children, is imperative. The government has
to insure the realization of the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) in health
to effectively respond to the universal call of providing a health, safe, secure and
enjoyable life to everyone.

Thus, to gain more insights into factors besetting the RH Bill, this study
was conducted among the employees of Mindanao State University – Iligan
Institute of Technology, Iligan City, to know how the Reproductive Health Bill was
perceived.

B. STATEMENT OF THE PROBLEM

246 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 This study mainly aimed to determine the perception of some MSU-IIT
employees on the RH Bill. Specifically, it sought answers to the following
questions:

1. What is the socio-economic profile of the respondents in terms of age,

gender, education, work type, annual income and religion?
2. What is the status of the respondents’ attitudes and beliefs on the RH
Bill?
3. How do the respondents perceive some aspects of the RH Bill?
4. Is there a significant association between the respondent’s socio-
economic characteristics and perception on some aspects of the RH
Bill?

C. HYPOTHESIS

The following hypothesis was tested at .05 level of significance:

Ho1 : There is no significant association between the respondents’ socio-

economic characteristics and their perception on some aspects of
the RH Bill.

D. CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK

This study assumed that the respondents’ attitudes and beliefs toward the
RH Bill, as well as their perception on some aspects of the said Bill, are affected
or influenced by their socio-economic profile characteristics. Thus, the
independent variables of this study consisted of the respondents’ socioeconomic
profile characteristics such as age, gender, education, work type, annual income,
and religion which were assumed to influence the status of their attitudes and
beliefs on the RH bill as well as their perception on some aspects of the said bill,
as the dependent variables.

247 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Independent Variable Dependent Variable

STATUS OF RESPONDENTS’
RESPONDENTS’ SOCIO-
ATTITUDES AND BELIEFS ON
ECONOMIC PROFILE
THE RH BILL
a. age
b. sex
RESPONDENTS’ PERCEPTION
c. educational attainment
ON SOME ASPECTS OF THE RH
d. work type BILL
e. annual family income
f. religious affiliation

Figure 1. A Schematic Diagram of the Interrelationships of the

Concepts Used in the study

E. SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

This study is expected to be beneficial to the following:

General Public. The study would enrich and strengthen their knowledge
and hopefully, enhance their positive attitudes and practices towards the
reproductive health program of the government.

Government Policy Makers. The findings would provide them additional

inputs or insights on the strengths and weaknesses of the RH Bill as basis of
implementing rules and guidelines.

Government Program implementers. The study findings and

recommendations could help in improving the implementation of the program
especially in areas where religious oppositions are very strong.

Academe (students and faculty). The study could further enrich the scant
literature on the reproductive health program especially at the Mindanao State
University and other state universities and colleges.

248 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Future Researchers. The findings would provide additional insights and
references to future researchers in the conduct of future studies concerning
reproductive health and its component areas.

F. SCOPE AND LIMITATIONS OF THE STUDY

This study is focused only on attitudes, beliefs and perceptions of some

MSU-IIT employees on the Reproductive Health Bill (RH Bill) of the Philippines. It
examined how the RH Law was perceived by both the Catholic and Muslim
employees based on their knowledge on the reproductive health issues in general,
and the RH Bill, in particular.

The respondents of the study were limited to MSU-IIT employees due to

time constraints. Other methods of investigation and data gathering may have dug
differ into deeper connectivity between and among attitudinal and behavioural
variables related to reproductive health issues and the reproductive bill by using
participant observation and interviews.

G. RESEARCH DESIGN

The study was descriptive and correlational in nature. It explored on its

perception of respondents on more aspects of the RH Bill as influenced by their
socio-economic profiles. The survey method was utilized in this study.

1. Locale of the Study

Iligan City is a highly urbanized place in the province of Lanao del Norte.
In fact, it used to be the capital of Lanao del Norte. It is located approximately
795 kilometers southeast of Manila. The 2000 census recorded an estimated
population of 380,061 people with 57,179 households. Geographically, Iligan
City is bounded on the north by the municipality of Lugait, Misamis Oriental, on
the south by the municipalities of Baloi, Linamon and Tagoloan of Lanao del

249 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Norte, on the east by the territories of Lanao del Sur and Bukidnon, and on the
west by Iligan Bay (Please refer to Appendix B located on page 56).

Campus Map of MSU – Iligan Institute of Technology

The actual site of this study is the Mindanao State University – Iligan
Insitute of Technology or MSU-IIT which is located at Barangay Tibanga along
Macapagal Avenue, the national highway that cuts across the City of Iligan. A
campus map of the said school is presented. The Mindanao State University-
Iligan Institute of Technology (MSU-IIT), the main setting of the study, was
created as a campus of the MSU System on July 12, 1968 per Republic Act
5363. Based on the standards of the Commission on Higher Education (CHED),
MSU-IIT is a Center of Excellence in Mathematics and Chemistry, Center of
Development in Physics and Biology, Center of Development for Excellence in
Information and Communication Technology, Center of Development in
Ceramics Engineering, Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Electronics
and Communications Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, and Material
Science Engineering. It is also the Zonal Research Center for Regions XII, IX,
& ARMM. (overview)

MSU-IIT offers programs in secondary, undergraduate, and graduate

levels. It has 11,809 students distributed to the following colleges: 1. College of

250 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Arts and Social Sciences, 2. College of Business Administration and
Accountancy, 3. College of Education, 4. College of Engineering, 5. College of
Nursing, 6. College of Science and Mathematics, 7. School of Computer
Studies, 8. School of Engineering Technology

2. Population and Sample

Multi-stage sampling was used in identifying the study. Using

percentage, thirty percent (30%), two (2) colleges and twelve (12) administrative
units were identified as the initial sample. Using simple random sampling, the
College of Business Administration and Accountancy (CBAA) and the College
of Nursing (CON) were identified as the sample college. Again, using simple
random sampling the following twelve (12) offices were: 1. Internal Audit
Services Unit (IASU), Reserve Officers' Training Corps (ROTC), 2. Department
of Student Affairs (DSA), 3. Bidding and Awards Committee- Secretariat (BAC),
4. Office of the Vice Chancellor for Administration and Finance (OVCAF), 5.
Office of the Registrar, 6. Office of the Campus Secretary (OCS), 7. Institute
for Peace and Development in Mindanao (IPDM), 8. Supply and Property
Management Division, 9. Procurement Services Division, 10. Office of the Vice
Chancellor for Planning and Development (OVCPD), 11. Medical and Dental
Health Services Division (MDHSD) and 12. Admission’s Office were identified
as the sample administrative units. The two colleges had a total of fifty faculty
members – 30 from the College of Nursing and 20 from the CBAA excluding
those on study leave. Hence, these faculty members and employees were taken
as the respondents of the study and were completely enumerated.

3. Research Instrument

The present study utilized the structured questionnaire in obtaining the

primary data as well as selective interviews of key informants. The study is
divided into five (5) major parts, namely: Part I which is consist of the
respondent’s personal profile; Part II which deals with the respondents’

251 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 knowledge or awareness on the government reproductive health program and
the reproductive health law; and Part III is concerned with the respondents’
perceptions or attitudes towards the reproductive health.

4. Data Gathering Procedure

For the level of knowledge, the respondents were asked to identify

whether they know or do not know the fifteen (15) statements related to certain
facts about the government reproductive health program, and the policy
guidelines and principles mentioned in the RH Law.

On the other hand, regarding the respondents’ attitudes, it was reflected

in Part III of the questionnaire that the respondents were asked to agree or
disagree with the sixteen (16) statements. It should be noted that eight (8)
statements: numbers 2, 5, 6, 8, 9, 11, 12 and 14 of the sixteen statements
were positive statements which supported the RH Law, while the rest of the
statements, numbers 1, 3, 4, 7, 10, 13, 15 and 16 were negative statements,
stated as not in favour of the implementation of the RH Bill.

A. STATISTICAL METHOD

Frequency and percentage and correlation methods like weighted mean

were used in the presentation, analysis and interpretation of the findings of the
study.

B. FINDINGS

252 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 This chapter presents the data gathered in the study including their
analysis and interpretation as answers to the research problems posed. These
are presented in the following topics: Socio-economic profile of the respondents,
Status of the respondents’ attitudes and beliefs on the RH Bill, Respondents’
Perception on some aspects of the RH Bill, and Association between
respondents’ socio-economic characteristics and perception on some of the RH
Bill.

1. Socio-Economic Profile of the Respondents

This part presents the socio-economic characteristics of the respondents

in terms of age, gender, religion, number of children, education, annual income
and type of work.

a. Age

Table 1: Age Distribution of the Respondents

Age Categories Frequency Percent
22-29 26 26
30-37 19 19
38-45 10 10
46-53 15 15
54-61 26 26
62 and above 2 2
No Answer 2 2
TOTAL 98 100

As shown in Table 1, of the total 100 respondents, 26% belonged to

both the 22-29 and 54-61 age ranges followed by the 30-37 age category,
comprising 19% of the respondents. Only fifteen percent (15%) of the
respondents belonged to the 46-53 age category; ten percent (10%)
belonged to the 38-45 age range and, two percent (2%) belonged 62 and
above age bracket.

b. Gender

253 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Table 2: Frequency and Percentage Distribution of Respondents by Gender
Gender Frequency Percent
Male 39 39.0
Female 61 61.0
Total 100 100

Regarding the gender of the respondents, Table 2 discloses that

majority of the respondents or 61% were females, while thirty-nine percent
(39%) were males. This suggests that in MSU-IIT, there are more female
employees than there are males.

2. Religious Affiliation

Table 3: Frequency and Percentage Distribution of Respondents by

Religious Affiliation
Religious Affiliation
Muslim 25 25
Non- Muslim 70 70
No answer 5 5
Total 100 100

In terms of religious affiliation, it is indicated in Table 3 that majority or

seventy percent (70%) of the respondents are non-Muslims, while only twenty
five (25) or 25% were Muslims. The remaining five (5) or five percent (5%) did
not reveal their religious affiliation.

3. Number of Children

254 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Table 4: Frequency and Percentage Distribution of Respondents by
Number of Children
Number of Children
0–1 34 34
2–3 30 30
4–5 16 16
6 and above 3 3
No answer 17 17
Total 100 100

As to the number of children, Table 4 shows that thirty percent (34%) of

the respondents had 0-1 children, closely followed by 30% who had 2-3 children.
Only seventeen percent (17%) of the respondents did not disclose the number
of children they had.

4. Educational Attainment

Table 5: Frequency and Percentage Distribution of Respondents by

Educational Attainment
Educational Attainment Frequency Percent
High School Graduate 1 1
College Graduate 19 19
With Master’s Units 26 26
Master’s Degree Holder 30 30
With Doctoral Units 7 7
Doctoral Degree Holder 16 16
No answer 1 1
Total 100 100.0

As to the educational attainment of the respondents, Table 5 discloses

that only thirty percent (30%) of them were masters’ degree holders while 26%
had earned master’ degree units. Furthermore, 19% were college graduates
while 16% were doctoral degree holders.

5. Annual Income

255 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Table 6: Frequency and Percentage Distribution of Respondents by Annual
Income
Annual Income Frequency Percent
680,000 – above 8 8
580,000 – 679,000 5 5
480,000 – 579,000 3 3
380,000 – 479,000 5 5
280,000 – 379,000 8 8
180,000 – 279,000 15 15
80, 000 – 179,000 9 9
No answer 47 47
Total 100 100.0

In terms of annual income, it can be gleaned in Table 5 that almost one-

half or 47% of the respondents did not reveal their annual income. Moreover,
the findings showed that fifteen 15% had annual income ranging from P180,
000-279,000, followed by 19% with an annual income of P80, 000-179,000.
There were eighteen 18% who reported an annual income either ranging from
P280, 000-379,000 or P680, 000 or higher.

6. Type of Work

Table 7: Frequency and Percentage Distribution of Respondents by Work

Type
Work Type Frequency Percent
Teaching 54 54
Non-Teaching 44 44
No answer 2 2
Total 100 100.0

Table 7 shows that more than one-half of the 100 respondents or fifty
four percent (54%) were members of the faculty force (teaching personnel),
while forty-four (44) or 44% were non-teaching personnel. Two respondents
did not reveal their nature of work.

7. Status of Respondents’ Attitudes and Beliefs on the Reproductive

Health Bill

256 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Table 8 clearly shows that majority of the respondents had positive
attitudes and beliefs on fourteen (14) out of fifteen (15) statement indicators
related to provisions of the Government Reproductive Health Bill.

Table 8: Distribution of the Responses on Attitudes and Beliefs on the

Reproductive Health Bill
No
STATEMENT INDICATORS YES NO Total
Response
f % f % f %
1.Are you familiar with the 2 2%
government 91 91% 7 7% 100
reproductive health program?
2. Is the reproductive health program 4 4%
72 72% 24 24% 100
synonymous with family planning?
3. Do you think that the Philippines is
88 88% 12 12% 100
facing the problem of overpopulation
4. Do you believe that overpopulation 1 1%
is one of the major causes of poverty 75 75% 24 24% 100
in the Philippines?
5. Do you believe that the
government reproductive health 4 4%
program is designed to reduce high
79 79% 17 17% 100
population growth by permitting
married couples to use contraceptive
methods?
6. Do you believe that the use of
contraceptive is against Christianity 3 3%
60 60% 37 37% 100
and Islam and other religious
denomination?
7. Do you believe that married
couples should be given the right to 1 1%
94 94% 5 5% 100
choose freely how many children
they want to have?
8. Do you believe that for married
couples, it is against their human 7 7%
rights if the government does not 53 53% 40 40% 100
provide them access to all population
control methods
9. Do you believe that the ideal
number of children for a Filipino 44 44% 54 54% 2 2% 100
family is to have 2 children only?
10. Do you believe that the respect
72 72% 24 24% 100
for, protection and fulfillment of 4 4%

257 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

reproductive health rights will
promote the rights and welfare of the
Filipino family?
11. Do you think that providing
medically-safe, affordable and 2 2%
effective reproductive health services 83 83% 15 15% 100
and supplies are essential in
promoting people’s right
12. Do you think that the state should
promote both natural and modern 88 88% 11 11% 1 1% 100
methods of family planning?
13. Do you believe that gender
equality and women empowerment 3 3%
are central elements in the 73 73% 24 24% 100
government reproductive health
program?
14. Do you believe that a
comprehensive reproductive health 3 3%
100
program answers the needs of the 59 59% 38 38%
Filipino people throughout their lives?
15. Do you believe that religious
leaders of Catholic, Islam and other 3 3%
religions are major hindrances in the 59 59% 38 38% 100
formulation and implementation of
the reproductive
OVERALL MEAN

More specifically, majority (91%) of the respondents claimed that they

were “familiar with the government reproductive health program” while only
seven (7) cited that they were not familiar with reproductive health law. This
finding suggests that the MSU-IIT personnel are familiar with the reproductive
health law. This familiarity may have been due to exposures to mass media,
newspapers and television, not to mention the fact that many of them are
academicians who may have included the issue on reproductive health in
classroom discussions.

It is also shown in Table 8 that the most popular statement to the

respondents was the one which stated that “married couples should be given
the right to choose freely how many children they want to have,” with ninety four

258 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

percent (94%) of them claiming that they were aware of it. This may mean that
the MSU-IIT constituents really understood the Reproductive Health Bill and
aware that one of the purposes of the bill was to strengthen the right of married
couples in choosing how they would regulate the number of children they
wanted to have.

The same table also illustrates that majority of the respondents, seventy
two or seventy two percent (72%) of them took the reproductive health program
as synonymous to family planning. On beliefs on overpopulation and to the RH
Bill, the data in Table 8 also show that majority of the respondents, 88 or eighty
eight percent (88%) thought that the Philippines was facing an overpopulation
problem, and 75 or seventy five percent (75%) of them believed that
overpopulation was one of the major causes of poverty in the country; and that
the government reproductive health program was designed to reduce high
population growth by permitting married couples to use the contraceptive
methods (79 or seventy nine percent (79%).

The findings in Table 8 also illustrate the attitudes and beliefs of the
respondents on the RH Bill and human rights. They believed, 72 or seventy two
percent (72%) of them, that the respect for protection and fulfilment of the
reproductive health rights will promote the rights and welfare of the Filipino
family. Moreover, 83 or eighty three percent (83%) of the respondents thought
that providing medically safe, affordable and effective reproductive health
services and supplies are essential in promoting people’s rights; and that gender
equality and women empowerment were central elements of the government
reproductive health program, (73 or seventy three percent (73%).

On statement indicators related with religious myth as items 6 and 15,

the respondents were almost equally divided though a slight majority expressed
affirmative beliefs – 60 or sixty percent (60%) believed that the use of
contraceptive is against Christianity and Islam and other religious
denominations while 59 or fifty nine percent (59%) affirmatively believed that

259 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 religious leaders of Catholic, Islam and other religion are major hindrances in
the formulation and implementation of the reproductive health program. And,
the only item where the respondents answered in the negative was item number
nine (9) which asked their belief that the ideal numbers of children for a Filipino
is two (2) children only (54 or fifty four percent (54%)).

8. Respondents’ Perceptions on Some Aspects of the Reproductive Health

Bill

Table 9: Distribution of Responses as to Perception on some Concepts of

the Reproductive Health Bill
Un-
Disag ME REMARK
Agree decide
STATEMENTS ree AN S
d
F % F % F %
1. The reproductive health bill
was against the teachings of Neutral/
3 32 1 13 5 53 2.21
both the Catholic and Islam Undecide
2 % 3 % 3 % 4
religions, hence, it must be d
opposed.
2. The reproductive health bill
was designed for the general 7 72 9 1 19 1.47
9 AGREE
welfare of the Filipinos especially 2 % % 9 % 0
the poor.
3. The reproductive health law Neutral/
2 22 1 16 6 61 2.39
was not pro-life and pro God, Undecide
2 % 6 % 1 % 4
hence, it immoral d
4. The budgetary allocation for
the implementation of the
Neutral/
reproductive health program 4 43 2 22 2 29 1.85
Undecide
should be used instead of 3 % 2 % 9 % 1
d
strengthening the maternal and
child health care.
5. The right to life provided in the
Constitution was violated by the
Neutral/
Reproductive Health Law which 2 29 1 12 5 55 2.27
Undecide
encouraged limitation in the 9 % 2 % 5 % 1
d
number of children of Filipino
married couples
6. Overpopulation was not the Neutral/
6 61 1 17 2 20 1.58
major cause of poverty in the Undecide
1 % 7 % 0 % 8
Philippines but rather the d

260 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

widespread corruption in the
government.
7. Encouraging the poor to have
fewer children would definitely 7 78 1 11 1 10 1.31
AGREE
improve their quality of life 8 % 1 % 0 % 6

8. The state must provide

married couples free access to Neutral/
6 64 1 12 2 21 1.56
all methods of family planning Undecide
4 % 2 % 1 % 8
such as the distribution of d
condoms and pills
9. The RH bill would only lead to
promiscuity, the break-up of 1 17 2 21 5 58 2.40 DIS-
families and decay of moral 7 % 1 % 8 % 9 AGREE
values.
101. The RH bill would reduce
the rate of sexually transmitted Neutral/
5 58 1 15 2 25 1.67
diseases, e.g., AIDS, and will Undecide
8 % 5 % 5 % 4
save the lives of mothers and d
children.
11. The RH bill would improve
Neutral/
and facilitate the deployment of 5 58 2 24 1 14 1.55
Undecide
medical personnel such as 8 % 4 % 4 % 4
d
doctors, nurses and midwives
12. The RH bill would increase
the commission of immorality in
3 34 1 17 4 47 2.14 UNDE-
the society because the youth,
4 % 7 % 7 % 0 CIDED
for instance, will know how to
engage in sex without pregnancy
13. The RH bill would decrease
Neutral/
maternal mortality especially 5 59 1 13 2 28 1.70
Undecide
those resulting from frequent 9 % 3 % 8 % 5
d
pregnancies.
14. The Reproductive health
should be opposed at all cost
1 19 1 18 6 63 2.45 DIS-
because it would result to zero
9 % 8 % 3 % 7 AGREE
population growth or childless
Filipino families
15. The RH Law was against the
Divine Law which taught that the
purpose of marriage was to 3 30 1 13 5 50 2.21 UNDE-
procreate without specific 0 % 3 % 0 % 5 CIDED
limitation on the number of
children.

261 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

OVERALL MEAN Neutral/
1.90
Undecide
54
d

The findings on the respondents’ perception on some aspects of the

reproductive health law are shown in Table 9. The over-all mean of 1.9054
obtained for the sixteen (16) statements which had the interpretation of
undecided or neutral. This finding means that the respondents were not
definite on their perception on some aspects of the RH Bill. There was a
tendency though for the respondents to have a positive outlook on the RH Bill
considering that of the eight (8) negatively stated statements, they disagreed
on two-items 1,3,5,6,12,and 14 as table 9 shows.

As further illustrated in Table 9, the respondents disagreed that the RH

Bill would only lead to promiscuity, the breakup of families, and moral decay
as well as on the RH Bill resulting to zero population growth or childless Filipino
families so it had to be opposed at all costs, with 2.409 and 1.457 mean scores,
respectively.

Table 9 further discloses that the respondents were undecided or neutral

or six (6) negatively stated indicators and five (5) positively stated indicators.
The same table shows that as evidenced by the respective mean scores
obtained in these items, the respondents were undecided about the RH Bill as
against the teaching of Islam and Catholic religions so it must be opposed (
= 2.214); on the RH Bill as not pro-life, pro-God hence immoral; on the right of
life provision in the Constitution as being violated by the RH Bill; that the RH
Bill would increase the Commission of Immortality in society because the youth
would engage in sex without getting pregnant; and they were undecided on
the RH Bill resulting to zero population growth.

It can also be seen in Table 9 that the respondents had a positive

perception on the RH Bill as intended for the general welfare of the Filipinos

262 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 especially the poor as well as in encouraging the poor to have fewer children
to improve lives. However, the respondents as shown in Table 9, were
undecided or neutral on many aspects of the RH Bill. They were not sure that
the state must provide married couples free access to all methods of family
planning such as condoms and pills; that the RH Bill would reduce the rate of
sexually transmitted diseases and will save the lives of mothers and children;
that the RH bill will facilitate the deployment of medical personnel such as
doctors, nurses and midwives; and, that the RH Bill will decrease maternal
mortality.

9. Relationship between the Respondents’ Socio-Economic Profile and

Perceptions on Aspects of the RH Bill

Table 10: Correlation between the Respondents’ Socio-economic Variables

and their Perceptions on Aspects of the RH Law
Variables correlated to Correlation
Perceptions on the Aspects of Coefficient P-value Remarks
the RH Bill
Age 0.025 .809 Not Significant
Number of Children 0.218 .048 Significant
Annual Income -0.133 .342 Not significant

To validate the null hypothesis which states that no significant

relationships exists between the respondents’ socio-economic characteristics
and their perceptions on some aspects of the RH Bill, a test for significant
association using correlation coefficient, was conducted among and between
the variables, at 0.05 level of significance.

The ten results presented in Table 10 revealed that the only number of
children had a positive significant relationship with perception on some aspects
of the RH Bill as the p-value of .048 indicated. The rest of the socio-economic
variables such as age and annual income had p-values which were greater
than 0.05 level of significance; thus, there is no relationship of significance.

263 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Based on the findings, there is enough statistical evidence to conclude
that there is a need to accept the null hypothesis except in the case of number
of children. The finding suggests that as the number of children of the
respondents have increases, the more positive is their perception on some
aspects of the RH Bill.

E. SUMMARY OF FINDINGS

The respondents were distributed in age categories from 22029 years old
to 54-61 years old; mostly females, 61 or 61%; non-Muslims, 70 or 70%; with
lesser number of children; mostly master’s degree holders, with Masters units,
and college graduates; and were doing both teaching and non-teaching jobs.

The respondents had positive attitudes and beliefs on the RH Bill and its
effects to overpopulation in the country including human rights implications.
However, the respondents seemed to veer towards the belief that the use of
contraceptive is against religion and that religious leaders may hinder the
implementation of the RH program.

Generally, the respondents were neutral or undecided regarding some

aspects of the RH Bill as evidences by an over-all weighted mean score of 1.9054
as Table 9 shows. They had a positive perception on the RH Bill and the RH
programs as designed for the general welfare of poor Filipinos and on having
fewer children by poor families as a way to improve their quality of life. Moreover,
this positive perception on the RH Bill is reinforced by the findings that they
disagreed on the RH Bill as leading to promiscuity, breakup of families and
immoral values as well as on the RH Bill resulting to zero population and children
families.

On the results of tests in significant relationship, tested at 0.05level of

significance, only the number of children was found to have a significant influence

264 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 on perception on the RH Bill as evidenced by its p-value of .04 which is lesser
than 0.05 level of significance.

F. IMPLICATIONS

The finding implies that majority of the MSU-IIT employees are non-Muslims
and that the Muslims are a minority in number.

The findings imply that generally, the personnel of MSU-IIT do have positive
attitudes and beliefs on the Reproductive Health Bill and its effects relative to
overpopulation as well as its provisions sustaining to human rights and gender
equality. However the findings showed that many of these individuals thought that
use of contraceptives is against religion and that religious leaders are major
hindrances in the implementation of the RH Bill certainly imply difficulties ahead
for the RH Bill; if an academic community could have these kind of beliefs,
expectedly those of people in the barangays and municipalities may even be
more negative.

The findings imply that the MSU-IIT personnel positively look at the RH Bill
when it comes to its effects on morality and its effects on the general welfare of
the Filipinos as well as in encouraging the poor to have fewer children. The
findings further imply neutrality or indecisions on the part of the MSU-IIT
employees on many aspects of the RH Bill. Moreover, it may be deduced that the
MSU-IIT employees with higher number of children tend to perceive more
positively the RH Bill.

G. CONCLUSION

265 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Considering the test results between and among the independent
and dependent variables using the correlation – coefficient test, tested at 0.05
level of significance, among the socio-economic profile characteristics of the
respondents, only the number of children was found to have significant influence
on their perception on the RH Bill necessity. Therefore the rejection of the null
hypothesis insofar this specific independent variables is necessary while the null
hypothesis has to be accepted insofar as the rest of the socio-economic variables
are concerned.

H. RECOMMENDATIONS

Based on the findings, implications and conclusions, the following

recommendations are being proposed:

1. Awareness drives and information dissemination on the positive effects

of the RH Bill or even if it becomes the RH Law should be continued, not
only in schools but also in communities, especially in the grassroots with
barangays where most poor families live.
2. MSU-IIT could institutionalize awareness campaign on the Reproductive
Program as an extension thereby linkaging with local government units
for better outcome.
3. The Government, through the Department of Health and the
Commission on Population, should gradually implement the program
with due respect to the religious and cultural beliefs of the target
population, and the principle of freedom of choice on the part of the
married couples.
4. The Government should strengthen all agencies directly or indirectly
involved in the implementation of the reproductive health law, and
should be vigilant in monitoring its implementation especially the

266 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 components of the law that the religious sector especially the Catholic
Church have found questionable.

REFERENCES

1. Books

Coale, Ansley and Edgar M. Hoover (1958). Population Growth and Economic
Development in Low-Income Countries. Princeton: Mass., University Press.

Espiritu, Soccoro C. (1995). Social Living. Manila: Garcia Publishing House

Montes, Sylvia P. (1997). Current Social Issues. Quezon City: Rex Publishing

Persen, William. (1975). Population. New York: Macmillan Publishing Co.

Sanchez, Custodia A. (1991). Population Education. Manila: National Bookstore,

Inc.

Salcedo, Lucila L. (1999). Social Issues. Manila: Katha Pulishing Co., Inc.

Thompson, R. (1970). Building Support to CSM through advocacy: SOMARC in

Kazakstan and Uzbikistan. London: JMC Press

Villegas, Bernardo M. et. Al (September 2012). Handbook of Truths Behind the RH

Bill.

2. Articles and Journals

Barry, Coeli M. (2006). “The Limits of Conservative Church Reformism in the

Democratic Philippines”. In Religious Organizations and Democratization:
Case Studies from Contemporary Asia, edited by Cheng and Brown. New
York: East Gate.

Bautista, Julius. (April 2010) Church and State in the Philippines Tackling Life
Issues in a “Culture of Death”. Sojourn: Journal of Social Issues in
Southeast Asia,Vol.25,Number 1, pp. 29-53.

Blaney, Harry C. (July 3, 1989). National Security Study Memorandum NSSM 200
Implications of Worldwide Population Growth for U.S. Security and
Overseas Interests(THE KISSINGER REPORT).

DeRose, Laurie; F. Nii-Amoo Dodoo; Alex C. Ezeh; Tom O. Owuor (June

2004). "Does Discussion of Family Planning Improve Knowledge of
Partner's Attitude Toward Contraceptives?. Vol. 30, number 2

267 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Gable, Lance. Reproductive Health as a Human Right, The Wayne State
University Law School Legal Studies Research PaperSeries.

Guevara, Marita C., Aguas, Raymond, Alampay, Liane Pena. et al. (2008).
CATHOLICS CAN SUPPORT THE RH BILL IN GOOD CONSCIENCE.

Guro, Nasroden. (Jan. - June, 1992). Islam and Family Planning in the Philippines.
Mindanao Journal, Vol. XVIII.

U.E. Ovsienko. The Influence of Social and Economic Factors on Demographic

Characteristics” in World Population Conference, New York: United
Nations, 1967.

Kennedy, Robert E. (1973). Minority Group Status and Fertility: The Irish Case.
American Sociological Review, vol. 38.

Remo, M. V. (February 27, 2013). Philippine Growing Population A Boon Or A

Drag To A More Developed Philippines by 2050. Philippine Daily Inquirer.

Ruth Dixon-Mueller, PhD and Adrienne Germain, MA. (January 2007). Fertility
Regulation and Reproductive Health in the Millennium Development Goals:
The Search for a Perfect Indicator. Am J Public Health.; 97(1): 45–51.

Tan, K. (April 25, 2011). Iglesia ni Cristo, other religious groups Favor 0RH Bill.
GMA News.

3. Online Sources

Austria, C. S. (2004). The Church, The State and Women’s Bodies in the Context
of Religious Fundamentalism in the Philippines. Retrieved from
http://www.academia.edu/5776603/The_Church_the_State_and_Womens
_Bodies_in_the_Context_of_Religious_Fundamentalism_in_the_Philippin
es

Dela Cruz, J. (2011). Philippines ranked as 12th Most Populous Country in the
World. Philippine News.

Facts on Barriers to Contraceptive Use in the Philippines.Likhaan. Retrived from

http://www.guttmacher.org/pubs/FB-contraceptives-philippines.pdf

Osotimehin, Dr. Babatunde. (April 9, 2012) Family Planning: Making the

Fundamental Human Right a Reality.
MSU-Iligan Institute of Technology. (n.d.). Retrieved from www.msuiit.edu.ph:
http://www.msuiit.edu.ph/about/index.php.

268 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Romero, P. (February 01, 2011) . House panel approves RH bill, The Philippine
Star, Poverty in the Philippines.Asian Development Bank. Retrieved from
http://www.adb.org/Documents/Books/Poverty-in-the-
Philippines/chap8.pdf.

Zarabozo, S. J. (July 19, 2004). Is Family Planning Allowed in Islam?

4. Reports and Proceedings

Asian Development Bank Survey Report (2003).

Department of Health (DOH) Survey Report (2003).
Social Weather Station Report (2008).

SWS Survey on Reproductive Health (2010-2011). www.likhaan.org

Population and Development Conference Proceedings (1994). New York: United

Nations.

Senate Economic Planning Office Policy Brief, Promoting Reproductive Health: A

Unified Strategy to Achieve the MDGs (July, 2009), p. 3.

Sonfield, A., Alrich, C., Gold, R. B. (2008). Public funding for family planning,
sterilization and abortion services, FY 1980–2006 (PDF). Occasional
Report 38. New York: Guttmacher Institute.

UNPUBLISHED THESIS:

Dissertation

Derico, Nur-Hannipha Bacaraman. “Status and Problems of the Maternal

and Child Health Program Implementation in Lanao del Sur: Its Implication
to Educational Planning and Health Program Intervention”. MSU- Main
Campus, Marawi City

Master’s Thesis

Sanguila, Misael M. “A Comparative Study on the Attitude of Muslims and

Christians Towards the Anti Family Planning Doctrines: The Case of Lanao
del Norte”. MSU- Main Campus, Marawi City

269 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

THE EFFECT OF WORK CULTURE TOWARD EMPLOYEES PERFORMANCE (STUDY IN
MINISTRY OF LAW AND HUMAN RIGHTS, WEST SUMATERA)

Aldri Frinaldi
Lektor Kepala at Graduate Program Magister Public Administration,
Faculty of Sosial Science, Universitas Negeri Padang, West Sumatera, Indonesia
Email : [email protected]; [email protected]

Muhamad Ali Embi

Professor at School of Government, College of Law, Government and International Studies,
Universiti Utara Malaysia, Sintok, Kedah Darul Aman, Malaysia
Email : [email protected]
Yulvia Chrisdiana
Student of Magister Public Administration,
Faculty of Social Science, Universitas Negeri Padang, West Sumatera, Indonesia
Email : [email protected]

ABSTRACT

Bureaucratic reform in Indonesia has continued since the reform era. It

contained in Regulation of the Minister of Administrative Reform number 39/2012
about Guidelines for the development of a work culture. Government and local
Governments should be able to build an organizational culture that based on local
wisdom. Therefore, The Ministry of Law and Human Rights establish their own
organizational culture, called PASTI. The aims of this study was to analyzed the
cultural values of the organization and work culture in the Ministry of Law and Human
Rights. Quantitative was used in this research to see the influence of PASTI’s work
culture toward the employees performance at Ministry of Law and Human Rights. All
112 samples were counted by stratified random sampling. The data were collected
by valid and reliable questionnaires and analyzed by anova and multiple regressions.
The result showed that each of PASTI’s work culture were significant toward
employees performance at Ministry of Law and Human Right. The research found
that; (1) The effect of Professional’s work culture on employees performance was
0,074; (2) The effect of Accountable’s work culture on employees performance was
0,050; (3) The effect of Synergy’s work culture on employees performance was 0,158;
(4) The effect of Trasparency’s work culture on employees performance was 0,203;
270 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 (5) The effect of Innovative’s work culture on employees performance was 0,171 and
(5) The effect of work culture on employees performance as a whole was 0,341. The
conclusion was PASTI’s work culture of the employees of Ministry of Law and Human
Rights of West Sumatera Province positively affect employees’ performance as a
whole and also effect in each indicator of employees performance significantly.

Keywords: Work culture, Performance, Employees, Ministry of Law dan Human

Rights.

A. INTRODUCTION

The dynamics of national life, nationality and society today, requires every
government apparatus to be able to adjust to developments that occur. One of the efforts is
to reform the bureaucracy, both on the structural and cultural level. Bureaucracy reform at
the structural level is done through the reorganization of government organizations to be
more responsive to the demands of the public interest. While bureaucracy reform at the
cultural level, done through professional development and strengthening work ethos of
government apparatus. The ongoing bureaucratic reform in Indonesia is a planned step that
is being undertaken by the government to build and develop the performance of bureaucracy
and employee performance on the government line.

Bureaucracy reform becomes an important part in realizing good governance. The

emphasis of good governance is on improving the quality of public services and eradicating
corruption directed, systematic and integrated. Bureaucracy reform is a significant change of
elements of bureaucracy, including institutional, human resources apparatus, management,
accountability apparatus, supervision and public service. In order to achieve this, the
president of the Republic of Indonesia, Joko Widodo, launched the National Movement of
the Mental Revolution, which is oriented towards mind-set change and culture-set and the
development of work culture. This bureaucratic reform is expected to leave the priyayi
mentality among the government apparatus and how to provide faster, more precise and
cheap and easy service to the community. , Prevent and accelerate the eradication of
corruption, create good governance, clean and authoritative, and clean government and free
from corruption, collusion and nepotism. Therefore, in 2015, presented a movement of

271 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 mental revolution, a work culture called PASTI (Prefesional, Accountable, Synergy,
Transparent and Innovative).

Therefore, On the other hand, Weber’s theory stated that people in the lower hierarchy
should not fight people in the higher hierarchy (in Thoha, 1999). The internalization process
of the positive value of work culture to the civil state apparatus (ASN) requires seriousness
and competency so the benefit of work culture can be felt in increasing the work performance
of the employees.

The Indonesia government has set the Government Regulation Number 46 of 2011
which is then perfected by the Head of State Employment Agency Regulations No. 1 of 2013.
The assessment of employees’ work performances was not transparent until the government
regulation was set. The Government Regulation No. 46 Year 2011 obliges the apparatus to
set their target and realization in order to embody the professional and accountable
apparatus in delivering an excellent service to the citizens.

B. RESEARCH OBJECTIVES

The aims of this study were to see the effect of PASTI’s work culture on employees
performance in Ministry of Law and Human Rights of West Sumatera and to clarify the
positive work culture in it that can support the performance of the employees of Ministry of
Law and Human Rights of West Sumatera.

C. SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

To improve the employee performance and to accelerate the achievement of

bureaucratic reform objectives, Indonesia government through Regulation of the Minister of
Administrative Reform number 39/2012 about Guidelines for the development of a work
culture has been set a guideline to establish work culture in government apparatus. There
are already few ministries that have established their own work culture such as; (1) “Kami
PASTI” in Ministry of Law and Human Right; (2) integrity, professionalism, innovation,
responsibility, and fairness values in Ministry of Religious Affair. The establishment of work
culture is also established in various local governments by adopting their local wisdom such
272 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
as Yogyakarta Province (Sulistriyani et al, 2017). Although the local government has
established its own work culture, departments in local government level also have chances
to establish work culture that matches with their identity. The main value of work culture in
an organization has to be identified in order to ease the mindset development and accelerate
the process of bureaucratic reform in local government dalam hal memberikan pelayanan
yang prima dan memberikan kepastian hukum kepada masyarakat.

D. CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK
1. Work Culture Concept

Roobins dan Coulter (2005) explained that organizational culture is a value, belief or
perception owned by employees in an organization or organizational unit. Given this
organizational culture, employees can understand the core values of the organization and
can prevent internal conflicts (Denison and Mishra, 2005). Therefore, the development of a
work culture among employees will help organizational leaders change their behavior to
maintain good mutual relationships with their subordinates, improve their work stance and
reduce the potential for conflict.

Aldri and Muhammad Ali (2011; 2012) and Aldri (2011; 2014) argues that the work
culture provides a perspective of the value of positive and negative values in understanding
how to work, norms, patterns of thought and behavior of any person or group of people in
doing a job. Aldri (2014; 2015) also said that a positive work culture will have a positive
influence in increasing staff performance and in the development process if it is
implemented thoroughly and continuously.

2. PASTI’s work culture Concept

Professional, can be interpreted that work with clear work reference framework, right
schedule, correct mechanism, keep the spirit to keep working, promoting integrity and
professional ethics, hard work, smart work and sincere work. (Working with Clear Terms of
Reference: Appropriate Schedule, Correct Mechanism)

Accountable, in order to manage the State's money should be optimized with

accountability more accountable, the principle of effectiveness and efficiency in spending

273 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 State money, prioritizing the strategic and priority should be a decision in the
implementation of activities and not least important in accounting for the use of state money
should be better and true In accordance with applicable laws and regulations. (Accountable
accountability Principles of Effectiveness and Efficiency, Prioritizing Strategic and
Prioritized).

Synergy, that working together will be more leverage than in solitude. (Development
of Conferences according to TUSI: Unification of Energy, Effective Communication).

Transparency, The government’s apparatus must guarantee access or freedom for

everyone to obtain information about the administration of the government, information
about the policy, the process of manufacture and implementation and the results achieved.
(Application Procedure, Service Process, Tariff Clarity, Clarity of Completion Time, Other
Facilities Supporting Prime Service Standards).

Innovative, Namely self-optimization to continue to creativity and develop initiatives

and always do the renewal in carrying out duties and functions so as to strengthen the role
of ministry of law and human rights organizations to continue to excel. (Self-optimization to
be creative; Felling initiative; renewal in TUSI implementation)

3. Work Performance

In general performance (performance) is defined as the level of success / success of

a person in carrying out his work. According Mangkunegara (2009), performance is the
result of work in quality and quantity achieved by an employee in performing their duties in
accordance with the responsibilities given to him. Performance of employees is the result
of work in quality and quantity achieved by people who run the wheels of government in
carrying out its duties. So the performance of employees is very influential on the way the
organization of government in which employees work. Improved employee performance will
also influence or improve the achievement of the organization so that organizational goals
that have been determined can be achieved.

According to Harbani Pasolong (2010), the factors that affect the performance of
employees are: (1) Ability in a field that is influenced by talent, intelligence; (2) Willingness
to issue high levels of effort for organizational purposes; (3) Energy to respond and react
to whatever is required '(4) Technology is the application of existing knowledge to facilitate

274 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 the work' (5) Compensation, is something received by the employee as a reward for the
performance that is beneficial to him; (7) Clarity of purpose for the work done can be
directed and run effectively and efficiently; (8) Security in doing the job

E. METHODOLOGY

This research is a quantitative research. There were six variables in this research
which are PASTI’s work culture as the independent variable (X) and employee’s performance
as the dependent variable (Y). The population in this study was all 124 civil servants (PNS),
in Ministry of Law and Human Rights, West Sumatera (source: BPS 2016). The sample was
counted by using slovin’s formula and 112 respondents were obtained with stratified random
sampling. The data were collected by using a valid and reliable questionnaire and were
analyzed by using multiple regression formula using the Q-Test.

F. RESULT
1. Characteristics of Respondents

The socio-demographic characteristics of the respondents in this research are

shown in table below:

Table 1. The Socio-demographic Characteristics

Characteristic Frequen Percent

cy age
Gender
Man 52 46.43%
Woman 60 53.57%
Marital Status
Not Married 21 18.75%
Married 90 80.36%
Widow 1 0.89%
Widower - 0%
Recent Education
SMP/Equal - 0%
SMA/Equal 8 7.14%
Akademi/Diploma 3 2.68%
S1 84 75%
S2 17 15.18%
275 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 Working Period
1-5 years 26 23.21%
6-10 years 46 41.07%
11-15 years 15 13.39%
16-20 years 5 4.47%
21-25 years 5 4.47%
26-30 years 4 3.57%
>31 years 11 9.82%

From the table above it can be seen that out of 112 respondents, 52 respondents
are male with a percentage of 46.43% and 60 respondents were female with a
percentage of 53.57%. 80.36% are married and they have been working for various
period.

2. The Regression Test Results

The Effect of Professional’s Work Culture on Employees Performance, The

results of the Adjusted R Square indicates that the effect of Professional’s work culture
on employees performance in the Ministry of Law and Human Rights in West Sumatra
province was 7.4% and the remaining 92.6% was influenced by other factors. The
results of significance test of the ANOVA table shows that significancy value was less
than 0.05. It means that the effect of Prefessonal’s work culture on employees
performance in the ministry of Law and Human Rights in West Sumatera was significant
and can be trusted 99.98%. From T-test can also be seen that significant value is at a
value of 0.002 and less than 0.05, so it can be concluded that H0 is rejected.

The Effect of Accountable’s Work Culture on Employees Performance, The

results of the Adjusted R Square indicates that the effect of Accountable’s work culture
on employees performance in the Ministry of Law and Human Rights in West Sumatra
province was 5.0% and the remaining 95% was influenced by other factors. The results
of significance test of the ANOVA table shows that significancy value was less than
0.05. It means that the effect of Accountable’s work culture on employees performance
in the ministry of Law and Human Rights in West Sumatera was significant and can be
trusted 99%. From T-test can also be seen that significant value is at a value of 0.010
and less than 0.05, so it can be concluded that H0 is rejected.

The Effect of Synergy’s Work Culture on Employees Performance, The results

of the Adjusted R Square indicates that the effect of Synergy’s work culture on
276 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
employees performance in the Ministry of Law and Human Rights in West Sumatra
province was 15.8% and the remaining 84.2% was influenced by other factors. The
results of significance test of the ANOVA table shows that significancy value was less
than 0.05. It means that the effect of Synergy’s work culture on employees
performance in the ministry of Law and Human Rights in West Sumatera was significant
and can be trusted 100%. From T-test can also be seen that significant value is at a
value of 0.000 and less than 0.05, so it can be concluded that H0 is rejected.

The Effect of Transparency’s Work Culture on Employees Performance, The

results of the Adjusted R Square indicates that the effect of Transparency’s work culture
on employees performance in the Ministry of Law and Human Rights in West Sumatra
province was 20.3% and the remaining 79.7% was influenced by other factors. The
results of significance test of the ANOVA table shows that significancy value was less
than 0.05. It means that the effect of Transparency’s work culture on employees
performance in the ministry of Law and Human Rights in West Sumatera was significant
and can be trusted 100%. From T-test can also be seen that significant value is at a
value of 0.000 and less than 0.05, so it can be concluded that H0 is rejected.

The Effect of Innovative’s Work Culture on Employees Performance, The results

of the Adjusted R Square indicates that the effect of Innovative’s work culture on
employees performance in the Ministry of Law and Human Rights in West Sumatra
province was 17.1% and the remaining 82.9% was influenced by other factors. The
results of significance test of the ANOVA table shows that significancy value was less
than 0.05. It means that the effect of Innovative’s work culture on employees
performance in the ministry of Law and Human Rights in West Sumatera was significant
and can be trusted 100%. From T-test can also be seen that significant value is at a
value of 0.000 and less than 0.05, so it can be concluded that H0 is rejected.

The Effect of PASTI’s Work Culture on Employees performance, The value of

Adjusted R Square indicates that the effect of PASTI’s work culture on employees
performance at the Ministry of Law and Human Rights of West Sumatra province was
34.1% and the remaining 65.9% was influenced by other factors besides the PASTI’s
work culture. The results of significance test of the ANOVA table showed that
significant value was at 0.000 and less than 0.05. Therefore it means that the Effect of
PASTIs work culture on employees performance in the Ministray of Law and Human
277 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 Rights of West Sumatra province can be trusted 100%. From the T test can also be
seen that significant value is at a value of 0.000 and less than 0.05, so it can be
concluded that H0 was rejected and mean a significant difference between PASTI’s
work culture with employees performance at the Ministry of Law and Human Rights of
West Sumatra Province.

5. DISCUSSION

The result above showed the effect of PASTI’s work culture on each indicator on
employess performance. The summary of the result can be seen in Table 2 below:

Table 2. The Summary of Regression Test Result

Adjust
Indicator of Work
edR e Official Statement
performance
Square
Professional 0,074 92.6% a significant
influence
Accountable 0,050 95% a significant
influence
Synergy 0,158 84.2% a significant
influence
Transparency 0,203 79.7% a significant
influence
Innovative 0.171 82.9% a significant
influence

a significant
0,341 65.9%
PASTI’s work culture influence

Based on table above, the PASTI’s work culture’s indicator that has biggest influence
on employees performance was transparency that influenced employees performance for
20.3%. The lowest influence was shown by accountable for 7.4%. There are lots of things
that have to be done to increase the influence of each indicator on employees performance.
According to the result of research conducted by Aldri and Muhammad Ali (2011), it
suggested that the positive work culture that has strong influence on attitude and fair action

278 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

can push the employees to serve the public based on their function, responsibility, job, and
their authority well.

Lodge (2003) said that “transparency is associated with prescribed standards of

making regulatory activities access – and assess- able. And Klimes defines that
transparency is readly understandable, clear, without guile, candidi”. (Santoso, 2004).
According to Madiasmo (2002), transparency means the government's openness in
providing information related to public resource management activities to those who need
information. The Government is obliged to provide financial information and other information
that will be used for decision making by interested parties. Transparency will ultimately create
horizontal accountability between local governments and communities in order to create
clean, effective, efficient, accountable and responsive local governance of community
aspirations and aspirations. The concept of transparency embraced within the working
culture of SURE is transparency in terms of application procedures, service processes, tariff
clarity, clarity of service time and other facilities that support excellent service. With the
transparency of this service, is expected to foster the spirit of serving among the apparatus
in the Ministry of Law and Human Rights of West Sumatra Province.

The second biggest influence after transparency is Innovation. Ancok (2012) states
Innovation is a matter that is often very complex. Innovation demands a long process and
involves many people in various organizational units. Based on the results of the above
research, Innovation has a significant effect on employee performance. This is in line with
research conducted by Walker, Damanpor and Devece (2010). There are 4 kinds of
innovations as said by Ellitan and Anatan (2009), namely: Product innovation, Process
Innovation, Technology Innovation and Human Resource Innovation. Therefore, with the
Innovation, it is expected that the ministry of law and ham can optimize themselves to be
creative, develop the initiative and also do the renewal in service according to their main duty
and function.

Synergy or cooperation is a third indicator of work culture that has a high value, that
is equal to 15.8%. This is to suggest that, synergy or teamwork has a significant effect on
employee performance. Teamwork is a habit that humans do to meet the achievement of
common goals, as well as this happens to organizations that divide the group to achieve
organizational goals effectively. A person's performance will be more visible when compared
directly with other employees in the team. This is in accordance with the proposed teamwork
279 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
will be a form of organization, a suitable job to improve the performance of employees and
also the organization (Mulyadi and Setyawan, 2001). With the synergy in achieving the
objectives of kemenkumham, it is expected that all existing employees can work together as
well as possible to provide services to the community, in accordance with the mandate of
brokrasi reform in Indonesia.

And the fourth and fifth is Professional and Accountable which have value 5% and
7.4% to employee performance. Professionalism in this research is more aimed at aparartur
ability in giving good service, fair and inclusive and not just skill match with place of
assignment. In this study, the apparatus is required to have the ability and expertise to
understand and translate the aspirations and needs of the community into activities and
service programs. Professionalism is reliability in the execution of tasks so that it is
accomplished with high quality, timely, meticulous and with procedures that are easily
understood and followed by the customer. In this study, professionalism significantly affects
employee performance. The meaning is that the ability possessed by pgawai and its
application in providing services to the community in the level or category both and will further
realize the optimal performance so it is expected to affect the effectiveness of work and
quality of services provided to the community becomes more satisfactory.

In general, this research showed that if PASTI’s work culture is implemented in the
work place, the apparatus performance can be improved effectively. There will be many
works could be done efficiently based on SOP. The effort to improve PASTI’s work culture
is relevant with the vision and the mission of Ministry of Law and Human Rights of West
Sumatra Province. The Ministry of Law and Human Rights of West Sumatra Province is one
of vital departments because it provides the basic needs of public service.

The analysis of apparatus performance based on PASTI’s work culture must be done
continuously in order to improve the reliability of the apparatus so they can face any
obstacles and explore every resources. The component of PASTI’s work culture can open
more opportunity and access for the public to the social welfare. So, PASTI’s work culture
can influence the values of apparatus performance. The outcome of their performance can
be the feedback or input for the next improvement individually or in groups. The
understanding about this condition benefits the top management to determine the goal, the
path, the plan, even the career development (recruitment, training, promotion, and reward)
of the organization to be in line with the times.
280 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
6. Conclusion and Implication

From all findings above, we concluded that PASTI’s work culture influenced on
employees performance significantly each indicators and it also influenced employees
performance as a whole. The implication of this research was to help Ministry of Law and
Human Rights of West Sumatera to apply the value of PASTI’s work culture that needs to be
improved in order to accelerate the employee performance in the workplace. In addition, this
research also can be used as reference by the Government of West Sumatera Province in
establishing the value of PASTI’s work culture based on local wisdom that matches with the
characteristic of the West Sumatera Province Government.

7. RECOMMENDATION

The authors strongly recommend Ministry of Law and Human Rights of West Sumatra
province to improve employees performance indicators with PASTI’s work culture, so the
quantity and quality of work produced will also increase.

REFERENCE
A.A. Anwar Prabu Mangkunegara. 2009. Manajemen Sumber Daya Menusia. Bandung: PT.
Remaja Rosdakarya

Aldri Frinaldi. 2011. Analysis of Work Culture Civil Servant Discipline: Studies on some
governments in West Sumatra. Scientific Journal of Political State. Democracy. Vol X.
2. Padang, October 2011; it 123-140. ISSN. 1412-1522.
http://ejournal.fip.unp.ac.id/index.php/jd/article/view/1005/847

Aldri Frinaldi, Mohammed Ali Embi.2011. Work Culture Ethnic Influence on Work Culture
Courage and Wisdom of civil servants in the Public Service Prima in the Region (Case
Study on the Government of West Pasaman), e-JLAN, FISIP UNTIRTA e-Journal, Vol
1 (1), p 62-68. Serang, Banten. http://ejurnal.fisip-
untirta.ac.id/index.php/eJLAN/article/view/10/11

Aldri Frinaldi, Mohammed Ali Embi.2011. Work Culture Ethnic Influence on Work Culture
Courage and Wisdom of civil servants in the Public Service Prima in the Region (Case
Study on the Government of West Pasaman), e-JLAN, FISIP UNTIRTA e-Journal,
281 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 Vol 1 (1), p 62-68. Serang, Banten. http://ejurnal.fisip-
untirta.ac.id/index.php/eJLAN/article/view/10/11.

Aldri Frinaldi. 2014. Influence of Culture Civil Servants Working Against The Public Services
Department of Civil Registration and Population in Payakumbuh. Humanus Vol. XIII
No. December 2, 2014.
http://ejournal.unp.ac.id/index.php/humanus/article/view/4727/3696

Ancok Djamaludin. 2012. Psikologi dan Kepemimpinan Inovasi. Indonesia : Penerbit

Erlangga

Burhan Bungin. 2013. Quantitative Research Methodology; Communications, Economic and

Public Policy and the Social Sciences. Jakarta: Kencana Prenada Media Group.

Denison, D.R., & Ancil K. Mishra. 1995. Toward a Theory of Organizatonal Culture and
Effectiveness Organizations Science. Vol. 6, No. 2 (Mar- Apr, 1995), p. 204-223.
http://links.jstor.org/sci?sici=1047-
7039%28199503%2F04%296%3A2%3C204%3ATATOOC%3E2.0.CO%3B2-1

Ellitan, Lana & Antan, Lina. 2009. Manajemen inovasi: Transformasi Menuju Organisasi
Kelas Dunia. Bandung: Alfabeta

Harbani pasolong. 2010. Teori Administrasi Publik. Bandung: Alfabeta

Hofstede, Geert. 2001. Culture's Consequences: Comparing Values, Behaviors, Institutions

and Organizations Across Nations. 2nd Edition, Thousand Oaks CA: Sage
Publications.

Mardiasmo. 2002. Otonomi dan Managemen Keuangan Daerah. Yogyakarta: Andi Offset.

Mulyadi dan Johny Setyawan. 2001. Sistem Perencanaan dan Pengendalian Manajemen.
Edisi Kedua. Jakarta: Salemba Empat

Robbins, Stephen P. dan Mary Coulter. 2005. Management. 8 th Edition. New Jersey:
Prentice Hall
Santoso, Jarot Tri Bowo. 2004. Ananlisis Akuntabilitas dan Trasnparansi Yang Dipersepsikan
Dengan Kenyataan Yang Dialami Lembaga Donor dan Penerima jasa Pada LSM di
Kota Surabaya. Tesis. Universitas Airlangga.

Sondang, P. Siagian. 2009. Administrasi Pembangunan. Jakarta: Bumi Aksara.

Suharsimi Arikunto. 2013. Procedure Research: A Practical Approach. Jakarta: Rineke

Reserved.

Weber, Max. 2015. "Bureaucracy" in Weber's rationalism and Modern Society. translated and
edited by Tony Waters and Dagmar Waters, Palgrave-Macmillan.

282 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Public Information Access and Service in Government Agency (Descriptive Case
Study of the Utilization of Information Technology for Public Information Access and
Services in ANRI)

Tiara Kharisma
Student of Master of Communication’s Program of University of Indonesia
and
Firman Kurniawan Sujono
Master Lecturer of Communication Sciences of University of Indonesia

ABSTRACT
The law of the Republic of Indonesia number 14 of 2008 concerning the
openness of public information requires government agencies, include the National
Archives of the Republic of Indonesia (ANRI) to provide public information access and
service for citizen or legal entities in Indonesia. The regulation also requires
government agencies to use information technology to provide easier access of public
information and service. ANRI is one of the government agencies in the central level
which has its own specification, not only to provide and to manage public information
such as performance, accountability, or transparency, ANRI is also provide and
manage the information of collective memory and history of the nation that the sources
are taken from the archives.
The objective of this research describes how ANRI utilizes information
technology in providing public information access and service to citizen or legal
entities in Indonesia. This research is a qualitative method. The purpose of this
research is descriptive research while the research strategy is a case study. Data
collection conducted by participative observation, interview and records study in the
central of information service in ANRI.
The result of this research indicates that the utilization of information
technology for public information access and service has begun since 2010 when
Pejabat Pengelola Informasi dan Dokumentasi formed in ANRI. Up to 2016, there
have been many improvements of the utilization of information technology for public
information access and service involving a method of public information application,
medium of presentation of public information, and a method of publishing of
information content. However, the improvements still can be optimized, as in the
integration of information content about the performance of institutions and
information about the collective memory and history of the nation in medium of public
information application. The conclusion of this research is ANRI has utilized
information technology for public information access and service already and it shows
its progress, however, it still needs some improvements in a matter of public
participation and the quality of public information access and service.
Keywords: information technology, access, service, public information

283 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

A. INTRODUCTION
In the post-reformation, the people of Indonesia experienced a metamorphosis in
their democratic life, including the struggle for the right to obtain information. This right is
guaranteed by the state as stipulated in the Article 28 F of the UUD 1945. The Article states
that everybody shall have the right to communicate and to obtain the information to develop
his personal and social environment, everybody shall have the right to seek, obtain,
possess, store, process and convey information by using any available channel types.
Previously, the society was afraid to ask or request the information about the use of
the state budget or funds sourced from the community or other activities that were under
the control of the government. Since the Law of the Republic of Indonesia Number 14 of
2008 concerning the openness of public information enacted, as an Indonesian citizen
(WNI) or a legal entity, which domiciled in Indonesia, they finally have the right to request
public information to the government agencies.
It takes 8 years for Indonesia to formulate the regulation of the citizen’s right and the
right to obtain information from a Public Agency. The enactment of such regulation requires
the Public Agency, including the government agencies to be open to citizen who request
public information in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. The openness of
public information also provides an opportunity for the public to participate in public policy-
making processes or submit feedback on the policy that will be proposed.
The existence of openness of public information, become one of the implementation
of good governance and it can also prevent the existence of collusion, corruption or
nepotism. The citizen can also control the performance of government agencies or other
Public Agency. The openness of public information has also become one of benchmark of
how big the responsibility of government in implementing the administration (Retnowati,
2012:58).
The formation of the regulation concerning the openness of public information
motivates Public Agency, including the government agencies to improve its job in providing
and giving public information access and services. Whether the information must be
published on a regular basis, or at any time and necessarily. Public Agency required to
appoint Pejabat Pengelola Informasi dan Dokumentasi (PPID) as officials responsible for
the implementation of openness of public information. PPID must provide guarantees and
certainty to citizen or legal entities to get access and service of public information.
Therefore, the regulation enactment about the openness of public information is expected

284 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

to be beneficial for the citizens, especially in terms of the ease of obtaining public
information.
Many ways can be attained by the government agencies to guarantee and to
facilitate citizen to obtain public information. One of them is the utilization of information
technology. Government agencies as an organization should utilize information technology
tools in the process of running the organization, both internal and external activities, include
in the provision of services and access to public information.
The utilization of information technology in the aspect of openness of public
information is actually guaranteed by the regulation of openness of public information.
Therefore, Public Agency not only must be open to provide of public information, but they
also pressured to be aware of the information technology to help to achieve access and
service of public information effectively, which means to be faster, timely, low cost and in a
more simple way. The utilization of information technology also brings the advantage to the
citizen, they can easily access and request for public information without being restricted
by distance, space and time.
The utilization of information technology for public information access and service
require government agencies to do the improvement, including in the National Archives of
the Republic of Indonesia (ANRI). ANRI is a non-ministerial government institution with
state duty in the archival field. Beneath it all, ANRI tightly connected to the Law of the
Republic of Indonesia Number 14 of 2008 concerning the openness of public information,
which is in the article 8 of these regulations, it states that “The responsibility of Public
Agency related to the archival and documentation of public information is done based on
regulations”.
ANRI has its own uniqueness in providing access and service of public information,
it is due to not only ANRI provides and manages public information about performance,
accountability, or transparency it also provides and manages information about collective
memory and history of the nation according to the archives. Therefore, the information that
is provided to the public is not only sourced from the records but also from the archives that
is managed by ANRI.
The responsibility for the access and the service of public information is recently
under the Head of the Bureau of Planning and Public Relations in ANRI. These bureaus
assume that the responsibility to provide of access and service of public information is
supported by information technology. The information technology that is connected to the

285 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

internet to support providing access and public information service in the ANRI is definitely
has its own overplus.
Empirically, The utilization of information technology connected to the internet in
providing access and service of public information in ANRI does not show the systematic
effort of ANRI in conducting public information service based on information technology. It
is because although the public is interested in accessing information however they does
not understand the information technology that is utilized by ANRI in providing public
information access and services.
Technology created to provide convenience in human work (Pacey, 1983:3).
Therefore, aligning to the context of access and services of public information, the
information technology managed by PPID in ANRI functioned to provide the ease for the
citizens, in particular about public information access and services. In presenting
information technology for public information access and services, three important aspects
are always inherent in technology and must be considered for the applied technology to be
successful. They involve cultural aspect, technical aspect and organizational aspect
(Pacey, 1983).
The utilization of information technology for public information access and service in
ANRI emerged and developed because of some reasons. Those reasons are the increasing
of public awareness of the right to obtain information from ANRI from year to year
(information related to transparency of budget usage, ANRI performance or history and
collective memory of the nation), high internet usage by the people of Indonesia, ANRI’s
creativity to provide easy access of the information for the public by utilizing web sites and
information technology, the experience of the users who has requested information from
ANRI, they demand easier and faster way to obtain public information, and in line with
values of regulation, which prosecute public information services that should be easy,
cheap, fast and given in a simple way. If we refer to Pacey’s concept (1983), those are the
part of the cultural aspect in the utilization of information technology for public information
access and services.
Through this paper, the researcher will emphasize the discussion about the
organizational and technical aspects of ANRI in utilizing information technology for public
information access and services. It is important to be discussed because it will show the
effort of the government agencies that has uniqueness in the management of public
information by utilizing information technology for public information access and services.

286 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

B. Research Objectives
Public agency utilizes various mediums to provide public information access and
services to citizen. Information technology is used as a tool to provide convenience for the
citizen to obtain information. The development of information technology by Public Agency
is obligated by the regulations. The purpose of this research is descriptive analytical,
therefore it will describe how ANRI utilize information technology for public information
access and services. There will be two sub-discussion that will be discussed in this paper,
include the following: (i) to know the organizational aspect done by ANRI in utilizing
information technology for public information access and services; and (ii) to know the
technical aspect done by ANRI in utilizing information technology for public information
access and services.

C. SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

There are some previous researches about the openness of public information in
Indonesia. The first research is written by Susanto (2013:53-58). He examined the law of the
openness of public information and governance enforcement. The result indicated that the
openness of public information is very important in improving public service. Secondly, a
research written by Aritonang (2011:261-286). He examined the communication policy in
Indonesia: the image of the implementation description of the Law of the Republic of
Indonesia Number 14 of 2008 concerning the openness of public information. The result of
this research indicated that the regulation of openness of public information is a
communication policy that smoothen communication system. The more people know about
public information, the more they want to participate in government affairs. The more
incessant the information and the wider rotation of information, the more people moves
towards the information society.
The previous researches, which analyze about the openness of public information in
Indonesia provide a sight about of the importance of information services as one of the
implementation of regulations of openness of public information. In this case, it is functioned
to create better public services and to improve public participation in the governance system.
Along with the previous researches, the researches about the utilization of information
technology in government agency is also reviewed. Firstly, a research written by Praditya
(2014:129-140). He examines the Utilization of Information Technology in the Level of Village
287 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
Government: Panjalu Village case, Ciamis Regency. The result indicated that Panjallu
Village conducted ICT training for village administrator. The utilization of ICT is used to
spread or to disseminate the information about development activities.
Secondly, a research written by Carter & Bélanger (2005: 5-25). The research entitled
the utilization of e-government services: citizen trust, innovation and acceptance factors. The
result of the research indicates that online services used by the government should resemble
the traditional government services to encourage public acceptance. The government is also
expected to give accurate, timely and reliable services. In case the public has a positive
experience about e-government services they will be more likely to use public services again.
Based on the mentioned previous researches, therefore the research about utilization
of information technology in public organization that has the task in archives and records
management is worth further observation. The previous researches will support and
contribute scientifically to the research of utilization of information technology for access and
public information services in archival institution as well as government agencies.
Aside to the scientific contributions, the research results are expected to provide
practical benefits. It is in a matter of providing inputs to policy makers in ANRI at managing
and servicing public information based on information technology. Based on the field
observation, yet ANRI is not showing systematic efforts in providing access and services of
public information yet based on information technology.

D. CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK
1. Technology
In defining the concept of technology-practice to be more appropriate, it is
necessary to think further about the human aspect and the social aspect (Pacey, 1983:4).
Technology practice is not only related to its technical matter, which involve people and
machines, considering the statement, if technology only related to these aspects, it means
that technology is restricted.
If we look at the construction of a basic machine and its working principles, it can
be said that technology is culturally neutral. However, if we look at how people utilize
technology to support their activities, it can be said that that technology is not neutral.
Technology practice is not only about its technical aspect, but it also involves other
aspects such as cultural and organizational aspect. Pacey states that the general meaning
of technology involves three aspects, they are:

288 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 a. Organizational aspect represents many facets of administration, and public policy; it
relates to the activities of designers, engineers, technicians, and production workers,
and also concerns the users and consumers of whatever is produced by technology;
b. Technical aspect, its involve machines, skill and techniques, knowledge, tools,
chemicals, live ware, resource products, wastes and the essential activity of making
things work;
c. Cultural aspect, its involve goals, values, ethical code, belief in progress, awareness
and creativity.

Figure 1. Diagrammatic definition of technology and technology practice

(Pacey, 1983:6)

Cultural Aspect Organizational Aspect

Technology
practice

General meaning
of technology

Restricted meaning of technology

Technical Aspect

Galbraith considers technology as an activity involving complex organizations and

value systems. Furthermore, Pacey added that technology-practice is thus the application
of scientific and other knowledge used for practical tasks by systems that managed by
people and organizations, as well as living things and machines (Pacey, 1983:6).

E. INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY IN ORGANIZATION

Information, technology and communication help to create network structures for
interconnection, delivering services, efficiency and effectiveness, interactivity,
decentralization, transparency and accountability (Yildiz, 2007: 650). Recently information
technology has emerged because of the increasingly widespread globalization in
organizational life. Technology can be separated from an organizational process, because
289 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 of the existence of information technology becomes the main determining factor for
organizational success (Gordon & Gordon, 2000; Ruliana, 2014:169). The development of
information technology can affect to the way of our work and has the important role of an
organizational transformation, its include government agencies.
Fulk and Steinfield (Pace & Faules, 1998:230) state that effective communication in
organizations is a communication that spurs the implementation of information technology
within the organization. Sproull and Kiesler (Pace & Faules, 1998:231) are also state that
communication technology has two levels of impacts. The first level of impact is planned
technical benefits. The second level is innovation and unanticipated social consequences
when long-term changes occurred.
Furthermore, Hiitz and Turoff (1985) state that there are potential benefits for
organizations who use electronic system. It allows communicating with new public, which
resulted in the creation of new ideas and innovation in the second level of impact. While
the first level of impact, which are productivity and efficiency improvements considered
important to the organization, the second level impact is facing long-term issues such as
innovation. Even Kiesler (1986) states that the social effects of computer networks are more
important than making a profit. Its social effect is creating a new issue of task and structure,
habit, quality and quantity of interpersonal communication (Pace & Faules, 1998:245).
The technology keeps on advancing and it transforms the way government agencies
to communicate, interact, and share information with the public (Lee, Neeley & Stewart:
126). The utilization of new communication technology can be seen as a result of
anticipation of increasing of efficiency and productivity, functioned to improve organizational
functions.

F. Information Technology and E-Government

For government agencies, the utilization of information technology is in line with the
concept of electronic government (e-government). United Nations & American Society for
Public Administration defined the concept of e-government as a utilization of internet and
world-wide-web to deliver the information and services from government to the public
(Yildiz, 2007: 650).
In Indonesia, President appoints the regulation of e-government since 2003. The
utilization of information technology in the government agencies has some purposes, such
as to achieve good governance, improving public services, accessing, managing and

290 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 utilizing public information effectively and efficiently (Inpres, 2003). The implementation of
e-government allows the public to be able to interact including obtaining services from
government agencies without knowing the distance, space and time.
Based on report of The Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development
(Darmawan, 2011; Praditya, 2014:129-140), the utilization of ICT in government is giving
some advantages, those are:
1. Improve the efficiency of data or information sharing in internal institution or
government-to-government. The utilization if ICT also can increase the efficiency of
collecting and transmission of data, information, doing task, and operating of public
administration;
2. Improve public access; When the public use the public services, they don’t need to
know the complex structure and relations behind the services which provided by
government;
3. Help to achieve a public policy; by utilizing of ICT help to socialize a public policy to the
public, so that stakeholders can share ideas and information on policy;
4. Help the contribution to economic policy; the utilizing of ICT in e-government can
minimize corruption, increase the openness and trust in government. The government
also can do the efficiency through process of administration and providing information
based on ICT;
5. Improve contribution to reform; the utilizing of ICT changed or reformed many aspects,
such as improve transparency and facilitate information sharing;
6. Improve the trust between the government and its public; the utilizing of ICT improves
good governance through increased transparency and minimized corruption, so that it
can improve public trust in the government.

8. PUBLIC INFORMATION
According to article 1 number (2) of the Law of the Republic of Indonesia Number 14
of 2008 concerning the openness of public information, it states that public information is
an information that is generated, stored, managed, transmitted, and/or received by a Public
Agency, it relates to the organizers and the administration of the state and/or organizers
and the administration of other Public Agency in accordance with its regulation as well as
other information which relates with public interest. Public information is open and can be
accessed by citizen or legal entities in Indonesia, who has submitted a request for public

291 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 information to a Public Agency. Government agencies are one of Public Agency, so that
they must provide public information access and service for citizen or legal entities in
Indonesia.
Public information that must be shared and provide by the government agencies,
including obligatory public information that must be announced on a regular basis at any
time and necessarily. However, there is also information that is not allowed to share with
the public, it is an exceptional information in accordance with regulations.

9. THEORITICAL ASSUMPTION
Providing efficient, effective, interactive, transparent and accountable public
information access and services, government agencies can use information technology that
connected to the internet. The existence of information technology can be a determinant of
the success of a government agency in providing access and services public information
quickly and cheaply. The utilization of information technology is also in line with the concept
and design of electronic government that can provide benefits for both government agencies
and the public.
If we refer to the Pacey’s statement about the concept of technology practice, he
states that there are three important aspects of utilizing information technology for public
information access and services, those are cultural aspect, organizational aspect and
technical aspect, and to be called as technology all of the three aspects must be fulfilled.

10. METHODOLOGY
In this research, the researcher is discussing about the utilization of information
technology for public information access and services, therefore the authors use qualitative
method to investigate deeper and further from the perspective of government agency
members or as participants (Hennink, Hutter & Bailey, 2011:9), concerning the utilization of
information technology for public information access and services in ANRI.
This research will explore a deeper understanding of organizational members at
ANRI in the utilization of information technology for public information access and services.
Therefore, the research paradigm that is used in this research is interpretive paradigm.
Interpretive paradigm concerns about meaningful social action, socially constructed
meaning and value relativism (Neuman, 2013:115). The purpose of this research is
analytical descriptive, therefore the description about the situation, social arrangement or

292 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 relationship will be very specific (Neuman, 2013:44), in the utilizing of information
technology for public information access and services at ANRI
The research strategy that is used in this research is a case study. The unit case
that will be investigated is the utilizing of information technology for public information
access and services. The researcher collects all the data through observation, interview,
and records study in central of information service in ANRI. The observation will be done
during July 2016 until January 2017. The informants that will be interviewed are selected
based on the criteria of work experience, tasks and job responsibilities as well as job
specialization.

11. CONCLUSION
The result of this paper indicates that the utilization of information technology for
public information access and service has begun since 2010 when Pejabat Pengelola
Informasi dan Dokumentasi formed in ANRI. Up to 2016, there are many organizational
aspect done by ANRI in the utilization of information technology for public information
access and services. Those are including the determination of ANRI’s Director General to
create and develop an application to provide information access and services based on
ICT; budget allocations for system and application development in 2011, 2013, 2015 and
2016; the implementation of benchmarking in the compiling of the application of information
technology based on ICT; and the addition of an assigned structure of service
management and information provision in the division of 2014. However, in 2015, some
matters relating to organizational policy in implementing employee mutations ultimately
lead to the hampered of the utilization of information technology for public information
access and services. It is later affected the emergence of a problem with the presentation
of information based on information technology.
The established policy on public information access and services in ANRI in fact
has accommodated the management of public information sourced from records and
archives. However, in the utilization of information technology for public information access
and services what exist in the application is not integrated with the source of information
from records and archives and static archives. Whereas, if we refer to the regulation and
policy, static archives are also a part of the public information in ANRI.
There are several technical aspects of ANRI in utilizing information technology for
public information access and services. Those are including the improvement of a

293 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 knowledge and skills of employees in workshop activities, technical guidance, training and
certification; the procurement of work support equipment for public information access and
services based on ICT; and the development of design of application and website used in
public information access and services. However, in the aspect of human resources, there
was a reduction of resources who works on the access of management and public
information services since 2014. Whereas, resources is an important element in operating
the system of information technology and maintaining the application built. Furthermore,
the lack of security in the built application is still considered as another problem, proved as
how often it gets hacked.
Organizational and technical effort worked by ANRI intended to develop the content
of the public information method primarily based on archival principles and rules, so that it
can facilitate the public to access and to request information. Based on the data in the field
some obstacles are encountered. Therefore, improvement still needed, so it can fulfill all
of aspects that represent the general meaning of technology as proposed by Arnold Pacey.

12. RECOMMENDATION
According to the conclusion above, there are two recommendations that can be
conveyed by the researcher. Those are:
1. The organizational aspect that has done by ANRI in utilizing information technology for
public information access and services still needs some improvement, primarily
concerned with the policy of integrating public information content from records and
archives, so that information about history and collective memory of the nation can be
integrated in a system. Additional budget allocations are required, not only for the
creation and for development of systems and applications, but also for the maintenance
and the security costs. The policy and the political will of ANRI leaders are also needed
in the running of the mobilization of applications and systems that is built, as well as to
maintain the technology so that the access and service processes can continue to run;
2. In the technical aspect, a several things need to be improved, especially in terms of
adding quality and quantity of human resources and the addition of information
technology security devices for the public information access and services.

294 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 The researcher considers both of the recommendations are important to be solved
and improved, in order to increase public participation in policy making at ANRI, to give the
quality of public information access and services to the public, and to achieve the goals of
the utilization of technology in public information services, which can provide the ease,
speed, simple and inexpensive way for the citizens to obtain the information.

REFERENCES
Aritonang, Agusly Irawan. (2011). Kebijakan Komunikasi di Indonesia: Gambaran
Implementasi UU No. 14 tahun 2008 tentang Keterbukaan Informasi Publik. Jurnal
Komunikasi Vol 1 No 3, pp 261-278, Retrieved on Desember, 12, 2016 from
http://jurnalaspikom.org/index.php/aspikom/article/view/24/28
Carter, Lemuria & Bélanger, France. (2015). The Utilization of E-government Services: Citizen
Trust, Innovation and Acceptance Factors. Info Systems J 15, pp 5–25. Retrieved on
Desember 13, 2016 from http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/j.1365-
2575.2005.00183.x/full
Henink, Monique., Hutter, Inge., & Bailey, Ajay. (2011). Qualitative Research Methods. Los
Angeles: Sage Publications.
Instruksi Presiden Nomor 3 Tahun 2003 tentang Kebijakan dan Strategi Nasional
Pengembangan E-Government. Retreived on Desember, 15, 2016 from
https://ppidkemkominfo.files.wordpress.com/2012/12/instruksi_presiden_no_3_th_20
031.pdf
Lee, Mordecai., Neeley, Grant., & Stewart, Grant (eds). (2012). The Practice of Government
Public Relations. New York: CRC Press.
Neuman, W. Laurence. (2013). Metodologi Penelitian Sosial: Pendekatan Kualitatif dan
Kuantitatif (7th ed) (Edina T Sofia, Trans). Jakarta: Indeks. (Original work published
2011).
Pace, R. Wayne & Faules, Don F. (1998). Komunikasi Organisasi: Strategi Meningkatkan
Kinerja Perusahaan. (Deddy Mulyana, Engkus Kuswarno, Gembirasari, Trans).
Bandung: PT Remaja Rosdakarya. (Original work published 1990).
Pacey, Arnold. (1983). The Culture of Technology. Cambridge: The MIT Press.
Praditya, Didit. (2014). Pemanfaatan Teknologi Informasi dan Komunikasi (TIK) di Tingkat
Pemerintahan Desa. Jurnal Penelitian Komunikasi Vol. 17 No.2, Desember 2014, pp
129-140. Retrieved on Desember, 13, 2016 from
http://bppkibandung.id/index.php/jpk/article/view/12
Retnowati, Endang. (2012). Keterbukaan Informasi Publik dan Good Governance, Antara Das
Sein dan Das Sollen. PERSPEKTIF Volume XVII No. 1 Tahun 2012 Edisi Januari, pp
54-61. Ejournal Universitas Wijaya Kusuma Surabaya. Retrieved on November 10,
2016, from http://ejournal.uwks.ac.id/myfiles/201303262718521985/6.pdf
Ruliana, Poppy. (2014). Komunikasi Organisasi: Teori dan Studi Kasus. Jakarta: Rajawali
Pers.
Susanto, Eko Harry. (2013). Undang-Undang Keterbukaan Informasi Publik dan
Penyelenggaraan Pemerintahan. Journal Komunikator, Vol 5 No.3, pp 53-58 Retrieved
on Desember, 12, 2016 from
http://journal.umy.ac.id/index.php/jkm/article/view/204/160
Yildiz, Mete. (2007). E-government Research: Reviewing the Literature, Limitations, and Ways
Forward. Government Information Quarterly 24, pp 646–665. Retrieved on Desember
17, 2016, from http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0740624X07000056
295 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
296 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
THE IMPACT OF PAY REFORM ON THE ORGANIZATIONAL PERFORMANCE (A CASE
STUDY: IMPLEMENTATION OF REMUNERATION AT UNIVERSITAS PADJADJARAN)

R. Ira Irawati2
Nunung Runiawati3
Imanudin Kudus4
ABSTRACT
After becoming a Public Service Agency (BLU) in 2009, Unpad needs a new payment
system as the demand in improving the performance and legality of compensation payment
based on the level of responsibility and the needed demand of professionalism. By prioritizing
the principle of pay for performance, since 2015 Unpad has conducted pay reform known as
remuneration. Meanwhile, the purpose of the remuneration system at Unpad is to obtain
human resources with the appropriate qualification so that it makes sure that they work
professionally, retains good and high achieving employees, motivates employees to work
productively, gives rewards to employees based on their performance and work
achievements, and controls the employee cost. The remuneration system will become the
guidance for managing finance and also it will improve the service quality of Unpad.
Moreover, the existence of remuneration hopefully will change the culture of employees in
performing their works. This paper would explain how pay reform affects the performance of
Unpad, particularly in achieving tridharma perguruan tinggi (the three obligations of
universities). The research method applied was the qualitative with collection data
techniques of participatory observation, interviews, and literature review. The research result
showed that the implementation of pay reform which has been conducted by Unpad since
2015, based on ranking to positions based on the skill required, complexity of task,
assignments which have been accomplished, problem solving and responsibility, has a
significant impact on the improvement of organizational performance, especially tridharma
perguruan tinggi (the three obligations of universities). It is because besides the principle of
pay for performance, the implementation of remuneration also refers to the principle of pay
for position and pay for people.

Keywords: Pay Reform, Pay for Performance, Pay for Position, Pay for People,
Remuneration, Organizational Performance

A. INTRODUCTION
After becoming a Public Service Agency (BLU) in 2009, Unpad needs a new payment
system as the demand in improving the performance and legality of compensation payment
based on the level of responsibility and the needed demand of professionalism. As a Public
Service Agency and also a government working unit Unpad practices flexible management
of state finance in accordance with prevailing legislation.

2
Associate Professor of Public Administration Department,Faculty of Social and Political Science, UniversitasPadjadjaran, Graduated from
Administration Doctoral Program at Universitas Padjadjaran, email: [email protected]
3Lecturer of Public Administration Departement, Faculty of Social and Political Science, Universitas Padjadjaran, Graduated from Public
Administration Master Program at Universitas Padjadjaran, email: [email protected]
4Lecturer of Public Administration Departement, Faculty of Social and Political Science, Universitas Padjadjaran, Graduated from Public
Administration Master Program at Universitas Padjadjaran, email: [email protected]

297 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 By prioritizing the principle of pay for performance, since 2015 Unpad has conducted
pay reform known as remuneration.Meanwhile, the purpose of the remuneration system at
Unpad is to obtain human resources with the appropriate qualification so that it makes sure
that they work professionally, retains good and high achieving employees, motivates
employees to work productively, gives rewards to employees based on their performance
and work achievements, and controls the employee cost. The remuneration system will
become the guidance for managing finance and also it will improve the service quality of
Unpad. Moreover, the existence of remuneration hopefully will change the culture of
employees in performing their works. The remuneration system practiced up till now by
Unpad basically has approached the empiric practice.

B. RESEARCH OBJECTIVES
The objective of this research is to find out how remuneration has been implemented
at Universitas Padjadjaran and its impact on the organizational performance, particularly in
the fulfillment of tridharma perguruan tinggi(the three obligations of universities).

C. SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

The demand for remuneration for universities with a status of Public Service Agency
is absolutely needed in accordance with the mandate that the remuneration system is
necessary as the legality of compensation payment to employees based on based on the
level of responsibility and the needed demand of professionalism. Some mandates for
regulation relating to this matter are among others:
1. Other Input Cost Standard(SBML) at State Universities of 2014: ...”The honorarium cost
unit which is basically remuneration for officials of Public Service Agencies and
supervisory boards should be processed in accordance with Government Regulation
which regulate management of Public Service.”
2. Regulation of the Minister of Finance71/2013 Ps 8(4): .... “The usage of other input cost
units which adds income and/or facilities referred to section (3) must obtain the
approval of the Minister of Finance.”
D. CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK
Milkovich & Newman (1999) proposed that remuneration refers to all forms of benefits,
both financial (transactional) and non-financial (relational) ones. In principle remuneration is
a tool to realize the vision and mission of an organization because remuneration itself aims

298 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 to attract skillful and experienced employees, to retain qualified employees, to motivate
employees to work effectively, to motivate the establishment of positive behavior, and to
become a tool to control expenses, in which they are factors that assist in achieving the
vision and mission of the organization.
Further, the definition of remuneration is compensation, which may be in the form of
salary, honorarium, permanent allowance, bonus for achievements, severance pay, and/or
pension (Regulation of the Minister of Finance Number 10/PMK.02/2006 Article 2).
Remunerationis given to management officials, Supervisory Boards, and Employees of
Public Service Agencies based on the level of responsibility and the needed demand of
professionalism. Components of remuneration are stipulated by referring to the
nomenclaturein Regulation of the Minister of Finance Number10/PMK.02/2006, Regulation
of the Minister of Finance Number73/PMK.05/2007, and Regulation of the Minister of
Finance Number 10/PMK.02/2006.
Some theories applied in determining remuneration are as follows:
a. Equity theory (Berman, 2020:201)5which emphasizes the balance between contribution
made by the individual and the rewards received from the organization. This philosophy
also assumes that there is correlation between performance and pay (Vroom:1964) .
b. Theory of pay structure based on content which ranks positions based on the skill
required (skills and knowledge), complexity of task (work achievements produced by a
position and how they are produced; what tasks are done), problem solving and or
responsibility (what kinds of behaviors are performed).Job based structure emphasizes
thework performed, which includes what people are doing and what they produce
(purpose of task /the expected outcomes.
c. Theoryof job analysis and job evaluation which proposes that:
a. Job evaluation is based on a combination of job content, skills required,
andvalues of the skills to the organization.
b. Content refers to what work is performedandhow itgets done (Milkovich
2011:129-130). Work Content of Jobs elaborate tasks, ability/behaviorsin
performing the work and standard/work target (responsibilities) (Milkovich, 2011:
95-96,186 ).

5
Philosophy of Pay is Equity theory, which stated that the basis of pay program must be balance between contribution
made by individual and the rewards received from the organization
299 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 c. The process of Job Evaluation is begun with Job Analysis, which is formulated
in job descriptionand it becomes the input in job evaluation (Milkovich, 2011:131)
d. Theory of equity in external competitiveness orlabor markets (Berman, 2010: 222)
which proposes that determination of salary structure needs information on salaries
of the same position in similar organizations.
e. Theory of supply and demand for labor which proposes that proposes the determining
factor in pay levels of employees is supply and demand. However, organizations need
to ensure thattheir income ability sufficient for paying the expenses, including
compensation (Milkovich, 2011: 2013 ). If the demand for goods/services produced
by the organization is high, it will affect the improvement in the organization’s ability
to pay all expenses, including the increase in the expenses for paying salaries/wages
of its employees.
f. Theory of Pay structure based onValue which proposes that salary structure refers to
values/benefits that a good or service produces by a position or the proportion of
contribution of skill, task and responsibilitiesto the organization’s objectives
(Milkovich, 2011:72).
g. Theory of Balance Scorecard which measures performance through four
perspectives, namely Financial Perspective, Customer Perspective, Internal Business
Perspective, Learning and Growth Perspective (Norton & Kaplan, 1992)
h. Theory ofPerson based Structurewhich focuses on individual characteristics of
employees relating to skill/ knowledge and competencies. Value of Skill can be
proven, among others, by certificates obtained by attending certain education/training.
This proof is considered to be accurate that it can assess employees fairly (Milkovich,
2011:169). Quantity valuecan be determined by skill level or competency level
(Milkovich, 2011 :186).
i. Theory of Job Evaluation Methodswhich proposes that there are three methods
generally used in performing job evaluation, namely
a. Ranking
b. Classification
c. Point Method (Milkovich, 2011:134)
j. Point Method is an approach of job evaluation which is mostly used in the United
States and Europe. This method has three characteristics,namely compensable
factors, factor degrees numerically scaled, and weight reflecting the relative

300 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 importance of each factor.Each indicator is given a degree and it is multiplied by
weightand the result is the position value. (Milkovich, 2011:134)

The implementation of remuneration at Universitas Padjadjaran applies paradigm of

pay structure based on content, in which remuneration emphasizes job grading and work
achievements produced. Therefore, the paradigm of this research is as follows:
1. To map the policy of remuneration at Universitas Padjadjaran;
2. To conduct job evaluation to determine job grading;
3. To measure the impact of the organization’s performance after remuneration.

E. METHODOLOGY
This research applied the qualitative method, aiming to find out the implementation of
remuneration and its impact to the performance of Universitas Padjadjaran. The data
collection technique was conducted through:
1. Literature studies, particularly documents of relevant legislation.
2. Focused group discussion with vice rector for finance and vice deans of finance.
3. Participatory observation, in which researchers were involved in preparing the
implementation of remuneration at Universitas Padjadjaran.

F. CONCLUSION
1. Remuneration Policy at Universitas Padjadjaran
There are three components of the remuneration system at Universitas
Padjadjaran
a. Pay for positionispayment for positions calculated according to the job value
produced by a position. For the position of lecturers, pay for position is in the form
of salary from Non-Tax State Revenues (PNBP)paid to fulfill the task load of
tridharma of more than 12 semester credit units, for education, research, and
community service and also other supporting tasks.
b. Pay for performanceis the incentive for performance paid for the work achievement
and the achievement of performance target (KPI). The requirement for the payment
of incentives is the fulfillment of the target of work achievement and standard
workload.

301 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 c. Pay for peopleis an individual benefit program paid for welfare, including children’s
education, security protection, and comfort.
2. By considering the three aspects above, the scheme of remuneration at
Universitas Padjadjaran is as follows:
a. Salary
Each lecturer obtains extra salary besides pure salary in rupiahs (the
government budget). The extra salary is paid by using Non-Tax State Revenues
(PNBP) and the amount is determined according to the position, jobs, and grades. The
base for salary payment is the workload above the standard for workload of lecturers
(BKD) of 12 semester credit units stated in Individual Performance Contracts and the
level of achievement has been evaluated.
The amount of salary is the multiplication of job value of a position and Rupiah
Index according to the finance ability of the Public Service Agency of Unpad. The
stipulation of extra salary which is regulated in Decree of Rector is the maximum
amount. Commitment Making Officials decides the amount of salary according to ranks
and levels because they consider different levels of imposition of income tax among
ranks/levels. As for anyone who has double positions, the paid salary chooses one of
them.
b. Performance Incentives
The policy of the payment of performance incentives is reward for individual
productivity of employees and managing officials. The base for the payment of
performance incentives is the percentage of performance achievement levels whose
achievement levels of performance target have been evaluated. The achievement of
individual performance target reflects the level of dedication in performing tasks, the
work output produced, and its contribution to the achievement of the institution’s
performance.The percentage of performance achievement levels will be appreciated to
obtain performance incentives if it has the range of minimum achievement of
25%.The achievement under 25% will not receive performance incentives. The
level of performance achievement that belongs to the extraordinary group will obtain
the maximum performance incentives of 200%.
c. Determination of Points in Individual Performance Contract
Each lecturer has a fairness point of performance per semester outside the
workload of lecturers (BKD) which equals to 5,000 points. This fairness point is

302 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 calculated based on the work output produced by a lecturer to achieve the institution’s
performance target. Performance will be stated in performance contracts and it will be
evaluated each semester. Meanwhile, the 5,000 points can be obtained from education,
research, community service, supporting academic activities, and additional tasks.
The highest payment estimation of remuneration incentives for lecturers per
month is the projection of the percentage of the performance achievements of lecturers
by comparing the projection point of the performance achievements (in performance
contracts) and the standard performance point (5.000 points) multiplied by the incentive
tariff in the Decree of Rector according to the position.
At the end of semester an evaluation of the performance achievements of
lecturers will be conducted according to the stipulated criteria. Based on the result of
evaluation, the amount of incentives will be adjusted in the next semester according to
the level of the performance achievements of lecturers.
3. Job Evaluation
Parameter of remuneration to determine job values and job grades according to
the method of factor evaluation system (FES) is stated in Regulation of the State
Minister of Administrative Reform of Republic of Indonesia Number 34 Year 2011
onGuidelines for Job Evaluation and the calculation result of structural and functional
positions in the Ministry of Education and Culture. When managerial job evaluation is
stipulated, the method of FES is modified to obtain job values appropriate for job
analysis.
According to the method of FES, there are at least six factors considered in
structural positions, namely the scope and impact of the program, organizational
arrangement, supervisory and managerial authority, personal relationship, difficulties
in work directives, and other conditions. Meanwhile, functional positions use the
following nine factors:knowledge needed for the position, control from supervisors,
guidelines, complexity, scope and impact, personal relationship, goals of relationship,
physical requirements, and working environment.
Based on the calculation of the FES, job grades are obtained as follows:

Table 1 Gradingof Managing Officials of the Public Service Agency of Universitas

Padjadjaran
Grade Position
17 Rector
303 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 16 ViceRector
Dean
15 Director
14 ViceDean
Head of Special Staffs of Rector
12 Special Staff of Rector for Finance
Head of Research Center of Excellence
Head of Quality Assurance Unit (SPM)
Head of Internal Supervisory Unit (SPI)
Head of Procurement Service Unit (ULP)
11 Head of Department
Chief of Study Program
Special Staff Members of Rector
Vice Head of Quality Assurance Unit (SPM)
Vice Head of Internal Supervisory Unit(SPI)
Secretary of Procurement Service Unit (ULP)
10 Head of CentralLaboratory
9 Head ofLaboratory
Head ofResearch Center/Study Center
Manager
8 Head of Technical Implementation Unit (UPT)
Secretary of Department
Secretary of Study Program
Secretary of Research Center of Excellence
Head of Quality Assurance Unit
Special Staff of Dean

Table 2 Gradingof Functional Positions of Lecturers at Universitas Padjadjaran

Grade Position
12 Professor
11 Senior Lector
9 Lector
8 Associate Lecturer
Lecturer

4. The Impact of Remuneration

The operational performance emphasizes the operational effectiveness of the
organization, parts of the organization, and its employees. Meanwhile, the operational
performance of Unpad, which has been stipulated by the Minister/Head of Institution,
at least considers the indicators of finance, service, quality, and benefits to the public.
In this matter, the performance that will be measured will focus on the indicators of
service, quality, and benefits to the public.

304 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

a. Indicator of service
The Academic Information System available at Universitas Padjadjaran has been
integrated and it is a web/online-based system. All information facilities in the
academic system can be accessed and be informed online, including online
Registration, online Study Plan Card (KRS), online Marks, online Field Work (KKN),
online Graduation, online Lecture, onlineTranscript, online Diploma, and other
facilities (the detail of the service is available in the appendix).
b. Indicatorof quality
Meanwhile, the service performance and the quality of the organization of education
are important factors in the organizational performance which can encourage the
significant improvement which includes the following aspects:
i. Improvement in the input quality of new students
The improving quality of service and education has year by yearincreased the
public’s interest in attending Universitas Padjadjaran. It will make its level of
competitiveness higher, so that the screening of new students of Universitas
Padjadjaran will be tighter and it will provide a better and more competitive
input quality.
ii. Improvement in the quality of the learning system
The learning system which uses the e-learning system and the learning
program of Problem Based Learningsupporting the implementation of
competence-based curriculum has made Universitas Padjadjaran result in a
better learning quality. Other actions which have been taken are as follows:
 Development of the Quality Management System of Education Service,
Research and Study Service, and Community Service;
 Development of the Learning System that Meets the National Standard;
 Improvement of Research and Study Performance and Community
Service;
 Development of human resources (educators and education staff) to
support the improvement in the service quality of Education, Research
and Study, and Community Service;
 Development of facilities and infrastructures supporting the learning
system, Research and Study, and Community Service; and

305 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

  Improvement of the access to/funding of investment, learning,
Community Service, and student affairs from various sources
(national/international ones) with the basis of competitiveness and
partnership.
iii. Improvement of the Quality of Lecturers and Education Staff
The improvement in the education quality and a better learning atmosphere
are much affected by the presence and the quality of teaching staff and
education staff. Universitas Padjadjaran has improved the quality of lecturers
and education staff by granting scholarships for advanced studies of Strata-3
(doctoral) degrees, encouraging short courses, and enhancing expertise by
sending lecturers to participate in seminars, trainings, symposiums, visits, and
others.
iv. Sufficient facilities and infrastructures in the sector of improvement in the
service of asset provisioning
Sufficient facilities and infrastructures in the sector of improvement in the
service of asset provisioning has resulted in better achievements at
Universitas Padjadjaran, such as the provision of adequate lecture buildings,
online journals, computers and lecture equipment, laboratory instruments,
bandwidth access to the Internet on campus and others.

c. Number of Output Achievements of Research

Table 3 Number ofIntellectual Property Rights Owned by Universitas Padjadjaran
No. Working Unit 2013 2015.2 2016.1
1 Faculty of Law - 2 20
2 Facultyof Economics and 4
-
Business 2
3 Facultyof Medicine - 4 3
4 Facultyof 4
Mathematicsand Natural 11
Sciences
5 Facultyof Agriculture 3 -
6 Facultyof Dentistry - 16 20

306 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 7 FacultySocialandPolitical 9
-
Sciences 32
8 Facultyof Cultural 38
5
Sciences 18
9 Facultyof Psychology - 4 24
10 Faculty of Animal
-
Husbandry 1
11 Facultyof 19
20
Communication Science 13
12 Facultyof Nursing 3
13 Facultyof Fishery and 1
5
Marine Science 1
14 Facultyof Agricultural
-
Industrial Technology
15 Facultyof Pharmacy -
16 Facultyof Geological
-
Engineering 2
TOTAL 47 101
Source: Compilation of Faculty Data, December 2013

Based on the data above a rising trend of the number of intellectual property
rights occurred after the implementation of remuneration (Years 2015.2 and 2016.1),
as compared to that before remuneration (Year 2013). In addition to intellectual
property rights, the number of academic publications, in the forms of books, journals,
and proceedings, has also increased as shown below:

Output Achievements of Research (ParticipationasChairman) of

Academic Years 20152 and 20162
FACULTY Academic Year 20152 Academic Year 20161
Bo Journ Proceedi Other Bo Journ Pate Proceedi Other
ok al ngs s* ok al nt ngs s*
Faculty of
Law 10 9 6 64 40 50 10 60
Faculty of
Economics
and
Business 14 77 45 110 26 53 70 96
Faculty of
Medicine 9 66 21 162 13 37 21 208

307 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Faculty of
Mathematic
s and
Natural
Sciences 10 100 177 117 9 103 165 105
Faculty of
Agriculture 9 72 34 126 15 60 2 82 90
Faculty of
Dentistry 9 32 44 69 8 25 68 69
Faculty
Social and
Political
Sciences 88 100 80 177 259 101 105 163
Faculty of
Cultural
Sciences 14 15 52 50 60 30 112 53
Faculty of
Psychology 6 5 3 32 6 2 7 23
Faculty of
Animal
Husbandry 3 32 43 94 15 57 69
Faculty of
Communica
tion
Science 10 53 127 124 11 74 327 127
Faculty of
Nursing 1 18 9 36 1 14 38 29
Faculty of
Fishery and
Marine
Science 6 8 5 32 15 9 19 34
Faculty of
Agricultural
Industrial
Technology 9 13 59 41 13 33 86 55
Faculty of
Pharmacy 3 40 2 30 5 48 40 77
Faculty of
Geological
Engineering 14 21 46 35 4 14 20 34
Total 215 661 753 1299 485 668 2 1227 1292

G. RECOMMENDATION
The implementation ofremuneration conducted by Universitas Padjadjaran was
prepared based on legal view and then it was adjusted to some theories of compensation
and job evaluation in order that the instrument is measurable. The research result showed
308 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 that remuneration can encourage the improvement in performance and work productivity of
employees which can directly affect the performance of Universitas Padjadjaran.
A further research on remuneration at universities may focus on employees’ response
to the implementation of remuneration at universities as evaluation materials for stakeholders
to perfect the existing remuneration system.

REFERENCES
Berman, Evan M. 2010. Human Resources Management in Public Service. Sage Publications,
Inc.

Dessler, Gary., Tan Chwee Huat. 2009. Human Resource Management. Jurong: Prentice Hall

Milkovich, George T et al. 2011. Compensation. McGraw-Hill: Singapore.

Stone, Raymond J. 2008. Human Resource Management. Milton Qld: John Wiley & Sons
Australia, Ltd

Vroom, Victor H. 1964.Work Motivation. New York: Wiley

309 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

LOAN MANAGEMENT BY LOCAL GOVERNMENT IN THAILAND

Kornarpha Wongkasem1 Prasit Kunurat2sekson Yongvanit3

KhonKaen University, KhonKaen, Thailand

1Ph.D. Candidatein Public Administration, Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences,

KhonKaen University, [email protected]

2 Associate Professor, Ph.D. Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences, KhonKaen

University, Thailand. Corresponding [email protected]

3Associate Professor, Ph.D. Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences, KhonKaen

University, Thailand. [email protected]

ABSTRACT

This article relates to loan management by local government in Thailand following its
Decentralization by central government. In order for local governments to produce public
goods and services that meet the needs of the people in the area, almost all projects need
high investment budgets, such as for infrastructure, education, and improvements to the
quality of life in the area. Incomes raised locally are generally not enough for investment in
very major projects. As some projects are of an urgent nature, thus local government needs
to borrow money in order to invest in them. This article analyzes the loan administration
system of the local government organization. There are weaknesses in the loan information
system, investment planning, monitoring mechanism, and investment monitoring
mechanism; there also need to be improvements to achieve efficiency, effectiveness, and
economy.
Keywords: Loan Management, Local Government, Decentralization

A. FISCAL DECENTRALIZATION
Decentralization from federal to local government has been mentioned in the
Constitution of the Kingdom of Thailand since 1997. This was In order to allocate resources
appropriately following the social traditions and culture of local people participating in the
administration, to generate democracy in the area, to reduce the limitations caused
bythe‘bottle-neck’ issue, and also to simplify the governmental administrative structure and
procedures. It enhances problem-solving and responds to the needs of the locals, more
quickly; decentralization to the local administration distributes authorization of the

310 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

administration to the local people. They can administrate, generate, produce public goods
and services relating to their needs by having the local administration as a tool to manage
and distribute resources in accordance with the area. Since the central government could
not allocate resources equally and appropriately,in accordance with the needs of people
nationwide, decentralization of authority is the allocation of public resources from
government to the people, nationwide, equally and more rapidly. The aim isto improve local
people’s quality of living, in accordance with their social environment, tradition, and local
culture, accordingly.

The requirement for production of public goods and services by the local administration
must be equivalent to the standards set by the central government, such as the public health
standard, education, public utilities, etc., this is sothat people have the opportunity of getting
public goods and services equally; encouraging the economy and social growth in an area
by decentralization consists of political decentralization, administrative decentralization and,
most important,fiscal decentralization. (SakonVarunyoovattana, 2013: 5) In 2007, the central
government improved its decentralization towards local administrations. Due to past
problems in the operation of decentralization, especially in terms fiscal decentralization
through the local authority; therefore, the amended constitution of 2007 divided the tasks of
the local government and the central government more clearly. No duplicationofoperations
anda new local government monetary and finance systemwas designed to increase the
potential of thefinancial and fiscal capacity of the local economy.

The actual decentralization towardsthe local administration brought good results which
include, income redistribution, generation of revenues, local employment that leads to further
poverty reduction in the area. Resources allocation varies extensively since each area has
different physical, social, economic, public utility, and public service needs. So administrative
decentralization can be considered as allocation of resources to the local administration to
produce public goods or services in accordance with the needs of its people by collective
decision making or voting. Moreover, there is a further benefit which is the local people’s
participation as per the democratic system that leads to accountability between the
administrators of local government and the people in the area.

Fiscal administration relatesto all agencies in the organization and to all economic units.
Fiscal administration by the local administration is the allocating of resources, throughout
society, at all levels, equally. Effective fiscal administration will create stability and economic

311 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

security, while achieving the setgoals or objectives.Thus, finance is at the heart of
administration, consisting of revenue management, expenses, public loans, balance sheet,
risk-management;it mustalso appropriately consider sustainability and fiscal discipline.
Furthermore, local fiscal administration, with effective fiscal management and distribution will
generate economic growth and increase the quality of life for people in the area. Giving
people participation inthe administration will create a local democracy. Fiscal
decentralization to local authoritiesis composed of five key aspects: local fiscal autonomy,
fiscal self-reliance, fiscal accountability, fiscal equality, and fiscal sustainability.
(VeerasakKrauthep and group, 2016) In order to focus on alocal administration capable of
managing the budgets appropriately,the environmental aspect, responding to the needs of
the people, efficiency, effectiveness, and economy, must all bein accordance with the new
public management.

B. THE NECESSITY OF BUDGETOF ALOCAL GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION

Presently, Thailand has a total of 7,853 local administrations comprised of 76

provincial administrative organizations, 2,411 municipalities (divided into 30 city
municipalities, 178 town municipalities, 2,233 sub-district municipalities), 5,334 sub-district
administrative organizations, and two special local administrative organizations (Bangkok
and Pattaya). (As of March 31, 2017 http://www.dla.go.th/work/abt/) Each of these
organizationsuses fiscal administration as a tool in allocating resources for producing public
goods and services. This is in accordance with the needs of the people, priority, and
appropriateness; it is a formof distribution of fiscal resources from central to local government
which is referred to as‘subsidies’. Moreover, the local administrative organization could
collect their own revenue, as required by the central government, such as house tax, land
tax, sign tax, income tax from investment projects or other activities for example, local
slaughter house, market, pawnshop, etc.

This would be in order to strengthen the local government’s finances and allow them
tobecome more financially self-reliant, capable ofproviding public goods or services. Using
the balance sheet as a tool to allocate budget, they plan to spend various incomes within
one year, this is referred to as‘fiscal year expenditure’.Planning fiscal administration is donein
order to distribute the resources to the people in the area, according to the economic and

312 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

social situation, andthe political conditions which will affect the local people’s happiness.
When central government decentralizes fiscal authority to local governments, their mission
isalso transferred along with clearing the way forthe provision of public goods and services
between central government and the local administrative organizations.

This savesa duplication of budget allocation and better reflects the needsand benefits
of the people receiving the services. Missions which have been transferred consist of six
aspects: Infrastructure, such as public utilities, promoting quality of living, community social
management and maintaining public order, planning for promotion of commercial trade and
tourism, administration, and conservation of natural resources; a total of 244 transferred
missions were from central government, 50 departments, and 11 ministries (as of May 24,
2017 http://www.local.moi.go.th/webst/botfam1.htm)Mostly this is the infrastructure
aspect,along managing the quality of people’s living and maintaining social order.
(DirekPattamasirivat, KobkulRayanakorn, 2009) These missions require a large investment
budget.

At the same time, the increasing growth rate of population leads tothe expansion of
urban areas, more demand on public goods and services, and consequentlythe local
administrative organization has to spend more of its budget on public utilities such as roads,
expansion of electricity supply, expansion of water supply, and maintenance of water
sources. The aspect of managing the quality of people’s living includes, for example; career
promotion, improving the quality of schoolsand establishment of a child development center.
In the public health aspect, it would cover prevention, and control of infectious diseases,
prevention and relief of natural disasters, for example providing primary assistanceto the
victims of fires, drought, flooding, windstorms, and landslides. Local government will be the
first in line inproviding assistance.

Amongst the fiscal management problems of local government are the pressure on
the economy and self-collection of revenue, as per government requirement. Regarding
freedom of budget allocation, local government in Thailand still suffersfroma problem, as do
other developing countries, which is the narrow tax base affecting their capacity to earn
revenue for spending on operating or providing public goods or services as planned, or
providingfurther, emergency focused activities. (SakonVarunyoovattana, 2010) Most local
government organizations will rely on subsidies or central government taxes for 90% of their
revenue and the received subsidiesnormally have their objectives set by central government.
313 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
In addition, local administrative organizations in Thailand face an unequal horizontal fiscal
balance asthese local organizations vary in terms of physiology and economy, leading to
differences intheir potential for producing public goods and services, in their respective
areas. Consequently, each local administrative organization has different needs
fordevelopment investment in order to meet its people’s needs.

While subsidies indicate an objective usage, the need for development regarding the
people’s needs in the area causes the local administrative organization to be unable to be
self-reliant and have no actual fiscal independence. Due toa number of pressures, the local
administrative organization is required to effectively manage revenues and expenditure while
coping with a constantly fluctuating environment in order to meet the objectives associated
with the people’s needs. Therefore, loans are one of the options that local administrative
organizationsmay use for raising funding. A loan is the use of future finance for investment
in essential activities or projects,for emergency development or investment that could not
wait because of concerns about inflation and future interest rate rises that would result in
higher investment-costs. Reduction of the principle loan and interest will be required by the
loaning financial institution therefore the local administrative organization should plan the
finance and repay the debts while considering the benefits and returns in value against the
interest that the organization has to repay over the loan period.

C. INDEBTEDNESS OF LOCAL GOVERNMENT IN THAILAND

In Thailand, there are a total of 7,853 local administrations, dividedinto 76 provincial

administrative organizations, 2,411 municipalities – 30 city municipalities, 178 town
municipalities, 2,233 sub-district municipalities, 5,334 sub-district administrative
organizations, and 2 special local administrative organizations (Bangkok and Pattaya). Local
government can legally borrow usingtwo methods: borrowing thoughthe issue of bonds, and
borrowing from a ministry, department, organization, or corporation, following the gaining of
permission by an outlined legal process and procedure. So far, there has been no local
government borrowing through the use of bonds. (SuppachaiSisuchart, 2013) The purposes
of borrowing by local government can be divided into two types: borrowing bythe
administration as an authority, and borrowing for a circulating fund for a pawnshop.
Borrowing by local administrative organizationsduring 1992 – September 30, 2012 (amount
which was granted permission for and borrowed from monetary institutions) There are 673
organizationsmanaging loans, divided into 38 provincial administrative organizations –
314 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 amounting to 50% of all provincial administrative organizations, and 673 municipalities –
amounting to 27.73%, with a total borrowing of 1,240 million USD. (PichitchaiKingpuang,
2012).The projects attracting local administrative organization borrowing (excluding
circulating fundsfor pawnshops) were as below:

Table 1: Thailand indebtedproject series

Series Project type Number Amount Amount per

project
(USD)
(USD)
1. Projects for purchasing land and 254 193.65 762,469
construction of offices and other
buildings by local administrative (27.88%) (22.96%)
organizations
2 Infrastructure improvement and 243 278.74 1,147,062
development projects
)26.67%) )33.05%)
3 Procurement Projects 140 54.69 390,726
)15.37%) (6.49%)
4 Operating and carrying on 57 34.21 600,105
bazaar project.
)6.26%) )4.06%)
5 Slaughterhouse construction 43 24.22 563,310
project
)4.72%) (2.87%)
Source: PichitchaiKingpuang, 2012

In addition to the study by :PichitchaiKingpuang (2012), it was found that the project of
the local government organization had the most loan. It is a project to purchase land and
buildings, office buildings and buildings. Of the local administrative organization Secondly,
the project is to improve and develop the infrastructure. It may reflect that some local
government organizations do not have adequate management resources and lack fiscal
capacity to improve infrastructure. This requires a lot of investment budget. Excessive ability
to find revenue of local government organizations. So choose a way to borrow money to
generate revenue and increase fiscal capacity. In order to achieve the goals of the mission
transferred from the federal government.

According to the research project of the proposal of policy for innovation and income
development of local administrative organizations (2013), 173 local administrative

315 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 organizations were mostly borrowingfrom local administrative promotion funding (23%),
secondly 136 organizations (18.1%) were borrowing from monetary institutions third, ministry
department organizations or corporations by 5 organizations (0.7%), and forth, 1
organization (0.1%) borrowing from a foreign or international organization. The outstanding
debts of local administrative organizations are as per the following tables.

Table 2: Outstanding debts of Local Administrative Organizations (LAO.) units:USD

Jan. – Sep.
Source of Loan 2013 2014 2015
2016
343.13 295.26 255.67 243.05
1. Commercial Bank
380.86 348.76 296.93 296.52
2. Specialized Financial
Institutions (SFIs)
47.38 46.04 56.45 68.32
3. Mutual Fund of
Provincial
Administrative
Organization
4. Municipality activity N/A 323.18 339.96 336.31
promoting fund
5. National pension and 62.79 47.27 34.99 19.99
provident fund
6. Regional urban 11.29 9.5 8.06 7.02
development fund
7. Foreign 8.20 5.85 3.51 2.34
(Bangkok)
Total 853.59 1,075.95 995.61 967.75
Outstanding public 159,146.01 164,231.33 175,362.83 174,874.04
debts
Forecast GDP 348,128.58 358,252.54 395,324.23 408,890.28
Outstanding debt (LAO.) 0.25 0.30 0.25 0.24
ratio onGDP
Outstanding debt (LAO.) 45.96 46.14 44.61 43.01
and public debts ratio
onGDP
Source: Debt Management Unit, Debt Management Office 1, Ministry of Finance

1. Notation: N/A is not available

316 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Regarding the debts of Kalasin province, there were 80 local administrative
organizations: 1 provincial administrative organization, 2 town municipalities, and 77 sub-
district municipalities in the fiscal year 2015. Borrowing and outstanding debt of the local
administrative organizations, which is reported to the Ministry of Interior; 30 local
administrative organizations are in debt, the total amount being20,071,627 USD divided
into; provincial administrative organization, 195,678,127.15 baht, 2 town municipalities,
5,714,898USD, sub-district municipalities, 10,905,428 USD, representing 43% of the LAO
being in debt, with an increasing annual tendency. Sources of loans in descending
rank;Krungthai Bank, Municipality activity promoting fund, Government Savings Bank, Bank
of Agriculture and Agricultural Co-operatives, Regional urban development fund. The top 5
projects for which local administrative organizations under took borrowing (excluding
borrowing ofa circulating fund for pawnshop)were; Infrastructure improvement and
development projects, Procurement Projects, Projects for purchasing land and construction
of offices and other buildings, Operating a bazaar project, a final project was refinancedas
detailed in the table below:

Table 3: Borrowing for projects in the Kalasin province

Series Type of borrowing Debt amount

project (USD)
1 Infrastructure 11,394,730
improvement and
development project
2 Procurement Project 4,297,197
3 Project for purchasing 3,664,482
land and construction of
office and other
buildings
4 Refinance 868,006
5 Operating and 514,281
development of bazaar

From the above table, it was found that local government organizations are more likely
to borrow from financial institutions. Considering the borrowing for projects, infrastructure
improvement and development projects,where the work was authorized by the local

317 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 administrative organization,was the largest borrowing sector. To have well-constructed
public utilities in the area might have a positive effect upon the development of the economy
in the long term, and increase the potential of the local administrative organization.This could
reflect upon the potential of the local administrative organization in allocating resources from
central government, such as for roads, electricity, watersupply, etc., that central government
could not themselves distribute nationwide. Therefore, local administrative organizations
must accelerate the improvements and develop infrastructure in line with central standards.
This would Allow the authority to develop the quality of people’s lives in the area,distribute
public services equally, and will also affect upon the economic growth, in the area.

From the researcher’s survey,it was found that the five towns and sub-district
municipalities generating most of debts were as follows: (excluding Kalasin provincial
administrative organizations)

Table 4: shows the top3 borrowing local government organizations by townand sub-
district municipality.

Municipality Debt amount Self-collective Debt ratio on

(USD) revenue Self-
collective
(USD) revenue
Kalasin town 3,083,497 1,163,665.36 2.64
Bua Khao town 367,803 235,184.2 1.56
Dong Ling sub- 1,001,587 26,161.79 38.28
district
Na Charnsub- 913,354 90,383.3 10.10
district
Na Tarn sub-district 874,161 434,250.4 2.01
Source: Report of borrowing and outstanding debt status of local government 2015,

2. Kalasin Local Administration

From the above table, it is shown that the sub-district Municipality had a higher rate
of debt than the town municipality and the debt ratio for self-collective revenue was over
38.28 times; reflecting that the fiscal capability of self-collective revenue for the sub-district
is less than for the town municipality, due to the narrow tax grab. However, people in the
area had a greater demand for public services, forexample, due to the expansion of the urban

318 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

community. The Sub-district municipality has to invest in infrastructure, electricity, water
supply, children’s center school, and improvements toenhance the quality of living.
Therefore, there is aninsufficient budget for public management as delegated from central
government. Thus thesub-district municipality has to borrow more revenue and increase its
potential for fiscal management, in order to carry out its duties. Consequently, the sub-district
municipality has a higher debt ratio than the town municipality.

Although Thailand has set a public debt ceiling of not over60% of GDP, as required
by law, the debt of local government is not considered as public debt. Consequently, the
indebtedness of local government is not included in the mutual nation’s public debts. The
author considersthe debts of local government to be contingent implicit fiscal liabilities of the
government. Although local government is responsible for the principle and interest, as per
the conditions from the monetary institution, the liability actually affectsthe next generation
who will receive the benefits of the investment and, by taxes, also pay off the debt. Ultimately,
the bearers of local government debt are the people who pay taxes in the area. However,
the overview shows that the debt ratio of local government was relatively low when compared
with the gross domestic product. In conjunction with the Ministry of the Interior, local
government is required to set the first repayment budget in the central budget category, thus,
the possibility that the outstanding debt of local government will affect the nation’s fiscal risk,
in the short term, is small. Nevertheless, within the complex financial and fiscal system and
relative networking, local government has a tendency to generate a higher debt ratio.
Therefore, it is important to focus on the debt management of local government being
efficient, effective, worthwhile, and be aware of an effect that might become a chain problem
with significance to the economy and the nation’s finances.

D. INDEBTEDNESS PROBLEMS OF LOCAL GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATIONS

According to the research, the necessity and problems of borrowing by local

government (2014) shows that most of the local government organizations feelit is
necessaryto borrow. The most common problem, 51% is creating a plan to manage the
public services,together withan investment and usage plan for the investment. Secondly, at
43.5% is the problem of creation ofan investment plan with technical details of the borrowing
and the issues of environment, social, and community impact assessments. Since borrowing

319 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

and loan management is still quite new, local government officials lack experience in
managing the debts;consequently, many problems occur. In addition, the Office of the
Auditor General of Thailand, which oversees and investigates the administration of local
government, discovered several issues, as follows:

Information system: The department of Local Administration has not developed

aborrowing database for individual local governments to oversee the source of funds, and
there is nosystematic reporting format for debt monitoring, there is a lack of debt
management and information for overview and monitoring of the local government and for
the appropriate implementation for public debt.

The monitoring and investigation of borrowing and reporting the operations of local
government has no solid system, this leads to a lack of information to follow up the source
of a loan, whether getting approval for the money, or regardingthe size of the loan. So, there
is no data for directing theloan contract and a risk that local government will not act within
their authority, which has already occurred at RoiEt provincial administrative organization.
Another significant problem is a lack of follow up on the project management. Thus it is not
possible to manage the outcome of the loan when applying for the next operating loan.

Planning and preparation: Based on monitoring by the Office of the Auditor General of
Thailand, some projects that have had borrowing did not succeed in theirpurpose due to
pending construction, not being utilized whenconstruction was completed, lack of planning,
incomplete project, and a lack of promptness, in various areas, in utilization as soon as
constructionwas completed.

The economy of loan management. For example, the loan of the Roi Et provincial
administrative organization: most of the projects are to support other local governments in
each area, not mutually linked or large projects, also the operating budget is not beyond the
potential of each local government. Therefore, it counts as an improper loan. Moreover, some
projectsare only for the popularity of the local government, hiding a political issue, regardless
of their ability to be repaid and the fiscal situation. Since borrowing by local government is a
long term loan with principle and interest,over-indebtedness, without fiscal discipline, may
affect the distribution of budgetsto other projects, such as a reduction of operating budget of
a project that may affect the provision of public services and impact directly upon the people.

320 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 E. SUGGESTIONS FOR THE INDEBTEDNESS PROBLEMS OF LOCAL GOVERNMENT
ORGANIZATIONS

From the above mentioned issues, the author would suggest some principles as
follows:

1. Add a Credit Management Specialist to the Credit Analysis Board. Since

management of loans is new to local government, the management and staff lack
experience in loan planning, they may not be able to prepare a cash flow chart, or be
readyto deal with potential problems of the projects effectively and reliably. If a loan failes
to achieve its objectives, it becomes worthless and redundant. Finally, the real burden is
upon the tax-payers themselves.

2. Human resources development: Since the office has a lack of knowledge and technical
skills for planning operations such as Feasibility Analysis, Risk Analysis, Assessment of
output and breakeven point of the project. Therefore educating local administrators, the
people in the local organization dealing with debt management can be counted into three
processes: 1)acquiring a loan: analyzing types of project, forecasting the ability to make
a loan, assess the return and the conditions of borrowing. 2) The process of managing and
operating the project: consider operation of the project according to aspecified period,
forecast the revenue stream with actual revenues, in order to adjust, prepare cash for
interest and principle repayment, and refinance. 3) Debt repayment such as; monetary
planning, checking present liquidity and tentative future planning, prepare cash flow,
monthly, quarterly, yearly, and consider the financial ratio.
3. Borrowing objectives of local government: Projects must be returnable or have an indirect
benefit to the economy, provide long term benefits or a higher return on borrowing in future,
to circulate the operation of local government in regard toits capability for fiscal and
financial discipline
4. Participation, monitoring, reporting by people in the area: The residentsare the actual
owners of the debt, by paying taxes, therefore, they should participate from the beginning,
binding the accountability between the people and local government. Generation of
agovernance and monitoring system, run by the people, since they are the owners of the

321 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 finance involved, inclining towards ownership which has a more sustainable method than
others.
5. Creation of the right value on borrowing: Local government’ debt should be based on
efficient, effective and cost-effective financing. The administrator should have the right
levelof borrowing for investment in the project, which will generate long term benefits or a
project which will enhance the fiscal potential of theoperation,with good value in return for
sufficient cost of investment.
6. Information system: This should be systematic and easily accessible for collecting data,
follow up, and investigation of the approval the completed project. In addition, there should
be the creation of networking to collect data on the debt of local government among
relevant organizations,for example; local government, Ministry of the Interior, Office of the
Auditor Generation, Public Debt Management Office, Ministry of Finance, etc. in order to
utilize data, assessment, and the setting up of guidance for the supervision of borrowing
by local government.

Indebtedness of the local administrative organization, if the debt has been considered
in terms of fiscal capacity and discipline, using future money will benefit and generate
potential for the local government in managing its public services. However, the
administrator, officers, and people in the area should be knowledgeable and understandloan
management in order to manage projects; activities which have loan efficiencyare effective,
and cost-effective in their budgets. Loans can also be for the development of public services,
increasing economic growth, both direct and indirect in the area. Eventually, the parties who
get the actual benefits are the people in the area.

REFERENCE
Department of Local Administration Promotion Retrieved May 25, 2017
http://www.dla.go.th/work:http://www.dla.go.th/work/abt/
KobkulRayanakornDirekPattamasiriwat (2009). Driving the local government organization to
provide service.
Good publicity. Bangkok: Office of Health Promotion Fund
PichitchaiKingpuang (2013) Loan System of Local Government Organization Case study in
Uttaradit Province. Bangkok:
National Institute of Development Administration

322 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

SuppachaiSisuchart (2013) Assessment…thru the Bond. Bangkok: The Stock Exchange of
Thailand
SakonVarunyoovattana (2013) Fiscal decentralization to local government organizations:
concepts and implementation Thailand Case Study. Bangkok: Thammasat University Press.
Office of the Secretary of the Interior RetrievedMay 24, 2017.
Http://www.local.moi.go.th:http://www.local.moi.go.th/webst/botfam1.htm
Debt Management Office 1 Public Debt Management Office Launched Retrieved May 26,
2017.
Www.pdmo.go.th: http://www.pdmo.go.th/debtoflocal.php
SunthornchaiChobyodAchakornWongpreedee. (2014) Necessity and Problems of Borrowing
from the Local Administrative Organizations in Thailand. Journal of Public and Private
Management, 127-149.
Office of the Secretary of the Interior Retrieved May 24, 2017, from
http://www.local.moi.go.th:http://www.local.moi.go.th/webst/botfam1.htm
Local AdministrativeKalasin Province. Report on borrowing information and outstanding debt
status of provincial government
Kalasin year 2015.Kalasin: BoonyodPoonaree
KalasinTown Municipality (n.d.) Retrieved May 30, 2017, from http://www.kalasin-
mu.go.th:http://www.kalasin-mu.go.th/sj/index.php/documents/documents-3
Buakhao Town Municipality (n.d.) Retrieved May 30, 2017, from www.buakhao-
municipality.go.th:
Dong Ling Sub District Municipality. Performance Statement paid from receipts. From October
1, 2015 to October 30.
September 2559. Kalasin: KesaraPapamo

323 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 THE ROLE OF DISTRICTS IN ADDRESSING STRATEGIC ISSUES IN BANDUNG

Nunung Runiawati
Rina Hermawati

ABSTRACT
Strategic issues are the main problems which have been agreed to be the priority to be
addressed in a period of next 5 (five) years. Analysis on strategic issues is an important part
in the preparation process of local development plan. The main problem is the difficulty in
determining the role of districts in responding to strategic issues of local governments
relatingto attributive and delegative authority of districts. The purpose of this paper is to map
the role of districts in addressing strategic issues of Bandung. This research applied the
qualitative method, by using interviews and literature review for data collection technique.
The research result showed that, the role of districts in addressing strategic issues in
Bandung has been analyzed through two stages, first stage, identification of strategic issues
in Bandung, and the second stage, identification of the authority of districts based on the
regulation. The analysis on strategic issues of districts comes from strategic issues of the
CityGovernment of Bandung by considering the authority of districts. They must consider the
coordination relationship with local government working units (SKPD) in their area in order
that the addressing of strategic issues does not overlap or even becomes ultra vires/beyond
the power. Other matters that must be considered in addressing strategic issues are criteria
of externality and efficiency. Therefore, the role of districts in addressing strategic issues in
Bandung can be mapped, especially in the sectors of education (such as data collection and
enhancement of community participation in education), health (such as infectious disease
prevention, facilitation, and coordination), economy (such as recommendation).

Keywords: District, Strategic Issues, Authority

A. INTRODUCTION
Districts are the local apparatus that play an important role in development. The role of
districts is also needed in addressing strategic issues of local governments as the foremost
guard in order to improve the coordination of the organization of government, public services,
and empowerment of village/sub-district communities.
According to Schmid (1972), districts are viewed as a system of organization and control
of resources whose performance determined by the relation pattern with regencies in the
324 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
context of regional autonomy, and the relation pattern with villages in the context of village
autonomy. Therefore, the district as an institution has three main characteristics in
conducting its function and role, namely having jurisdictional boundaries; property rights;
rules of representation. Institutional strength and weakness of the district in conducting its
function and role is influenced by to what extent jurisdictional boundaries, property rights,
and rules of representation are owned by the institution of districts.
Jurisdictional boundaries of the institution of districts are the regional boundaries of the
district’s authority delegated by the regent/mayor and the authority regulating the relationship
among villages by not interfering with the internal affairs of the villages, based on the
regulation of legislation. In this matter, the meaning of jurisdictional boundaries is to what
extent the institutional role of the district in regulating the allocation of resources.
Property rightsare a social institution that forms and limits individuals’ ownership rights on
resources (Kim and Joseph, 2002). Characteristics ofproperty rightsowned by the institution of
districts have sociological meaning. Management of resources by the district is limited in the frame
of regional autonomy and village autonomy which are sociologically inseparable from the regulation
by positive laws, customary law, and tradition, and also social agreements which regulating the
relationship among village communities towards resources.
Meanwhile, in the matter of rules of representation, the institution of districts plays a role in
facilitating participation of several parties in the regional unit of the district based on representation
norms used in the process of decision making. Therefore, the regulation of representation determines
the allocation and distribution of resources which are limited by the pattern of vertical relationship of
the district, bot with the regency and villages. Those three main characteristics become the “binding”
factor of the institution of the district in performing its function and role.
Concerning the property rights, at the moment the position of districts has changed from
the administrative region to the working area of local government apparatus, which gives the
regions an opportunity to develop their creativity in accordance with the needs of local
people. The shifting paradigm of regional autonomy from uniformity to diversity in unity also
gives the regions an opportunity to manage the contents of autonomy according to the
characteristics of their area, including the management of districts in their areas.
As the consequence of the change in the position of districts, then there are two types of
their authorities which are regulated in laws, namely attributive and delegative authorities.
Attributive authority is the authority given by a provision in legislation and delegative authority
is the delegation of existing authority by agencies or offices of state administration which

325 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 have received an attributive government authority to other agencies or offices of state
administration.
In performing attributive authority the role of districts is clearly formulated in Article 25
sections (1) and (6) Law No. 23/2014 on Local Governments.However, it is not so with
performing delegative authority. It becomes hard to define the boundaries of delegative
authority which means the delegation of authority by Local Heads to Districts to manage the
affairs which constitute the attributive authority of other local apparatus. It is because
performing delegative authority means together districts and other local apparatus perform
public affairs. Two organizations that perform the same affairs bring about the potential of
the problem of coordination and the overlapping of authority. Therefore, the formulation of
the boundaries of distributive authority becomes a particular challenge for Local
Governments, including the City Government of Bandung. Bandung as one of metropolises
in Indonesia has complex problems of a city; hence the existence of districts becomes the
solution for strategic problems in Bandung City.
This paper would study the role of districts related to delegative authority in addressing
strategic issues in Bandung City, which are focused on three sectors, namely education,
health, and economy. Meanwhile, there are 30 districts in Bandung City, namely Bandung
Kulon District, BabakanCiparay District, BojongloaKaler District, BojongloaKidul District,
Astanaanyar District, Regol District, Lengkong District, Bandung Kidul District, BuahBatu
District, Rancasari District, Gedebage District, Cibiru District, Panyileukan District, Ujung
Berung District, CinamboDistrict, Arcamanik District, Antapani District, Mandalajati District,
Kiaracondong District, Batununggal District, Sumur Bandung District, Andir District, Cicendo
District, Bandung Wetan District, CibeunyingKidul District, CibeunyingKaler District, Coblong
District, Sukajadi District, Sukasari District, andCidadap District.

B. RESEARCH OBJECTIVES
The purpose of this paper is to map the role of districts in addressing strategic issues of
Bandung

C. SIGNIFICANCE OF STUDY
In details delegative authority of districts in Bandung City is regulated in Mayoral
Regulation of Bandung Number 185 Year 2015 on the Delegation of Some Affairs of Mayor
of Bandung to Heads of Districts and Sub-districts as elaborated in Article 2 section (1) “The

326 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

affairs of Mayor which are delegated to Heads of Districts and Sub-districts comprise 24
(twenty four) sectors of affairs in accordance with Local Regulation of Bandung City Number
08 Year 2007 on the Affairs of Local Government of Bandung City”. Those twenty four
affairs consist of the Education Sector, the Health Sector, the Public Works Sector, the
Housing Sector, the Spatial Planning Sector, the Planning and Development Sector, the
Transportation Sector, the Environment Sector, the Land Sector, the Population and Civil
Registry Sector, the Women’s Empowerment and Child Protection Sector, the Family
Planning and Prosperous Family Sector, the Social Sector, the Manpower and
Transmigration Sector, the Cooperative and Small and Medium Enterprises Sector, the
Investment Sector, the Youth and Sport Sector, the National Unity and Domestic Politics
Sector, the Regional Autonomy, General Government, Local Finance Administration, Local
Apparatus, Personnel, and Code Service Sector, the Public and Village Empowerment
Sector, the Communication and Informatics Sector, the Agriculture and Food Security
Sector, and the Library Sector.
In performing the delegated 24 affairs particularly those concerning matters relating to
strategic policies and operational policies of Local Government, Heads of Districts, and
Heads of Sub-districts must make coordination with working units which functionally
perform and/or manage their sectors of affairs. Heads of Districts and Heads of Sub-districts
must implement coordination, integration, synchronization, and simplification with Offices,
Local Technical Institutions, and the Local Technical Implementation Units(UPTD)
according to their tasks and functions.
Relating to the preparation of the roles of districts in addressing their strategic issues,
they must consider the coordinating relationship with local government working units
(SKPD) in their regions in order that the addressing of strategic issues will not overlap or
even exceed their authority (ultra vires/beyond the power).Other matters that must be
considered in addressing strategic issues are the criterion of externality and efficiency.
Externality is the criterion of the delegation of governmental affairsby paying attention to
the impact that emerges from the performance of governmental affairs. If the impact that
emerges is in the internal of the district, the governmental affairs become the authority of
the head of the district. Meanwhile, efficiency is the criterion of the delegation of
governmental affairs by paying attention to the highest efficiency that can be obtained from
the performance of governmental affairs in the area of the district. If the governmental

327 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 affairs are more efficient when they are handled by the district, then the affairs become the
authority of the head of the district. 6

D. CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK
The mapping of the role of districts in addressing strategic issues of Bandung City is
prepared based on several stages. The first stage is identifying strategic issues based on
the analysis mapping of the internal and external condition which concern the strength and
weakness factors (the internal of the organization) and opportunity and threat factors (the
external of the organization) or known as the SWOT (strength, weakness, opportunity, and
threat) analysisin Bandung City based on the Local Regulation of Bandung City on Local
Medium-Term Development Plan (RPJMD)of 2013-2018 and it has been adjusted so that
the discussion is focused on 3 strategic issues, namely education, health, and economy.
The second stage is identifying the authority of the district in addressing the eight
strategic issues based Law Number 23 Year 2014 on Local Governments, Mayoral
Regulation Number 250 on Details of Main Tasks and Functions of Organization Units in
Districts and Sub-districts in the Area of the City Government of Bandung, and Mayoral
Regulation of Bandung Number 185 Year 2015 on Delegation of Some Affairs of Mayor of
Bandung to Heads of Districts and Sub-districts. The paradigm of this research can be
illustrated as follows:
Figure 1 Conceptual Framework
RPJMD of Bandung Law No. 23/2014
Identification of Strategic

City of 2013-2018
Authority of Districts

Mapping of Regional
Identification of the

Regulation of Education;
Strategic Issues

Statistics of Districts Government No. Health;

in Bandung City of 19/2008
Issues

2016 Economy;
Mayoral Regulation
No. 250/2008
Mayoral Regulation
No. 185/2015

E. METHODOLOGY

6Explanation of Article 15 Regulation of Government No. 19/2008 on Districts

328 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 This research applied the qualitative method, aiming to understand characteristics of
districts in Bandung City in order that the formulation of the role of the districts in addressing
strategic issues in Bandung City. The data collection technique was conducted through:
1. Literature study, particularly documents of legislation that regulate districts, profile of
districts, and data of Central Bureau of Statistics of Bandung City on Economic Survey
of Districts in Bandung City.
2. Interviews conducted with representatives of districts in Bandung City. The interviews
were directed to see the problems faced by the districts and also the potential of the
districts in Bandung City.

F. CONCLUSION/IMPLICATION
The role of districts in addressing strategic issues of Bandung City related to education,
health, and economy can be elaborated as follows:
1. Education
In general, the indicator of standard performance of the service of the education sector has
reached the achievement target, but some indicators which affected the education index in
2012 have not yet the target of the stage II of Long Term Development Plan (RPJP), namely:
Mean years of schooling which had a target of 11.85 years only achieved 10.77 years; and
literacy rate which had a target of 99.67%, only reached the performance achievement of
99.58%. Therefore, the access to equal and just education services for all levels of society
must be improved to increase the achievement of the target of education index.
Based on RPJMD of Bandung City of 2013-2018, there are 25 education issues in
Bandung City which relate to access, opportunity, quality, and management. Based on those
matters, districts play direct and indirect roles in the effort to solve the problem of education
sector referring to Mayoral Regulation 185/2015. The direct handling of in the education
sector relates to two matters, namely data collection of the compulsory education program
and the improvement of the public’s role in the education sector. Meanwhile, the indirect role
in the effort to improve the quality of education in their region relates to some activities as
follows:

1. Coordination of the organization of basic education;

2. Coordination of the establishment of school committees at the level of elementary
schools in their region;

329 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 3. Coordination of the organization of community learning centers (PKBM);
4. Issuance of recommendation as one of requirements for operating license for non-
formal and informal education (courses and public education);
5. Registrationof Certificate of Domicile for organizing non-formal and informal education
(courses, public education, and early childhood education [PAUD]);
6. Registration for the Issuance of Certificate of Domicileof education participants.

Referring to Mayoral Regulation 185/2015, the role of districts in addressing

strategic issues can be focused on the problem relating to access, especially point 1 “The
challenge in the next 5–10 years is the number of children of basic and secondary
education age will increase. However, data and information on children of compulsory
education age not attending school have not been well collected”. Concerning this
problem, it is known that data and information on children of compulsory education age
have not been well collected, and on the other side the role of districts is to collect the data
on the compulsory education program and the improvement of the role of the public’s role
in the education sector.
Therefore, the handling of regional education issues can be prioritized for densely
populated districts. Meanwhile, education facilities and infrastructures of compulsory
education program need an improvement in order that all regions have the equal quality
and every resident can easily access school to realize the basic education program.

2. Health
Based on RPJMD of Bandung City of 2013-2018 the health issue faced by the city
is the increase of the prevalence of diseases caused by high density of population and the
pressure of environment problems, due to [1] sanitationand dirty air [2] spreading new
variants of diseases [3] diseases caused by drug abuse. Besides that, degenerative
diseases caused by urban condition, situation, and life pattern will tend to increase.
The Health Office of Bandung City has a program as a promoting and preventive
effort to encourage the understanding that the sanitation factor is the important aspect in
maintaining the public’s health. The other important effort which becomes the foremost line
in the health issue is the curative and rehabilitative effort, that is, the health service in the
form of medical treatment.

330 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Programs/activities in the health sector are conducted as a promoting and
preventive effort to encourage the understanding that the sanitation factor is the important
factor in maintaining the public’s health.The effort to improve the quality of sanitation
becomes important considering that some diseases widely spread among the public
begins with the poor quality of sanitation. Therefore, it needs the improvement of hygiene
and sanitation of the environment which includes the provision of clean water for the
household, the method of garbage management and disposal, the handling of household
waste and wastewater so that it can be understood that sanitation is a promoting effort that
must be conducted by cross-sectoral collaboration. The preventive and promoting effort in
the concept of the handling of health is conducted through the activities of integrated
service stations (posyandu) which emphasize the handling of the health of children under
the age of five.
The promoting and preventive effort must be in line with the authority of districts in
the health sector therefore the programs/activities conducted by the districts are as follows:
1. Coordinating the organization of the prevention of infectious diseases, the abuse of
drugs, narcotics, psychotropic drugs, addictive substances, and hazardous materials;
Based on the data of the Health Office of Bandung City Year 2012 there are some
infectious diseases which have been observed, such as non-polioacute flaccid paralysis
(AFP), tuberculosis, pneumonia in children under the age of five, HIV/AIDS, sexually
transmitted diseases, diarrhea, leprosy, preventable diseases by immunization (PD3I),
dengue hemorrhagic fever (DHF), malaria, and filariasis. The obtained data on the disease
spreads of each district includes 3 diseases, namely tuberculosis, diarrhea, and DHF. The
spreads of those three diseases in each district are as follows:

Figure 2 Number of Deathsdue to Dengue Hemorrhagic Fever in Bandung City

Years 2011-2012

NUMBER OF DEATHS DUE TO DENGUE

HEMORRHAGIC FEVER IN BANDUNG CITY
YEARS 2011-2012 331 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 LEGEND
DEATHS DUE TO DHF
0 PERSONS
1 PERSON
2 PERSONS
3 PERSONS
4 PERSONS

Source: The Health Office of Bandung City Year 2012

Based on the figure above the highest number of deaths occurred in AndirDistrict(4
persons), while Bandung Kulon District, CibeunyingKaler District, CibeunyingKidul
District, and Kiaracondong District are the districts with the second highest number of
deaths with 3 persons. The districts with the high risk of death fromdengue hemorrhagic
fever need to improve their coordination with the Health Office to prevent infectious
diseases.

332 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 NUMBER OF DIARRHEA CASES IN
BANDUNG CITY YEAR 2012

Legend
Number of Diarrhea
Cases
749–2,100 Cases
2,101–3,400 Cases
3,401–4,750 Cases

Source: The Health Office of Bandung City Year 2012

Figure 3 Number of Diarrhea Cases in Bandung City Year 2012

Based on Figure 3, the highest number of diarrhea cases occurred in Bandung

Kulon District, BabakanCiparay District, Astana Anyar District, Kiaracondong District,
Coblong District, andSukasariDistrictwith 3,401–4,750 cases. The districts in the regions
with the high cases of diarrhea need to improve their coordination with the Health Office
to prevent infectious diseases.

NUMBER OF DEATHS DUE TO TB IN

BANDUNG CITY YEARS 2011-2012

LEGEND
DEATHS DUE TO TB
0 CASES
1 CASE
2 CASES

Source: The Health Office of Bandung City Year 2012

Figure 4 Number of Deaths due to TB in Bandung City Years 2011-2012

333 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Based on Figure 4, the highest number of deaths due to TB occurred in Bandung Kulon
District, Andir District, Cicendo District, Sukasari District, andLengkongDistrictwith 3 cases.
The districts with the high number of deathsdue to TB needto improve their coordination
with the Health Office to prevent infectious diseases.
1. Facilitation and coordination of the organization of prevention of malnutrition;
One of indicators of malnutrition appears in the maternal and infant mortality rate. The
following is the spread:

NUMBER OF INFANT DEATHS IN BANDUNG CITY

YEARS 2008-2012

LEGEND
INFANT DEATHS
4–32 BABIES
33–60 BABIES
61–88 BABIES

Source: The Health Office of Bandung City Year 2012

Figure 5 Number of Infant Deaths in Bandung City Years 2008-2012

Based on Figure 5, the highest number of infant deaths occurred in Coblong District,
Batununggal District, and Ujung Berung District with 61–88 cases. The districts with the
high number of infant deaths need to improve their coordination with the Health Office to
prevent malnutrition.

334 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 NUMBER OF MATERNAL DEATHS IN BANDUNG CITY
YEARS 2008-2012

LEGEND
MATERNAL DEATHS
0–3 MOTHERS
4–7 MOTHERS
8–12 MOTHERS

Source: The Health Office of Bandung City Year 2012

Figure 6 Number of Maternal Deaths in Bandung City Years 2008-2012

Based on Figure 6, the highest number of maternal deaths occurred in Coblong

District, Bandung Kidul District, CibeunyingKidul District, ArcamanikDistrict, andUjung
BerungDistrictwith 8–12 cases. The districts with the high number of maternal deaths need
to improve their coordination with the Health Office to prevent malnutrition.
2. Facilitation and coordination of the organization of public’s participation in improving
families’ nutrition;
3. Issuance of recommendation of domicile in order to provide the license of health facilities
which include public hospitals of class C, class D, equivalent private hospitals, group
practices, general/specialist practices, maternity hospitals, clinics of family
doctors/dentists, complementary medicine, and traditional healing;
4. Fostering and facilitation of the Community-based Healthcare Effort Program (UKBM);
5. Supervision coordination of the organization of the effort for public’s health services.

3. Economic Sector
The growth rate of industries in Bandung City has experienced significant decreasing
trends. In 2008 the growth rate of industries reached 22.18% but in 2012 it experienced a
significant decrease to 0.72%. It is due to some factors, namely the increasing level of
competition in the industry sector and a globally/regionally more open market which make
the growth rate of industries in Bandung City experience decreasing trends. Although the

335 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 growth rate of the industry sector tends to decrease, in the future it is expected that the sector
is still able to give significant contribution to economy and to provide employment in Bandung
City. One of indications that emerge nowadays is the thriving of the existing creative
industries.
However, there are still some strategic issues of the economic group sector relating to
the Affairs of Cooperatives, and Small and Medium Enterprises, Investment, and Manpower
based on Local Regulation of RPJMD of 2013-2018 as follows:
 The informal sector of street vendors in Bandung City grows so fast and tends to be
uncontrollable that it causes negative external impacts to other activities. Some
perpetrators come from outside of Bandung City;
 The unemployment rate is fairly high with a limited growth of job opportunities, among
others, because of limited skills and capabilities of the workforce which are not in
accordance with the needs of the economic sector;
 The granting ofincentives and the ease of investment have not yet effectively drawn
investment;
 The quality of institutions and services of investment has not yet been optimal;
 The improvement of investment competitiveness through supporting infrastructures is still
insufficient;
 The problem of traditional markets which are suppressed by modern markets; more
licenses given to private parties to build hypermarkets, supermarkets,and department
storeshas decreased traditional markets’ competitiveness;
 Centers of economic activities which have been established generally have not yet
obtained optimum support from the government. Furthermore, food crisis occurs among
the poor group due to the price hike;
 The target of real Gross Regional Domestic Product or GRDP per capita has not been
achieved;
 The public’s purchasing power as one of the components of Human Development Index
(HDI) has not been optimal;
 The problem of poverty in West Java may cause urbanization to Bandung City;
 Distributionandsupplyof food needs of the region of West Java may affect their availability
in Bandung City;
 The progress of non-conventional development financing instrument has not been
optimal;

336 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 The development of the financing system with the partnership of the government and the
privates has not been optimal;
 The development of incentive system for the privates has not been optimal.
Related to the authority of districts in the economic sector, the programs/activities that
can be conducted are as follows:
1. Issuance of Certificate of Domicile of cooperatives for their founding;
2. Recapitulation of data collection of Cooperatives and Small and Medium Enterprises;
3. Fostering of pre-Cooperatives and Micro Financing Institutions;
4. Facilitationfor credit loan application;
5. Issuance of Certificate of Domicile for business;
6. Issuance of Certificate of Domicile for industry and trading business;
7. Fostering of revolving fund of Cooperatives and Small and Medium Enterprisesexisting
among the public;
8. Issuance of certificate of business ownership for credit loan;
9. Issuance of Certificate of Domicile for Companies.

Based on the authority, there are two authorities of districts in the economic sector, namely
administrative authority, such as the granting of recommendation and issuance of
recommendation letters.It also includes direct authority relating to facilitation and fostering to
improve micro, small, and medium enterprises in Bandung City. Based on those matters, the
workload of districts that relates to the economic sector depends on the number of micro,
small, and medium enterprises in each region. Referring to the data of Central Bureau of
Statistics of Bandung City Year 2015 there are 9 districts which are identified to have big-small
scale industries, namely Bojongloa Kidul, Babakan Ciparay, Batununggal, Cicendo, Bojongloa
Kaler, Cicendo, Antapani, Cidadap, and Gedebage,while the number of industries in the
rest21 districts are not clearly described.

G. RECOMMENDATION
The role of districts in addressing strategic issues in the education, health, and
economic sectors has been identified. Furtherresearch may focus on determination of priority
to solve strategic issues in each district. It is necessary considering that each district has
different potential problems. In the future, to obtain objective data, it is necessary to elicit

337 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 strategic issues thoroughly by using the observation method in order that the priority to solve
strategic issues in each districtcan be determined.

REFERENCES
Kim, Jongwook dan Joseph T. Mahoney. 2002. Resource-Based and Property Rights
Perspectives on Value Creation: The Case of Oil Field Unitization. Managerial and
Decision Economics,Vol. 23, No. 4/5, Conversations on the Dynamics, Context,
andConsequences of Strategy (June-August).

Kinseng, Rilus A. 2008. Kecamatan di Era Otonomi Daerah: Status dan Wewenang serta
Konflik Sosial. Bogor: LPPM IPB danUSAID.

Maksum, Irfan Ridwan. 2007. Birokrasi Patrimonial di Kabupaten dan Kota. Jurnal Ilmu
Administrasi dan Organisasi, Bisnis &Birokrasi, Vol. 15, No. 2 (Mei).

Schmid, A.A. 1972. Property, Power, and Public Choice. New York: Praeger.

Law No. 23/2014 on Local Governments;

Undang-Undang Nomor 2 Tahun 2015 tentang Penetapan Peraturan Pemerintah Pengganti

Undang-Undang Nomor 2 tahun 2014 tentang Perubahan atas Undang-Undang Nomor 23
Tahun 2014 tentang Pemerintahan Daerah menjadi Undang-Undang;

Local Regulation of Bandung City Number 08 Year 2007 on the Affairs of Local Government
of Bandung City
Local Regulation of Bandung City on Local Medium-Term Development Plan (RPJMD)of
2013-2018

Mayoral Regulation Number 250 on Details of Main Tasks and Functions of Organization Units
in Districts and Sub-districts in the Area of the City Government of Bandung

Mayoral Regulation of Bandung Number 185 Year 2015 on the Delegation of Some Affairs of
Mayor of Bandung to Heads of Districts and Sub-districts

338 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Collaborative Management in Policy Implementation: Case Study; Forest management
policy in Riau Province

Agustiyara
Department of Public Administration, Khon Kaen
University

Dr. Sataporn Roengtam

Department of Public Administration, Khon Kaen
University

Email:
[email protected]

ABSTRACT
The aims of this research is to examine the dynamics of policy implementation towards the
forest management how the government can adopt and implement the policies. There are
two main issues. Firstly, the need to focus on the organization communication in policy
implementation and collaborative management on forest land use. Particularly, the
government effort in making collaboration to provide substantial effort such as, resolve
overlapping policy among government, and integrated policy on forest management.
Secondly, the collaborative solution uses in resolving forest-land use problems, lack of
collaborative management in policy implementation has consequences of implementation
failure and the government competing and interest move from conflict to collaboration. This
research explores whether and how the collaborative management can provide a platform
for the effectiveness of successful forest management. The collaborative management
models illustrate the capability of coordination from local to the central government which
what might be the implication of the future operational for forest land use management
practices. It introduces a simple model for exploring the collaborative in the local
government.
Keywords: Collaborative management, policy implementation, and government
communication.

A. INTRODUCTION

Deforestation rates in Indonesia are estimated at 1.17 million hectares per year (UNDP
2016), the open access to the forest areas resulted public policies that have encouraged the
deforestation, mostly through both legal and illegal activities (FAO 2010). Forests in
Indonesia are divided into three groups based on their function, namely production forest,
conservation forest, and protective forest (Suhardi, Faridah, and Handojo HN 2016). Most
of the degraded forests are forest production areas. However, it has been found that some
339 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
of these areas have already been occupied legally or illegally and converted to plantation,
oil palm and rubber plantations(Suhardi, Faridah, and Handojo HN 2016). Massive land-
use are taking place as a result of migration, population growth, urbanization, pandemics,
the expansion of agriculture and shifts in tenure systems (Fisher, Prabhu, and McDougall
2007). Forest plantation an important pattern forestland-use for centuries (Szulecka,
Obidzinski, and Dermawan 2016). Forest land use is a function of the social and economic
purposes for which landis managed (Watson, et al. 2000). Indonesia’s planted in areas that
were formerly natural forest, the majority of deforestation from land use change including
burning of peat lands (UNDP 2016). The problem of deforestation is a product of Indonesian
natural resource's mismanagement. For instance, the existing policies allow access to
natural resources for a few people, especially those who are close to authority (E. P.
Purnomo and Anand 2014).

In several researches finding shows the fundamental cause of deforestation and

degradation fragmented by development and economics activities. Such plantation in the
forest area which occupied by smallholders and industrial company. The expansion of
agriculture and its associated infrastructure is the primary driver of tropical deforestation
(Gibbs et al. 2010). Forest expansion including logging is driven in part by the law net
benefits of sustainable forest management (Pfaff, Amacher, and Sills 2013). Meanwhile,
there are major problems in forestland use, for instance; forest concession by the large
company, a major expansion of timber production sector, legal and illegal logging, there
are no accurate estimates of the size of forest opened by company and smallholders,
transmigration programs, and many plantation owners who use fire as an alternative way
and inexpensive to open their forests to plantations; (FWI 2001); (FAO 2010); (UNDP
2016); (Forestry 2015). It’s caused the establishment of the critical mass of plantations in
the country; Historically, in the Suharto regime (1998), mostly forestland-use accessed by
the timber business group which resulted in a lack of oversight and transparency become
one reason for poor forestry management (CIFOR 2002). Concession holders (HPH) are
not concerned with the responsibility in terms of forestry practices, while many conflict
concern with concession holders, and lack of community land use oriented (WorldBank
2001). But from a legal and policy perspective, only a few have changes since the Soeharto
era. Namely the basic structure over forest lands unchanged: state control of forestland-use
licensed from the state (Nurfatriani et al. 2015). In 2000, Department of Forestry reported
that "most" of forest under concessions are in "damaged condition”. The fact that

340 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

deforestation in Indonesia has become a great danger not only to Indonesia, but also to the
global environment. In 2015, again one of the most critical issues faced by the government
of Indonesia and becoming an international concern is forest fires (JakartaGlobe 2015);
(Kompas 2015); (TheJakartaPost 2017). Approximately there were 2.089.911 ha of burned
areas in 2015 (CNNIndonesia 2015).

Regarding the mentioned issues, particular challenges to implement the policy. In

2014, the government establish a new Law on Local Government No. 23/2014 to replace
the old Local Government Law No. 32/2004 to regulate the distribution of authority between
the central government, province, and district. Government Regulation No. 26/2008, gave
governors and ministers the right to override land use decisions made by the districts. The
overall authority responsible for drafting is the National Spatial Planning Coordination.
District governments were required to coordinate their land use planning with provincial and
national authorities (Brockhaus et al. 2012). Based on Law No. 41 Years 1999 the
government has authority the establishment of the status as forest areas or not as forests
area. Hence, the local government shared-revenue the central government from the forest
production. In order to increase the income, local government exploit forest resource for
local use. Without a strong regulations and spatial plan responsible, forestland use more
intensively logged for short-term profit only. The management forest-land should be use its
contribution to the long-term development of the country.

Pursuing economic growth and development, it is emphasized at the policies should

pay equal attention to the sustainable development society, economy, and environment.
Improving forest productivity and profitability, initially focusing on forest management and
economics (De Jong, Arts, and Krott 2012). Consequently, having emerged as a serious
problem when particular of interest among public bureaucracies and administrations
(Kleinschmit, Bocher, & Giessen, 2016). The successful implementation of forest policies,
there must be a particular tool with which to measure sustainable forest management
(Sukadri 2000). Particularly in the context of forestland use requires the consideration of
factors that explain actor’s decision-making behavior. The interests in and around forest land,
these interests are enabled by the government and the paradigms that emerge to justify the
use of forests and allocation of forest land (Brockhaus et al. 2012). Some of the involved
state agencies are become problematic such as the process of forestland allocation,
questioned the legality of existing forestland allocations, clarity, and transparency in
forestland allocation procedures. It may be affected by decentralization which there is a
341 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
potential corruption for the public agency in determines public forest access in forest area
by balancing public goods, government revenue needs, and private concession (Pfaff,
Amacher, and Sills 2013).

Furthermore, the most critical issue faced by the government of Indonesia are
inconsistent regulations (Brockhaus et al. 2012); (UNDP 2016); (Prabowo et al. 2017).
Inconsistent regulations between central governments to the local government. Lack of
access for smallholders, conflict resolution (surrounding land) and capacity building
standards, among others (UNDP 2016). Policies and regulations and authorities tasked with
the allocation of forest land in Indonesia have changed over the past two decades. which
resulted in the shifts in the political-economy configurations between the center and regions
(Nurfatriani et al. 2015) following the decentralization policy has changed the power
landscapes and interplays (Prabowo et al. 2017) argue that the decentralization policy led
to more empowered local governments and in turn the weakening central state to pursue
their own formal and informal interests. There are several reasons for inconsistent regulation
in Indonesia. Firstly, the establishment size of protected forest areas, production forest,
conservation forest between the central government and local governments. Secondly,
forest policies are sensitive to industry and the needs of local communities. Actors involved,
and management systems it is important to understand to reflect on their changing roles in
the forestry sector. Moreover, the establishment of Law on Local Government No. 23/2014,
are currently present the local government authority, particularly related to forest
management which overlapping to the regency or district, it caused raises many problems
on forest management, such as conflict between company with state, company with society
and society with state (agustiyara 2016). Ambitious government programs for expanding
large scale industrial timber and oil palm plantation, and the weaknesses of the policy
instruments in terms of environmental, economic and social aspects. Furthermore, the
establishment for protected forest areas, production forest, conservation forest between the
central government and local governments.

There are some impacts of overlapping regulation on forestland use. Firstly, Increased
the forest degradation and loses forest are massive illegal and legal-logging. The existing
lack of clarity and transparency in forestland allocation procedures, particularly over
conversion forest, may lead to the involved actors and interest among public bureaucracies
and administrations. Secondly, has the implication on uncontrolled of forest areas, causing
conflicts in management activities. Negatively on the living conditions and survival of the
342 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
wildlife population. As a result, this research aims to find the possible ways of making
collaboration in policy implementation among governments on forest management. The
policy implementation among government are necessary and effectively works to perform
in sustainable way. Consequently, how is the collaborative management can provide and
improve of the successful in forest land-use management? How is the local government
effort in making collaboration which improved capability of coordination among government
in forest-land use management?

H. LITERATURE AND THEORY

In several researches finding shows the fundamental cause of deforestation and
degradation fragmented by development and economics activities. Such plantation in the
forest area which occupied by smallholders and industrial company. Environmental issues
that related to forest management has been empirically examined in different approach.
Previous work on forest management has emphasized such reducing forestry emission
which focus on land degradation, industry, and forest plantation (Verchot et al. 2010).
Evaluation of the implementation policy, policy making in protected forest management, and
policy analysis. Moreover, past research has largely assert the environmental issues on
policy enforcement generating into economical social and environmental problems. Some
of them identify the impact of forest land use such degradation, forms fires and damaged
forest area.

A few studies theorize about the governance on forest management (Ansell and Gash
2007). Collective action and collaboration (Schusler, Decker, and Pfeffer 2003); (Smith
2015); (Thomson and Perry 2006); (Agranoff and McGuire 2003). Stakeholder
participation (Basco-Carrera et al. 2017). The quality of policy implementation (Honig 2006);
(Lane and Hamann 2003). Another strand of work considers whether authority between
levels of government put the management of protected forest under authority, also showed
that the existing policy have proven ineffective to manage the forest. There is a gap
between policy and its implementation. It is important to note that much of this current debate
does not explicitly address the way of government in making collaboration to manage the
forest land-use. This research design combines the effort of local government which may
have overlapping of policy implementation needs to make collaborative management among
stakeholders. Perhaps the overarching through empirical research on policy implementation

343 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

that it is incredibly many perspective, especially in government and institution. In the field,
pressure on the quality of organization responses and determines the quality of policy
implementation; the nature and changes in the organization to addressed problems. (Honig
2006) argued that policy implementation should focus on what’s implementable and what
works but rather than investigate under what conditions. In this view, “implementability” and
“success” are still essential policy outcomes. Also, policy implementation research should
aim on the policies, people, and place that shape how implementation unfolds and provide
interactions among them to explain implementation outcomes.

Further, this study connects to literature on the collaborative management by the local
government. Collaborative management reflects the way it has bubbled up from many local
experiment, often in reaction to previous governance failure. Collaborative management has
emerged as response to the failure of the downstream implementation and politicization of
regulation. (Ananda and Proctor 2013) collaborative as representation of key interest groups
or using the term of stakeholders. Stakeholders refers to both public agencies in provincial
and regency government level. Collaboration implies to way communication influence
among stakeholders. Collaborative management focuses on public policies and issues such
as alternative despite resolution or mediation political interest. However, the collaboration
implies that the government take responsibility in making collaboration process. Therefore,
collaborative will have an adversarial relationship to one another. It may bargain the
cooperative the term of ad hoc in responding the certain issues or develop the collaborative
governance. Most of the studies reviewed were case studies and attempt to find the key
factor on the weakness in implementing the policy or the failure of policy implementation.
The universe of issues was collected quite diverse and differed in quality, methodology, and
intent. Collaborative governance (Ansell and Gash 2007) refers to achieve the collective
decision making; (Kumar 2003) public private partnership refers to the function of
collaboration. Therefore, collaborative management represent to making collaboration
approach and prefer the term of collaborative management an encompasses various aspect
of the collaboration process, communication, authority to implement the policy. Yet this
diversity proved a challenge, the intention of this research as asses the collaborative
management provided as successful in forest land use management, how is the government
effort in making collaboration which improved capability of coordination among government
in forest land-use management.

344 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 It comes that a review of the literature, (Kramer 1990) defined inter-organizational
collaboration as an emergent process between interdependent organizational actors who
negotiate the answers to shared concerns. (O’Toole Jr. 1997) inter-organizational networks,
(O’Leary and Vij 2012) collaborative networks (Smith 2015) collaboration as decision
making tool. Network management offers an important class of collaborative management
models. Modeling of network management is to examine the impact of public management
in general on governmental performance. Modeling network management that discerns not
only the impact of these functions, but also the managerial resources used to perform them
in particular structural contexts (Agranoff and McGuire 2003). Network structures can be
represented in various form. Social network analysis (SNA) used as to draw upon define
multiple networks consisting of actors (Freeman 2004) aims to addresses about governance
and social capital in networks. Even relatively small groups of actors form complex network
structures that can be discovered with SNA methods but are hard to detect otherwise as social
structure is usually a mix of cohesive subgroups (Borg, Toikka, and Primmer 2015) Modeling
of network management is to examine the impact of public management in general on
governmental performance. First, policies dealing with ambitious or complex issues are
likely to require such structures for execution, which assert that the types of problems or
issues society seeks to address collectively are increasingly wicked, or “problems with no
solutions, only temporary imperfect resolution”. Second, limitations established on the reach
of direct governmental intervention encourage rather than network based solution.
Collaborative structures may be required to achieve result in in particular problems area
when public preference is simultaneously for more government action and less government
involvement. When the public demands action on certain public issues, multiple players are
drawn together to fulfil that demand because it can only be done through collaboration.
Third, political imperatives elicit networking beyond what might be necessitated by policy
objectives; the actors often must balance technical needs for clear and concentrated
program authority with political demands for broader influence. Fourth, as information has
accumulated regarding second-order program effects, efforts have been made
institutionalize the connections, such as through inter-organizational task force and
planning. Fifth, layers of mandates, including crosscutting regulations and crossover
sanctions, provide additional pressure for managing networks (Agranoff and McGuire 2003).
For intense policy sphere like economic development or welfare, different programs have

345 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

different intents, funding sources and priorities, mandated criteria, and targeted
stakeholders.

F. DATA AND MEASUREMENT

The government have numerous ways to interact with other organizations, considers
the stakeholders that involve of agencies or organizations with multiple linkages.
Furthermore, the collaborations as resolution which focus on mediation, negotiation, and
the building of agreements among governments. To collect data from all the stakeholders
on forest management due to were limited data availability and resources. Instead, this
research drew data in local government from 12 agencies and department that have field of
policy implementation and forest management under governor coordination.

Figure 1 Coordinating of government departments and organization in Riau Province,

2017

Sources: Collected from various sources based on law and regulation

The overarching aims of this research was to study the collaborative management in
policy implementation practices in Riau Province, Indonesia. The research will be
conducted in Riau Province, located on Sumatera islands. The province is the largest
expansion area of plantation and palm oil industries in Indonesia. CIFOR states that in
2015, around 3 million hectares are used as 51% of palm oil plantation or 1.6 million
hectares of industrial forest plantations (HTI) in Riau Province (CIFOR 2015). Mostly the
concession area is covering Riau Provinces (FWI 2001).

346 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Figure 2, Study area, Riau Province of Sumatra Island

Sixth specific issues on collaborative management were organizational autonomy,

government communication, local government capacity, norms, administration and
governance. Besides, this research to analysis these sixth issues and to investigate the keys
factors overlapping policy in forest- land use between local and central government. The
local government communication has on the most important factors in collaboration
practices. Indeed, some issues above indicates influenced the collaborative management.
A more recent study on policy implementation In Indonesia are mainly in ecology, politics,
and government. Furthermore, the issues more debate relating to government policies,
government roles, deforestation and land conversion (Brockhaus et al. 2012); (Cacho et al.
2014); (Nurfatriani et al. 2015); (Prabowo et al. 2017); (H. Purnomo et al. 2016).
Meanwhile, (Kleinschmit, Bocher, and Giessen 2016) on forest policy analysis and
(Coulston et al. 2014); (Medrilzam et al. 2014) analysis of forest land use.

To specify issue on this research, the need to focus on the organization

communication in policy implementation and collaborative management on forest-land
use. Particularly, the government effort in making collaboration to provide substantial effort
such as, resolve overlapping policy among government, and integrated policy on forest
management. Secondly, the collaborative solution uses in resolve forest-land use problems,
lack of collaborative management in policy implementation has consequences of
implementation failure and the government competing and interest move from conflict to
collaboration. Fundamental assumption regarding the overlapping policy of forest land use
management premise that poorly communication and coordination in making
347 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
collaboration. This research offers, to the knowledge in measurement the effort by
government which has authority to control and managed the forest land use management.

G. RESULT
1. Measuring Forest Policy in the Field
Policy implementation is a complex and complicated process if the implementers
disagree with policy, some agencies are designed to insulate from political pressure.
Consequently, the implementation depends on the ability of government that involved many
stakeholders. Measuring the policy of forestry in Riau province, to seeks the authority and
legitimation on government that shaped by the existing regulation. This measure to assess
the influence of central government policy, province, and regency government level. Begin
with preliminary analysis with seeking the existing policy that related to forest management
policy. Since the president of Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono (SBY) the government has policy,
regulation, law, president regulation, president instruction, and ministry decree followed by
the local government regulation in term of forestry management during 2004-2016.

Forestry policy appears to have a substantial effect on forestry management, at

the beginning of decentralization, based on the regulation No. 25/2005 that the central
government authority and province government as autonomous region, this law requires
distribution of authority carried by mentioning in detail the authority of the central government
in the legislation, the rest of that authority not mentioned in the law to be the authority of
local government. The distribution of authority it may causes unclear distribution authority
among government levels.

Figure 3, The Numbers of policy among government levels during

2004-2016

Sources: Collected from various sources based on law and regulation

348 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Based on the regulation that illustrates above, the authority for policy maker of forestry
management been centralized in the central government. As happened in the period of
Abdurrahman Wahid after the fall of the New Order regime and after the great forest and
land fires occurred in 1997/1998 with realizing PP. No. 4/2001 on Control of environmental
damage and pollution related to forest and land fires. Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono (SBY)
policy-making process seems "seporadic" in the case of land and forest fires emerged
Presidential Instruction No. 16/2011. in term of the involvement many stakeholders such as
agencies, military, Governor and Regent in controlling forest fires (karhutla). Meanwhile, in
the leadership of President Joko Widodo with the issuance of Presidential Instruction No.
11 / 15. The Presidential Instruction contains about the President's instruction on 20
Ministries / Bodies, military Police, Attorney General, Governor and Regent in controlling
forest fires. The second institution that has authority in policy making on forest management
is the Ministry of Forestry and the Ministry of Environment issued 10/2010 on pollution
prevention mechanism or environmental damage relating to forest management and land
fire. Followed by at the provincial level with reference to Presidential Instruction No. 16/2011,
Riau Governor Regulation no. 11 on forest and land fire control centers (Pusdalkarhutla).
While at regency level, there is not a single regent rule related to forest management and
land fire control.

Further, it appears as well as presented by (Nurfatriani et al. 2015) that unresponsive

government related to the forest management due to due to the centrality of authority in the
central structure of the bureaucracy. Whereas actually the problem that occurred at the
district level. However, its strategic policy-making at the level of the President and the regent
as the head of a region directly facing the issue has no authority at all to take long-term and
long-term strategic policies. On the other hand, the nature of the policy is general which does
not seen the factor of difference between one region with other area. This is caused by a
top-down approach in the process of taking it. While governor regulation issued at the
provincial level is only technical coordinate not strategic substantive. The condition forest in
Riau province classified into three types namely forest production, limited production and
conversion production amounting more than 60% of the total space in Riau Province. While
natural forest reserves, mangrove forests and protected forests are less than 10%. Thus, it
can be concluded that the majority of land in the province of Riau has been cultivated into
plantation land. While the remaining protected forest is already very thinner and in fact is
under pressure of deforestation.

349 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Figure 3, The Numbers of Forest Area and Forest Production in Riau Provinces
(Hectares)

Several report and data by the institutions, NGOs such the data reported by
JIKALAHARI, where the area of forest continues to decline drastically, from 4 million
hectares in 2000 and continues to fall to 500,000 hectares by 2015, thus during 15-20 years
of forest cover is reduced by 2 million hectares. This is certainly astonishing, only in one
area, the forest is lost drastically and cannot be controlled. In fact, the regional regulation on
spatial planning and regional planning (RTRW) of Riau Province has not been established
yet. So that the areas that switched functions are in the majority of conservation forests and
protected forests that should not be converted to function.

There are several problems on the cause of converted forest area into forest production.
Such regulatory chain, licensing chain, and law enforcement chain. First, regulatory chain
regarding the regulation of planning on forest area and spatial plan of province government.
To provide legal certainty for the forest area, it is necessary the accountability to the process
of forest area, the process should be including, boundary determination, mapping and
determination of forest area. This process is all to lead to a forest that is "legal and legitimate.
For instance, the clearness of the legal basis for ministry of forestry to control forest area
and legal basis right of society for land use.

Second, licensing chain, the number of changes about to existing policies,

regulation from the government about the license to access land forest use which called as
IUPHHK is licenses granted to use the forest area for forest production. Increased the land
needs for plantations have concern about plantation monoculture replacing the natural forest

350 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

area. This has implication to the government in manage forest area in terms of spatial plan,
forest management planning, forest use, rehabilitation, forest protection, and conservation
area. Uncertainty of forest areas caused ineffective forest governance. Based on president
decree No. 44 of 2004, on forestry planning, forest management units consist of;
Conservation forest management unit (KPHK), protected forest management unit (KPHL)
and production forest management unit (KPHP). Besides regulate the forest production
permit may be granted to individuals, cooperatives, state-owned enterprises, regional-
owned enterprises, and private-owned enterprises. Practically, based on Land policy in
Indonesia, there are two institution which has authority on legality of land use, ministry of
forestry for licensing forest land use, and national land agency (BPN) as administration and
ownership for land use. Moreover, the distribution of authority of forest area (in accordance
with Government Regulation Number 38 Year 2007 concerning distribution of governmental
Affairs between provincial government and regency/city government). Further,
determination of forest area boundaries must involve all elements of central and local
government. Third, law enforcement chain, the problem of legality on forest management
such the existing policies allow access to natural resources for a few people, especially for
those who are close to the authority.

G. THE IMPORTANT OF COLLABORATIVE MANAGEMENT

Trust and ability of government expected to take an effort to increase the stakeholder’s
involvement in forest management. The problem on forest policy implementation is Lack of
to collaborate management represents the government unable to manage the forest-land
use which caused the overlapping policy among governments. Such as collaborative effort
that reached an agreement among government on forest-land use, environmental interests,
and the regulations. Conceptually collaboration defined as organizational culture and power
differential, which include appreciate planning, join agreement, dialogues, and negotiated
settlements (Selin and Chevez 1995). In fact, forest concessions, local people are allowed
to operate small businesses and manage natural resources in selected parts of the
conservation area by forming joint enterprises or cooperatives (Eghenter 2006). All districts
are required to have rolling five-year plans as a basis for defining needs and setting priorities.
The transition to decentralization, as well as increased opportunities for exploitation of
natural resources, might have generated conflicting situations and a lack of transparency in
power-sharing arrangements between communities, the private sector, and local and central
351 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
governments (Eghenter 2006). There are still fundamental differences between the
legislation and management of protected areas. In one hand, government policies seeks to
protect protected areas and establish rules to preserve it, but on the other hand has opened
an opportunities for exploited the protected forest area. For example; the clearness of
authority between the local and central government, frequently some local governments
have to increase local revenue shift the function of protected forest and nature reserves into
production forest even changed status of forest area into forest-land uses. CIFOR states
that, in Riau province, there are types of cases in overlapping policy.

First, governor policy in giving licenses for industrial plantation of forest area. Second,
infringement by companies (industrial forest) logging access which not applicable with laws
and regulation, industrial concession including in protected areas using permit issued by
regency (CIFOR 2015). Based on law no 34 years 2002 on forest management planning and
forest-land use, governor/regency does not have the authority to issue licenses for
Industrial forest (IUPHHK- HT/HTI). Regulatory, the licenses of forest-land use are issued
by the minister of forestry based on regency/governor recommendation Collaborative
management aims to describes the process of facilitating and operating in multi-
organizational involvement to solve the problem on policy implementation of forest policy
land use. Jointly the collaboration creating roles and structures governing of government
communication and the possible ways in making collaborative management among
government. While, in Riau province has many stakeholders that involved in forest issues,
such engaging one or more organization in purposive and official partnership arrangement
including determination of land boundaries, controlling government action, and protected
forest area from the certain interest on forest management. In terms of government aspect,
the collaboration may such governance in local government, administration for the clearness
of forest production area, protected forest, licenses for access the forest, and legality of the
ownership. Norms in the government, awareness in promoting sustainable development,
pursuing economic growth and development, it emphasized at the policies should pay equal
attention to the sustainable development society, economic and environment. Having less
of interest among public bureaucracies and administration processes. Local government
capacity, the accountability of central government to the local government in managing the
forest. The local government enhanced the capabilities by improving the professionalism,
organization human resources, planning and execution functions. Local government
capacity reflects that the positions of government to achieve productive and allocative

352 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

efficiency. Besides, building government internal and external network based on
organization management style.

Besides, issuance of new licenses and the extension of existing logging licenses
become critical problem in the government policy. A number of changes about to existing
policies, regulation of the minister environment and forestry about the license to access land
forest use called as IUPHHK is licenses granted to use the results of timber in production
forest. Increased the land needs for plantations in Indonesia have concerns about plantation
monoculture replacing the natural forest. Moreover, in 2014, according to statistic Ministry
of Environment and Forestry (2015), states that Indonesia loses forest area of nearly 6
million hectares for plantation, has increased 495 hundred hectares in 2013. In the other
words, these massive illegal and legal-logging in Indonesia.

The authority in the forest sector called as Forest Management Unit (KPH), previously
the authority under province and district, currently forest management unit under province
level only. This has implication to the province in carry out the forest management in terms of
spatial plan, forest management planning, forest use, rehabilitation, forest protection, and
conservation. More recently, several studies have examined the government works and
structures among the forest management lack of the policy implementation more concerted
efforts from the central and provincial governments which include the consistency in
government policies and regulations, to improved policy on forestland use management
which consist of 7 Law which related to forest management, 3 of Government Regulation, 3
of President Degree, and 4 under Ministry of forestry regulation.

H. DISCUSSION
Kramer (1990); O’Toole Jr. (1997); Smith (2015) suggest that the model of collaboration
needs an emergent process between interdependent organizational actors (Inter-
organizational networks) who negotiate to deal with the environmental issues. Hence,
collaborative management is to examine the impact of governmental performance may be
required to achieve ad resolve the policy implementation problems. Particularly in the
context of forest land use management requires the consideration of factors that explain
involvement actor behavior. It has been argued that in term of political approach to negotiate
and compromise is hard because many pressures in the governmental levels. In one hand
the government pursuing economic growth and increasing the revenue, initially focusing on

353 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

forest production without considering its contribution long term development The
mechanism of forest management based on the law use the distribution authority
(decentralization) from central to the local government. The policy making process of the
distribution of authority between levels of government places the regency government level
to manage protected forest. In the central government authority law has been mentioned in
detail. Unspecified authority becomes the authority of local government. But the government
revived the regulation, based on regulation no. 38, 2007 on distribution of authority where
states that the authority of local government is specified in details in the law. It states that
protected forest management becomes the authority of the regency government, includes:
forest inventory, forest rehabilitation and forest protection, licensing of forest land use. After
the implementation of regional autonomy, the management of natural resources conducted
in a fragmented way. Each region manages its own natural resources.

The management of natural resources is emphasized does not balanced with

conservation efforts and does not make conservation as a priority activity. The failure of low
performance of government institutions in managing forests due to, first, the existence of
government institutions involved in forest management rely solely on the duties and
functions without knowing the position and role of each in carrying out the management
activities. Second, the capacity of local government in managing the forest. Third, weak of
coordination and implementation of management is hard to the government in making
collaboration if the government do not have ability in collaborative management. Forest
management land use will work if there is coordination between central and local government
as well as among related institutions within a region. Relations between agencies should be
based on coordination to avoid overlapping and conflict of interest in forest management.

354 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Table 1. The role of stakeholders for collaborative management in Riau Province

Work components in Responsible institution Stakeholders that

making collaboration involve in forest land
use
The benefits of Ministry of Forestry Ministry of Forestry
collaborative
management Governor Governor
Department of forestry Department of forestry
Department of license Department of license
Department of Department of
plantation plantation
Regional planning Regional planning
agency agency
National Land agency National Land agency
Regency Regency
(including relevant (including relevant
departments) departments)
Political party
Military
Police District
Villages
NGOs
Community

This analysis finds, the possibility of collaborative management, based on the

stakeholder that involvement on forest management. Responsible institutions interact
through formal and informal negotiation, jointly creating rules and structures governing their
relationship and involving shared norms and mutually beneficial interaction to stakeholders
that involved in forest land-use management. It may partnership between different
stakeholders to participate in a collaborative management. The perspective of collaborative
management come from a variety approach, in addition the local government have to
determines the way and interest based on the government capability. The collaborative
management used as a response to focus on stakeholder participation, finding the right
balance between integration and aggregation. From this way, the collaborative must
accommodate the institutional framework to engage local level collaboration and pursuing the
interest which facilate to coordination and communication for mutual benefit especially in

355 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

forest land use management. The idea of collaborative management describes negotiation
and commitment processes as governance participative in policy implementation.
Collaboration variously shared power arrangements and problem solving. There cause and
impact of lack collaborative in the government such as: a lack authorities structure of
hierarchal division, awareness and responsible, legitimate interest and power, governance
emphasizes and reach agreement.

Furthermore, some stakeholders do not support activities on forest management

and even undermine the government, so in this case, building communication with all the
actors that are needed. For instance, in the process of forest management policy which
involved central and local government to determine the boundaries of forest and protected
forest areas supervised under the ministry of forestry. The policy needs to serve the
operation stakeholders operation, control behavior and organize incentives in the
institutions. Indeed, one of the critical problems in forest management is the different
perceptions among stakeholders regarding the extent, boundaries, management rights, and
utilization of protected forests. The possibility way to unify these perceptions is to apply
collaborative management between government, community and other related roles. The
discrepancy between the policy of the central government with local government caused
damage to the forest and its ecosystem if not immediately managed by a collaborative
management which initiate by the government. In other word, forest destruction has a
negative impact on the economy both regionally and nationally. Deforestation degrades the
quality of life of people, especially those living in and around forest areas.

Quite apart from dispositions, other research illustrates the authority of the
government in forest management. The involvement stakeholders in policy implementation
in local government level are unresponsive, less transparency, few stakeholders that
involved. The capability as the main problems for policy implementation. Legally the
authority in forest management such as (1) the central government is authorized to establish
norms, standards, guidelines and criteria, policy, law enforcement, facilitation of the rules of
protected forests across provinces. (2) provincial government is authorized to regulate and
manage cross-protected forest regency which made by the central government. (3) The
regency government is authorized to regulate and manage the forest protected which made
by the central government. However, from this authority shows that the need to builds local
government capability to achieve a coordination among government and supporting the
practices of collaborative management. Other works pointed on distribution of authority
356 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
between central-provinces-regency-districts are uniformity strength to conflict at the local
level. Policy implementation was implemented without considering the capability and
readability of the governments. While, the degradation of forest area shows that ineffective
the policy implementation among governments.

I. CONCLUSION
Through a collaborative management in the policy implementation of Riau province,
this article has sought that to making collaboration the needs unify the perceptions on the
policy of forest management regarding the extent, boundaries, management rights, and
utilization of protected forests. Building communication with all the actors that are needed.
The need to builds local government capability to achieve a coordination among government
and supporting the practices of collaborative management. Jointly creating rules and
structures governing their relationship and involving shared norms and mutually beneficial
interaction to stakeholders that involved in forest land-use management.

Moreover, this article has shown that the possible way and the effort by the
government in making collaboration, trust and ability of government expected to take an
effort to increase the stakeholder’s involvement in forest management. The problem on
forest policy implementation is Lack of to collaborate management represents the
government unable to manage the forest-land use which caused the discrepancy policy
among governments. The discrepancy between the policy of the central government with
local government. Forest management land use will work if there is coordination between
central and local government as well as among related institutions within a region. Relations
between agencies should be based on coordination to avoid discrepancy and conflict of
interest in forest management. Furthermore, this study can be impended way in making
collaboration when there is some less trust and ability in making collaboration process. From
this way, the collaborative must accommodate the institutional framework to engage local
level collaboration and pursuing the interest which facilate to coordination and
communication for mutual benefit especially in forest land use management. The idea of
collaborative management describes negotiation and commitment processes as governance
participative in policy implementation. While, in Riau province has many stakeholders that
involved in forest issues, a need to engaging one or more organization in purposive and
official partnership arrangement based on organization management style.

357 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

REFERENCES

Agranoff, Robert., and Michael McGuire. 2003. Collaborative Public Management: New
Strategies for
Local Governments. Georgetown University Press.
agustiyara. 2016. “Conflict Between Societies and Companies in the Context of
Ownership.” 1(1). Ananda, Jayanath, and Wendy Proctor. 2013. “Collaborative
Approaches to Water Management and
Planning: An Institutional Perspective.” Ecological Economics 86: 97–106.
Ansell, Chris, and Alison Gash. 2007. “Collaborative Governance in Theory and Practice.”
JPART 18: 543–71.
Basco-Carrera, Laura et al. 2017. “Collaborative Modelling or Participatory Modelling? A
Framework for Water Resources Management.” Environmental Modelling and
Software 91: 95–110.
Borg, Riikka, Arho Toikka, and Eeva Primmer. 2015. “Social Capital and Governance: A
Social Network Analysis of Forest Biodiversity Collaboration in Central Finland.”
Forest Policy and Economics 50:
90–97.
Brockhaus, Maria et al. 2012. “An Overview of Forest and Land Allocation Policies in
Indonesia: Is the Current Framework Sufficient to Meet the Needs of REDD+?” Forest
Policy and Economics 18: 30–37.
Cacho, Oscar J., Sarah Milne, Ricardo Gonzalez, and Luca Tacconi. 2014. “Benefits
and Costs of Deforestation by Smallholders: Implications for Forest Conservation
and Climate Policy.” Ecological Economics 107: 321–32.
CIFOR. 2002. “A Permit Is Not Enough: Community Forest (HKM) in Bulukumba.” Center
for International Forestry Research 49.
———. 2015. “JARINGAN KERJA PENYELAMAT HUTAN RIAU.” Center for
International Forestry Research (CIFOR).
CNNIndonesia. 2015. “BNPB: Kebakaran Hutan 2015 Seluas 32 Wilayah DKI
Jakarta.” CNN Indonesia.
http://www.cnnindonesia.com/nasional/20151030133801-20-88437/bnpb-
kebakaran-hutan-2015- seluas-32-wilayah-dki-jakarta/ (June 8, 2017).
Coulston, J. W., G. A. Reams, D. N. Wear, and C. K. Brewer. 2014. “An Analysis of
Forest Land Use, Forest Land Cover and Change at Policy-Relevant Scales.”
Forestry 87(2): 267–76.
Eghenter, Cristina. 2006. “Social, Environmental and Legal Dimensions of Adat as an
Instrument of
Conservation in East Kalimantan.”

358 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

FAO. 2010. “Dynamics of Small-Scale Deforestation in Indonesia: Examining the Effects
of Poverty and Socio-Economic Development.” Unasylva 61(1–2): 14–20.
Fisher, R, R Prabhu, and C McDougall. 2007. Adaptive collaborative management of
community forests in Asia: experiences from Nepal, Indonesia and the Philippines
Adaptive Collaborative Management of Community Forests in Asia: Experiences
from Nepal, Indonesia and the Philippines. cabi:20083168449.
Forestry. 2015. “Statistik Kementrian Lingkungan Hidup Dan Kehutanan.” Pusat data
infomasi Jakarta: 1–20.
Freeman, Linton C. 2004. 27 Document Design The Development of Social
Network Analysis. FWI. 2001. “POTRET KEADAAN HUTAN
INDONESIA.” http://programsetapak.org/wp-
content/uploads/2016/10/Portret-keadaan-hutan-Indonesia-2009-
2013.compressed.pdf (June 8, 2017). Gibbs, H. K. et al. 2010. “Tropical
Forests Were the Primary Sources of New Agricultural Land in the 1980s
and 1990s.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 107(38):
16732–37.
Honig, Meredith I. 2006. “Complexity and Policy Implementation Challenges and
Opportunities for the Field.” New DIrections in Education Policy Implementation: 1–
23.
JakartaGlobe. 2015. “Environmental Group to File New Police Reports Against Riau
Forest Burners | Jakarta Globe.” Jakarta Globe.
http://jakartaglobe.id/news/environment-group-to-file-new-police-reports- against-
riau-forest-burners/ (June 8, 2017).
De Jong, Wil, Bas Arts, and Max Krott. 2012. “Political Theory in Forest Policy Science.”
Forest Policy and Economics 16: 1–6.
Kleinschmit, Daniela, Michael B?cher, and Lukas Giessen. 2016. “Forest Policy
Analysis: Advancing the Analytical Approach.” Forest Policy and Economics 68: 1–6.
Kompas. 2015. “Kebakaran Hutan Dan Kejahatan Korporasi - Kompas.com.” Kompas.
http://nasional.kompas.com/read/2015/10/03/16191531/Kebakaran.Hutan.dan.Kej
ahatan.Korporasi?p

359 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

ge=all (June 8, 2017).
Kramer, R. 1990. “Collaborating: Finding Common Ground for Multiparty
Problems.” Academy of Management Review 15(3): 545–47.
Kumar, Girish. 2003. “Promoting Public-Private Partnership in Health
Services.”
Economic&Political WEEKLY 38(29): 3041–45.
Lane, Brett, and Ted Hamann. 2003. “Constructing Policy : A Framework
for
Effective Policy Implementation.” Constructing Policy: A Framework
for Effective Policy Implementation: 1–26. Medrilzam, Medrilzam,
Paul Dargusch, John Herbohn, and Carl Smith. 2014. “The Socio-
Ecological Drivers of Forest Degradation in Part of the Tropical
Peatlands of Central Kalimantan, Indonesia.” Forestry 87(2): 335–
45.
Nurfatriani, Fitri et al. 2015. “Redesigning Indonesian Forest Fiscal
Policy to
Support Forest Conservation.”Forest Policy and Economics 61: 39–
50.
O’Leary, R., and N. Vij. 2012. “Collaborative Public Management: Where
Have
We Been and Where AreWe Going?” The American Review of
Public Administration 42(5): 507–22.
O’Toole Jr., Laurence J. 1997. “Treating Networks Seriously: Practical
and
Research-Based Agendas in Public Administration.” Public
Administration Review 57(1): 45–52.
Pfaff, Alexander, Gregory S. Amacher, and Erin O. Sills. 2013. “Realistic
REDD: Improving the Forest Impacts of Domestic Policies in
Different Settings.” Review of Environmental Economics and Policy
7(1): 114–35.
Prabowo, Doni, Ahmad Maryudi, Senawi, and Muhammad A. Imron.
2017. “Conversion of Forests into Oil Palm Plantations in West
Kalimantan, Indonesia: Insights from Actors??? Power and Its
Dynamics.” Forest Policy and Economics 78: 32–39.

360 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Purnomo, Eko Priyo, and PB Anand. 2014. “The Emergence of
Community Based.” 5(1).
Purnomo, Herry et al. 2016. “Fire Economy and Actor Network of Forest
and Land Fires in Indonesia.”
Forest Policy and Economics 78: 21–31.
Schusler, Tania, Daniel Decker, and Max Pfeffer. 2003. “Social Learning
for Collaborative Natural Resource
Management.” Society Natural Resources 16(April): 309–26.
Selin, Steve, and Deborah Chevez. 1995. “Developing a
Collaborative Model for Environmental Planning and
Management.” Environmental Management 19(2): 189–95.
Smith, Zachary A. 2015. “PERSPECTIVE FROM THE FIELD
Collaborative
Management in Natural Resources and Environmental
Administration.” Environmental practices: 156–59.
Suhardi, Eny Faridah, and Handojo HN. 2016. “Rehabilitation of
Degraded
Forests in Indonesia.” WorldBank Technical Paper 270: 27–56.
Sukadri, Doddy. 2000. “An Analysis Of Indonesia Forest
Management Policy.” hD Thesis (Colorado: Colorado State
University).
Szulecka, Julia, Krystof Obidzinski, and Ahmad Dermawan. 2016.
“Corporate-Society Engagement in Plantation Forestry in
Indonesia: Evolving Approaches and Their Implications.”
Forest Policy and Economics 62: 19–29.
TheJakartaPost. 2017. “Forest Fires Hit Sumatra Again, Causing
Smog - National - The Jakarta Post.” The Jakarta Post.
http://www.thejakartapost.com/news/2017/05/19/forest-fires-hit-
sumatra-again-causing- smog.html (June 8, 2017).
Thomson, Ann Marie, and James L Perry. 2006. “Collaboration
Processes:
Inside the Black Box.” Public Administration Review: 20–32.
UNDP. 2016. “Sustainable Consumption and Production Patterns.” : 1–
8.

361 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Verchot, Louis V et al. 2010. “Reducing Forestry Emissions in
Indonesia.”
Center for International ForestryResearch (CIFOR).
WorldBank. 2001. “Environment and Natural Resource Management in
a Time
of Transition.” World Bank (Report, Washington D.C): 80–154.

362 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

COORDINATION STRATEGIES AMONG GOVERNMENT AGENCIES IN
MANAGING WATER RESOURCES IN THE REGION BATANGHARI
RIVER IN PROVINCE OF JAMBI ( Case Study At DAS Batang
Merangin – Tembesi , Sarolangun Regency)

Muhammad Farid
Dr.Dra. Hj. Sintaningrum, M.T.
Prof. Dr. Drs. H. Budiman Rusli, MS.

ABSTRACT
This study begins with DAS Batang Merangin-Tembesi increasingly
critical, when the rainy season flooding and when the dry season drought,
the ability to store water on the wane, and the water quality is also
declining due to pollution, whereas the management of water resources in
an integrated manner has been implemented, many government agencies
and organizations become stakeholders involved and to ensure
coherence in the management of the water resources either by
government agencies or non-governmental organizations will be
established Coordination team of water resources management
(TKPSDA) in the region Batanghari river that became the coordinator is
the head of Bappeda Jambi and West Sumatra Province alternately, with
TKPSDA region Batanghari river, we need a coordinated strategy to
maintain coherence in the management of water resources in the region
Batanghari river. But along the Batanghari river basin formation TKPSDA
seen that government agencies are still not integrated in the running
management of water resources, then also still overlapping roles and
authority among institutions tersebut. Although still rare there have been
several studies in the field of organization including the first Sultan (2001)
on the coordination of management planning Resources Air Cisangkuy,
"theory" that is used is the coordination that emphasizes harmony,
harmonious relations, decision making, communication, and integration
goals and programs, research results are not running due to coordination
because of differences in interests, poor communication, and cooperation.
Second, research by Mark Lubell and Lippert Lucas (2011) about the
effectiveness of the management of regional water resources in an
integrated manner in the area of Beach San Francisco, California by
reducing splits and improve collaboration among stakeholders of water
resource management. Location of this study is different from the above
two studies, the research is focused on coordination strategies undertaken
by government agencies in the areas of implementation for management
of water resources in the region Batanghari river. Informan in this study is
government agencies involved in the management of resources water

363 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 resources in the region Batanghari river. While the methods used in this
study is a qualitative method.
The coordination strategy used in this study was the coordination
strategy of cultural, coordination strategic of communications, functional
coordination strategy, the coordination strategy of cooperation, structural
coordination strategy, the coordination strategy of control and coordination
strategy of informational, with the hope the results of this study can be
input for the development scientist social science, especially the science
of public administration and input to government agencies in the
management of water resources so as to create an integrated
management of water resources in the region Batanghari river in the
province of Jambi.
Results from this study is the coordination strategy of culturally, the
coordination strategy of communication, coordination strategy of
cooperation and coordination strategy of control as strategic
recommendations coordination among government agencies in the
management of water resources in the region Batanghari river in order to
create an integrated management of water resources in the region
Batanghari river in the province Jambi.
Keywords: strategy coordination, integration, management of water
resources

A. Introduce

River is a container or place and the flow of water from the fountain
in the upstream to the mouth, of the right and left along its flow is limited
by the boundary line of the river. In Indonesia the river is a source of water
is the most widely used for drinking water, irrigation, fisheries, industry,
even in a particular area is a major means of transport. River water
generally has an adequate quantity, but the quality is not good.Increase of
the number of human and development bring greatly affects the quality
and quantity of river water led to a shortage of human and development
activities that increase is directly proportional to decreasing water quality
and quantity rivers such as illegal logging (illegal logging), factories that
dump waste into the river without going through filtration process is
correct.
Given utilization of water resources in Indonesia is always increase
and changes over time, therefore it is necessary to undertake the
development and improvement of water resources sector, both in terms of

364 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

policies, regulations and legislation, institutional aspects, as well as
implementation in the field. It needs to be integrated with national
development paradigm and the development of water resources as a
whole. DAS (Watershed) is an area of land which is a unity with the river
and its tributaries, which serves collecting, storing, and drain the water
from rainfall to the lake or into the sea naturally. Limits on land is a
topographical and boundary dividing the sea until the water area is still
affected by land activities.
Watersheds that there form the unity of the river basin as the
territorial integrity of the management of water resources in one or more
watersheds (DAS) or small islands covering an area of less than or equal
to 2000 km ², so that watershed management is intended to preserve the
ecosystem and maintaining environmental balance basin. Poor watershed
management will indeed have an impact that is quite serious, such as
occurrence of floods and droughts that could affect agricultural production
so that the long drought conditions can lead to food crisis. In some places
in Indonesia DAS bear a very heavy burden (critical) because of the many
residents of water users who use water for agriculture, industry and urban
water needs and other intensive use. Critical indicators of a watershed
include increased incidence of landslides, erosion, sedimentation, floods,
and droughts.
This study begins with DAS Batang Merangin-Tembesi increasingly
critical, when the rainy season flooding and when the dry season drought,
the ability to store water on the wane, and the water quality is also
declining due to pollution, whereas the management of water resources in
an integrated manner has been implemented, many government agencies
and organizations become stakeholders involved and to ensure
coherence in the management of the water resources either by
government agencies or non-governmental organizations will be
established Coordination team of water resources management
(TKPSDA) in the region Batanghari river that became the coordinator is
the head of Bappeda Head Bappeda Jambi and West Sumatra Province
alternately, with TKPSDA region Batanghari river, we need a coordinated
strategy to maintain coherence in the management of water resources in
the region Batanghari river. But along the Batanghari river basin formation
TKPSDA seen that government agencies are still not integrated in the
running management of water resources, then also still overlapping roles
and authority between the institutions.

365 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Based on the viewpoints of researchers, research management of
water resources of the river is now only focused on the economy, the
environment and agriculture, while on the field of organization is still very
little, research in the field of economy in the review is the economic value
of water, effectiveness and efficiency in the management of Water
Resources river, to the field of the environmental assessment is pollution,
water quality, conservation and waste management, while agriculture still
surrounding the use of river water for irrigation.
Although still rare there have been several studies in the field of
organization including the first Sultan (2001) on the coordination of
management planning Resources Air Cisangkuy, "theory" that is used is
the coordination that emphasizes harmony, harmonious relations,
decision making, communication, and integration goals and programs,
research results are not running due to coordination because of
differences in interests, poor communication, and cooperation.
Second, research by Mark Lubell and Lippert Lucas (2011) about the
effectiveness of the management of regional water resources in an
integrated manner in the area of Beach San Francisco, California by
reducing splits and improve collaboration among stakeholders of water
resource management. The theory identifies an element in the political
management of traditional water can create divisions and conflicts in
society, and politics of water management Traditionally this in comparison
with models of collaborative management of integrated water resources,
and the survey showed that briefly that the collaborative management of
integrated water resources to enhance community participation and the
goal of keeping away from conflict and division achieved.
In conducting the management of water resources at the start of the
planning and execution, and so is the evaluation and monitoring, therefore
it needs to be seen is the role of Government Agencies as executors in
the implementation of water resources management. This study is
different from the above two studies, the research is focused on
coordination strategies undertaken by government agencies in the areas
of implementation for management of water resources in the region
Batanghari river.
With the point of view aboves, researchers interested in conducting
research on the management of water resources in aspects of
coordinating strategy with the title ' COORDINATION STRATEGIES
AMONG GOVERNMENT AGENCIES IN MANAGING WATER
RESOURCES IN THE REGION BATANGHARI RIVER IN PROVINCE OF
366 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
JAMBI ( Case Study in DAS Batang Merangin – Tembesi, Sarolangun
Regency ).

B. METHODS
The approach used in this study is a qualitative approach with
descriptive analysis method. With this method, of course, be able to
describe and understand social phenomena, in particular can reveal
comprehensively on strategic coordination among government agencies
in the management of water resources in the region Batanghari river in the
province of Jambi. In addition, this method can allow it to communicate
with the crowd, and certainly can enrich the data and that allows it to
produce new discoveries in the field, in particular regarding the
coordination strategy. The data collection is done by observation in the
field, in-depth interviews, and literature. While the determination of
informants purposively, who became informants are leaders of the
agencies managing the water resources in the region Batanghari river
amounted to 14 people, and the agencies are Bappeda Jambi Province,
the Environment Agency (BLHD) Jambi Province, Department of Public
Works Jambi Province, the Provincial Forestry Office, BP DAS Batanghari,
the Provincial Agriculture Office of Jambi, Central River Region of Sumatra
VI (BWSS VI), Marine and Fisheries Agency Jambi Province, the
Department of Energy and Mineral Resources (ESDM) Jambi Province,
the Secretariat team coordination Water Resources Management
(TKPSDA) Region Batanghari River, Public Works and Public Housing
Sarolangun, Regional Environmental Agency Sarolangun, and Assistant
for Economic Affairs and Development Sarolangun and Bappeda West
Sumatra Province. By interviewing leaders of the agencies should be able
to get accurate information. The data is processed and analyzed in
accordance with the stages of qualitative research. The stages of this

367 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

analysis are as follows, Data analysis is the process of arranging the order
of the data, organize them into a pattern, category, and description of the
basic unit. Thus the data analysis are organizing the data that has been
obtained through data collection techniques such as interviews.
Researchers will conduct rapid data analysis this is to avoid the data
becoming obsolete or outdated. Data analysis is a continuous process that
need reflection continuously on the data, asking questions of analysis, and
writing short notes during the study, thus collection and analysis may be
conducted simultaneously and together (John W Creswell, (translation
Ahmad Fawaid) 2010: 274). Data analysis in this research is done in
several steps (John W Creswell, (translation Ahmad FAWAID) 2010: 276):

1. The first step. Process and prepare data for analysis, these data
involves the transcription of the interview, shortly scanning- material,
type data field or sorting through and organizing the data into different
types depending on the source of information.
2. The second step to read the whole data set begins with building a
general sence of the information obtained and reflects the overall
meaning. General idea what is contained in the words of participants?
How to pitch the idea? At this stage, researchers are sometimes written
records of special or general ideas about the data obtained.
3. The third step to analyze the data in more detail by coding data. Coding
is the process of taking the material / information into segments before
use its . This step article involves several stages: data retrieve writing
or pictures that have been collected during the collection process,
segmented sentences (or paragraphs) or images together into
categories, and then label these categories with specific terms, which
occasionally based on the terms / language that was really coming from
the participants.

368 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 4. The fourth step identifies the themes during the coding process,
researchers can further utilize these themes to create more complex
analysis as researchers linked themes in a series of stories or develop
these themes into one model theory. This theme can also be analyzed
for a particular case, across different cases.
5. The fifth step is to show how the description and these themes will be
presented again in the narrative / qualitative reports. The most popular
approach is to adopt a narrative approach in delivering the results of
the analysis.
6. The sixth step is to interpret or make sense of the data asking the
question, "what lessons can be learned from all this," will help
researchers raised the essence of an idea.

In connection with the foregoing according to Alexander (1995: 36-

37) by the media, there are several strategies that coordinate cultural
coordination strategy, the coordination strategy of communication,
coordination strategy cooperation, functional coordination strategy, the
coordination strategy of control, structural coordination strategy, and
strategy coordination informational , With qualitative methods is expected
that the information about the coordination strategy which is used by
government agencies in managing water resources in the region
Batanghari river in the Province of Jambi.

C. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Water resources management has a very complex interests
between sectors and stakeholders. In this condition, there is a need for
coordination, so that coordination can work harmoniously in achieving
organizational goals of coordination requires a coordinated strategy. From
the seventh coordination strategy there are only three coordination
strategies used, namely the coordination strategy of cultural, the
coordination strategy of communication, and cooperation coordination
strategy. The coordination strategy culturally is a strategy whose
implementation depends on the match between the organization's goals
with organizational arrangements and cultural strategy is done by using

369 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

the influence (influence), public relations (PR), and creates a framework
that hierarchy is mandated by the recognition of the organization of
authorities (cooptasi). Every organization that uses this strategy perform
their duties based on professional values predetermined and affirmation
of their expectations and norms which take place among members of the
organization.
It is clear that the agencies running their own in carrying out the
duties and functions of each in accordance with the professional values of
the institution even though the task of the agencies managing the water
resources is very clear, in other words, each agency resource managers
water only focus on the main tasks and their respective interests. In the
pattern of water resources management, water resource management
should be integrated as a slogan one river, and one management so that
all activities are carried out each agency manages the water resources
should be integrated or integrated, for integrating the activities and duties
of each of the agencies water resources, so it needed a coordinator who
is able to direct the activities of water resources management so that the
management of water resources become more focused and synergy.
Excess coordination strategy culturally each government agency is able to
do the tasks and activities with a professional and accountable, as
happens in government agencies that manage water resources in the
region Batanghari river, but there are drawbacks, namely in doing his work
the alignment is still not visible, because each agency manages the water
resources working on their own in managing water resources, for example,
there is still work overlap although it can be solved by means of
negotiations, and there is also work that is not sustainable with other
agencies.
When seen from the results of research conducted approach to the
coordination strategy undertaken by government agencies in the
management of water resources Batanghari River more use the strategy
of coordination of cultural values of professionalism, and only a few
agencies actually use the coordination strategy of communication, and
strategy coordination of cooperation / collaboration, and then controls the
coordination strategy has been implemented but did not consider it
important omissions and reporting makes coordinating control strategy is
not running. For the upcoming government agencies must begin to
implement properly the coordination strategy culturally with
professionalism, the coordination strategy of communication, coordination
strategy of cooperation and coordination strategy of control, it is expected
in the future after these strategies are implemented is expected the
370 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
exchange of information, implementation of negotiation, as well as the
creation of network development / networking, although there are several
agencies that have implemented the coordination strategy of
communication and coordination strategy collaboration / cooperation, but
it is limited, such as the coordination strategy communication conducted
by the Central River Region of Sumatra VI to the Department of Public
Works and Public Housing in Sarolangun by negotiating in case of
overlapping programs, and Central Sumatra River Region VI also
conducts strategic partnership of coordination / cooperation with the
Department of Public Works Jambi Province in the field of Operations
Tasks and Sustainer an (TPOP) and the Marine and Fisheries Agency in
the field of fish farming by allowing the Department of Marine and Fisheries
undertake fish farming in cages-cages in limited quantities.
Based on the observation of actual coordination strategy for
communication between members TKPSDA already exists is through
regular meetings held by TKPSDA region Batanghari River, from regular
meetings are of course intertwined communication among government
agencies, but communication is established only limited discussion of
tasks TKPSDA course, still less about how to put together an integrated
management of water resources in the region Batanghari River as well as
the achievement of understanding between sectors, between regions and
between stakeholders. The coordination strategy of control has actually
been applied to all the agencies managing the water resources but the
agencies are very lax in reporting to implement controls, whereas the
activity reports of each agency is used as an evaluation to see if there are
deviations in the activities of resource management water or not, and
whether there are obstacles in carrying out management activities or not,
for it is expected that all government agencies that manage water
resources in the basin Batang not negligent in reporting as the
implementation of coordinated control strategy. Especially Bappeda Jambi
province as the Coordinator TKPSDA and Sumatra River Region VI Hall,
the owner of the basin authority, especially in DAS Batang-Batang
Merangin Tembesi in Sarolangun to more firmly to all the agencies that
manage water resources. With the implementation of the control strategy
it is expected that their control over the activity of the activities of the
agencies of water resources, control of river water pollution, and the
destruction of rivers and water bodies due to water damage.
Implementation of the strategy of coordination control can be
carried out in the form of sanctions, for example by a reduction in activity
of the activities / projects in Regency / City by the Central River Region of
371 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
Sumatra VI from the State Budget to be transferred to other districts that
are still in the River Region Sumatra VI and implement a control system
technology-based information and control systems not only contains about
reports of activities / programs, but also a system of reporting all the
circumstances and conditions that occurred in the management of water
resources as an early warning system in the event of a flood early warning
system in the event of water contamination.
By applying information technology based control systems at
control coordination strategy is expected to each agency can quickly
respond to any situation that occurred in the management of water
resources, and it's fast in making decisions when problems arise in the
management of water resources. Based on the foregoing, the researchers
recommend to government agencies that manage water resources in the
region Batanghari river to use cultural coordination strategy, the
coordination strategy of communication, cooperation and coordination
strategy coordination control strategy in earnest. Here is the Table
Recommendations Strategy management Coordination of Water
Resources in Batanghari River Region.

Coordination Form of Agencies

No.
strategies Coordinations
Cultural and Framework of Each agency/ all of
1.
professionalism hierarchy member TKPSDA
1. The Each agency/ all of
coordination member TKPSDA
meeting,
2. The
negotiations in the
2. communication event of overlapping
programs and
activities,
3. Informations
exchange
Each agency/ all of
3. cooperation Share of resources member TKPSDA
Each agency/ all of
4. control The control system member TKPSDA

372 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

D. Result of research 2016
In the cultural coordination strategy as a form of coordination is a
hierarchical framework (stoner et.al: 1994) is a framework that defines the
relationships between parts of the organization vertically or horizontally,
be it relationships span of control or relationship that shows the command
line explain how the boundaries of authority are made. The implication with
cultural coordination strategy applied then there is a limit with no ego
sectoral authority so as to maintain harmonious relations among sectors
both vertically and horizontally relationship and integration of each sector
in the management of water resources can be realized. With the
realization of expected synergy among sectors of water resources in the
region Batanghari river benefits the people of Jambi and West Sumatra,
when the rains do not flood and when the dry season was no drought. The
key point in the coordination is communication, to maintain a harmonious
relationship between sectors required good communication between the
sector and forms of communication in the management of water resources
is a coordination meeting which discussed the pattern of water resource
management, program design and resource management plan water so
that with the draft of the plan and the program is expected the integration
among sectors in water resources management plan, in addition to
coordination meetings also there are negotiations that occur when an
overlap between the activities of the sector program and the program of
activities between sectors disconnections can be avoided. With
communication as well as any sector or any agency can share information
or exchange information, so that each sector obtain complete information
according to the needs of each sector, with a complete information of each
sector can work on the management of water resources in accordance
with professionalism. The implications of the use of the coordination
strategy of communication is any part or sector of getting the design of

373 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

plans and programs in accordance with the field and professionalism,
troubleshooting in the event of a dispute through negotiation between
sectors or sections, and each sector is also getting full information in the
management of water resources in accordance with the needs between
sectors or parts.

The shape of the coordination strategy of cooperation is the sharing

of resources (resources sharing) is a resource sharing is the sharing of
human resources, the information, the agreements contained in the
decree (SK), the implications of the establishment of the cooperation is to
maintain the relationship between sectors remain harmonious and
efetivitas further increase the programs and activities between sectors or
fields so that the objectives of the management of water resources
Batanghari river that benefit society in terms of quality and quantity could
be a good achieved. The shape of the coordination strategy of control is
the control system, control systems based on information technology, in
the form of a report of activities, can also form a report warning of the
danger of flooding and the danger of contamination, so that it can be
detected rivers were damaged in the district / city, which is expected by
the coordination strategy control obtained activity reports and report early
warning can be quickly obtained and reports / information used in decision-
making and decision-making can be done quickly, but the actual report
early warning flood already exists through the tool AWLR (average water
level recorder), but the information system to control pollution has been no
implication with the implementation of coordinated control strategy is with
this strategy can quickly get reports that can be used in decision-making
so that the service to the user community water resources being better
and objectives of management of water resources can be achieved.

374 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 In illustration of the coordination strategy to integrate the activities in
the area of water resources management Batanghari river is in
accordance with the following image.

TKPSDA

Water Resources Utilization of Water Water Damaged Power

Conservation Resources Commission Control Commission
Commission

COORDINATION STRATEGIES AMONG GOVERNMENT AGENCIES IN

MANAGING WATER RESOURCES IN THE REGION BATANGHARI RIVER IN
PROVINCE OF JAMBI

( Case Study At DAS Batang Merangin – Tembesi , Sarolangun Regency)

375 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
From the flowchart picture above, that are members of the commission:

Water Resources Conservation Commission:

Forestry Office of Province of Jambi, Office of Energy and Mineral

Resources of the Province of Jambi, the Regional Environmental Agency
of Province Jambi, the office of Public Works Jambi Province, Board of
Sumatra River Region VI.

Utilization of Water Resources Commission:

Jambi Provincial Agriculture Office, Department of Marine and

Fisheries and Jambi, Agriculture Office all around Jambi Province, the
Agriculture Agency Jambi Province, Board of Sumatra River Region VI.

Water Damaged Control Commission:

The Office of Public Works of Jambi Province, Board of Sumatra

River Region VI.

376 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 TKPSDA consists of three commissions are commissions
conservation of water resources, water resources utilization commission,
and commission control of water damage. All of this commission serves
as,

a. Consultation with the parties stakeholders in the management of

water resources;

b. Integration and alignment of interests between sectors, between

regions, and between stakeholders in the management of water
resources in the basin;

c. Monitoring and evaluation of program implementation and action

plans for water resources management in the basin.

In order for these functions are running properly it is necessary

straregi-strategy among government agencies in the management of
water resources in the region Batanghari river, and the strategies it is the
coordination strategy of cultural, strategic coordination of communication,
coordination strategy of cooperation and coordination strategy of control,
with the passage these functions are expected to management of water
resources in the river basin Batang Batang increasingly integrated so that
the river can function properly (a good irrigation services, water, transport
also served well) and sustainable.

The implications of this research are government agencies that

manage water resources in the region Batanghari river more aware of the
importance of sincerity in implementing strategies such coordination, thus
creating harmony and coherence in the management of water resources,
and is therefore expected Batanghari river clean and functioning as it
should, that is able to serve the community in Jambi province on an
ongoing basis both in quantity and quality.

377 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

E. CLOSING AND RECOMMENDATION
That coordination among government agencies in the management
of water resources in the region Batanghari river in Jambi Province is still
weak, it is caused by the coordination strategy used is still showing a lack
of integration between government agencies in managing water resources
in the region Batanghari river, it is seen the coordination strategy used, the
coordination strategy with professionalism cultural institutions, so that in
carrying out the activities of management of water resources in the region
Batanghari river seemed to walk on their own.

The coordination strategy of communication that actually use only a

few institutions only, in other words, not all agencies actually use strategy
communication coordination, communication strategies used by these
agencies only through meetings / regular session TKPSDA, and
communication is established only limited discussion on the duties of
TKPSDA course, still less about how to put together an integrated
management of water resources in the region Batanghari River as well as
the achievement of understanding between sectors, between regions and
between stakeholders.

But there are some who use the strategy of communication

coordination within reach understanding with other agencies to conduct
such negotiations are conducted by the Central River Region Sumatra VI
Public Works Department in the event of overlapping program activities,
as well as when there is a discontinuity of work between the Central River
Region Sumatra VI Jambi Provincial Agriculture Office for the activity
program of water utilization.

The coordination strategy of cooperation / collaboration strategies

that involve voluntary interaction including collaboration can be mentioned

378 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

in some way, this strategy can be used patronage (agreement with the
purchase of goods and services). Coordination strategy is only done by
several agencies alone, namely Between Central River Region Sumatra
VI Public Works Department Jambi Province for Program Activity TPOP
(Tasks Operation and Maintenance) and Between Central River Region
Sumatra VI to the Marine and Fisheries Agency's program of activities
Budi Daya Fish.

If during this approach coordination strategy undertaken by

government agencies in the management of water resources Batanghari
River more culturally with the values of professionalism, it would be better
government agencies that have not yet implemented properly the
coordination strategy of communication, coordination strategy of
cooperation / cooperation and coordination of control strategies to
immediately apply them properly. With the implementation of these
strategies in addition to the strategy of cultural coordination with the values
of professionalism, it is expected in the future is the exchange of
information, implementation of negotiation, cooperation and facilitate the
control system / control.

F. SUGGESTION
Inter-agency coordination relationship that had occurred only
emphasize aspects of hierarchy, needs to be developed into a form of
network management in the organization so that it can obtain the relations
among organizations better.

For further research relating to the coordination strategy needs to be

associated with the coordination strategy informal links and networks
without stressing aspects of hierarchy.

379 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 To strengthen the coordination of water resources management in
Batanghari River region should immediately undertake organizational
structure refinement management of water resources, improving the
quality of communication and cooperation, capacity building of human
resources in the field of water resources management.

Regional Development Planning Agency (Bappeda) Jambi province in

pursuing a strategy of coordination control over the agencies managing
the water resources should be more firm in applying sanctions, putting a
control system based on information technology either in the form of
reporting programs and activities as well as the reporting system warning
early against flooding and water pollution in the river Batang which is
expected to create an effective coordination, with the realization of
harmony and coherence in the management of water resources in the
region Batanghari river.

BIBLIOGRAPHY
Book
Abdulrachman, Arifin,1979. Kerangka Pokok-Pokok Manajemen Umum.
Cetakan Ketiga,Jakarta :Van Hoeve
Alexander, Ernest, R. 1995. How Organizations act together :
Interorganizational
Coordination in Theory and Practice, Amsterdam :Netherland :
Gordon and Breach Publishers.
Ansar, Muh, 2009. Peran Dan Koordinasi Lembaga Lintas Sektoral Dalam
Konservasi Sumber Daya Air (Studi Kasus DAS Gumbasa
Kabupaten Donggala Provinsi Sulawesi Tengah),Bogor: Institut
Pertanian Bogor
Beaufre, Andree,1963, An Introduction To Strategy. Paris

380 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Bryant Coralie and White , Louise .G. 1989. Manajemen Pembangunan
Untuk Negara Berkembang (Terjemahan, Simatupang
,Rusyanto,L),Jakarta: LP3ES
Creswell, John. W. 2010. Research Design Pendekatan Kualitatif,
kuantitatif dan Mixed (Terjemahan),Yogyakarta : Pustaka Pelajar
David. R. Fred, 1998, Strategic Management: Concepts and Cases.New
Jersey : Prentice Hall Inc
David. R. Fred, 2004, Manajemen Strategis : Konsep (penerjemah
Alexander Sindoro). Klaten : PT. Intan Sejati
George R. Terry et al. 1982.Principles of Management.Eight Edition.
Richard D. ,Homewood, Illinois : Irwin Inc.
Grigg N. 1996. Resources Management : Principles, Regulations and
Cases. McGraw-Hill.
Handayaningrat,Soewarno. 1991. Administrasi Pemerintahan dalam
Pembangunan Nasional, Jakarta: PT. Gunung Agung
Hasibuan, Melayu S.P.2001. Manajemen Dasar, Pengertian, Masalah,
Jakarta: Bumi Aksara
Henry,Nicholas,1992.Public Administration & Public Affairs. Canada:
Prentice Hall inc
Heene, Aimee, et.al .2010. Manajemen Strategik Keorganisasian Publik,
Bandung: Refika Aditama
Hicks dan Gullett.1981. Management.Fourth Edition.Tokyo: Mc Graw Hill
International Book Company
Hicks dan Gullett.1975. Organizations:Theory and Behavior. Singapore: Mc
Graw Hill International Book Company
Kickert, Walter J.M., E.H. Klijn dan Joop Koppenjam, 1999, Managing
Complex Network : Strategies for Public Sector, london : Sage
Publication
Kodoatie RJ, Sjarief R. 2005. Pengelolaan Sumber daya Air Terpadu.
Yogyakarta : Penerbit Andi.
Koontz,et.al. 1984.Management.Eight Edition. Singapore :Mc Graw Hill
International Book Company
March, James dan Simon A Herbert. 1959. Organization, New york : John
Wiley & Sons

381 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Maxwell, Joseph A. 1996. qualitative Research Design : An Interactive
Approach. London : Sage Publication.
Megawandi, Yan. 2013. Koordinasi Antar Organisasi Dalam Pembangunan
Pariwisata di Provinsi Kepulauan Bangka Belitung, Bandung:
Universitas Padjadjaran
Mintzberg,H.J.1979. The Structuring of Organizations: A Syinthesis Of The
Research . Englewood Cliff, New Jersey :Prentice Hall
Mintzberg, H.J.,et.al. 2003. The Strategy Process .Consepts.
Contexts.cases.Essex: Pearson education
Pamudji, S. 1978. Praktek Organisasi dan Metode ,
Park, Sung Min. 2014. Public Management (a Case HandBook) , Seoul,
South Korea : Sungkyunkwan University Press
Pratikno (ed) , 2007 . Mengelola Dinamika Politik dan Jejaring
Kepemerintahan Daerah, Kemitraan, Partisipasi, dan Pelayanan
publik,Yogyakarta : Universitas Gajah Mada
Purwanto,Erwan Agus, PHD et.al , 2012 , Implementasi Kebijakan Publik ,
Yogyakarta :Gava Media
Rangkuti, Freddy,1997, Analisis SWOT Teknik Membedah Kasus Bisnis.
Jakarta: PT. Gramedia Pustaka Utama
Robbins, Steven P. 2003 Perilaku Organisasi . Jakarta. Indonesia :
Salemba Empat
Rusli , Budiman. 2014 , Isu-isu Krusial Administrasi Publik Kontemporer,
Bandung, Lepsindo
Sarwoto. (1991). Dasar-dasar Organisasi dan Manajemen, Jakarta: Ghalia
Indonesia.
Soewarno. 1991. Hidrologi Pengukuran dan Pengolahan Data Aliran
Sungai (Hidrometri). Bandung : Nova.
Sosrodarsono S, Tominaga M, Gayo MM. 1985. Perbaikan dan Pengaturan
Sungai. Jakarta : PT. Pradnya Paramita.
Steers, Richard M. 1995. Efektivitas Organisasi, Edisi Pertama, Jakarta
:Erlangga,
Stoner,James A.F and Wankel,Charles. 1986. Management. New Jersey:
Prentice Hall inc.

382 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Stoner,James.A.F and Freeman R. Edward. 1994. Management.
Terjemahan Wilhelmus Bokowatun dan Benyamin Molan Edisi
Kelima Jilid I dan II Jakarta : Intermedia.
Suganda, Dann .1991 .Koordinasi (Alat Pemersatu Gerak Administrasi).
Jakarta : Intermedia.
Suhara,O.D. 2014. Pengelolaan Daerah Aliran Sungai ,Teori dan Aplikasi.
Bandung : Widya Padjadjaran
Syafiie, Kencana Inu et al .1997. Ilmu administrasi Publik ,Jakarta : Rineka
Cipta
Syafiie ,Kencana Inu .2011. Manajemen Pemerintahan , Pustaka Reka
Cipta, Jakarta
Syafruddin, Ateng. 1993. Pengaturan Koordinasi Pemerintah di Daerah .
Bandung, PT.Citra Aditia Bhakti
Thoha, Miftah. 2002. Perilaku Organisasi : Konsep Dasar dan Aplikasinya.
Jakarta : PT. Raja Grafindo Persada.
Tosi, Hendry L, dan Stephen J Carroll.1982. Management (Second Edition).
New York : John Wiley & Son
Tjokroamidjojo, Bintoro.1980. Teori Strategi Pembangunan Nasional.
Jakarta, PT. Gunung Agung
Tribe, John. 1997. Corporate Strategy For Tourism. First Edition. Boston:
International Thomson Business Press.
Widiatmoko, Hening. 2012. Koordinasi Antar Instansi Pemerintah Dalam
Pelayanan Kesejahteraan Lanjut Usia di Provinsi Jawa Barat.
Bandung: Universitas Padjadjaran
Winardi. 1999. Azas-Azas Manajemen , Bandung : Mandar Maju.
Journals and Papers
Anshori. Imam. 2010. Konsepsi Pengelolaan Sumber Daya Air Menyeluruh
Dan Terpadu
Herranz ,Jr. Joaquin. 2010. Multisectoral Network Evolution :
Entrepreneural Coordination Strategy During Austere Exogenous
Conditions.Dalam Jurnal Publik Management Review Juli 2010.
Pratikno. 2008. Manajemen Jaringan Dalam Perspektif Strukturisasi, Dalam
Jurnal Kebijakan dan Administrasi Publik (JKAP), Program MAP
UGM, Yogyakarta

383 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Rullihandia, Nursyaf. 2010. Pengelolaan Sumber Daya Air yang
berkelanjutan
Mark Lubell and Lucas Lippert. 2011. Integrated regional water
management : study of collaboration or water politics as usual in
California , USA

Wignyosukarto, Budi Santosa. 2009. Pengelolaan Sumberdaya Air dan

Kesejahteraan Rakyat, download 12 Januari 2015

Sources and Download

Balai Wilayah Sungai Sumatera VI, Kondisi saat ini Sungai Batanghari,
www.pu.go.id download 2 Februari 2012
UU Nomor 7 Tahun 2004, Tentang Sumber Daya Air www.pu.go.id
download 2 Februari 2012
Peraturan Menteri PU Nomor 11 A Tahun 2006 tentang wilayah Sungai,
www.pu.go.id download 2 Februari 2012
Keppres Nomor 12 Tahun 2012, Tentang Penetapan Wilayah Sungai
www.pu.go.id download 12 Februari 2013
Peraturan Menteri PUPR Nomor 9 Tahun 2015, Tentang Pendayagunaan
Air www.pu.go.id download 13 July 2016
Pola Pengelolaan Sumber Daya Air Wilayah Sungai Batanghari, 2012,
www.pu.go.id
Download Internet 4 November 2014
TKPSDA wilayah sungai Batanghari ,2010, www.pu.go.id
Download Internet 22 Desember 2014

384 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 THE RENEWAL MANAGEMENT OF LOCAL GOVERNANCE BY
OPTIMALIZATION THE ROLE OF CIVIL SOCIETY IN THE MAKING OF
WELFARE STATE

Madjid, Udaya1 Adiningsih, Berthy2 Indarti, Cynthia3

1 Lecturer at Institute of Internal Government Affairs (IPDN), Jatinangor,
Indonesia
2 Student at Community Nursing Master Program, University of
Padjadjaran, Bandung, Indonesia ; Volunteer at Pejuang Lintas Batas
Khatulistiwa (Pelita Khatulistiwa), West Borneo, Indonesia
3 Staff of Student Advisor at Institute of Internal Government Affairs
(IPDN), Jakarta, Indonesia

ABSTRACT
The diversity of human needs and social issues in a broad coverage,
involving the degree of physical and mental health, political dimension as
well as cultural and educational level of people in the country may cause
multidimensional crisis impact that need precise and proper handlings to
achieve a welfare state. Civil Society Organisations (CSOs) are potentially
multifunctional if its role optimalized in the Government. Its broad scopes,
variety of professionals with various skills involved as well as number of
the members have a serious large potential in the optimalization of
development goals achievement.
This study uses qualitative design with deductive-exploratory
approach. The purpose of this research was to study the role of civil
society so it can be unearthed a pattern of management empowerment of
the most appropriate to be applied in all regions in Indonesia. The datas
obtained through interviews, documentation and study of literatures. The
results shows that the underway government policies give significant
results, effective and efficient by involving CSOs at the time of
implementations. Research conducted in the three representative cities
with the consideration that the three cities is assessed subjectively
produce CSOs that are actively engaged in the handling of social problems
in each area. Problems focused on the issues about humanity, human
health and the environment as well as education which also meets half of
goals expected in the SDGs.
However, the datas obtained are still need more in-depth exploration
and genuinely recommended to involve broader diciplines and professions
in order to build understanding in developing nation thus achieved the

385 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

condition of welfare state. Adjustment of available advices needed at each
regions.

Keywords: welfare state, empowerment, open government, CSOs, SDGs,

social capital

A. INTRODUCTION
Indonesia is a tremendous resources country. Development
empowerment through good strategies to produce significant products
either goods or services, in each region by local government policies will
lead Indonesia to become an independent country and highly competitive
to other countries. However, in the reality, there are still many areas that
lagged behind in the implementation of nation development today to
deserve priority attention within the framework of nationa development
acceleration. Desentralistic management assessed as proper to
geographic, demographic or its society’s socioeconomic despite of having
no guarantee to the achievement of prosperity and development
expectations will be realized.

The welfare of the society in a wide range of viewpoints is a social

problem that still become a central issue in Indonesia. Poverty in the
economic term is often represent the measurement of society’s welfare,
although the the genuine objective measurement to assess society’s
prosperity is varied. The diversity of human needs and social issues with
broad coverage involving the degree of physical and mentally health, the
dimension of politic, cultural and educational level have a multidimensional
crisis impact that need precise handling. The Government needs to
evaluate, restructure and sets policies by utilize supporting roles of the
governance, i.e private parties and civil society on issues that have not
achieve the expected result and requires great power in particular.

386 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Civil Society Organizations (CSOs) has multifunctional impact
when its role optimized in the governance. Its existence that includes
broad range of social activities ranging from humanitarian, health,
environmental, sports and society’s socioeconomy, religious and cultural
groups, professional associations and academics, even more mass media
(China UNDP, 2008) that also involves almost the entire field of
professions, has great potential to support the goals of development
achievement, human development as well as physical development. In
addition, an independent CSO has a function as a monitor and analyze
government policies so that the abuses of program conducted could be
minimized or avoided, help to evaluate and advice possible solutions
about activities that related to social norms that applied in local societies,
thus could take a role to make positive and build-on pressure to the
government to ensure that every available or planned policies is really
needed by the society, especially on the issues that become public
spotlight.

This study adapted definition of CSOS by OECD DAC (China

UNDP, 2008):

“[CSOs] can be defined to include all non-market and

nonstate organizations outside of the family in which people
organize themselves to pursue shared interests in the public
domain. Examples include community-based organizations
and village associations, environmental groups, women’s
rights groups, farmers’ associations, faith-based
organizations, labour unions, co-operatives, professional
associations, chambers of commerce, independent research
institutes and the not-for-profit media.”

Indonesia community empowerment could be maximum by

optimization management role of CSOs through local government
management according to constitution no. 32 year 2004 which aims to

387 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

improve the society’s quality of life in a fair and equitable, as well as
provide much more holistically in the effort of its achievement. Besides,
this step is also intended to minimized and control urbanization
proportionately so the expected welfare of the society even, up to the level
of countryside and national development acceleration through optimized
the quality of local government improvement can be achieved. Utilizing the
potency of CSOs in order to support governmental functions, which are
service, regulation and empowering is a strategy for the renewal of local
government management that may able to meet professional values.
Management the involvement of this civil society governance roles is
important in the achievement of reasonably good governance since
globalization cascade era as currently happened, made professional
resources in the scope of government alone is not enough. Complicated
problems, individuals quality which not yet completely optimal and
professionalism limitation also the speed of information and ideas flow will
increase the lose of control and overwhelm to face and deal with existing
problems.

B. RESEARCH OBJECTIVES
This research basically aims to identify and explore the role of civil
society as well as a managerial evaluation in local governance to realize
a good governance in the making of a welfare state by applying the most
appropriate management empowerment in Indonesia’s regions. In this
study, we focus on identification and exploration the role of CSOs in local
governance strategy management to meet social and society’s welfare
challenges, evaluate the impact of currently strategies along with obstacle
and solution. In order to realize a prosperous country (welfare state) and
optimalization the role of CSOs in the governance, it is necessary to

388 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

formulate strategy implementation CSOs empowerment by the Local
Government.

C. METHOD
This study uses qualitative design with deductive-exploratory
approach. The datas obtained through interviews, documentation and
study of literatures as well as observations. Interviews conducted by face-
to face interview and private social media such whatsapp or facebook
messenger through chat and voice chat feature. Rigour and
trustworthiness of the study using qualitative validity criterias, such as
credibility, transferability, dependability and confirmability (Moleong,
2010). All participant already given a right to withdraw from the research
or refuse to answer particular theme or question.

Research conducted in the city of Pontianak, Bandung and Jakarta

with the consideration that the three towns is assessed subjectively
produce CSOs that are actively engaged in the handling of social problems
in each area. Problems focused on the issues about humanity, human
health and the environment as well as education which also meets half of
goals expected in the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs).

D. RESULT
1. Volunterism
The results shows that the underway government policies give
significant results, effective and efficient by involving CSOs at the time of
implementations. Significance that we state surely is a result from
assessment by comparing observation results, interviews, and each
studied region governance achievements. Genuine signification could be

389 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

proven by further in-depth research replication in quantitative or mix-
method design, so the comparison measurement will be more accurate
respectively.

Volunterism movement undertaken by CSOs are based on few

things, which are their concerns on particular public issues that less gain
attention both by local government and the region society compared to
others, underwent a religious obligation, nazar (a promise to do particular
things after achieve other particular things for particular reason), personal
desire to have positive activities, knowledge waqf (waqf is an Islamic term
to describe continuous beneficial free giving to achieve continuous reward
from God or practically define as science of endowment), influence of
close friends or intention to find more friends by positive activities.

By the difference of these movement foundations, some CSOs are

initiated individually whilst some are initiated in group with individuals who
share mutual vision. The ability of a CSO to keep rolling seems influenced
by the level of intellectual, emotional and spiritual intelligence which will
affect the members patience and their ability to perform execution in the
field, including in the communication process both with the targeted
community or government officers. The namely patience in this report is
patience to get the desired result from intended movement. Male
(Environment-based volunteer, entrepreneur) state that continuous moves
by strong spiritual commitment foundation building is a significant point in
the change process. This point gives a concrete foundation to keep good
work roll, since giving benefit for all as many as could is a famous Islamic
order (which is the dominant belief in Indonesia).

At the time this research was conducted, early campaign related to

the election has already started. Associated with this condition, there are
different in the view of how CSOs members’ respond to the changes of

390 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

government officers or public officials, especially those who are known to
have tendency to get involved in the elections. Some of CSOs thought that
was a positive chance to commend their vision and mission movement,
but instead some others rate the changes of these politicians who involved
in various forms of volunterism as exploitation for public branding or
achieve public awareness related to elections season.

The positive acceptance attitude is based on a thought that the

collaboration should involve parties as many as could, including the
Government. Even the Male (Environment-based volunteer, entrepreneur)
judge that involve the Government in collaboration movement of
volunteerism is an obligation. It was driven by an opinion that the policy
role held by the Government will directly or indirectly will influence the
objective of every CSOs. On the other hand, the negative acceptance
resulted from previous negative experiences with the Government officers
as well as their difference on interest, backround or viewpoints.

Female (civil servants, Education and Culture Office) argued that the
duties performed by their home institution will be more optimal when
collaborate with CSOs which have similar mission with the vision of the
governance agenda if only planned and created earlier and more intense.
The lack of information of volunterism by CSOs that could be utilize to
optimalize the agenda could be resulted of poor written documentation or
activities socialization or poor CSOs profile data in the Government office,
she argued. At different places, on the other hand, Male (Humanity-based
volunteer, employee of private bank) and Male (Humanity and Art-based
volunteer, entrepreneur) express their disappointment of difficult they are
to reach the government officer when they were trying to do such the
previous statement requested.

391 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Negative experiences like the one described earlier, encourage Male
(Humanity-based volunteer, employee of private bank) and Male
(Humanity-based volunteer, entrepreneur) with some more people try to
bridge intergeneration to renew politic culture by politic education for the
youth after learnt that some structural position not have to hold by civil
servant (ASN) according to the constitution, but might given to proper
civilian particularly CSOs members for their proven idealism concern.
These youth are being educated by founding another CSO out of what
they were involved in. On the other hand, there is also a CSO who argue
that if the intended exploitation has mutualism nature, then previous bad
experience or personal views on the figure of politicians should be ignored
for the sake of greater public benefit.

The most interesting thing from all participant either they are
professionals or ‘common people’, are not paid or practically work for free.
Despite of being paid, a well-known CSO that spread on all over provinces
in Indonesia, Rumah Zakat, claim that their particular volunteer were only
achieve money as transportation fee exchange that might not fit to their
voluntary work properly. Furthermore, the source of money is not taken
from donation obtained, but carefully calculated based on Islamic
procedures or known as syaria law and volunteers only paid on non-
reguler events only. The foundation sources of this CSO comes from
zakat, infaq, shadaqa (zakat, infaq & shadaqa are Islamic economic term
that have different purpose to applied), humanity funding and CSR
(corporate social responsibilities) from well known companies. Humanity
funding and CSR are sources that allowable to be funding source to pay
particular volunteer. Rumah Zakat is one of national size CSO that has
consistency to take a significant part when disaster happen. Since some
experience of Indonesia Social Ministry running out supplies (Hazliansyah,
2013; Bencana Kesehatan) and a fact that Indonesia has a continuous

392 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

potensial risk of natural disaster for its geographic and geologic features
(The Jakarta Post, 2016; BBC Indonesia, 2011), donations obtain by
CSOs including superqurban from Rumah Zakat may make a big help as
well as support of poor nutrition intake in some area.

The general conclution of CSOs’ members’ hope that involved as

participants in this study are the increasing of collaboration rate along with
equity and clear role among the government, the private parties or
corporate and CSOs as part of the society thus we could build each
residence region together in fairly process.

E. GOVERNMENT ACHIEVEMENT
An effort to link qualitative results of CSOs participants and local
governance face some constraints in the study and need study
design/method modification, so that the data regarding relationship of
CSOs’ role and the Government gathered through news documentation
and or public officials personal opinion on their social media accounts,
respectively. In Bandung City, Ridwan Kamil as the current incumbent
Mayor previously was known as one of the founders of a CSOs called
Indonesia Berkebun (urban farming) in 2010 with a spirit to utilize every
inch of open land to be used for gardening. This spirit contagious and has
spread to several citie and campuses outside the city of Bandung
(Indonesiaberkebun.org; Aziz, 2013). Such movement transmission also
shown by Komunitas Berbagi Nasi (Hunger Warriors) which work on
hunger issues that were also born in Bandung on 2012 and spreaded to
some other cities such Jakarta, Pontanak, Magelang, Bogor, Kudus,
Yogyakarta, Tulungagung, Kediri, Mojokerto, Batam, Depok Tangerang,
Makassar, Singkawang, Nganjuk, Solo, Blitar, Surabaya and Salatiga.
Communities such Berbagi Nasi engaged as a support for The

393 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Government to apply particular constitution, UUD 1945 No. 34 paragraph
1 which state that the poor and abandoned children maintain by the state,
precisely for the second SDGs agenda.

Aziz (2013) also cites the statement of Ridwan Kamil personal page
about his view that the future city must be built with a concept of
collaboration and his trust that trough cooperation with the society, all the
public problems can be overcome by gotong royong. (a term in Indonesia
that describe help on each other or giving a hand to conquer the mutual
problem among people in the community). Besides Indonesia Berkebun,
Ridwan Kamil is also known to be involved in the founding of several other
CSOs such as Bandung Creative City Forum (BCCF), Bandung Citizen
Journal and One Village One Playground. The impact of this habit appears
in some of his policies, such as the program of Family to Family (Gerald
Crawford, 2017; Nurmatari, 2017) which invites families can afford within
their Governments to be able to help other families are not capable of as
well as some other policy that encourages cities to make it more friendly
and healthy for all citizens. Facilities and programs such as the elderly
week, pick-up health services, free public transportation programs for the
elderly, thematic gardens that are child-friendly, Gerakan Pungut Sampah
known as GPS or waste picker movement accompanied by social
punishment for rule-breaker,biodigester and many more which he claimed
to have significant impact on waste reduction in Bandung City (Pikiran
Rakyat, 2017). Additional effect achieved is both subarea and village
leader and head of history as such involved themselves not ordering
others only as well as increasing community awareness about their
environment issues.

Whilst in Pontianak City, there are more than 60 CSOs known with
various kind of movement. Each representation of most of these CSOs
involved in a forum called Forum Relawan Bahagia (Happy Volunteers

394 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Forum) which by the time also involve particular civil servant (ASN) that
leads communication between volunteers and government become more
interactive. Volunterism in Pontianak City ranging from groups for fund
raising for humanity subjects such as disaster victims or poor patients that
unable to afford their medical treatment, anti-hunger movement, energy
reducement, blood volunteerism communities, education movements,
those that engaged with environtment such garbage sorting and recycling,
tree planting to river purge and for some consideration to make bad
stigmatized area, art and religious based volunterism also conducted.
Lately, a local entrepreneur made his own CSOs by involving
technopreneur and other entrepreneur to educate limited local citizens in
trade-capability to be self-sustained individuals. Unique characteristic of
volunteers in Pontianak City is they are gladly help each other programs
volunteerly. So, even for a small group volunteers like those that work on
education volunterism may stay still. Female (Education-based volunteer,
student of law) describe how difficult rivalry in formal education today
without additional unformal education which is also difficult in financial
paradigm for some families. She is giving her hands to help students
especially in elementary school to optimalize their understanding of
education they achieve from school as a replacement of their parents who
are uneducated enough, illiterate or do not have any parents at all –
including social support for hers students to keep motivated as student
despite of should spent some of their time as a worker such as scavengers
or .

However, her work not always supported by the government for

understandable reason. Campaign of “Tree without Nails” help to reduce
and manage advertisement and manage the order of the city from baliho
or poster (Siwi, 2017). Sutarmidji, the city mayor of Pontianak City

395 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

acknowledge that the appearance of the city looks better with help of
CSOs (Pahlevi, 2016).

Meanwhile, Jakarta as the capital of the city as well as the country

has the biggest attention and has highest funding from the nation that most
of bureaucracy assignments done much better that most of area in
Indonesia. Poor publication in mass media found about acknowledgement
of local government about the role of CSOs in their area. However, Jakarta
is not free from disaster both human made disaster or natural disaster.
Front Pembela Islam (FPI) is one of CSOs that has program to support
victims from flood or wildfire disaster such as rebuild destructed houses
and provide logistic supplies or free medication (Hidayat, 2017; Hariri,
2013) out of their controversion this far. Male (Education-based volunteer,
Researcher and Lecturer) which also a civil servant, express his opinion
that education especially for early ages children should be supported by
all since the future of the nation hold by this generation. He believed that
CSOs must be have important role but need more investigation and
studies to measure about its significance.

Afterall, Pontianak City placed in the top position among 98 cities all
around Indonesia as the best public service city on 2016 and local
economy governance (Pontianak Post, 2016; Tribun Pontianak, 2017),
Bandung City achieved runner up position both in category public service
innovation and best plan city (Pikiran Rakyat, 2017) while Jakarta achieve
6 achievements for public service innovation (Kompas, 2017), one of them
is named Pena Berkarib which emphasize collaboration and coordination
for disaster mitigation.

F. DISSCUSSION

396 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) 2030 consist of 17 agendas
or goals which are consist of no poverty; zero hunger; good health and
well-being; quality education; gender equality; clean water and sanitation;
affordable and clean energy; decent work and economic growth; industry,
innovation and infrastructure; reduced inequalities; sustainable cites and
communities; responsible consumption and production; climate action; life
below water; life on land; peace, justice and strong institutions; and
partnership for the goals (United Nation, 2015) which most of them are
supported by the interest of CSO involved in such described above.
Indonesia along with other countries grouped in United Nations has
responsibility to work on all 16 goals without leaving the 17th goal –
partnership for the goals, which is exploring and involving CSOs role in the
governance, respectively.

The wave of democratization resulted totalitarian or authoritarian

countries gradually became democracy countries. Indonesia is a unitary
state (eebeidstaat) and has democratic political system that comes from a
collection of kingdoms or sultanates which have diversity in geographic or
demographic and unified due to the commonality of fate in the past. High
current of democratization flow to the smallest level of the nation therefor
homogeneity of a group encourage fight to have the exclusive identity,
especially in a country with diversities such as Indonesia. The spirit
responded by states in a manner to accommodate various demands
through various policies while maintaining legitimacy, stability and
integrase in the territorial boundaries, thus decentralization become the
most ideal alternative compared to formation of a federal or territorial
disintegration as extreme options (Labolo, 2014

According to Tahir (2009), there are three purposes of

decentralization i.e. political goals, the administration and the social
economy. In the political point of view, it is expected of a creation of

397 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

political superstructure and infrastructure which is independent of the
people (berkedaulatan rakyat) by completing government structures
directly by the people. Whereas the purpose of the administration expects
that the institutions of local governance can be an inspirator and facilitator
for the prosperity of society by keeping the principle of effectiveness, i.e.
the efficient use of 4E, equity and economical. The most important reason
in the implementation of decentralization is social capital, intellectual and
financial can be utilized as big as for the welfare of society (social
economy). It is according to the Tiebout (1956), Oates (1972), Tresch
(1981), Weingast (1995) and Breton (1996) in Tahir (2009) is because the
local government is rated very understand the needs of the community so
that it would be more efficient both in terms of services as well as
management of the fund. Besides, theoretically, this would encourage
positive intercultural competence in the area of promoting innovating
regions.

The implementation of decentralization or regional autonomy have

been rolled out since the year 1999, but up to now are the complaints
regarding the quality of public services is still difficult to access, convoluted
licensing procedures in the implementation of certain costs which are not
clearly (pungli), unequality and injustice in the services are still widely felt
by society (Ilham, 2009; Madjid, 2009). Even though the people who
organize the operations of the Government has been dominated by
indegous people which are expected to be more efficient and effective in
its ruling. It showed an achievement failure of the objectives of
decentralization in politics as well as administration and has the potential
danger in the life of the nation (Supriatna, 2013).

The Government in governance should take on the role that moves,

invite, motivate, and has the idea of systems that can be enacted by all
components of the country where even any of their citizens have the

398 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

opportunity to participate in the system of work drawn up (Sawarni, 2009;
Ilham, 2009; Kaloh, 2002). Government needs to play a role as architech
that determining the direction governance development by utilizing optimal
roles of other governance manager as described in the policy concept of
the triple helix (Ranga & Etzkowitz, 2013) where the Government still is in
the highest position.

The enforcement of government decentralization and

authonomisation by Constitution number 22 and 25 year 1999 about local
governance after Indonesia underwent a centralized system on new order
regime for over 30 years and continued with the mandate of the
Constitution number 32 year 2004 regarding the obligation of the
Government to provide protection as well as the improvement of the
quality of life in a fair and equitable, requires a comprehensive
understanding regarding the management empowerment of Government
officers. The transition of the responsibility of supervision, fiscal resources,
public services and political autonomy from the Central Government to the
Local Governments, forced the local Government to perform the efficient
and effective policy, either on the basis of power nor the funds to do the
optimization of other governance managers such private sectors and
CSOs (Sawarni, 2009; Kaloh, 2002; Said, 2009).

Indonesia is a developing country which is very rich in its resources.

The less optimal governance arrangement made the state could hand over
its functions to other parties, particularly at private parties (outsourcing). In
some ways, sometimes the principle that private or corporate parties that
are often put economic profit produce goods and services that can be
minimised by involving the role of the society. CSOs as representative of
the society also have obligation to defend their country as set forth in the
constitution of 1945 article 30 paragraph 1 and article 27 paragraph 3,
constitution RI No. 3 article 9 paragraph 1 and 2 year 2002 about the

399 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 defense of the state as well as cantitution No. 17 year 2013 on Civic
Organizations. Therefore, the concept of a contract between the
government and the society about standards of public service applied will
bind to one another to do or not to do something that beneficial in the
process of governance as decribed in the concept of Citizen’s Charters
(CC) deserves to be considered in order to be optimized applied especially
in areas that proved of CSOs readiness in order to support the aim of good
governance (Said , 2009; Kumorotomo, 2007).

G. LIMITATION AND RECOMMENDATION

Data obtained in this research was a trigger to be respectively
concerned. Quantitative and mix-method research should be conducted
for more precise measurement result, particularly for its comparison of
benefits and negative consequences. In-depth exploration and genuinely
recommended to involve broader diciplines and professions at each area
and sub area in order to build understanding in developing nation thus
achieved the condition of welfare state. Adjustment of available advices
needed at each regions.

REFERENCES
Aziz, Marwan. (2013). Sang Penggagas Indonesia Berkebun Kini
Memimpin Bandung.
http://www.beritalingkungan.com/2013/09/sang-penggagas-
indonesia-berkebun-kini.html
Bencana Kesehatan, Portal Berita Online. Kemensos Kehabisan Stok
Permakanan untuk Bencana. http://www.bencana-
kesehatan.net/index.php/13-berita/berita/1757-kemensos-
kehabisan-stok-permakanan-untuk-bencana
BBC Indonesia. (2011). Indonesia Negeri Rawan Bencana.
http://www.bbc.com/indonesia/berita_indonesia/2011/08/110810_in
donesia_tsunami.shtml

400 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

China UNDP. (2008)
http://www.cn.undp.org/content/dam/china/docs/Publications/UNDP
-CH03%20Annexes.pdf
Hariri, AR. (2013). Habib Riziq – Peran FPI dalam Membantu Korban
Kebakaran. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3ScFmWRdxig
Hazliansyah. (2013). Kemensos Kehabisan Stok Permakanan untuk
Bencana.
http://www.republika.co.id/berita/nasional/umum/13/06/16/mog80y-
kemensos-kehabisan-stok-permakanan-untuk-bencana
Hidayat, Avit. (2017). Datang Ke Lokasi Banjir, Ini Yang Dilakukan Rizieq
Syihab.
https://m.tempo.co/read/news/2017/02/22/214849074/datang-ke-
lokasi-banjir-ini-yang-dilakukan-rizieq-syihab
Ilham, Muhammad.(2009). Birokrasi Max Weber dalam Penyelenggaraan
Pemerintahan Daerah di Indonesia. Jurnal Pemerintahan Daerah
Indonesia: Visioner Vol 3 No 3 pg 205 - 225 ISSN 0853-7984
Kaloh, J. (2002). Mencari Bentuk Otonomi Daerah : Suatu Solusi dalam
Menjawab Kebutuhan Lokal dan Tantangan Global. Jakarta : PT.
Rineka Cipta ISBN 979-518-874-7
Kompas. (2017). Pemprov DKI Raih 6 Penghargaan atas Inovasi Publik.
http://megapolitan.kompas.com/read/2017/05/22/11303491/pempro
v.dki.raih.6.penghargaan.atas.inovasi.pelayanan.publik
Kumorotomo, Wahyudi. (2007). Citizen Charter (Kontrak Pelayanan) : Pola
Kemitraan Strategis untuk Mewujdukan Good Governance dalam
Pelayanan Publik. Seminar Persadi, Hotel Ibis Pekanbaru 16 Juni
2007.
Labolo, Muhadam.(2014). Catatan Desentralisasi Asimetrik di Indonesia,
Peluang, Tantangan dan Recovery. Jakarta : Wadi Press. ISSN
978=602-8348-13-3
Madjid, Udaya. (2009). Strategi Pembangunan Masyarakat di Era Otonomi
Daerah dan Kemiskinan. Jurnal Pemerintahan Daerah Indonesia:
Visioner Vol 3 No 3 pg 205 - 225 ISSN 0853-7984
Manor, James. (2002). Partnerships between Governments and Civil
Society for Service Delivery in Less Developed Countries : Cause for
Concern. Presented at the ‘ Making Services Work for Poor People’
World Development Report (WDR) 2003/04 Workshop at Eynsham
Hall, Oxford 4 – 5 November 2002.

401 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Moleong, L.J. 2010. Metodologi penelitian kualitatif (edisi revisi). Bndung :
P.T Remaja Rosdakarya
Nurmatari, Avitia. (2017). Ridwal Kamil Ajak Keluarga Mampu Bantu
Keluarga Miskin. https://news.detik.com/berita-jawa-barat/d-
3406411/ridwan-kamil-ajak-keluarga-mampu-bantu-keluarga-miskin
Pahlevi, Aseanty. (2016). Seribu Relawan Ikuti Gerakan Pungut Sampah di
Pontianak.
https://indonesiana.tempo.co/read/63541/2016/02/21/leavy_volley/
Partini & Wicaksono, B. (2004). Citizens’ Charter : Terobosan Baru
Penyelenggaraan Pelayanan Publik di Indonesia. Center for
Population and Policy Studies, Gadjah Mada University S 331,
October 28, 2004
Pikiran Rakyat. (2017). Ridwan Kamil Paparkan Program Unggulan
Bandung dalam Penilaian Adipura. http://www.pikiran-
rakyat.com/nasional/2017/06/07/ridwan-kamil-paparkan-program-
unggulan-bandung-dalam-penilaian-adipura-2017
Pontianak Post. (2016). Dukung Anak Muda Lahirkan Inovasi.
http://www.pontianakpost.co.id/dukung-anak-muda-lahirkan-inovasi
Pontianak Post. (2016). Pontianak Raih Pelayanan Publik Terbaik.
http://www.pontianakpost.co.id/pontianak-raih-pelayanan-publik-
terbaik
Ramdhani, Dendi. (2017). Entaskan Warga Miskin, Ridwan Kamil
Kembangkan Family to Family.
http://regional.kompas.com/read/2017/01/23/14083961/entaskan.w
arga.miskin.ridwan.kamil.kembangkan.family.for.family.
Ramdhani, Dendhi. (2017). Ini Upaya Ridwan Kamil Agar Orang Lansia di
Bandung Bahagia.
http://regional.kompas.com/read/2017/02/26/12212821/ini.upaya.rid
wan.kamil.agar.orang.lansia.di.bandung.bahagia
Ranga, Marina & Etzkowitz Henry. (2013). Triple Helix Systems : An
Analytical Framework for Innovation Policy and Practice in The
Knowledge Society
Said, Mas’ud. (2009). Menggagas Birokrasi yang Inovatif dalam
Pemerintahan Indonesia. Jurnal Ilmu Pemerintahan Reformasi
Birokrasi ISSN 1410 – 1777 Edisi 30 Tahun 2009

402 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Sawarni. (2009). Teknik Pengembangan Masyarakat dalam Upaya
Mengatasi Kemiskinan. Jurnal Pemerintahan Daerah Indonesia:
Visioner Vol 3 No 3 pg 205 - 225 ISSN 0853-7984
Siwi, LS. (2017). Gerakan Senyum Kapuas Kampanyekan Gerakan Yok
Sayangi Pohon Kite.
http://pontianak.tribunnews.com/2017/01/27/gerakan-senyum-
kapuas-kampanyekan-yok-sayangi-pohon-kite
Supriatna, Tjahya.(2013). Teori Pembaharuan Pemerintah Daerah.
Program Pascasarjana Institute Pemerintahan Dalam Negeri.
Tahir, M Irwan.(2009). Reformasi Penataan Daerah. Jurnal Pemerintahan
Daerah Indonesia: Visioner Vol 3 No 3 pg 283-294. ISSN 0853-7984
The Jakarta Post. (2016). Indonesia Sees Highest Number of Natural
Disaster.
http://www.thejakartapost.com/news/2016/11/14/indonesia-sees-
highest-number-of-natural-disasters-in-10-years.html
Undang-Undang Dasar 1945 Pasal 30 ayat 1 and Pasal 27 ayat 3
Undang-Undang No. 3 Pasal 9 ayat 1 dan 2 Tahun 2002 Tentang
Pertahanan Negara.
Undang-Undang No. 17 Tahun 2013 Tentang Organisasi Kemasyarakatan
Undang-Undang nomer 22 dan 25 tahun 1999 and No. 32 Tahun 2004
Tentang Pemerintahan Daerah
United Nation. (2015). Sustainable Development Goals.
www.un.org/sustainabledevelopment/sustainable-development-
goals/
http://indonesiaberkebun.org/background/
https://www.rumahzakat.org/
http://www.berbaginasi.com/

403 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 THE INFLUENCE OF WORK CULTURE ON WORK PERFORMANCE
OF EMPLOYEES IN DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION,
COMMUNICATION AND INFORMATICS OF WEST SUMATERA

Aldri Frinaldi
Lektor Kepala at Graduate Program Magister Public Administration,
Faculty of Sosial Science, Universitas Negeri Padang
Email : [email protected]; [email protected]

ABSTRACT
The goals of bureaucratic reform were to increase the service
quality provided for society and stakeholders and to enhance the
work performance in order to be able to carry out their duties and
functions. Bureaucratic reform needs alteration of work culture
which is not only addressed to the employees but also to the
functionary as the leader in government or local government. The
problem in this research was whether there was influence of work
culture among civil servant on work performance in Department of
Transportation, Communication and Informatics of West Sumatera
Province or not. This research was a quantitative research and
consisted of work culture as the independent variable and work
performance as the dependent variable. The number of the sample
was 87 apparatus. The data were taken by using a questionnaire
with Likert scale and were analyzed by using study documentation
and simple regression technique. The research found that; (1) The
influence of work culture on justice was 0,265; (2) The influence of
work culture on decency and fairness was 0,048; (3) The influence
of work culture on work quantity was 0,189; (4) The influence of
work culture on discipline was 0,460; and (5) The influence of work
culture on work performance as a whole was 0,285. The conclusion
was work culture of the employees of Department of
Transportation, Communication and Informatics of West Sumatera
Province positively influenced work performance as a whole and
also influenced each indicator of work performance significantly.
Department of Transportation, Communications and Information
Technology of West Sumatera province have to pay attention to
the work culture in its office to enhance the performance of the
employee by improving the positive work culture, encouraging the
noble value in workplace and improving work performance
indicators other than discipline, namely justice, decency and
fairness, and quantity of work.

404 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Keywords: Work culture, Work Performance, Government Employees.
A. Introduction

The goals of bureaucratic reform are to increase service quality for

citizen and stakeholder and to increase work performance of employee in
goverment or local government in carrying out their duties and functions.
Bureaucratic reform needs the alteration of work culture which is not only
for employee but also for functionary as leader in government or local
government. So their position as the prime mover of development and
community empowerment to gain the social welfare and justice can be
realized immediately. Furthermore, according to the influence of work
culture on local government bureaucracy, the experts tend to compare the
concept with western bureaucracy concept such as Weber’s theory.
Weber’s theory is focused on dividing the task individually and it matches
with the individualism culture in western countries. This concept is difficult
to be implemented because it does not match with the culture of Asian
countries that have a high sense of togetherness and collectivity. This
argument is supported by Hofstede’s finding in his previous research. We
have to see the truth of ethnic culture clearly that contribute in carrying out
the duties optimally.

Therefore, the concept needs to be reformatted from the feudal to

the rational, from priyayi (ambtenaar) nuance to configuration of rational
authority although the concept of Weberian clearly stated that the power is
exist in every hierarchy. The higher the hierarchy is, the more the power is,
otherwise the lower the hierarchy is, the less the power is. People are the
lowest hierarchy so they have less power compared to the others. Weber’s
theory stated that people in the lower hierarchy should not fight people in
the higher hierarchy (in Thoha, 1999). The internalization process of the
positive value of work culture to the civil state apparatus (ASN) requires
405 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
seriousness and competency so the benefit of work culture can be felt in
increasing the work performance of the employees.

The Indonesia government has set the Government Regulation

Number 46 of 2011 which is then perfected by the Head of State
Employment Agency Regulations No. 1 of 2013. The assessment of
employees’ work performances was not transparent until the government
regulation was set. The Government Regulation No. 46 Year 2011 obliges
the apparatus to set their target and realization in order to embody the
professional and accountable apparatus in delivering an excellent service
to the citizens.

B. RESEARCH OBJECTIVES

The aims of this study were to see the influence of work culture on
work performance among the civil servants in Department of
Transportation, Communication and Informatics of West Sumatera and to
clarify the positive work culture in it that can support the performance of
the employees of Department of Transportation, Communication and
Informatics of West Sumatera.

C. SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

To improve the employee performance and to accelerate the

achievement of bureaucratic reform objectives, Indonesia government
through Regulation of the Minister of Administrative Reform number
39/2012 about Guidelines for the development of a work culture has been
set a guideline to establish work culture in government apparatus. There
are already few ministries that have established their own work culture
such as; (1) “Kami PASTI” in Ministry of Law and Human Right; (2)
integrity, professionalism, innovation, responsibility, and fairness values
in Ministry of Religious Affair. The establishment of work culture is also
406 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 established in various local governments by adopting their local wisdom
such as Yogyakarta Province (Sulistriyani et al, 2017). Although the local
government has established its own work culture, departments in local
government level also have chances to establish work culture that
matches with their identity. The main value of work culture in an
organization has to be identified in order to ease the mindset development
and accelerate the process of bureaucratic reform in local government.

D. Conceptual Framework
1. Work Culture Concept

Work culture is a philosophy that is based on a view of life as values

into the nature, habits and driving forces, entrenched in a community
group or organization, which is reflected in the attitude then becomes
behaviors, beliefs, ideals, views, and actions (Triguno, 2004; Supriyadi
and Triguno, 2006).

Aldri and Muhammad Ali (2011; 2012) and Aldri (2011; 2014) argues
that the work culture provides a perspective of the value of positive and
negative values in understanding how to work, norms, patterns of thought
and behavior of any person or group of people in doing a job. Aldri (2014;
2015) also said that a positive work culture will have a positive influence
in increasing staff performance and in the development process if it is
implemented thoroughly and continuously.

2. Work Performance

Performance is the result of work produced by the employee or the

real behavior that is displayed according to their role within the
organization. Meanwhile the work performance is the result of the quality
and quantity of work accomplished by an employee in performing their
duties in accordance with the responsibilities given to him. Employee
407 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 performance is a very important point in the organization's efforts to
achieve its objectives, so that the various activities of the organization
must be done to improve it. One of them is through the performance
appraisal.

Work performance is indicated by employees’ seriousness in

completing their tasks that are assigned to them based on skills,
experience, seriousness and the time (Hasibuan, 2011: 94). Furthermore,
it also said that the work performance is a combination of three factors:
(a) interest in the work, (b) receipt of task delegation, and (c) the role and
the level of motivation of an employee.

Mangkunagara (2000: 67) states that there are two factors affecting
the achievement of work; (1) Psychological ability factor. The employee
ability consists of IQ, knowledge, and skill. Thus, employees who have IQ
above average (110-120) with an adequate knowledge and skill will be
easier to achieve the expected performance. Therefore, employees need
to be placed in jobs that match their expertise (the right man in the right
place, the right man on the right job); (2) Motivation factor which is formed
from employee’s attitude in facing the situation in their workplace.
Motivation is a condition that drives employees to achieve organizational
goals (work purposes). Mental stance is a state of mental that encourages
the employee to work as best as he could and to achieve their maximum
performance. It means that an employee has to be mentally ready,
physically strong, and have a comprehensive understanding about the
objectives of the organization and the work target to achieve.

E. METHODOLOGY

This research is a quantitative research. There were two variables in

this research which are work culture as the independent variable (X) and

408 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 employee’s work performance as the dependent variable (Y). The
population in this study was all 95 civil servants (PNS), in Department of
Transportation, Communication and Information of West Sumatra
province (source: BPS 2016). The sample was counted by using slovin
formula and 87 respondents were obtained. The data were collected by
using a valid and reliable questionnaire and were analyzed by using
simple regression formula using the Q-Test.

F. RESULT
1. Characteristics of Respondents

The socio-demographic characteristics of the respondents in this

research are shown in table below:

Table 1. The Socio-demographic Characteristics

Characteristic Frequen Percent

cy age
Gender
Man 42 44.21%
Woman 53 55.9%
Marital Status
Not Married 16 16.84%
Married 72 75.79%
Widow 6 6.32%
Widower 1 1.05%
Recent Education
SMP/Equal 1 1.05%
SMA/Equal 30 31.38%
Akademi/Diploma 10 10.53%
S1 43 42.26%
S2 11 11.58%
Working Period
1-5 years 16 16.84%
6-10 years 12 12.63%
11-15 years 2 2.10%
16-20 years 12 12.63%
21-25 years 23 24.21%

409 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 26-30 years 12 12.63%
>31 years 16 17.05%

From the table above it can be seen that out of 95 respondents, 42

respondents are male with a percentage of 44.21% and 54 respondents
were female with a percentage of 55.9%. 75.79% are married and they
have been working for various period.

2. The Regression Test Results

The Influence of Work Culture on Feasibility and Fairness, The

results of the R Square indicates that the influence of work culture on the
feasibility and reasonableness of an employee in the Department of
Transportation, Communication Informatics of West Sumatra province
was 4.8% and the remaining 95.2% was influenced by other factors. The
results of significance test of the ANOVA table shows that significancy
value was less than 0.05. Therefore it can be concluded that the work
culture influenced the feasibility and reasonableness of an employee in
the Department of Transportation, Communications and Information
Technology of West Sumatra province. From the T test result can also
be seen that significancy value was 0.042 which was less than 0.05, so
it can be concluded that H0 is rejected.

The Influence of Work Culture on Work Quantity, The result of the

value of R Square indicates that the influence of work culture on the
quantity of employees working in the Department of Transportation,
Communication Informatics of West Sumatra province was 18.9% and
the remaining 81.1% was influenced by other factors. The results of
significance test of the ANOVA table shows that significancy value was
less than 0.05 which mean the result can be trusted 100%. It means that
the work culture influenced the quantity of employees working in the

410 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Department of Transportation, Communications and Information
Technology of West Sumatra province significantly with 100% confidence
level. Therefore, it can be concluded that H0 is rejected.

The Influence of Work Culture on Discipline, The result of the value

of R Square indicates that the influence of work culture on employee
discipline in the Department of Transportation, Communications and
Information Technology of West Sumatra province was 46.0% and the
remaining 54.0% was influenced by other factors besides the work
culture. The significancy value of ANOVA test was 0.000 which was less
than 0.05. It means that the influence of work culture on employee
discipline in the Department of Transportation, Communications and
Information Technology of West Sumatra province was significant and
can be trusted 100%. From the T test can also be seen that significant
value is at a value of 0.000 and less than 0.05, so it can be concluded
that H0 is rejected.

The Influence of Work Culture on Work performance, The value of R

Square indicates that the influence of work culture on work performance
of employees at the Department of Transportation, Communications and
Information Technology of West Sumatra province was 28.5% and the
remaining 71.5% was influenced by other factors besides the work
culture. The results of significance test of the ANOVA table showed that
significant value was at 0.000 and less than 0.05. Therefore it means that
the influence of culture on work performance of employees working in the
Department of Transportation, Communications and Information
Technology of West Sumatra province can be trusted 100%. From the T
test can also be seen that significant value is at a value of 0.000 and less
than 0.05, so it can be concluded that H0 was rejected and mean a
significant difference between the culture of work with work performance

411 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

of employees at the Department Transportation, Communications and
Information Technology of West Sumatra Province.

C. DISCUSSION

The result above showed the influence of employee’s work culture

on each indicator of work performance. The summary of the result can be
seen in Table 2 below:

Table 2. The Summary of Regression Test Result

Indicator of Work
R2 E Official Statement
performance
Justice 0,265 73,5% a significant
influence
Feasibility and 0,048 95,2% a significant
Fairness influence
Work Quantity 0,189 81,1% a significant
influence
Discipline 0,460 54,0% a significant
influence
Work performance
a significant
Direct (Simple 0,285 71,5%
influence
Regression Results)

Based on table above, the work culture’s indicator that has biggest
influence on work performance was discipline that influenced work
performance for 46%. The lowest influence was shown by feasibility and
reasonableness for 0.48%. There are lots of things that have to be done
to increase the influence of each indicator on work performance.
According to the result of research conducted by Aldri and Muhammad Ali

412 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

(2011), it suggested that the positive work culture that has strong influence
on attitude and fair action can push the employees to serve the public
based on their function, responsibility, job, and their authority well.

In addition, the superior and subordinate relationship is as stated by

Hunik (2011) has an impact on the meaning of justice in the culture of the
organization by the members of the organization. Justice in an
organization is divided into two types: organizational procedural and
distributive justice. Procedural justice is the perceived fairness of the
procedures used for the distribution and running of the organization. While
distributive justice is the perceived fairness in the distribution of resources
and rewards derived from the organization.

This is also consistent with the view Vasthi Nughroho (in Aldri and
Muhammad Ali (2011), justice is essentially treats a person or other
parties in accordance with their rights. That the rights of every person are
recognized and treated in accordance with the dignity and values, which
are equal, which equal rights and obligations, without distinction of race,
ancestry, and religion. in light of justice on the opinion of Faturochman
(Aldri and Muhammad Ali (2011) a justice that essentially has a
formulation with three levels of outcomes, procedures, and systems.
justice relating to the outcome is often referred to as distributive justice.
distributive justice often be used to analyze government policies to the
people. Then, procedural justice related to various processes and
treatment of people who are involved in the process. The difference
between distributive and procedural justice lays in the nature of the formal
regulation, the decision making, the interpersonal treatment, and the
psychological factor. The nature of the formal regulation is usually formal
and can be accepted as something natural. In the other hand, the
explanation and the interpersonal treatment can influence/affect the

413 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

procedure so it looks fairer. The group values are; respect for others, trust,
impartiality on a person/a group. In addition, the fairness of the system is
closely related to the existing structure with criteria; (1) loyal; (2) not
biased; (3) organized by accurate data and information; (4) high correct
ability; (5) representative; and (6) based on ethic and morale.

In terms of feasibility and fairness, they need to be improved. Aldri

(2015) suggested that the feasibility and fairness of the apparatus to
complete the task are measured by the speed to complete it and the
adjustment with SOP. Those abilities are reflected in their ability to
communicate with other colleagues, physical appearances, courtesy, and
their competency. This finding is also supported by Manik (2012) who said
that the communication intensity between the colleagues in workplace is
one of the key factors in building a positive work culture. It might influence
the understanding of work culture among the apparatus in the workplace.

The research showed that the level of apparatus discipline was high
because of their obedience on work hour. It also suggested that their
obedience was closely related with the amount of local incentive received.
Furthermore, Aldri (2015) found that there were many sources of work
culture that can influence apparatus performance, they were; (1)
globalization; (2) bureaucrat experiences in the past; (3) dynamic
interaction among colleagues; (4) formal education; (5) leadership style of
the leaders in work place; and (6) the regional and vice regional leader.

In general, this research showed that if positive work culture is

implemented in the work place, the apparatus performance can be
improved effectively. By attending and leaving the workplace on-time,
there will be many works could be done efficiently based on SOP. The
effort to improve the positive work culture is relevant with the vision and
the mission of Department Transportation, Communications and

414 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Information Technology of West Sumatra Province. Department
Transportation, Communications and Information Technology of West
Sumatra Province is one of vital departments because it provides the
basic needs of public, transportation and information. Transportation
sector is the vein of human activity meanwhile information sector is the
basic to take every decision. Thus, the improvement of apparatus
performance based on positive work culture is important and must be
done effectively and efficiently in order to show a good image of Sumatera
Barat Government in regional and national level.

The analysis of apparatus performance based on work culture must

be done continuously in order to improve the reliability of the apparatus
so they can face any obstacles and explore every resource that can lead
to the increase of local government revenue from transportation and
information sectors. The component of positive work culture can open
more opportunity and access for the public to the social welfare. So,
positive work culture can influence the values of apparatus performance.
The outcome of their performance can be the feedback or input for the
next improvement individually or in groups. The understanding about this
condition benefits the top management to determine the goal, the path,
the plan, even the career development (recruitment, training, promotion,
and reward) of the organization to be in line with the times.

D. CONCLUSION AND IMPLICATION

From all findings above, we concluded that work culture influenced

each indicator of work performance significantly and it also influenced
work performance as a whole. The implication of this research was to help
Department of Transportation, Communication and Informatics of West
Sumatera in finding the value of work culture that needs to be improved
in order to accelerate the employee performance in the workplace. In

415 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 addition, this research also can be used as reference by the Government
of West Sumatera Province in establishing the value of work culture based
on local wisdom that matches with the characteristic of the West Sumatera
Province Government.

E. RECOMMENDATION

The authors strongly recommend Department of Transportation,

Communications and Information Technology of West Sumatra province
to improve work performance indicators other than discipline, namely
justice, decency and fairness as well as quantity of work, so the quantity
and quality of work produced will also increase.

REFERENCE
Aldri Frinaldi. 2011. Analysis of Work Culture Civil Servant Discipline:
Studies on some governments in West Sumatra. Scientific Journal
of Political State. Democracy. Vol X. 2. Padang, October 2011; it
123-140. ISSN. 1412-1522.
http://ejournal.fip.unp.ac.id/index.php/jd/article/view/1005/847

Aldri Frinaldi, Mohammed Ali Embi.2011. Work Culture Ethnic Influence on

Work Culture Courage and Wisdom of civil servants in the Public
Service Prima in the Region (Case Study on the Government of
West Pasaman), e-JLAN, FISIP UNTIRTA e-Journal, Vol 1 (1), p
62-68. Serang, Banten. http://ejurnal.fisip-
untirta.ac.id/index.php/eJLAN/article/view/10/11

Aldri Frinaldi. Galie 2012. Work Culture: A Case Study of Work Culture
Ethnicity Among Civil Servants Minangkabau In West Pasaman.
Humanum Journal of Research Institute of the State University
Padang.Vol. XI 2 Th. 2012. ISSN 1410-8062. 103- 111.
http://ejournal.unp.ac.id/index.php/humanus/issue/current.

Aldri Frinaldi, Mohammed Ali Embi.2011. Work Culture Ethnic Influence on

Work Culture Courage and Wisdom of civil servants in the Public
Service Prima in the Region (Case Study on the Government of
West Pasaman), e-JLAN, FISIP UNTIRTA e-Journal, Vol 1 (1), p

416 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 62-68. Serang, Banten. http://ejurnal.fisip-
untirta.ac.id/index.php/eJLAN/article/view/10/11.

Aldri Frinaldi and Mohammed Ali EMBI. 2013. Work Culture 'Giot Ipas'
Among Civil Servants in Ethnic Mandailaing (Case Study in West
Pasaman, West Sumatra Province) Scientific .Jurnal Sciences
Humanities (No. 1 Vol. XII Year 2013) Pg.
86.(Online),(http://ejournal.unp.ac.id/index.php/humanus/article/vi
ew/3107/ 2612) accessed October 17, 2014.

Aldri Frinaldi. 2014. Influence of Culture Civil Servants Working Against The
Public Services Department of Civil Registration and Population in
Payakumbuh. Humanus Vol. XIII No. December 2, 2014.
http://ejournal.unp.ac.id/index.php/humanus/article/view/4727/369
6

Burhan Bungin. 2013. Quantitative Research Methodology;

Communications, Economic and Public Policy and the Social
Sciences. Jakarta: Kencana Prenada Media Group.

Hunik Sri Runing. 2011. Distance Power As moderating Effects of

Organizational Justice Against Employee Commitment In
Supervisor (Study At A Company Batik In Surakarta). Journal of
Theory and Applied Management. 4 (3), 25-36.

Hofstede, Geert. 2001. Culture's Consequences: Comparing Values,

Behaviors, Institutions and Organizations Across Nations. 2nd
Edition, Thousand Oaks CA: Sage Publications.

Manik Sunuantari. 2012. Implementation of Corporate Culture In Hospitality

Services Company Image Formation. Spectrum Communication
Journal, 2 (1). 43-62.

Suharsimi Arikunto. 2013. Procedure Research: A Practical Approach.

Jakarta: Rineke Reserved.

Weber, Max. 2015. "Bureaucracy" in Weber's rationalism and Modern

Society. translated and edited by Tony Waters and Dagmar
Waters, Palgrave-Macmillan.

http://dishubkominfo.sumbarprov.go.id/home/pengumuman, accessed
November 12, 2016.

417 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 DISASTER DIPLOMACY AS AN ALTERNATIVE APPROACH FOR
INDONESIA'S INSTRUMENT OF FOREIGN POLICY IN ASEAN

Arfin Sudirman,
Animbyo Cahya Putra
Departement of International Relations, Faculty of Social and Political
Sciences, Universitas Padjadjaran

ABSTRACT
ASEAN is one of the regions with the highest rate of disaster
vulnerability. Tsunami 2004 has triggered the momentum for
Indonesia and ASEAN to deal with disaster-related issues more
seriously. Losses and casualties from the catastrophe led to the
decision by Indonesian government to put disaster prevention and
risk reduction as a priority. Indonesia continues to encourage and
supporting ASEAN in order to improve the region’s capability to
deal with natural disaster. Through AADMER (ASEAN Agreement
on Disaster Management and Emergency Response) that was
signed in July 2005, ASEAN held an unequivocal and defined base
in any efforts of disaster management, especially in the ASEAN
region. Through Qualitative Methodology, this paper will discuss
about how the disaster diplomacy of Indonesia contributes to the
improvement of ASEAN’s capability in the disaster management,
but also examines BNPB as both the backbone and the focal point
of Indonesia’s disaster management, which then leads up to how
disaster can abolish certain diplomatic hurdles, as well as
improving regional cooperation, and strengthen the Indonesia’s
position as a key country in regional disaster management.

Keywords: Indonesia, ASEAN, Disaster Diplomacy, Disaster

Management, Disaster Related Activity.

A. INTRODUCTION
Natural disasters are difficult to predict—on when, where, and what
scale. As the time passes, there are various natural disasters have hit
numerous areas, which caused huge casualties and losses. On 26

418 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 December 2004, Indonesia and the world were shocked by a record-
breaking disaster. A 9.1 Richter magnitude scale earthquake in Indian
Ocean caused a massive tsunami; and it hit 14 different countries with a
total of 228.000 casualties. It is indeed one of the biggest natural disasters
in the world’s history.

Since then, Indonesia began to focus on disaster management as

their national priority. Indonesian Government has established Indonesian
National Board for Disaster Management (BNPB); it is the main and
integrated institution for coordinating, planning, formulating and regulating
the policy, giving effective and efficient response in the event of disaster
and also handling refugee’s matters in Indonesia (BNPD). It does not stop
at national level, as Indonesia continued to take disaster managements
as a priority on regional level in ASEAN by actively contributing to disaster
management efforts towards the ASEAN regional work programs.

B. RESEARCH OBJECTIVES ND SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

This research is aimed to seek Indonesia’s potential alternative diplomacy
approach in ASEAN for Indonesia’s national interest in disaster management.
The significance of the study also aimed to evaluate Indonesia’s diplomacy for
ASEAN’s disaster related activities.

C. CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK
Disaster diplomacy discusses whether natural disasters induce
international cooperation amongst countries that have traditionally been
“enemies”. Key principal regarding disaster diplomacy is: the emergence
of disaster as a threat could create opportunities to facilitate cooperation
between countries. There are also opportunities for countries in conflict

419 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

situation having mutual relationships that were previously hard to achieve.
(Kelman, 2003, pp. 110-111).

Some case studies shows that disaster diplomacy affects diplomacy

activities; even if it is not consider as the main diplomacy activities.
Disaster management or disaster-related activities can significantly affect
the diplomatic process which have already started but cannot itself induce
new diplomatic initiatives, so it only can act as a catalyst, not creator of
new diplomatic process. (Kelman, 2003, pp. 116-117) (Kelman, 2007)
(Kelman, et al., 2008).

Disaster diplomacy can operate in international level; it also has

potential to operate in global scale. Vulnerability (caused by the disaster)
may be local, but the risk may extend to other areas. Therefore, local
vulnerabilities can be considered as large-scale problems, and it is
influenced by larger-effects. Discussing disaster diplomacy helps us to
examine a form of interacting between space scales. It should be noted
that from the national and international policymaker’s perspective,
international issues are higher than local issues. The advantages given
by several disaster diplomacy case studies has provided two-way results:
disasters from local vulnerability have a positive impact on international
issues while international scale can help in reducing vulnerability at the
local level. Discussing disaster diplomacy could begin from seeing how
local and regional disaster management affect inter-state relations. The
advancement of this concept involves disasters more than real threat and
international politics that goes beyond inter-state interactions. (Kelman,
2003, pp. 119-121).

Disaster diplomacy can be defined as how and why disaster-related

activities can or cannot cause the emergence of cooperation between
parties or can reduce the occurrence of conflict. The keyword for disaster

420 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 diplomacy is “disaster-related activities”, because it refers to pre-disaster
activities such as prevention, mitigation, and preparedness; alongside
with post-disaster activities such as response, recovery, and
reconstruction. (Kelman, 2007) (Kelman, et al., 2008) (Kelman & Gaillard,
2012).

D. DISASTER-PRONE SITUATION IN ASEAN

The ASEAN region is an area with the highest disaster vulnerabilities
in the world. Almost all types of natural disasters can struck ASEAN
countries, such as typhoons, tropical cyclones, floods, droughts,
earthquakes, tsunamis, volcanoes, landslides, forest fires, pandemics,
and other disasters that emerge from the dynamics of society such as
urbanization, migration, and socio-economic shift. (GFDRR, 2012).

Geographically, ASEAN region has diverse circumstances. The

ASEAN region covers 4.5 million square kilometers which, and it is 3.3%
of the world. ASEAN also has the longest coastline to the world at 173,252
kilometers. It is dominated by territorial sea – about three times larger than
the land area. It also has around 625 millions people – it is equivalent to
8.8 percent of the total world population. It has several tectonic plates,
which often cause many earthquakes, volcanoes, and tsunamis. It is also
flanked by two oceans, which are Pacific and Indian Ocean and cause
seasonal typhoons and large waves in various areas in ASEAN. (GFDRR,
2012) (CFE-DMHA, 2015:14).

ASEAN member countries are considered as most disaster-prone

countries compared with other countries in the world. Flood is the most
common natural disaster in ASEAN, while the typhoon disaster is the
deadliest disaster in ASEAN. Each year, there are more 30 percent of all
global disasters occurred in ASEAN and nearly 9 percent 9 percent of

421 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 ASEAN's population is directly affected by the disasters. From 2000 to
2010, the average loss incurred by ASEAN each year is about $ 4.4 trillion
(CFE-DMHA, 2015:14).

ASEAN has experienced the world's greatest disasters (mega-

disaster) since 21st century, such as Indian Ocean Tsunami in 2004 that
struck many countries in the region; Typhoon Nargis which paralyzed
Myanmar in 2008; and Typhoon Haiyan which struck Philippines in 2013.

E. DISASTER-PRONE SITUATION IN INDONESIA

Indonesia's geographical position lies in one of the most risky areas
in the world. As the densely populated country, Indonesia is considered
as high disaster-risk country. Indonesia’s population is at risk of being
occurred by various disasters, such as storms, floods, droughts,
earthquakes, landslides, volcanic eruptions, tsunamis, and forest fires.
(lavell & Ginnetti, 2014).

Indonesia is geographically located at the encounter of 3 major

plates of the world namely Eurasian Plate, the Australian Plate, and the
Pacific Plate. It is located on plates that are mutually subdivided or
overlapping and the position is on the border of the plate (especially Java
and Sumatra). If the plates move and interact with others, this will be high
level of vulnerability occurring due to earthquakes, volcanoes, volcanoes,
and tsunamis (geological disasters). (Saul, 2014).

F. DISASTER MANAGEMENT IN INDONESIA

By looking at ASEAN and Indonesia condition that are very
vulnerable to disaster risk, serious disaster management efforts are

422 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

needed. The disaster is a big threat for Indonesia, as it had been struck
by tsunami in 2004, and disaster management is a must and important
thing to do. Therefore, has made disaster management as their national
priority. Various efforts have been done by Indonesia. These efforts are
not only conducted domestically, but Indonesia also brings the priority at
regional level by actively contribute in ASEAN.

1. Indonesia’s Experience in Tsunami Aceh 2004, Diminishing

Diplomatic Constraints
In disaster diplomacy, disaster-related activities make it possible to
diminish diplomatic constraints especially, in this context, for humanitarian
purpose. Because basically, disaster-related activities involved basic
human rights. In the context of disaster, it is necessary to understand the
linkages between disaster management, the nature of disaster, and the
importance of building cooperation. It is difficult to predict when, where,
and how big the impact when the disaster occurs. Technological advances
have made it possible for governments and societies to monitor and
predict future disasters, however, it is difficult for us to prevent such
catastrophes from occurring. What can be done is to minimize as much
as possible the losses as much as possible through disaster management
and disaster risk reduction programs.

Disaster management efforts required the participation of various

parties. Indonesian Government has realized that disaster management
efforts cannot be done alone; as they will open for bilateral, multilateral,
and international cooperation. That is resulted by the event of tsunami
Aceh in 2004; it has showed losses and catastrophe as the disaster impact
can be considered as global issue.

423 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Tsunami Aceh 2004 has given valuable lesson for Indonesian
Government; because at that time, Indonesian Government was also in
the middle of conflict with Free Aceh Movement (GAM). When tsunami hit
Aceh, GAM supporter has realized that Indonesian Government actually
gives attention for them. So, GAM supporters started to open up and had
the desire to immediately resolve the conflict. (Lantu, 2016).

On 19 May 2003, Indonesian Government declared martial law

status in Aceh; it was marked by giving mission to 30.000 Indonesian
troops (TNI) to Aceh, which made it the largest military operation in
Indonesia since the 1976 East Timor military operation. (Xinhua, 2005).
This status was later reduced to civil emergency in May 2004. During this
escalated conflict, Aceh was isolated from foreign parties such as foreign
military, International NGOs, and foreign journalist. Indonesian
Government and international community were shocked because the
victims of the nearly 30-year-conflict were nothing compared to losses that
caused by the disaster. (Weinbaum, et al., 2007).

Later, Indonesian Government and international community agreed

that the reconstruction and recovery were a top priority. This also marked
a shift in the political dynamics, in which the Indonesian government
received international aid and committed to enter a new phase in
negotiations until it reached the word peace. Indonesian Government was
being opened for international aid, and ruled out their insecurity such as
foreign military presence in Aceh, foreign intelligence or foreign troops
who will assist GAM; it’s all because Aceh’s de facto status was still in a
state of civil emergency. Indonesian Government was clearly stated that
they allows foreign troops and the country’s alliances to enter the affected
area while still be remained under their control. (KOMPAS.COM, 2014 ).

424 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 People were faced with the fact that the disaster that takes only
within a matter of hours alone had cost far more lives than the decades-
old conflict. There was the desire from both parties to solve the conflict as
soon as possible. After tsunami struck, Indonesian Government and GAM
consecutively negotiated – from January 2005 to July 2005, in Helsinki
and being mediated by former President of Finland, Martti Ahtisaari. On
15 August 2005, the peace agreement was finally signed and marked as
the end of the conflict (Renner & Chafe, 2006).

It should be acknowledged that the tsunami is considered as a

momentum that made both parties more open for negotiations between
the Indonesians and GAM. The Ministry of Foreign Affairs of Republic of
Indonesia also officially stated that the 2004 Aceh Tsunami was one of
the factors that urge both parties to finally signed the peace agreement.
Nevertheless, no one had assumed that the disaster urges both parties to
sign the peace agreement, as it is better that the peace agreement
achieved without any major casualties. In this case, both parties had
realized that human security of Aceh’s people is the most important things
that have to be achieved, so they open the negotiation possibility. So,
there are many people; from the civilian or Aceh Government, who were
used to support GAM, and until now support Indonesian Government.
(Lantu, 2016).

In addition, Indonesian Government learned so many lessons on

disaster management that will be beneficial for country in the future. Even
when Indonesian Government and GAM were in the state of conflict,
Indonesian Government was remained open to receive foreign aid. The
disaster had caused Indonesian Government to ruled out any insecurity
and obstacles that could hinder humanitarian purpose. Indonesian
Government realized that it is necessary to remove those barriers as so
that foreign aid could smoothly come to help Aceh and Indonesia.

425 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Indonesian Government also realized that to face the casualties that
caused by the disaster, they have to make people’s life and human
security as the top national priority. (Lantu, 2016).

2. The Establishment of Indonesian National Board of Disaster

Management (BNPB) and Indonesia’s Priority on Disaster
Management
The 2004 Indian Ocean tsunami was a momentum for Indonesia and
the world to prioritize disaster issues. It has made them realize and aware
that the casualties that caused by the disaster could be extremely inflict
people’s life and human security.

After the disaster, Indonesian Government stated that the disaster

issues are Indonesia’s top national priority. That is supported by the fact
that Indonesia’s geographical position is located at the encounter of 3
major plates of the world namely Eurasian Plate, the Australian Plate, and
the Pacific Plate. Indonesian Government sees the threat that is caused
by the disaster has huge negative impact on human security, and it can
be seen as a major threat to the national security. All forms of natural
disasters such as earthquakes, tsunamis, forest fires, floods, landslides,
and volcanic eruptions have resulted in damage and more casualties than
other security factors (UNISDR, 2012).

The national priority for disaster management is shown by the

issuance of Law No. 24/2007 (Undang-Undang No. 24 Tahun 2007) on
Disaster Management, and it was followed by the issuance of Presidential
Regulation No. 8/2008 on National Disaster Management Agency, which
became the legal basis for the establishment of BNPB.

426 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Law No. 24/2007 is mentioning the establishment of the National
Disaster Management Agency (BNPB). It is a non-departmental
government agency that is led by a ministerial-level head7. As the follow
up action from Chapter 4 Law No. 24/2007, Indonesian Government
issued Presidential Regulation No. 8/2008 on the National Disaster
Management Agency and contains the duties and functions of BNPB.
Both Law and Presidential Regulations is a foundation for Indonesian
Government in conducting disaster management activities, such as pre-
disaster, during emergency response, and post-disaster.

In the context of national development, Law No. 24 of 2007 on

Disaster Management has shown that Indonesia has entered a new phase
of disaster management efforts and focus more on pre-disaster activities.
Since the issuance of Law No. 24/2007, disaster management efforts
become an integral part of development planning in Indonesia. Disaster
management has been included in the 2005-2025 National Long Term
Development Plan (RPJPN), and the National Medium Term
Development Plan (RPJMN) 2010-2014 and 2015-2016, which make
disaster management issues is one of Indonesia’s priorities. (Amaliah,
2016).

As a form of support for national development plan, Indonesian

Government has prepared the National Disaster Management Plan
(RENAS PB). They already prepared the RENAS PB twice, and those are
RENAS PB 2010 – 2014 and were updated in RENAS PB 2015 – 2019.
RENAS PB is a manifestation of the Indonesian Government's
commitment to conduct programs and activities which focus on disaster
management.

7
Law No. 24/2007 Article 10 Paragraph 2

427 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 RENAS PB is also considered as a form of implementation of Law
No. 24/2007 on Disaster Management. As shown in Articles 35 and 36,
RENAS PB is related to disaster management planning, guidance in
development planning, and other similar activities that considered as the
implementation of disaster management in the non-disaster situation and
coordinated with BNPB8.

3. Indonesia Brought Their Priority to ASEAN

In the 5th Asian Ministerial Conference For Disaster Risk Reduction
Opening Ceremony, President Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono said that the
disaster issues are common problem, and there are no countries that can
undertake their own disaster risk reduction and mitigation efforts.
Indonesia will always actively engage in bilateral, regional, and
international cooperation towards building disaster management
capacities together. (UNISDR, 2012).

Quoting from Syamsul Maarif's statement as the former Head of

BNPB, as Indonesia is a part of international community, Indonesia is not
only be the receiver for international aid but also has to proactively
contribute to the international community as a form of humanitarian
solidarity in the implementation of disaster management. Indonesia's
contribution is not only done through humanitarian action and logistics
delivery, but also with the various knowledge and experiences (Maarif,
2012).

In the context of disaster management in ASEAN, Indonesia has

been brought disaster management to ASEAN by actively participating in
disaster-related activities as a form of Indonesia's commitment to

8
Law No. 24/2007 Article 35 and 36

428 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 strengthen regional capability. The establishment of BNPB as the
Indonesia’s focal point is a form of Indonesia's commitment in
implementing AADMER, as it is shown in AADMER Article 22 National
Focal Point and Competent Authorities. The Articles requires each party
(ASEAN Member States) to establish a National Focal Point in order to
implement the objectives of AADMER9.

AADMER also requires each ASEAN member state, as mentioned

in AADMER Article 4, to cooperate in the development and
implementation of disaster risk reduction through disaster risk
identification; the development of monitoring, assessing, and early
warning systems; arrangement of preparedness for disaster relief and
emergency response; information and technology exchange; and
willingness to help each other as a form of reciprocity10.

Since Indonesia has signed AADMER, they have been always

actively contributing towards disaster mitigation efforts in ASEAN. There
are:

a. As the Host of AHA Center

From the beginning, Indonesia has offered to be the host of
AHA Center. For 2 years, 2006 – 2009, Indonesia has formed first
interim AHA Center where located in BNPB. Indonesia had been
trusted to be the host of AHA Center at the 40th ASEAN Ministerial
Meeting in Manila, Philippines in 2007. After AADMER has
officially started, the interim was revoked and replaced with the
establishment of the AHA Center permanently (Amaliah, 2016).
The AHA Center was officially established in 2011, and it marked
by the signing of the Agreement on the Establishment of the

9
ASEAN Agreement on Disaster Management and Emergency Response, Article 22
10
ASEAN Agreement on Disaster Management and Emergency Response, Article 4

429 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 ASEAN Coordinating Center for Humanitarian Assistance on
Disaster Management at the 19th ASEAN Summit in Bali on 17
November 2011. The agreement was signed by all Foreign
Ministers of ASEAN member countries and witnessed by ASEAN
Heads of State. AHA Center has officially started to operate in
Jakarta as their headquarter is in Jakarta, Indonesia. (AHACentre,
n.d.).

b. Actively Contribute in ACDM Working Group

Co-chairing in several ACDM working groups is a form of
Indonesia’s effort towards implementing AADMER. This working
group is beneficial to support and develop the ongoing AADMER
programs. This working group will supervise the projects
accordance with the thematic priorities of each group. Indonesia
has co-chaired ACDM Working Group on Recovery and ACDM
Working Group on Knowledge and Innovation Management, and
became a member for 3 other working groups.

c. Leading ACDM
In 2016, Indonesia has the opportunity to become chairman
of ACDM and AMMDM (ASEAN Ministerial Meeting on Disaster
Management). During that period, there were several
achievements that is related to cooperation towards strengthen
disaster management capabilities in ASEAN (Amaliah, 2016).
There are:

1. Signing Host Country Agreement (HCA) between The

Government and AHA Center on 23 February 2016, in Jakarta.
Host Country Agreement is very useful for the AHA Center to
effectively and efficiently completes their duties and activities.
(BNPB, 2016).

430 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

2. Signing ASEAN Declaration on One ASEAN One Response by
leaders of ASEAN member countries at the 28th ASEAN
Meeting in Vientiane, Laos on 6 September 2016 (ASEAN,
2016).
3. Ratification of Concept Note on Joint Operations and
Coordination Center of ASEAN (JOCCA). JOCCA is a platform
to coordinate and become a base for ASEAN in the operation
field. JOCCA is used by ASEAN-ERAT as a place to gather
when the disaster occurs as well as the coordination and joint
operation command center for ASEAN member states towards
responding the disaster. (CFE-DMHA, 2015, p. 31).
4. Ratification of Standard Operating Procedure for Regional
Standby Arrangements and Coordination of Joint Disaster
Relief and Emergency Response Operations (SASOP)
Chapter VI, which regulates the use of military assets and
capacity in the ASEAN Humanitarian Assistance and Disaster
Relief (HADR). It is indeed the proposal from Indonesia, as
they has been actively engaged in drafting ASEAN SASOP
Chapter VI about Facilitation and Utilization of Military Assets
and Capacities since 2015 by encouraging the fruitful
discussion in the ASEAN forums. (MOD.GOV, 2016).
5. Ratification of the ASEAN Joint Disaster Response Plan
(AJDRP) as an effort to implement the declaration of One
ASEAN One Response (AHACentre, 2016).
6. ASEAN involvement in the World Humanitarian Summit (WHS)
through ASEAN Joint Statement for World Humanitarian
Summit and Side Event at WHS entitled "ASEAN-UN
Partnership Moving Forward" on May 24, 2016 in Istanbul,
Turkey. ASEAN was represented by Willem Rampangilei as

431 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Head of BNPB as well as Chairman of ASEAN Ministerial
Meeting on Disaster Management (AMMDM) 2016.
7. Pengesahan draft ASEAN Joint Statement untuk Asian
Ministerial Conference on Disaster Risk Reduction (AMCDRR)
yang dilaksanakan 3-4 November 2016 di India. (Amaliah,
2016)
8. Ratification of ASEAN Joint Statement for Asian Ministerial
Conference on Disaster Risk Reduction (AMCDRR), which
held on 3-4 November 2016 in India.
d. Another Indonesia’s Contribution in East Asia Summit’s
(EAS) forums
1. Indonesia is succeeded to conduct international activities,
such as Mentawai Megathrust Disaster Relief Exercise (MM
Direx) in 2014 in Padang and Mentawai Islands as a follow up
of the President's declaration regarding the 6th EAS Summit
in November 2011 in Bali. his meeting is also an effort to
implement Indonesia-Australian Paper: A Practical Approach
to Enhance Regional Cooperation on Disaster Rapid
Response (KEMLU, 2011).
2. Indonesia and Australia are succeeded to conduct Indonesia
– Australia EAS Rapid Disaster Response Workshop 3 times
in Darwin, Australia in 2013, as well as in Bali in June 2014
and June 2015. 13, as well as in Bali in June 2014 and June
2015. This meeting is also an effort to implement Indonesia-
Australian Paper: A Practical Approach to Enhance Regional
Cooperation on Disaster Rapid Response that is adopted at
the 9th EAS Summit in Nay Pyi Taw, Myanmar on November
13, 2014 (ASEAN, 2014).

432 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 3. Indonesia and Australia is succeeded to launch the EAS
Rapid Disaster Response Toolkit (EAS Toolkit) on June 10,
2015 to coincide with the 3rd Indonesia-Australia EAS Rapid
Disaster Response Workshop in Bali followed by the
Indonesia-New Zealand EAS Disaster Recovery Workshop,
where Indonesia and New Zealand together discussed the
experience of post-disaster recovery.
4. Indonesia recently held Ambon Disaster Response Exercise
2016 (Ambon DIREx): Tabletop Exercise (TTX) on the EAS
Rapid Disaster Response Toolkit in Ambon, on 15-17
November 2016 with the theme: Promoting the EAS Rapid
Disaster Response Toolkit A Regional Protocol in
Strengthening Effective Collaboration on Disaster Response
and Resilience in the Region. This meeting was aimed to test
the EAS Toolkit as a guide for decision makers to implement
emergency coordination and relief mechanisms when the
disaster hits. This activity also examines the roles and
functions of each National Focal Points in coordinating and
exchanging information (EMBASSY.GOV.AU, 2016) (BNPB,
2016 ).
e. Indonesia’s Disaster Diplomacy Could Potentially
Strengthen Indonesia’s Position in ASEAN
Indonesia had been experiencing disaster management
activities, and it makes the issues is a part of the Indonesia’s
strengths in ASEAN. The strength is shaped from the bitter
experience – hit by many disasters that killed people and caused
great losses. Moreover, Indonesia’s geographical location is also
cause the Indonesian to live in the shadow of disaster.

433 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 This experience makes Indonesia has more value from other
ASEAN member states’ perspective, especially in terms of disaster
management. Indonesia already had a disaster recovery toolbox
that is consist of Indonesia Post Disaster Need Assessment (I-
PDNA), E-PDNA, and Indonesia Post Disaster Recovery Index (I-
PDRI), and has established a Professional Disaster Management
Certification Agency that will also considered as reference material
for disaster prevention efforts in ASEAN. (Amaliah, 2016) (BNPB,
2015).

PDNA contains a post-disaster rehabilitation and

reconstruction framework as a form to prepare the recovery action
plan. The preparation includes arranging priorities, budgeting, also
monitoring and evaluation frameworks. Ina PDRI is an approach to
measure the level of post-disaster rehabilitation and reconstruction
for a certain period of time. It is expected to be able measuring
changes in key aspects of post-disaster life from individual, family,
to community level. This approach aims to ensure that the
rehabilitation and reconstruction program improving life aspects to
be better (BNPB, 2015).

Indonesia is also known as a disaster laboratory where

experts can learn about the various disasters that emerged in
Indonesia. Indonesia's experience in many disasters and the
mitigation efforts make Indonesia being valued more within this
region. It is also a platform for Indonesia Indonesia Disaster Relief
Training Ground (INA DRTG) which is located Sentul as Center of
Excellence at ASEAN. This facility is also integrated directly with the
Center of PUSDALOPS through Disaster Management Information
System (DMIS). It is also directly integrated with AHA Center in
terms of ASEAN regional disaster assistance and report. In the

434 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 emergency situation, INA DRTG has a Situation & Crisis Room for
the President, Head of BNPB, Ministers, and other disaster
managers that will be involved. The Crisis Room also consists of
data storage and analysis facilities that have the same system as
the Center of PUSDALOPS in Jakarta, so that it can follow transition
process quickly and efficiently when the disaster hits (INA-DRTG,
n.d.).

G. CONCLUSION
As a country that has been experienced in facing disasters, Indonesia
is considered as a key actor to enhance ASEAN regional capabilities as
demonstrated by Indonesia's contribution to disaster mitigation efforts in
ASEAN.

Disaster diplomacy provides a new perspective for disaster

issues. Disaster is not only seen and analyzed from the negative side,
but more on the positive side. This perspective also sees Indonesia's
potentials in disaster management at the national level as well as the
contribution and role of Indonesia in enhancing regional capabilities.

H. RECOMMENDATION
By analyzing from the disaster diplomacy perspective, it is save to
suggest that disaster-related activities can remove the diplomatic barriers,
especially related to humanitarian purpose. This is shown by how
Indonesia opens the possibility for international aid and cooperation and
removes the barriers when Indonesian Government was still in conflict
situation with GAM.

435 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

REFERENCES

AHACentre, 2016. ASEAN Strengthens Its Collective Preparedness to

Respond to Large-Scale Disasters. [Online]
Available at: http://ahacentre.org/blog/content/asean-strengthens-its-
collective-preparedness-respond-large-scale-disasters
[Accessed 03 Januari 2017].

AHACentre, n.d. FAQs. [Online]

Available at:
http://www.ahacentre.org/sites/default/files/FAQ%20AHA%20Centre.
pdf
[Accessed 07 Desember 2016].

Amaliah, N. R., 2016. Disaster Diplomacy Indonesia di ASEAN [Interview]

(28 Desember 2016).

ASEAN, 2014. East Asia Summit (EAS) Statement on Rapid Disaster

Response. [Online]
Available at:
http://www.asean.org/storage/images/pdf/2014_upload/EAS%20Stat
ement%20on%20RDR.pdf.
[Accessed 30 Desember 2016].

ASEAN, 2016. One ASEAN One Response: faster and collective response
to disasters in and outside the region. [Online]
Available at: http://asean.org/one-asean-one-response-faster-and-
collective-response-to-disasters-in-and-outside-the-region/
[Accessed 28 November 2016].

BNPB, 2015. PDNA dan Ina PDRI Referensi Panduan Rehab-Rekon

ASEAN. [Online]
Available at: bnpb.go.id/home/detail/2550/PDNA-dan-Ina-PDRI-
Referensi-Panduan-Rehab-Rekon-ASEAN
[Accessed 30 Desember 2016].

BNPB, 2016 . TTX Ambon DiREx 2016: Uji EAS Toolkit Tanggap Darurat.
[Online]
Available at: http://bnpb.go.id/home/detail/3161/TTX-Ambon-DiREx-
2016:-Uji-EAS-Toolkit-Tanggap-Darurat
[Accessed 30 Desember 2016].

BNPB, 2016. Kerjasama BNPB dan AHA Center Dukung “One ASEAN One
Response”. [Online]

436 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Available at: http://bnpb.go.id/home/detail/2815/Kerjasama-BNPB-
dan-AHA-Center-Dukung-%E2%80%9COne-ASEAN-One-
Response%E2%80%9D
[Accessed 30 Desember 2016].

BNPD, n.d. Tugas dan Fungsi BNPB. [Online]

Available at: http://www.bnpb.go.id/profil/tugas-dan-fungsi
[Accessed 22 August 2016].

CFE-DMHA, 2015. ASEAN Disaster Management Reference Handbook.

[Online]
Available at: https://www.cfe-
dmha.org/LinkClick.aspx?fileticket=3ZJKfisgWnk%3D&portalid=0
[Accessed 18 October 2016].

EMBASSY.GOV.AU, 2016. Australia dan Indonesia Uji Pengaturan

Bantuan Internasional dalam Latihan Tsunami. [Online]
Available at:
http://indonesia.embassy.gov.au/jaktindonesian/SM16_080.html
[Accessed 30 Desember 2016].

GFDRR, 2012. ASEAN: Advancing Disaster Risk Financing and Insurance

in ASEAN Member States: Framework and Options for
Implementation. [Online]
Available at:
http://www.gfdrr.org/sites/gfdrr.org/files/documents/DRFI_ASEAN_A
ppendices_June12.pdf
[Accessed 17 November 2016].

INA-DRTG, n.d. INA DRTG. [Online]

Available at: http://pusdiklat.bnpb.go.id/post/ina-drtg
[Accessed 29 Desember 2016].

Kelman, I., 2003. Beyond disaster, beyond diplomacy. In: M. Pelling, ed.
Natural Disasters and Development in a Globalizing World. London:
Routledge, pp. 110-123.

Kelman, I., 2007. Disaster diplomacy: Can tragedy help build bridges
among countries?. [Online]
Available at: http://www.ilankelman.org/articles1/ucarq07dd.pdf
[Accessed 09 July 2016].

Kelman, I., 2014. Does Disaster Diplomacy Improve Inter-State Relations?.

[Online]
Available at: http://www.e-ir.info/2014/11/04/does-disaster-diplomacy-

437 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 improve-inter-state-relations/
[Accessed 10 August 2016].

Kelman, I. & Gaillard, J., 2012. The failure of disaster diplomacy. [Online]
Available at:
http://www.koreatimes.co.kr/www/news/nation/2012/04/370_109998.
html
[Accessed 21 July 2016].

Kelman, I., Glantz, M. & Paxton, R., 2008. Learning Lessons From Disaster
Management Diplomacy. [Online]
Available at: http://www.disasterdiplomacy.org/pb/diplo2008.pdf
[Accessed 20 July 2016].

Kelman, I., Glantz, M. & Paxton, R., 2008. Learning Lessons From Disaster
Management Diplomacy. [Online]
Available at: http://www.disasterdiplomacy.org/pb/diplo2008.pdf
[Accessed 20 July 2016].

KEMLU, 2011. Indonesian-Australian Paper:A Practical Approach to

Enhance Regional Cooperation on Disaster Rapid Response. [Online]
Available at: http://www.kemlu.go.id/Documents/Indonesian%20-
%20Australian%20Paper/Indonesia-Australia%20Paper%20-
%20A%20Practical%20Approach%20to%20Enhance%20Regional%
20Cooperation%20on%20Disaster%20Rapid%20Response.pdf.
[Accessed 30 Desember 2016].

KOMPAS.COM, 2014 . Ini Cerita SBY Ketika Menangani Bencana Tsunami

Aceh. [Online]
Available at:
http://nasional.kompas.com/read/2014/12/26/18293161/Ini.Cerita.SB
Y.Ketika.Menangani.Bencana.Tsunami.Aceh
[Accessed 20 Januari 2017].

Lantu, G., 2016. Disaster Diplomacy Indonesia [Interview] (28 Desember

2016).

lavell, C. & Ginnetti, J., 2014. The Risk of Disaster-Induced Displacement

in South-East Asia and China. [Online]
Available at: http://www.internal-
displacement.org/assets/publications/2014/201410-south-east-asia-
china-technical-report-en.pdf.
[Accessed 03 Desember 2016].

438 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Maarif, S., 2012. Pikiran dan Gagasan Penanggulangan Bencana. Jakarta:
BNPB.

MOD.GOV, 2016. Terms of Reference ASEAN Militaries Ready Gropun on

Humanitarian assistance and Disaster Relief. [Online]
Available at: http://mod.gov.la/10thADMM/assets/4.7.1-tor-on-amrg-
as-of-201604222.pdf
[Accessed 04 Januari 2017].

Renner, M. & Chafe, Z., 2006. Aceh: Peacemaking after the Tsunami.
[Online]
Available at: http://www.worldwatch.org/node/3930
[Accessed 19 August 2016].

Saul, H., 2014. Mount Kelud eruption: Why is Indonesia the hottest spot on
the Ring of Fire?. [Online]
Available at: http://www.independent.co.uk/news/world/asia/mount-
kelud-eruption-why-is-indonesia-the-hottest-spot-on-the-ring-of-fire-
9128148.html
[Accessed 20 Desember 2016].

UNISDR, 2012. Disasters are "greatest threats to our national security".

[Online]
Available at: http://www.unisdr.org/archive/29378
[Accessed 11 Juli 2016].

Weinbaum, A., Stamperdahl, B. & Parks, T., 2007. Three Years Later,
Conflicts in Tsunami Areas Have Taken Very Different Directions.
[Online]
Available at: http://asiafoundation.org/2007/12/19/three-years-later-
conflicts-in-tsunami-areas-have-taken-very-different-directions/
[Accessed 19 Januari 2017].

Xinhua, 2005. Chronology of important events in Indonesia's Aceh. [Online]

Available at:
http://en.people.cn/200508/15/eng20050815_202565.html
[Accessed 19 Januari 2017].

439 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

THE LEGISLATIVE ROLE IN THE BUDGET PROCESS IN INDONESIA

Mei Susanto
Faculty of Law, Padjadjaran University, Jl. Dipati Ukur No. 35, Bandung –
Indonesia
Email: [email protected]

ABSTRACT
The Indonesian legislative has a strategic role in the process of the
budget. The problem, the Indonesian legislative setting is not clear.
Said to bicameral system consisting of the House of Representative
(DPR) and the Regional Representative (DPD), but in fact consists of
tricameral with the People’s Consultative Assembly (MPR). As for who
is involved in budget process is just DPR and DPD. DPR has a
stronger role is to discussed, review, amandment and approve or
reject, while DPD only serves to give consideration. The method used
in this is legal research to obtain description regarding laws
concerning the activities of the Indonesian legislative to use its role in
budgeting and presented analytically. The results showed, even
though the law of DPR has a strong role in the budget process, but
lack capacity to formulate and substitute budget of its own, so it can
only be referred to as “budget influence”. Meanwhile DPD role is weak
because it lacks capacity to amend or reject the executive budget
proposal, so it can be referred to as “budget approving” only. The
strong role of the DPR and the weak role of the DPD makes the role
of the legislative in bicameral system with the purpose of having
double checks, in the form of a revision of budget, initiation of
noncontroversial budget, delaying the budget of fundamental
constitutional importance, or public debate cannot be realized. Even
the strong role of the DPR has opened the scope of corruption by
elements DPR members. Therefore, the system needed reposition
legislative tend to be balanced between DPR and DPD both the
authority and the capacity. In addition, the process should also be
transparent and accountable to avoid corruption, as well as providing
space for public participation in order to ensure the state budget favor
of the people.
Keyword: Budgeting, DPD, DPR, Indonesia, Legislative Role.

A. INTRODUCTION
The legislative bodies has an important role in the budgeting
process. Joachim Wehner cites four reasons why legislative play an

440 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

important role in the budgeting process: (1) the constitutional requirements
and the power of the purse; (2) checks and balances in the framework of
good governance; (3) openness and transparency; and (4) the participation
and development of consensus/deliberation (Wehner, 2004: 2-4). These
reasons provide legitimacy for the legislative bodies to engage in the
process of state budgeting.
The Indonesian legislative also have an important role in the process
of state budgeting. This is the direct order of the 1945 Constitution after the
Amendment, in Article 23 paragraph (2) states "the draft law on state
budget of income and expenditure submitted by the President for joint
discuss with the House of Representative with due regard to the
consideration of the Regional Representative Council", and paragraph (3)
states "In the event the House of Representatives fails to approve the draft
law on state budget of income and expenditure submitted by the President,
the Government shall implement the State Budget of the preceding year".
This constitutional provision indicates that legislative bodies in Indonesia
have a significant role in the budgeting process in the form of discussing,
consideration and approval or rejection to the budget proposal submitted
by the President (executive). There are two legislative bodies involved, the
House of Representatives (DPR) and the Regional Representative Council
(DPD) which both have different roles.
This paper discusses the Indonesian legislative role in the budgeting
process especially after the amendment of the 1945 Constitution. This
paper argues that although legislative bodies in Indonesia have an
important role in the budgeting process, different authorities between the
House of Representatives and the Regional Representatives Council,
make the role of the legislative bodies inadequate. More specifically, it is
caused by the pattern of division of rooms within the legislative body of
Indonesia is not so clear, even the role in budget process monopolized by

441 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

one room of the House. Monopoly authority and lack of transparency and
accountability make legislative budgetary rights misused, so often there is
corruption of the budget by the elements members of the House. Finally,
this article will make conclusions related to the repositioning of rooms
within the legislature so that both will be optimal and the need for increased
transparency and accountability to reduce budget corruption.

B. RESEARCH OBJECTIVES
This paper aims to analyze and evaluate the role of Indonesian
legislative bodies in the process of consideration the state budget, in
particular with the existence of two rooms in different legislative bodies
having different authorities.

C. SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

This paper expected to provide theoretical enrichment in public
finance, particularly with regard to the role of Indonesian legislative bodies
in the budgeting process. Practically, this research expected to provide
alternative solutions to policy makers in terms of legislative institutional
structuring in the budgeting process.

D. Conceptual Framework
1. The State Budget
State revenues and expenditures are essential to the working of a
government. No government can exist without raising and sending money
(Bradley and Ewing, 2007: 208). Therefore every country generally has
an agreed budget every year that is used for the fulfillment and financing
the needs of the state in carrying out its duties and obligations. Generally,
the framework the state budget devided into four stage: (1) budget

442 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

preparation by the executive; (2) legislative approval of the budget; (3)
budget execution; and (4) government accounting and fiscal reporting
system (Lienert & Jung, 2004: 86-119).
2. The Legislative Bodies
The legislative bodies is a tool in a representative democratic
system. Generally the legislative bodies has three functions,
representative, legislative and oversight/control (Stapenhurst, Sahgal,
Woodley, & Pelizzo, 2005: 2), (Asshiddiqie, 2008: 160). These functions
then provide legitimacy for the involvement of legislative bodies in various
kinds of authorities, including the process of the state budgeting.
The Legislative bodies generally take the form of unicameral and
bicameral. The legislative body composed of a representative institution
is referred to as a unicameral, while a comprising of two representative
institution is called a bicameral. The contents of the rules on the functions
and authorities of legislative bodies in both unicameral and bicameral
systems very diverse from the country to the country dependent on the
needs and political system of the country concerned.
In the relationship between unicameral and bicameral, there is a
presumption that the unicameral model is less able to assert the ideals of
the legislative function (Isra, 2010: 234). Because without a second room,
there is no internal control for a single room, so the only control is through
other power branches. Without such internal control mechanisms,
legislative functions in legislation, representations, controls and others are
reduced. However, another opinion says that a unicameral system will
pass legislation sooner because there is only one representative body
(Thaib, 2002: 9). Thus, a unicameral system is considered more effective
and efficient than a bicameral system that allows for redundancy.
For that matter, Lord Bryce said, the second chamber of the
legislative bodies has four functions: (1) revision of legislation; (2) the

443 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

initiation of noncontroversial bills; (3) delaying legislation of fundamental
constitutional importance so as to enable the opinion of the nation to be
adequately expressed upon it; and (4) public debate (in Strong, 1975:
177). Furthermore, with the second room, the monopoly of the legislation
process in one room can be avoided (Purnomowati, 2005: 14-15), making
it possible to prevent the passage of a defective or careless law.
Asshiddiqie called the bicameral system necessary for a double checks
process in the legislative process (Asshiddiqie, 2008: 154).
In addition, it is also important to see the relation between rooms in
the bicameral system. Sartori divides bicameral models into three types:
(1) asymmetric bicameralism / weak bicameralism / soft bicameralism,
when the power of one of the rooms is much more dominant above other
rooms; (2) symmetric bicameralism / strong bicameralism, when the
strength between the two chambers is almost as strong; And (3) perfect
bicameralism, if the strength between the two rooms is truly balanced
(Sartori, 1997: 184). For it, Indrayana said the weak bicameralism should
be avoided as it would eliminate the bicameral purpose itself, the nature
of mutual control between the two chambers. Even the dominance of a
single chamber would only lead to a unicameral form. Other than that,
perfect bicameralism is also not an ideal choice because the same
authority will potentially lead to deadlock. Therefore, the choice should be
a strong bicameralism system (Indrayana: 15).
3. The Legislative Role in the Budget Process
In almost all political systems in various countries today, it is
generally accepted that the executive has a fundamental role in drafting
the state budget and then presenting it to the legislative bodies. The
legislative bodies has the right to consideration, debate, even in some
cases make changes, and then give approval or rejection of the
executive's proposed spending plan (Gustafson, 2003 :4).

444 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Often the question arises, why the legislative bodies has a role in the
budgeting process? This cannot be separated from the concept of a
democratic state that many countries adoption, everything related to the
state will always be related to the people as the owner of sovereignty.
Including the state budget which are primarily from the people so that any
state expenditure in spending money is also considered to be in the
interests of all the people (Asshiddiqie, 2008: 833). In England in Bill of
Rights 1689 article 4 determines "the levying of money for the use of the
Crown without grant of parliament was declared illegal". From this comes
the obligation to use the budget should be with the involvement of the
legislative bodies as a form of popular sovereignty. As mentioned by Rene
Stourm "the constitutional right which a nation possesses to authorize
public revenues and expenditures does not originate from the fact the
member of nation contribute the payments. This right is based on loftier
idea; the idea of sovereignty" (Stourm, 1917: 6).
The legislative role in the budgeting process itself varies
considerably from one country to another country. In general, there are
three types of legislative role in the budgeting process, namely budget
making, budget influencing, and budget approving. This is influenced by
the capacity of the legislature itself, from the capacity to amendment and
even reject the proposed budget proposal by the executive, as well as the
capacity to formulate the budget on its own. Capacity is strongly
influenced by the rules of the game in the constitution, law and tradition
including the government system adopted by the country concerned
(Gustafson, 2003: 5-6).
The governmental system adopted by a state also exerts an
influence. Legislative bodies in the presidential system generally have a
stronger influence in the budgeting process than in the parliamentary
system. Because in the presidential system, parties have weak discipline

445 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 which makes the reason for the need to increase the role of parliament. In
addition, the principle of checks and balances built into the presidential
system encourages members of the legislative to play an active,
sometimes even opposite, role in dealing with the executive even from the
same party (Posner & Park, 2007: 4).
However, most parliaments also use formal and informal processes
by which they can influence the final profile of the state budget. In
Germany, for example, parliament has instituted a process whereby its
members acquire extensive expertise on various aspects of the federal
budget. This allows the parliament to make decisions based on decisions
when changing the annual budget of the executive.
Tabel 1. The Legislative Budget Roles
Role Characteristics Examples
Budget Making Capacity to amend or United States
reject the executive’s
budget proposal and
capacity to formulate a
budget of its own
Budget Influencing Capacity to amend or Germany, Philipines,
reject the executive’s Poland, Hungary, India
budget proposal, but
lacks capacity to
formulate and
substitute budget of its
own.
Budget Approving Lacks capacity to South Africa, Israel,
amend or reject the Namibia, United
executive’s budget Kingdom, Canada
proposal or to formulate
a buget of its own.
Confines itself to
assenting to the budget
that is placed before it.
(Adopted from Gustafson, 2004: 6)

E. METHODOLOGY

446 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 The method used in this is legal research to obtain description
regarding laws concerning the activities of the Indonesian legislative to
use its role in budgeting and presented analytically. The type of data used
ini this study is secondary data, from primary legal materials and
secondary legal materials. The data was gathered by documentation such
as Indonesian constitution, laws, book, journal and in-depth interview with
some experts and member of legislative. The data was analyzed using an
inductive approach.

F. ANALYSIS AND RESEARCH FINDING

1. The Legislative Bodies In Indonesia
The institutionalization of the legislative bodies in Indonesia,
especially through the amendment of the 1945 Constitution from 1999-
2002 raises constitutional problems. When looking at the spirit that is
brought, the amandmend of the constitution want the formation of two
rooms in the legislative bodies (Manan, 2003: 72) (Isra, 2004). One room
is a political representation, namely the House of Representatives (DPR),
while one other room is regional representation, namely the Regional
Representatives Council (DPD). The amendment of the 1945 Constitution
also initiated a joint forum between DPR and DPD in the People’s
Consultative Assembly (MPR) session as well as Congress in the United
States. However, the result of the amandment shows the formation of
three rooms namely DPR, DPD and MPR which each have their own
authority. Therefore, the Indonesian legislature cannot be said to be a
bicameral but tricameral (Manan, 2003: 72), (Asshiddiqie, 2008: 158-159).
However, in this paper, the analysis still uses concepts in the bicameral
system, because the tricameral model in the Indonesian legislative bodies
is not perfect, where the People’s Consultative Assembly authority is in
changing the constitution and some other ceremonial powers (Susanto,

447 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

2016: 193), so it cannot be directly paired with the House of
Representatives and the Regional Representatives Council with its
authority as a more complete legislative body.
The House of Representatives consists of 560 members elected for
five-year terms. A proportional representation electoral system is in use,
with multi-member constituencies (between 3 seats and 12 seats each)
as established by the independent Election Commission. The elections
are based on open party lists system, the citizens can vote for one party
or one individual in a party in their constituencies, and the determination
of the elected candidates through the most votes (Pahlevi, 2015: 16).
The Regional Representatives Council consists of 136 members –
namely, four representatives from each of Indonesia’s 34 provinces –
elected for five-year terms. In contrast to the House of Representatives,
the Constitution provides that these elections should be based on
individuals, not parties, although many members do in fact have strong
party affiliations.
Currently, (based on 2014 general election) there are 12 political
parties, but only 10 parties go to the House. There are four parties that
have more than 10% seats, while others only have seats under 10%. Each
political party then forms its own factions as the principal organize vehicle
in the House’s whereby the activities of Members of the House’s are
coordinated in order to increase the effectiveness and efficiency of the
House of Representatives. Therefore currently ten such factions.
In 2014, the factions had joined in a large group, the Great
Indonesian Coalition (Koalisi Indonesia Hebat/KIH) which controlled
37,2% of the seats as government supporters, and the Red and White
Coalition (Koalisi Merah Putih/KMP) controlled 51,9% of the seats as
government opposition and one party declared neutral with the number of
seats 10,9%. The grouping did not last long, because in 2015 and 2016,

448 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

several opposition groups joined with government supporters to control
69% of seats in the House. This shows that the condition of politics in
Indonesia is very dynamic and fluid. Furthermore Indonesia is known for
strong party (faction) discipline and the powerful role of party (faction)
leaders, but has lack loyalty especially for government support parties.
This is because in the presidential system, the logic of forming a coalition
of government supporters is more determined by the theory of minimum
winning coalition than ideologically connected coalition. There are no
signs in the coalition. All possible and promiscuous. Winning or losing the
election is not a dividing boundary in a coalition (Muhtadi, 2015). This is
also in line with studies that show instability of the presidential system
when combined with multiparty systems (Cheibub, Przeworski, Saigh,
2004: 565-566) (Mainwaring, 1992: 114).
2. The Indonesian Legal Framework For Budget Proccess
Before the 1997-1998 crisis, there was no effective legal framework
in the budgeting process in Indonesia. In fact, the budgeting process was
essentially a continuation of the Dutch Colonial budgeting system based
on Indische Compatibiliteitswet (ICW) 1925 where the preparation of the
budget was conducted internally by the Governor-General (Atmadja,
1986: 3-4). The process was characterised by a lack of transparency and
accountability. After independence, this executive-driven legal framework
was embraced by Indonesia’s very strong presidents. (Blondal,
Hawkesworth & Choi, 2009: 6).
After the crisis and the transition to democracy, a strong emphasis
was placed on reforming the legal framework for budgeting. In the
amendment of the 1945 Constitution, the state financial regulation in
Article 23 paragraph (1) "the state budget of income and expenditure as a
manifestation of the state financial management shall be stipulated
annually by law and implemented in an open and accountable manner for

449 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

the greatest prosperity of the people", as well as in paragraphs (2) and (3)
which mention the involvement of legislative bodies.
Moreover, a series of successive laws were adopted in the early
2000s following extensive consultations involving a multitude of
stakeholders. The major laws are:
1. The State Finances Law 17/2003.
2. The State Treasury Law 1/2004.
3. The State Planning Law 25/2004 and The National Long-Term
Development Plan 2005-20025 Law 17/2007.
4. The Regional Governance Law 23/2014 (which replaced an earlier
law from 2004 and 1999).
5. The Fiscal Balance between The Central Government and Local
Government Law 33/2004 (which replaced an earlier law from 1999).
6. The State Audit Law 15/2004.
7. The People’s Consultative Assembly, The House of
Representatives, The Regional Representatives Council and The
Local House of Representatives Law 17/2014 (which replaced an
earlier law from 2009 and 2003).

The State Finances Law 17/2003 details the constitutional provisions

for the budget process, mandates specific milestones and dates for the
preparation and adoption of the budget, specifies general principles and
authorities for the management and accountability of state finances, and
establishes the financial relationship between the central government and
other institutions.
The State Treasury Law 1/2004 outlines the responsibilities of the
Treasury and articulates the creation of treasurers in government
ministries and agencies, together with general principles on the
management and accountability of public funds.

450 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 The State Planning Law 25/2004 and The National Long-Term
Development Plan 2005-20025 Law 17/2007 outlines the national
development planning process, the preparation and approval of plans,
and the role of the National Development Planning Agency (BAPPENAS).
The Regional Governance Law 23/2014 outlines the responsibility of
regional governments for a range of public services, including education,
health, public infrastructure, agriculture, industry and trade, investment,
the environment, land, labour, and transport. It replaced an earlier law
from 2004 and 1999.
The Fiscal Balance between The Central Government and Local
Government Law 33/2004 outlines the responsibility of regional
governments for managing their own public finances, their revenue-raising
authority and the system of transfers from the national government. It
replaced an earlier law from 1999.
The State Audit Law 15/2004 outlines the operational framework of
the Supreme Audit Institution of the Republic of Indonesia (BPK), and
mandates it as a professional and independent institution required to
submit its reports to Parliament.
The People’s Consultative Assembly, The House of
Representatives, The Regional Representatives Council and The Local
House of Representatives Law 17/2014 outlines the legislative role in the
budget process.
For the various laws, several comments can be made about these
laws (Blondal, Hawkesworth, Choi, 2009: 7). First, all of the laws were
enacted unanimously by the Indonesian legislatives. This is part of the
Indonesian tradition of seeking consensus. It is a major achievement for
such critical pieces of legislation to be passed in the immediate post-crisis
environment. However, it is also a reflection of the fact that, in certain
areas, the laws are open to interpretation and their exact meaning has not

451 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

been fully established. For example, the State Treasury Law mandated
the future use of accruals, but whether this was meant to apply only to the
financial statements or also to the budget was not clear. Neither was it
clear whether it applied to certain transactions only, such as agency-
specific or consolidated whole-of-government accounts.
Second, the laws are very specific and detailed in other areas. This
relates principally to the requirements for detailed input controls in the
laws and to various “fences” – including fiscal rules – designed to promote
fiscal responsibility and the prudent use of public money. This detail was
largely a function of two factors. The trauma associated with the financial
crisis led to the creation of the various “fences”. Indonesia’s endemic
problems with corruption were also behind the emphasis on detailed input
controls. The controls were viewed as forming the basis for greater
accountability for the use of funds.
Third, the separate budgeting and planning laws were largely
enacted in isolation from each other. In fact, the explanatory notes to the
State Finances Law 17/2003 were quite dismissive of the national
planning function. One year later, the new State Planning Law 25/2004
strongly endorsed the national planning function. Indonesian officials
emphasize, however, that through coordinated implementation
regulations, the respective laws work well together.

3. The Indonesian Legislative Role In The Budget Process

As already mentioned, after the transition to democracy in 1998,
there was amendment of the 1945 Constitution in which strengthened the
position of legislative bodies in the budget process. Prior to that, power in
the budgeting process was concentrated in government, and its budget
proposal was never questioned or changed by the legislative bodies.
Once the House of Representatives rejected the draft state budget

452 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

proposed by President Soekarno in 1960, but after that the House was
dissolved (Susanto, 2013: 190).
Based on Article 23 paragraph 2 and 3 of the 1945 Constitution after
amendment already mentioned, there are two rooms within the legislative
body involved in the budgeting process. The House of Representatives is
authorized to discuss and approve budget proposals from the executive,
while the Regional Representatives Council gives consideration. Such
constitutional provisions, make the House of Representatives monopolize
the role of budgeting in the legislatives bodies
The monopoly of the House of Representatives role in the budgeting
process can be seen from the extensive interaction with the government
throughout the budget process, which is regulated in the State Finance
Law as well as the People’s Consultative Assembly, The House of
Representatives, The Regional Representatives Council and The Local
House of Representatives Law, such as:
1. In the preliminary talks, the House of Representatives conducts
discussions and approval of the overall orientation of the initial fiscal
policy and preliminary budget ceiling;
2. During the consideration and stages of the State Budget, the House
of Representatives conducts discussions and approvals of
government budget proposals, both macro and micro-technical. In
this process the House can hold both formal and informal
discussions between the ministries, agencies and commissions on
the content of the budget proposal. In terms of approval, the House
also approved the guidelines for the implementation of the budget in
detail;
3. The stages of the current budget report in the form of the first
semester realization report and the prognosis of semester II.
4. Phase of the Revised State Budget.

453 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 5. Responsibility for the implementation of APBN.

Table 2 The Indonesian Legislative Role In The Budget Process

Timetable
Mid-May The government submits the pre-budget report.
Mid-May to mid- Discussions are held by the Ministry of Finance with
June the Budget Committee on fiscal policy and overall
ceilings. Discussions are held by spending ministries
and agencies with their respective sectoral
commissions on detailed allocations.
16 August The government submits the budget proposal.
The President delivers the budget speech.
August to late The Budget Committee and sectoral commissions
October review the budget proposal.
End of October The House of Representatives approves the annual
budget.
1 January Start of fiscal year.
July (next year) Report on Realization of Semester I and Prognosis of
Semester II of Budget from the government to House
of Representatives
July-August (next Discussion of Revised Budget (if any)
year)
31 December End of fiscal year.
January-June The accountability report of the Budget
implementation (maximum of 6 months after the end
of the fiscal year), the House of Representatives
gives an opinion of acceptance or rejection
(Adopted from The State Finance Law 17/2003 and The People’s
Consultative Assembly, The House of Representatives, The Regional
Representatives Council and The Local House of Representatives Law
17/2014)

The discussion of the state budget in the House starts from

preliminary talks from mid-May to mid-June. The discussion was
conducted between the Ministry of Finance, Bappenas, and the Central
Bank (Bank of Indonesia) Governor with the House’s Budget Committee
(Badan Anggaran DPR) to discuss fiscal, macro-economic and
454 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
government work plan. In addition, ministries and agencies also discussed
with the relevant commissions in the House’s for details of allocations.
Executive budget proposals are formally submitted on 16 August
each year, one day before Indonesian Independence Day which is a
national holiday. This date is also the beginning of the annual session of
the Legislatives bodies. On this day, the President delivered three
speeches, (1) the state speech on the celebration of Independence Day
in presence of a joint session the House of Representatives and the
Regional Representatives Council, (2) the state speech in presence of
The People’s Consultative Assembly, and (3) the speech of the state
budget in presence of the House of Representatives. This very high-profile
event is the outstanding event on Legislative's annual calendar.
Legislative's activities were postponed following the speech. After the
President delivered his budget speech, then the House’s through the
factions delivered a general view of the government budget proposal. The
Minister of Finance (and other ministers, as appropriate) responds on
behalf of the President. However, this exchange is more ceremonial than
substantive in content.
Furthermore, in August-October conducted budget deliberations.
The budget is then referred to the Budget Committee where Legislative’s
scrutiny of the budget takes place. The deliberations in the Budget
Committee constitute the first reading of the budget proposal. The Budget
Committee is considered the most powerful committee in the House of
Representatives (Before Law 17/2014). It consists of 83 members
representing the 11 sectoral commissions in Parliament; it is therefore a
“committee of committees”. The representatives from sectoral
Commission XI play an especially active role in the Budget Committee.
Commission XI is the counterpart to the Ministry of Finance and
BAPPENAS.

455 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 The Budget Committee meets frequently in the two months for
discussion of the budget proposal. The finance minister will appear before
the committee at the start of its deliberations, and may be accompanied
by the minister for BAPPENAS, the Central Bank Governor, and other
spending ministers. During this stage, each party (faction) will state its
views on the budget in more detail and the government will respond.
Senior officials from the Ministry of Finance (the director general and the
deputies) will have extensive discussions with the Budget Committee
throughout its discussion period.
The Budget Committee focuses on reviewing the macro-economic
assumptions and revenue forecasts on which the budget is based,
government expenditure priorities for different sectors, and the financing
of the budget deficit. The Budget Committee is guided by the deficit target
agreed with the government during the preceding months (June-August).
During its discussion, the committee focuses especially on revising the
macro-economic assumptions and revenue forecasts upwards, thus
adding resources to fund additional expenditures. The analytical basis for
such revisions is not clear, but is likely in response to the government’s
(past) practice of underestimating revenue, especially oil revenue
(Blondal, Hawkesworth, Choi, 2009: 26) (Susanto, 2013: 275-279). Each
faction may produce a specific list of issues in this regard. The Budget
Committee usually forms several smaller working groups (Panitia Kerja)
to focus on specific subjects.
Most notably, the meetings of the Budget Committee are not open to
the public and not record is made available of its proceedings (Blondal,
Hawkesworth, Choi, 2009: 26). During its discussion, the Budget
Committee also invites sectoral commissions to submit advisory opinions
on budget priorities and financial needs. Any additional resources may go
to financing these requests. In general, the Budget Committee accepts all

456 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

advisory opinions from sectoral commissions, as they would have been
agreed informally before being submitted. In this context, it is important to
highlight that the sectoral commissions interact only with their respective
ministries and agencies. Neither officials from the Ministry of Finance nor
BAPPENAS participate in the sectoral meetings.
The second – and final – reading of the budget takes place in plenary
session by the end of October. The leadership of the Budget Committee
will report on its deliberations, the parties (factions) will deliver their final
opinion on the budget, and the government (Minister of Finance) will
respond. This final reading is largely a formality, as the House in plenary
session always endorses the conclusions reached by its commissions
It is most noteworthy that the budget – as amended by the Budget
Committee – is enacted by consensus, rather than by majority voting. This
phenomenon is very much in line with the political culture of Indonesia
which emphasizes continuous deliberations and negotiations among
parties (factions) until a satisfactory agreement is reached by all. As part
of this emphasis on consensus, the government itself must be in
agreement with the final proposal as well (Blondal, Hawkesworth, Choi,
2009: 27).
The approval of the budget two months prior to the start of the fiscal
year is meant to give sufficient time to finalize budget implementation
guidance and for sub-national governments to finalize their own budgets
prior to the start of the fiscal year. Fiscal transfers are the primary revenue
source of sub-national governments. As was noted previously, even
though the budget has been enacted, the sectoral commissions may
continue their scrutiny and place restrictions on the implementation of the
budget.
From the description above, the role of the House’s in the budgeting
process is very strong, even a monopoly occurs. In addition, other issues

457 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

also arise. First, the House is involved in the discussion and approval of
very specific budgets, i.e. organizational units, functions, programs,
activities and types of expenditures. The House's focus on that specific
issue is often not accompanied by adequate capacity and even ignores
the overall budget policy and strategic budgetary priorities. Being too
specific, some members of the House’s used their authority to corruption.
Cases of corruption over forest function, corruption of education fund,
corruption of procurement of Koran, corruption of E-KTP and others
become evidence of misuse of authority of House’s in budgeting process.
Secondly, the House’s may also block the current year's budget as part of
supervision. Third, the process of budget discussion both in the Budget
Committee and the commissions are still closed and not recorded. And
fourth, the role of the Budget Committee is too strong, which can
amendment the discussion and approval given the relevant commissions.
On that basis, several elements of civil society have proposed the
examination of the state finance law 17/2003 and The People’s
Consultative Assembly, The House of Representatives, The Regional
Representatives Council and The Local House of Representatives Law of
2009 to the Constitutional Court. In Decision No. 35/PUU-XI/2013 the
Constitutional Court decide the House's authority in the budget process is
too detailed, the authority to block budget, closed and unrecorded
discussions, and stronger the role of the Budget Committee, is
contradictory to the constitution. In the technical issue, the House’s only
given the authority to discuss on organizational units, functions and
programs only. The House’s also cannot block the current year budget. In
the budget discussion should also be openned and recorded to be
accessible by the public. In addition, the Budget Committee cannot make
amendments to the agreements that the Commission has provided, but
only harmonize and synchronize.

458 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 This Constitutional Court ruling becomes one of the controls on the
authority of the House’s in the budget process that stronger and also
reminds the House’s to focus more on the issue of the priority and
strategic budget policy. This provision was then incorporated in Law
17/2014 in place of the Law of 2009. Although the House's authority has
been reduced, budget corruption cases still occur, as in the case of bribery
of members of the House’s in terms of projects of the Ministry of Public
Works and Public Housing related to the budget process in the House’s.
Thus, increasing transparency in the form of opened in budget meetings,
including recording, is not enough. It also needs an increase in
accountability that shows the reasons why the House approves the
executive budget proposal. Accordingly, any approved budget item can
be accounted for.
In addition to having a role in the budget deliberations process as
usual, the House’s is also involved in the process of discussing budget
changes in the event of the following things: (1) macroeconomic
developments that are not in accordance with the assumptions used in
the state budget; (2) changes to the principles of fiscal policy; (3) the
circumstances causing budget shifts between organizational units,
between activities and between types of expenditure; (4) the
circumstances that caused the Budget Balance Over the previous year
should be used for financing the current budget. The discussion is the
same as the discussion of the usual budget.
After that, the House’s is also still involved in the process of
accountability of budgetary usage as part of supervision. This is done in
the process of Report Realization Semester I and Prognosis Semester II
reported by the government in the first 6 months of use of the current year
budget. In addition, the House’s also provides an assessment of the
liability for the implementation of the state budget which is done no later

459 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

than six months after the end of the budget year. The assessment is
contained in the Act of Responsibility for the Implementation of the State
Budget.
These processes, further demonstrating the strong role of the
House’s in the budgeting process. Meanwhile, the role of the Regional
Representatives Council which is determined as a consideration in the
discussion of the state budget is only interpreted as a formality only.
Although legally, every budget review process should include
consideration from the Regional Representatives Council, but in fact these
considerations are often left alone. There is no special forum to respond
to the Regional Representatives Council consideration of the state
budget. This fact shows that there has been a monopoly on House's role
in the budgeting process. Thus, the Indonesian bicameral model is
weak/soft bicameral where only one room that plays a strong role in the
budget process. Even based on the facts already mentioned, has led to
unicameral, because only the House’s is involved in the budget process.
From here, a thesis that mentions weak bicameral can lead to unicameral
find relevance. The Regional Representatives Council has a very limited
set of tasks and is principally an advisory body. It has no role in the budget
process where the House has sole responsibility (Blondal, Hawkesworth,
Choi, 2009: 24).
Such conditions certainly not in accordance with the ideality of the
double checks are initiated in the formation of bicameral system. If it refers
to the function of the second chamber from Lord Bryce's opinion, should
Regional Representatives Council as the second chamber can make
efforts to make budget revisions, tax initiatives that are not controversial,
withholding budget discussions on constitutional provisions such as
education budget must be 20%, and public debate on strategic budget

460 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

issues. Thus, it will be able to obtain a higher quality budget for the
greatest prosperity of the people.
Based on this, it is actually necessary to reposition the Indonesian
legislative which leads to strong bicameralism, where the House of
Representatives and the Regional Representatives Council given a
relatively balanced power in the budgeting process, and to prevent a
deadlock, it is necessary to avoid the same completely power. There can
be a division of authority, for example in terms of macro and strategic
budgets, the House of Representatives and the Regional Representatives
Council have the same power in the process of discussion and approval.
To avoid the process of long and inefficient discussion, because it must
go through two rooms, it can be formed conference committee together.
Meanwhile, in terms of budgets for Ministries and Agencies, the House of
Representatives which has the power to discuss and give approval, the
Regional Representatives Council only gives consideration. In terms of
budgets for transfers to the regions, the Regional Representatives Council
which has the power to discuss and give approval, the House of
Representatives only gives consideration. The relatively balanced division
of authority is expected to improve the quality of work of every room within
the legislative bodies.
4. The Indonesian Legislative Capacity In Budgeting Process
The capacity of the Indonesian Legislative in its review of the budget
proposal is weak. There are several underlying reasons. First, there is
great turnover of Members of Legislatives. Second, the overall resources
of Legislatives have not been upgraded with its new responsibilities. Third,
the function of the budget support body is not yet adequate and reliable
(Blondal, Hawkesworth, Choi, 2009: 27-28). In addition, there are several
other influential factors, such as the educational of Legislatives members,
time for discussed and the large number of political parties.

461 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 The composition of the House of Representatives is generally filled
with newcomers. For example in 2009 there were 74% and in 2014 there
were 57% members who first became members of the House (CETRO,
2009) (PUSKAPOL UI, 2014). This situation does in part of a transitional
reflection towards democracy, but it also highlights the lack of legislative
experience by most legislators (Blondal, Hawkesworth, Choi, 2009: 28).
In comparison, in the United States, the legislative election of legislative
bodies is done gradually, so that within the same period the legislature is
not fulfilled by those who first became legislators. However, experience
becomes one of the important things in the process of organizing the state.
Especially in the complex state budget process, complicated and filled
with numbers. Therefore, legislative members especially newcomers- are
usually overwhelmed by the budget deliberation process, and tend to
focus on very small budget details rather than overall strategic fiscal and
strategic budgetary policies.
In addition, educational factors are also quite influential. Although the
majority of members of the House of Representatives hold bachelor
degrees (in 2009 and 2014, more than 90% hold bachelor degrees)
(Susanto, 2013: 286) (PUSKAPOL UI, 2014), there are still few with an
economic background (only about 16-20%). This also affects the capacity
of the legislature in the budgeting process.
Although inadequate experience and educational background,
efforts to improve self-capacity are not done well, but leave it to the party.
Presumably, the party is a place for regeneration and education for the
cadres of political parties including legislative members. As a result,
capacity building of legislative members is nonoptimal.
With regard to the legislative supporting resources, it is striking that
this is very similar to the previous era when the Legislatives did not have
effective role. The staff of Legislatives are government employees (civil

462 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

servant), hired according to traditional civil service procedures. All
organizational changes and staff actions need to be approved by the
government. Staff are generally hired in their youth and hired for life. New
hires are essentially trained "on the job" rather than bringing in needed
specialized knowledge.
In addition to civil servant, to support the activities of the Legislative,
each Member of the House’s is assisted by 5 experts. Elements of
leaders, commissions, bodies, committees, and faction can also recruit
experts according to its proportion of seats in the House’s. The experts
are not civil servants but individuals with specialized expertise, and are
often associated with a specific political party (faction). But, not all
Member of the House’s take experts with an economic background that
can helping in discussing the budget process. Furthermore, a body of
expertise has been established in the form of the Center for Budgetary
Studies and the Center for Financial Accountability Studies which focuses
on the task of reviewing the state budget. But, not filled by leading and
respected experts. In addition, the budget for the center is still very limited.
As a result, the study is still using data owned by the executive. The
budget analysis provided is not able to counterpart the executive budget
proposal. Such condition also occur in the Regional Representatives
Council. In comparison, the United States has The Congressional Budget
Office (CBO) with the primary duty of providing a definite number to the
American Congress as well as a number of important recommendations
on each executive budget proposal. Even the data and analysis presented
by the CBO are considered more weighted than the Government-owned
Office of Management and Budget (OMB) (such as the Ministry of Finance
and Bappenas) (Khatarina & Nainggolan, 2009: 281) (Lienert, 2005:18).
In terms of budget formulation for the House’s its own, it still depends
on the approval of the executive. In fact, in some cases, the House’s

463 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 budget is not approved by the executive. As in the budget construction of
the new House of Representatives building and the budget of aspirations.
This shows that the House’s does not have the capacity to formulate its
own budget. Meanwhile, the Regional Representatives Council is not
more powerful. In terms of the budget itself, the Regional Representatives
Council is not only dependent on the executive, but also depends on the
approval of the House’s. This condition shows that Regional
Representatives Council is very weak in terms of budget its own.
The House’s also has limited time in the budget discussion process,
which is only two and a half months, compared 5 months for the
executives (Andi, 2014: 90-91). Limited time will affect the performance of
the discussion. Whereas, public participation is needed in the form of
inputs and suggestions to the government budget proposal, so that the
state budget will be more oriented for the greater prosperity of the people.
Due to time constraints, as well as the lack of commitment of members of
parliament, making input and suggestions from the public is often just a
formality, without any explanation whether accepted or rejected.

G. CONCLUSION
After the amendment of the 1945 Constitution, the role of the
Indonesian legislative in the budget process became stronger.
Strengthening that role is not through the establishment of a proper
bicameral structure. Given that only the House of Representatives has full
strength in the budgeting process in the form of discussing, reviewing and
even changing, and accepting or rejecting the budget proposal from the
executive. Meanwhile, the second room of the Regional Representatives
Council is only given the authority to give consideration which is often
ignored because there is no special forum to discuss the consideration.
The bicameral system adopted further indicates the weak bicameral. In

464 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 addition, the legislative institutional capacity of both the House’s and the
Regional Representatives Council is still weak which can be seen from
the aspect of experience, education, upgrading and supporting resources
and ability to create their own budget. Therefore, it can be said that the
House is included in the budget influencing while the Regional
Representatives Council is included in the budget approving.

H. RECOMENDATION
The strong role of the House of Representatives and the weak role
of the Regional Representatives Council makes the role of the legislative
in bicameral system with the purpose of having double checks, in the form
of a revision of budget, initiation of noncontroversial budget, delaying the
budget of fundamental constitutional importance, or public debat can not
be realized. Even the strong role of the House’s has opened the scope of
corruption by elements the House’s members. Therefore, the system
needed reposition legislative tend to be balanced between the House of
Representatives and the Regional Representatives Council both the
authority and the capacity. In addition, the process should also be
transparent and accountable to avoid corruption, as well as providing
space for public participation in order to ensure the state budget favor of
the people.

REFERENCES
Andi, R.F. (2014). Gerakan Anggaran Pro Rakyat Di Parlemen. Jakarta:
Change.
Asshiddiqie, J. (2008). Pokok-Pokok Hukum Tata Negara Indonesia Pasca
Reformasi. Jakarta: Buana Ilmu Populer.
Atmadja, A.P.S. (1986). Mekanisme Pertanggungjawaban Keuangan
Negara Suatu Tinjauan Yuridis. Jakarta: Gramedia.
Blondal, J.R., Hawkesworth, I., & Choi, H.D. (2009). Budgeting in Indonesia.
OECD Journal on Budgeting. 9.2. 1-31.
Bradley, A.W., & Ewing K.D. (2007). Constitutional and Administratives
Law. London: Pearson Longman.

465 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

CETRO, in Argama, R., etc. Berharap pada 560, Catatan Kinerja DPR
2009-2010. Jakarta: PSHK.
Cheibub, J., Przeworzki, A., & Saigh, S.M. (2004). Governments Coalitions
and Legislative Success Under Presidensialism and Parliamentarism.
British Journal of Political Science. 34. 565-587.
PUSKAPOL, U.I. (2014). Profil Anggota DPR dan DPD RI 2014-2019.
Jakarta: Pusat Kajian Politik Departemen Ilmu Politik FISIP
Universitas Indonesia.
Gustafon, R.C. (2003). Legislatures and the Budget Process, An
International Survey. Washington, D.C.: The National Democratic
Institute for International Affairs.
Indrayana, D. (2008). Negara Antara Ada dan Tiada, Reformasi hukum
Ketatanegaraan. Jakarta: Penerbit Kompas.
Isra, S. (2004). Sistem Trikameral di Tengah Supremasi Dewan Perwakilan
Rakyat. Jurnal Konstitusi. 1.1.
Isra, S. (2010). Pergeseran Fungsi Legislasi, Menguatnya Model Legislasi
Parlementer Dalam Sistem Presidensial Indonesia. Jakarta: Rajawali
Pers.
Katharina, R. & Nainggolan, P.P. (2009). Menciptakan DPR dan Sistem
Pendukung Parlemen Yang Mendukung Anggaran Pro Kaum Miskin.
In Waidl, A., Farhan, Y., & Sakri, D. (Ed). Anggaran Pro Kaum Miskin
Sebuah Upaya Menyejahterakan Masyarakat. (p. 275-306). Jakarta:
LP3ES.
Lienert, I., Jung., M.K. (2004). The Legal Framework for Budget Systems,
An International Comparison. OECD Journal on Budgeting. Vol. 4 No.
3.
Lienert, I. (2005). Who Controls the Budget: The Legislature or the
Executive? IMF Working Paper.
Mainwaring, S. (2002). Presidentialism, Multiparty systems, and
Democracy: The Difficult Equation. In Lijphart, A. (1992).
Parliamentary versus Presidential Government. Oxford: Oxford
University Press.
Manan, B. (2003). DPR, DPD dan MPR dalam UUD 1945 Baru. Yogyakarta:
FH UII Press.
Muhtadi, B. (2015). Ironi Politik Jokowi. Jakarta: Gatra.
Pahlevi, I. (2015). Sistem Pemilu Di Indonesia Antara Proporsional dan
Mayotarian. Jakarta: P3DI Setjen DPR RI dan Azza Grafika.
Posner, P., & Park, C.K. (2007). Role of the Legislature in the Budget
Process: Recent Trends and Innovations. OECD Journal on
Budgeting: 7. 3. 1-26.
Purnomowati, R.D. (2005). Implementasi Sistem Bikameral Dalam
Parlemen Indonesia. Jakarta: Rajawali Pers.

466 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Sartori, G. (1997). Comparative Constitutional Engineering: An Inquiry into
Structures, Incentives, and Outcomes. New York: New York University
Press.
Susanto, M. (2013). Hak Budget Parlemen Di Indonesia. Jakarta: Sinar
Grafika.
Susanto, M. (2016). Hak Budget DPR Dalam Pengelolaan Keuangan
negara. Jurnal Rechtsvinding. 5.2. 183-196.
Stapenhurst, R., Sahgal, V., Woodley, W., Pelizzo, R. (2005). Scrutining
Public Expenditures – Assesing the Performance of Public Accounts
Commiteess. Singapore: Joint Publication of WBI Working Papers &
SMU Social Sciences & Humantities Working Paper Series.
Stourm, R. (1917). The Budget. New York: D. Appleton and Company.
Strong, C.F. (1975). Modern Political Constitution: An Introduction to the
Comparative Study of Their History and Existing Form. London:
Sidwick & Jackson Limited.
Thaib, D. (2002). Menuju Parlemen Bikameral: Studi Konstitusional
Perubahan UUD 1945. Yogyakarta: FH UII.
Wehner, A. (2004). Back from the Sidelines? Redefining the Contribution of
Legislatures to the Budget Cycle. Washington, D.C.: World Bank
Institute.

467 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 INCREASED TRANSPARENCY OF PUBLIC SECTOR BUDGETING
THROUGH IMPLEMENTATION OF PERFORMANCE AUDIT

Windhu Wibisono, Roy V. Salomo, Chandra Wijaya

University of Indonesia

ABSTRACT
The contemporary public administration brings the shift of stakeholder
expectations from stakeholder expectation about the government works
in accordance with applicable laws become stakeholder expectation about
well-performing government. One of the resources to produce a good
performance for the government is the public sector budget. The budget
is prepared through a budgeting process from budget formulation to
budget realization. Even though, there are difficulties for stakeholders,
especially the broad public to get a clear picture about the budgetary
process. Because of that, stakeholders needs accountability tool in the
effort to obtain the accountability of the budget. This study discusses
about budget transparency and accountability both from the performance
audit results of the budget implementation and budget formulation.
Transparency is useful to encourage budgeting that leads to outcomes.
As Martin (2002) stated, “In addition to a focus on the outcomes of
government programs, performance accountability also seeks to promote
transparency in, and improve the external communications of,
governments. Transparency in its broadest sense is taken to mean that
governments should be as open and visible as possible to their
stakeholders (e.g., elected officials, citizens, interest groups and others).”
This study uses analysis of secondary data derived from the results of
performance audit reports which produce by external audit institution
(BPK) related budgeting for the period 2012 to 2015. This study indicates
that the existence of a BPK’s performance audit supports the
accountability value of budgeting. By this audit, the relevant stakeholders
of government’s department budgeting can be helped to see the
transparent accountability of the government in terms of budgeting.
Besides that, the evaluation through the audit will also provide
recommendations for budgeting improvement. This study still find
limitation of transparency such as difficult to access the audit report
directly unless through bureaucratic procedure.

Keywords: budgeting evaluation, performance audit, transparency,

accountability

468 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

469 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
A. INTRODUCTION
The contemporary public administration brings the shift of
stakeholder expectations from stakeholder expectation about the
government works in accordance with applicable laws become
stakeholder expectation about well-performing government. One of the
resources to produce a good performance for the government is the public
sector budget.

The Coordinating Minister for the Economy of the 2014 period

expressed the importance of using the budget appropriately. The fullness
is said thus:

"Now the supervision is overwhelming. Nevertheless, the potential

for state money leak remains. The leak occurs due to inefficiency.
This form of inefficiency may be something that should be saved but
not saved, something that should not be spent instead of spending,
and something that is spent but not effective. There needs to be
efficiency and savings in all sectors and budgets on target and
effective impact on development.” (Kompas, June 18, 2014)
The budget is prepared through a budgeting process from budget
formulation to budget realization. Even though, there are difficulties for
stakeholders, especially the broad public to get a clear picture about the
budgetary process. Because of that, stakeholders needs accountability
tool in the effort to obtain the accountability of the budget. This study
discusses about budget transparency and accountability both from the
performance audit results of the budget implementation and budget
formulation in central government and local government.

B. LITERATURE REVIEW
Related to the concept of performance audit, the International
Standards of Supreme Audit Institutions (ISSAI) No.300 that governs the
Fundamental Principles of Performance Auditing in Section 9 defines

470 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 performance audits as:

“performance auditing is an independent, objective and reliable

examination of whether government undertakings, systems,
operations, programmes, activities or organisations are operating in
accordance with the principles of economy, efficiency and
effectiveness and whether there is room for improvement.”
(INTOSAI, 2013)

In addition ISSAI Number 300 set about Fundamental Principles of

Performance Auditing. ISSAI 300 section 12 states that:

“The main objective of performance auditing is constructively to

promote economical, effective and efficient governance. It is also
contributes to accountability and transparency.” (INTOSAI, 2013)
SAI can also play a role in providing transparency not only in the
implementation of the budget but its formulation. Transparency is useful
to encourage budgeting that leads to outcomes. As Martin (2002) stated:

“In addition to a focus on the outcomes of government programs,

performance accountability also seeks to promote transparency in,
and improve the external communications of, governments.
Transparency in its broadest sense is taken to mean that
governments should be as open and visible as possible to their
stakeholders (e.g., elected officials, citizens, interest groups and
others).”

C. METHODOLOGY
This study uses analysis of secondary data derived from the results
of performance audit reports which produce by external audit institution
(BPK) related budgeting for the period 2012 and 2015.

D. RESULT AND DISCUSSION

BPK as an external auditing agency conducts financial audit,

471 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

performance audit and special purpose audit. Related the importance of
budgeting, BPK is authorized to determine the audit in a performance
audit format in terms of both implementation and formulation. During the
period 2012 to 2015, BPK conducted several performance audits related
to budgeting. Performance audits are conducted both at the central
government level (financial sector and defense sector) as well as in local
government (in DKI Jakarta). In general, BPK finds some problems and
provides recommendations for improving the quality of budget formulation
and budget implementation.

Table 1: Performance audit related to budgeting for periode 2012-

2015

No Audit Representation Year

1 Performance audit of finance Central 2012
management in ministry of Government
defense, Indonesian Armed
Force Headquarter, Indonesian
Army, Indonesian Navy, and
Indonesian Air Force.
2 Performance audit of budgeting Local 2013
in Local Government of Jakarta Government
3 Performance audit of budgeting Central 2014
in state treasurer, ministry of Government
finance
4 Performance audit of budget Central 2015
implementation of ministry of Government
defense, Indonesian Armed
Force Headquarter, Indonesian
Army, Indonesian Navy, and
Indonesian Air Force.
(Source: Audit report BPK, 2012-2015)

472 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 The audit results of financial management in the central
government's defense sector (Number 1 above) shows that financial
management has not been fully effective and efficient in supporting better
budget implementation governance. The fundamental weakness found by
auditors is the planning of central budget does not reflect the real plans of
the work resource needed and is not inline with the implementation needs
of the budget year. Related to these issues, BPK provides
recommendations related to the preparation of a better system and some
technical advice.

From performance audit of budgeting in Jakarta Province (Number 2

above) found that the audit indicate that budgeting is still not effective
according to the better management practice (BMP) framework. BPK still
find weaknesses in the mechanism of inter-institutional coordination and
lack of resources to support dedicated programs, lack of the elaboration
of work plans and budgets, and lack of monitoring and evaluation. BPK
gives recommendation related to the improvement of regulation both at
governor regulation level, and standard operating and procedure (SOP)
for each work unit, optimization of coordination, improvement of system
and some technical advice.

From performance audit of budgeting in BUN (Number 3 above), the

audit results indicate that the implementation of budgeting function of BUN
budgeting period of 2014 and 2015 has not been fully effective, especially
in order to fulfill the obligation of central government. This is shown from
the inadequate budgeting and spending process of BUN. The main
causes of the implementation of the budgeting function of budgeting and
financing of BUN for the year of 2014 and 2015, particularly in the context
of fulfilling the central government's obligations: (1) inadequate
formulation of the scope of responsibilities of official of the budget user
(pejabat pengguna anggaran/PPA) of national treasurer (bendaharawan

473 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

umum negara/BUN) and authorized budget user (kuasa pengguna
anggaran/KPA) of BUN including reporting of performance evaluation in
relation to PA BUN ; (2) lack of clear implementation rules regarding the
scope of budgeting between budget of ministries/agency and BUN; (3)
lack of optimization of revision of SOPs by taking into account the
prevailing provisions and utilization of idle cash as a source of financing.
BPK provides recommendations on improvements to policies and
regulations as well as guidelines and some technical recommendations.

The audit of budget implementation in the ministries of defense and

TNI (number 4 above) shows that budget implementation has not been
fully effective. This is due to policy and regulatory issues, organizational
problems, human resource issues, and allocation issues. BPK
recommends improving policies and addressing the problems found.

This paper indicates that the existence of a BPK’s performance audit

supports the accountability value of budgeting. By BPK’s audit, the
relevant stakeholders of government’s budgeting can be helped to see the
transparent accountability of the government in terms of budgeting, both
in central government and local government that audited. Besides that,
the evaluation through the audit will also provide recommendations for
budgeting improvement.

Based on an interview with a senior researcher at the Indonesia

Budget Center (IBC), he was found stakeholders especially public had
difficulty making complaints to provide inputs to the BPK especially in the
budget governance. The complete statement of informants is as follows:

"BPK is not yet institutionally prepared, in this case he has no public

complaints mechanism. In my opinion, when there is no such
mechanism, it can be because there is no regulation yet, so the
community then finds it difficult to deliver inputs to BPK both the
auditor's resources and the public's findings on budget governance.
"(Interview with Salam, 15 April 2016)
474 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 The implementation of performance audit of BPK confirmed Martin
(2002) stated related that accountability also seeks to promote
transparency in, and improve the external communications of,
governments. By the audit report, governments activity n budgeting
becomes more open and visible as possible to their stakeholders.
Nevertheless the view from Salam (2016) indicates that the performance
audit of BPK may not be able to reach the broader stakeholders.

E. CONCLUSION
Performance audits can be useful as a means of transparency for
government budgeting. This can be seen from audit reports published by
BPK related to budgeting in both the central and regional governments.
However, the extent to which the audit report can truly be useful is not
examined in this paper.

REFERENCES
Badan Pemeriksa Keuangan. (2012). Laporan Hasil Pemeriksaan Atas
Pemeriksaan Kinerja Pengelolaan Keuangan Pada Tentara
Nasional Indonesia Angkatan Laut
Badan Pemeriksa Keuangan. (2013). Laporan Hasil Pemeriksaan Kinerja
Atas Penganggaran Pemerintah Provinsi Dki Jakarta Tahun
Anggaran 2012 Dan Semester I Tahun Anggaran 2013
Badan Pemeriksa Keuangan. (2014). Laporan Hasil Pemeriksaan Atas
Pemeriksaan Kinerja Pelaksanaan Anggaran Belanja Tahun 2013
Dan 2014 Pada Kementerian Pertahanan Dan Tentara Nasional
Indonesia
Badan Pemeriksa Keuangan. (2015). Laporan Hasil Pemeriksaan Kinerja
atas Efektivitas Pelaksanaan Fungsi Penganggaran Belanja Dan
Pembiayaan Bendahara Umum Negara (BUN) Dalam Rangka

475 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Pemenuhan Kewajiban Pemerintah Pusat dan Transfer ke Daerah
Tahun Anggaran 2014 Dan 2015
INTOSAI. (2013). ISSAI 300: Fundamental Principles of Performance
Auditing.
Martin, L. L.(2002). Budgeting for outcomes. In Khan, A. & Hildreth, B.W.
(Eds) Budget theory in the public sector. London: Quorum Books.
Salam. R. (2016, April 15). Personnel interview.

476 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 GOVERMENT MANAGEMENT TRANSFORMATION IN BANDUNG
REGENCY (A STUDY AT DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION AND
CULTURE)

Dede Sri Kartini, Samugyo Ibnu Redjo

Departement of Govermental Science . FISIP UNPAD

Rita Myrna
Departement of Public Administration, FISIP UNPAD

ABSTRACT
Transformation is a transtition process from a certain period to the next
phase, which happens due to the presence of innovation or alteration,
wheter in structural or prosedural aspects, planned or unplanned. “
Basically, transformation is a continous process. It includes reframing,
resructuring, revitalization and renewal. Bandung regency had held
regional general elections (Pilkada) in 2015, and already transformed its
goverment management, Eventough the Regent himself, as incumbent
usually faces difficulties to implement transformation inside his
burreucracy system. By using qualitative and descriptive method, the
researcers had interviewed the Regent of Bandung, Chief of Bappeda
(Regional Development Planning Agency), Chief of Department of
Education and Non Govermental Organizations in Education sector. The
result of this research described that in reframing aspects, the education
system have been altering from the current progress, not only depended
on Startegic Planning , but also acomodated new ideas to encourage the
success of educational programs. Meanwhile, for recruiting aspects, the
goverments found difficulties since the regulations from the National
Goverment was not suitable within the needs in Bandung Regency. The
revitalization aspects cannot be implemented yet, eventhough the Chief
of Educations has already figure up the problem, such as the importance
in buid Vocational School in Agriculture and Animal Husbandry. For
renewal aspects, the goverment established “Edu Share” to socialize ,
facilitate and distribute scholarsips , and Doctorates Forum in Bandung
Regency. Eventough the institutions is build outside the autority of
Department of Education. The researchers concluded that , the shape of
transformation in goverment management, especially in educational
aspect has been dominated by the rules, whom did not able to adapt into
the surrounding area, especially in Bandung Regency. Based on this
condition, it is highly recommended, for the Chief of Education to be able

477 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 to create activites which is consistent with the current rules, but also be
able to satisfy the needs of society.
Keywords: Reframing, Restructuring, Revitalizations, Renewal
A. INTRODUCTION
Based on Law Number 23 Related to Local Government, education
is an obligatory basic service for any district, besides, there are attribution
authorities based on the constitution number 30 year 2014 about
government administration, attribution authority is a delegation of authority
to the Agency and / or Government Officials by the 1945 Constitution or
the Law. Therefore, each level of Government has the authority in
accordance with the mandate of the law. The Distribution of responsibility
of governmental affairs in the education sector can be seen in the table
below:

Tabel 1 :The Division of The Government in Educational Affairs

N Affairs Government Province Regency/Municipality

o
1 2 3 4 5
1 Education a. Standardize a. Secondary a. Primary Education
Manageme national Education Standard
nt education Management b. Early childhood education
standard b. Special program and Non-Formal
b. Higher Education Education
Education Management
Management
2 Curriculum Standardizenational Standardize Standardize local language
curriculum of higher local language curriculum for primary
education, curriculum for education and Early
secondary secondary childhood education program
education, primary education and and Non-Formal Education
education, Early special
childhood education education.
program and Non-
Formal Education

478 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

3 Aaccreditati Accreditation of
on higher education,
secondary
education, primary
education, early
childhood education,
and non-formal
investigation.
4 Teacher a. Controlling Teacher and Teacher and supporting staff
and teacher, teacher supporting staff mutation across the district in
Supporting mutation and mutation the cities.
staff teacher career accrues the
development cities in
theprovince
Source : Law Number 23 year 2014

Thus, Education department of Bandung Regency controlling the

particular affairs, such :

1. Division of Management affairs of primary school education, early

childhood education (ECD) and non-formal education.

2. Division of affairs of the local content curriculum for Primary Schools,

Early Childhood Education (ECD) and non-formal education.

3. Division of affairs Teachers and Education Personnel for the transfer

of educators and education personnel in Bandung regency

In order to Implement the Affairs of the Government, observations

show that reframing can be implemented with not only focus on Medium-
Term Regional Development Plan (RPJMD), the ideas of the Head of the
department/division can be a cornerstone of the implementation of the
education program in Bandung Regency. Restructuring and revitalization
can not run effectively because of distortion from the aspect of regulation
and victorythathead of Department of education has. For renewal, the
Head of department create institutions which have a function to support

479 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 educational programs. However, the establishment of the institutions is
not the head of department authority.
Because of education is an important aspect in the management of
human resources, then the researcher assumes that is important to see
whether exist the management transformation of the Government in the
education service in the Bandung Regency. Therefore, this research was
entitled "The Transformation of the Government Management (A Study
on Education Department in Bandung Regency Government)".

B. RESEARCH OBJECTIVES
Research Objectives this study aims to:

1. Acknowledge and analyze the implementation of the Government's

management transformation in education from the aspect of reframing
in Bandung Regency.

2. Acknowledge and analyze the implementation of the Government's

management transformation in education from the aspect of
restructuring in Bandung Regency.

3. Acknowledge and analyze the implementation of the Government's

management transformation in the field of education from the aspect
of the revitalization in Bandung Regency.

4. Acknowledge and analyze the implementation of the Government's

management transformation in education from the aspect of renewal.

C. SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

Education became one of the leading services in the Government
Accomplishment, thus this field be the measurement for the progress of
an area (province, city or regency). Education Sector became a measure

480 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 for measuring index of human development. so that HDI (Human
Development Index) figures largely determine the progress of a country
even the region

D. CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK
According to Foucault (1994) in McKevitt, David and Lawton, states
that the art of government is a long history as a substitute for advising to
the kingdom relating to appropriate actions such as: the action of power,
securing policies, loving God and obeying, law implementation and etc.
However, such advise clashed with the emergence of "ruling art" since the
16th century, before political science had been spread. According to
Gordon and Miller cited Foucault (1994), states that the problems of
government began to rise again in the 16th century, with a resurgence
when personal problems were taken over by the Institutions. As with
Catholic and Protestant doctrines, there are problems in the soul and life
of the government, for example in terms of teaching to children. This is
the ability of government (governmentality), when the privacy of the
citizens problemis taken by the government.

According to Tangkilisan (2005), who saw a change in public

organization that the bureaucratic thought of Hummel influenced the
formation of public organization based on Max Weber's view, which
concluded that bureaucracy represented the creation of a new society
from human interaction. In its development, the transformation of human
life normally changes the shape of a modern organization. human
interaction that was originally known-in a humanist public organization-
concerned about justice and freedom, as a society and conveying in the
same language and be responsible for what it does to the public, has
encountered a change according to the transformation of human life.

481 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 That change, according to Hummel, makes the bureaucracy of
modern organization a new species of an inhuman society. The inter-
human relationships in society are replaced by control and efficiency.
Norms and beliefs related to human goals are transformed into skills
recognition over administrative and productivity.

Psychologically, personal relationships within the bureaucracy are

very rational, lack 0f the feeling, and override individual desires (ego). The
bureaucracy implements one-way communication as a personal
command, and politically ignores the human desire in determining a
particular method of seeking a truth and the desire of society.

In the process of transformation, bureaucrats neglect social

characteristics, culture, communication skills, which are commonly used
as a medium of human capacity, in order to adapt to the system. However,
in compensation, the bureaucrats not only get a material reward, but also
recognition (recognition) of the existence of bureaucrats. In a
bureaucracy, bureaucrats deprive their humanitarian personality, and the
bureaucracy more reflects its institutional identity, and psychologically,
there is an absolute dependency.

Public organizations are recognized to be effective if in reality, the

implementation of bureaucracy can serve in accordance with the needs of
the community (client), meaning there are no barriers that occur in the
service, quickly and accurately in providing services, and able to solve the
phenomenon that stands out due to a fast social changes from the
internal.

In Redjo (2009) had been mentioned that as a process, the

transformation is generally the inevitability of the existence of humanity as
free beings who have similarity and desire to be treated in every process,
especially in the process of state and government. The nature of humanity

482 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

in the process includes respect for their existence and the recognition that
the people are a central part of every state and government process.
Recognition of the sovereignty of the people ultimately became the
primary demand in the governing process with no exceptions to any state
and government.

Citing the understanding of Karl Polanyi which cited byRedjo (2009),

the transformation is basically a transition process from a certain period
to the next, it happens because of innovations or changes both structural
and procedural, planned and unplanned. These innovations and changes
lead to the occurrence of dynamics that distinguished from normative or
regular.

Following the opinion of Gouillart (1995: 6-7), then the process of

transformation can be defined as a biological process, as a dynamic life
process, grows and develops, becomes “saturated” and then reaches its
peak by transition. Similarly, in the case of transformation of governmental
organization there is also biological corporation, which is a process of
development of the organization (corporate) to become a modern
corporation, complex and well organized.

An organization just as human beingis born then developed, facing

problems then recovery, mature and growing old. And in each process, it
encountered four (4) dimensions of activity, namely reframing,
restructuring, revitalization and renewal, thus, the organization becoming
unique and different from other organizations that are suited to the
demands of the organization itself and the demands of the faith
environment where they belong. When an organization does so, all
organizational systems are pushed to achieve goals.

Taking Gouillart's opinion above, transformation in the field of

management also can be interpreted as a biological process, from the

483 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

management of the first generation to the fifth generation as proposed by
Savage (1990: 2). Similarly, within this framework, four (4) Gouillart
dimensions are used as a reference for analysis, due to the same idea in
the way of thinking pattern, The biological model in the transformation
process or The Four R's of Transformation: Reframing, Restructuring,
Revitalization and Renewal.

First, Reframing, ie; Changes in organizational concepts about what

and how to achieve organizational goals related to the established
organizationbackground of thinking. This is because frequently the
organization focuses only on certain ways of thinking and is unable to build
a new mental model of what they are and what they want to be. Reframing
opens the organizational thinking with new visions and decisions.

Second, Restructuring (re-instructor), ie efforts that made to improve

the competitive performance structure . This activity is generally related
to the values of governance and apparatus performance, in order to be
the main consideration in organizations that must be met and adapted to
the ability of public services and public demands Third, rearrange the
priorities of development (revitalization), that is how to connect the
government with the environment, Because in general the success of
development designed by the government is very dependent on the
degree of conformity between the needs of the community and the
government's designated development priorities.

Fourth, renewal, ie efforts that are made by the government to

remodel the humanitarian and organizational spirit of the perpetrator or
government apparatus towards this transformation process. This renewal
is related to the effort to develop the potential of human resources in
accordance with the vision of the mission that government has.

484 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 The concept of good governance in Suryanto (2008) states that in
the implementation of local governance, related to public sector
management has faced a massive transformation in the mid-80s. This
change is directed at creating a reliable public management and
improving the quality of public administration. The concept of rigid,
hierarchical and bureaucratic public administration system has been
abandoned and in its place has developed a flexible and market-oriented
public management concept (Hughes, 1998). The strength of Weber's
bureaucratic model is believed to be incapable of following various
developments, community demands and environmental demands.

According to Salam (2004), the management of Regional

Government in Indonesia is based on the 1945 Constitution which gives
wide, real and responsible autonomy rights. This is reinforced by MPR
Decree number XV / MPR / 1998 on the Implementation of Regional
Autonomy which contains the regulation, sharing and utilization of national
resources with justice, as well as the balance of central and regional
finances within the framework of Republic of Indonesia.

E. METHODOLOGY
To achieve the research objectives that researchers have described
in the introductory chapter, the researchers intend to use a qualitative
research approach with descriptive method. Qualitative research method
is a research procedure that produces descriptive data in the form of
words, notes related to meaning, value and understanding (Bogdan and
Taylor, 1975: 5). The model of this method, in observation of research

485 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

data is not limited and isolated by variables, population, sample, and
hypothesis. Therefore, qualitative research methods always have a
holistic nature, ie interpretation of data in relation to various aspects that
may exist, in other words this method is used to assist researchers in
constructing reality and understanding its meaning (Kaelan, 2005; Qudsi,
2011).

While the descriptive narrative approach is a specific type of

qualitative design that "the narrative is understood as a text that is spoken
or written by telling about events / actions, connected chronologically,
where the procedure in conducting this research begins by focusing on
the assessment of one or two individuals, Data through their stories, the
reporting of individual experiences, and the chronological formation of the
meaning of the experience (Cresswell, 2014: 96).

From the definition of qualitative research methods and descriptive

narrative approaches, it can be seen that, the choice of qualitative and
descriptive approaches, as a study in a particular setting in real life
(natural) with the intention of investigating and understanding the
phenomenon of what happened and how it happened Qudsi, 2011), to be
used as a method in this research is appropriate, in the effort of the
researcher to get clear and systematic, factual, accurate and validation
description about the transformation of government management in
Bandung regency

1. Data Collection Technique

Data Collection Technique in this research will follow the rules of
data collection based on the chosen method in this research, which is
qualitative method. According to Creswell (2014), the forms of data in
qualitative research continue to experience rapid development in
various literatures. However, from these various forms, qualitative data

486 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 forms can be grouped into four basic types of information: observation,
document, audio visual, and interview. But in this research, audio visual
is not included in data collecting technique.
2. Informant Determination Technique
Informant determination technique used in this research is by using
purposive sampling type, whom the researcher determines the
individual to be made informant based on the researcher’s consideration
itself which is based on the assumption that the individual can be spesific
understanding about research problem and phenomenon in this
research (Cresswell, 2014: 217). Thus the selection process of this
informant from the beginning has been deliberately determined by the
researchers based on these considerations. The informants involved in
this research are:
1. Regent of Bandung , Dadang Naser
2. Head of Education Department in Bandung Regency
3. Community Leaders

F. DISCUSSION
Government Science is present when individual issues are taken up
by government agencies, as well as government-funded education. When
parents are unable to pay their child's tuition, it is an individual matter.
However, when the government provides scholarships for those who can
not afford, or issue a policy to withdraw education funds in elementary
level, there has been a takeover of individual problems by the
government.
Researchers see the importance of education in transforming
government management, as education is one of the obligatory functions
for local governments. Below, it will describe the transformation of

487 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 government management which is observed from various aspects i.e.
reframing, restructuring, revitalization and renewal.
1. Reframing
Reframing is a change in organizational concepts about what and
how to achieve organizational goals. The way to achieve the goals of
Education and Culture Department in Bandung Regency is prepared
through programs. Those programs can not be separated from
institution’s Vision of Mission which is listed in the Medium Term
Development Plan (RPJMD), Long Term Development Plan (RPJP),
Strategic Plan (Renstra), Development of Education in macro national and
West Java regional level.
The change of concept in achieving organizational goals appears
from Juhana's11 point of view that mission vision has a four-frame context
of objectives, methods, focus and grounding. First, the goal is achieving
Bandung as advanced, independent and competitive Regency; in the first
period (2010-2015), in the second period (2015-2020) the plan changed
into establish a Bandung District Advanced, Independent and
Competitive. Second, the result is achieved through good governance
methods, i.e. clean and accountable. Third, the focus is laid on
strengthening rural development. Fourth, the foundation is religion or
religion, cultural regional and eco-friendly policy.
The changing of concept also appears from the Regent’s view that
Korea had sent a team, led by Park Sung Hee to learn Indonesia
heritage’s value. Park Sung Hee found Indonesia has Bhineka Tunggal
Ika, which is internalized in by Pancasila. According to the Regent, in
Bandung Districts Bhineka Tunggal Ika is locally translated into Korean,
called saemaulundong, which is used as the basic character of Korean
people. From lazy and drunk society, how saemaulundong was raised

11
Male, The Chief of Education Department in Bandung Regency. Education: Doctoral Degree.

488 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

effectively. The transformation occurs from lazy appearance into hard
work, smart, disciplined society. The concept is similar with the
saemaulundong, called sabilulungan in Sundanese. So the challenges is
put togetherness, gotong royong, and designs Korea as superior nation.
As well as this spirit, sabilulungan in Bandung regency, wish that the
district is advanced, independent and competitive.
Beside a changing perspective on how to achieve institutional goals,
reframing also emphasizes on necessity strategy in achieving institution’s
vision and the mission. Juhana's strategy is similar to this method,
whereas the Department of Education and Culture's strategy should be
systematically and vertically structured in a sustainable, well-structured
plan. For the organic is adapting with surrounding environment, like
literary habit and sanitation award. It means there is spontaneous growth
from various developing ideas. Education does not have to stick on the
strategic plan compiled fifty or five years ago. When good ideas emerge,
they had to be developed directly through the study, should be
implemented as soon as possible, like literary habit, honesty canteen.
According to Juhana, honesty canteen does not belong to Strategic Plan
(Renstra). All activities which are already in the strategic plan, is basically
available in the curriculum. Integrity and orderly attitude; as well as literary
habit is already in the curriculum, just occasionally put as a reinforcement
inside of a program. Sanitation awards are already in the curriculum, such
as "please, be clean!". It's all there, but the activities are organic. It is
intended to be interesting, as improvisation is not rigid but adapted to the
teaching system that has been composed five years back. In order not to
be too historical, so there is improvisation, excitement in implementing the
program. As environment, trends, developmental trend, and civilization
trends . According to Juhana; "Because I think the plan is compiled in the
past, if there is a new idea how to implement it. Then there are two sides

489 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 of the program, there is a strategic side and there is the organic side. We
are not allergic to change, since we are always open, not closed to receive
information, to accept the idea of"
The sanitation award program get highly responded from, Ujang
Sopanndi12, according to him sanitation award will push teachers and
students to practice clean habit. Before this program there was only a
clean teacher's toilet. But he was regretted it since when behavior of civil
servant teachers who only think of certification and promotion than their
qualifications in teaching. In the contrary, the honorary teacher does not
receive proper attention from the government, but the quality of teaching
is somehow better than their counterparts Moreover, the honorary teacher
must go to college again, because if they will not continue education will
not be appointed as permanent civil servant.
The Strategy of education development program in 2016-2020 at the
national level was strengthening institutional services. Therefore, from
2016 to 2020, the development of education in Bandung Regency,
focused on strengthening of educational institutions in providing
educational services, in addition to pioneering Compulsory Secondary
Education (Wajar Dikmen 12 years). The strengthening of institutional
education in providing services is expected to be a capital in preparing a
qualified education for society, thus having competitive advantage at the
local and regional levels, particularly in: (1) strengthening the service of
educational and cultural institutions; (2) Strengthening of curriculum
services, manpower, education facilities and infrastructure and other
supporting facilities, in every educational and cultural program unit; (3)
Strengthening of administrative and management of education
development, both at the level of SKPD of education development
managers, as well as at the level of educational and cultural program

12
Male, Honorary Teacher, 34 years old, 34 years old , bachelor degree

490 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

units. (4) Expansion and equitable access to education (5) community
participation’
In addition, reframing also includes development objectives,
development priorities and attitudes to face global change. The purpose
of the development of Bandung Regency is "achieving Bandung as
Advanced, Independent and Competitive Regency ", for the first period,
the second period changed to "consolidate the Bandung District
Advanced, Independent and Competitive". If it is associated with the
Department of Education and Culture, the curriculum, which presented,
had to create a child who is advanced, independent and competitive. Not
only students but teachers should have similar targets. It means, that
there must be equality with the District, or able to surpass another
Regency / City. Bandung Education and Culture Office has exceeded the
achievements of other districts / cities, as proven by the achievement of
national champion leaders. National Supervisory Champion, while the
students have been able to win the, National Olympic Sports Science
(O2SN)/ The elementary level students won the General Champion, and
the junior champion got champion general in West Java level. It can be
concluded that their competitiveness is not wishful thinking anymore.
While development in Bandung Regency focused on strengthening rural
development, which implemented by Regent through program RAKSA
DESA, so Department of Education and Culture also implement its
support to rural development.
In facing of global transformation, Bandung Regency does not want
to depend solely on other products, unless they have potential aspects on
it. For example: Bandung Regency is surplus on vegetables, rice, dairy
products, tea, and coffee. But it gets minus supply on beef, and still brings
beef from the east region. In maintaining food security, they actually do
not need to bring beef, but the diet is replaced by chicken meat.

491 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Juhana wants to develop his thinkers that, in terms of independent
and competitive progress, Bandung Regency can have local resiliencies.
According to him, independence is the same with the resilience of the
area, which is now a new person thinks limited to food security. He thinks
life is not just food alone. The improving of faith is also necessary because
we are vulnerable to the heresies.
2. Restructuring
Restructuring is the activities of government organizations to build
organizational models, prepares organizational infrastructure and design
units according to the need. It can not be separated from the existing
institution, the government structure which is the organizational structure
of the government organizers to implement regional autonomy. Starting
from the Regent, SKPD which consists of Inspectorate, Regional
Secretary, Secretariat of the Board, Agency, Institution, District Institution
up to the lowest level of government i.e. the Village.
In preparing organizational infrastructure, the Department of
Education and Culture is faced with subjective elements, although the
Head of Department has not dared to make changes in accordance with
Law no. 23 of 2014 on Regional Government. For example, there is a type
of service with type A, the field should not be more than five sub
department. That is a problem, now the Office of Education and Culture
has seven areas; if it must be divided into five areas then there will be
people who lost the position.
Infrastructure in local government is also related to echelon. Juhana
agreed that in the State Civil Service (ASN) there is no echelon-ization.
Better capacity and performance become the key level of one's success.
Someone can do his job , but how far his prductivity like what? How many
number of job targets that can be done?. If based on echelon, both

492 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

echelon two, are equally echelon three but their performance may be
different.
Designing organizational units to adapt to the needs according to
Juhana, several Agencies must adapt to the potential of Bandung
regency, not the regulation. That is the fallacy, the new Government
Regulation No. 18 of 2016, as the elaboration of Law no. 3 years 2014.
The organizational section suddenly makes a new SOTK, its adaptation
focused on regulation. Juhana appealed that the name, effectiveness,
efficiency are created to be more productive. Institutional name itself must
adapt to the potential and problems of Bandung Regency itself, because
in truth it is the essence of autonomy. So it being separated based on the
regulation, then the Central Government would be dominant. This is a
mistake. Juhana did not know the Department of Education and Culture
whether to be split or not. The most recent PP’s will lead to overlapping
authority when education is separated with Culture, since education and
culture is a unity that can not be separated. In addition, before the PP was
born, between SKPD (Work Unit of Regional Devices) had already run
synergistically. The PP is also responded by the Regent.
Ideally institutional government should adapt not only with regulation
but also adapt to potential and problems. But do not be forced to
regulation. If someone wants to separate the education and cultural
offices should ask the experts, not organization experts, but the expert on
substance of educators and culture. Want to separate agriculture,
livestock and forestry, ask the experts! Because, it cannot be solved with
an organization expert alone since its about organizational and
institutional issues, so it has to adapt to potentials and problems. The
potential and problems of each Regency / City are different, that is the
characteristic of regional autonomy. By observing the potential of
Bandung regency, just look at its characteristics whether in agribusiness,

493 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

agriculture, animal husbandry or industry. Then the institutional names
must being reinforce based on it. Including the education office, should be
able to enter in all aspects, must adapt to the potential. So what kind of
vocational school and where it should be build; whether they are
pharmacists’ or agriculture vocational school for example, then the
industry must be reproduced, because the potential is agriculture,
livestock and industry. Thus, the number of vocational school types should
be able to adapt.
3. Revitalization
Revitalization means rearranging development priorities, by linked
government with its surrounding environment, since generally the success
of development who designed by the government depends heavily on the
degree of conformity between the needs of the community and the
government's priorities.
According Juhana, linked the government with its environment can
be seen from the potential of nature and physical potential. Natural
potential and human resource potential are closely related to each other,
Bandung regency potential, we must observe first its characteristics
whether in agribusiness, agriculture, animal husbandry or industry. Then,
the institutional names must strengthen the environment. Including the
Office of Education and Culture must be able to enter all these aspects,
and adapt to its potential. Thus, Vocational School should be multiplied
and manifested thereafter, whether they are in livestock, agriculture,
industry categories. The school should be reproduced, because the
potential has been defined. Thus, the number of vocational schools and
its varied types must be able to adapt with current challenges.
Associated with physical environment is linking the Regency’s
potential with physical form of an object, and nature. While social
environment associated more with people the relationships around it. If

494 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

associated with Bandung Regency, the physical environment is related to
geographical aspects, and its characteristics, the challenges is bringing
various characters of agriculture and industry into the physical
environment in Bandung regency. While for the social environment related
to the Government, economic, political, cultural, including in it is education
in Bandung regency.
The main priority needs to be undertaken by the Office of Education
and Culture, stating its vision and mission, which stipulated in the work
plan or strategic plan as stated: "The implementation of excellent
education service in shaping human beings who put the value of local
cultural values with global orientation". Excellent service is certain values
in providing availability, affordability, quality, equality and security. Our
people are: possessing high intellectual and spiritual capacity which is
consistent in everyday behavior and deeds based on Faith to God and
embodied in the attitude of taqwa. Local cultural values include noble
character, personality with cultural values and Sundanese etiquette.
Global-oriented means competitive and adaptive to the development of
science and technology, and future oriented. Process and product quality
means quality process as excellent service, while the quality of the
product is civil society. It can be achieved by increasing availability,
affordability, quality, equity, and certainty / security of education services.
Furthermore, those steps hopefully can develop a culture which laid on
certain characterized by aesthetic, logical, ethical and historical
dimensions. Beside, it is also necessary to improve public image through
governance, transparency and accountability.

4. Renewal

495 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Several problems are difficult to implement because of the collision
with the rules, but the Head of the Office solve it by establishing
institutions. For example, the Department of Education and Culture often
accepts applications for scholarship assistance to study inside and
outside the country. Unfortunately they have sufficient budget, but lack of
authority to spend it in similar program, since this department job is not
including students scholarship. Thus, the Department create an institution
called EduShare. It has collaborations with ITB and Unpad lecturers, who
care about Bandung students, provide scholarships, advising guidance to
increase their chances in the admissions process. If they already have
admitted, they received guidance more to avoid Drop Out and others.
EduShare’s main duty is socialization, mentoring and provide scholarship,
which is beyond the Department of Education’s core authority. In
EduShare the Head of Department acts as a personal figure, collecting
funds in mutual assistance.

The Regent also wants to establish a university in Bandung regency,

but this is not the authority of the Education and Culture Office. It is difficult
since it clashed with rules and the Head of Department is not a lecturer.
In order to support thhis plan, he establishes an association consists of
doctoral forum oin Bandung Regency. Doctors who are stay or work in
Bandung Regency, or, being associated historically with Bandung
regency. Currently, the associate finds 57 doctoral in Bandung Regency.
Moreover, the Regent asks the associate to collaborate not only for doctor
in education background, but also in all fields such as , economy,
agriculture, politics and others in order to support the vision-mission.
Although outside the authority of the Head of Education and Culture, he
looks for alternative solutions to implement the vision and mission of
Bandung Regency.

496 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

G. CONCLUSION/IMPLICATION
In the aspect of reframing, there has been a change in the concept
of education that is not stick bluntly to the Strategic Plan (Renstra) but
instead develops from ideas that guide the success of educational
programs. Meanwhile, the restructuring aspect is difficult to implement
since it intertwining with the regulation given by the Central Government,
even it does not fulfill the needs of Bandung Regency. Revitalization
aspect can not be implemented even though Head of Education Office
really understand it, as for Regency need to have Agriculture and Animal
Husbandry Vocational School. For Renewal aspects the Departement
establishes EduShare whom main tasks are socialization, mentoring and
scholarship, as well as Doctoral forums/ associate in Bandung regency,
although the institution is formed outside the authority of the Head of
Education and Culture Office. The researcher concludes that the process
of transformation of the management of the government of education is
still shackled with the rules, although the rules can not adapt to the
environment in Bandung regency. It is suggested that the Head of Service
can create policies that do not conflict with the rules, but can meet the
society’s needs.

REFERENCES
Bogdan, Robert and Steven J. Taylor. 1975. Introduction to Qualitative
Research Methods. New York: John Wiley and Sons.
Cresswell, John W. 2014. Penelitian Kualitatif dan Desain Riset: Memilih
Dantara Lima Pendekatan. Yogyakarta: Pustaka Pelajar
Foucault, Micahel. 1994. “Govermentality” in McKevitt, David and Lawton,
Alan. Public Sector Management : Theory, Critique & Practice.
London : Sage Publication
Harrison, Lisa. 2007. Metodologi Ilmu Politik. Jakarta : Kencana
Kaelan, M.S. 2005. Metode Penelitian Kualitatif bidang Filsafat.
Yogyakarta: Paradigma

497 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Redjo, Samugyo Ibnu. 2009. Transfromasi Manajemen Pemerintahan.
Bandung : AIPI Bandung
Salam, Dharma Setyawan. 2004. Manajemen Pemerintahan Indonesia.
Jakarta : Djambatan
Suryanto, Adi. 2008. Manajemen Pemerintahan Daerah. Bandung :
PKKOD-LAN
Tangkilisan, Hessel Nogi S. 2005. Manajemen Publik. Jakarta : PT.
Gramedia
Qudsi, Saifuddin Zuhri. 2011. Bayang-bayang Agenda Revolusioner
Penelitian Kualitatif, The Sage Handbook of Qualitative Research,
Norman K. Denzin and Yvonna S. Lincoln (ed.), Yogyakarta: Pustaka
Pelajar, pp xvii-xxiv

498 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

LAND USE CONVERSION :EVALUATION AND STRATEGIC ACTIONS

Ruth Roselin Erniwaty Nainggolan

Institut Pemerintahan Dalam Negeri

ABSTRACT
The conversion of agricultural land in Sumedang of the year 2005-
2014 reached 317 hectares. The land generally converted into housing,
office buildings and public facilities. This study aims to conduct a
comprenhensive evaluation of the factors affecting changes in land use,
analyze the impact of the changes and develop management strategies.
This research was conducted with a qualitative approach located in
Sumedang Regency, West Java Province. Sampling was done by
multistage random sampling. The first step is selection of the sample
districts purposively with consideration of districts that convert of land use
at most, they are: Sumedang Selatan district, Jatinangor district and
Jatigede district. The second step sample selection by simple random to
residents who do changes their agricultural land use. The data obtained
from questionnaires, interviews,observations, study of documents and
mass media. Working method is based on a modification of the stages of
strategic planning for the company. Formulation of the strategy carried out
through three phases: phase determination of the key internal and external
factors, phase matching using the SWOT matrix, as well as the decision
phase using QSPM matrix. The resulting strategy is implemented in a more
technical work steps. The results showed the factors that affect farmers
convert agricultural land is decreasing productivity of theland, accretion of
family members, the right of inheritance of land, high land prices,
construction of public facilities and government policy. The most dominant
factor affecting is different in each district. The impact of changes in land
use in general is the opening of new agricultural land by cutting down
forests, decline in rice productivity and the emergence of new
unemployment and alteration or loss of livelihood.From the SWOT analysis
matrix, obtained three possible strategic options. First, a policy review of
spatial and territories; second, to encourage farmers to maintain agricultural
land by providing agricultural inputs and extension the use of organic
materials to restore soil fertility and the third private land use change should
be governed by strict licensing mechanism.

Keywords: conversion, land use, affecting, strategy

499 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

A. INTRODUCTION
The conversion of agricultural land is a serious problem for
agricultural development in Indonesia. The Ministry of Agriculture reports
that the area of wetland farmland in Indonesia in 2013 is only 8.1 million
hectares left. Indonesia which is an agrarian country currently has
difficulty in controlling land conversion due to increasing population and
development project. Novira et al (2012) stated that during the period
2007-2010 conversion of agricultural land to non-agriculture in Java
reached 600,000 hectares. The land is used for non-agricultural purposes
such as the construction of buildings, highway project, industries, housing
and other public facilities. As is known Java agricultural land is fertile land
and has high productivity compared to other regions which of course
contribute to national food production. Agricultural land that has been
converted to other uses outside the agricultural sector will have very little
chance of changing back into agricultural land. In order to control the
conversion of agricultural land, the Government has issued Law No. 41 of
2009 on Sustainable Land Farming Protection, which is expected to
encourage the availability of agricultural land to maintain food security.
The regional government have pioneered some efforts to save the
fields. Until November 2013, the document of Spatial planning and
territoryhas been reached in 310 districts /cities (63.14%). and 107
districts / cities have set Sustainable Land Farming Protection area in
Spatial planning and territory law. Sustainable Land Farming Protection
area that has been settled in the law is about 3,089,872 ha, andbased on
audit results of the Ministry of Agriculture the wetland area covering
8,132,642 ha (Ministry of Agriculture, 2014).
Sumedang Regency is an area that has the potential of agricultural
resources. Has been reported that the conversion of agricultural land in
Sumedang Regency from 2005-2014 have reached 317 Hectares

500 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 (Bappeda, 2015). This problem needs a very special attention and
solutions.Otherwise, it will increase the high number of land conversion
that can cause various socio-economic problems.

B. RESEARCH OBJECTIVES
This study aims to conduct a comprenhensive evaluation of the
factors affecting changes in land use, analyze the impact of the changes
and develop management strategies.

C. SIGINIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

This study is expected can contribute for the development of science,
especially concerning to land conversion. In addition, this study is
expected to provide a clear picture of land conversion factors in
Sumedang Regency and the impacts.
In particular for the government of Sumedang Regency, this study can be
as a consideration in the determination of policy on the conversion of agricultural
land with all its aspects and is expected to provide important information about
the most appropriate strategy to be implemented

D. Conceptual Framework
1. Definition of Land Function and Causal Factors
Lestari (2009) defines land use conversion is a change in the function
of part or all of the land area from its original function (as planned) to other
functions that have negative impacts (problems) on the environment and
the potential of the land itself. Land use conversion can also be interpreted
as a change for other uses because of factors that largely include the need
to meet the increasing population demands and the increased demand for
better quality of life. According to Agus and widianto (2004) conversion of
agricultural fields is a deliberate process by humans (anthropogenic), not
a natural process. Land use conversion is a logical consequence of

501 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 increased activity and population and other development processes. Iqbal
and Sumaryanto (2007 define land use conversion means the transfer of
function or mutation of land in general concerning the transformation in
the allocation of land resources from one use to another. The process of
conversion of agricultural land to non-agricultural use is caused by several
factors.
Supriyadi (2004) stated that there are at least three important factors
causing the conversion of wet land as follows:
1. External factors; Is a factor caused by the dynamics of urban
growth (physical and spatial), demographic and economic.
2. Internal factors; This factor is more to see the side caused by the
socio-economic conditions of farm household users.
3. Policy factors; Namely the aspect of regulation issued.

Murniningtyas (2007) stated that land use change in the

implementation of development can not be avoided. The change occurs
because of two things, first the need to meet the increasing needs of the
population and secondly related to the increasing demand for better
quality of life. Land use conversion that occurred in Indonesia not only
because of ineffective laws and regulations, both in terms of substance.
The provisions are not clear and not firm, or enforcer that is not supported
bythe government itself as an official authorized to grant a land use
permit. (Fauziah, 2005)
E. METHODOLOGY
Research was conducted in Sumedang Regency, West Java
Province in 2016. Sampling was done by multistage random sampling.
The first step is selection of the sample districts purposively with
consideration of districts that convert of land use at most, they are:
Sumedang Selatan district, Jatinangor district and Jatigede district. The

502 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

second step sample selection by simple random to 150 residents who do
changes their agricultural land use. The data obtained from
questionnaires, interviews,observations, study of documents and mass
media.(Singarimbun dan Efendi, 1987). Working method is based on a
modification of the stages of strategic planning for the company.
Formulation of the strategy carried out through three phases: phase
determination of the key internal and external factors, phase matching
using the SWOT matrix, as well as the decision phase using QSPM matrix.
The resulting strategy is implemented in a more technical work steps.
The formulation of strategy in this research is a modification of
strategic planning of David (2006), by establishing the Government of
Sumedang Regency as the manager of land conversion. The formulation
of this strategy is done in three stages: the determination stage of external
and key internal factors, matching stage, and decision phase. The
determination of key internal and external factors is derived from
evaluated aspect information that is general condition of dairy cattle
breeding, social aspect, economic, technical and environmental
management. The matching stage uses SWOT matrix analysis to
formulate various possible strategy options (David, 2006).
Decision stage is done by using QSPM matrix. In the QSPM matrix
analysis, each key factor is weighted and appealed. The weights given to
each of these factors indicate the relative importance level of factors to
the success of the firm. The weights range from 0.0 (not important) to 1.0
(very important), with the sum of all weights equal to 1.0. The value of
attractiveness is seen from its interest with the available strategic options
(David, 2006). If certain factors influence the choice of existing strategies,
then the value of attractiveness is done. The attractiveness value
includes: 1 (unattractive), 2 (somewhat interesting), 3 (quite interesting),
and 4 (very interesting). As for certain factors do not affect the choice of

503 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 strategy, then the value of attractiveness is not given. Total interest value
is the product of the weight of each factor and its appeal value to the
strategy choice. The largest total value of interest among each strategy
will determine which strategy is selected in dairy farms.

F. RESULT AND DISCUSSION

1. Evaluation on Factors affecting land conversion
Results from 150 respondents have been studied, there ara some
factors that affect land conversion in sumedang, among others, reduced
production of paddy produced land, rising land prices, population growth
and government policy. All these factors have a positive effect on changes
in land conversion.

Table 1: Causes of land conversion

Amount
Factors causing conversion of Land
(Person)
Very high land selling price 43
Construction of Jatigede Reservoir 47

Decreased rice field productivity 31

Construction of public facilities 18

Increase of family member 11

Source: Research Result, 2015

2. Very high land selling price

Most of the respondents who stated that land conversion due to very
high land selling price is respondents in Jatinangor district. It can be
understood that with the establishment of universities Institut Koperasi
Indonesia, Bandung Institute of Technology, Institute of Home Affair and
Padjajaran University become factors that greatly affect the development
of Jatinangor become very rapid. With the establishment of the college,

504 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 there was a migration of the population as a student, so the need for land
increased dramatically. The land is used for settlements, shops and other
public facilities. This causes the price of land in the area of jatinangor to
be very high. The price of land in Jatinangor District in 2002 was Rp
125,000-180.000 / m2 and in 2015 it increased to Rp 2,500,000-5,000,000
/ m2.
This condition strongly encourages the owners of agricultural land to
sell their land. Besides other factors of the other thickeners is reduced
productivity of rice fields encourage farmers to divert their land functions.

3. Construction of Jatigede Reservoir

Of the 47 respondents, there was a conversion of 29 hectares of
agricultural land for the construction of the Jatigede dam. The range of
land that is transferred by each respondent is shown in table 2.
Table. 2. Number of Agricultural Land Conversion
Area of Agricultural Land Number of People
0,1 – 0,5 Ha 23
0,6 – 1 Ha 17
1,1 – 1,5 Ha 5
1,6 – 2 Ha 2
Source: Research Result, 2015

4. Decreased productivity of Rice Fields

Based on interview with respondents, found that rice field production
decreased siginficantly. This can be caused by various factors such as
the occurrence of pest attacks, drought and floods. Due to climate change
and unpredictable weather causes rice production in quality and quantity
is reduced very drastically. Information obtained from the regular rice
production respondents reached 5 tons per hectare to 3 tons per hectare.
In addition, farmers usually can harvest twice a year to once a year. This
discourages farmers from using their land as rice fields. This is in

505 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 accordance with the report of the Agriculture, Livestock and Fishery
Service of Sumedang Regency in 2016 that the productivity of rice per
hectare decreased as shown in Table 3.
Tabel 3. Land Productivity
Year Planted Area (Ha) Grain Production Land productivity
(Ton) per Ha (Ton)
2012 75.365 446.949 5,93
2013 77.728 485.674 6,25
2014 74.804 472.220 6,31
2015 68.387 443.340 6,94
2016 40.845 112.126 2,75
Source: Agriculture, Livestock and Fishery Kabupaten Sumedang in
Pocket Book Profile Regional Sumedang Regency Budget Year 2016,
processed.
Based on Table 3., a very drastic decline in productivity occurred in
2016, from 6.74 Ton / Ha to 2.75 Tons / Ha.

5. Construction of public facilities

Of the 18 respondents informed that they sell agricultural land
because of the construction of public facilities. The result of field
observation is generally the public facilities that cause land conversion is
the construction of Cisumdawu toll road. Of the 18 respondents obtained
information as much as 15 ha of agricultural land freed for the construction
of the Cisumdawu toll. The Sumedang Regency Agricultural Agency
reported the Cisumdawu toll project spent 4,000 hectares of rice fields in
Sumedang district. Of the 150 respondents as many as 11 people claimed
the transfer of land functions due to the increase of family members.
Generally family members who are married and do not leave their homes
will build houses on land previously used as agricultural land. In addition,
some family members who have been migrated back to their hometown
also set up houses on agricultural land.

506 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Based on the report of Badan Pusat Statistik of Sumedang Regency
in 2016 the rate of population growth for 4 years (2011-2015) decreased
as shown in table
Table 4. Population Grown Rate 2011-2015
Year Population (People) Population
Growth Rate (%)
2011 1.110.083 0,77
2012 1.117.919 0,71
2013 1.125.125 0,64
2014 1.131.516 0,57
2015 1.137.273 0,51
Source: BPS Kab. Sumedang in Pocket Book Profile of Regency
Sumedang Regency Budget Year 2016, processed.

From Table 4. the rate of population growth declined to 0.51% in

2015 from 0.77% in 2011, but the population grew by 27,190 for five years.
This is likely to cause some agricultural land to be settled for new
residents.

6. Impacts of Land Conversion

Land conversion generally has a profound impact on social and
economic fields. Social impacts that arise in the form of positive impacts,
negative impacts and social problems. For the Jatinangor sub-district, the
positive impact is the opening of employment opportunities for the
community. Negative impacts are the decreasing interest of young people
to work in agriculture. From 150 respondents obtained information about
the impact of land conversion to livelihood as shown in table 5.
Table 5. Impact of Land Conversion to the Livelihood
Livelihood Number of
people
Keep farming 25
Do not have a definite livelihood, generally a farm 27
laborer, construction worker, factory worker

507 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Working in malls, shops, cafes and Restaurants 31
Opening stalls, traveling traders and market traders 34
Penetrate forest illegally as farmland 23
Source : Research Result, 2015

From Table 5, the information obtained by 25 respondents still

survive as farmers. Generally they are native farmers due to lack of
experience or access to outside information about other work, aged 45-
55 years, with a land area of 1,500-3,500 M2. They work in their own
remaining land and also work on other people's land with a "maro" system
or a profit sharing according to an agreed agreement. As many as 31
respondents work in malls, shops and restaurants cafe. Generally they
reside in Jatinangor District which is about 20-40 years old. And as many
as 34 resondents become entrepreneurs, by opening small stalls, street
vendors and traders in the market. There is another opportunity than to
farm from money capital land compensation because it can not take care
of the same job the average age 35-45 years.
Respondents chose to be farm laborers, factory-laid laborers,
construction workers, in the absence of other jobs as many as 27 people.
The results of further interviews, some of the respondents had planned to
move shelter and open new land. In Jatigede sub-district, 23 respondents
stated that they opened forest land to open agricultural land as a source of
livelihood.untuk membuka lahan pertanian sebagai sumber mata
pencaharian. Another impact of land conversion is the diminished global
production of rice that will affect food security. Based on Bappeda's report
of 2015, the Economic Growth Rate (LPE) of agricultural sector in
Sumedang Regency from 2013 to 2014, declined drastically. Agricultural
sector LPE in 2013 reached 2.86%, fell drastically by 2014 to 0.74%. The
decline reached 2.12%. The contribution of the agricultural sector to the

508 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 rate of economic growth (LPE) in general in Sumedang District, ranked first
at 21.71%.

7. Evaluation on Government Policy and Related Institution

The protection of agricultural land and the determination of
agricultural areas shall be regulated in the Regional Regulation of
Sumedang Regency No. 2 of 2012 on the Spatial Planning of Sumedang
Regency Year 2011-2031. The regulation affirms the general rules of the
zoning regulation of wetland farming areas prepared by taking into
account:
a. Restrictions on the development of other cultivation activities,
namely only for rural settlements, facilities and infrastructure that
support the livelihood of farming communities;
b. Restrictions on the transfer of land functions only to activities,
facilities and infrastructure that support community life;
c. Provisions on prohibiting conversion of irrigated rice field land that
has been designated as sustainable rice field;
d. Strictly controlling the conversion of non-technical irrigated rice
fields, for the purposes of strategic infrastructure; and
e. Provisions for banning the growth of urban activities along
transportation lines using converted rice fields.

Based on field observations and interview results, although the

provision for the transfer of agricultural land has been determined, but in
fact the implementation in the field has not been firm. The permit to grant
land fumgsi and the establishment of buildings and housing on agricultural
land still continues.
Directly related institutions to handle agriculture problems in
Sumedang Regency is the Department of Agriculture of Food Crops and

509 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Horticulture. Based on the Regent Regulation Sumedang Number 6 Year
2009 About Job Description Structural Position At the Department of
Agriculture Food Crops and Horticulture, the Institute is responsible for
Agricultural Resources, Food Crops; Horticultural Crops; Post-Harvest
Management and Business Development; Rice Seeds and Palawija; And
Horticultural Seeds;

8. Strategy Formulation
The results of the evaluation of land conversion conditions in
Sumedang a are used to determine external and internal factors. The next
stage after the determination of external and internal factors, the matching
stage using SWOT analysis, and decision phase by using Quantitave
Strategic Planning Matrix (QSPM) analysis.
Tabel 6. SWOT Analysis Matrix
Strength Weakness
1. People are still 1.Low productivity
interested to farm even of rice field
with narrow land, and 2. Farmers who turn
with the system of into traders are not
Internal "maro"" accompanied by
2. People have the knowledge about
capital to look for new entrepreneur so
agricultural land or tend to traditional
switch businesses business
3.Government
regulations that
Ekstenal restrict land
conversion have not
been firmly
implemented

510 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Opportunity S-O Strategy W-O Strategy
1. High land Selling Product Product
price Development Development:
2 The availability of new High land prices and Intensification of
jobs smoother mobility agriculture, superior
3. The construction of access, the seeds resistant to
public facilities makes government can lead climate change
access faster and the community to start W1,3; O4
mobility new businesses (S2 ;
4. The availability of O1,2,3) Training for new
agricultural service to entrepreneurs
handle aggricultural W2; O1,2,3
problem
Improve and
revitalize
agricultural
extension work
W1; 04

Threat S-T Strategy W-T Strategy

1. Loss of livelihood Policy Adjustment Policy Adjustment
2. Illegal clearance of
forest land can lead to Providing new To strictly
more serious problems farmland, for people punishment for
3. Food security that have converted illegal land use
their agricultural land conversion
(S1,2; T1,2,3,) (W3; T2,3)

9. Decision Stage
From the result of matching using SWOT matrix analysis resulted
several strategy choices (Table IV.12). The strategies are then selected
using Quantitative Strategic Planning Matrix (QSPM) analysis. The stages
of QSPM's analysis are to determine the attractiveness scores of key
external and internal factors. The results of QSPM analysis are expressed
in matrix form, as can be seen in Table 7.

511 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Table 7. QSPM Analysis Matrix

Product Policy
Weig Developme Adjustmn
Key Factors
ht nt et
AS TAS AS TAS
Internal Strength
1 People are still interested to farm even 0,05 3 0,15
with narrow land, and with the system of
"maro"
2 People have the capital to look for new 0,1 3 0,3 3 0,3
. agricultural land or switch businesses
Internal Weakness

1 Low productivity of rice field 0,1 3 0,3

.
2 Farmers who turn into traders are not 0,05 2 0,1
. accompanied by knowledge about
entrepreneur so tend to traditional
business

3 Government regulations that restrict 0,15 4 0,6

. land conversion have not been firmly
implemented

External Opportunities

1 High land Selling price 0,1 3 0,3

.
2 The availability of new jobs 0,05 2 0,1
.
3 The construction of public facilities 0,05 2 0,1
. makes access faster and mobility

4 The availability of agricultural service to 0,1 3 0,3

. handle agricultural problem

External Threats

1 Loss of livelihood 0,10 4 0,4

.
2 Illegal clearance of forest land can lead 0,10 3 0,3
. to more serious problems

512 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

3 Food Security 0,05 2 0,1
.
Sum of Total Value of Attraction 1,0 1,5 1,85

Based on the analysis of QSPM matrix in the most appropriate

strategy table implemented in the short term is the policy adjustment. This
strategy has a high attachment (value 0.6) with key factors in government
regulations that restrict land conversion from being firm yet.
Implementation of the policy adjustment strategy can be done by
reviewing the Regional Regulation of Sumedang Regency No. 2 of 2012,
and establishing new lands for agricultural areas to avoid illegal clearance
of forest land. For the long-term strategy that must be pursued is to
encourage farmers to maintain agricultural land by providing assistance
of agricultural facilities and counseling the use of organic materials to
restore soil fertility.

G. CONCLUTIONS
From the results of research that has been done, there are several
points of conclusion as follows:
1. The conversion of agricultural land to non-agricultural land in
Sumedang Regency is attributed to the decreasing value of land
yielding productivity, high land prices, increasing population, and
construction of public facilities.
2. Land use change affects social and economic aspects such as
changing livelihood structure and food security
3. Based on the result of QSPM matrix analysis, the most priority
strategy applied in controlling the transfer of land function in
Sumedang Regency is Policy Adjustment.

513 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

H. SUGGESTION
From the current conditions it is recommended that the government
of Sumedang Regency:
1. 1.Arrangement of policy adjustments to control land conversion
through reviewing for regulation of Spatial Planning.
2. Arrangement of licensing mechanism for land use conversion
3. Find solutions to problems arising from the conversion of agricultural
land to social, economic and environmental issues.

REFERENCES
Agus, F., and Widianto (2004). Soil Agricultural Land Conservation. Bogor:
World Agroforestry Center ICRAF. (in Indonesian)
Bappeda Kabupaten Sumedang (2017). Pocket Book Profile Regional
Sumedang Regency Budget Year 2016 (in Indonesian)
David, F.R. (2006). Strategy Management. Strategic management
(translation): edition concept 10. Publisher Salemba Four: Jakarta. (in
Indonesian)
Dirjen_PLA, Strategy and Policy in Land Management. Jakarta: Directorate
General of Land and Water Management, Ministry of Agriculture, 2014 (in
Indonesian)
Fauzia, L. ( 2004). Impact of Agricultural Land Function Transfer to Socio
Economic Society. Thesis.Sumatra Utara: Graduate Program. University of
North Sumatra. Http: // respository usu.edu.pdf. (Accessed June 10, 2015)
(in Indonesian)
Iqbal, M and Sumaryanto (2007). The Strategy for Controlling the Transfer
of Agricultural Land Function is On Community Participation. Indonesian
Center for Agriculture Socio Economic and Policy Studies, Volume 5 No. 2,
June 2007: 167-182. Bogor. (in Indonesian)
Law Number 41 Year 2009 on Sustainable Land Sustainability of Food
Agriculture (in Indonesian)
Lestari, T., (2009). Impact of Agricultural Land Conversion for Farmers'
Lives. The colloquium paper. Department of Communications and
Community Development Science dated 21 April 2009. Bogor Agricultural
Institute. (in Indonesian)
514 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
Murniningtyas, E. (2007). Strategy for Land Function Transfer Control.
Directorate of Food and Agriculture Ministry of National Development
Financing. Jakarta. (in Indonesian)

Novira, N., Dalimunthe, S. A., Dewi, N. I. S., Rahayu, T. S., Wicaksono, A.

P., Konig, H., and Schuler, J., (2012). Pressure on Land in the Yogyakarta
Region, Indonesia. Land Use Policies for Sustainable Development. Ed. D.
McNeill, I. Nesheim, F. Brouwer, Edward Elgar Publishing Limited: United
Kingdom.
Regional Regulation Sumedang Regency Number 2 Year 2012 About
Spatial and Planning of Sumedang Regency Year 2011-2031
Regulation of Regent Sumedang Number 6 Year 2009 About Job
Description of Structural At Department of Agriculture of Food Crops and
Horticulture.
Singarimbun, M. and Effendi, S. (1987). Survey Research Methods.
Institute for Research, Education. (in Indonesian)
Supriyadi A. 2004. Land Transfer Policy and Land Conversion Process.
(Case Study: Pasuruan District, East Java). Essay. Bogor Agricultural
University, Bogor. (in Indonesian)
Tim Penyusun Bappeda. (2015). Profil Sumedang. Sumedang: Bappeda
Kabupaten Sumedang .

515 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

ENTREPRENEUR RESPONSE TOWARDS OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH
AND SAFETY POLICY OF INDUSTRIAL LABOR SECTOR IN
LAEMCHABANG INDUSTRIAL ESTATE, CHONBURI PROVINCE

Khemaree Rugchoochip* And Parichat Pongloe*

*Faculty Political Science and Law, Burapha University

E-mail: [email protected], Tel 081-9130961

ABSTRACT
Research on “the response of entrepreneurs toward the
government policy on occupational health and safety of labor in industrial
sector; Laem Chabang industrial estate, Chonburi” was the quantitative
research with the objectives to 1( study on the response of entrepreneurs
toward the government policy on occupational health and safety of labor
in industrial sector; Laem Chabang industrial estate, Sriracha, Chonburi;
2( study on the occupational health and safety policy for labor in the
entrepreneurs in Laem Chabang industrial estate, Sriracha, Chonburi; 3(
study on problems and obstacles of the entrepreneurs in response to the
government policy on occupational health and safety of labor in industrial
sector; Laem Chabang industrial estate, Chonburi; 4( study on any
suggestions on the response to the government policy on occupational
health and safety of labor in industrial sector; Laem Chabang industrial
estate, Chonburi. The populations of this study were 140 of entrepreneurs
in Laem Chabang industrial estate, Chonburi. The research samples were
124 entrepreneurs who responded to the questionnaire. The data
collection tool for this study was the questionnaire. The statistics for data
analysis were for instance, percentage, mathematics average, standard
deviation, correlation coefficient, and Multiple Regression Analysis.
The study result was found that 1( the overall response from the
entrepreneurs toward the government policy on occupational health and
safety of labor in industrial sector was in the highest level on the aspect of
the safety research, second by safety training while the improvement on
the work conditions and environment had the least response. The
response from the entrepreneurs depended on the government policy on
safety signal(X12), electrical appliance, electric machine, electric wire,
any plug connections (X3), technical instruments(X10), fire extinguisher,
emergency exit doors, fire alarm, fire exit(X7), the tools that used high

516 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 compressed air (X4), heavy lifting crane, items movement crane(X5) and
first aid kits and lifeguard kits (X13). The multiple regression equation can
predict the entrepreneurs’ response as follows: 1)The response of
entrepreneurs = 0.364 + 0.172X12+ 0.281X3 + 0.193X10 + 0.215X7 – 0.270X4
+ 0.157X5 + 0.156X13, 2).Overall the entrepreneurial places perceived the
government policy on occupational health and safety of labor in industrial sector
at high level by they perceived about the policy on fire extinguisher, fire alarm,
and fire exit the most second by the walkway, ladders, exit channels while on the
general healthcare was the least perceived. 3( The problem of the entrepreneurs
are that the issued government policy was repeated and the relevant units were
not seriously processed on the safety standard. 4( The entrepreneurial places
suggested for the government units to strict and add more punishments to
govern the safety measure in their place.
Keywords : Occupational Health, Saftety of Industrial Labor Sector,
Laemchabang Industrial Estate

A. INTRODUCTION
The situation of healthcare in Thailand has largely changed since the
processing of life plan and ways of living according to the national
economic and social growth. At present, according to the national social
and economic development plan from the past until recent, the 9th national
social and economic development plan has supported on the industry and
manufacturing development to support for the needs of consumption of
the populations both in domestic and exporting to overseas. This leads to
the high development on manufacturing industry as a result from the main
labor factor in Thailand that gains more advantages than other countries
in this region. Thailand has all levels of skillful labor no matter the
management level, high ranking academicians such as engineer,
sufficient of scientists, skillful technician and number of labors. Though
the labor cost is high, the interested investor will be supported by the
government into industrial part by offering the attractive rights and benefits
to attract to more investors such as reducing tax when locating the plants
in the third district of investment. When there is the investment from
overseas to establish the plants in any regions of the country with the

517 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

amount of industrial factories, more labors will move from the countryside
to work on the location with more industrial plants. There are more
manufacturing technology developments, changes in the working
approach, using of dangerous chemical, importing the raw material from
overseas without details on safety to response to the manufacturing. The
workers in the industry plants fall sick from the work condition, disaster
and severe incidents rise from the internal work and external in
transportation work. the impact directly occurs on the worker and the
people in the near area for instance, public incident from the gas lorry
crashed at Petchburi road, in that fire incident there were 90 dead tolls
and so many injured people; the lorry carried bomb materials exposed at
Pang-nga and there were 172 people died with 488 injured; the case of
Royal plaza hotel collapsed in Nakorn-Rachasrima with 157 people died;
the fire at Royal Chomtien resort, Chonburi in B.E. 2541 had 91 dead tolls;
the historic fire case at the dolls production plants of Cader Industrial
co.ltd. (Thailand) on 10 May B.E. 2536 with 188 dead tolls; on 26
December 2547, there was the huge earthquake in the area of Sumatra
island, Indonesia followed by the huge tsunami wave attacked to the
Southeast Asia region which caused more than 200,000 dead tolls; In
Thailand there were about 8000 people lost and dead part of them are the
group of labors who worked in the fishing industrial sector. The past
mentioned situations caused so much loss of life and properties. The
responsible government units interested to prevent the more problems to
occur while the affected labors and independent private organizations
come out to ask for the government to take care on the occupational
healthcare to develop it toward higher safety (Wittaya Yusook, 2552: 9-
10(.

The work of industrial sector in Thailand such as construction

business, production from the manufacturing plants, mining, and forestry

518 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

have to use a lot of labors and the statistics for them to face with incident,
injuring, or dead from the occupation tend to be higher every year. Since
the complexity in the work characteristics, there is the high risk to work in
the urgently competitive environment. The business owner shall aim at
the productions until lack of the interesting on safety. The workers must
try to adjust themselves with the ongoing technology development and it
could lead to the mental problems, stress and lower work efficiency.
These also lead to higher ratios of injuries and incidents. If the work
system is not good enough it will result on non-safety and work incident
and injury. The government by the responsible units from the ministries
and the private sector management pay more attention on the prevention
of injury and accidents. The government issues the work safety laws to
control over the businesses for them to practice toward safety and it is in
good progress.

Laemchabang Industrial Estate locates at Laemchabang sub-district,

Sriracha district, Chonburi. It is the important project that the government
invested on the construction of infrastructures to support the investors
who will come to establish the huge industrial plants such as electronics
plant, vehicle tire and television industry etc. This is to be the coastal port
city and the hub of industrial commerce as the door to the global trade.
The amount of real population is about million and the populations from
all over the world travel to use the labor in the industrial, agricultural and
service sector. The crowded populations and high development of
economic are the key factors that the government has invested billion baht
to construct the infrastructures and public utilities to support the investors
to establish the industrial plants. Currently, there are number of those who
establish the industrial plants to export the electronics and electrical
products, vehicle tires, television, and video industries. From the
appropriate area with potential and the east coastal area development

519 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 project that become the key factors to open to the new dimension of
advanced sea transportation and conform to the quantity of national
products entry. This will help save the cost of transportation and promote
for Thai products competition in the world market. Laemchabang
Industrial Estate then has become the hub of new Chonburi and the
country industrial area (http://kanchanapisek.or.th/ accessed on July
20,2016).

From the significant of Lemchabang Industrial Estate area which aid

the large source of employment. With the attention paid on the policy on
the occupational health and safety of labors in the industrial sector by the
government, the researcher then interests to study on the response of the
entrepreneurs toward this policy in Laemchabang Industrial Estate,
Chonburi. This is to develop toward higher safety and the better
advancement in social and economic onward.

B. LITERATURE REVIEW
1. Concepts And Theories Related To The Safety Management And
Occupational Health And Safety Policy
In the operation of occupational health and safety at national level in
any work of general labors, the problems of occupational healthcare in
the group of countries are different according to the characteristics of
national development on the social and economic, population education,
customs and tradition, cultures and ways of living of population in each
country as a core. The general healthcare problems are for instance the
diseases, non-safety in life and properties that will be so different. But

520 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 the problems on occupational health and safety for the workers seem to
be similar but differ in the details of problem. The analysis on this side of
problem relies on the world countries’ group dividends concept. The
population ways of living can be divided into three main groups which are
1( the group of developed countries; 2( the group of developing countries;
3( the group of under-development countries.

In the developing countries, mostly they directly received

technologies from the developed countries to use. There were the
researches and development to suite with their own country thus, the
population faced with so many problems since the advanced in objects
and technology can move faster than the aspect of social, cultural and
psychological of them. In another way, they are the countries with
insufficient economic stability and the government lacks of interest on
work safety. The government may only aim at the production, not covered
laws, lack of efficiency in the enforcement. Moreover, there still be the
use of poisoning chemical that quit using in the developed nation which
is to push the severe poisons to the group of these countries. The group
of developing countries is the group that has to face with strong problems
in occupational health and safety since changes in the nations to have
core work on industries with more new technologies usage.

2. Occupational health and safety policy

To establish the occupational health and safety policy is the beginning of
the success in the safety operation. The good policy would make the easier
operation and it would allow staff at all levels to appropriately work according
to the policy. Occupational health and safety policy in general consists of

1. The company’s safety philosophy

521 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 2. The content that defined the responsibilities of employees at
all level in the business place.
3. The guideline to operate toward the goals.

Thus, the good safety policy must be precise, using the easy
understanding language, clear and practical as well as always up to
date.The requirement of the occupational health and safety
management system that established by any institutes or units must
always mention about the occupational health and safety policy. It is the
first thing to so before any arrangement of the occupational health and
safety management system. Policy is the promise from the top executive
management of the organization that established in written form to the
public. This will form with confidence among the employees that the
business will seriously operate on the occupational health and safety
management system.

3. Relevant research
Komsan, Thongchai, et. al )2551 abstract ) studied on “occupational
health and safety management and the risky behaviors toward
workplace injuries of workers in the construction areas in Muang district
of Ubonrachatani province”. It is found from the result of the study that
most of the workers are male with the average age of 33 years old. Most
of them have graduated from Pratom level for 53.4% while 49.7% are
general workers with the average 8 years of construction work
experiences. About 28.1% of the sample used to have an accident in six
months round mostly or 44.9% resulted from fall down or fall from height.
The injuries found for 41.6% having the minor bruises and bleeding.
They used to receive the news about workplace safety for 78.8% and be
trained on safety for 33.4%. The workers have good level of knowledge
and attitude but still have low level of safety perception. They have the

522 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

risky behavior toward injury in the workplace at low level while the
occupational health and safety management of the entrepreneurial
place at the moderate level. Most of the problems found are the
entrepreneurial places have no arrangement for personal protection
equipment and no safety training provided. From the comparison
analysis, it is found that the levels of education, characteristics of
positions, the receiving of workplace safety news, training experiences
and the source of construction sites are different from the risky behaviors
toward work place injury at the statistical significant level of (p<0.05).
From the analysis to find out for the correlation, it is found that age
(r=0.176(, income (r=0.379(, years of construction experience (r=0.164(,
the occupational health and safety management (r=0.225(, knowledge
(r=0.447(, attitude (r=0.546( and the perception (r=0.419( have the risky
behavior toward work place injury at the statistical significance level of
(p<0.05(. The factor that can predict the result of the risky behavior
toward workplace injury such as attitude, perception, size of the
construction source, occupational health and safety management and
knowledge by these can be mutually predicted for 48.4%.

Sangpachan Pimmawong (abstract : 2552) studied on “the primary

situation of occupational health and safety of people in textile industrial
plant in Nakhon Louang Viangchan, Laos PDR”, the result of the study
found that all plants arranged for the factor of first aid and for 50.00%
of them set for the medical room and at least one doctor. All the plants
set to have the social insurance and before entry to work, all the
employees must pass the physical check and use medical certificate in
their job application. About 25.00% have the annual health check and
provided with the personal protection equipment for the employees to
use in all plants. From the working environment exploration in the plants,
it was found that the average ratio of sound was between 65.8-89.1

523 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Decibel and the light saturation during work had the average between
550 lux -665.66 lux with the tense of light that was not lower than the
standard (not lesser than 300 lux). About 55.37% of the employees
regularly used personal protection equipment (PPE) such as nose cover
and ears plug. For 8.47% of employees used to have minor injured and
0.33 used to have the severe injury. The arranging of drinking water,
usage water, bathroom, restroom and dining room were enough. The
occupational health and safety service management in the plants shall
be followed up for them to have the best practice on the aspect of
environment, PPE, and medical care service. It shall provide with the
work security officer to coordinate between the relevant governmental
units for the tasks cooperation.

Kittipat Kanchanasit )2553: abstract)studied on “the relationship

between safety and occupational healthcare; the work safety behavior
and work life quality of employees in logistics Co., ltd.”. The study aimed
to research on the levels of safety and occupational healthcare, the
work safety behavior and work life quality of the employees by it was
conducted with 197 samples that came from the staff in We serve
logistics Co., ltd. Data was collected by the questionnaire and the
statistics used were the Frequency, Percentage, Mean and Standard
Deviation, t-test, F-test and the correlation coefficient of Pearson. The
data was analyzed via computer program.

From the research result, it was found that the levels of work place
safety and occupational healthcare as well as the work life quality were
at the moderate level. work safety and occupational healthcare in the
organization in overall had the positive relationship with the employees’
work life quality at the statistical significance level 0.000 and 0.05
respectively. The workplace safety behavior had the positive

524 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 relationship with the employees’ work life quality at the statistical
significance level of 0.01 and 0.05 respectively.

C. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
Population in this study was the entrepreneurs in Laemchabang
Industrial Estate, Chonburi. The researcher collected the questionnaire
from the entrepreneurs or the representatives with the knowledge on the
occupational health and safety policy of all plants for 140 samples.The
samples in this study were the entrepreneurs who responded the
questionnaire from 124 entrepreneurial places and used the Convenience
Sampling.

Data collection tool was the questionnaire about the response of

entrepreneurs toward the governmental policy on occupational health and
safety of the labors in industrial sector in Laemchabang Industrial Estate,
Chonburi. The researcher created it from the review from the document,
theories and any concepts as well as the relevant researches that
conformed to the objectives and the established context. The test on the
quality of questionnaire formed for this research used the reliability test.
Before the real launching of the questionnaire, the researcher had tested
it with 30 entrepreneurial places external the sample group to test on the
understanding and the completion of the questions. Then, the results were
brought to calculate for the Reliability Coefficient Alpha to measure on the
Internal Consistency of each message section in the questionnaire. This
was done via the Alpha-coefficient calculation and for this whole
questionnaire, it was equal to 0.993.

The primary data was obtained from the questionnaire study by

gathering the data from entrepreneurs in Laemchabang Industrial Estate,
Sriracha district, Chonburi. The researcher processed the data collection

525 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 by herself. The secondary data was to study and gather the data from
textbooks, research document, independent studies, thesis and other
relevant sources.

Data analysis method as employed by the researcher was the

computer program by the analysis was divided into two parts. First, the
quantitative research in which divided into the Descriptive Statistics
analysis via frequency, percentage and standard deviation where they
were used to analyze on the general information of the samples. Second,
Inferential statistics were used to test on the hypotheses such as the
governmental policy on the occupational health and safety of labor in the
industrial factor and the relationship to the response of entrepreneurs by
the Multiple regression and Correlation coefficient analysis.

D. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

1. Results of the study
Most of the questionnaire respondents were in the other types of
industry, second by those in the vehicle industry or vehicle parts,
computer industry or electronic parts, transformation industry or health
supplement drinks, metal or equal parts industry, textile, thread, colors or
printing paper industry, Kitchenware or plastic forms industry, air condition
compressor industry, gypsum industry or decoration equipment for
building or mirror, warehouse and transportation industry, rubber and
rubber products industry, respectively

a. The study results on government policy on occupational health

and safety of labor in the in the industrial sector.
The study results on the government policy on occupational
health and safety of labor in the in the industrial sector are as follows:

526 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Table 1 the results of study on the government policy on
occupational health and safety of labor in the in the industrial sector

Government policy on occupational health

and safety of labor in the in the industrial Mean level
sector
The cleanliness and orderliness of the 4.00 very much
location
General sanitation 3.54 very much

Electrical equipment, appliances, wire, 4.08 very much

plugs
Air compressing tool 4.06 very much

Heavy lifting crane, objects moving crane 4.03 very much

Materials lifting equipment 4.09 very much

Fire extinguisher, fire exit, fire alarm, 4.41 the most

emergency door

Work environment, heat, light, sound, air 3.85 very much

ventilation, humidity

Large machine 4.20 very much

Technical tools 4.32 the most

Walk ways, ladders, exit channel 4.39 the most

Safety sign 4.33 the most

First aid and life guard equipment 4.10 very much

Personal protection equipment 4.33 the most

Total 4.12 very much

527 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 From table 1, it was found that overall the entrepreneurial places
perceived about the government policy on occupational health and
safety of the labors in industrial sector in the very much level by the
entrepreneurial places perceived on the policy on the aspect of Fire
extinguisher, fire exit, fire alarm, and emergency door the most; second
by the walk ways, ladders, and exit channel; Personal protection
equipment; first aid and life guard equipmentว technical tools; large
machine; materials lifting equipment; electrical equipment, appliances,
wire, plugs; air compressing tools; heavy lifting crane, objects moving
crane; the cleanliness and orderliness of the place; work environment,
heat, light, sound, air ventilation, humidity and general sanitation,
respectively

2. The study results on the response of the entrepreneurs toward

the government policy on the occupational health and safety of
the labors in the industry sector are as follows:

Table 2 the study results on the response of the entrepreneurs

toward the government policy on the occupational health and
safety of the labors in the industry sector

the response of the entrepreneurs

toward the government policy on the
Mean Levels
occupational health and safety of
the labors in the industry sector

establishing the safety standard 4.22 the most

safety examination 4.13 very much

safety laws 4.25 the most

528 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

safety research 4.36 the most

Education 4.33 the most

safety training 4.33 the most

promoting safety attitude 4.20 very much

Establishing the safety measure in 4.05 very much

entrepreneurial places
improving the work condition and work 4.00 very much
environment
accident insurance 4.27 the most

Total 4.21 the most

From table 2, it was found that overall the response of

entrepreneurs toward the government policy on the occupational
health and safety of the labors in the industrial sector the most. When
considering into each aspect, it was found that the highest aspect of
response from the entrepreneurs were safety research; second by
safety training; education; accident insurance; safety laws;
establishing the safety standard; promoting safety attitude; safety
examination; establishing the safety measure in entrepreneurial
places and the improving of the work condition and work environment,
respectively.

Table 3 the results of the study on the influence of government

policy on the occupational health and safety of labors in the
industrial sector over the response of the entrepreneurs

Regression
Independent variables
equation

529 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Constant value 0.364

Safety sign 0.172

Electrical equipment, appliances, wire, 0.281

plugs

Technical tools 0.193

Fire extinguisher, fire exit, fire alarm, 0.215

emergency door

Air compressing tool -0.270

Heavy lifting crane, objects moving crane 0.157

First aid and life guard equipment 0.156

Decision coefficient (R2) 0.884

Decision coefficientที่ (Adjusted R2) 0.877

Decision coefficient (R2 Change) 0.018

Statistic F 126.780

Sig. (P – Value) 0.000

From table 3, it was found government policy that influenced on the

response of entrepreneurs were the policy on the safety sign; Electrical
equipment, appliances, wire, plugs; Technical tools Fire extinguisher,
Fire exit, fire alarm, emergency door ; Air compressing tool; Heavy
lifting crane, objects moving crane and First aid and life guard
equipment. By all the policies together can explain on the variation of
the responses from entrepreneurs for 88.4% (R2 = 0.884).

530 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

2. Results discussion
As the entrepreneurial places perceived on the government policy
on the occupational health and safety of labors in the industrial sector at
very much level, it showed that as the government and the entrepreneurs
aware on the importance of the work on the occupational health and safety
of labors in the industrial sector at the very much level, it had resulted from
the work on occupational healthcare that would promote for the safety
from the pollution and any diseases in the industrial plants. This can occur
from the productivity and the competitive in the use of resources between
the industrial plants and community. Thoroughly the crowed living of
population in the industrial district as when the disease has emerged, it
will be able to quickly distribute into the community and having the large
impact. On the part of labor safety work, it is important to reduce the risk
of incident in the industrial sector that would influence on the labor and
family who will loss the income since the injured person may be the key
family member. The financial loss in medical care, work opportunity, and
time to take care the patient. On the part of entrepreneurs, accident can
cause loss in money that the employers or the government have to directly
pay to the injured person from work accident. Moreover, the unintentional
loss or what we may not think as the loss but hidden are the time loss
when the employees injured and take time to cure for recovery, the
investigation on cause of accident, the preparation of new workers for the
work flow etc. the research result conformed to the study result of
Sangpachan Pimmawong on the “the primary situation of occupational
health and safety of people in textile industrial plant in Nakhon Louang
Viangchan, Laos PDR”. It was found that all plants provided for the
medical room with nurse and doctor at least one. All of the plants have the
social insurance provided and before enter to work; every employee must

531 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

pass the physical check and use the medical certificate to apply the job.
They have the annual health check and personal protection equipment for
all in the plants.

The response of entrepreneurs has the relationship to all aspect of

government policy on the occupational health and safety of labors in the
industrial sector. The influence variables on the response of
entrepreneurs in the regression equation are such as safety sign,
electrical equipment, appliances, wire, plugs; technical tools; fire
extinguisher, fire exit, fire alarm, emergency door; air compressing tool;
heavy lifting crane, objects moving crane and first aid and life guard
equipment. It reflected that the response of entrepreneurs will be in the
high or low level; it depended on the government policy itself. The
entrepreneurs will response to the easiest issue first which are the safety
sign, environment in the entrepreneurial place such as machines,
electrical equipment, appliances, fire extinguisher as well as the sanitation
in the entrepreneurial places. If those in the environment are looked after
well to be appropriate to use in the working condition with the control to
protect the users from danger, it would lead to the safety of labors to work
happily. On the other hand, if there is the inappropriate work environment
and ignorance on safety, it would lead toward health damage both
physical and mind. It would result on the diseases, injuries, and damage
on life and property in which will influence on the individual themselves,
family, society and nation. If the work environment has not been improved
and control in the suitable and standard condition, it would raise the very
high ratios of illness and dangerous from work environment each year.

Thus, it requires for the processing of occupational healthcare and

to bring the appropriate advanced technology to use in the analysis and
assessment to control and prevent for the danger for the workers. Once
we have the safety work environment, it would lead the entrepreneurs and

532 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 profession workers to have effort to create their work, increasing
productivity, efficiency and contribute toward the better tendency of
national economic and social.

The results of the study conform to the study by Kittipat Kanchanasit

on “the relationship between safety and occupational healthcare; the work
safety behavior and work life quality of employees in We serve logistics
Co., ltd.” in which found that the level of work safety and occupational
healthcare; the level of work safety behavior and the level of work life
quality were in the moderate level. Organization work safety and
occupational healthcare overall have the positive relationship with the
employees’ work life quality. Besides, the study result also conformed to
the study by Komsan, Thongchai, et. al )2551 abstract ) studied on
“occupational health and safety management and the risky behaviors
toward workplace injuries of workers in the construction areas in Muang
district of Ubonrachatani”. The study found that the factors that can predict
the risky behavior toward work injury were the attitude, perception, size of
construction, occupational health and safety management and
knowledge.

E. RECOMMENDATION
1. Suggestions for the use of research results
1) The entrepreneurs shall find the approach to raise the safety
awareness among the employees since it seems they still have
low safety awareness.
2) The government shall improve the laws and regulations, penalty
and any measures in conform to the changing social context. It
should also finalize and seriously on the equality of laws
enforcement.

533 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 3) There shall be the cooperation from both the entrepreneurs and
the government to set the campaign for the employees in the
entrepreneurial place to aware on the benefits of labor
occupational health and safety policy.
2. Suggestions for the future research
1) There shall be the study in the group of industries in other areas
to compare on the responses from the entrepreneurs toward the
government policy on the occupational health and safety of labors
in the industrial sector.
2) There shall be the study on the other aspects such as study from
the views of employees in the entrepreneurial places or the views
of government officers then comparing the information.

REFERENCES

Kittipat Kanchanasit. )2553(. The relationship between safety and

occupational healthcare; the work safety behavior and work life
quality of employees in We serve logistics Co., ltd. Thesis Kor.Mor.
(Industrial technology)Bangkok: Graduate School, Chandrakasem
Rajabhat University

Komsan, Thongchai, et. al )2551( studied on “occupational health and

safety management and the risky behaviors toward workplace
injuries of workers in the construction areas in Muang district of
Ubonrachatani. Faculty of Science, Ubonratchathani University

Sangpachan Pimmawong. )2552(. “The primary situation of occupational

health and safety of people in textile industrial plant in Nakhon
Louang Viangchan, Laos PDR. Thesis on Master of Public Health
Degree Department of Environmental Health Graduate School, Khon
Kaen University

534 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Wittaya Yusook . )2552(. Occupational health and safety. Faculty of
occupational health and safety, Public Health Degree, Mahidol
University.

535 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 MANDATES AND WHEREWITHALS: THE RESEARCH-TEACHING
NEXUS IN GENDER MAINSTREAMING IN THE MSU-ILIGAN
INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY, PHILIPPINES

Chanda Pearl B. Simeon, MIH

[email protected]
MSU -Iligan Institute of Technology, Iligan City, Philippines

Hilton J. Aguja, Ph. D.

[email protected]
MSU-Iigan Institute of Technology, Iligan City, Philippine

ABSTRACT
The Philippines is a State party to various legal instruments to
address gender concerns, particularly to the United Nations Convention
on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination against Women
(CEDAW). Subsequently, the Philippines has maneuvered a capillary
effect of its commitment to gender equality through various domestic
legislations. Gender and Development (GAD) has thus become a matter
of State policy.
Pursuant to a mandated policy on gender equality, this study focuses
on the experience of MSU-Iligan Institute of Technology (MSU-IIT) in
mainstreaming GAD in the curriculum. The aim is to evaluate policy
implementation, upon which this study derives its significance.
Basically descriptive, this study employs the Research and Teaching
(R-T) nexus as the theoretical frame. Purposive sampling was done for
respondents among the faculty and students and data were gathered
through in-depth interviews and Focus Group Discussion (FGD).
Findings reveal that the Institute’s College of Arts and Social
Sciences (CASS) have integrated GAD in two ways - through the
incorporation of a subject in its programs, or as an approach to teaching
through faculty initiative corroborating what Annala and Makinen (2011)
referred as “personified curriculum”. The findings further reflect the
crucial nexus between the conduct of GAD researches to teaching and
the subjectivity in the process, contingent as it was on the competence of
the teacher.
The R-T Nexus having seen as existent in both ways, the study found
a deeper impact of GAD on courses that incorporated it as a subject as
manifested on its number of researches, extension activities and student
learnings.

536 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 The study recommends the provision of the wherewithal for teachers
through a retooling process involving trainings and the development of a
common GAD module. A required GAD subject for all students is likewise
recommended to ensure the delivery of a certain level of uniformity in
imparting the basic minimum.

Keywords: Gender and Development, mainstreaming, wherewithal,

implementation, retooling, R-T Nexus.

A. INTRODUCTION
Longstanding notions on gender equality or lack of it has historically
been embedded in the country’s pre-colonial and colonial experiences
and has, from there, developed into what seemed like a never-ending
struggle for a woman’s rightful place in society.

The status of women during the pre-Spanish Philippines was

predicated on the equality and partnership dictated by the social roles
played by both women and men. Spanish conquest and colonization of
the Philippines caused drastic alterations to the hitherto existing domestic
social order. Spanish colonialism brought along with it the culture, religion
and value system which unfortunately did not augur well for women
(Aguja, 2013).

Aguja (2013) further asserts that the colonially imposed religion in

the country had with it so much misogynistic ideas that demean women.
Centuries of Spanish colonialism has disfigured the local social landscape
and the beacon of Spanish glory, Catholicism, brought about the doctrine
of female inferiority (Editorial, Balai Asian Journal, 1985). Church
misogyny was reinforced by Spanish laws of the colonial state that were
equally oppressive to women (Feliciano, 1996). The woman under the
Spanish Civil Code is a non-person, enjoying equal rights with idiots and
the mentally deranged (Nolasco, 1991).

537 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Despite constant efforts on domesticating the Filipino woman, there
were heroines who broke the ‘glass ceiling’ and challenge the repression.
Among those who spoke in behalf of the fearful were Gabriela Silang,
Teodora Agoncillo, Gregoria de Jesus, Melchora Aquino, Agueda
Kahabagan, Trinidad Tecson, Maria Dizon and many other women of the
Katipunan (the Filipino revolutionary movement) as well as the women of
Malolos, Bulacan (Santos, 1991).

In the face of the colonial efforts to subjugate them, the women of

the Philippines proved to be resilient, even stubborn in holding on to the
native values which accorded them respect. The movement to reassert
themselves easily found a groundswell of support for it simply reaffirmed
Filipino womanhood in its pristine and unadulterated form (Aguja, 2013).

B. RESEARCH OBJECTIVES
In pursuing its movement towards gender equality, the Philippines
became a State Party to the United Nations (UN) Convention on the
Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination against Women (CEDAW) on
July 15, 1980. The Convention paved the way for signatories to create
areas where objectives would be met. The pioneering document to this
effect was the Beijing Platform for Action (BPFA), a result of the Fourth
UN World Conference on Women held in Beijing on September 1995.

In keeping with its international commitments, the Philippines has

already provided in its 1987 Constitution the principle of the ‘fundamental
equality before the law of men and women” (Article II, Section 14).
Further, the Philippines enacted the Magna Carta of Women (MCW) or
Republic Act (RA) No. 9710 in September 2009. It addresses gender
discrimination and highlights the government’s commitment to ensure

538 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

gender equality. All these efforts are subsumed as the Gender and
Development (GAD) policy of the government.

Pursuant to a pronounced policy, this study focuses on the

experience of MSU-Iligan Institute of Technology in mainstreaming GAD
in the curriculum. The aim is to evaluate the implementation process.

The identified agency responsible for the implementation of the

MCW is the Commission on Higher Education (CHED). It is tasked on the
administration of mainstreaming Gender and Development (GAD) within
CHED, its stakeholders, clientele and in all Higher Education Institutions
(HEIs).

The Mindanao State University – Iligan Institute of Technology

(MSU-IIT), as a higher education Institution under CHED is thus bound
by it. Consequently, it adopted the formulation of its own GAD Focal Point
System (GFPS) in carrying out the GAD policy of the government.

In effect, MSU-IIT took on the responsibility of implementing CHED

Memorandum Order No. 01 Series of 2015. It directed the “Establishing
the Policies and Guidelines on Gender and Development in the
Commission on Higher Education and Higher Education Institutions
(HEIs)”. In effect, it mandates the dissemination of the gender and
development perspective through gender mainstreaming.

In the context the GAD policy mandate, this paper explores the
integration of Gender and Development in the program offerings of the
College of Arts and Social Sciences by ascertaining if it has integrated
Gender and Development into the curriculum; conducted gender-related
researches to supplement integration; and whether or not it has provided
training in the making of Gender and Development learning materials.
This would reflect the Institute’s state of affairs in gender mainstreaming.

539 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Further, the study looks at the differences in views on Gender and
Development (GAD) among students who have acquired knowledge on
the perspective either by taking a specific subject on the matter or by the
integration GAD through teacher initiative as an approach in classroom
instruction.

C. SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

Mainstreaming Gender and Development (GAD) is a function of
policy. Policies are anchored on mandates that need implementation. The
quality of implementation is contingent on frontline implementers having
the wherewithal to carry them out. This is the general thrust of this paper
upon which it derives its significance.

By providing actualities, the Institute may take cue on crafting gender

mainstreaming strategies germane to the development of a gender-
responsive curriculum. Through this, institutional development plans on
gender mainstreaming are founded on the existing needs. This, then,
would make possible for the conduct of utilitarian gender-related
researches through the development of a gender-responsive and gender-
sensitive curriculum in compliance with the CHED memorandum.

It is the thrust of this study that the development of a gender-

responsive curriculum is possible upon the incorporation of Gender and
Development and its researches into the academic programs. The link
between research and education could not be underestimated since the
incorporation of researches in the curriculum enables the broader impact
of the research to instruction which then would lead to the conduct of more
researches on the subject. The need to determine research priorities is a
consequence of the duty to comply with a policy mandate.

540 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

D. CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK
There is undeniable link between research and curriculum. In fact,
Annala and Makinen (2011) label this relationship as the “research-
teaching nexus” or R-T nexus which “refers to how research in all its
aspects interacts with teaching and learning within the specific context of
curriculum design.”

In integrating GAD in the curriculum, the purpose of the researches

is directed to a larger audience who are the desired recipients of the
mandate. The fulfilment of this initial step is crucial to attaining the goals
of the mandate. Barnett and Coate (2005) proposed that “through the
curriculum, the core of the discipline and the field of research are put into
practice i.e., teaching and learning. Therefore, the curriculum should be
one of the main concepts in the discourse on the purposes and functions
of Higher Education Institutions.”

The integration of research ideas and knowledge in the curriculum

would facilitate the educational engagement of students in the academe,
thereby giving them the practicality of the curriculum and its applicability
to the world outside the university.

Annala and Makinen (2011) has conceptualized the term

“personified curriculum” which reflects the “the history of teachers, their
research areas and interests and it was often equated with a static
syllabus of knowledge to be transmitted to students.” The personified
curriculum “seemed to be based on the academics’ preferred knowledge-
content, appropriated theories or individual research interests, it follows
the Humboldtian idea of academic freedom in teaching, but lacks the idea
of discovering knowledge by integrating research, teaching and mutual
learning.”

541 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Hence, in order to effectively execute the GAD mandate of CHED,
the integration of gender and development perspective to research and
curriculum, either in the form of formal incorporation or personified
curriculum, is a requisite of gender mainstreaming.

To facilitate the understanding of the theoretical framework to the

statements of the problem anchored on the objectives of the study, below
is a diagram showing the relationship.

Figure 1. Diagram showing the integration of Gender and

Development in the Research-Teaching Nexus as used in the
context of this study.

Generation of
Gender and Integration of
more Gender
Development Gender and
and
Research Development
in Teaching Development
Researches

Incorporation of a
Faculty initiative-
Gender and
resulting to a
Development
perso ified
subject in the
urri ulu
curriculum

E. RESEARCH-TEACHING NEXUS
Neumann (1992) depicts three types of connection between
research and teaching, “tangible nexus which relates to the transmission

542 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

of factual information and disciplinary advances; intangible nexus which
relates to the progress in students’ inclination, attitude and commitment to
knowledge and discovery; and global nexus which describes the
departmental R–T activities and directions given to study courses arising
from the total research involvement of the community”. He argues that
“only actively researching academics are able to convey these quite subtle
and diffuse nexuses in their teaching. Hence, the strong impacts of the R–
T nexus in curriculum design”.

In Neumann’s line of thinking, the R-T nexus in curriculum design is

a product of many factors needing conscious effort in order to be effectual.
The institutional factor, for example, would mean that the administration
is heedful of the need to integrate gender and development in the
curriculum, thereby employing faculty members who are research-
equipped on the subject matter or to subsequently equip them.

The dichotomy of the R-T nexus in curriculum design could be traced

back from the Humboldtian model of higher education. In the early 19th
century, Wilhelm von Humboldt, a Prussian philosopher, conceptualized
a holistic approach to academic education where research and curriculum
come together.

The Humboldtian model borne the Humboldtian University and its

three main principles. Kwiek (2006) elaborated that “the first principle is
the unity of research and teaching; the second is the protection of
academic freedom and; the freedom to teach and the freedom to learn”.

In a nutshell, the model is saying that researches on gender and

development are integrated with teaching or teaching is integrated with
gender and development researches. Either way, the R-T nexus in
curriculum design is existent.

543 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Boyer (1990) in Jenkins (2004) supported the model, emphasizing
the “role of scholarship as bridging teaching and research, and saw the
work of the university and its staff as demonstrating four scholarships: of
discovery, of integration, of application and teaching”.

In integrating research and curriculum, the role of the university and

its impact to the society is seen. According to Brew (2003) in Jenkins
(2004), “bringing teaching and research together centrally involves
developing a conception of teaching as being student focused, and
concentrating on conceptual change”.

F. GENDER-RESPONSIVE PEDAGOGY
Once GAD has been integrated in the curriculum, a gender-
responsive pedagogy for classroom use must likewise be nurtured. This
is necessary to bridge the gap and in dealing with the fact that “the major
obstacle facing teachers today is an apparent lack of gender skills for
instruction, yet the ability of the teacher to use gender responsive
pedagogy effectively can be strengthened if the teacher is well grounded
in gender responsive teaching skills” (Mlama et al., 2005).

Designing a gender-responsive curriculum and pedagogy would

entail faculty members who are knowledgeable on what reference
materials to use and what topics to discuss. To this effect, equally crucial
in crafting a gender-responsive curriculum to make possible the existence
of a gender-responsive pedagogy is the equipping of faculty members
with skills and knowledge prior to their classroom engagement.

The need for Gender and Development trainings substantiates the

point of the provision of a Gender and Development manual to faculty

544 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 members. The manual would serve as a guide for the teachers in
delivering the desired outcome.

G. METHODOLOGY
The qualitative nature of this study entailed a descriptive and
narrative approach. In advancing the idea of integrating Gender and
Development into the curriculum, the Research-Teaching nexus was used
as the theoretical thrust. Anchoring on the theory, the researcher outlined
the topics and questions for the interview and during the purposive
collection of information, the answers and data served as corroborations.

The study looks into the existing program curriculum of the College
of Arts and Social Sciences, namely Bachelor of Arts in English, Bachelor
of Arts in Filipino, Bachelor of Arts in History, Bachelor of Arts in Political
Science, Bachelor of Arts in Sociology, and Bachelor of Science in
Psychology of MSU-IIT. It is noteworthy that researches done on Gender
and Development in the institute from years 2011 to 2015 are conducted
by researchers that hail from the College of Arts and Social Sciences,
hence, the scope’s focus.

During interviews, the level of enthusiasm at the same time restraint

and reservations on the part of the respondents in answering the
questions were beyond the researcher’s control. Due to the sensitivity of
the subject matter and since the topic touches on the efforts exerted by
the Institute management, the respondents were giving out calculated
answers to not risk any debatable and contestable remarks; all these
factors were considered and respected by the researcher.

In addition, since this study involved interviews with key informants

and these people had multiplicity of roles to function, limited time was

545 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

allocated to the researcher and the latter had only asked enough from the
former. Data gathering timeframe of this study was from August 2016 –
December 2016.

The data gathered for information on researches on GAD are from

the Department of Research through the survey of their Annual
Accomplishment Reports from 2011-2015 which contained the title of the
research, its proponents, and its implementing unit.

Since through initial survey, majority of the Gender and Development

researches originated from the efforts of faculty members of the College
of Arts and Social Sciences, the researcher deemed it logical to narrow
down the scope focus in the said college.

The integration of Gender and Development in each program

curriculum was determined through surveying the prospectus of each
program offering in the College of Arts and Social Sciences.

Purposive sampling was utilized through conducting interviews with

the respondents, key informants, them being the past and present
department chair, faculty members, GAD Center and GAD Focal Point
System secretariat.

Purposive sampling was also used in the determination of students

interviewed in a Focus Group Discussion (FGD), them being students
enrolled in a program offering in CASS when this study was conducted. In
addition, AB Political Science and AB Sociology graduates have been
interviewed to know how their acquisition of GAD knowledge has
influenced their perspective outside the university and in the workplace.

The College of Arts and Social Sciences, as the focus of this study,
offers service courses. Dubbed as the “Soul and Conscience of the

546 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Institute”, CASS is the college expected to deliver programs, researchers,
and activities on Gender and Development.

After culling out the gender-related researches from the Annual

Accomplishment Reports at the Office of the Vice Chancellor for Research
and Extension (OVCRE), the researcher arranged the data in a tabular
form, presenting the researches and researchers for every year. The
proponents of the gender-related researches originated from CASS,
specifically from the Department of Political Science and Department of
Sociology. Consequently, the researcher surveyed the prospectus of each
program offering in CASS and presented gender-related courses of each
curriculum in a table below.

Table 1. Gender and Development Courses in the Curriculum of the

Existing Program Offerings of the College of Arts and Social
Sciences.
Program Course Number Descriptive Title
AB English none none
AB Filipino none none
AB History none none
AB Political Science Pol Sci 156 Gender, Peace-
building and
Development
BS Psychology none none
AB Sociology Socio 148 Gender and
Development

The formulation of the statements of the problem was a result of the

grasp that Gender and Development should be integrated into the
curriculum as this encourages production of researches on the area,
alongside the comprehension that research-oriented and knowledgeable
faculty members could effectively carry out the information dissemination
on the subject matter.

547 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

H. RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS
1. Manner of Integrating Gender and Development into Program
Offerings
Interview results show that there have been two modes of integrating
Gender and Development – by the faculty member’s initiative on
incorporating the perspective resultant to valuing its relevance to the
subject matter at hand, and by incorporating a specific subject on Gender
and Development designed for the obtainment of major students, like in
the case of AB Political Science and AB Sociology.

The incorporation of Gender and Development in the four programs

– AB English, AB Filipino, AB History, BS Psychology - was done by its
application on courses that called for the relevance of discussing gender.
Here, Gender and Development is a resulting topic, an application of the
perspective, dependent on the subject matter in study.

In AB English and AB Filipino, gender comes from the context of

Language and Literature, these fields being the programs’ forte. The
discussion on gender is seen from the lens of the power of the language
used by different sexes and through determining gender roles as
portrayed in various literatures. In AB History, the treatment on gender
was on the participation of women in the civil rights movement in a
patriarchal society and their part on the development of nationalism. In BS
Psychology, gender was tackled through studying the type of gender
violence ensuing from the psychology of Filipinos.

Interestingly, interviews with male and LGBT faculty members

showed passion and enthusiasm in integrating GAD in their class
discussions akin to the responses of their female counterparts.

The “personified curriculum” referred by Annala and Makinen (2011)

is applicable on this case. The analysis on the details of Richard Cory is

548 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

close to the attention of the respondent since he relates to the gender
identity of the literary character. This factor is something that is not
common to all who teach Literature since not everybody could connect to
the story at a personal level.

Being an LGBT poses an added value on the discussion of the work.

The emphasis on the significance of subjectivity is heavily proved in the
statements of faculty members who have declared themselves as
members of the LGBT community. They show more zeal and passion. At
a personal level, they could relate to the necessity of the integration. They
have felt that as members of the third sex, their issues need to be
addressed as equally important as women’s.

Having integrated Gender and Development as a subject, the

Political Science and Sociology programs have taken steps on conducting
researches on the area, holding forum on women’s rights, seminar and
lecture series on R.A. 9262 or the “Anti-Violence Against Women and their
Children Act of 2004” and R.A. 7877 or the “Anti-Sexual Harassment Act
of 1995”.

Here, Gender and Development as a course catalyzed the

furtherance of gender mainstreaming. The integration of the course in the
program curriculum encouraged for the generation of researches on
gender, expanding the extent of mainstreaming – from the classroom to
the field – and benefiting from the expansion through the faculty’s
knowledge empowerment.

The existence of the R-T nexus in these programs supports the

Humboldtian ideal wherein “the unity of research and teaching should
result in learning on the part of the teacher as well as the student; learning
should be valued for its own sake, as a goal itself, without dependence.”

549 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Here, because the integration of Gender and Development is through
making it a course in the curriculum, the nexus is a given.

Either way, whether the integration of Gender and Development is a

resulting consequence taken from the context of the subject matter or
through implementing it as a curricular course, Gender and Development
is discussed and the R-T nexus have found its way in the program
offerings of the college.

2. Gender and Development Researches to Supplement Instruction

Interviews with faculty members showed how such subjectivity was
influenced by their different backgrounds on Gender and Development.
Their prior engagements of gender-related researchers have contributed
to their approach in teaching and integrating Gender and Development in
the curriculum. Here, we could see how the Research-Teaching Nexus is
existent.

Even undergraduate researches of the faculty members have

brought an impact on their integration of the Gender and Development
perspective in class. This initial and preliminary awareness on gender
issues, struggle for equality, and empowerment movements have seemed
to replicate the domino effect – from instilling personal experience as
materials into class discussions to conducting more research on the topic.

The profound knowledge of faculty members on Gender and

Development has been imparted to their students. A personal experience
on the field has paved the way for the generation of research ideas on the
subject. Theory and practice has found its nexus.

The subjectivity of gender discussion across different courses proves

the inseparability of the effect of research to teaching. The faculty

550 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 member’s exposure to a certain area of study is manifested in the
discussion, hence, cultivating a different approach and understanding.

3. Trainings on Designing GAD Instructional Materials

The integration of the gender and development in the curriculum
would require the equipping of faculty members on how to make gender-
responsive learning materials and what gender-related topics will be
mainstreamed into the courses. This would enable the teacher to
effectively deliver the basic minimum.

An interview with the informants revealed that they have not

participated in any training on the making of the GAD curriculum and
learning materials. Nonetheless, the Institute has been conducting
Gender Sensitivity Trainings to develop a gender-sensitive constituency.

The Institute-wide implementation of the participation of stakeholders

on Gender Sensitivity Trainings was an initiative of the Office of the Vice
Chancellor for Research and Extension through the GAD Center. Gender
Sensitivity Trainings aimed at enhancing the level of gender awareness
among student leaders, faculty members, Institute heads, cost center
heads, and management and staff. Providing authority for this activity is
Special Order No. 01085-IIT. The stated expected outcome is that “at the
end of the activity, the participants are expected to understand the
concept of gender and development to appreciate the value of integrating
gender perspectives.”

As to the training on the making of the Gender and Development

instructional materials, an interview with the Institute GAD Center
Secretariat showed there has been no conduct of such.

551 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 The conduct of these trainings would empower the faculty members
in the delivery of the course in the curriculum. These would enable the
effective actualization of the mandate as it would enable the teachers to
teach the desired outcome at a basic level and from there, advance the
discussion of the course according to the context of the subject matter at
hand.

Hopefully, the plan on conducting such trainings, as stated by the

GAD Secretariat, would materialize in the near pursue.

In integrating Gender and Development into the curriculum, equally

important to equipping faculty members with knowledge through trainings
is the provision of a GAD Manual in their application. A gender-responsive
curriculum would entail a gender-responsive pedagogy. This would assist
in attaining a standard outcome, a certain uniformity in achieving the
basics, in the dissemination and enhancement of gender awareness and
gender-responsiveness across all programs.

There is no question on the integration of the Gender and

Development perspective in each program. The level of knowledge
attained by the students, on the other hand, should be one of the primary
areas of concern since it could be observed from their statements that
generally, they know gender and development mainly as the existence of
LGBT and the difference between sex and gender.

If the goal of the mandate is to mainstream gender and development

in HEIs, students, the primary and direct recipients of the implementation,
should be given wider and deeper knowledge and this is through
equipping teachers with the relevant skills and materials.

Most importantly, this could be possible when the provision of a GAD

Manual to faculty members in teaching be undertaken. This way, a

552 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 gender-responsive curriculum would be delivered using a gender-
responsive pedagogy and there would be a certain level of uniformity in
the attainment of the mandate’s desired outcome across all programs of
the institute.

I. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

The integration of Gender and Development in the existing
curriculum of the program offerings in CASS has been through the
following: 1) Incorporating it as a course, as in the case of AB Political
Science having PolSci 156 (Elective) – Gender, Peace and Development,
and AB Sociology having Socio112 – Gender and Development, and: 2)
Through the principle of integrating gender concepts and theories –
Feminist Theory, Queer Theory, power in gender language, women
empowerment in nationalism, gender inequality and equality – in courses
that necessitate and call for such application, as in the case of AB English,
AB Filipino, AB History, and BS Psychology programs.

The Research-Teaching nexus is existent in both ways of integrating

Gender and Development though it is more apparent in the programs that
have integrated the perspective as a program course. In AB Political
Science and AB Sociology programs, mainstreaming gender has reached
the further point through conducting gender-related researches, holding
seminar and lecture series, forum, and extension activities on the matter.

Here, the integration of Gender and Development in the curriculum

is crucial for the generation of gender-related researches as the
integration requires the faculty member to widen and deepen the scope of
knowledge. The gaining of new knowledge would pave for the introduction
of fresh materials in the classroom; a constant update on information
requisite from a higher education institution.

553 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Since there have been no training in the making of learning materials
to be used in the integration of gender and development in the curriculum,
the discussion on the perspective is relative and subjective, depending on
the prudence of the teacher – level of knowledge and awareness,
research and areas of interests contributory to subjectivity. This
subjectivity in the manner of discussing gender and development is what
Annala and Makinen (2011) referred as “personified curriculum”.

In addition, equally important to the equipping of skills and

knowledge to faculty members through trainings is the provision of a
Manual in delivering a gender-responsive pedagogy. No Manual has been
developed for the faculty members to this effect, hence, the differences in
the acquired knowledge of students on the perspective.

For the 2018 curriculum, it is expected from all programs in the

College of Arts and Social Sciences that it shall have already integrated
Gender and Development as a course in its curriculum. Hence, integration
is guaranteed.

Given the aforementioned findings, this study provides four

recommendations. First, it is ideal for the Institute come up with the
formulation of a basic required course on Gender and Development to be
taken up by all students. This way, there will be an assurance that every
student graduates with knowledge on Gender and Development,
equipping them with gender awareness and consciousness vital to their
performance in the workplace and other societal engagement in general.

The authority to offer this basic required course could be given to the
Department of Political Science since they have already integrated
Gender and Development as a subject in their curriculum and the gender-
related researches conducted by its faculty members.

554 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Second, the Department of History could offer in its AB Program a
required course on the history of Gender and Development in the
Philippines. This could come in various course descriptions: History of
Women’s Movements and Liberation in the Philippines or Gender and
Development History in the Philippines. The offering of this required
course would enhance the level of aptitude of AB History graduates on
the analysis of the development of gender movements in the country.

Third, there should be continuity and sustainability in the conduct of

Gender Sensitivity Trainings to the Institute constituency to further their
knowledge on the perspective and to deepen their understanding on
gender sensitivity. This way, the Institute would be confident that all its
constituents are gender-friendly and gender-fair in all their dealings.

Equally important to the continuity of the Gender Sensitivity Trainings

is to make concrete the objectives of the mandate to incorporate gender-
responsiveness and gender-sensitivity into the curriculum. In so doing, it
is important that the Institute management equip faculty members on
trainings in the making of learning materials and the mainstreaming of
relevant and adequate gender-related topics into existing courses.

Consequently important to the retooling of a gender-responsive

pedagogy is the training of faculty members in the conduct of gender
research methodology. This would satisfy the R-T nexus – teaching what
has been researched and further research on what has been taught.

Fourth, a gender-responsive pedagogy is needed in the integration

of Gender and Development. In order to effectively retool the teachers in
their conduct of teaching Gender and Development through applying the
learning materials they have crafted as a result of the trainings given them,
the production and provision of a gender and development manual is

555 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 imperative. The provision of a Manual would, at the very least, guide the
teachers on what to teach and how to teach the perspective.

To efficiently implement the mandate, this study recommends the

conduct of trainings on the designing and crafting of Gender and
Development instructional materials and the provision of a GAD Manual
as essential to the integration of Gender and Development which must be
institutionalized as a required subject in all the program offerings
throughout the Institute.

REFERENCES
Aguja, Hilton J. (2013). The Filipino Woman: A Gendered History. The
Mindanao Forum. ISSN 0115-7892. Volume XXXIII No. 1.
Annala, J. & Mäkinen, M. (2011). The research-teaching nexus in higher
education curriculum design. Transnational Curriculum Inquiry.
Retrieved from http://nitinat.library.ubc.ca/ojs/index.php/tci
Coate, K. (2009). ‘Curriculum’, in M. Tight, K.H. Mok, J. Huisman and C.C.
Morphew (Eds.) The Routledge International Handbook of Higher
Education, New York: Routledge.
Commission on Higher Education. CHED Memorandum Order Series of
2015. Establishing the Policies and Guidelines on Gender and
Development in the Commission on Higher Education and Higher
Education Institutions. Retrieved from http://www.ched.gov.ph/wp-
content/uploads/2015/12/CMO-no.-1-s.-2015.pdf
Congress of the Philippines. Fourteenth Congress, Second Regular
Session. (2008). Republic Act No. 9710. An Act Providing for the
Magna Carta of Women. Retrieved from
http://www.comelec.gov.ph/php-tpls-
attachments/AboutCOMELEC/SpecialProjects/ra9710.pdf
Editorial, Balai Asian Journal, Volume II No. 4, December 1985.
Feliciano, Myrna S. (1996). ‘The Filipina: A Historical Legal Perspective’ in
Women’s Role in Philippine History: Selected Essays. Quezon City:
University of the Philippines’ Press.

556 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Jenkins, A. (2004). A Guide to the Research Evidence on Teaching-
Research Relations. The Higher Education Academy. Retrieved
from www.heacademy.ac.uk
Kwiek, M. (2006). The Classical German Idea of the University Revisited,
or on the Nationalization of the Modern Institution . Center for Public
Policy Studies. Retrieved from
http://www.cpp.amu.edu.pl/publications.htm
Marphatia, A. (2002). Integrating Gender into the Level I Basic Education
Curriculum in the Republic of Mali. Development Alternatives, Inc.
Mlama, P., et al. (2005). Gender Responsive Pedagogy: A Teacher’s
Handbook. Forum for African Women Educationalists.
Nolasco, Cynthia (1991). ‘The Women Problem: Gender, Class and State
Oppression’ in Sr. Mary John Mananzan, OSB (ed), (1991). Essays
on Women. Manila: The Institute of Women’s Studies, St.
Scholastica College.
Neumann, R. (1992). Perceptions of the teaching-research nexus: a
framework for analysis. Higher Education, 23 (2), 159–171.
Parker, J. (2002). A New disciplinarity: communities of knowledge, learning
and practice. Teaching in Higher Education, 7 (4), 373–386.
Philippine Commission on Women. National Machinery for Gender Equality
and Women's Empowerment. Retrieved from
http://www.pcw.gov.ph/
Pinar, W.F. (1994) Autobiography, politics and sexuality. Essays in
curriculum theory 1972–1992, New York: Peter Lang.
Santos, Aida F. (1991). ‘Do Women Really Hold Half the Sky’ in Sr. Mary
John Mananzan, OSB (ed). Essays on Women. Manila: The Institute
of Women’s Studies, St. Scholastica College.
Simons, M. and Elen, J. (2007). The ‘research-teaching nexus’ and
‘education through research’: an exploration of ambivalences.
Studies in Higher Education, 32 (5), 617– 631.
The United Nations Fourth World Conference on Women. (1995,
September). Retrieved from
http://www.un.org/womenwatch/daw/beijing/platform/plat1.htm
UN General Assembly, Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of
Discrimination Against Women. United Nations, Treaty Series, vol.
1249, p. 13. (1979, December 18). Retrieved from
http://www.refworld.org/docid/3ae6b3970.html

557 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 THE IRONYOF MINING CROPPER ISLAND: THE FAILURE OF THE
IMPLEMENTATION OF MINING SUSTAINABLE POLICY IN
SOUTHEAST SULAWESI

La Ode Wahiyuddin
Student of Doctoral Program of Public Administration in Padjajaran
University and Lecturer of Muhammadiyah University of Kendari
[email protected]
Sintaningrum
Lecturer of Padjadjaran University
[email protected]

ABSTRACT
Southeast Sulawesi is a region that has the largest mine and license
(IUP) in Indonesia. Potential welfare from the mining activity is
consummated widely as similar as the license given by the regional
government to mining companies. Ironically, after the IUP ended, the
mining company has left the damage and poverty to the community
surrounding its location. The obligation to conduct the mining reclamation
after the expiration of the license is not complied by the entrepreneurs.
There were so many activities proven that they were violating the AMDAL
rules and not according with the actual mining practices. The mine which
had been dredged broadly was left immediately and there was no
sustainability. The purpose of this paper is to describe the impact of mining
activity that has an expired license in Southeast Sulawesi due to the failure
of the implementation of mining sustainable policy by using the mix
research method. The result of this study shows that the massive
environmental damage and the increase of local poverty happened after
the mining activity is ended and revoked.
Therefore, the implementation of the mining sustainability can be
achieved as long as there is an enforcement of the applicable rules related
to its management. Finally, the careful regional governments in publishing
the AMDAL certificate, and the concern of periodic monitoring during
mining activity, as well as law enforcement are needed significantly to gain
the regularity in organizing mining program.

Keywords: policy impact, mining reclamation, mining license

558 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

A. INTRODUCTION
The mining regulation in principle refers to the law number 4 of
2009 on mineral and coal mining. In facilitating the implementation so that
some government regulations that are still related to mining. In addition,
Law number. 23 of 2014 on local government becomes the current
reference in managing to mine in the region. The rules of mining
management do not stand alone but many rules are still related to mining
matters in the management of IUP and during the implementation of
Mining Enterprises, such as law number 32 of 2009 on the environment;
Law number 41 of 1999 on Forestry; Law number 26 of 2007 on spatial
planning; Law number 7 of 2004 on Water Resources; The law number
13 of 2003 on labor; Law number. 28 of 2009 concerning local taxes so
that the management and setting of the mining sector involve several
Regional Apparatus Organizations (OPD) in regulating and managing
related mining permits (IUP) as well as other administrative requirements
so that it should involve several OPDs, The implementation is less
effective. It is evident that mining activities that do not have AMDAL should
be environmentally sensitive to the issue. Especially when mining areas
are included in the forest treasury, the government should be firmly
assured that mining companies do not mine in the forest area, it may be
done if there is a permit to use the forest area where after the mining area
needs reforestation. However, what happens is the exploitation of mining
in life just like that.
Mining activities in Indonesia besides generating substantial
foreign exchange for the country, also cause various environmental
problems. Mining activities in some cases have caused a siltation of the
river due to overburden waste (mine cover material) resulting from
exploitation that is discharged into Without river through processing first.
As a result, siltation of the river that disturbs the water transportation

559 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

system in the area. In addition to overburden problems, another issue that
is highlighted in mining activities is the issue of tailings (Dregs of
processing of minerals). The streaming of tailings into the rivers creates
damage to the ecological environment of the inundated river (Abdoellah,
2016:52).Therefore, the need for mining management that always pays
attention to the environmental, social and economic growth aspects of the
community so that the need for a touch of government regulation and strict
supervision is emphasized.
Yuliana & Dewy (2012:6) mentioned that, under the pretext for the
welfare of the people and increase regional income, local governments
often issue mining permits, management of forest areas, etc., regardless
of the completeness of documents and analysis of environmental impacts,
No mining business permit. Permits granted by local governments, often
disregarding the conditions laid down by the Law on environmental
management, such as the AMDAL requirements. So far, corporate
companies that dredge natural resources, often using AMDAL in copy-
paste from other companies. However, there is no firm action from the
government against these companies. Not a few cases of environmental
pollution, environmental damage caused by mining activities, such as the
disposal of tailings waste by gold mining into the sea, which affects the
destruction of marine ecosystems and marine biota and so forth.
Rows of problems faced by communities related to mining
management that does not pay attention to the environmental, social and
economic aspects of the community. Meanwhile, AMDAL documents
have mentioned paying attention to these aspects related to the
environmental, social and economic issues of the community. Mining
companies are reluctant to perform their obligations that are governed by
government laws and regulations.The report from the Southeast Sulawesi
Provincial Government that following the discovery of many investor

560 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

activities proven to have violated the amdal rule. The latest find is on the
Jetty (special dock) building project in Morosi, Konawe owned by PT
Virtue Dragon Nickel Industry (VDNI). The government of Southeast
Sulawesi province deeply regretted the actions of the local government of
Konawe Regency which granted the activity permit, but after the
examination, it was very unsuitable AMDAl. Not yet again with the findings
of eight eight rogue mining companies that occurred in the District of North
Konawe. It obtained the empirical data in the field of mining activities, after
being analyzed proved to violate the management of AMDAL from the
Environmental Agency.
Furthermore, the results of the evaluation of the Government of
Southeast Sulawesi Province have at least 252 holders of Mining
Business License (IUP), do not fulfill their obligations and qualify for
revocation. Citing the opinion of the Southeast Sulawesi governor who
said that if this was executed, it means that almost 60 percent of IUP has
been decided. From the results of verification of violations conducted on
average on quarterly and annual reports of exploration and production
activities, work plan and cost budget reports, annual technical and
environmental work plan reports, environmental management reports,
reclamation implementation reports, and no mine technical head ( Sultra,
2016).
The applicable Laws and Government Regulations are not adhered
to. The mining company's obligations are reluctant to do so. Some mining
companies do reclamation but not proportional to the exploitation that has
been done that has damaged the environment. AMDAL as if only as an
administrative requirement on paper to complement the exploration or
exploitation of mining business permits. Especially if you see some mining
companies in its management do not pay attention to environmental
aspects. Not to mention a few mining companies that were dismissed

561 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 permit both explores and exploitation that was abandoned without the
improvement of the environment either by the company or local
government as a result of the policy of the provincial government that has
revoked the permit mining company. Based on this matter, it becomes
interesting enough for the researcher to analyze more about the impact of
mining activities after the expiry of Mining Business License (IUP) in
Southeast Sulawesi Province (Putera, 2015).
Research on the impact of mining has been done by Arthur
Kouame, Fuxing Jiang and Zhu Sitao (2017) mining contribute to reducing
poverty. However, this activity has many negative social impacts. Mining
communities are risking their lives because they are exposed to unhealthy
conditions, prostitution, chemical contamination, and alcohol, and also
because of soil degradation; Angula (2007) small-scale mining
implications on the environment; Rahma Ma'mun (2016) the impact of
gold mining activities on community livelihoods in rural areas; Laurentiu,
et al (2016) abandoned mining which has consequences from an
environmental, economic and social standpoint. Therefore, this research
seeks to expand the study of the impact of mining activities after the expiry
of the Mining Business License (IUP) due to the failure of the
implementation of the mining sustainability policy.

B. RESEARCH OBJECTIVES
The purpose of the research is to know the impact of mining
activities after the expiration of Mining Business License (IUP) or at leave
by mining companies in Southeast Sulawesi Province.

C. Significance of Studies
This research has the strategic aspect in formulating policy strategy
in mining management in Indonesia especially in Southeast Sulawesi

562 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Province. Exploitation of mining should not only pursue economic growth
but also pay attention to the balance of natural, environmental, a
socioeconomic community so that negative impacts with mining can be
minimized. So far, mining has had a significant impact both on increasing
the Original Revenue and opening up employment for the community.
Study C.Vintró et al (2014); Erica Schoenberger (2016) looks at mining
companies that are committed to the environment and sustainable. The
majority of companies claim to understand the impact of the mine on the
environment and care about access and responsible management of
natural resources. In addition, mining activities can protect the livelihoods
of the population. By deepening the impact of mining policy, it is known
that there is a failure of mining sustainability policy so it is important to be
studied more deeply so as to contribute to the concept of scientific
development.

D. Conceptual Framework
1. Policy Implementation Concept
In the public administration science study, implementation is an
important part of the policy framework. This is as explained by Chief J.
O. Udoji (1981) in Agustino (2008:140) that the implementation of the
policy is important and perhaps even more important than policy-
making. Policies will simply be a dream or a good plan that is stored
neatly in the archive if not implemented. While Rusli (2015: 89-90)
describes the implementation is something that leads to the activities,
actions, and actions or the existence of a system mechanism. Where
implementation activities are not just activities, but also planned
activities and to achieve the purpose of the activity. Or it can be said that
the implementation is a process to implement the idea, process or a new
set of activities in the hope that others can receive and make

563 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

adjustments in the body of bureaucracy for the achievement of a goal
that can be achieved with a network of executors that can be trusted.
Implementation of policies is a plan that will be made by the
government and look at the results of policies that have been
implemented by the government. As explained by Ripley and Franklin in
Winarno (2012:148) interpreting implementation is what happens after
the law is established which gives the authority of the program, policy,
profit or a tangible output type. Implementation of public policy according
to Wahab (1997:64) defines as a) the provision of means to implement
something; B) cause an impact/effect on something. So that the
implementation of the policy can be interpreted as an effort to provide a
means to implement a policy and the provision can cause impact/effect
on something particular from the purpose of the implementation of a
policy. So the one who is done to have an impact or effect on something
certain from the purpose of the implementation of a policy.
From some understanding of implementation, so it can be
understood that the implementation is something that is important both
in planning and implementation of policy must be in accordance with the
intended purpose so that failure of policy can be avoided. The
implementation looks at ways in which a policy can achieve its goals and
planned activities that occur after the law is enacted. On the other hand,
implementation also looks at policy successes and failures. Policy failure
as a result of the non-policy part of the implementation. Therefore, when
a policy is left idle without the implementation of the policy, then it is part
of policy implementation decided by policy makers.

564 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

2. Success and Failure of Policy Implementation
The success of a policy implementation can be measured or seen
from the process and the achievement of the output outcome objectives)
ie achieving or not achieving goals, as Grindle (1980) points out in
Agustino (2008:139) that the measurement of successful
implementation can be seen from The process, by questioning whether
the implementation of the program in accordance with the specified that
is looking at the action program of individual projects and the second
whether the program objectives are achieved. While in viewing
Derthick's policy peculiarity, Pressman & Wildavsky (1973); Bardach
(1977) Smith and Larimer (2009: 161) mentioned that the failure of the
policy is caused by the following: 1) the diversion of resources; 2) the
deflection of policy goals; 3) resistance to control; And 4) the dissipation
of personal and political energy. Of course, the budget has been
prepared for certain programs but diverted to other programs. A policy
is sometimes always under political pressure so that the policy purpose
is very difficult to carry out.
Further explained by Bardach, in (Smith and Larimer, 2009: 163)
that: in short, saw implementation as an extension of politics. He sought
to impose a theoretical order for a favor by classifying behavioral
patterns that had been repeatedly observed within and between the
actors and government bureaucracies. It can be understood that a policy
is an extension of politics. This means that every policy made or
implemented there is interest negotiations. Especially when the policy is
played by actors who are influenced by the political interests that are
given The responsibility by political actors to run the policy so
sometimes when the actor performs the work activities as the will of the
employer.

565 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 In connection with the view of Bardach, Grindel, in Wahab (1997:
59) sees that in the implementation of the policy review is not just
concerned with the mechanism of elaboration of political decisions into
routine procedures through bureaucracy more than that concerning the
issue of conflict, decision and who gets what from a policy. Further
explained by Tachjan (2006:xiii) that policy implementation is part of the
political process, which is determined more by negotiation process,
bargaining or lobbying to generate compromise, as it relates to the
network of political, economic and social forces affecting the behavior of
all parties which are involved. The public policy can achieve the desired
expectations.
Therefore, the success of the public policy is not only based on
economic, efficiency and administrative principles, but ethical and moral
consequences are at stake in reflecting the apparatus's behavior in
relation to the interests of the people. Why is that, because basically,
every government policy has a high risk of failure. There are two
categories of notion of policy failure or policy failure ie non-
implementation (not implemented or category failure program (Failures
program) and unsuccessful implementation (unsuccessful
implementation) because it does not produce the desired benefit or
called the failure theory (theory failure) Hogwood & Gun In Wahab
(1997:62) The non-implementation policy may occur because the
parties involved in the implementation are unwilling to cooperate or have
long been cooperating inefficiently, working halfheartedly or for not fully
addressing the problem, or possibly the problem resolved at Out of
reach of its power. Unsuccessful implementation or unsuccessful
implementation usually occurs when a policy has been implemented in
accordance with the plan but considering the external conditions are

566 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

unfavorable, the policy is unsuccessful in realizing the desired impact or
outcome.
Failure of policy concerning not implemented policy can be
understood with policy implementation executed without plan follow-up
when the formulation of policy or happened because executor of policy
run by self without cooperation with another party. In addition,
sometimes policy implementers make their own decisions in policy
implementation. On the other hand, the social, economic and political
factors that lead to policy failure. Meanwhile, implementation is not
successful by understanding the implementation of policies in the
context of the implementation of policies in accordance with existing
planning, but the implementation of the policy is not good or in other
words the external conditions or that lead to the failure of policy
implementation. Pressman & Wildavky in Purwanto & Sulistyastuti
(2012: 2) undertook a study to understand why the implementation of
various programs designed by the federal government tends to fail when
implemented by the state government, but to this day the phenomenon
is still Keep repeating. A variety of development policies and
development programs Either by the government when implemented it
turns out its achievement is far from what is expected.

3. Mining in a Sustainable Context

According to Soetomo (2013:25), Sustainable development is
actually contained at least three dimensions in a mutually supportive
position: sustainability of natural resources, economic sustainability, and
social sustainability. Similarly, as explained by Asdak, 2014 that
sustainable development in addition to having economic value also
contains moral values and ecological values as well as social
dimensions. First, the sustainability of the social system, take advantage

567 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 gem with attention to the aspect of equity and social justice morning
stakeholders (Stakeholders) social sustainability system (social
sustainability) more emphasis on improving quality aspects of quantity
growth aspects. Both economic sustainability that is said to be
sustainability Economic sustainability is in the sense of "maintaining
capital or keeping capital (natural resources) not degraded when capital
is taken from the whole capital. The three ecological concerns that are
indispensable to the lives of mankind because the sustainability of
human life on planet earth is determined by the existence and quality of
the environment. Therefore, in all its activities, humans should keep the
utilization of natural resources still carrying the carrying capacity of the
environment and the waste generated from the utilization of natural
resources is also below the threshold. Therefore the mining
sustainability speaks at three in the social, economic and ecological
main points.

E. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
This research uses mixed methods research (Creswell, 2014).
Qualitative methods are used to describe the facts about the impact of the
implementation of mining policy in Southeast Sulawesi Province. While
the quantitative method is used to reinforce and strengthen the answer
about the impact of mining activities after the expiry of the Mining Business
License (IUP) or at leave by mining companies in Southeast Sulawesi
Province. This research is carried out in five Regency districts of
Southeast Sulawesi Province, namely Bombana Regency, Konawe
Regency, South Konawe Regency, North Konawe and Kolaka Regency
which are deliberately selected mining areas because some districts are
mining areas in Southeast Sulawesi Province. Data collection was done

568 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 by Interview, Observation, Documentation and take 40 samples for the
questioner.

F. IMPACT OF MINING POLICY IMPLEMENTATION IN SOUTHEAST

SULAWESI PROVINCE
Southeast Sulawesi Province has a land area of 38,140 km2 and a
water area of 114,879 km2 with a population of approximately 2.7 million
people, consisting of 15 districts and 2 cities. With the total area of
Southeast Sulawesi province has natural resources of mining which
spread in some districts/cities. Mining in Southeast Sulawesi Province is
the carrying capacity of the development due to the considerable mining
potential in Southeast Sulawesi Province to be developed into mining
industrialization. However, if you look at the economic structure of the
community, the agricultural sector becomes the largest contributor to
Southeast Sulawesi's economy. The agricultural sector is almost a quarter
of the total Southeast Sulawesi PDRB or 24.01% so it can not be denied
by the agricultural sector become the livelihood of the majority of the
people of Southeast Sulawesi Province. Meanwhile, the mining sector
became the second largest contributor to GDP of Southeast Sulawesi
Province. Therefore, mining becomes one of the superior products that
can increase the local revenue and improve the welfare of the community
so as to increase the Human Development Index (HDI) in Southeast
Sulawesi Province. HDI Province of Southeast Sulawesi is as follows:

569 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Table 1 :Human Development Index of Southeast Sulawesi Province
Number Regency / City 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015
1 Buton 55,44 60,12 61,38 61,83 62,31 62,78
2 Muna 62,57 63,08 63,76 64,67 65,09 65,99
3 Konawe 66,55 67,16 67,71 68,23 68,68 69,56
4 Kolaka 67,76 68,27 68,86 69,55 70,20 70,47
5 Konawe Selatan 63,20 63,65 64,05 65,02 65,60 66,32
6 Bombana 59,85 60,84 61,82 62,82 63,38 63,65
7 Wakatobi 63,26 64,67 65,24 66,50 66,95 67,22
8 Kolaka Utara 63,17 63,94 64,49 65,35 65,76 66,90
9 Buton Utara 60,94 61,58 62,69 64,20 64,65 65,23
10 Konawe Utara 63,74 64,25 64,87 65,54 66,03 66,44
11 Kolaka Timur - - - 61,78 62,13 62,74
12 Konawe - - - 61,15 61,31 61,72
13 Muna Barat
Kepulauan - - - - 61,92 62,29
14 Buton Tengah - - - - 61,69 62,13
15 Buton Selatan - - - - 61,51 62,00
16 Kendari 78,13 79,43 79,97 80,91 81,30 81,43
17 Bau Bau 70,60 71,11 71,65 72,55 73,13 73,59
Sulawesi 65,99 66,52 67,07 67,55 68,07 68,75
Tenggara
Source: Southeast Sulawesi Province In Figures, 2016

The province of Southeast Sulawesi is ranked 19th nationally. The

highest HDI is achieved by DKI Jakarta Province and the lowest is Papua
Province. Southeast Sulawesi Province as one of the areas rich in natural
resources mainly mining. It should be one of the mine-producing regions
in the top ten National Human Development Index. By that, of course, it is
of concern to the provincial government in order to increase HDI towards
the welfare of the community. The contribution of the mining sector to the
growth of Southeast Sulawesi's economy is able to boost the economy.
But not comparable benefits obtained by the community. The presence of
mining in Southeast Sulawesi did not have a significant impact on the
community. The majority of the people of Southeast Sulawesi province
work in the agricultural sector. Meanwhile, the people working in the
mining sector are small in number, so the mining sector's contribution to

570 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

the community is very low, whereas the enormous environmental impacts
caused by mining are causing environmental damage in various districts
in Southeast Sulawesi Province. The number of people working in the
mining sector is as follows:

Table 2 Population of Southeast Sulawesi aged 15 years and above

working According to Major Works of the Year 2012-2015

No Main Employment Field 2012 2013 2014 2015

1 Agriculture 399 402377 442 178 489289
425
2 Mining and quarrying 31 608 29 818 26 241 22809
3 Manufacture industry 63 469 55 217 53 423 53419
4 Electricity, gas and 1 983 2 533 2 646 2592
drinking water
5 Construction 62 430 53 269 61 169 72427
6 Trade and hotel 180 176 665 193 476 191053
974
7 Transportation / 47 715 47 501 193 476 42395
communication
8 Finance 11 749 15.711 16 787 17199
9 Services 176 185 858 195 932 183733
526
amount 975 968949 1 037 1074916
879 449
Source: Southeast Sulawesi Province in figures, 2016

The quota also, if see the number of worker winner of Mining

Business License (IUP) very little. The number of IUP holder workers in
the mining sector is as follows:

571 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Table 3: Number of Manpower of Mining Business License Holder
No Company name Location Number of
Workers (people))
1 Gapura Garba Graha, PT Konawe 3
2 Wijaya Inti Nusantara, PT Konawe 39
4 Bososi Pratama, PT Konawe
Selatan 3
5 Stargate Utara
Pasific Konawe 6
6 Resources, PT
Stargate Utara
Pasific Konawe 60
7 Antam, Tbk PT
Resources, Kolaka
Utara 4,676
8 Mitra Prima Selaras, CV Bombana 15
9 Panca logam makmur,PT Bombana 188
10 Anugrah Alam Buana Bombana 50
11 Panca Logam
Indonesia, PT nusantara, Bombana 40
12 Billy
PT Indonesia, PT Bombana 2
13 Putra Mekongga Kolaka 24
14 ST. Nickel PT
Sejahtera, Resources Konawe 24
15 Aneka Usaha, PD Kolaka 4
Total 5,134
Source: Minerva Field, ESDM Service of Southeast Sulawesi Province,
The year 2015.

With a small labor force in the mining sector, it would be ironic when
the number of IUPs issued by the government is not comparable to the
benefits that society receives. Based on the results of interviews with
communities working on the ground that the complaints of several
employees working on the ground, both complaints low salary problems,
the absence of health insurance and safety. The average local people who
work are unskilled laborers. Respondents' hands about employment
opportunities in the mining sector are as follows:

572 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Mining provides employment opportunities

Yes
37%
No
63%

Source: Processed questionnaire results, 2017

In addition, the mining sector received a serious spotlight due to

environmental damage. The findings of eight rogue mining companies
which found empirical data in the field of mining activities proved to violate
the AMDAL management body of the Environmental Agency. In Konawe
District, there are many investor activities that have been proven to violate
EIA regulations. The latest find is a Jetty (special dock) building project in
Morosi, Konawe owned by PT Virtue Dragon Nickel Industry (Sultra,
2016). Environmental permit in the form of AMDAL is not in accordance
with the desired expectations. The average violation that is done is
AMDAL not in accordance with the mining activities undertaken.
Then, based on observations made in several districts of Southeast
Sulawesi Province shows that mining in principle has a positive impact
among some people working in the mining sector. But the negative impact
felt by the society is greater is the level of the people's economy does not
have a significant effect on the community. It is asserted based on the
results of interviews with some communities does show that mining in
some districts only slightly gives positive effects to the community. Then
the results of respondents showed the same thing that the majority of the
community said the mine did not give improvements to the economy of
the community

573 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Mines improve the economy of the community
yes No

40%
60%

Source: Processed questionnaire, 2017

Generally, the presence of mining companies increases Local Own

Revenue (PAD). However, it is not proportional to graduate with the
management of the company and the supervision of the Government.
Local government under the pretext of economic growth, increasing PAD
so that mining exploitation continues to be rolled out by issuing IUP.
Meanwhile, the environmental, social and economic impacts of the
community are not addressed by the company. While it is known that
mining companies at least every six months periodically report on mining
activities so that the report should be known during the activities of mining
companies operate. Mining companies in carrying out their mining
activities refer to AMDAL documents so that the environmental, social and
economic concerns of the community have become obligations and
demands.
Eronisnya, if you see some cases that occurred for example, in the
District of Bombana precisely in the Village Wumbubangka distric ts. North
Rarowatu is one of the most severe areas of environmental damage.
There are like the pools d waters and barren along the eye. Moreover,
people around the mining who had worked in the mining sector to work to
survive. The area becomes barren and the former mining has not been

574 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

able to use. In South Konawe district, especially In Watumbohoti village,
Amondo, Koeono, Lakara complained about the existence of a mine. With
the quarry, the yield is reduced because of the flow of water to mix with
the remnants of mining flowing to the place where agriculture and farming
community. With the existence of the problem so that there is a conflict
between a society with the mining company.Meanwhile, complaints in the
village of Laeya by PT INTEGRA mining company no contribution to the
community either in the form of CSR and other assistance. Mining
companies leave behind large mining mounds. By looking at some of the
cases, it seems clear that the Government is merely pursuing economic
growth while other aspects are under-scrutiny. In addition, the Konsel
precisely Village Bungin Permai, District Tinanggea shows that the
process of mining damage polluting coastal livelihoods of local
communities where the people's livelihood as a fisherman who damages
the ecosystem of the sea and harbor activity mine is very disturbing
society Go out to sea an d pollute the environment So public conflicts with
mining companies can not be avoided.
The impact of mining in Kabupaten Konawe Selatan is very harmful
to society. it is reinforced by the statement First Assistant Secretary
Government of South Konawe which states that the impact of
environmental damage caused by mining in the country that has caused
the water flow reduced the number of water springs. A number of mining
companies to mine nickel, not reclaiming back the former region mining.
Before not mining activity, South Konawe is one of the barns of rice in
Southeast Sulawesi. Based on observations made on the average ex-
mining area in southern Konawe is not done reclamation. So that mine
excavation can not be utilized.
The other regencies are Konawe Utara which has the most IUP in
Southeast Sulawesi Province so that some places are used as mining

575 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

areas. With the number of IUPs that have certainly give the hope of the
community towards prosperity. But hopes were stopped because it
appeared to be seen in the district Lasolo Islan d, people living around the
mining area, appears far from being, ironically, the area was surrounded
by a mining region. The impact felt by the public is the presence of vehicle
dust that crosses the journey that mines the results of production.
Moreover, If you see the contribution generated by the mining company
does not give a significant influence on the economy of the community.
Meanwhile, in Kolaka District many mines are closed Or abandoned by
mining companies so that gives a significant impact on society. It certainly
gives a loss to the government for not paying taxes, damaged
environments and no reclamation as a mining company's obligations.
Then there are also many mining companies that do not have permission
so that it adds problems to the management of mining in Southeast
Sulawesi Province. Moreover, there are large puddles that certainly can
no longer be utilized by the community. The area of the Forest area is
turning into huge pockets of your former mines that can not be Used by
society because reclamation is reluctant to be done by the company.
Mining business permits (IUP) issued by the government are not
necessarily issued away but through such a long procedure. The
processing of mining business licenses has always been in conflict with
the Law on environmental protection and management, the Forest Law
and the Law on Minerals and Coal, not to mention the Government
Regulations related to the processing of mining business licenses which
must be complied with in the mining business permit process. Mining
companies are required to meet the requirements set by the laws and
regulations as a form of supporting mining sustainability in Southeast
Sulawesi Province. Ironically, some mining companies do not comply with
the prevailing rules, violate AMDAL rules and so on. Meanwhile, the

576 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

AMDAL Permit is made as if only as an administrative requirement to
complete the exploration permit and exploitation of the mining business.
Especially if you see some mining companies in its management do not
pay attention to environmental aspects so that the environmental damage.
Not to mention a few mines that dislodge the permit both explores and
exploitation and it is very obviously very damaging to the environment
because it was left without environmental improvement by both
companies and local governments as a result of the policy of the provincial
government that has revoked the permit mining companies.
Environmental degradation is actually caused by mining management that
is less concerned about environmental aspects. So some mining
companies that do not comply with the rules are stopped. For the number
of IUPs with problems or nonclean and clear (Non-CNC ) and clean and
clear (CnC) can be seen in the following table:

577 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Table 4 Data Number of C & C and Non C & C IUP in December
2015 in Southeast Sulawesi Province

Source: Minerba Field, Department of Energy and Mineral Resources

IUP IUP IUP IUP Total Total IPR Total IUP

No. Regency/City
Eksploration Operation Eksploration Operation IUP
CnC IUP
Non Eksplorasi
Prod Prod CnC &
Op.
CnC CnC Non CnC Non CnC
Produksi
1 Menteri 1 1 0 0 2 0 0 2
2 Gubernur 0 1 6 1 1 7 0 8
3 Buton 5 28 6 3 33 9 4 46
4 Buton Utara 10 0 4 0 10 4 0 14
5 Buton 5 5 24 0 10 24 0 34
6 Tengah
Buton 0 3 0 1 3 1 0 4
7 Selatan
Bombana 11 54 18 17 65 35 1 101
8 Muna 1 0 2 0 1 2 0 3
9 Konawe 10 5 23 5 15 28 0 43
10 Konawe 33 53 47 17 86 64 0 150
11 Utara
Konawe 21 9 9 2 30 11 0 41
12 Selatan
Konawe 10 4 1 2 14 3 0 17
13 Kepulauan
Kolaka 7 23 1 3 30 4 0 34
14 Kolaka Utara 7 20 1 4 27 5 3 35
15 Kolaka 1 1 0 1 2 1 0 3
16 Timur
Baubau 1 1 1 0 2 1 0 3
Jumlah 122 207 143 56 331 199 8 538

Southeast Sulawesi Province, 2015

Based on the Regulation of the Minister of Energy and Mineral

Resources (ESDM) number 43 of 2015 on Procedure for Evaluation of
Mining IUP Mining, IUP with Non-C & C status must be revoked or
terminated. Therefore, the number of non-C & C IUP in Southeast

578 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Sulawesi province is unfinished in revoked and finalized. Because of the
administrative aspects do not complete the requirements to continue
mining. From the environmental aspect as well as the financial obligations
the mining company pays to the local government. So with the problem,
of course, shows the management of mining in Southeast Sulawesi
Province is not effective. So that with the management gives a significant
impact significant to the environmental, social and economic
community.With the number of problematic IUP 199 gives an illustration
that the mining company does not comply with the prevailing rules so that
the conditions result in impacts. Especially if you see the number of
permits business mining (IUP) version of the Department of Energy and
Mineral Resources (ESDM) Southeast Sulawesi Province amounted to
528 that have been issued. While the result of the coordination meeting of
regencies/cities in Southeast Sulawesi mining business permits only
amounted to 458. A number of IUP versions of districts/municipalities are
not in accordance with the data owned by the ESDM Department of
Southeast Sulawesi Province because there are several IUP that are not
recorded. Some unregistered mining companies may not perform their
obligations in accordance with the law in the form of CSR. Mining
companies listed are closely related to mining companies' environmental,
social and economic obligations, paying royalties or local taxes as well as
to communities in the form of CSR.
In addition, problems related to mining business permit in the area
of the forest in Southeast Sulawesi Province became a serious problem.
Based on data from the Forestry Service of Southeast Sulawesi Province
which mentions about three hundred thousand hectare es has
experienced a critical period even thirty-five thousand hectares declared
very critical. Forest area in Southeast Sulawesi is 2.33 million hectares
consisting of production forest, protection forest, and conservation forest.

579 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 With the destruction of the forest so that people feel the negative impact
of forest destruction, some districts actually have become flood
subscriptions every year. Forest destruction occurred due to illegal
logging and mining activities in several districts. License to borrow forest
area less attention so that reclamation in forest area is not done by the
mining company. The spread of forest destruction in Southeast Sulawesi
Province is as follows:

Table 5: Distribution of Forest Degradation in Southeast Sulawesi

Province
No Regency / City Area /
Hectares
1 Kolaka Utara 6.936
2 Buton 5.607
3 Muna 4.199
4 Konawe Selatan 3.696
5 Kolaka Timur 3.258
6 Kolaka 3.527
7 Bombana 2.546
8 Konawe Utara 2.046
9 Buton Utara 612
10 Bau Bau 653
11 Wakatobi 371
12 Konawe Kepulauan 350
13 Kendari 195
Source: Forestry Service of Southeast Sulawesi Province, 2016

Can not in Deny i t mining sector contribute to the acceleration of

the original area. But on the other hand to give negative impacts that are
felt down and down by the people who feel more negative effects rather
than positive effects. Communities lost their livelihoods due to mine,
vehicle dust and mining activities, marine ecosystems and soil in
southeast Sulawesi were damaged. And even then only a small part of

580 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 the impact that appears on the surface. Therefore, by looking at these
conditions the need for firmness from the government to respond to the
problem. Especially with a number of mining companies began to
mushroom in the province of Southeast Sulawesi with the release of some
IUP that was not active to be active again. If this continues without the
serious attention of the government then the impact of mining can not be
minimized. Therefore the need for tightening at the time of AMDAL so that
there is no gap of environmental damage, economic society increases
with the mine and open employment opportunities for the local community
as possible.

G. CONCLUSIONS
The results indicate that the existence of forest destruction as a
result of mining activities. So that people feel the negative impact of forest
destruction causing flooding every year. The existence of massive
environmental damage that makes it difficult for the community to work in
the agricultural and plantation sectors. Increased poverty of local
residents after mining activities/mining business permits ended and
revoked.

H. RECOMMENDATIONS

1. The need for Commitment of the provincial government and central

government in order to grant mining permits to pay attention to
environmental aspects so that the damage caused by mining can be
minimized.
2. Required accuracy of Local Government in issuing AMDAL
certificate, periodic supervision during mining activities, and law

581 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 enforcement Mining permit management must synergize with other
rules so as not to overlap in mine management affairs.

BIBLIOGRAPHY
Abdoellah, Oekan S. 2016.“Pembangunan Berkelanjutan di Indonesia di
Persimpangan Jalan”. Jakarta. Gramedia Pustaka Utama
Agustino, Leo. 2008. “Dasar Dasar Kebijakan Publik”. Bandung: Alfabeta
Asdak, Chay. 2014.”Kajian Lingkungan Hidup Strategis Jalan Menuju
Pembangunan Berkelanjutan”.Yogyakarta. Gadjah Mada
University Press
Creswell, John W. 2013. Research Design : Quantitative, Qualitative and
Mixed Methods Approaches. London: Sage Publications
Purwanto Erwan Agus & Sulistyastuti.2015. Implementasi Kebijakan Publik
Konsep dan Aplikasinya di Indonesia. Yogyakarta. Gava Media
Rusli,Budiman.2015.”Kebijakan Publik, Pembangun Pelayanan Publik
Yang Responsif”.Cetakan Ke II , Edoya Mitra Sejahtera, Bandung
Smith, Kevin B.&Christopher W. Larimer. “The Public Policy Theory Primer
: A Member of the Perseus Books Group:Westview Press
Soetomo.2013.“Strategi Strategi Pembangunan Masyarakat”.CetakannKe
IV, Pustaka Pelajar, Yogyakarta.
Tachjan, H. 2008.” Implementasi Kebijakan Publik”. Bandung. AIPI
Winarno, Budi. 2012.” Kebijakan Publik, Teori, Proses dan Studi Kasus”.
Cetakan kedua,CAPS,Jakarta
Wahab, Solichin A. 1997.“Analisis Kebijaksanaan dari formulasi ke
Implementasi Kebijaksanaan Negara. Jakarta. Bumi Aksara.
Yuniana & Dewi. 2012.Mengurai Realita Pemiskinan Perempuan di Tengah
Konflik Sumber daya alam Merekam Kasus-kasus Konflik Sumber
Daya Alam Solidaritas Perempuan (2008-2011. Solidaritas
Perempuan
Journal
Arthur Kouame, Fuxing Jiang and Zhu Sitao.2017. “Artisanal gold mining’
simpacton local livelihoods and the mining industry in Ivoly Coast”.
World Journal of Science, Technology and Sustainable
Development Vol. 14 No. 1,pp. 18-28
Ma’mun, Sitti Rahma. 2016. “PertambangaN Emas dan Sistem
Penghidupan Petani: Studi Dampak Penambangan Emas di
Bombana Sulawesi Tenggara. Sodality: Jurnal Sosiologi Pedesaan
| Desember hal 274-280
Laurentiu, Merciu George, et al.2016. “The assessment of social and
economic impacts associated to an abandoned mining site. Case
study: Ciudanovita (Romania)”.Procedia Environmental Sciences
32:420 -430

582 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Erica Schoenberger. 2016. ”Environmentally sustainable mining: The case
of tailings storage facilities”.Resources Policy49 :119-128
C. Vintró et al. 2014. “Environmental sustainability in the mining sector:
evidence from Catalan companies”.Journal of Cleaner Production :
1-9
Dissertation
Angula, 2007. The environmental impacts of small-scale mining in namibia:
a case study of uis small scale mining site-erongo region. Faculty
of Economics and Management Science Department of Political
and Administrative studies. The University Of Namibia (UNAM)

KoranRakyat Sultra http://rakyatsultra.co.id/investor-wajib-kantongi-amdal/

diakses pada tanggal 18 Maret 2016).
(http://kendaripos.co.id/2015/08/252-pemegang-iup-di-sultra-memenuhi-
syarat-untuk-dicabut/. Diakses pada tanggal 26 Agustus 2015
.Koran Rakyat Sultra http://rakyatsultra.co.id/investor-wajib-kantongi-
amdal/ diakses pada tanggal 18 Maret 2016).

583 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 DISCRETION (FREIES ERMESSEN):THE LEGAL DEVICE IN
SUPPORTING DEVELOPMENT

Murtir Jeddawi
[email protected]

ABSTRACT

The Implementation of development requires appropriate legal

policies to avoid collusion, corruption, and nepotism. However, the
government officers are being hesitate in conducting their duties due to a
reason of corruption suspects.Thereby impacting in the implementation
of development. Actually, discretion is a legal basis which is safely to be
used, but due to lack of understanding of the state officers , they do not
use it. This paper will explain the discretion as a "living law" which will be
more understood deeply.

Keywords: Development, Discretion, living law.

A. INTRODUCTION
The disharmony between legal norms (das sollen) and its
implementation (das sein) always happened. In some cases, the gap
were caused by the legal politics of the sovereign (Mahfud, 2015), as
theorized by Marryman (Marryman, 1969), that a political determinant of
the law. This kind of law is in authoritarian (non-democratic) state, the law
functioned as policy which justifed their own actions. Policies and laws
were directing the public being obedient to the state (Hakim, 1998).
Contrary to the democratic state policies, Meuwissen says, the contents
and shapes of laws are changed depend on time, place and many social
factors. The Legal functions in the Law on Public Services (UUPP) are:
(1) The Realization of legal reference on public service; (2) The realization
of legal certainty of investment implementation in Indonesia; (3) The
Establishment of good public service organization; (4) The
Implementation of effective and targeted resources managemnet of

584 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

public service apparatur; (5) The realization of Controlling system in public
services implementation; And (6) The Realization of community
participation in public administration (Meuwissen, 1994).

In the Article 3 of Law Number 25 of 2009 on Public Service, it is

clearly stated that the function of law is to serve the community, but in
reality there are doubtness in implementing the development programmes
which based on a strong legal foundation .

In the middle of 2015, the government being criticized by the

experts concerning about the State Budget (APBN) Changes ,for the
government’s officer were being doubt in spending the development
budget (Awaluddin, 2016).

The point of that criticism due to the Revised of State Budget 2015
set a budget of Rp 1.319, 5 trillion; About 60 percent or Rp 795.5 trillion is
distributed to the ministries . The rest are transferred to the regions in
balancing funds (revenue sharing, general allocation funds, and special
allocation funds), an autonomy funds, village funds, privileges of the
Special Territory of Yogyakarta, and other transfer funds. The budget is
intended to development expenditure of this country in 2015. However,
on August 2015 the expenditure used was about 20 percent of funds
,means the absorption of the government budget is very lowl, which is
influence the economic stagnation and national investment (Muratara,
2015).

The Low absorption Budget causes President Jokowi furious, thus

, asked the Police and the Attorney not to criminalize the government
administration discretion measures in the framework of policies and
breakthroughts which are based on good intentions (Tjandra, 2016).
There are two reasons why President Jokowi asked not to criminalize the
government's discretion. First, the President hasitate if the budget was

585 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 not being properly absorbed it would be stunted the development
programmes. Second, the president know well that whenever the officials
were not criminilized by reason of "discretion" and then absorbing the
budget without controling , it could get stuck in corruption suspect How
the government's handling this problem, as for the government officials
in charge and have responsibility in conducting people welfare ?

B. LEGAL ISSUES
Based on the problems above, can be formulated two legal issues :

1. How should be The State Budget (APBN ) absorbed optimally

and not hampering the development implementation?
2. Whether the discretion policy could be used as a legal based in
optimazing the development budget absorption?

C. THEORETICAL REVIEW: DISCRETIONARY POWER OR FREIES

ERMESSEN
The President has instructed the law enforcers ie; Police and
Attorney , they were not allowed to criminalize the discretion which
conducted by government officials, especially local governments. This
statement has been repeatedly stated, even he has an idea to formulate
the anti-criminalization rules of government officials , it was a response
of the regional heads and government officials complaint who were not
dare enoungh in spending the budget, as for they were worried about
being criminalized. So far there were a lot of government officials who
have been being prisoned because of this budget disbursement case.
Then, what should be done to avoid the criminalization? The experts and
President agree that the best solution to avoid the budget disbursment is

586 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

by taking the advantage of legal based discretion. That is why discretion
necessary?

Generally, the government officials of budget management were

being accused and punished as defendants for gratification , baksheesh,
kick back, markups; in article 2 on law violations , and article 3 on abuse
of authority (abuse of power), corruption eradication law. These two
chapters were terribly, indeed it stated that someone suspected of being
able to the detriment of state finances . The word "being able" is
something that has not happened yet, but the law apparatus used it strictly
on the pretext of potentially harming the state finances. According to
Hamid Awaluddin, these two articles are actually too loose.

Actually, The Officials should not be afraid and hesitate in policy-

making, because they have authorizes automatically, thus, the state
officials have the right and authority to conduct discretion, that is called
freies ermessen in Germany Legal System. In the UK it is known as
discretionary power, which is also used in Law No.30 of 2014 on
Government Administration

The freies ermessen is derived from the word frei means free,
loose, unbound, and independent. While ermessen means to consider,
judge, guess and estimate. Freies Ermessen means a person who has a
freedom to judge, guess, and consider something. The term is typically
used in the government sphere, so that freies ermessen (discretionary
power) is defined as an opportunity or right for officials or state
administrative bodies to take an action without having to be fully bound
by the law (Lukman, 1996). Another definition is given by Nana Saputra,
which is a freedom granted to the administrative that is means in
principle, the authorization of state administrative to prioritize an
effectiveness of a goal (doelmatigheid) rather than adhering to the rule of

587 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

law Saputra, 1988), or legitimate authority to interfere in social activities
to carry out the duties of administering the public interest (Ridwan, 2008).
Bachsan Mustafa mentions that, freies ermessen is given to the
government which is functioned in governing or state administration that
carry out the general welfare, it is different from the judiciary function in
resolving disputes among the society. The government's decision more
prioritize to the achievement of goals (doelmatigheid) rather than in
accordance with the applicable law (rechtmatigheid) (Mustafa, 1990).

Although the freies ermessen was granted to government or state

administration is logicalyl consequence of the welfare state's conception,
but in the rule of law framework, the freies ermessen cannot be used
indefinitely (Jeddawi, 2012). Sjahran Basah expressed the elements of
freies ermessen in a law state as follows:

1. Aimed in performing public service (service) duties.

2. An active action of state administration;

3. The conducts are made possible by law;

4. The conducts are taken on their own initiative;

5. The conducts are intended to solve the problem (solution) of

important problems that arise suddenly;

6. The conducts can be accounted both morally to God Almighty and

legally (Basah, 1992).

Freies ermessen is emerging as an alternative to fill the

shortcomings and weaknesses in the application of the principle of legality
(wetmatigheid van bestuur). As for welfare state, the principle of legality

588 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 has limited role in serving the public interest, which is growing rapidly in
line with the development of science and technology. According to Laica
Marzuki, freies ermessen is a freedom granted to the state administration
in the framework of governance, in accordance with the increasing of
public services requirements that is more complex by the time . Freies
ermessen is inevitable in the modern and democratic welfare state,
especially in the late XXI century.

D. DISCUSSION: DISCRETION IN THE STATE OF LAW

Based on the theoretical description above, the legal basis of
discretion or Freies Ermessen is very strong. The discourse in terms of
Lawrance Friedman becomes a living law, although unwritten (Friedman,
1975). As stated in Law Number 30 The year 2014 which expressly states,
the purpose of discretion is: to run the government, fill the legal void,
provide legal certainty and overcome the stagnation of government in
certain circumstances for public interest benefit. With such a strong legal
basis, officials, regional heads should not be hesitate to take discretion,
especially with the conditions of our nation today, which the development
activities should be done expeditiously.

The philosophy of discretion is essentially the core of the rule of

law itself. Discretion is a consequence of authority attribution is given to
the administrative officials , for in the implementation of government
functions there are limitations of the law which implicate to the occurrence
of unclearly legal norms , legal void , or the gap between the rule of law
norms and the need for government practice (Tjandra, 2016).

In this case, the principle of a modern legal state as the pillar of

government in some European countries and European common law

589 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 states were being tolerate legal discovery by government administration
officials known as freies ermessen or discretion.

Discretion is intended to overcome the stagnation of government

and to make the implementation of government responsibility in
conducting public services more effective. In this context, President
Jokowi appeal request should be placed in the correct proportion (Thoha,
2008). The use of discretion by the government which give the limits
scope of the crime by the courts, actually is a benchmark the quality of
the separation / distribution of power principle as result the French
Revolution then become a milestone in the commencement of
constitutional democracy and the state of law that infiltrates absolutism (
De Putra, 2014).

E. DISCRETION DISCREPANCIES
Indeed, discretion is a freedoom can be used to overcome certain
problems. However, it is often diverted, for example, in the cases of
procurement of goods and services with a fictitious or regulated model
(KKN / collusion, corruption, and nepotism). The application by
government administrative officials is inconsistent with the government
need , so there were potentially arbitrary acts or deviation abuse of
authority by government officials who has intention corruption , then
discretionary corruption would be occurred (Madril, 2016).

Therefore, in order to prevent the motive of discretion or deviantion

behavior in carrying out the authority of government administration
officials should be controlled through the general principles of good
administration, an unwritten administration of governmental principles (
Hadjon, 2010).

590 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Logically, The president's statement on the need for precision of
law enforcement officers, especially the Police and the prosecutor in
assessing the discretion of government officials should become a
momentum to actualize good governance principles as the spirit of the
implementation of government functions. Government administrative
officials do not need to be gripped and seized with fear if the discretion
is done based on discretion philosophy and pay attention to general
principles of the administration (general principle of good administration).
These principles cannot be separated from the existence of state
administration as a government (executive) with greater power and has
directly connected with the people(Sirajudin, 2012).

F. BUREAUCRATIC REFORM
As for the corruption, colution and nepotism (KKN) of bureaucracy
and misuse of discretion are happened frequently, the government must
accelerate the process of bureaucratic reform. The philosophy of
discretion and clean apparatus will have not be meaningful without good
governance. Until nowdays The massive corruption caused by the
bureaucratic system which is corrupt and the system not based on
meritocracy system which recently strongly encouraged by the
government. However, the meritocracy model is contrary with the
Legislator needs. Although the government has issued the policy of Law
No. 5 of 2014 on the State Civil Apparatus (ASN), but the Legislators
wants the State Civil Servant Committee to be dissolved, it will threatened
bureaucratic meritocracy system. It must be acknowledged that the
bureaucratic reform programm has not been running optimally and the
implementation have not as expected yet.

591 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

G. CONCLUSION
From the description above , it can be concluded that by the
strenght legal basis the government officials should not be hesitate to do
discretion as a policy solution.As for, this country is still need
development, if the government officials passive and moreover afraid to
take the initiative, especially related to the funding or budget , it will
certainly be hinder the acceleration of development. All activities
undertaken by the government must be accountable to the public and
God. The public understanding of its being the whole component of the
people as the source of the establishment of democratic government.
From the point of leadership, such style or model of leadership makes the
government more close to the fate of the people. The most important
point is the bureaucratic reform should begin to change the model of a
normative hierarchy of procedural with a networking model. Leadership
model is not as expected. Networking is a work model and service-based
participation relying on the network of all the components that exist, as
well as control of the performance of government (and its officials). Thus,
for example, the eradication of corruption, normatively procedural should
not only be the duties of the Corruption Eradication Committee( KPK ) only
and other law enforcement agencies, but networking also involves all
actors; Including the people, political parties, non-governmental
organizations (NGOs), nitizens, profit organizations and non-profit
organizations. If so far there is corruption at the government level, by the
networking model, corruption eradication will be results on satisfying all
parties. It not only accentuates the tremendous power that has occurred
so far. In the context of discretionary use, it would be very relevant to be
connected to a networking leadership model.

592 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

REFERENCES
Abdul Hakim Garuda Nusantara, Indonesian Political Law, (Jakarta: LBHI,
1998).
Abdul Latif, Law and Regulation of Wisdom (Beleidsregel), (Yogyakarta:
Creative Total Media, 2012).
Bachsan Mustafa, Principles of State Administration Law (Bandung: Citra
Aditya Bakti, 1990).
D.H.M. Meuwissen, "Legal Development", in Journal PRO JUSTITIA, Year
XII No. 1 January 1994, p.67.
Goldsmith and Willian Eggers in Governing by Networking, cited in the
Accountability of Public Officials by Miftah Thoha, Kompas, May
23, 20013.
Hamid Awaluddin, Criminalization of Dsikresi, Kompas, June 24, 2016.
J.H. Marryman, The Civil Law Tradition, (California: Standford University
Press, 1969).
Juma'De Putra, The Most Spectacular Revolutions in the World,
(Jogjakarta: IRCISoD, 2014).
Kompas, July 22, 2016, Riawan Tjandra, Disclaimer Fraud.
Kompas, August 11, 2016.
Kompas, June 24, 2016. pp.4.
Kompas, June 24, 2017.
Kompas, February 7, 2017.
Marcus Lukman, Existence of Policy Rules in the Planning and
Implementation of Development Plans in the Region and their
Impact on the Development of National Written Legal Material,
Dissertation (Bandung: Padjadjaran University, 1996).
Murtir Jeddawi, Law of State Administration, (Yogyakarta: Creative Total
Media, 2012).
Murtir Jeddawi, Making the Bureaucratic Role Effective to Reduce
Corruption Behavior, (Yogyakarta: Creation of Total Media, 2009).
Moh. Mahfud MD, Materials Post-Graduate Lecture, Political Law, FH UII,
2015.
Nana Saputra, Law of State Administration, (Jakarta: Rajawali, 1988).

593 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Oce Madril, Discression or Corruption, Kompas, August 11, 2016.
Philipus M. Hadjon, et.al. Introduction to Indonesian Administrative Law,
(Yogyakarta: Gadjah Mada University Press, 2010, cet.ke-10).
Riawan Tjandra, Disclaimer Financing, Kompas, July 22, 2016.
Ridwan, Law of State Administration (Jakarta: Rajawali Pers, 2008).
Secretariat of the Ministry of PAN and Bureaucracy Reform, 2016.
Sirajudin, et.al., Public Service Law: Based on Participation and Information
Disclosure, (Malang: Setara Press, 2012).
Sjahran Basah, Legal Protection for Attitudes of State Administration
(Bandung: Alumni, 1992).
Kompas Plan Header, July 21, 2016.
Yeremias T. Keban, Capacity Building and Good Governance Issues in
Bureaucratic Reform, In Reformed State Apparatus Reform
(Yogyakarta: Gava Media and Management and Public Policy and
Master of Public Administration UGM, 2010).
People's Sovereignty, 16 February 2015.

594 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 THAILAND'S MARINE FISHING PROBLEM

PawidaRungset, SeksonYongwanit
Khon Kaen University, Khon Kaen, Thailand

ABSTRACT
In Thailand, the sea fishing industry is important in ensuring food
security, providing income generation through exports, and offers
employment creation through development of the industry. Nonetheless,
the sea fisheries in Thailand are found to be encountering challenges such
as;a deterioration of natural resources, over fishing, conflicts between
small fishing communities and commercial fishing firms, threats to the
livelihoods of small fishing communities, illegal fishing, a lack of expertise
in sea fishing, lack of accountability by the regulating authority, and a lack
of information on sea fishing. However, the government is trying to
address the problems related tosea fisheries in order to ensure its
sustainability.
Keywords: Sea Fisheries, Fisheries in Thailand, Problems of
Fisheries

A. IMPORTANCE OF SEA FISHERIES TO THAILAND

Thailand consists of 23 sea areas; theseinclude 6 in the Andaman
Sea coastal provinces and 17 in the Gulf of Thailand coastal provinces,
amounting to atotal coastline of 2,942.35 kilometers. Sea fishing,
especially local fishing, has been around for a long time, while modern
fisheries, in the form of commercial fishing, were born during the time of
the First National Economic Development Plan (1961-1966), with the
support of modern equipment and technology from Germany. Fisheries
stations were established in Songkhla, Phuket, and fishing enterprises
were established which are the 'Fish Marketing Organization' and the
'Cold Storage Organization'. When fishing technology began to develop,
the quantity of coastal fish began to constantly decrease. The fishery
catchment area has developed from coastal fishing in the Gulf of Thailand,
to deep sea fishingin international waters far beyond, due to the

595 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

developmentof new fishing technology. Data from the Department of
Fisheries showed the growth of the fishing industry; in 2014 the catch of
Thai fishing vessels, fishing in the Gulf of Thailand, Andaman Sea, and
beyond Thai waters was 1,557,860 tons in total. Sea Fishing is important
to Thailand in the following ways:

Food security: Fish is a protein food source which is affordable for

rural people. It is a really significant contributor to healthy food and food
security. It is especially important to the local fishing communities, which
number over 2,500 communities around the shoreline.

Economic: export revenues from the nations fishing industry.

Thailand has been a major producer and exporter of seafood. The top 10
countries / groups of countries that take the most fishery product exports
are America, Japan, EU, Africa, ASEAN, Australia, Middle East, Canada,
China, South America.

Table1: The quantity and value of fishery products exported from

Thailand to other countries, by year, are as shown below:

Year Quantity (ton) Value (USD)

2009 1,874,825.63 6,520.84
2010 2,058,353.73 6,880.69
2011 1,974,965.40 7,547.60
2012 1,908,099.14 7,680.78
2013 174,845.07 6,614.06
Source: Fisheries Foreign Affairs Division, Department of Fisheries.

596 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 The quantity and value of fishery products exported from Thailand
to other countries affects upon its Gross Domestic Product (GDP)

Table 2:Gross Domestic Product (GDP) from the Fisheries

production sector, at current prices.
Year GDPfrom Proportion GDP Proportion GDP
Fisheries of manufacturing of manufacturing
production sector sector per GDP sector per
(million dollars) production% GDP Agriculture
sector%
2007 2,847.80 1.15 10.77
2008 2,731.14 1.03 8.95
2009 3,040.34 1.15 10.1
2010 3,169.80 1.08 8.72
2011 3,212.26 1.05 7.86
2012 3,283.80 0.91 7.95
2013 3,025.04 0.81 7.08
2014 3,139.27 0.82 8.04
2015 2,996.40 0.76 8.34
2016 2,207.09 0.72 8.84
(Jan.-Sep.)
Source: National Statistical Office of Thailand

Moreover, the sea fishing industry is also a large source of

employment. There are approximately 172,430 fishermen in employment
(82% are foreigners). About 515,000 people, mostly women, are engaged
in fishing related industries, such as fish processing, dock/shipyard
industry, canned and frozen fish products, and fishmeal production.
(Department of Fisheries, 2015).

Thailand's new fisheries plan has influenceupon food security. The

economy benefits in terms of direct income from fisheries, associated
industries, and employment, but there are many issues that must be
discussed.

597 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

B. THAILAND'S SEA FISHING ISSUES
Fisheries in Thailand can be summarized by the Thailand fisheries
management plan and the national policy on the management of Thai sea
fisheries 2015-2019 from the Department of Fisheries, Ministry of
Agriculture and Cooperatives,combined with observation ofthe social
outlook as follows:

1. The deterioration of natural resources and the over fishing of some

economically important aquatic species. Both of these are
associated with the constantly decreasing numbers of aquatic
species;this has the effectthat Thai fishing boats have to go further
afield to fish and so encounter more risk. First of all there is the
deterioration of natural resources, which are the habitat of aquatic
animals: mangroves, coral reefs, sea grass, and other aquatic
habitats were destroyed due to the devastating use of fishing tools,
urban growth, tourism, and alsodue to climate change.There is
especially the problem of a lack of cooperation and coordination
between relevant agencies, for the preservation and restoration of
the aquatic animal's habitats. Hence, thereis excessive fishing of
essential economical fish such as trash fish, used to produce
fishmeal for animal feed. Because of excessive fishing by boats,
especially commercial fishing vessels,and no limitation on the size
and amount of effective fishing equipment, such as use of tiny mesh
fishing nets which impact on the growth of newly spawned and
juvenile aquatic animals. In addition, notification of the issue of the
deterioration of national resources and over fishing took place while
the modern Thai fisheries began to develop during the First National
Economic Development Plan (1961-1966), increasing the volume of
fishing. When there was deterioration in the marine resources in Thai
waters, new fishing territories, further afield,were explored. Through

598 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 the Ninth National Economic and Social Development Plan (2002-
2006) there was legislation toexclude fishing equipment that could
destroy coastal eco-systems, especially gill netting and
trawling.Zoning boundaries for the shoreline utilized areas of Coral
Sea grass, and seaweedprotection, included in a plan for
redeveloping degraded coastline suffering from erosion, waste-water
treatment, community disposal systemsand development activity
along the coastline. It is worth reflecting that the natural resources
had been vastly destroyed for decades before the government
shifted towards recovery and conservation.
2. Conflict between local fishing and commercial fishing. This was due
to the smuggling of commercial fishing vessels within the 3,000-
meter zone, where small fishing vessels are used. Due to the
commercial fishing vessels having a higher capacity, they can
operatefar off-shore, sometimes reachingforeign waters, but due to
Exclusive Economic Zones and law enforcement in the area during
the 1970s, by neighboring countries,the Thai fishing area became
decreased. Many commercial fishing vessels were pushed backto
fishing in Thai waters. Combined with rising oil prices, the fishing
vessels no longer could afford to fish at long distance. They turned
to illegal fishing in the 3,000-meter zone, using large fishing
vesselsfor fishing at night,when the government fisheries sector
could not arrest the perpetrators. Due to the effectupon the ecology-
system, decreasing aquatic resources, and the lifestyle of many of
the local communities,there were no aquatic animalsleft for fishing
and so they had to turn to other careers. However, many of the
communities hadmoved against the smuggling commercial fishing
vessels, leading to the closure of the Gulf and forcing the government
to take action on commercial fishing vessels. Furthermore, the

599 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 communitiesraised funds to organize surveillance units by local
fishermen. This included a group or unit responsible for the eviction
of commercial fishing vessels, etc. (NaruedomTimprasert, 2011,
116).
3. Issues of Illegal fishing and fishing labor: The Sea fishing industry is
one of the important industries in the country, generating one million
jobs. Thailand is one of the world's largest marine product exporters.
However, the demands on the laborers within the industryare still
high, with heavy working conditions and long periods away at sea.
Most laborers decline to work in the fishing industry leading to the
sea-fishing industry experiencing a shortage of 10,000 crew workers.
At the moment, there are approximately 300,000 workers on Thai
fishing boats at sea, including both Thai and foreign migrant workers.
The tendency is for the ratio of foreign migrants to be several times
higher than Thai workers,being due to; the dangerous work and the
long periods at sea, unfair employment problems, violations of labor
rights, and human trafficking issues. Consequently, Thai fisheries
have faced two critical issues: 1) human trafficking of fishing labor.
According to the Trafficking in Persons Report 2014 (TIP Report), it
states that Thailand has been lowered to Tier 3 level, the
countriesthat have the worst human trafficking issues, along with a
group of other countries that do not comply with the US Human
Trafficking Compliance Minimum Standards, and make no effort to
solve the Human Trafficking issue.13 2) The European Commission
(EC) Fisheries and Oceans unit has issued a "yellow card" to
officially inform Thailand ofthe lack of measures to fight Illegal,

13
The United States has revised Thailand’s credibility level in the report on the trafficking
situation in 2016 back to Tier 2 Surveillance (Tier 2 "Tier 2 Surveillance", indicating progress in
the efforts of the Thai government. To solve human trafficking Especially the situation in the
fishing industry)

600 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Unreported and Unregulated Fishing (IUU Fishing) in order to
conserve fisheries resources and environment. Both these problems
affect Thailand's image and also Thailand's fishing industry. It could
also cause Thailand to lose support in various areas, with withdrawal
of assistance from major international institutions. The result could
be being subjected to being barred or being subjected to trade
barriers, which would be a major problem for the fishery industry
between Thailand, the United States and the European Union
(MatthayaSripana, 2015, 3).
4. The shortage of skilled people in sea fishing: not having a specific
department responsible for Sea fishing, affecting the capabilities of
management where there are large benefits from sea fishing. As
WicharnSirichaiekkawat–a sea fishing expert - said "With no people
to promote it, the Fisheries department today has knowledge to
manage the sea? No. I used to say that as long as Thailand has sea,
there are hundreds of billions of resources per year. Why we don't
have a Sea-Fisheries department? We have the Department of
Sericulture, which today has only a thousand million in value. We
have developed a department to look after those benefits...
"(/77http://thaipublica.org/2015/07/wicharn-iuu-7-7-2558/) A
problem of managementarises from people and organizations, such
as the IUU fishing, struggling forstructural guidance, empowerment
of oversight and problem resolution, as authorization in solving the
problem overlaps between the commander of the center to solve
illegal fishing, the commander of the Navy (Equivalent to the Director
General), who directly reports to Prime Minister by virtue of Section
4414, while the Fisheries Act, BE 2558 authorizes the minister of

14
Section 44 of the Constitution of the Kingdom of Thailand.(Temporary) 2014 The National
Council for Peace and Order has the authority to order, hold, suspend or commit any action.
Regardless of whether the action will be legally enforceable In administrative or judicial way

601 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Agriculture and Cooperatives to act. It is indicated that the
commander of the Navy, who is equivalent to the Director General,
has the power to instruct the Minister.
5. There is a lack of useful information such as data, human resources,
skilled technical officers, science collection, and data analysis.
Therefore, the Department of Fisheries does not have essential
information such as, knowing the types of fish, where they are found,
their quantity, etc.

C. IMPLEMENTATION OF POLICY TO RESOLVE THE ISSUES OF THAI

SEA FISHERIES
If we consider that policy is the framework or direction in which to
operate an organization, by having a broad concept that represents a
philosophy or ideology for achieving the goal, this should be agreed by
the majority of the people. The policy could be considered as a
management process which leads the plan to be implementable and
practical. A program will consists of several well correlated projects and
aim to achieve the same targets. A project may be an element on a map,
that leads to the success and achievement of the plan's objectives by
operating many activities as described in the project. This explanation can
be shown as inthe diagram below:

602 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Policy

Plan

Program

Project

Activity

The sequences of implementation of a policy applied to the solve

sea fisheries issue, by the government, can be described as follows:

1. Policy: General Prayuth Chan-o-cha, the Prime Minister, made a

policy statement to the National Legislative Assembly on September
12, 2014 regarding 11 policies. The Sea Fisheries policy is the
second policy in maintaining the state's security and foreign affairs.
While an emergency policy toestablish sea security,as part of the
nation's security, during 2015-2021 for the protection of national
marine interests include:
a. Human resources development, knowledge, and awareness of
the sea's importance.
b. The development of national marine interests by state
organizations in law or in line with other relevant international
obligations. The potential for public networks to support the
operation of government agencies

603 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

2. Plan: derived from the National Security policy for protection of
National Marine interests. A sea fisheries management plan has
been established. The National Policy on Sea Fisheries 2015-2019
from the Department of Fisheries has a vision of sustainable
fisheries, under good governance, by having complete control ofthe
aquatic resources and environment that will result in anti-IUU fishing,
increased economic returns and a better quality of life. In addition,
Thailand’s Sea Fisheries management plan aims to:
a. Reform Thailand's sea fisheries to providea restricted access
fishing system that will affect upon the level of fishing and
correlate with the maximum, sustainable outcome.
b. Prevent,restrict and eliminate IUU.
c. Increase the benefits to all stakeholders while reducing the
conflicts between the major stakeholders.
d. Improve the marine environment.
e. Strengthen sea fisheries under sustainable management.

3. Program: formation of a project and activities to solve the Thai sea

fisheries issuesare outlined in the table below:

604 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Problem Program
1. Decline of Increase of mangrove areas by 4,000 Rai by 2019.
national resources (1 Hectare = 6.25 Rai) Increase of coral reefs and
sea grass area by 4 percent, under effective
management, by 2019

2.Catching Reducing capture of small fish to 50 percent of the

economically current level by technical measures such as net,
essential aquatic mesh size expansion andtemporary closures of
species fishing grounds, in some areas

3. Conflicts - Changing fisheries zones into coastal fisheries

between local areas based on scientific information and
fishermen and stakeholder consultation.
commercial - The establishment of a participatory fishing
fishermen committee.

4. Problem of National Action Plan on Prevention, Restriction

fisheries labor and and Elimination of Illegal Fishing that has a lack of
illegal fisheries reporting and is uncontrolled during 2015-2019
(urgent problem)
5. Lack of expertise - Improving the potential of provincial district
in sea fisheries and fisheries officers in terms of the fisheries.
organization - Establish a new division responsible for
particularly for management of marine resources, authorization
fisheries of licensing and allocation of fishing areas, etc.
6. Lack of useful Improve the data collection and publish it.
information Publication of information provides for easier
implementation. Support the monitoring process
of the sea fisheries management plan, such as by
developing the collection and linking of fisheries
statistics.

The key to Thailand's sea fisheries issues,regarding policy, is in the

process of policy implementation. It will be interesting to see what the
results of implementation will be. Will they meet the set goals? So the
compelling issuenow will be the rangeof policies for identifying the
mistakes and making improvements and corrections to deliver sustainable
sea fisheries.

605 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

A. CONCLUSION
The new plan for Thai Sea fisheries started from the first National
Economic Development Plan (1961-1966) onwards and resulted in the
continuous development of the potential of Thailand’s sea fisheries. Thus,
seafood has become a source of national food security. In the economic aspect:
Thailand is one of the world’s top seafood exporters, with a high annual value,
constant growth of industrial fisheries, and increasing levels of employment. In
contrast, Thailand’s sea fisheries are facing many issues such as;the
deterioration of natural resources,over fishing of aquatic species, conflicts
between local and commercial fisheries, labor problems and IUU, lack of
expertise in managing sea fisheries. This has resulted inhaving no specialist
organization to supportsea fisheries and a lack of useful information; however,
the government has addressed the sea fisheries issue’s with a policy they hope
will provide sustainable marine fisheries.

REFERENCES
Department of Fisheries, Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives (2015)
Fisheries Management Plan for Thailand’s sea fisheries.
Export Fisheries Product Data for 2007-2014. Search from
www.fisheries.go.th/forign/images/excel/ exMainPage56.xlsx
National Policy on Sea Fisheries Management 2015-2019. Search from
http://www.fisheries.go.th/local/
file_document/20161126150115_file.pdf
NaruedomTimprasert (2011) People's participation based on community
rights in the generating of local marine ordinances: A case study of
Tahsala Sub-district Administrative Organization, Nakhon Si
Thammarat Province. (Master thesis) National Institute of
Development Administration, Faculty of Public Administration
Retrieved from http://libdcms.nida.ac.th/thesis6/2554/b175407.pdf
Matthana Si Phana. (2015). The problems of fisheries, labor and illegal
fishing: the impact on the Thai fishing industry. Academic article, 5
(May 12, 2015), 3

606 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

WicharnSirichaiekkavat (July 7, 2015) Sea fisheries in the case of IUU (Part
1): The Falsifying of Government's Solution - The Department of
Fisheries, "IUU Actually," suggest to expands the export value of
35,000 million Baht separating between shrimp – tuna – sea fish.
Then negotiate with EU. Thai Publica from
http://thaipublica.org/2015/07/wicharn-iuu-7-7-2558/

607 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 THE SIGNIFICANCE OF PHILANTHROPY ON THE INCAPACITATED
MINORITY

Aivie Pearl V. Balasan

Nachelle Therese V. Baylon
Kimberly D. Degala
Nordeline E. Elardo
Hannah Mica P. Gonzales
Rocel Ann B. Magusara
Novi Mari F. Noble
Shane Hillary J. See
Students, Bachelor of Arts in Political Science

West Visayas State University, La Paz, Iloilo City, Philippines

ABSTRACT
For a long time, Filipinos with disabilities have suffered from
inequity. In the case of Iloilo City’s PWDs, they continue to suffer double
marginalization; not only needing to deal with disablement complications
but also the consequences of poverty. Their economic, social, and political
rights have been alarmingly neglected. Despite the passage of Republic
Act 7277 or the Magna Carta for people with disabilities in 1991, which
guarantees their right to primary and auxiliary services, there are still
significant impediments: the stigma surrounding a disability and society’s
lack of empathy. These individuals often face an isolated life that is
segregated and debased.
In spite of their predicament, Ilonggo PWDs were able to find
sanctuary and obtain métier through the collective workforce of non-profit
organizations like the Association of Disabled Persons-Iloilo, Inc. In
addition to bringing convenience and creating opportunities for the
aforementioned community, these types of institutions are also aiding the
government in policy making processes in terms of electing someone
capable enough to represent the PWDs in addressing their concerns.
Aside from being provided sustention advantages, the lives of
handicapped Ilonggos have remarkably improved due to the
establishment of a philanthropic group that is specifically geared towards
protecting and upholding their rights. Furthermore, The Department of
Labor and Employment may have granted means of livelihood specifically
for PWDs, but such laws are hardly implemented and the allotted
governmental budget for disablement services is inadequate.

608 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 The researchers conducted an interview with the members and
staff of the ADP-I, Inc. using a methodology that is qualitative in nature.
The procedures and methods of analysis from two research orientations
were used: case study and social development approach. The results
showed how in a complex and challenging society, non-profit
organizations are established with the aim of providing public services to
communities in order to be an intermediary between citizens and
authorities.

Key Words: Persons with disability, marginalization, Philippines

A. INTRODUCTION
Robert Hensel, a Guinness World Records holder born with the
disorder Spina bifida once said:

“No disability or dictionary out there is capable of clearly defining who

we are as a person. It's only when we step out of that labeled box
that our abilities begin to be fully recognized; giving us a better
meaning of who we truly are as individuals.”

Disability is an ever present concern in developing countries like

the Philippines. The United Nations Development Program estimates that
80 percent of persons with disabilities live in developing countries. The
World Bank estimates that 20 percent of the world's poorest people have
some kind of disability. In the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs), the
need to understand the link between disability and poverty is recognized.
Filipinos with disabilities are the most vulnerable minority in their
own country. Their economic, social, and political rights have not been
properly recognized and their access to educational opportunities and
government services has been insufficient. Studies that examine the
conditions of PWDs are likewise very limited, with statistics being very
rare. In fact, the recorded figure of persons with disability (PWD) in the
2000 CPH was 935,551 persons, which was 1.23 percent of the

609 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

household population. This shows that sixteen (16) out of a thousand
Filipinos most likely experienced the above mentioned biased treatments
due to their disability.
Despite the passage of Republic Act 7277 or the Magna Carta for
people with disabilities in 1991, which guarantees their right to
employment, health, education, and auxiliary services, there are still
significant barriers that keep them from fully participating in society,
including the stigma surrounding a disability and society’s poor
understanding of the abilities and aspirations of the disabled people.
Often, they face a life that is segregated and debased, and many live in
isolation and insecurity.
Inspired by the outcome of the Second National Congress for the
Disabled Persons, which took place in Bago City on July 26-28, 1990;
Louie Arches Posa, Mario Abaygar, Henry Orleans, all with physically
impairments, went into work right away together with the active support of
the Regional Council for the Welfare of Disabled Persons (RCWDP)
Region VI and the Special Education staff. They organized the First
Consultative Meeting of the Disabled Persons in Iloilo City on September
2, 1990. The consultative meeting was participated in by people with cross
section of disability; the orthopedically handicapped, the visually and
hearing impaired. Driven by their desire to be organized as a potent group
and to have a vehicle in which they can translate their aspirations into
reality, the participants to the consultative meeting organized the
Association of Disabled Persons-Iloilo, Inc. (ADP-I).
As part of organization’s annual activities, included therein the
Community Based Rehabilitation (CBR) Program of Iloilo Province.
Community Based Rehabilitation (CBR) is a strategy within community
development for the rehabilitation, equalization of opportunities and social
integration of all people with disabilities. CBR is implemented through the

610 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 combined efforts of disabled people themselves, their families and
communities, and appropriate health, education, vocational and social
services. CBR program is five (5) years contract from 2008, funded
by Christian Blind Mission (CBM). As their Vision: In the Philippines,
disabled people have full citizenship and Mission: Through collective
action, influencing and enabling Municipalities and Community
stakeholders to adopt CBR as the strategy for gaining full citizenship for
disabled people.

B. RESEARCH OBJECTIVES
1. To comprehend the respective roles of the government and non-
governmental organizations in creating opportunities accessible for
the persons with disabilities and in upholding their rights as PWDs.
2. To ascertain the effects of the programs implemented by the
Association for Disabled Persons-Iloilo Inc., in the social
development of persons with disabilities in Iloilo City, Philippines.
3. To make the CBR program and SSCWD project known and
understood by the Iloilo community, the local government unit, line
agencies of the government, and the business sector.

C. SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

This study will be beneficial to the following:

Disabled People. This study will raise awareness among disabled

persons regarding the existence of such organization that could help
them, not only to better their lives in terms of giving them opportunities to
enhance their personal skills that could be used as a means of
subsistence, but could also help them enrich their self-determination.

611 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Organization. The Association for the Disabled Persons-Iloilo, Inc.
shall be recognized for its life-changing programs for disabled persons in
Iloilo. They will be encouraged to develop and expand their organization
to reach out more to those in need and to inspire more humanitarian
organizations similar to ADP-I, Inc.

The Government. This study will give emphasis on the efforts of the
non-governmental organizations in addressing the needs of persons with
disabilities which will motivate the government in enacting more laws and
programs that are beneficial to PWDs and for the government to
encourage and recognize the existing organizations of the sort for their
philanthropic works. The Researchers. The researchers will be made
aware of the needs and physical challenges of the persons with disabilities
that the government failed to address and the rights of PWDs that were
not fully realized.

D. THEORETICAL FRAMEWORK
1. Social Development Theory
The study was analyzed based on the Social Development Theory
of Levy Vygotsky. The theory emphasized the nature of man as a social
being. It was interpreted as, it is in man’s makeup and nature to be with
others, to interact with others to be able to survive and thrive; and need to
connect and interact with others in a social setting. This nature of him is
what leads him to seek a sense of belonging, and partake of society. As
in this study, both the organization and persons with disabilities can
mutually benefit from each other where the organization coexists with the
PWDs. This theory will be affiliated to the study about the effects and
benefits provided by the organization to the PWDs living an isolated and
debased life.

612 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

E. METHODOLOGY
1. Participants:
The subjects of this study were 15 of the selected members of the
Association for Disabled Persons-Iloilo Inc.

2. Materials:
A questionnaire is constructed to gather necessary information for
the study. The questionnaire is accompanied with a personal data
sheet.

3. Procedure:
After incorporating all the suggested questions or input for the
questionnaire, the questionnaires were distributed to the
respondents and then they were interviewed by the researchers.
After the questionnaire was retrieved from the respondents, the data
gathered was analyzed and interpreted.

F. DISCUSSION
As an organization that aims to integrate PWDs into mainstream of
society, Association of Disabled Person-Iloilo, Inc. takes on an imperative
role in the lives of PWDs in the city of Iloilo. Every member of ADP-I, Inc.
has its own story that greatly affects to the overall quality of their lives.
PWDs encountered great problems before they became a member of the
association. They shoulder the difficulties of livelihood and individuality
that slowed down their adjustment and assimilation into society.

With the aid of ADP-I Inc., the collective efforts of the staff and their
unwavering faith, Ilonggo PWDs have successfully dealt with the struggle
brought by being a PWD. The association is also involved in the country’s
policy making process by voting and supporting bills that protect the

613 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 persons with disabilities. Furthermore, the association creates new
opportunities for them by making and exporting prosthetic legs and arms,
and armchairs that help them to become more productive and grow as a
person. In addition, the association assists the government by abridging
efforts in protecting and providing for PWDs and contributes impacts and
effects in the lives of disabled Ilonggos. And today, they have already
adjusted, have an improved life compared before and they recognized the
Association of Disabled Person Iloilo Inc. as an effective tool in addressing
their right as PWDs.

As a researcher of this study, we found out that in an overly

complex and challenging society, non-profit organizations are created with
the goal of giving voice to silent communities and work as a mediator
between citizens and authorities. The presence of Community Based
Rehabilitation CBR Program of Iloilo Province is the backbone for support,
and equalization of opportunities and social integrations of all people with
disabilities within Iloilo City.

Lastly, the study further contributed to the growing concern and

knowledge of the researchers regarding a disabled person’s experiences
and insights.

G. CONCLUSION
1. The participants encountered a myriad of problems as a PWD before
they became a member of the association.

2. The difficulties of livelihood and individuality that were shouldered as

a PWD have greatly affected the overall quality of their lives as it
slowed down their adjustment and assimilation into society.

614 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 3. The participants have come to terms with the struggles brought by
being a PWD through the presence of ADP-I, Inc., its industrious
staff, and most importantly their faith in God.
4. This association helps PWDs in their employment where you will be
empowered personally as a person. And they also are participating
in policy making process in the country by voting and supporting bills
that protects persons with disabilities.
5. The association also assists the government by further expanding
their efforts in protecting and providing for PWDs.
6. In conclusion, the researchers have found out that Association of
Disabled Persons Iloilo Inc. has an effect in the quality of life of the
PWDs. Nonetheless, the participants were so happy engaging and
joining in this association. PWDs have managed the problems they
encountered through the collective effort of the staffs of the
association. They have already adjusted and now have an improved
life compared before. Moreover, the participants recognized the
Association of Disabled Person Iloilo Inc. to be an effective tool in
addressing their right as PWDs.
7. The results show how in an overly complex and challenging society,
non-profit organizations are established with the aim of providing a
voice to silenced communities and act as an intermediary between
citizens and authorities.

H. RECOMMENDATIONS
1. For future researchers, as mentioned in the study, disability is still a
prevailing issue that continues to be undermined despite the
alarming negligence received by the disabled community. It is
advisable for each one to fully understand the issue by doing
intensive research and seek progress where reform is unsustainable.
615 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 2. For society in general in the Philippines, let us not be divided by our
differences whether it be physically or mentally. One doesn’t need to
be handicapped in order for them to take an interest in learning more
about the issue itself and possibly contribute to a long-term
betterment for every Filipino PWD. It is high time to create a safe
space for the marginalized where they are no longer silenced by their
disability.

REFERENCES
Erecita, C.N. (2010). Household population with disability by age group,
sex, and region: Philippines. NSO, Philippines.
Marella et al. (2016, August 2). Rapid assessment of disability in the
Philippines: understanding prevalence, well-being, and access to the
community for people with disabilities to inform the W-DARE project.
Population Health Metrics. Retrieved from
https://pophealthmetrics.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s12963-016-
0096-y

Tabuga, A.D. (2013, January). Policy Awareness and Participation by

Persons with Disability in the Philippines. Philippine Institute for
Development Studies.

Mina, C.D. (2013, January). Employment of Persons with Disabilities

(PWDs) in the Philippines: The Case of Metro Manila and Rosario,
Batangas. Philippine Institute for Development Studies.

Santos, R. Jr. (2014, December 3). FAST FACTS: What persons with
disability are entitled to. Rappler. Retrieved from
http://www.rappler.com/newsbreak/iq/76769-fast-facts-benefits-persons-
with-disability

_______. (2005). Disabled People and Development: Philippines Country

Report. Asian Development Bank.

616 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 COPING THE POLITICAL TSUNAMI: CORRUPTION AND THE
REMAKING OF INCUMBENT ADVANTAGE IN THE 2017 CIMAHI
LOCAL ELECTION

Caroline Paskarina;
Department of Political Science, Faculty of Social and Political Science,
Universitas Padjadjaran. e-mail: [email protected]

Rina Hermawati;
Department of Political Science, Faculty of Social and Political Science,
Universitas Padjadjaran. e-mail: [email protected]
Deasy Yunita;
Department of Sociology, Faculty of Social and Political Science,
Universitas Padjadjaran. e-mail: [email protected]

ABSTRACT
Concurrent local elections is a political event for public to
determine the leader for the next 5 years. The political struggle has
become more dynamic when the issue of corruption have contributed
as a variable that affect the map of power relations. This paper reveals
how power relations shifted as a strong candidate for mayor who is the
incumbent detained by the national Commission for Corruption
Eradication. Detention of the incumbent candidate became a political
tsunami that shook the candidate’s confidence to win the election, but it
transformed into a blessing in disguise because its open more freely
competition for the other candidates. To analyze this phenomenon, this
paper uses the theory of structuration in understanding the pattern of
power relations not only limits the way actors behave, but also enable
actors to make changes to the structure of power through the
interpretation of norms and institutions in the local elections. By taking
the case of Cimahi mayor elections in 2017, this paper collects data
through interviews and shadowing method to obtain indepth data about
how the remaking of the incumbent advantage carried through the
strategy of 'blusukan', conducted by the candidate of deputy mayor to
retain the vote from the loyalists. Through this strategy, the image of
incumbent is recreated by reconstructing the memory of voters about
the accomplishments achieved through programs that have been
implemented during the incumbent’s administration, and even reinforce
patronage relationships with the beneficiaries of these programs.
Incumbency advantages remain present eventhough the figure does
not show up during the campaign. This paper wants to show that the
political actors at the local level have the capability to respond to the

617 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 insertion of corruption issue in the election, which then form a new
power arena that in fact tends to ignores the occurrence of corruption
and remain oriented towards victory in the election. It strengthening the
assumption of separateness between election and improved
governance, as well as a contribution to theorising incumbency
advantage; that is revealing clientelistic network beneath formal
structure of political parties.

Keywords: local election, power relations, structuration, incumbency

A. INTRODUCTION
This paper wants to uncover the strategy used by incumbent
candidates to maintain support from voters after being declared as
suspect in a corruption case. The strategy is based on clientelism as
political machine used to mobilized support by reframing the incumbent
as victim of corruption conspiration. Study on the relation between
corruption and clientelism generally places them in a causal relationship,
where the resources to maintain a clientelist network stem from corrupt
practices, and conversely, vote’s buying practices in clientelist
relationships have led to widespread corruption in maintaining such
transactional practices (Kitschelt & Wilkinson, 2007). Among a number of
factors suspected to be the cause of perpetuation of corruption and
clientelism, one of them is weak institutional design, which among others
is characterized by the integration of a bad political system, strong ethnic
cleavage, and weak economic performance (Keefer, 2005, Muno, 2010).
On the other hand, there are studies that try to understand
clientelism not as a cause or a result of corruption. Fukuyama (2012), said
that clientelism is different from corruption. According to him, there is a
reciprocal relationship between politicians and voters as another form of
accountability, in which politicians must give something to their voters.
Fukuyama's assumption is based on a perspective that understands
clientelism as an informal political form that is more influential in

618 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

determining political institutions, especially through various traditions that
have lasted for a long time.
In the study of vote’s buying and reciprocity, Finan and Schechter
(2011) mentioned the linkage of money politics to the identification of
political parties. Both research findings indicate that political parties target
their own supporters as the target of money politicians, on the contrary,
voters who have no affinity with parties who receive fewer political
offerings of money. This study indicates that money politics is an
instrument to maintain a clientelism network between the party and its
supporters.
Clientism is a term that describes the distribution of benefits
selectively to certain individuals or groups in return for political support
(Katz & Crotty, 2014). Clientelism is a pattern of personal relationships
that describe the networks used by candidates to distribute resources to
voters. This form of network can be a team of volunteers, successful
teams, and other support teams. In essence, this network serves as a
"vehicle" to distribute resources to voters at the grassroots (Aspinall &
Sukmajati, 2015).
The above studies illustrate the work of clientelism networks in the
context of the distribution of resources acquired through corrupt practices.
The studies do not reveal whether the clientelist network is still working
when candidates or political parties are caught in the handling of
corruption law cases. Throughout the period 2010-2015, Indonesia
Corruption Watch (ICW) recorded as many as 183 regional heads, either
at the provincial or district / municipality level being suspected involved in
corruption (Indonesia Corruption Watch, 2015). The involvement of
regional heads in corruption cases continues in 2016. Throughout 2016,
the Corruption Eradication Commission or Komisi Pemberantasan
Korupsi (KPK) investigates 11 corruption cases involving regional heads.

619 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

These cases have different actor and pattern spreads, including bribery
cases, procurement of goods and services, and budgetary discussions. In
the election of local executive heads as of 2017, as many as 12
candidates for regional heads who contested in 11 districts were listed as
having kinship ties with convicted corruption cases who were serving their
detention. Nevertheless, the candidates of regional heads still follow the
stages of the implementation of elections because the determination of
candidate pairs can not be canceled, except for candidates who already
have a permanent legal status.
The suspected political corrupted candidate in the elections make
political competition more dynamic. The case of corruption has shaken
the legitimacy base of the candidates who are primarily built on dynastic
politics and control of resources centrally in the nearest power
environment. When the candidates are captured by the KPK, not only are
the advantages of the incumbent that getting weaker, it is also affecting
the resources of political support both in elite and grass root levels. On
the other hand, the prohibition to withdraw from the electoral arena leads
to dilemmatic position of political parties supporting incumbent candidates
who are exposed to corruption cases.
Although the studies of clientelism have grown rapidly, there is still
no comprehensive understanding of how clientelism as a political machine
works in distributing resources during the campaign period. Most studies
of clientelism focus primarily on vote buying practices as a strategy to
change voting choices by giving some money in return (Stokes, 2005). In
other studies, the political machine also works by using other strategies,
such as activating its passive constituents through turnout buying, by
giving rewards for people who come to polling stations during voting
(Nichter, 2008).

620 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 A number of other researches on clientelism (Scott, 1969, Auyero,
1999, and Levitsky, 2003) also reveal various forms of clientelism that
include sustained relationships in which exchange of support and rewards
exists. In this paper, clientelism is assumed to work by following certain
individual and contextual factors. The political machine focuses on
political preferences and the tendency to vote, which will determine how
resources are distributed during the election period (Gans-Morse, et.al.,
2010). By understanding clientelism as a political machine, it can be
disclosed various strategies used to distribute resources to obtain political
support.

B. RESEARCH OBJECTIVES
The cases analyzed in this study is the 2017 election of Cimahi
Mayor, which was held on February, 15th. The election is won by Ajay
Priatna and Ngatiyana, a pair candidates from coalition of Indonesian
Democratic Party of Struggle or Partai Demokrasi Indonesia Perjuangan
(PDIP), United Development Party or Partai Persatuan Pembangunan
(PPP), National Awakening Party or Partai Kebangkitan Bangsa (PKB),
and National Mandate Party or Partai Amanat Nasional (PAN).
Meanwhile, incumbent pair, Atty Suharti Tochija and Achmad
Zulkarnaen’s vote result is at the bottom. The On-site Arrest Operation or
Operasi Tangkap Tangan (OTT) held by the national Corruption
Eradication Commission (KPK) on Atty Suharti and her husband, former
Cimahi Mayor of the previous period, changed the political map of Cimahi.
Great opportunities for incumbent to win the election changed drastically,
but the vote count results indicate that the pair is still able to achieve
29.04% of the vote, just adrift of 11.51% with the number of votes won by
Ajay and Ngatiyana. Atty and Azul are still able to surpass the winning
couple in 1 urban village, and reach the second position in 5 other villages,

621 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 defeating pair candidate number 2, Asep Hadad and Irma Indriyani. The
data is the underlying reason why this research focuses on the question
of why candidates for local heads who are indicted for corruption still gain
significant support?

C. SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

Unlike the others, this study attempts to elaborate the reason
underlying the vote for incumbent candidate who is suspected for
corruption cases. This paper assumes that the vote gained by the
incumbent candidate suspected in corruption case is due to the work of
party clientelism networks to mobilize support. The public still voted for
the party because of a deeper identification of the party than the figure.
The shift from identification of figures to party identification does not
signify the strengthening of the party's role in candidate candidate, but a
strategy to overcome the weakness of the incumbent advantage as a
result of the corruption case it faces.

D. CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK
This paper is a study of candidacy processes analyzed from the
power relations that take place between political actors, both individuals
and political parties. To express this power relation, the conceptual
framework is constructed by combining structural and actor approaches,
assuming that power relations are the product of the interaction between
the political structure and the network of influential political actors.
According to Giddens (1984), what is meant by "structure" is the "rules
and resources" used in the production and reproduction of the system.
The "actor or agency" is the individual. In this theory, structure and agency
are not seen as two separate things, but must be viewed as duality, two
sides of the same coin. The relationship between the two is dialectical, in

622 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

the sense that the structure and agency interact and it goes on and on,
non-stop.
The structure affects the agency in two senses: enabling and
constraining. In the Giddens sense, the agency can leave the structure, it
is not always subject to structure. He can look for opportunities and
possibilities to get out of the rules and regulations. This situation is called
dialectic of control. Agencies can resist structures in the form of control:
"Giddens, 1984). So in the theory of structure that is the center of attention
not the structure, nor the agency, but what Giddens calls "social
practices", that is how humans go about their daily lives, whether in
relation to their child-wife / husband, friend, or With bureaucrats, bank
servants, and others (Giddens, 1984).
Using the theory of structure, the process of candidacy is assumed
to be the arena in which the actors are interdependent. In a more
operational sense, it is understandable that actors will not be able to
achieve their goals without using the resources of other actors. This
mechanism of interdependence goes through the exchange of resources
between actors (Rhodes & Marsh, 1992; Rhodes, 1997). Then, the
interaction and mechanisms of the exchange of resources within the
network will occur repeatedly and continuously over long periods of
everyday life (Rhodes, 1997; Rhodes & Marsh, 1992; Klijn & Koppenjan,
2000).
The repetitiveness and continuity of the processes will then
gradually emerge a rule that governs their behavior in the network, from
the lowest level of binding to the stronger. Thus, the building up and
acceptance of rules by network actors can only proceed through a
continuous process of negotiation, without any centrum of power imposing
it (Klijn & Koppenjan, 2000).

623 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 The distribution of resources between the network actors and the
rules of the network will gradually change the interaction patterns of
network actors. The interdependence between actors is increasing and
resulting in an interlocking relationship. At the same time, however, the
rules and patterns of resource distribution can only be confirmed and
altered through the interactions and processes of negotiation between
actors of the network itself (Jones, et.al, 1997).
In a network, the positions of actors and strategic actions in the
game will determine patterns of relationships within the network. The
operation of the network is not in an empty space, but there is already a
structure with certain norms that limit its freedom in determining the action.
At the time of initiating the network, the actors operate through games, in
a series of existing norms and in the patterns of the distribution of
established resources (Klijn & Teisman, 1999).
With a range of constitutive interactions, network mechanisms also
have the opportunity to manage collective action managing resources,
while transforming and steering patterns in network structuring. Because
network structures are built through voluntary interactions of autonomous
actors, the structures they construct are open-ended processes, never
completed, even tend to fluctuate. The stability of a network structure is
determined by its interdependence rate, through a relatively fixed and
irreversible mechanism of exchange of resources in the network structure
(Jones, et.al., 1997). Consequently, the relationships established
between the network structure and the actors of the network are
constitutive. The behavior and preference of the strategies the principals
take is not entirely determined by the structure of the network, because at
the same time the network structure can only be formed through the
ongoing negotiations between the network actors. This constitutive model

624 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

of constitutive structure and agency is known as the duality of structure
(Giddens, 1984).
Structural theory centers on the way actors produce and reproduce
social structures through their own actions. Regular human activities are
not manifested by individual actors, but are constantly created and
repeated by them through the way they express themselves as actors.
Thus, in and through activity, actors reproduce a number of conditions that
allow such activities.
To illustrate why incumbent candidate who is being suspect for
corruption cases are still gain vote, this paper assumes that the clientelism
network established through the party structure works by changing the
primacy of the initially figure-oriented toward the formation of party-ID.
Corruption cases that weaken the incumbent image serve as a
momentum to 'grow' client loyalty to political parties. In political patronage,
the relationships of patrons and clients are more dualistic and more
reflective of an asymmetric reciprocal political exchange. A relationship
characterized by the provision of economic and political resources of
patrons who usually have personal powers and the loyalty and political
support of the beneficiaries. This pattern of political exchange is known as
a form of clientelism in the political sphere. Political clientelism, in its
simplest terms, is described as the distribution of selected gains to clearly
identified individuals or groups that will be exchanged for political support
from the recipients (Hopkin, 2006). This general definition contains a wide
and varied interpretation because any form of political exchange can enter
into this concept. Hopkin (2006) further elaborates the general
characteristic of clientelist relations patterns as a personalized and usually
characterized form of exchange with a number of obligations and even
unequal power relationships between the parties involved. This pattern of
relations is characterized by activities in which patrons provide resources

625 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

to clients in the form of access to basic facilities, so as to establish a
reciprocal relationship pattern with the client through activities that reflect
the loyalty of the client. In exchange relations, both parties are involved in
the provision of goods and services and sharing mutually beneficial
benefits in relatively voluntary conditions so that clientelist acts can not be
found in the total authoritarian political system or models of bondage and
relationship relationships. Patron exchanges resources (work and
protection) with the client's voice, support, and loyalty. However, the
pattern of relationships is not equivalent because the patron has various
resources while the client transforms the relationship pattern into a vertical
pattern, which then requires superiority and superiority to each other in
the relationship (Erawan, 2008).
The practice of clientelism is primarily found in political settings
where resource availability tends to be limited and controlled by a group
of elites, so that people are willing to trade their voting rights with the
various facilities they need to meet their needs (Manzetti and Wilson,
2007). In relation to political parties, a number of studies have found that
a broadly organized network of clientelism contributes to winning
candidates for political leaders. Medina and Stokes (2002), describes how
an incumbent who successfully monopolizes the mastery of political and
economic resources tends to be better able to maintain his position of
power. Similarly Wantchekon (2003) found that incumbent campaigning
through clientelism networks were viewed as more credible than those
who campaigned publicly. The effectiveness of clientelism networks is
stronger when most societies are in a state of poverty, so direct exchange
between politicians and voters is an alternative in meeting the needs of
society (Brusco, et.al., 2004; Stokes, 2005; Kitschelt, 2000). Another
study linked clientelism to the weakness of government institutions
(Shefter, 1977). Clientellism replaces the roles of government institutions

626 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 in the distribution of resources, and thus generates rent seeking behavior
from clients to gain greater benefits from weak government institutions.

E. METHODOLOGY
This study uses a qualitative approach with the aim of exploring
deeply about power relations among political actors in clientelistic
network. By focusing on these power relations, the study is expected to
reveal the power networks working behind the reconstruction of
incumbent image and transforming figure-oriented loyalty into party-ID.

To describe the workings of the power network, the study will

attempt to collect primary data through in-depth interviews with key
informants, including the incumbent success team and the party
supporters of the incumbent party. This in-depth interview is intended to
gather information on the reasons behind the changing strategy of
campaign after the corruption case, how the success team perceive the
case and how they deconstruct the ‘political tsunami’ into ‘blessing in
disquise’ to strengthen party-ID. In addition to in-depth interviews, data
are also collected through observation through the participation of
researchers in party meetings or successful teams to obtain a visual
impression of interactor processes and interactions in key moments of
candidate determination. Observation is also at once an instrument of
data triangulation so that the validity of the data obtained from interviews
can be tested.

F. FINDINGS
After the corruption case has occurred in the incumbent team, the
most perceived impact of this faction is the declining capacity of logistics
as a source of campaign financing. Moreover, the on-site Arrest Operation

627 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

held by KPK directly captures the two central figures who become the
logistics and political legitimacy sources, so that automatic communication
lines to both are hampered. This decline in logistics capacity is then what
the success team calls a 'political tsunami', because it has a significant
impact on the smoothness of the campaign process. In addition to
logistical support that dropped dramatically, the arrest of Atty Suharti
impacts into her detention and she is unable to go down the campaign.
Achmad Zulkarnain as candidate for vice mayor had to step down on his
own during this campaign period. The party continues to provide support
to candidate pair despite being hit by the on-site arrest operation by KPK.
This is a consequence of the support of political parties as well as the
provisions of the Election Law which prohibit candidates to resign. The
Joint Success Team acknowledges that there has been a significant
decline in Atty's popularity, so there needs to be a change of campaign
strategy so that Atty-Azul couples can get votes and even win elections.
This situation change then encourages the combined team to
redefine the winning strategy. The successful team that initially
emphasized the winning strategy on the incumbent excellence, that is,
from the performance performance during the previous period, can not
use this strategy anymore because the corruption case that Atty is now
facing can not be separated from the previous government. Campaigning
by raising performance issues is considered to have a negative impact on
the elektabilitas pair Atty Suharti and Achmad Zulkarnain.
In an interview with the Coordinator of the Joint Party Combined
Strategy Team, the party coordination meeting then agreed on a change
of campaign strategy by positioning Atty as a 'victim' of a corruption case
perpetrated by her husband. This strategy is actually risky because it
justifies public allegations during this time that Atty only become 'puppets'
from Itoc Tochija who actually became the 'brains' of government in the

628 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Cimahi City. Nevertheless, the strategy of making Atty a 'victim' of the
corruption case is still used in campaigning to gain public sympathy,
especially from women voters and PKK organizations at the community
level who have been sympathizers for Atty Suharti.
By carrying out the strategy, the joint team reshaped the meaning
of corruption cases that ensnare the incumbent, so that the incumbent
figure can still be imaged as an 'innocent' person. This image is important
to maintain for successful teams to retain the loyalty of Atty sympathizers,
including by reminding sympathizers of the good things Atty has done for
the citizens of Cimahi City. With this strategy, successful teams try to
shape the counter-meaning of corruption issues that trap the incumbent.
The new meaning was socialized to the community during the visits
made by Achmad Zulkarnaen to every community governance units or
Rukun Warga (RW) cluster. During the visit, in addition to socializing
himself, Achmad Zulkarnaen also established a dialogue with the
community to explain the issue of corruption from the perspective
developed by the successful team. In fact, not infrequently in several
occasions campaigning among mothers pengajian, also held a joint prayer
for the settlement of corruption cases experienced by Atty. Since being hit
by on-site arrest operation by KPK, it can not be denied that logistic
support for Atty and Azul couples decreased dramatically. The greatest
impact was felt by the grass root success team as the financing for the
blasting campaign activities declined, whereas the importance of
mobilizing the post-Cessation voice of the on-site arrest operation became
increasingly important. For nearly a week since the on-site arrest
operation case, the successful teams did not dare to come down
campaigning to the community in shame, even though the campaign
period was open only about a month ahead of the vote. Losing a week,
making the joint team successful should immediately change its campaign

629 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

strategy by distracting voters to Achmad Zulkarnain. By bringing this figure
up, the party's strategy shifts from the emphasis on the superiority of
incumbent figures to raising cadre loyalty by utilizing the mass-based
party network. However, it is not easy to gain support for Achmad
Zulkarnain though from Atty Suharti loyalists. This suggests that although
the party elite has been coalitioned, it is not always automatically followed
at the mass level. The biggest challenge of this strategy change is to
consolidate support from loyalist networks at the mass level, who have
high militancy to support their patrons whatever happens.
Attempts to maintain a loyalist network at the mass level are
conducted by a joint team of success by communicating more deeply with
networks at the mass level. In this consolidation process-as termed by the
joint-team success, the team will go to the community in each RW and
offer programs proposed by the incumbent candidate pairs. Furthermore,
the team succeeded in recording the identity and contact numbers of the
people they visited. This data is an ingredient for continuing ongoing
communication in order to maintain the support of citizens. During these
visits, both the team and the candidate made a personal approach by
reminding them of what the incumbent had given him during his reign. In
this process, the loyalty of the client is re-established through the memory
of the gift received during the incumbent administration.
In addition to relying on the positive image of Achmad Zulkarnain,
the success team also mobilized party cadres and community networks,
such as community women organization or PKK cadres, Integrated
Service Post cadres (Pos Yandu), and Women March for Itoc’s Supporter
or Barisan Perempuan Pendukung Itoc (BPPI), at mass level to conduct
direct selling campaign . This model campaign is conducted in order to
reach the wider RT / RW area, which can not be reached simply by relying
on official campaign schedules. This direct selling campaign begins with

630 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

the delivery of personal programs to the citizens, followed by
communication through Short Message Service (SMS) on a regular basis
so that residents still vote to the couple Atty and Achmad Zulkarnain. The
campaign messages delivered through the network of cadres and the
community are not only concerned with the program and the success of
the incumbent during his reign, but also about the corruption cases that
befell the incumbent. As part of the effort to rebuild trust in incumbent, the
image of the incumbent was rebuilt as a 'victim' of the corrupt behavior
perpetrated by her husband. In addition to rebuilding incumbent image as
a 'victim', the network of cadres and communities is also an institution for
channeling campaign fund flows. By involving cadre and community
networks in direct campaign methods to the community, there is a strong
reason to channel funds to brokers and clients at the mass level. Although
funds are still one of the resources to maintain support, but by making
these funds an incentive for cadres or communities that assist the
campaign, the successful team also seeks to build party-IDs. This effort is
made to dampen the possibility of transferring votes to other candidate
pairs, including anticipating the offer of money politics to win votes
(Muhtadi, 2013).
The strategy of new meaning of corruption combined with the work
of network of clientelism at the grassroots level proved to make Atty and
Achmad Zulkarnain able to gain voice support beyond the other couples
in 5 urban villages from 15 urban villages in Cimahi, Cipageran and
Pasirkaliki (North Cimahi District) , Baros Village (Central Cimahi District),
and Cibeber and Melong Villages (South Cimahi District). The five urban
villages are the areas surrounding the central government or Cimahi
Municipal Government Office.

631 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

D. CONCLUSION/IMPLICATION
The research findings indicate that the patronage network still
works as a political machine, so that candidates who have been exposed
to corruption cases still still get a lot of votes. However, the operation of
this patronage network is not optimal because the support of resources,
especially the money, has dropped dramatically as a result of corruption
cases affecting incumbent. When funding support declines, personal ties
actually strengthen as the party through a joint team of successful
attempts to rebuild party-IDs. This effort becomes an alternative when the
advantage of incumbent is no longer reliable as a voice mobilization
engine. Interestingly, the effort to build the party-ID is done by utilizing a
network of patronage built by incumbent figures. This suggests that in this
context, the formation of party-IDs is not part of institutionalization of the
party, but rather a party strategy to maintain a clientelist relation of power.
It strengthening the assumption of separation between election and
improved governance, as well as a contribution to theorising governance
as a political activity; That is about coordination and decision-making in
the context of a plurality of views and interests.

E. RECOMMENDATION
Our findings also naturally help us to better understand the
relationship between clientelism and corruption, and the impact of those
two toward incumbency advantage in local election. Our findings depart
from the majority of recent published work that finds evidence of an
incumbency disadvantage after the candidate is involved with corruption
case. The Cimahi mayor election case appears to be more typical of
incumbency remaking advantage by recalling the beneficiaries of previous
policy to support the vice candidates in local elections. This strategy
cannot be reduced to any systematically observable candidate

632 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 characteristics, and need further research to identify clientelistic network
beneath formal structure of political parties.

REFERENCES
Aspinall, E. dan M. Sukmajati (eds.). (2015). Politik Uang di Indonesia:
Patronase dan Klientelisme di Pemilu Legislatif 2014. Yogyakarta:
PolGov, JPP, dan Australia National University.
Auyero, J. (2000). Poor People's Politics: Peronist Survival Networks and
the Legacy of Evita. Duke University Press.
Brusco, V., et.al. (2004). Vote buying in Argentina. Latin American
Research Review, 39(2), hal. 66-88.
Cox, G.W. dan M.D. McCubbins. (1986). Electoral Politics as a
Redistributive Game. The Journal of Politics, 48(2), hal. 370-389.
Cox, G.W. (2009). Swing Voters, Core Voters and Distributive Politics.
Makalah, dipresentasikan pada the Conference on Representation
and Popular Rule, Yale University, diunduh dari
http://www.sscnet.ucla.edu/polisci/cpworkshop/papers/Cox.pdf, pada
10 April 2017.
Erawan, I K. P. (2008). Clientelism, Political Survive, and Democratization.
Makalah disampaikan dalam Intensive Short Course for Trainers on
Human Rights and Democracy, PSSAT UGM-DEMOS-UiO, 2 –
11 Desember 2008.
Finan, F. dan L. Schechter. (2012.) Vote-buying and Reciprocity.
Econometrica. Vol. 80, No. 2, hal. 863-881.
Fukuyama, F. (2012). The Two Europe, diunduh dari https://www.the-
american-interest.com/2012/05/08/the-two-europes/, pada tanggal 1
April 2017.
Gans-Morse, J., et.al. (2010). Varieties of Clientelism: Machine Politics
during Elections. Working Paper. Diunduh dari, pada tanggal 10 April
2017.
Hopkin, J. (2006). Conceptualizing Political Clientelism: Political Exchange
and Democratic Theory. Paper dipaparkan pada APSA annual
meeting, Philadelphia, 31 August – 3 September 2006. Panel 46-18
‘Concept Analysis: Unpacking Clientelism, Governance and
Neoliberalism’, diunduh dari
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/237386883_Conceptualizin
g_Political_Clientelism_Political_Exchange_and_Democratic_Theory
, pada tanggal 5 April 2017.
Katz, R. dan W. Crotty (eds.), 2014. Handbook of Party Politics. London:
Sage Publication.
Kitschelt, H. (2000). Linkages Between Citizens and Politicians in
Democratic Polities. Comparative Political Studies, 33, hal. 845-879.

633 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Kitschelt, H. dan S. Wilkinson (eds.). 2007. Patrons, Clients, and Policies:
Patterns of Democratic Accountability and Political Competition.
Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
Keefer, P. (2005). Democratization and Clientelism: Why are Young
Democracies Badly Governed?. World Bank Policy Research Paper,
No. 3594.
Levitsky, S. (2003). Transforming Labor-Based Parties in Latin America:
Argentine Peronism in Comparative Perspective. Cambridge
University Press.
Lindbeck, A. dan J.W. Weibull. (1987). Balanced-Budget Redistribution as
the Outcome of Political Competition. Public Choice, 52(3), hal. 273-
297.
Manzetti, L. dan C.J. Wilson (2007). Why do Corrupt Government Maintain
Public Support? Comparative Political Studies, 40, hal. 949-970.
Muhtadi, B. (2013). Politik uang dan dinamika elektoral di Indonesia:
Sebuah kajian awal interaksi antara “Party-ID” dan Patron-Klien.
Jurnal Penelitian Politik, Vol. 10 No. 1, hal. 41-57.
Muno, W. (2010). Conceptualizing and Measuring Clientelism. Makalah,
disampaikan pada Workshop Neopatrimonialism in Various World
Regions. Hamburg: GIGA German Institute of Global and Area
Studies.
Nichter, S. (2008). Vote Buying or Turnout Buying? Machine Politics and
the Secret Ballot. American Political Science Review, 102(1), hal. 19-
31.
Scott, J.C. (1969). Corruption, Machine Politics, and Political Change.
American Political Science Review, 63(4), hal. 1142-1158.
Shefter, M. (1977). Party and Patronage: Germany, England, and Italy.
Politics and Society, 7, hal. 403-452.
Stokes, S.C. (2005). Perverse Accountability: A Formal Model of Machine
Politics with Evidence from Argentina. American Political Science
Review, 99(3), hal. 315-325.
Wantchekon, L. (2003). Clientelism and voting behavior: A field experiment
in Benin. World Politics, 55, hal. 399-422.
Weingrod, A. (1968). Patrons, Patronage and Political Parties. Comparative
Studies in Society and History, 10, hal. 377-400.

634 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 GOVERNANCE OF THE ENTREPRENEURIAL-COOPERATION
RESIDENCES
Sukarno Hardjosoewito1) Ayun Maduwinarti2) ,Suroso3), Rachmawati
Novaria4), Ign Anom Maruta5)
1)Faculty of Social dan Political Science, Universiy of 17 Agustus 1945

Surabaya
email: [email protected]
2)Faculty of Social dan Political Science, Universiy of 17 Agustus

1945 Surabaya
email: [email protected]
3)Faculty of Psicology, Universiy of 17 Agustus 1945 Surabaya

email: [email protected]
4)
Faculty of Social dan Political Science, Universiy of 17 Agustus 1945
Surabaya
email: [email protected]
5)
Faculty of Social dan Political Science, Universiy of 17 Agustus 1945
Surabaya
email: [email protected]

ABSTRACT
Surabaya City Government works hard to keep residents who work
as the micro and medium enterprises (SMEs), to 'economic hero' in the
city. Their products (goods or services) must have equivalent quality
product businesses in the Asean level. Their products must be able to
become the market supply ASEAN Economic Community (AEC). On the
other hand they (businesses) are required in order to become
entrepreneurs-cooperative spirit. Entrepreneurs who own behavior in
accordance with the philosophy of Pancasila. Entrepreneurs who are
dedicated to the nation and the country and not for personal gain.
Entrepreneurs that promotes the common interest (social). Sukarno et al.
(2016) found that most businesses in Surabaya has a background as an
urban (arrivals) illegal business. Their businesses are legal but illegal in
place (not allocation). They have been nurtured by the city government.
They receive education and training entrepreneurs-cooperative. They
monitored the achievements and reputation as entrepreneurs-
cooperative. This article discusses how the Surabaya city government's
efforts to provide guidance to the perpetrators of micro and medium
enterprises (SMEs) in order to later become an entrepreneur spirit of
cooperation as well they are able to deliver the city of Surabaya as the city
played an important role in AEC.

Keyword: city government governances entrepreneurs-cooperative

635 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

A. INTRODUCTION
Until the end of 2013 the number of micro, small, and medium
enterprises (SMEs) in Indonesia stood at 57,895,721, up 2.41% from
56,534,592 in 2012. The Minister of Cooperatives and SMEs Syarifuddin
Hasan hoped, in 2016, the number will swell to over 58 million
(http://www.neraca.co.id/article/39432/koperasi-dan-umkm-dalam-
angka). Meanwhile, in East Java, the number of Micro, Small and Medium
Enterprises (SMEs), based on a survey conducted the Central Statistics
Agency (BPS) of East Java Province until the end of 2012, reaching no
less than 6.8 million MSMEs, composition, SMEs engaged in the
agricultural sector amounted to 60.25 percent of the total number of
business units 4,112,443 businesses and non-agricultural sector
amounted to 39.75 per cent with the number of business units as much
as 2,713,488 businesses (http://surabaya.
tribunnews.com/2013/05/31/jumlah-umkm-di-jatim-mencapai-6,8-juta). In
2015 there are 2,640 SMEs that are members of the heroes of the
economy (PE) Surabaya. This number has increased significantly from
the previous year (2014), which is as much as 1,976 SMEs or by 74.85%.
(http://surabayapost.net/berita-sebanyak-2640-ukm-tergabung-di-
pahlawan-ekonomi.html).
Sukarno et al (2016) found that among those (businesses / SMEs)
have the status of urban (arrivals) illegal businesses (businesses place
not intended. As many as 75% of them are foreigners, of which 45% came
from the village, and 30% comes from the city, and only 15% comes from
the city of Surabaya, and 10% of their commuter status (roundtrip from
out of town to Surabaya round-trip). Surabaya city government has to
provide guidance to the principals of the business. There are a
classification of institutions (parties) giving guidance to them (including the
businessmen who had illegality), namely: (i) the Department of Trade and

636 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Industry, the city of Surabaya, (ii) the Department of Cooperatives and
SMEs, (iii) Social Services, and (iv) Private /Individual.

B. RESEARCH OBJECTIVES
The long-term objective of this study is the declining poverty rate in
urban areas, especially migrants. The medium-term objective of this study
is to find out how the Surabaya municipal government efforts to tackle
poverty due to urbanization. As for the short term this study wanted to
know more about how the coaching to entrepreneurs since the illegal
status of efforts to become an entrepreneur spirited cooperative and able
to have the products (goods or services) qualified Asean market.

C. SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

Immigrants in big cities who work as entrepreneurs need to be
fostered so that the ability of entrepreneurship is beneficial for the
economy of the city. They continue to be nurtured so as to be capable as
a professional entrepreneur. In order for their entrepreneurs in
accordance with the personality of the Indonesian nation, the coaching is
directed to entrepreneurial-cooperative. How the Surabaya municipal
government manages the entrepreneurial-cooperative properly requires
adequate study.

D. CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK
Countries with larger cities generally deal with problems associated
with urbanization. "Then Ejaz Ghani (2007) says that in Pakistan is
estimated that the urban population will increase of up to 130 million
(about half to the total population) in 2030". Followed by the fact that "by
2030, about 61 percent of the world population is projected to live in the
Cities; and this growth is expected to occur mainly in developing countries

637 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

"(UN, 2004; UNCHS, 2007; UNFPA, 2007; Daramola & Ibem, 2011).
Urbanization and the various consequences is the other side of the growth
of the city. Government and society, so far, more focused on the effect of
the population problem. In fact, the problem is the axis of urbanization
earlier. (Mind folk, September 18, 2010 in Hardjosoewito, 2012).
Urban Invaders metropolitan cities bet the fate of the various
productive activities despite only a short distance to sustain life as the
findings of Rustinsyah (2013) in Sukarno et al (2016):
the survival strategies of those families who (poor migrants) are living
in Surabaya is: reducing food; clothes, health and housing; vegetable
vendor; scavenger; guard labour, traditional masseuse; working as a
manual labour and coffe and instant noodle seller.

On the other hand Luisito Bertinell and Eric Strobl in Urbanization,

Urban Concentration and Economic Development (2007) tried to calculate
economically on the growth of the urban in developing countries from
1960 to the 1990s, where there is significance between the business
sector with income, meaning that the more economic value business, the
higher the income. This means that business operators (in urban areas) a
better chance of survival, but the State of Indonesia to the Cooperative as
the pillar of the national economy which means that all practices should
cooperative effort.
Hendar and Kusnandi (1990) states that entrepreneurship-
cooperative is a positive mental attitude in trying to be cooperative, to take
innovative initiatives and the courage to take risks and sticking to the
principle of cooperative identity. People who do entrepreneurship-
cooperative n called” wirakoperasi”. The special feature is a must-have
entrepreneurship-cooperative more appreciative attitude togetherness
than on individual success and profit. A entrepreneurship-cooperative
expected to be more motivated and be more creative work in
togetherness. (Module-Based Enterprise Cooperative, 2013: 69).

638 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Entrepreneurship-cooperative main task is to take innovative initiatives
that means trying to find, discover and take advantage of opportunities of
mutual interest. Entrepreneurship-cooperative must have the courage to
take risks because the world is full of uncertainty. Entrepreneurship-
cooperative have to accept things that sometimes do not fit between the
expectations with the reality on the ground. (Module-Based Enterprise
Cooperative, 2013: 39).

E. METHODOLOGY
In this study the selected type of research is the Research and
Development (R & D) or often referred to as research and development,
as a kind of research that the right to produce a model. Research and
development of longitudinal (gradual and can multiyear). According
Sugiyono (2007, 298) R & D methods have been widely used in the fields
of Natural Science and Engineering, but can be used in the social
sciences (psychology, sociology, education, management etc.). Data
collection techniques are set as follows.: (i) the documentary studies,
which examine the documents in the form of statistical data, the draft
regulation / legislation / decree, reports, photographs, drawings, maps and
spatial or urban planning (land use), ( 2) a structured interview to officials
of the relevant institutions, coastal residents as a sample object, and the
stakeholders, and (3) direct observation in the field with the object of
prevention activities. Data were analyzed by qualitative descriptive
method.

F. CONCLUSION/IMPLICATION
Commodity classifications contained in the work they perform,
namely: (i) Crafts (20%); (Ii) intake (15%); (Iii) Snack (55%); and (iv) Drink
Vitamins / Health (10%). Of which are built, they generally accumulate in

639 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

the Center of SME, Center of Culinary, Business Group, and Kampong
Small Industry. Willingness to participate in education and training
(training) is quite high (55%) even in businesses that have 5 or more years
in the business, otherwise businesses are still two years or less are less
interested (with a level of humility 50%). Then the businesses that have a
high entrepreneurial knowledge (80%) lies in those who gathered in the
center of the target offices. Judging from the area of origin, businesses
that have a high motivation for entrepreneurship is a commuter status
(shuttle), ie 65%. While the absorption of the material of the highest
training participants (60%) achieved by the business comes from the
center of the target agencies and generally they are seasoned received
training and has been a member of the cooperative.
There are several factors that affect the willingness of business
people participated in education and training of entrepreneurship-
cooperative namely: (i) the enthusiasm to advance its business; (Ii) want
to share with other businesses as well as gain knowledge and skills
through training. The factors that affect the achievement
entrepreneurship-cooperative Training participants are: (i) follow the
training experience before; and (ii) has been a member of the cooperative.
There are also factors that influence the absorption Participant Training
namely: (i) the duration of efforts in running the business, especially those
who have gathered in the centers of assisted services Cooperatives and
SMEs, and (ii) the habit of efforts in practice the principles
entrepreneurship-cooperative and training is considered as a means of
strengthening the habits of the business actors.
While based on the observation (torch) factors that affect the
smoothness / permanence reputation entrepreneurship-cooperative
businesses post follow the training of entrepreneurship-cooperative are:
(i) those who have been accustomed to behave entrepreneur spirited

640 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 cooperative, (ii) try to strive to maintain the knowledge and attitudes
gained from training in practice despite heavy efforts to integrate two
different tendencies of 'catch-profit' and 'share of luck together'. This
research is still in the resolution to track the development of Surabaya city
government so that business people who already have the title of "Citizen
entrepreneurship-cooperative Metropolitan City (Surabaya)", has been
proven to have products or services that pass the competency test similar
SME Asean standards of MEA and personality national (Indonesia). The
businesses that have experienced the illegality was able to be prepared
to become entrepreneurs fostered cooperative that can be relied upon by
the city of Surabaya became ambassador in ASEAN economic market.

G. RECOMMENDATION
In order for the city government of Surabaya to manage the
business actors as entrepreneurial-cooperative well need the following
steps: (i) identify immigrant who have entrepreneurial abilities; (ii) collect
and train into good entrepreneurial-cooperative; (iii) provide facilities in the
form of adequate places; (iv) guiding them to have a good reputation as a
entrepreneurial-cooperative; and (v) conduct competence test on their
products (goods and services) of Asean quality periodically.

REFERENCES
Hardjosoewito, Sukarno; Slamet Riyadi and Suroso, 2012. Overcoming
Problems of Urban Illegal Residences and Illegal Bussinesses
Create the Efficient of Surabaya’s Citizens’. Proceedings Urban
Mobility: Textual and Spatial Urban Dynamics in Health, Culture,
and Society ISBN 978-602-17791-0-1. Surabaya: Faculty of Cultural
Science, Airlangga University April 2013 pages: 107-111

Hardjosoewito, Sukarno and Rachmawati Novaria, 2016. Development of

Urbanite Illegal Business to be a Town Citizen of The Cooperative
Entrepreneurial Mainstay in Surabaya, East Java. Proceedings The

641 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 13th International Asean Urbanization: Rapid Urbanisation and
Sustainable Development in Asia ISBN: 978-979-8786-58-7

Hardjosoewito, Sukarno; Slamet Riyadi and Suroso, 2013. Changing the

Urban of Illegal Residence and Illegal Business as the Farmers of
City Social Forest in Surabaya, Indonesia. Proceeding International
Conference On Local Goverment 2013 ISBN: 978-602-9077-37-7.

Jiboye, Adesoji David. 2011. Sustainable Urbanization: Issues and

Callenges for Effective Urban Governance in Nigeria. Journal of
Sustainable Development Vo 4, No 6; Desember 2011 Published by
Canadian Center of Science and Education 211. www.
ccsenet.org.jsd.

Southeast Asia. Asia Pacific Viewpoint, Volume 38, Number 3,

December 1997 , pp. 237-249 Publisher: Wiley-Blackwell

Ming Lu and Zhao Chen. Urbanization, Urban-Biased Economic Policies

and Urban-Rural Inequality. Fudan: Fudan University Employment
and Social Security Research Center and China Center for
Economic Studies. (http://en.cnki.com.cn/Article_en/CJFDTOTAL-
JJYJ200406005.htm) 14-12-2016.

Rachmawati Novaria, Sukarno-Hardjosoewito, Ayun Maduwinarti, IGN

Anom Maruta, Suroso , 2016. Make Trade Illegal Urban of Metropolitan City
to Enterprenurship –Cooperation Resident. Journal of Sociology and
Social Work. Vol 4 No. 2. Online Publication URL:
http://dx.doi.org/10.15640/jssw.v4n2a6

Reardon, Thomas, Peter Timmer, Bart Minten. 2010. Supermarket

Revolution in Asia and Emerging Development Strategies to Include
Small Farmers.Edited by Prabhu Pingali,
Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, Seattle, WA, and approved October
12, 2010 (received for review March 10, 2010)

Rustinsyah. 2013. The Survival Strategy of poor Migrant in Surabaya: A

Preliminary Study. Proceedings The 3rd International Conference on
Urban Mobility: Its Impacts on Socio Cultural and Health Issue:
Textual and Spatial Urban Dynamics in Health, Culture, and Society.
Surabaya, Indonesia: Faculty of Humanities-Airlangga University.p.
205-210

642 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 URBAN DEVELOPMENT POLICY IN A UNIVERSITY TOWN IN THE
NORTHEAST REGION OF THAILAND

Chanajai Muenthaisong
Program of Public Administration, Faculty of Law and Politics.
RoiEtRajabhat University, Roi Et, THAILAND. E-mail:
[email protected]

Napasporn Phimsawan
Program of Public Administration, Faculty of Law and Politics. Roi Et
Rajabhat University, Roi Et, THAILAND.

ABSTRACT
The objective of this article is to study Thailand’s Post- Cold War
foreign policy and its affect upon the urban development of a University
town in the northeast of Thailand, which is connected to its nearby
Indochina neighbors. To study the conditions that faced this northeastern
university town after the Cold War, qualitative research, and data
collection was conducted by in-depth interviews with eight selected
people, during November 2016 to February 2017.
The research found that Post-Cold War foreign policy had affected
upon the urban development of the northeastern University town. A
number of Foreign policy strategies such as; 'Turn the battlefield into a
market place', 'International Economic and Technical Assistance', 'Policy
Cooperation for Economic Development in Mekong Countries' 'The
Irrawaddy - Chao Phraya - Mekong River Economic Cooperation Strategy'
were the conditions impacting upon the university town after the Cold War.
The study comprises the conditions of the people and community leaders
in the area such as the executives and staff of RoiEtRajabhat University,
and includes the decentralization of Local Government, Internal and
External Capital Groups, Migration group, and the ideology of the people
in the area.

A. INTRODUCTION
Thailand started a systematic development of the country during
the Cold War. The first National Economic Development Plan took place
from 1961-1966, and the emergence of this first NEDP took place in close
consultation with the United States, with whom Thailand had a very good

643 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

relationship. One part of the plan was the result of US foreign policy that
wished to use Thailand as a base to fight the communist, socialist regimes
of Thailand’s neighboring countries, which were prevalent at that time. It
can be said that Thailand received a lot of assistance from the United
States, both in terms of rural development aid and also international
security (ThakChaloemtiarana, 2005).

In the late 1980s, the international context reflected the end of the
Cold War. Each region began to negotiate for international trade and
regional integration began. (Hettne and Söderbaum 2010).These
phenomena encouraged Thailand, under a government led by Gen.
ChatichaiChoonhavan, to announce a policy of 'Turn the battlefield into a
market place', that required trade investment in CLMV (Cambodia, Laos,
Myanmar, Vietnam) (SurakiartSathirathai, 2011). The project started with
Lao PDR, as it was thought an approach to Lao PDR would then make it
easier to approach Vietnam and the sequence of other countries. At that
time, despite the two countries having conflicting ideologies and being
involved in border skirmishes, they also had interdependence issues, with
Thailand continuing to purchase hydro-electric power from Lao PDR, to
this day. (Oldfield 1998).

As Thailand continued to develop as a country and increased its

economic growth, then it was able to step out of its ‘underdeveloped
country’ status and left the group of international recipient countries to join
the group of the South-South Development Cooperation, in the late 1980s.
(United Nations 2015) Continuous economic growth saw Thailand enter
the ‘Upper Middle Income Country’ group in 2011 (World Bank 2011).

After the success of the foreign policy 'turn the battlefield into a
market place', the Thai economy continued to grow at such pace that
Thailand stopped being an international aid recipient country and became

644 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 a donor country. Thailand needed to develop a foreign policy to revitalize
its relations with neighboring countries, due to becoming distant from them
during the ideological conflicts of the Cold War. A policy of initiating
international assistance was employed as a foreign policy tool and this
policy was used from the days of the government of AnandPanyarachun,
who was Prime Minister from 1991-1992. The term ‘international
assistance’ was later changed to ‘international cooperation’ with the
purpose of sharing knowledge, skills, and human resources. This foreign
policy continued during the period 1993-2011, a time during which the
Thai government needed to do a lot of work in support of its foreign policy.
One result of the policy was the establishment of an educational institution
or university to develop human resources and to support economic growth
that should be connected with the neighboring countries.

Therefore, this research seeks to explain how Thailand's Post-Cold

War foreign policy, towards regional economic integration or regionalism,
contributed to urban development and the founding of a university in a
town that connects with neighboring countries, and also identifies the
conditions that make up the campus of a university town in the Northeast
of Thailand, in the Post-Cold War era.

B. OBJECTIVES OF RESEARCH
1. To study Post-Cold War foreign policy as it affected urban
development of a University town in the northeast of Thailand,
adjacent to its Indochina neighbors.
2. study the conditions that brought about the university town in the
northeast of Thailand, after the Cold War.

645 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

C. METHODOLOGY
The researcher used qualitative research. Data collection was
conducted through in-depth interviews with eight sample subjects. Those
selected were: an abbot, an executive of RoiEtRajabhat University, 2
university officials, 1 local government organization member, 1 ex-leader
of the community and 1 village ‘wise man’ (elder).

D. FINDINGS
Thai Post Cold War Foreign policy and its effect on the urban
development of a University town in the northeast of Thailand, with close
borders to Indochina, can be divided into four phases between 1987 and
2011:Foreign policy: 'Turn the battlefield into a market place.’ The end of
the Cold War also allowed the international, ideological conflicts between
Thailand and its neighbor’s to come to an end. Each region started to enter
into international integration. As a result of international cooperation, Thai
foreign policy, during the Post-Cold War period focused on diplomatic
leadership and international roles in both bi-lateral and multi-lateral form.
They developed a policy that focused upon the importance of the
neighboring and ASEAN countries. In order to respond to the sub-region,
the importance of restoring relations with neighboring countries that had
been in conflict during the Cold War was given priority.

During the period from August 4, 1988 to December 1990, the

government of Gen. ChatichaiChoonhavan, introduced a policy of turning
the battlefield into a market place. The objective was to embrace the
relationships of the Indochina countries, which had become distant during
the Cold War. The diplomatic tool to achieve this was one of “economic
diplomacy”, focusing on promoting international relations through the

646 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

economy, under the process of “Turn the battlefield into a market place”
(SirinSuratin 2015).

After the end of the conflict in Cambodia, Southeast Asia was able
to enjoy greater regional cooperation and Thailand played an important
role within the region, both by international cooperation such as
‘Quadrangle Economic Cooperation’ and ‘Asia-Pacific Economic
Cooperation (APEC)’. The first Friendship Bridge was built in 1994,
funded by the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC), principally by
Australia, it connects NongKhai province in Thailand to Vientiane city in
Laos PDR.

The policy of 'turn the battlefield into a market place' resulted in the
establishment of a second Thai-Lao Friendship Bridge, linking Mukdahan
in Thailand with the Savannakhet district of Lao PDR, with roads linking
further on to Indochina. This led to the connection of the Northeast of
Thailand with the sea port of Da Nang in Vietnam. (AdisornMaukphimai,
2016). A special project was launched to support international investment
in the East Coast Development Project. There were initiatives for the
development of economic zones in five Northern provinces together with
the KhonKaen Industrial zone, NakhonRatchasima Twin Project and the
Southern Coastal Development Project. There was also coordination of
the development of regional land transport networks that were the basis
of the concept for development.

Linking ASEAN is a tool that supports economic growth; it was

found that there had been illegal border trade for more than eight years,
this became legal trade and now generates huge incomes. The value of
trade with Indochina increased from 300 million baht in 1988 to 1,200
million baht in 1989 and increased further to 2,000 million baht per year in
1990. This led Thailand to have the world's highest economic growth rate

647 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 of 13 percent, and helped greatly in strengthening the Thai economy. This
was the first democratically-controlled government in 60-years, where the
treasury reached $1.8 trillion (SirinSurathin 2015)

E. FOREIGN POLICY OF 'INTERNATIONAL TECHNICAL AND

ECONOMIC ASSISTANCE’
Foreign policy has played an important role in the Post-Cold War
period with the announcement of international assistance as a tool for
foreign policy. It was during the 1991-1992 period that
AnandPanyarachun became the Prime Minister. His policy followed
Official Development Assistance (ODA), which meant helping the various
countries listed among the Development Assistance Countries
(DAC).Multilateral development organizations provided ODA to the
recipient country in the form of concession loans and grants. The grant
would also include technical assistance (TA). The main target countries
were the ones neighboring Thailand in a group known as CLMV, being;
Cambodia, Lao PDR, Myanmar (Burma), and Vietnam. The aim was to
help develop the neighboring countries as well as provide assistance to
other developing countries through a cooperation framework of the South-
South development Cooperation, and North-South Cooperation, to
achieve Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) (TICA, 2013).

F. FOREIGN POLICY 'ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT COOPERATION

POLICY FOR THE MEKONG COUNTRIES'
During 1992-1994, the Prime Minister, Mr. ChuanLeakphai
supported a policy of economic development cooperation in the Mekong
River Basin, in particular the economic Quadrangle Cooperation (QEC),
which was supported by the Asian Development Bank (ADB), and to

648 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 which ASEAN members paid close attention (Sirikrai 2005). All of the
CLMV countries have joined the Association of Southeast Asian Nations
(ASEAN) which has made ASEAN stronger and Thailand has used
ASEAN as a tool to link with its neighbors (Thepchatree 2013). However,
in 1997 when Thailand encountered an economic crisis, the country had
to implement policy under the framework of The International Monetary
Fund (IMF) (Phakasvatvat, 2007), and so Thailand was required to
increase its international cooperation, especially regional cooperation,
such as through the establishment of the Bay of Bengal Initiative for Multi-
Sectoral Technical and Economic Cooperation-BIMSTEC, which was
established in 1997. Five pillars of economic development link Thailand
with the western countries (Thepchatree, 2013).

G. FOREIGN POLICY 'IRRAWADDY - CHAO PHRAYA - MEKONG

RIVER ECONOMIC COOPERATION STRATEGY'
During 2001-2006, the period of Mr. ThaksinShinawatra being
Prime Minister, was when Thailand's economy began to recover, with both
domestic and foreign stimulus. Foreign policy in this period focused on
proactive diplomacy, both political and economic by attaching importance
to cooperation between neighbors. The main aim of foreign policy was to
use the framework of foreign relations to revive and create
competitiveness in the domestic economy. Along with the importance of
international cooperation, in particular was the establishment of the
Ayeyawady-Chao Phraya-Mekong Economic Cooperation Strategy
(ACMECS) in 2003 (Phakasvatvat 2007). The ACMECS framework is an
international cooperation that contributes high developmental benefits to
the region (ChanajaiMuenthaisong 2015).

649 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 We can say that Thailand's foreign policy, during the Post-Cold War
period up until 2011, focused on regional and sub-regional cooperation,
particularly in the context of bilateral relations regarding economic, social,
and cultural issues (Thepchatree 2013).

H. REGIONALISM
1. History of regionalism
Regionalism has been around since the 19th century, and it began
to gather pace after the Cold War ended in the 1990s. Globalization has
greatly contributed to regional integration and the emergence of
regionalism. Furthermore, negotiations within the framework of the
International Trade Organization may not gain results from most of the
member countries, which has led to the conclusion of bilateral trade
negotiations and has stimulated regional integration in order to negotiate
trade deals with other countries.

However, regional integration means the member states must

defer some sovereignty in order to enter into the regional integration.
(Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 2007) Regionalism is a political process which
is a co-operated and coordinated policy for moving countries in the same
direction (Mansfield and Solingea, 2010). It can be concluded that
countries in the same region, with the same historical background,
perhaps being neighbors, can easily assimilate into regional integration.

The regional concept can be divided into time periods as follows:

Old regionalism, influenced by the world system during the 1950s-1970s,
such as the concept of liberalism in developing countries after socialism,
and the change to multilateral from bilateral. Globalization and
interdependence have influenced upon the region as can be explained as
follows: 1) Cold War cooperation was to support their own alliances. 2)

650 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Old cooperation is often driven by external factors such as the influence
of a superpower, while new cooperation is due to internal factors or the
needs of the countries in the region. 3) In terms of economics, old
cooperation is to protect and preserve a country's industry within the
group. New cooperation is more interdependent and more open. 4) Older
cooperation may be more specific but new partnerships will be more open.

New regionalism began in the 1980s; it was strongly influenced by

the spread of globalization and the liberalization of economies. (Hettne
and Söderbaum, 2006) It can be said that globalization, particularly in the
fields of technology, finance, and production, has developed new
international competition. When the Cold War ended, the world entered
into an age of new liberalism and economic development. The political
systems in developing countries have made the region play a more
important role, while ‘old regionalism’ has taken a reduced role because it
focuses exclusively on alliance and security issues. New regionalism is
focused on the importance of state or government institutions that have
the power to make decisions, particularly regarding trade and security.
The policies tend to emphasize on the import and development of
industries as being key to the development of the state. Regarding the
economy, the protection and preservation of the industries of the country,
within the group, are paramount and this leads to specific cooperation.
New regionalism also has the participation of many non-state actors who
have influence in the market, leading to reduced blocking and more
openness within the membership. One country may belong to several
groups which emphasize on export and trade liberalization, focusing on
the global market, trade investment, and economic growth(Hettne and
Söderbaum, 2006).

New regionalism contains a variety of dimensions that may include;

culture, security, political system, and economic policy, along with the

651 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 complexity of dealing with the multiple levels of the global system. The
relationships within a region may be based on and include state, national,
ethnic and regional links. New regional co-operation is driven by the needs
of countries or a region, because they are aware that they cannot handle
new problems and challenges by themselves (Hettne and Söderbaum,
1998).

The formation of a region is based on its regional integration.

Integration is an important marketing power in driving countries or regions
with unprofitable industries to be able to develop stronger marketing
positions. In addition, regional integration also drives growth; trade and
industry will develop specialized expertise to deal with the competition that
comes with liberalization. Regional integration is very beneficial, for
example, it contributes to a stable regional economy, and creates a good
understanding between the participants, bringing peace to the region. It
also provides the capacity to counterbalance powers which may push the
integrated region to become a global actor with a new regional identity,
while spreading the democratization of the region (Slocum and
Langenhove 2003).

2. The Conditions That Inspired The University Town In The Northeast

Of Thailand, After The Cold War.
Thailand’s Foreign policy after Cold War was created to strengthen
the relationship between neighbors and to support regional integration.
The establishment of an educational institution or university at that time
was in order to produce human resources to support trade and investment
among the neighboring Indochina countries and for Thailand's own
economic growth when the Thai government needed to accelerate such
growth. Based on this premise, the process of providing knowledge by

652 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 providing higher education to people will result in social mobility and bring
about higher spending due to increased social status. In order to stimulate
the growth of GDP, educational institutions or universities were opened in
the Northeast of Thailand, in areas close to the neighboring Indochina
countries; from 1994 a total of 4 universities were opened, and one of
them was RoiEtRajabhat University.

Roi Et Rajabhat University was founded in 1994, formerly known

as Roi et Rajabhat institute, it is located at TambonKoKaew, Selaphum
District, Roi Et. Although the institute was founded in 1994, the university
was approved to be established by the Cabinet in 1997, during the same
period as the introduction of the 1997 Constitution, which is considered to
be the most democratic constitution, requiring decentralization of
responsibility to local government. This influenced upon the growth of the
university and brought the status of urbanization to khokaew district, home
of Roi Et Rajabhat University.

The policy of choosing the area in which to establish a university is

the task of the country, ministry, departments of local government, the
community etc. There are many conditions to be dealt with in terms of
budget, national politics, and personal, individual involvement, especially
among the leaders and people who are eager to take part in driving the
establishment of their own campus.

3. The Conditions That Make Up A University Town Of Northeast

Thailand Include:
a. People and community leaders in the area
Originally, the area of KohKaew, Selaphum district, RoiEt,
Province, the area of the university, was a small district. About 30
years ago, there was only one elementary school, no

653 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

entertainment, and no shopping mall. Most people were farmers
with extra jobs beyond the farming season. Many people had
accumulated land and been in continuous possession of it since
the 1970s. In the past, those in the community who had been
taught at elementary level, those who had graduated from this
class, were considered to be educated and graduated under the
mandatory government scheme. (Interview with the abbot on
January 30, 2017) When Thailand wanted to upgrade the
country's development from agricultural to become an
industrialized country, the result was that compulsory education
was shifted to a higher level, so this group was the first to study
and accumulate their own wealth.

They accumulated capital and used it for the purchase of land,

by having a profitable career in addition to working in the
agricultural sector. That is when their sales careers began.
(Knowledge of the community November 20, 2016) (Sale by
installments is cash that may come from funds or loans or other
investors.) They would use the money to buy goods in Bangkok,
such as electronic goods, beds, furniture, etc., and then sell in the
Northeast at a higher price, collecting the money from the buyer
on a monthly basis. People in the KohKaew area have been taking
part in this profession since the 1970s, and work as a network.
Most of the people who invested in this profession were relatives
who had previous experience, and they found local teachers who
would be investors for the villagers who wanted to sell goods. (A
Wise man of the village, interviewed on November 20, 2016).

Due to having this profession, some people in the KohKaew

district, would travel to various areas, where they would have
many different experiences and discover levels of prosperity that

654 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

were different to the area where they lived. They were also open
to the ideas of modernization. For this reason when it was
announced that a new education institution would be established,
the news received very positive feedback. Meanwhile, when an
agency was assigned to another possible area in RoiEt province,
to explore the founding of a campus, they found that people in that
area were against it because they felt it would change their ways
of life, such as going to the forest to find mushrooms for their
livelihoods.

Community leaders showed enthusiasm, especially regarding

the issue of protecting the area to be used for the construction of
the university, for example, not allowing anyone to invade or
occupy the area, due to it being needed for the construction and it
being difficult to expel them. (A Wise man of the village, November
20, 2016) One thing that the formal leaders had in collaboration
with other universities was in terms of manpower and. The small
of government budgets. The informal leaders were the people in
the area and they were the people coordinating with the
community to be aware of the sacrifices, especially the sacrifice of
some land to be used to make a road to connect to the campus. It
can be said that the community was very supportive of the
university because it was widely accepted that the university
would bring prosperity, so everyone tried to help as much as
possible. An interviewee said that he had previously been in
Bangkok to coordinate with three community leaders in following
the progress of the establishment of a university in their area. (A
Wise man in the village, November 20, 2016).

Therefore, the people and community leaders of the area

played a significant role in attracting RoiEtRajabhat University to

655 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 be established in the area of KohKaew district, Selaphu, Roi Et
province. The people and community leaders from this area were
different from the other areas because of their greater experience,
so when it was proposed to use some land for the establishment
of the university, they were eager to support it as they could see
great benefit to the development of their children. Currently, most
of the people who occupy the land around RoiEtRajabhat
University have changed their profession from farming to become
entrepreneurs in the area, bringing about a transformation of the
district to become urbanized.

b. Executives and staff of Roi Et Rajabhat University

The group of executives, administrators, and staff of
RoiEtRajabhat University, who were the founders of the
university, found that most had previously lived in this area and
that local people were involved in the founding. There are many
relatives in the area that have a strong bond because they joined
in finding the right place for the criteria set by the central
government, including coordinating people and agencies in the
area to facilitate the university’s establishment.

It was found that today’s executives, or group of key

persons at the university, overlap with the leaders from the early
days of its establishment, they have experience in administration
and planning, budgeting and manpower. Although the university
was officially established in 1997, it was open to first-year
students in 2000. The surrounding area at the time could not be
referred to as "Urbanized" because of the small number of people
who lived in the village, and relative to today, the university had
few students. The surrounding area had not changed much from
previous times. In the early-stages, the students had to live with

656 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

the villagers in a kind of "Home-stay"; some of the students
helping with their host’s children, as if they were relatives.
(Interview with university academic staff, November 18, 2016) At
that time most of the area was still used for farming. At the present
time, some first generation students have returned to work in staff
positions at the university.

During the first ten years after establishment, there was

little sign of rapid growth around the campus, but in 2010 the
government offered a large amount of budget support. The
university has increased its numbers, manpower has increased.
There were larger budgets for sending lecturers to study at
doctoral level, and the university was able to accept more
students because the policy of the government was to produce
more students to study education as there is a need for teachers.
As a result, the university administrators have had to recruit a
large number of lecturers and staff in order to accommodate the
larger numbers of students entering the system.

"The government provided a lot of subsidies from 2012

and we can expand to have more lecturers and more students
... "(University Executive, interviewed January 14, 2017).
Also in the past, when students came to study at the
undergraduate level, especially in the faculty of education, after
graduation they could be guaranteed to continue to work in
government agencies. This generated trust and new students
were keen to apply for admission to study in this field. So in the
past, there were a lot of students in this field, which also had an
effect upon the growth of the university town.

Due to the above issues, the area around the university

has grown significantly. Many dormitories have been built, with

657 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 convenience stores, big markets, and entertainment venues
nearby. Along with the growth of the university, 'urbanization' has
begun to enter the area, according to an interview with a
community leader,

"The growth of the community depends on the number

of student” (former local government official, interviewed 15
January, 2017)
“When on vacation and at the end of a semester, there
are no students, so I close the restaurant and go back to work
on the farm. When the university re-opens, I come back to
open my restaurant again ... "(Private restaurant owner,
interviewed 14 January, 2017).

And one university official from the purchasing department said:

"The University has made this community more

prosperous and it grows due to the university. The community
leaders play an important role in developing the university,
administrative roles, community management, new trends,
developing the community for better education "(University
official from the purchasing department, interviewed January
13, 2017).

c. Decentralization of the Local Government Organization

The decentralization of Thai local government appeared in the
1997 constitution and began to be put into action in 2001. The tasks
and budgets were allocated to local self-management
(KovitPuangNgam, 2004). These activities have contributed to the
area around RoiEtRajabhat University becoming "Urbanized",
because basic facilities have continued to be added to the area.
Modernization has resulted in having more budgets, and greater
collection of revenues has led the area of the RoiEtRajabhat
University to become a very prosperous area, compared to the

658 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

previous 10 years. The local government has played a role in the
development of the surrounding areas, both in academic, and social
and cultural aspects (University Executive, interviewed, January 14,
2017).

d. Internal Capital Groups and External Capital Groups

Groups of people have come together to build a prosperous
area around the campus. In the case of a dormitory operation, it will
consist of internal and external capital groups. Most owners are
retired teachers (Interview with women's dormitory owners,
interviewed on January 15, 2017) and farmers groups that have
accumulated capital by working outside the agricultural sector, such
as making sales by installments to become an entrepreneur. There
are also, market owners, 7-11 Convenience Store owners, owners
of commercial buildings, owners of entertainment venues, owners
of motorcycle repair shops, etc.

e. Migration group
When there began to be more students, migrants came from
other places, including people who had moved to the big cities, some
of them came back home to open a restaurant, to provide
housekeeping, or become security guards on the campus. (Interview
with a convenience store employee, February 12, 2017) The return
of these people affected the surrounding area by developing the
shopping and services available. Moreover, the return of migrants
into the area has become an important unit for local, social growth.

659 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 f. Ideology of people in the area
In the past 20 years, the grandparents group may have been
the people who accumulated land and were involved in establishing
the university. But for the present generation, the way of life has
changed to becoming a business entrepreneur.

“The mindset of the villagers has changed from being

a farmer to being a businessman; many self-made businesses
rent a place to do business in the entertainment area…”
“People invested in dormitories that were created and
remained empty. When they were empty, they did something
else, because after 5 years they have already got their money
back. Land was sold for the dorm. Going to do something else
is like having commercial buildings for sale, open a shop ….
(Interview with executive of university, January 14, 2017).

The above interviews show that the conditions that make up

the university town of RoiEtRajabhat University in the northeast of
Thailand after the Cold.War are composed of conditions that are
characteristic to the individual. The central policy provides various
conditions and there are also the conditions of the people and
community leaders in the area, of RoiEtRajabhat University, the
decentralized conditions of local government, the Internal capital
group conditions, the external capital group and the ideology of the
people in the area.

I. CONCLUSION AND DISCUSSION

An Urban Development Policy in a university town in the northeast
of Thailand is a policy of urban development that has been forced by Post-
Cold War foreign policy. There are two main reasons for this, first there is
the changing world context, then Thailand must have a foreign policy to

660 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 support integration within the region and policies favoring economic
diplomacy begin to play a bigger role. Further, it is as a tool for foreign
policy implementation in the dimension of establishing international
relations or creating synergies. The context of economic diplomacy has
become a part of international economic integration. Especially, there is a
network of international cooperation, in sub-regions, that greatly affects
upon the economic growth of Thailand.

For the conditions that caused the creation of the university town in
the northeast of Thailand after the Cold War, these were influenced by the
basic conditions of development, that is, the entry into a Liberal
democracy and capitalism. The strongest driving force came from foreign
policy that needs economic integration in the region. This made the
relevant agencies need to find an area to establish a university and most
of all, it was in order to support trade and investment from neighboring
countries, which required the government to accelerate the development
of human resources in order to support the future market. Regarding
human resources development, this is to develop people to get a higher
education, creating a nation that has good education in addition to
developing the country. The benefit is shown upon graduation, as people
are able to move upwards with social mobility and change their consumer
behavior, which is believed to indirectly stimulate the country's economy.

J. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
This article is a part the study entitled; “The pattern of the
adjustment of the communities in the vicinity of Roi-Et Rajabhat University
influenced by urbanization.” was supported by Research Fund from Roi-
Et Rajabhat University Thailand.

661 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

REFERENCE
Chaloemtiarana, T. (2005).The Politics of Despotic Paternalism. Bangkok,
Foundation for Social Sciences and Humanities.
Hettne, B. and Söderbaum, F. (2010).The new regionalism approach.
Retrieved August 23, 2016, from
http://www.unisa.ac.za/Default.asp?Cmd=ViewContent&ContentID
=11583&P_XSLFile=unisa/accessibility.xsl
Hettne, B. and Langenhove, L.V. (2005). Global politics of regionalism :
theory and practice. London: Pluto Press
Hettne, B., and Söderbaum, F,. (2006). Theorising Comparative
Regionalism: Bridging Old Divides.Accessed 12 January 2017. From
https://ecpr.eu/Filestore/PaperProposal/a165c88f-343f-4bae-997d-
62807e50bbb9.pdf
Mansfield, E., and Solingea, E., (2010). Regionalism. Accessed 12
January 2017. From
http://www.waseda.jp/gsaps/eaui/educational_program/PDF_2/KU_
KIM%20DongHun_Reading2_Regionalism.pdf
Mueakpimai, A., (2016). Change the battle field into market place.
Accessed 12 January 2017. From http://wiki.kpi.ac.th/index
Muenthaisong, C., (2015). Technical Cooperation Between Thai-Lao
People’s Democratic Republic 1992-2011. Thesis Doctor of
Philosophy in Development Science, Graduate School KHON KAEN
UNIVERSITY.
Oldfield, D. (1998). The restructuring of Thailand's foreign policy towards
Laos, 1988-1991.Retrieved August 15, 2015, from
http://commons.lib.niu.edu/handle/10843/10671
Puangngam, K,.(2007). Thai Local Government.Bangkok : S. Asia Place.
Sathirathai, S., (2011).ChatichaiChoonhavan, Prime Minister of Thailand
and Foreign Affairs: Remarks on Thai Society. Accessed 12 January
2017. From http://www.thaipublicpolicy.com/blog.asp?b_id=52
Suratin, S., (2015). Economic Diplomacy In Present and Trending.

662 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Accessed 12 January 2017. From
http://www.mfa.go.th/dvifa/contents/filemanager/files/nbt/nbt6/IS/IS
6018.pdf
Thepchatree, P., (2013). ASEAN Civil Society and Culture Strategic Plan
2014-2016. Bangkok : Research and Consulting Institute
Thammasat University.
United Nations. (2015).South-South in Action Sustainability in Thailand :
Experience for Developing Countries.Accessed 15 January 2016.
From
http://tica.thaigov.net/main/contents/images/text_editor/files/Sustain
ability%20in%20Thailand%20Expereince%20for%20Developing%2
0Countries.pdf
World Bank. Thailand Now an Upper Middle Income Economy
August 2, 2011 http://www.worldbank.org/en/news/press-
release/2011/08/02/thailand-now-upper-middle-income-economy
Interview
Wise man in community.Interviewed 20 November 2016.
The officer in department of Academic.Interviewed 18 November 2016.
Executive of The University. Interviewed 14 January 2017.
Dormitory’ owner.Interviewed 14 January 2017.
The officer in Purchasing Department.Interviewed 13 January 2017.
Employee of the store.Interviewed 12 February 2017.
Abbot.Interviewed 30 January 2017.
Former officer in Local Government.Interviewed 15 January 2017.

663 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 OPEN GOVERNMENT PARTNERSHIP VILLAGE GOVERNMENT IS
HEADING VILLAGE GOVERNANCE TO POWER CLEAN,
TRANSPARENT AND ACCOUNTABLE

Yanuar Kartika Sari, S.IP

Staff in Communications and Information Office
Bojonegoro Local Government

[email protected]

ABSTRACT
In the current era of the issue of Local Government in Indonesia in
general include natural disasters (ground motion, flooding, drought,
landslides, etc.), damage to infrastructure, disclaimer of budget impact
corruption, declining public confidence in the Government's performance.
In addressing these problems required a special formulation that
government openness that started from 4D (Direct, Distribute, Dialog,
Digital) and realized through transparency, accountability, public
participation, technology and innovation. In the era of openness, the
government Bojonegoro next to proceed in the Local Government, today
donated the concept is to be a pilot project. The significance of the village
government openness involves the collaboration of the parties ABCG
(Academics, Businessman, Community, Government). Various applications
in the field, especially in the Village Government through various
innovations that include the Open Government Partnership. It is synergistic
with the village right on budget are regulated in Law No. 6 of 2014 on the
village of villagers were also given the responsibility to report it. The
implication, the village must be accountable, clean and transparent.
Furthermore, specifically in Article 82 and 86 of Law Village signaled for
reporting village budget can be accessed by anyone and from anywhere,
which is the completeness of the chapter is the infrastructure of the Internet
network of the village, the web site of the village, the information system of
the village, office electronic (e-office), and social media. In the
implementation of public disclosure, Bojonegoro has the Regent Regulation
No. 40 Year 2014 on Guidelines for the Management of Information and
Documentation in Bojonegoro regency government environment which is a
regulation to support the process of openness. In this respect, openness
implemented in the villages in the Bojonegoro Local Government related to
village website that serves as a means of public disclosure, the media to
speed up communication channels of information that is easy, inexpensive
and right, In addition to making the web the village, initiated by the ICT
Volunteers with the movement of building village, village web is managed
collectively and independently. In the web displayed potential of the village,
664 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
the village products, customs and culture, social and community as well as
news updates about the village. Village site is updated every latest news or
according to standard KIP ie twice in one year. Bojonegoro which is the
Open Government Partnership (OGP) are divided into 28 subdistricts and
419 villages and 11 urban villages, and had as many as 107 villages with a
web presence, and 56 of them are old web. Even in Bojonegoro there are
10 of them were nominated by the village web indicator of assessment of
transparency, accountability, participation and innovation communities.

Keywords: Government of Bojonegoro, village, village site, the Open

Government Partnership

A. INTRODUCTION
Village Government is the implementation of government affairs and
the interests of local communities in the system of government of the Unitary
State of the Republic of Indonesia. The Village Government is the Village
Head or the so-called other name assisted by the village apparatus as an
element of the Village Government organizer.
In the administration of President Jokowi there are 9 priority programs
known as the Nawacita concept which one of them is to build Indonesia from
the edge by strengthening the regions and villages within the framework of
the unitary state. The road of change "to build Indonesia from the periphery
by strengthening the regions and villages within the framework of the unitary
State" becomes very important to be analyzed given its relevance to the basic
needs of the village community as well as being a very sexy commodity
campaign that is bloated up by each vice-presidential candidate through The
promise of village fund disbursement of Rp. 1 billion per year even though in
fact it is mandated by Village Law No. 6 of 2014 which is later claimed by
many politicians as a product that is fully supported by its party (Hartono,
2014). So with the existence of the budget disbursed for the Village
Government should be visible community. Transparency is carried out other

665 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

than as control / supervision but also as a tool for realizing an integrated
transparency process between the government and the community.
Welfare of the people is a goal that will be realized in the
administration of the state. To build a prosperous and prosperous
country is done by creating a government that is fair, open and
accountable. Law No. 14 of 2008 on Public Information, has opened
access to public information for the public at large, easy, fast, and
accurate. Submission of information is very important for the growth of
government itself as well as the relationship of trust between the
community as a sovereign with the organizers of Government with
responsibility for organizing, managing and achieve a just and
prosperous country. Local Government of Bojonegoro of Act Public
Information, the Public Agency shall inform policy, program, financial
activities to the public.
For the community, the Act Public Information is a form of
recognition of the public's right to information and how these rights must
be fulfilled and protected by the state. As for the government and other
public bodies, this legislation is to meet the legal guidelines and protect
ha katas information society. The legal guidelines to prevent violations
of the public's right to information, as well as assurance that openness
is not prejudicial to the interests of each person and the interests of the
country are protected by law.
Medium Term Development Plan (RPJMD) 2014-2018
Bojonegoro, his vision is "The foundation of Bojonegoro as Lumbung
State Food and Energy Productive, Competitive, Fair, Prosperous and
Sustainable". The vision that span the 'hierarchy in the mission can be
achieved, if there is good economic growth, both in the primary sector,
secondary, and tertiary. Mendoring strategy for the realization of
sustainable growth economic is implementing six pillars: Economic,

666 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Environmental, Social Capital, Fiscal Independence, Good and Clean
Governance and Leadership Transformation. Totaitas community
involvement to the implementation of the development strategy in the
welfare of a sustainable society can be achieved, when implemented
dialogical relationship between the government and the people.
Disclosure of public information is a way to build a relationship of
dialogue that promotes transparency, participation and innovation.
In the guidance information and documentation includes a
description of the provision, collection, classification, documentation,
reporting and public information services in the scope of Bojonegoro
Local Government has an obligation to meet the needs people to
support the creation of public service excellence management
continuously and sustainably. By understanding the various regualasi
related to public disclosure, giving clarity of rights and obligations
between the government and the public in obtaining information.

B. FORMULATION OF PROBLEM
Based on the description above, for more direction issues to be
addressed in this study the authors give a formulation of the problem as
follows:
1. How is the beginning to start openness in Bojonegoro Local
Government, especially the tansparency that is implemented in the
village?
2. How to increase government and community participation in the
process of transparency?

C. RESEARCH PUPOSES
The research aimed to be achieved from this research are:

667 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 1. To identify, analyze and describe about how to start transparency
in Bojonegoro Local Government, especially in Village Level.
2. To identify, analyze and describe how to increase government
and community participation in the process of transparency.

D. METHODS
The study was conducted to report something that is researched and
provide clarity to something that is not obvious became clear. This is in
accordance with the opinion of Denzin and Lincoln who argued that
"Research Provides the foundation for reports about and representations
of the other. In the colonial context, research becomes an objective way
of representing the dark-skinned other to the white world " (Lincoln, 2015).
Opinion was irrelevant to the opinion Stufflebeam and Coryn that
"Systematic research would shed light on unanswered questions" (Coryn,
2014). Which means that a systematic study would explain the
unanswered questions. Another understanding expressed by Darlington
and Scott as follows:

Essentially Research is all about seeing the world in fresh ways,

about searching again or re-searching the same territory and seeing it in
a different light (Scoot & Darlington, 2002).

The opinion means that research is basically all about seeing the
world in a fresh way, about the search back in finding the same locus and
see it through a different viewpoint. Dabbs (1982, p. 32) states that
"Qualitative research thus refers to the meanings concepts, definitions,
characteristics, metaphors, symbols, and descriptions of things" (Berg,
2001).

668 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

E. DATA SOURCE
The data source is the subject of any data obtained by researchers.
As mentioned Stake as follows:

This is a major strategic choice: the Interpretations expecting to

come from the "Data source" people (e.g., interviewees, authors) or
expecting the Interpretations to rise up out of your aggregation of scores
and observations. I sometimes call the two interpretive data and
aggregative data. If you interview of participants having experienced a
poor program, getting lots of quotes that you interpret as pertinent to your
research question, we call them the interpretive data. If you interview of
participants using the same structured questions for all and tally and
analyze the results to get a sense of what is typical and what is dissimilar,
we call it getting aggregative data (Stake, 2010).

The citation means that this is a major strategic choice: the

interpretation expect to come from the "data source" person (for example,
the interviewee, the author) or expect interpretation to emerge from the
aggregation of scores and observations. Sometimes it is mentioned that
the two data interpretive and aggregate data. If the participant interviews
after experiencing a bad program, get a lot of quotations interpret as
relevant to the research question, called the data interpretive. When
interviewing participants using structured questions are the same for all
and counting and analyzing the results to get results and what is different,
we call get the data aggregate. Further Stake stated data sources can
comprise:

1. Person, the material presented for checking the members should

not include either a quote or personal description of someone
else who has not been a member checked, That is difficult, if the
material is dialogue among persons (Stake, 2010).

669 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 2. Place, a study of one's own place is characteristic of research for
the professional doctorat (Stake, 2010).
3. Paper, an active form of observation is participant observation
where the researcher joins in the activity as a participant, not just
to get close to the others but to try to get something of the
experience they have down on paper (Stake, 2010).

F. DATA COLLECTION TECHNIQUES

One of the characteristics of qualitative research as described above
is to use inductive data analysis, where the general conclusions drawn
from the various individual cases. Inductive inference begins with bringing
together questions that are typical scope and limited in formulating
arguments that ended with statements of a general nature. As the opinion
Kidder and Fine (1987) that:

"Extinguishing between two meanings of 'qualitative research'; 'Big

Q' Refers to the open-ended, inductive research methodologies that
are concerned with theory generation and the exploration of
meanings, whereas 'little q' refers to the incorporation of non-
numerical techniques of data collection into hypothetico-deductive
research designs " (Willig, 2008).

G. DATA ANALYSIS TECHNIQUES

In qualitative research data analysis techniques are very important,
because the analysis used to determine what will be studied. In this case
the data collection techniques used is the author of a variety of data
collection (triangulation).

The method of analysis of data used here draws on

recommendations by Glaser and Strauss (1967) and Miles and Huberman
(1984). The method entailed continuous comparison of the data and
models throughout the research project. Began the research by

670 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

developing a rough working framework based on the existing literature,
conversations with colleagues, and pilot interviews. Travelled back and
forth between the emerging models and evidence throughout the
gathering and writing of data (Berg,2010).

There are three aspects related to data management and data

analysis proposed by Levine (1985), Wolfe (1992), and Huberman and
Miles (1994), which are summarized as follows:

1. A system that ensures high-quality accessibility to the data.

2. Documentation of any analysis that is carried out; and
3. Retention and protection of the data and related analysis of
documents after the study has been completed (Berg,2010).

According to Miles and Huberman are measures of data analysis is

divided into three phases :

1. Data Reduction
In qualitative research, data reduction does not necessarily refer
to quantifying nominal data. Qualitative data needs to be reduced and
transformed in order to make it more readily accessible,
understandable, and to draw out various themes and patterns. Data
reduction acknowledges the voluminous nature of qualitative data in the
raw. It directs attention to the need for focusing, simplifying, and
transforming raw data into a more manageable form.
2. Data Display
The notion of data display is intended to convey the idea that data
are presented as an organized, compressed assembly of information
that permits conclusions to be analytically drawn. Displays may involve
tables of data; tally sheets of themes; summaries or proportions of

671 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 various statements, phrases, or terms; and similarly reduced and
transformed groupings of data.

3. Conclusions and Verification

The last analysis activity I will discuss is conclusion drawing and
verification. Throughout the research process the investigator has
been making various informed evaluations and decisions about the
study and the data. Sometimes these have been made on the basis of
material found in existing literature (as the researcher spirals back and
forth to the literature) (Berg, 2010).

H. DISCUSSION
1. Beginning to start openness in Bojonegoro Local Government,
especially the tansparency that is implemented in the village
This paper elevates the process of transforming Bojonegoro from a
small and poor district, into a district able to stand upright with the
independence and hard work of the government and its people. This
transformation is a long process from minus point, zero, and plus. Minus
is the past, zero is the development process of the present, and the plus
is Bojonegoro in the future.

The past, where many things are still below standards in 2008. The
road conditions are 80 percent damaged, the poverty rate of 18.78
percent, the low level of public confidence in the government, and disaster
management that has not been optimal. It should be encouraged with
strategies to achieve normal.

Despite the abundance of natural resources, the people of

Bojonegoro in the past are still entangled in poverty, a government that
does not side with the people. As a result, until 2007 Bojonegoro was the

672 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

poorest district number 3 in East Java (BPS, 2007). Even CLM Penders
in his book Endemic Poverty Bojonegoro 1900-1942: A Story of Endemic
Poverty in North East Java Indonesia states that Bojonegoro poverty has
been very epidemic. The land is arid and difficult planted with plants,
plants on the banks of Bengawan Solo flooded by the flood.

The Penders illustrate that poverty in Bojonegoro in 1900-1940 was

like poverty by the Rangkasbitung in Lebak in Max Havelaar's book by
Multatuli. Everywhere poor people. Even during the era of development of
the new order, Bojonegoro almost untouched significant development.
The people are still poor, the road infrastructure damaged villages and the
environment.

wetland, 22.42% is dry land and its residual 4.85% is plantation and
others) Consisting of 28 District, 419 Village 11 Urban Village. Population:
1,298,551 people, 644,303 is engaged in the agricultural sector. Rich
Natural Resources (Forests, Agriculture and Oil and Gas).

Challenges Kab. Bojonegoro:

a. Floods and drought

b. Land Motion
c. Infrastructure and Roads are vulnerable to damage
d. Having a long history of poverty (Endemic Poverty)

Bureaucratic Viewings: 17 Dinas, 9 Agency, 2 Offices, 28 Sub-

districts, Setwan, Satpol PP, Inspectorate, 3 Hospital. The history of the
past is what influenced Bojonegoro's situation until 2007. So in 2008 many
repairs were programmed by relying on the role of academics,
businessmen, society and government. In 2008 it is a big task is to change

673 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

the mindset of all elements of the community Bojonegoro District, namely
through an open Government. Openness is done not only done in the
body of Government only, but from the level of Government Bojonegoro
District, District, Village and even villages. The whole community is given
the opportunity to take a role in the process and effort towards such
openness.

Long process has been passed, to realize open government, right,

fast and useful. The simplest thing in the process of transparency has
been done in 2008 with "Public Dialogue", opening access to information
that can be delivered unegnya directly to the Regent, Vice Regent and the
leaders. “Anjangsana” or “blusukan”, is part of listening to the community.
Utilization of information technology, is part to strengthen access to
information, understanding and providing solutions to various problems in
society.

Open government, just a mere government actor, not only as a

citizen's right, not only transparency and participation, but synergy and
collaboration of the parties, is the key. Collaboration of 4 (four) friends has
been done Bojonegoro. Involvement and involvement of Academics,
Bussines, Government and Community (ABGC), in the formulation of
various policies.

The building of the closeness and strength of trust between

government and people in various elements, is the binder. Mutual trust
not only individually, should be encouraged as institutional and
implemented as a cultural. In the service pattern, not just thinking for
themselves (ego), must change for the common good, for the general
welfare (eco), not just serfi sh, but must provide services that are
formulated based on the informations of the main parties who served
(service).

674 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Open Government Partnership (OGP) is one was officially launched
on 20 September 2011, on the sidelines of the UN General Assembly
meeting by the 8 Heads of Government founding governments, namely
Brazil, Indonesia, Mexico, Norway, Philippines, South Africa, United
Kingdom and the United States, supported Open Government
Declaration.

The process of openness in the Government of Bojonegoro Regency

is through Transparency, Participation and Collaboration. At the beginning
of 2008 to 2010 conducted the foundation of openness through dialogue,
anjangsana, SMS Leaders and Facebook. Furthermore, in 2010 to 2012
developed again through radio, print media, and complaints box. In 2013
all public complaints are confirmed as ideas. Furthermore, in 2014
developed into the application of the Report (Online Citizen Aspiration
Service), SISMON (System Monitoring), and Open Data. In 2016 the
application was developed again namely SIAP LAPOR (Application
Information Aplication Compalint System for Online Citizen Complaint
Service) and through 4D (Direct Dialog Distribute Digital) to continue to
grow strengthening the implementation of Open Government Partnership
Bojonegoro Local Goverment.

675 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

2. Increase government and community participation in the process
of transparency
The Reformation period requires many changes, especially in
governance. One of them is the policy taken by the government no longer
apply the model from top to bottom (top down) but to apply the model from
the bottom up (bottom up). In this Reformation period, it was later born
Law Number 14 Year 2008 on Public Information Openness or
abbreviated Regulation of Public Information Public. This legal product
was issued in 2008 and enacted on 30 April 2008 and came into effect
two years after its promulgation. This 64-article law essentially lays to
every public body to open access for every public information applicant to
obtain public information, except for certain information.
The purpose of enactment of the public information openess Law is
to guarantee the right of citizens to know public policy making plans, public
policy programs, and public decision-making processes, and the reasons
for public decision making. Encouraging community participation in public
policy-making processes, increasing the active role of communities in
public policy making and management of good public bodies. In addition,
realizing the implementation of a good state that is transparent, effective,
ef fi cient, accountable and accountable.
Since the first period of his reign, the Regent of Bojonegoro
Public Dialog
Mr. Suyoto and Vice Regent of Bojonegoro, Setyo Hartono,
understand the importance of community involvement in the decision-
making process related to the public interest. The dialogical process
between the local government and the community is contained in a forum
called Interactive Dialog which is held every Friday from 13.00 WIB to
finish.

676 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Although Public information disclosure Yoto has not been effectively
enforced, Kang Yoto greeting Regent Bojonegoro, Suyoto, has translated
the essence of the law by holding Interactive Dialog which was first held
on Friday, March 14, 2008. Not long after Kang Yoto and Setyo Hartono
was sworn in, this duet directly Meet and dialogue with the community
through the Interactive Dialogue.
This interactive dialogue is one of the most qualified methods of
absorbing people's aspirations and materials for decision making. The
mechanism applied is also simple that any citizen of Bojonegoro may ask,
express opinions, ideas, criticism, and input on the Government District
(Pemkab) Bojonegoro. Then, the Regent, Vice Regent, Secretary of
Regions, Head of Service, Head of Section, Head of Service, and Local
Government Work Unit (SKPD) related directly convey responses and
answers related questions or criticism submitted by the community. A
reciprocal process takes place between the government and society. This
interactive dialogue was effective to understand the feelings and thoughts
of the Bojonegoro people so that this dialogue continued in the second
period of the reign of Kang Yoto and Setyo Hartono.

SMS and Radio

The Bojonegoro District Government utilizes various communication
channels that can be utilized by the community to convey ideas, opinions,
criticisms and inputs to build Bojonegoro. One of them is through a short
message (SMS) that is sent to the radio Malowopati 98.5 FM Bojonegoro.
The public complaint can be submitted in the program of Morning Radio
Horizon of Malowopati FM Bojonegoro starting at 06.00 WIB until 08.00
WIB. Then, community complaints can also be submitted in the next
program called Ayo Masbro starting at 08.00 am until 09.30 pm. The
community can send SMS through the number 0821143212958.

677 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 According to the Head of Unit Technical Implementation Unit (UPTD)
Radio Malowopati, many people who complain and complaints related to
public services, education, health, infrastructure in the program
Cakrawala Pagi and Ayo Masbro.
On the other side of the Organization of Regional Devices and
speakers presented at the event on air radio Malowopati is a resource that
is related to the problem of growing problems in the community. In the
hope of providing enlightenment and empowerment to society as well as
a form of embodiment of the mental revolution. Besides Radio Malowopati
all radio in Bojonegoro, which is 12 radio embodied in Radio Forum
Bojonegoro (FRB).
FRB every three months held regular meetings to share problems
that developed in the community through their respective radios. From the
Department of Communications and Informatics to deliver the latest
information on various government policies and solutions for the
community. It can be publicized freely and freely according to the radio
style of each.

SIAP LAPOR
Bojonegoro Local Government respond to rapid development of
information technology that takes place today. No doubt the public is now
accustomed to using various communication channels to communicate
through social media, short messages (SMS), mobile phones, as well as
websites. The old ways of communicating are also beginning to be
abandoned. Along with these developments, Bojonegoro Regency utilizes
various channels of communication and information to connect and
communicate with the community. Absorb the aspirations, opinions,
inputs, criticisms, suggestions through the growing digital media today.
Since July 2014, the Government of Bojonegoro through the Office of

678 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Communications and Informatics developed a communication system
with the community digitally called Public Aspiration Integration System
(SIAP) with the Online People Aspiration Service (LAPOR!). With website
https: //www.lapor.go .id. Service application SIAP LAPOR Adopting a
model of communications and complaints services applied by the central
government. However, Dinkominfo Bojonegoro Regency then developed
it to make it easier and can reach the public widely.
Submission Mechanisms LAPOR People who want to share their
good aspirations related to public services, infrastructure, education,
health and others in Bojonegoro can easily deliver through the application
SIAP REPORT! this. Communities can convey via short message (SMS)
by typing BJN - the contents of complaints and send to the number 1708.
In addition, the public can also send short messages directly to the phone
number HALO BUPATI in number 08113445999. Message or content
complaints that go to HALO BUPATI This is also directly logged into the
application admin SIAP LAPOR Communication and Informatics Office
has operational standards of service SIAP LAPOR. According to the
standard, he said, complaints or aspirations of people who go to the admin
SIAP LAPOR must immediately processed for a maximum of three days.
Subsequently, the complaint or aspiration will be sorted by its content or
category. The complaint is then forwarded to the relevant regional
apparatus unit For example, if the complaint is related to damaged road
or broken bridge then it will be forwarded to the Public Works Department
\ If the complaint related to school fees will be forwarded to the Education
Office. Similarly, if the complaint related to health services will be
forwarded to the Health Office.

679 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Blusukan
Blusukan is one way the head of the region understand the problem
and communicate directly with the community. Blusukan allows the public
servant to interact directly with the community served. Blusukan also
effectively cut off the long and convoluted bureaucracy traversed by the
head of the region if he wanted to know the immediate problem from the
main source. The point blusukan is a way that directly dive into the
problem to be solved.
Regent Bojonegoro, Suyoto or familiarly called Kang Yoto, choose
this blusukan way to interact and communicate with people who are far
from public services. In the early days of his reign, Kang Yoto was happy
to blusukan to remote villages in Bojonegoro by riding a dirt bike. The
motorcycle was chosen because it allows entry into areas with very
difficult terrain. The southern regions of Bojonegoro such as Sekar
Subdistrict, Gondang, Kasiman District, and Kedewan in the western
region of Bojonegoro are geographical conditions of hills and mountains.
Rushing by motorcycle ride allows Kang Yoto to enter and reach outback.
When the blusukan, Kang Yoto explore the aspirations of the
community. Communicate and interact with them. Kang Yoto's
communication style is relaxed, empathetic, but meaningful that makes
the distance between officials and the people as if nothing else. People
can openly and comfortably convey their aspirations.
The four roads taken by the Government of Bojonegoro Regency are
through Public Dialogue / Interactive Dialogue, SMS and Radio, the
application of SIAP LAPOR, and blusukan. These four steps are
considered capable of encouraging the participation of the community,
especially the village community in participating in building the foundation
of change in the framework of openness. In this way would be expected
to run well so that the community can prosper.

680 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 In this case the village community is more responsive than the type
of urban community who is less concerned about the wheel of
development in the region. However, all forms of formulation which are
carried out by embracing all layers of society ie ABCG (Academics,
Businessmen, Communities, and Government) by activating all channels
of communication and information both traditionally and modern, villagers
can participate in collaboration in development in Bojonegoro Local
Government.

Village Website
Build a Village Network Website initiated by ICT Volunteers
Bojonegoro with Village Building Movement. For all villages in Bojonegoro
there are 419 villages and 11 sub-districts and provide training for the
development and content filling for village representatives in order to
empower village communities aimed at disseminating information,
potentials and development of existing development in villages throughout
Bojonegoro Local Government. At that time ICT volunteer Bojonegoro
since confirmed in Pendopo Malowopati Pemkab Bojonegoro, on October
18, 2013 by the Regent Bojonegoro. Has dedicated in the field of IT,
especially in the field of Empowerment and Public Education. To
participate in building Bojonegoro through Information Technology.
The village web is managed collectively and also self-reliant from ICT
Volunteers as young men who care about the village. Web village as a
means or portal in the village as a medium to raise the potential of villages,
village products, customs and culture, social community, and news about
the village. The wider village web is used as a medium of transparency
related to village budgets that are derived from the results of village-run
development.

681 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

3. Retention and protection of the data and related analysis of
documents after the study has been completed
In this era, especially in the era of Kang Yoto (starting 2008), the
Bojonegoro development is directed to the conditions of open government
and inclusive development, it is clearly stated in the Regional Medium
Term Development Plan and become the guidance of Bojonegoro and
added as a plus point Bojonegoro is Compassionate and Human-Friendly.
a) Making openness as a platform for government to start a dialogue
directly or via the media with the principle of 4 D (direct (intensive
meeting bupati / officials directly with the people) dialogic (seeking:
solutions involving all components of society), distribute. (In addition
to traditional dialogue also using information technology: SMS, WA,
email etc.). here is true applied transparency, accountability,
partnership and innovation / IT), this is the essence of government
openness and also inclusion Bag development So as to create good
governance (honest government and free of corruption).
b) All development is directed to inclusiveness which emphasizes on
human resource development, such as local content policy on oil and
gas management, where oil and gas companies and their CSR should
prioritize the use of local human resources, local resources,
environmental protection and community empowerment around oil
and gas.
c) Kang Yoto creates and establishes as the foundation of development
established also in the are: 6 Regional Medium Term Development
Plan Pillars of Sustainable Development Bojonegoro namely:
Economy, Environment, Social Capital, Fiscal sustainability. Clean
Government and Transformation Leadership. If we see this pillar is
very strong meaning of sustainable development.

682 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

d) Expenditure Policy of Budget for Regional Income and Expenditure
(APBD) on Kang Yoto government: 1. Expenditure Economic
development must be followed by improving the quality of human
resources 2. Infrastructure also support the economy and see the
future condition of Bojonegoro 3. Prepare a sustainable font by
preparing lasting funds sourced from oil and gas for the development
of HR Bojonegoro In the present and future (scholarships and
vocational).
e) Coupled with other plus points such as districts committed to human
rights enforcement, supporting and defending local values to blur the
compassionate district and make Bojonegoro a viable area for
vulnerable life such as children, mothers and the elderly.
f) Also provide the widest access for the citizens to work and innovate in
the frame of creative economy so that the business / group of creative
economy such as craftsmen, artists, also industry and services
g) In poverty alleviation, the government opens wide access to business
investment, including the regions. Pockets of poverty by making Rural
General Wage (UUP) Rp 1.005.000, so start shoe business etc that
can improve the quality of life of the people in that location. Bojonegoro
also makes good use of the BDT 2015 BDT data, to strengthen the
poverty reduction caste in Bojonegoro (so that those receiving
assistance are really poor).
h) In order to reduce the gap and can accelerate development in the
countryside, Kang Yoto also initiated the Healthy Village and Smart
Movement whose variables (20) are not much different from TPB at
the moment. A high level of intelligence, to initiate the right thing
related to TPB.

683 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 i) To maintain the health of the population, Bojonegoro allocated the
largest Jamkesda in Indonesia, so that the poor do not have to worry
about the financing.
j) For education Bojonegoro guarantees the inclusion by freeing persons
with disabilities to attend public schools and ensuring the continuity of
primary and high school education and if any pregnant persons are
prohibited from dismissing but must remain in school. Scholarships are
also provided for high school students of Rp 2 million per person per
year and college scholarships for the poor.
k) Bojonegoro regency also cooperate as broadly as universities such as
UI, IPB, ITB etc. in all development programs Also partner with NGOs
such as NRGI in perennial fund analysis, Bojonegoro Institute related
OGP, INFID related to human rights etc. Also cooperation with
entrepreneurs such as the processing of bird and water nest into a
healthy drink Real Food is exported to America which increases the
old farming industry into the industry, the construction of
environmentally friendly housing etc.

I. CONCLUSION
From a review of how the Bojonegoro Local Government
transformed the selfish ego into eco services it can be concluded that the
present Village is the benchmark of development in Indonesia, as already
described in NawaCita the third point about building from the periphery.
Similarly with Bojonegoro Local Government with various problems that
exist solved with the concept of openness. Openness is intended to open
all forms of information and communication channels that become bridges
between academics, businessmen, society and government (ABCG). This
is a good pattern because communications have been built involving only
the community and government, but the Bojonegoro District Government

684 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

has adopted a new pattern of giving academicians and businessmen a
role to open openness to touch all layers in Bojonegoro Local
Government. Communication channels and information must also be
traditional and modern so that can be applied by the Village Government
which in fact is still partly traditional but some others are modern. For that
communications base built in the form of Public Dialogue, SMS, Radio,
Bluskan, SIAP LAPOR and so forth so as to meet the needs of village
community.

685 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 INDIGENOUS PEOPLES DEMOCRATIC PRACTICES IN LOCAL
POLICY DECENTRALIZATION IN THE VILLAGES CITY OF PADANG

Tamrin
Departrment of Political Science, Faculty of Social and Political Science,
University of Andalas, Padang, Indonesia

ABSTRACTS
There is a missing link betweeen the practice of local political
democratization to local governance in Indonesia. Each district
government in Indoneisa has its own charcteristic, the uniques of this
village have to adjust to the shape of the determination of community
leaders conducted directly through the procedural democracy. The
deifference betweeen the uniqueness of the villages in Indonesia can be
seein from the form of deliberative democracy is to elect the
leadersindirectly, but the decision making process is done directly. Instead
of procedural democracy emphasizes direct leadership election, but
decision making is done indirectly. Form of procedural democracy in
accordance with the principles of liberal democracy, such as free
compettition, political parties and parliament. There are several steps
taken by the government in reducing missing link between local
democracy witrh national democracy, including in the form of dispersal of
power by the government internall, such as the decentralization policy of
the central government to local governments. While the local politics is the
dipsersal of power in the dimension of space (spatial), as well as socio-
cultural boundaries that surrounds. Their relationships could explain the
relation of national power with a local in the form of the influence of local
politics as the means of learning for democracy and foster community
capacity to manage power emitted by the central governments to the
regions in broadening political participation of the society in the process
of formaulation, implementation dan evaluation of the community
development in the regions. By using qualitative reserach methods, the
following article describes the missing link betweeen the practice of local
democracy wich is set in the villages wirh the policy of decentralization of
power from the central government to local govermnments in the
management pattern of indigenous villages in Padang city

Keywords: local democarcy, decentralization policy, indigenous village,

Boghraphical Note

686 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

A. INTRODUCTION

The change of government policy in the relation of central-regional

relations emphasizing on the regional autonomy aspect also has an
impact on the government's strategy to strengthen the village community.
There is a relationship between the decentralization of government power
and the dynamics of local politics, though both terms have differences.
Decentralization is the government's internal dissemination of power,
such as from the central government to local governments. While local
politics is the power of power in the spatial dimension, as well as the
social-cultural boundaries that surround it. The relationship of both can
explain the relation of national power with local in the form of influence of
social and cultural environment of society to applying central pemeriuntah
policy in region, and can explain local political function as a means of
learning to democracy and foster the capacity of society manage power
which emitted by central government to region
The relationship of decentralization to local politics can explain the
linkages between local politics and governance. Local government plays
an important role in realizing the political freedoms of its citizens,
protecting them from abuse of power, and giving wider opportunities for
its citizens to enjoy political resources There are three pillars of
empowerment in governance, including government pillars, the private
sector and society. Equal power relations can be realized through the
empowerment of these three pillars, and serves to reduce the hegemonic
aspects of local government management through the process of political
recruitment in the area. This idea was then known as the direct regional
head elections system, both for the provincial level, the second level in
the city / regency, and the selection of the Nagari / village head for the
lowest government unit.

687 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Each district government in Indoneisa has its own charcteristic, the
uniques of this village have to adjust to the form of the election of community
leaders conducted directly through the procedural democracy. The
difference betweeen the uniqueness of the villages in Indonesia can be
seein from the form of deliberative democracy is to elect the leaders
indirectly, but the decision making process is done directly. Instead of
procedural democracy emphasizes direct leadership election, but decision
making is done indirectly. Form of procedural democracy in accordance with
the principles of liberal democracy, such as free compettition, political
parties and parliament However, the introduction of direct individual
participation in leadership selection is not in line with the decision-making
process are represented by elected representatives who sit in the
legislature, there is a missing link between the goals of decentralization of
power objectives with the goal of regional autonomy
The existence of development the village council (BPD) as
representatives of political parties and parliament in the village as a form of
implementation of the principles of liberal democracy, such as free
competition, political parties, and parliament that produce political
upheavals, such as the village chief conflict with BPD. Implementation of
village government conducted jointly by the Kerapatan Adat Nagari (KAN)
as a form of BPD in villages with Wali Nagari in West Sumatra. The
government's efforts to strengthen political institutions and culture
component that encourages the development system works according to
the changing environment has been done through the implementation of
Law No. 6/2014 on Village Governance. Implementation of Law No. 6 2014
Local Administration in West Sumatra reduce political upheavals occurring,
form of autonomy with greater authority given to indigenous institutions,
such as the Kerapatan Adat Nagari (KAN) which reduce conflicts that occur
between the village chief with BPD. The authority of the economic, social

688 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

and culture of the indigenous institutions reduce conflicts between village
government with BPD. The system is set apart from the village government
institutions and KAN, KAN institution given the authority to regulate
traditional institutions as well as having the rights of the original attached to
the village, such as the management of communal land. The program of
village development activities organized together with the community from
planning, implementation, and monitoring through the village Musrembang
forum until Musrembang City and County
There is a similar form of document declaration of independence
which is a cornerstone of development in the Preamble of the 1945
Constitution with the Declaration of Independence of the United States,
such as the idea of statehood as a meeting point (common platform) all
elements of the nation, the government system periodically, as well as the
motto of the state of national unity drawn from E Pluribus Unum , Therefore,
Indonesia is the first country in the world that mimics the democratic model
that is applied around the country, the model followed by the Philippines,
Taiwan dam South Korea (Muslim Mufti, 2016; 65). Model of functioning
democracy in the United States is a reconciliation system is benefited by
the free exchange of information and knowledge that is needed in the
community who carry out modernization and didrong by social scientists,
engineers and other scientists whose numbers handful society. This
reconciliation system works in a democracy "libertarian-secular", such as
the United States. (Chilcote, 2004; 382).
However, implementation of this system in the form of a direct
election system was initiated by the designers of the Constitution in
Indonesia in the early independence can not be implemented by
considerations of public educational background lower and government
infrastructure limitations (Muslim Mufti, 2016: 53). This electoral system
serves to strengthen the political legitimacy of the President is not fully

689 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

supported by the political forces in the legislature, the support necessary to
gain support for the planning and implementation of development policies
proposed by the executive to the legislative branch agencies. Ratification of
the two state agencies is a form of application of the democratic system of
government in an effort to legalizing of political forces not represented fully
in the system of elected government. In the implementation of political
democracy, the principle of majority rule (majoritarian rule) juxtaposed with
the power of consensus and delivery form quasi Presidential system of
government or semi Presedential that developed in Indonesia in the era of
reform
The publication of Law No.6/2014 on the village of implications in
three aspects:
First, nagari is no longer simply the administration of the lowest
administration only. This law actually assert their original rights of villages
Second, given the opportunity at the village as the nagari adat. (indegenous
village) Third, nagari become the basis for building a state of economic,
social, cultural and political development. Therefore, the implementation of
the village regulation not only give the impact to the political and
administrative organization, but also to social and cultural which interact in
a village controlled by Penghulu as an indigenous prince. If observed that
the implementation of life "bernagari" in the West Sumatara narrowed
meaning since the implementation of regional autonomy in the reform
period. This can be seen in the implementation of life "bernagari" which is
now understanding the village only as a form of governance at grassroots
level (Yoserizal and Asrinaldi, 2013). In other words, village just carry out
the functions of government with limited authority on what is delegated by
the district government. Though "bernagari" for ethnic Minangkabau not
merely to govern alone, but it's more complex than that (Musyair Zainuddin,
2008).

690 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

B. RESEARCH OBJECTIVES

By using qualitative reserach methods, the following article describes

the missing link betweeen the practice of local democracy wich is set in the
villages wirh the policy of decentralization of power from the central
government to local govermnments in the management pattern of
indigenous villages in Padang city

C. SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

The benefits of this research are; First, as a consideration and

comparison document for the West Sumatera Provincial Government which
is conducting a study to formulate the Regional Regulation (Perda) in the
implementation of the nagar’s life. Moreover, the Regulation No.2 of 2007
concerning the principal of nagari government which is implemented
nowadays become irrelevant to be used since the issuance of Law No.6 of
2014 about the village; Secondly, this research also becomes important
because it can develop the concept and theory to the realm of praxis so that
it becomes beneficial for the society in nagari. Not many, similar studies
conducted by social and political scientists so that there needs to be
enrichment on the study of socio-political related in the nagari and the
lowest government in West Sumatra, especially since the enactment of the
law on the village; Thirdly, it is hoped that the results of the research will
result in various policy alternatives and institutional management based on
theoretical and empirical studies to improve the quality of sustainable
development both at national and local level and in the institution.

D. CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK

Joseph Schumpeter defines democracy as a method (procedure)

institutions to achieve political decisions that put the role of individuals
acquire the power to make decisions through a competitive struggle in order

691 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

to gain the people's voice. A country can be said to be democratic if the
government is formed by the will of the people who realized through Election
competitive basis in selecting people in public office as well as civil and
political rights guaranteed by law. However, the democratic principle could
be implemented if the definition of democracy is not only associated with
the process of selection of leaders, but also by the way these leaders carry
power. Along with the development of a democratic political system, then
the concept of electoral democracy expanded for the purpose of preventing
confusion of democracy, such as electoral democracy is no longer attached
to the military regime's inherent strength, oligarkhis and bureaucracy.
The debate of views between the importance of involving people
(majoritarianism) with a view involves quite a few people (minorities) elected
only in implementing policies for the sake of the people is a form of debate
democratic principles in realizing the common good yield principle of
majoritarianism considered some principles of democracy on the grounds
of its underlying principles equations politics, while the minority is not the
essence of democracy Some solutions to address the differences between
majoritarianism and this minority, among others: (1) consult some views
before making legislative proposals, discussed the amendments before the
vote; (2) This principle criticized the first solution that addresses the political
mistakes of winner-takes-all, the procedure of winner-take-all depend on
the will of the majority to be approved and the procedure can not be
guaranteed if there is enforcement of the rules of majority decision.
Therefore, the procedure for placing multiple choice decision could give the
view everyone in its final decision: (3) This solution describes a political
decision covers all events and is part of an ongoing process, stacking late
majority and minority change with the issue. This solution implies the
existence of the principle of reciprocity can guarantee political equality,
based on the desire of people to be in the majority; (4) This solution limits

692 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

the retrieval third solution, where the nature of these interrelationships are
not running when the minority party can not follow the procedure majority.
These efforts are dealt with by the parties take the issue outside the scope
of the majority by designing law rights and minorities depend on certain
conditions . All these solutions are complementary, it is better mixing result
of decisions made by a majority together with the decision made by a
process that puts the approval and consideration of legislation, as well as
the decision contains rights protection of citizens
In this case, politics is always linked to social power. Social power
here are active and passive. Social power is passive when the existence of
the power comes as a form of "recognition" of their power in the social
environment. Power passively present the various dimensions of social life,
there is the consciousness of individuals who become members of society,
to reconstruct the social life of the community without any element of
coercion and pressure. Social power is active, when its existence has a
force capable of organizing, inducing and maintaining order and social
structure have consequences for reward and punishment are binding on all
members of society. To understand the notion of power as the core of
political life not as something that forces strength, but also as something
productive
Domination in public space reduces the chances of the birth of the
aspirations of the individual, as well as change the active power becomes
passive.
Visble power is open for grabs, like the legislature. The decision-
making power is often done in the form of a closed (hidden), as a political
lobby space or a closed meeting that determines the decision when taken
in the form of an open power. Whereas, the invisible power is a power or an
idea or a person's culture, the kind of power these people can no longer act
against the wishes of the owner of ideological or cultural power. This

693 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

invisible power can relates the culture with the concept of power in political
science, because it consists if idea emerges in public sphere and as a core
of social life in reconstructing social relations. This cultural kind of power
relates the individual to society in a form of their activity in producing the
idea to organize and maintain the social order in society According to the
postcolonialism theory the peak of political discourse is colonialism,
colonialism find a form of power that is hidden into the power relations in
the form of modern country
The purpose of decentralizing power from central government to
local governments or dispersal of power from government to the public or
the private sector is to create local political dynamics that correspond to
social and cultural values of local communities. In essence, local politics is
the dispersal of power, while decentralization is the dispersal of power that
can be done internally government (of government center to the regions) or
the dispersal of government power from the center to the market, private
sector or non-government organization. The transformations of local
government in West Sumatera consists of power relations between the form
of visble power and invisible power in the context of national policy of
decentralization with the form of hidden power in the context of local politics.
This power relationships relates the authority decentralization from the
central government to local government. In practice, there is a missing link
between the aim of power decentralization with the cultural identity of local
autonomy, the local autonomy reflects the invisible power of global
democracy rather than visble power in decision making process of local
policy formulation. In this case, there is a missing link between local political
democratization practices with local governance decentralization
. Antlov (2003), who observed significant changes in the practice of
democratic society in political decision making in the village through
community involvement since the enactment of Law No.22 / 1999.

694 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

According to him, although the practice of democracy began to flourish in
the village that can be seen with the stronger functions Village
Representative Board (BPD), but the cause of democracy in the village also
received threats from an institution which is outside the community village
itself, especially to strengthen their role in a democracy then, But, the rent-
seeking instead to flourish after the fall of Soeharto, even to restore
economic and political power they lost due to the reform process, they are
trying to transform themselves into organizations "as if" support the
democratic process, but the goal is not to democracy itself, This is clearly
evidenced by Robison & Hadiz (2004) in reorganizing power in Indonesia:
the politics of oligarchi in an age of market. According to them, in the
democratic process that took place after the fall of Suharto came the old
political forces are trying to play an influence by way of "hijack democracy"
to their interests. In these conditions, democracy is threatened and it is
difficult to develop due to the mixing of groups that support democracy by
anti-democratic groups in the process of consolidation of democracy in
Indonesia.
What is described Antlov and Robison & Hadiz that there are still
problems in the implementation of democracy at the local level, particularly
in the village. The issue was whether the implementation of democracy
should ignore the data values and culture or country to follow what is
desired? This is what will be examined in this study in order to complete the
study Antlov. First, the results are useful to describe the development of
local democratic values that develop in rural communities/villages is based
upon the wisdom of the local culture. Scientific knowledge is useful for the
improvement of procedural democratic practices at the local level (villages).
In addition, this study illustrates the intermingling of the principles of the
exercise of power that comes from outside the values of power that comes
from within.Secondly, the results of this study would like to contribute to the

695 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

development of knowledge about the practice of procedural
democratization in Indonesia at the local level

E. METHODOLOGY

This research was conducted in the city of Padang, precisely in the

District Pauh. The reason researchers in choosing this location because of
the characteristics traditional institutions in the District of Nagari Pauh The
study was conducted through qualitative methods, this method selected for
this study had a more diverse approach than quantitative research
(Creswell, 2012). In addition, qualitative research aimed at understanding
the social dynamics as a whole through observation of behavior, actions
and objectives with a more natural method. Therefore, this study will
observe a problem that relates to the role or actions of certain individuals.
The unit of analysis in this study is the Chairman of the indigenous affairs
council (KAN) and Lurah in sub-district of Pauh as the head of the lowest
administrative unit in the city of Padang.

F. CONCLUSION/IMPLICATION

Kecamatan (districts) of Pauh, Padang City consists of 7 villages,

including Binuang Kampung Dalam, Cupak Tangah, Kapalo Koto, Koto
Luar, Lumbuang Bukik, Limau Manis Selatan, Limau Manis, Piai Tangah,
Pisang . Establishment of this splendor is due to the splitting of Padang city
which previously only consists of 3 districts to 11 districts in 1979, and
combine some surrounding nagari to become a village in the city of Padang.
Previous District of Pauah it consists of 3 Kenagarian, namely (1)
Kenagarian Limau Manis, (2) Kenagarian Pauah V (3) Kenagarian Pauah
Part. Pauh subdistrict population has customarily kinship ties with Pauah Si
Ampek Baleh (Pauh 14), but each stands alone in its territory. Customary

696 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

kinship relationship is described as siblings brother sister relationship,
which is expressed through their traditional adage which "Koto Tangah of
brother, sister Pauah".
Previous sub-district is located in the district of Padang Pariaman,
but based on number 17 in 1980, on 21 March 1980 to the administrative
area of the city of Padang, the city district located in Pasar Baru. Pauh
district community and subdistrict Koto Tangah ties of fraternity customary
ties separated into two distinct sub-districts in the city of Padang, therefore
changes ties to form urban village district community brings change from
homogeneous to heterogeneous socciety. As a form of kelurahan, the sub-
district governance structure is different from the governmental structure in
the district with the nagari as the lowest form of government Lurah as the
lowest leader in this government is appointed and dismissed by the Mayor,
not as a result of direct election conducted on the selection of the Wali
Nagari in the lowest form of leveling at the District level. The village head
mostly runs the administrative administration that has been outlined by the
Mayor, the lurah's office is not determined according to the term of office
period mandated by the community. But determined by the consideration
given by the Mayor based on community input from the level of satisfaction
given to the services provided, the Mayor can dismiss and appoint the lurah
in accordance with the aspirations of the community and not determined by
the period of office. Lurah of Limau Manis spent 25 years from his 31 years
career as public servant became a lurah in Kecamatan Pauh, although
moving from various tasks ranging from Lumbung Bukit
Nagari is a unit of community in West Sumatera province and it is
not the same with the village, the policy of merging villages under the New
Order regime eliminated the process of social and cultural interaction by
villages and placed it as the lowest administration. In this case, practice
bernagari concerns not only the implementation of government affairs only,

697 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

but also covers aspects of sociocultural and genealogical society is
becoming the real village character Culture and religion plays an important
role for the majority ethnic Minangkabau to exist in the national political
arena until the end of the New Order regime, the Minangkabau culture can
be juxtaposed with Islam as the religion of the majority of the population
(Hadler , 2010). There is a matrilineal social and cultural identity and Nagari
as the lowest administrative unit in Minangakabu ethnic, Nagari as the
lowest administrative unit consists of a social organizations in the
community built from the matrilineal system starting to develop into the tribe.
The tendency of Minangkabaunese to wander affect the
development of the system matrilineal practiced, this trend is changing and
leave the true essence of tribal life and the family in Nagari (Tusyoshi Kato
({1982}; 2005). Nagari's social and cultural capital is not restricted solely in
the form of the village, but this capital existed outside the political authority
of the government by using public bond nomads with the village
communities. Implementation bernagari not only social and cultural, but
political and administrative organization of all of which interact in a village
controlled by indigenous prince (Penghulu). Therefore, nagari is a unit of
indigenous people's life in Minangkabau community unit area that has clear
natural boundaries, has its own rules and carry out maintenance based on
consultation and consensus under the leadership of the Penghulu (prince),.
Historically the village government is a government traditionally ruled
by the powers of tribes, this power have jurisdiction which are equal
incorporated in a Kerapatan Adat Nagari (KAN). Nagari as a unit territorial
at the same time also a political unit of the prince in every village with its
institutions under the auspices of the indigenous affairs council (KAN). Each
KAN several tribes, such as Tanjung, Jambak, Chaniago, Piliang, Melayu
in KAN Limau Manis. Although the title of Datuk owned by ninik mamak in
this KAN more than a legacy that fell from a blood relationship (Kapalo

698 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Paruik), and mamak function to resolve disputes within the tribe strengthen
its capacity in the community. In the village community there is a difference
between immigrant communities and native people.
The uniqueness od Nagari can be explained by two factors, among
others; first, the nature of leadership Ninik Mamak (local prince) are living
overseas, 60% of Datuk in Tanah Datar living outside villages they govern;
second, the social and cultural capital is located on the shoreline villages,
such as social and cultural wealth of Nagari more common in Kampar
regency or Siak in Riau province compared to Tanah Datar regency in the
province of West Sumatera. Social and economic networks formed between
village communities to enable the sustainability of nagari as the uniqueness
administrative unit during the exclusion of Ninik Mamak from the political
process for the enforcement of the Regional Government Law No. 5/1979..
The customary government system in the nagari in Minangkabau is
governed by the following maxim, Kamanakan barajo jo mamak, mamak
barajo jo panghulu, panghulu marajo jo kamufakat, mufakat barajo ka nan
bana, bana manuruik alua jo patuik. (king's niece is uncle, king uncle is the
prince, king prince is agreement, king of agreement is the truth, the truth
follows the groove and is worth) This proverb stretches the structure of
government according to adat.
In Minangkabau nagari many elements that play a role based in
institutions (formerly) Kerapatan Nagari (KN) is now Kerapatan of Adat
Nagari (KAN). Among the most important elements, the functional elements
of the tali tigo sapilin (rope triad) and the tungku tigo sajarangan (three
stove) are: (1) the ninik mamak (uncle) elements are led by the penghulu
(prince) and or datuk (Sir), (2) the ulama (religion scholars) elements led
by the head of the nagari’s ulama council and / or master, (3) The clever
scholar and / or scholar. Specific elements of ninik mamak differ in nagari.
In the former royal palace in Minangkabau, Datuk is different from the

699 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

penghulu, showing two indigenous limbago namely limbago paruik and
limbago kampuang. In the institutional penghulu / datuk in general there are
urang nan-4 jinih (the four highest person) namely: (a) penghulu, (b) manti,
(c) malin and (d) dubalang. Under the malim institution there is urang nan-
4 (the four person ) also namely: (a) imam, (b) katik, (c) bila and (d) qadhi.
From the perspective of the security function, the youth are in the line of
dubalang ie as maintaining the resilience of nagari and particularly young
people as parik paga nagari (the body guard of nagari)
Each KAN oversees several kelurahan in Kecamatan Pauh, and
each KAN consists of several tribes, such as KAN Limau Manis consisting
of 5 tribes including Tanjung, Jambak, Chaniago, Piliang, Melayu. There
are 30 people ninik mamak representing each tribe in KAN Limau Manis,
this ninik mamak domiciled in local society and distinguish it from other
mamak in nagari West Sumatra which many reside in overseas area and
put panungkek (representative of ninik mamak in tribe) as The extension of
mamak's hand in the rantau with the people in their tribe and clan. Although
the title of datuk possessed by the ninik mamak in KAN is more than the
inheritance that descends from the blood relation (abdominal vessel), but
the position and authority of the mamak in this tribe and the kaum becomes
strong by the existence of those who directly carry out the function of
disputes in society.
The meaning of residents in the community of Pauh is indegenous
people, they have community rigths in traditional land cultivation and
pandam perkuburan (cemetery) as the social and cultural identity) of nagari
in West Sumatera province. Out of that are called pendatang (newcomers).
Pendatang (newcomers who lives ini sub-districts Pauh are not a part of the
indegenous people. The concept of residents have implications to the
political decision making process. Although there are equal rights and
obligations in the social life of the Pauh community, there are different rights

700 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

and obligations for the nagari with the migrants. The migrants have no right
to attend the Adat Meeting which is only owned by Anak Nagari (local
people), the provision gives implications for the arrangement of the
marriage ceremony. If Anak Nagari has a local mamak to represent the
family in this marriage activity, but the immigrants do not have local mamak.
The marriage of immigrants is not done according to the customs of the
Pauh community, but only done through civilian records in government. This
provision is to strengthen the communal land and pandam (cemetery) of the
Anak Nagari community which is widely available and does not encourage
people to wander like other nagari communities in West Sumatra, if the
migrants are given the right to seek local mamak then he will also demand
the same rights with the right of Anak Nagari In obtaining the inheritance of
ulayat land and pandam burial (cemetery)
There is an idea to ask residents who inhabit housing to look for local
mamak as a substitute for the mamak they left in their hometown, the idea
of which was mentioned in the KAN Limau Manis meeting. The idea
emerged in line with the findings of a similar marriage (LGBT) conducted by
a couple in Pauh sub-district, the case encouraged the urban village based
on the insistence of the customary institution to require the recommendation
of ninik mamak other than the parents in arranging the marriage permit to
the head office of kelurahan This policy is a kind of "assimilating" the
immigrant community with the Pauh customary law in marriage and death,
rhe assimilation strategy itself to make the dominant culture in a country
into a national culture, by subordinating the identities of ethnic or cultural
minorities in dominant cultures..The assimilations strategy concerning the
arrangement of citizens' agreement on the necessary political behavior, so
that the political system works well. This problem is difficult for
heterogeneous people to confront rather than homogeneous societies,

701 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Efforts to strengthen the legal role of indigenous peoples in urban
areas are also done through the establishment of the KAN BKS KAN
(Coordination Agency of KAN institution) in Padang demanding the
government to revise the agrarian law against the provision of land
certificate pusako (ulayat) which only involves 2 witnesses to the owning of
land group (Ulayat) on behalf of the cultivators. Based on the insistence of
KAN Kota Padang, the provision is corrected by involving Penghulu and
KAN in proposing the permit of the land certificate, the form of the
strengthening of the customary law community in the arena of the power
struggling in pursing the legitimate authority of poverty rights. The setting
of customary communities in villages in Padang city is only regulated by the
rules in the Regulation of the Mayor. This rule is only made by the Legal
Bureau, without the involvement of traditional institutions (KAN).
The implications of the arrangement patterns of indigenous peoples
conducted by the legal bureau of Padang City Regional Governance is the
competition between traditional institutions with government agencies in
seizing the influence of society for the benefit of the power authority. The
purpose of decentralization of authority by the central government to local
governments will be turned into a political struggle for legitimacy of
competition pattern of political power in society To strengthen traditional
institutions in order to support the main tasks of the village government in
the city of Padang is by making changes in the policies that govern
traditional institutions (KAN) on the form of Mayor regulation (Perwako)
becomes local regulation (Perda), which involves more local regulation The
participaton of KAN board in the process of formulation can strengthen the
function of lurah in implementing the policy of Mayor in Padang
The missing link between the local politics in indegenous people in
the village city of Padang with the decentalizatioan policy is in a form of
democracy. The form of democarcy in indegenous people in line with the

702 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

meaning democracy proporsed by the classical theory, such as Plato. But,
the government decentralization policy in line with the meaning of classical
liberal democracy theory as proporsed by Thomas Hobbes. Plato states that
the principles of the system can not give birth to unity in democracy, in
freedom developed personality patterns that hinder unity by diversity.
According to Plato democratic equality is affected by disease and symptoms
equality, equal rights under the principle of equality would kill the rich by the
poor The notion of reducing the privacy of individuals in society, the
freedom of the individual in this society is a cornerstone of democratic
theory of classical liberalism that developed in the form of visible powers at
the national level, as described by Thomas Hobbes. According to Hobbes
maintenance (self preservation) is the ultimate goal of man, as well as
putting democracy is less important. Society must be set to limit human
violence by placing the power at a certain point called sovereignty
(sovereign) Meaning of liberalism for Hobbes is a marker of keeping the
value of freedom of choice, reason, and tolerance in the face of tyranny,
absolute political systems and religious intolerance. Classical liberalism
sought to limit the power of religion and region "despotic monarchy", as well
as defining the form of a private space.

G. RECOMMENDATION
The original form of democracy developed in rural communities in
Indonesia is a consensus-based form of leader elections, as well as direct
decision-making. This form is reflected in the fourth principle of Pancasila
which reads "people based on wisdom in deliberations of representation".
But in the implementation of democracy in Indonesia more refers to the form
of liberal democracy that emphasizes the form of representation, the clash
between the form of consensus and the form of representation in the
implementation of democracy is reflected in the conflicts that occur in adat

703 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

institutions with government agencies in the nagari government system that
involves both institutions as a nagari government organizer in West
Sumatra. The separation of customary institutions from government
institutions in the nagari governance system reduces the conflicts between
the two institutions, but the separation is not strictly enforced in the urban
village governance system. Although there is a division of authority between
customary institutions and village administrations, the regulation of
customary institutions by the city government through the Padang City
Government law firm (Biro Hukum) encourages adat institutions to
strengthen themselves through the demands for changes in customary
agency arrangements through regional regulations formulated in legislative
bodies (DPRD) Executive institutions. This effort is strengthened through a
strategy of assimilation by customary institutions, so that the migrants living
in the kelurahan must have behavior that is in accordance with the social
and cultural values of the local community. Attempts to transform
assimilation strategies into "bhineka tunggal ika" strategies that are in line
with the values of liberal democracy that values equality in difference (E
Pluribus Unum) are by strengthening the position of customary institutions
of the executive institutions section governed by the Municipal Government
Bureau of Law into the public policy regulated by a Regional Regulation
(Peraturan Daerah) made with the executive and legislative bodies of the
DPRD Tingkatl-II (Regional People's Legislative Assembly).

REFERENCES
Abd. Halim, 2014, Politik Lokal, Pola, Aktor & Alur Dramatikalnya
(Perspektif Teori Powercube dan Panggung). LP2B. Yogyakarta
Afrizal, 2014, Metode Penelitian Kualitatif: Mendorong Penggunaan Metode
Penelitian Kualitatif dalam Berbagai Bidang Ilmu. Jakarta. PT.
RadjaGrafindo.

704 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Agusta, Ivanovich, Tetiani, Ani & Fujiartanto, 2014, Teori dan Kebijakan
Desa Untuk Indonesia”. Dalam Ivanovich Agusta & Fujiartanto (Eds.).
Indeks Kemandirian Desa: Metode, Hasil dan Alokasi Program
Pembangunan. Jakarta: Yayasan Obor Indonesia, hlm. 13-32.
Agustino, Leo. 2009. Pilkada: Dinamika Politik Lokal, Yogyakarta: Pustaka
Pelajar.
Agustino, Leo. 2011. Sisi Gelap Otonomi Daerah. Bandung: Widya
Padjadjaran. AE
Antlov, H. 2003. “Village Government And Rural Development In Indonesia:
The New Democratic Framework.” Bulletin of Indonesian Economic
Studies 39(2): 193- 214.
Asrinaldi, 2012. “Implementasi Demokrasi Lokal Di Balik Bayang-Bayang
Otonomi Negara”. Jurnal Masyarakat, Kebudayaan, dan Politik, 25
(20): 96-107.
Asrinaldi & Tamrin, 2015. “Prospek Nagari Adat Dalam Rezim UU Desa Di
Sumatera Barat Terhadap Pembangunan Masyarakat Sosial-Budaya
ASEAN”. Makalah dalam Prosiding PAHMI 9.
Benda-Beckmann, Franz von & Benda-Beckmann, Keebet von. 2013.
Political and Legal Transformations of an Indonesian Polity: The
Nagari From Colonialisation to Decentralization. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
Cheema, G. S. 2005. Building Democratic Institutions: Governance Reform
In Developing Countries. New York: Kumarian Press
Chilcote, Ronald H., 2004, Teori Perbandingan Politik, PT Rajawali Pers,
Jakarta
Dede Mariana, Caroline Paskarina, 2008, Demokrasi & Politik
Desentralisasi, Graha Ilmu, Yogyakarta
De Jong, Josselin. 1952. Minangkabau and Negri Sembilan: Socio-Political
Structure in Indonesia. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff
Eko, Sutoro, 2008. Memahami Kembali Desentralisasi dan Otonomi
Nagari. Yogyakarta: APMD Press.
Eko, Sutoro, 2003. Transisi Demokrasi Indonesia: Runtuhnya Rezim
Orde Baru.Yogyakarta: APMD Press.
Hadler, Jefrey. 2010. Sengketa Tiada Putus: Matriarkat, Reformisme
Islam, dan Kolonialisme di Minangkabau. Terjemahan. Jakarta: The
Freedom Institute.

705 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Hari Sabarno. 2007. Untaian pemikiran otonomi daerah: memandu
otonomi daerah menjaga kesatuan bangsa. Jakarta: Sinar Grafika.
Hasbi, Muhammad. 1971. “Perkembangan Lembaga Kerapatan Adat di
Nagari-Nagari Minangkabau: Uraian Tentang Perkembangan
Kerapatan Adat Tradisionil Ke Arah Perkembangan Kerapatan
Demokratis Nagari.” Skripsi Doktorandus. Institut Ilmu Pemerintahan,
Malang.
Kato, Tsuyoshi. 2005. Adat Minangkabau dan Merantau Dalam
Perspektif Sejarah. Terjemahan. Jakarta: Balai Pustaka.
Manan, Imran. 1995. Birokrasi Modern Dan Otoritas Tradisional
Minangkabau (Nagari Dan Desa di Minangkabau). Padang: Yayasan
Pengkajian Kebudayaan Minangkabau.
Muslim Mufti, Didah Durrotun Naafisah, 2013, Teori-Teori Demokrasi,
Penerbit Pustaka Setia, Bandung
Miles, M.B. & Huberman, A.M. 1994. Qualitative Data Analysis: A
Sourcebook of New Methods. Ed-Kedua. California: Sage Pub.
Morphet, J., 2008. Modern Local Government. London: Sage Publications.
Navis, A.A. 1984. Alam Takambang Jadi Guru: Adat dan Kebudayaan
Minangkabau. Jakarta: Grafiti Press.
Priyono, Willy Purna Samadha, Olle Tornquist, 2007, Menjadikan
Demokrasi Bermakna, Masalah dan Pilihan di Indonesia, Demos,
Jakarta

Putnam, Robert, 1993. Making Democracy Work: Princeton: Princeton

University Press.
Rafni, Al, 1998. “Pergeseran Kekuasaan dan Kepemimpinan Lokal Pasca
UU No.5 Tahun 1979 di Desa-desa Sumatera Barat”. Tesis. Program
Pascasarjana UGM: Yogyakarta
Robison, R. & Hadiz, V. R. 2004. Reorganising Power in Indonesia: The
Politics of Oligarchi in An Age of Markets. London:
RoutledgeCurzon.
Strauss, A.L. & Corbin, J. 1998. Basics Of Qualitative Research
Techniques And Procedures For Developing Grounded Theory.
USA: Sage Pub.
Tamrin, 2012, Kerangka Kerja Sistem Politik Indonesia, Jurusan Ilmu
Politik, FISIP, UNAND, Padang

706 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Tamrin, Asrinaldi dan Indah Adi Putri. 2013. Model Transfer Dana
Perimbangan Dan Pemerataan Kemampuan Fiskal Dalam
Pelaksanaan Otonomi Daerah. Laporan Penelitian Hibah Bersaing.
Padang: LPPM Universitas Andalas.
Willy Purna Samadhai & Nicholas Warrouw, 2009, Demokrasi Di Atas
Pasir, PCD Press, Yogyakarta
Yoserizal & Asrinaldi. 2013. Quasi Otonomi Pada Pemerintahan Terendah
Nagari Simarasok Di Sumatera Barat Dan Desa ponjong di Daerah
Istimewa Yogyakarta. Sosiohumaniora, 15(2): 178-193.
Yoserizal & Asrinaldi, 2011. Praktik Pemerintahan Terendah Dalam
Pembangunan dan Implikasinya Terhadap Demokrasi Lokal Di
Sumatera Barat. Jurnal Transformasi Pemerintahan, 3(2):85-103.
Yoserizal, Asrinaldi & Rahmadani Yusran. 2005. Pemanfaatan Sumber
Daya Aparatur Pemerintah Daerah Dalam Rangka Mendukung
Pelaksanaan Otonomi Daerah Di Provinsi Sumatera Barat. Laporan
Penelitian Balitbang Provinsi Sumbar. Padang: Balitbang Provinsi
Sumatera Barat,
Zainuddin, Musyair. 2010. Implementasi Pemerintahan Nagari
Berdasarkan hak Asal- Usul Adat Minangkabau. Yogyakarta:
Ombak.

707 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 GOVERNANCE OF THE ENTREPRENEURIAL-COOPERATION
RESIDENCES
Sukarno Hardjosoewito1) Ayun Maduwinarti2) ,Suroso3), Rachmawati
Novaria4), Ign Anom Maruta5)
1)Faculty of Social dan Political Science, Universiy of 17 Agustus 1945

Surabaya
email: [email protected]
2)Faculty of Social dan Political Science, Universiy of 17 Agustus

1945 Surabaya
email: [email protected]
3)Faculty of Psicology, Universiy of 17 Agustus 1945 Surabaya

email: [email protected]
4)
Faculty of Social dan Political Science, Universiy of 17 Agustus 1945
Surabaya
email: [email protected]
5)
Faculty of Social dan Political Science, Universiy of 17 Agustus 1945
Surabaya
email: [email protected]

ABSTRACT
Surabaya City Government works hard to keep residents who work as the
micro and medium enterprises (SMEs), to 'economic hero' in the city. Their
products (goods or services) must have equivalent quality product
businesses in the Asean level. Their products must be able to become the
market supply ASEAN Economic Community (AEC). On the other hand they
(businesses) are required in order to become entrepreneurs-cooperative
spirit. Entrepreneurs who own behavior in accordance with the philosophy
of Pancasila. Entrepreneurs who are dedicated to the nation and the country
and not for personal gain. Entrepreneurs that promotes the common interest
(social). Sukarno et al. (2016) found that most businesses in Surabaya has
a background as an urban (arrivals) illegal business. Their businesses are
legal but illegal in place (not allocation). They have been nurtured by the
city government. They receive education and training entrepreneurs-
cooperative. They monitored the achievements and reputation as
entrepreneurs-cooperative. This article discusses how the Surabaya city
government's efforts to provide guidance to the perpetrators of micro and
medium enterprises (SMEs) in order to later become an entrepreneur spirit
of cooperation as well they are able to deliver the city of Surabaya as the
city played an important role in AEC.

Keyword: city government governances entrepreneurs-cooperative

708 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

A. Introduction
Until the end of 2013 the number of micro, small, and medium
enterprises (SMEs) in Indonesia stood at 57,895,721, up 2.41% from
56,534,592 in 2012. The Minister of Cooperatives and SMEs Syarifuddin
Hasan hoped, in 2016, the number will swell to over 58 million
(http://www.neraca.co.id/article/39432/koperasi-dan-umkm-dalam-
angka). Meanwhile, in East Java, the number of Micro, Small and Medium
Enterprises (SMEs), based on a survey conducted the Central Statistics
Agency (BPS) of East Java Province until the end of 2012, reaching no
less than 6.8 million MSMEs, composition, SMEs engaged in the
agricultural sector amounted to 60.25 percent of the total number of
business units 4,112,443 businesses and non-agricultural sector
amounted to 39.75 per cent with the number of business units as much
as 2,713,488 businesses (http://surabaya.
tribunnews.com/2013/05/31/jumlah-umkm-di-jatim-mencapai-6,8-juta). In
2015 there are 2,640 SMEs that are members of the heroes of the
economy (PE) Surabaya. This number has increased significantly from
the previous year (2014), which is as much as 1,976 SMEs or by 74.85%.
(http://surabayapost.net/berita-sebanyak-2640-ukm-tergabung-di-
pahlawan-ekonomi.html).
Sukarno et al (2016) found that among those (businesses / SMEs)
have the status of urban (arrivals) illegal businesses (businesses place
not intended. As many as 75% of them are foreigners, of which 45% came
from the village, and 30% comes from the city, and only 15% comes from
the city of Surabaya, and 10% of their commuter status (roundtrip from
out of town to Surabaya round-trip). Surabaya city government has to
provide guidance to the principals of the business. There are a
classification of institutions (parties) giving guidance to them (including the
businessmen who had illegality), namely: (i) the Department of Trade and

709 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Industry, the city of Surabaya, (ii) the Department of Cooperatives and
SMEs, (iii) Social Services, and (iv) Private /Individual.

B. RESEARCH OBJECTIVES
The long-term objective of this study is the declining poverty rate in
urban areas, especially migrants. The medium-term objective of this study
is to find out how the Surabaya municipal government efforts to tackle
poverty due to urbanization. As for the short term this study wanted to
know more about how the coaching to entrepreneurs since the illegal
status of efforts to become an entrepreneur spirited cooperative and able
to have the products (goods or services) qualified Asean market.

C. SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

Immigrants in big cities who work as entrepreneurs need to be
fostered so that the ability of entrepreneurship is beneficial for the
economy of the city. They continue to be nurtured so as to be capable as
a professional entrepreneur. In order for their entrepreneurs in
accordance with the personality of the Indonesian nation, the coaching is
directed to entrepreneurial-cooperative. How the Surabaya municipal
government manages the entrepreneurial-cooperative properly requires
adequate study

D. CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK
Countries with larger cities generally deal with problems associated
with urbanization. "Then Ejaz Ghani (2007) says that in Pakistan is
estimated that the urban population will increase of up to 130 million
(about half to the total population) in 2030". Followed by the fact that "by
2030, about 61 percent of the world population is projected to live in the
Cities; and this growth is expected to occur mainly in developing countries

710 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

"(UN, 2004; UNCHS, 2007; UNFPA, 2007; Daramola & Ibem, 2011).
Urbanization and the various consequences is the other side of the growth
of the city. Government and society, so far, more focused on the effect of
the population problem. In fact, the problem is the axis of urbanization
earlier. (Mind folk, September 18, 2010 in Hardjosoewito, 2012).
Urban Invaders metropolitan cities bet the fate of the various
productive activities despite only a short distance to sustain life as the
findings of Rustinsyah (2013) in Sukarno et al (2016):
the survival strategies of those families who (poor migrants) are living
in Surabaya is: reducing food; clothes, health and housing; vegetable
vendor; scavenger; guard labour, traditional masseuse; working as a
manual labour and coffe and instant noodle seller.
On the other hand Luisito Bertinell and Eric Strobl in Urbanization,

Urban Concentration and Economic Development (2007) tried to

calculate economically on the growth of the urban in developing countries
from 1960 to the 1990s, where there is significance between the business
sector with income, meaning that the more economic value business, the
higher the income. This means that business operators (in urban areas) a
better chance of survival, but the State of Indonesia to the Cooperative as
the pillar of the national economy which means that all practices should
cooperative effort.
Hendar and Kusnandi (1990) states that entrepreneurship-
cooperative is a positive mental attitude in trying to be cooperative, to take
innovative initiatives and the courage to take risks and sticking to the
principle of cooperative identity. People who do entrepreneurship-
cooperative n called” wirakoperasi”. The special feature is a must-have
entrepreneurship-cooperative more appreciative attitude togetherness
than on individual success and profit. A entrepreneurship-cooperative
expected to be more motivated and be more creative work in
togetherness. (Module-Based Enterprise Cooperative, 2013: 69).

711 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Entrepreneurship-cooperative main task is to take innovative initiatives
that means trying to find, discover and take advantage of opportunities of
mutual interest. Entrepreneurship-cooperative must have the courage to
take risks because the world is full of uncertainty. entrepreneurship-
cooperative have to accept things that sometimes do not fit between the
expectations with the reality on the ground. (Module-Based Enterprise
Cooperative, 2013: 39).

E. METHODOLOGY
In this study the selected type of research is the Research and
Development (R & D) or often referred to as research and development,
as a kind of research that the right to produce a model. Research and
development of longitudinal (gradual and can multiyear). According
Sugiyono (2007, 298) R & D methods have been widely used in the fields
of Natural Science and Engineering, but can be used in the social
sciences (psychology, sociology, education, management etc.). Data
collection techniques are set as follows.: (i) the documentary studies,
which examine the documents in the form of statistical data, the draft
regulation / legislation / decree, reports, photographs, drawings, maps and
spatial or urban planning (land use), ( 2) a structured interview to officials
of the relevant institutions, coastal residents as a sample object, and the
stakeholders, and (3) direct observation in the field with the object of
prevention activities. Data were analyzed by qualitative descriptive
method.

F. CONCLUSION/IMPLICATION
Commodity classifications contained in the work they perform,
namely: (i) Crafts (20%); (Ii) intake (15%); (Iii) Snack (55%); and (iv) Drink
Vitamins / Health (10%). Of which are built, they generally accumulate in

712 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

the Center of SME, Center of Culinary, Business Group, and Kampong
Small Industry. Willingness to participate in education and training
(training) is quite high (55%) even in businesses that have 5 or more years
in the business, otherwise businesses are still two years or less are less
interested (with a level of humility 50%). Then the businesses that have a
high entrepreneurial knowledge (80%) lies in those who gathered in the
center of the target offices. Judging from the area of origin, businesses
that have a high motivation for entrepreneurship is a commuter status
(shuttle), ie 65%. While the absorption of the material of the highest
training participants (60%) achieved by the business comes from the
center of the target agencies and generally they are seasoned received
training and has been a member of the cooperative.
There are several factors that affect the willingness of business
people participated in education and training of entrepreneurship-
cooperative namely: (i) the enthusiasm to advance its business; (Ii) want
to share with other businesses as well as gain knowledge and skills
through training. The factors that affect the achievement
entrepreneurship-cooperative Training participants are: (i) follow the
training experience before; and (ii) has been a member of the cooperative.
There are also factors that influence the absorption Participant Training
namely: (i) the duration of efforts in running the business, especially those
who have gathered in the centers of assisted services Cooperatives and
SMEs, and (ii) the habit of efforts in practice the principles
entrepreneurship-cooperative and training is considered as a means of
strengthening the habits of the business actors.
While based on the observation (torch) factors that affect the
smoothness / permanence reputation entrepreneurship-cooperative
businesses post follow the training of entrepreneurship-cooperative are:
(i) those who have been accustomed to behave entrepreneur spirited

713 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 cooperative, (ii) try to strive to maintain the knowledge and attitudes
gained from training in practice despite heavy efforts to integrate two
different tendencies of 'catch-profit' and 'share of luck together'. This
research is still in the resolution to track the development of Surabaya city
government so that business people who already have the title of "Citizen
entrepreneurship-cooperative Metropolitan City (Surabaya)", has been
proven to have products or services that pass the competency test similar
SME Asean standards of MEA and personality national (Indonesia). The
businesses that have experienced the illegality was able to be prepared
to become entrepreneurs fostered cooperative that can be relied upon by
the city of Surabaya became ambassador in ASEAN economic market

G. RECOMMENDATION
In order for the city government of Surabaya to manage the
business actors as entrepreneurial-cooperative well need the following
steps: (i) identify immigrant who have entrepreneurial abilities; (ii) collect
and train into good entrepreneurial-cooperative; (iii) provide facilities in the
form of adequate places; (iv) guiding them to have a good reputation as a
entrepreneurial-cooperative; and (v) conduct competence test on their
products (goods and services) of Asean quality periodically.

REFERENCES
Hardjosoewito, Sukarno; Slamet Riyadi and Suroso, 2012. Overcoming
Problems of Urban
Illegal Residences and Illegal Bussinesses Create the Efficient of
Surabaya’s Citizens’.
Proceedings Urban Mobility: Textual and Spatial Urban Dynamics in
Health, Culture,
and Society ISBN 978-602-17791-0-1. Surabaya: Faculty of Cultural
Science, Airlangga
University April 2013 pages: 107-111
Hardjosoewito, Sukarno and Rachmawati Novaria, 2016. Development of
Urbanite Illegal

714 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Business to be a Town Citizen of The Cooperative Entrepreneurial
Mainstay in
Surabaya, East Java. Proceedings The 13th International Asean
Urbanization: Rapid
Urbanisation and Sustainable Development in Asia ISBN: 978-
979-8786-58-7
Hardjosoewito, Sukarno; Slamet Riyadi and Suroso, 2013. Changing the
Urban of Illegal
Residence and Illegal Business as the Farmers of City Social Forest
in Surabaya,
Indonesia. Proceeding International Conference On Local
Goverment 2013 ISBN: 978-
602-9077-37-7.
Jiboye, Adesoji David. 2011. Sustainable Urbanization: Issues and
Callenges for Effective
Urban Governance in Nigeria. Journal of Sustainable Development
Vo 4, No 6;
Desember 2011 Published by Canadian Center of Science and
Education 211. www.
ccsenet.org.jsd.
Jones, Gavin W. 1997. The throughgoing urbanisation of East and
Southeast Asia. Asia
Pacific Viewpoint, Volume 38, Number 3, December 1997 , pp. 237-
249 Publisher:
Wiley-Blackwell
Ming Lu and Zhao Chen. Urbanization, Urban-Biased Economic Policies
and Urban-Rural
Inequality. Fudan: Fudan University Employment and Social Security
Research Center
and China Center for Economic Studies.
(http://en.cnki.com.cn/Article_en/CJFDTOTAL-
JJYJ200406005.htm) 14-12-2016.
Rachmawati Novaria, Sukarno-Hardjosoewito, Ayun Maduwinarti, IGN
Anom Maruta, Suroso ,
2016. Make Trade Illegal Urban of Metropolitan City to
Enterprenurship –
Cooperation Resident. Journal of Sociology and Social Work. Vol 4
No. 2. Online
Publication URL: http://dx.doi.org/10.15640/jssw.v4n2a6
Reardon, Thomas, Peter Timmer, Bart Minten. 2010. Supermarket
Revolution in Asia and
Emerging Development Strategies to Include Small Farmers.Edited
by Prabhu Pingali,

715 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, Seattle, WA, and approved
October 12, 2010
(received for review March 10, 2010)
Rustinsyah. 2013. The Survival Strategy of poor Migrant in Surabaya: A
Preliminary Study.
Proceedings The 3rd International Conference on Urban Mobility: Its
Impacts on
Socio Cultural and Health Issue: Textual and Spatial Urban
Dynamics in Health,
Culture, and Society. Surabaya, Indonesia: Faculty of Humanities-
Airlangga
University.p. 205-210

716 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 THE INFLUENCE OF PUBLIC SERVICE MOTIVATION (PSM) AND
COMPETENCY ON STATE CIVIL APPARATUS’ PERFORMANCE OF
WEST PASAMAN REGIONAL HOSPITAL
Boni Saputraa And Nailuredha Hermantob
aLecturer at Public Administration Department of Universitas Gadjah Mada
bResearch Assistant at Study Centre of Community Empowerment and

Services of Universitas Negeri Padang

Email : [email protected] and [email protected]

ABSTRACT
The position of today’s society is slowly moving toward civil society
stage where the people demand on the improvement of apparatus’
performance is needed. The improvement of it will lead the apparatus
to be more accountable and transparent. The demand on the
improvement of apparatus performance in government structure is
very urgent because the state civil apparatus’ performance in
Indonesia is very low. This fact can be seen in the annual
accountability report of the government that is released by Ministry
of Empowerment of State Apparatus and Bureaucracy Reform of
Indonesia. The low state civil apparatus’ performance level of West
Pasaman Regional Hospital was assumed to be caused by the lack
of public service motivation and the competency of the apparatus.
The aims of this research were to see the influence of public service
motivation and competency on state civil apparatus’ performance in
West Pasaman Regional Hospital simultaneously and also partially.
These aims were approached by quantitative associative method.
The population in this research is all 194 employees of West
Pasaman Regional Hospital. The sample of this research was 100
respondents and was counted by using Slovin formula. The sample
was selected by using Proportionate Stratified Random Sampling
technique. Data were collected by using a valid and a reliable
questionnaire and were analyzed by using multiple regressions. The
result showed that public service motivation and competency
simultaneously influenced state civil apparatus’ performance in West
Pasaman Regional Hospital for 19.7% with 0.000 significance level.
Each public service motivation and apparatus’ competency partially
influenced state civil apparatus’ performance for 27.1% with 0.007
significance level and for 28% with 0.005 significance level
respectively. The conclusion of this research was public service
motivation in every apparatus’ self and also the competency in
delivering a service will influence the state civil apparatus’
performance in West Pasaman Regional Hospital, simultaneously or
partially.

717 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Keywords: Public Service Motivation, Competency, State Civil
Apparatus, Performance

A. Introduction

The performance of government agencies lately become public

attention, especially since the emergence of a more democratic climate in
government. The position of the people who are growing towards civil
society demanding the more accountable, transparent, and adaptable
bureaucracy to strengthen the public rights on public service in wider scale
(Masdar, et al., 2009: 68). The public will question the value that they
receive from the service provided by government agencies.

The demand on the improvement of apparatus performance is

necessary because of the low quality of apparatus performance in
Indonesia. It can be seen from the annual evaluation report by the Ministry
of Administrative Reform and Bureaucratic Reform. The low apparatus
performance in providing public services is also seen in the high number
of complaint received by the Ombudsman of the Republic of Indonesia.
For instance, the number of complaint about the apparatus performance
in West Sumatera increased for 80% from previous year and it generally
happened in most of the public institution in West Sumatera
(Ombudsman, 2014). Dwiyanto (2002) said that based on the survey
results conducted by Universitas Gadjah Mada (UGM), the practice of
public service in district and city level does not meet the expectation. The
improvement of the low apparatus performance is a must in order to reach
the aim of the government. Based on observation data in Regional
Hospital of West Pasaman, there are still some problems related to
apparatus performance found that affect the service quality.

718 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 In 2014, the percentage of patient satisfaction on the health care
service in Regional Hospital of West Pasaman was 75% (source: Profile
of Regional Hospital of West Pasaman, 2014). It showed that the
apparatus performance in delivering a service was not optimum. Various
attempts have been made to improve the apparatus performance but
there still lots of issues happened which lead to the degradation of service
quality.

Many factors influence the apparatus performance and motivation

is one of them (Muogbo, 2013; Baloch et al., 2016). The motivation of
public service refers to the motivation to perform meaningful public service
and selfless in defending the public interest (Vandenabeele, 2008). While
Perry and Wise (1990: 368) defines motivation of public service as the
tendency of individuals to respond to the motif is based on the primary or
unique in public institutions. One of the theories about apparatus
motivation is Public Service Motivation (PSM) that has received great
attention from researchers in last 25 years (Ritz et al., 2016). Syamsir and
Embi (2011) suggested that one of the causes of the low apparatus
performance in Indonesia was the lack of motivation in their selves. Belle
(2013) found in her research that PSM was the baseline to improve the
performance of nurses in public hospital in Italy.

Another aspect that is assumed to affect the apparatus

performance is the competency of the employees (Zaim et al., 2013;
Delima and Nitharshan, 2016). Masdar, et al (2009) defines employee
competency as one’s meaningful contribution to the successful execution
of the work and achievement of organizational performance. Employees
with a high competency also proved to have high performance when
compared to other employees with lower performance (Masdar, et al.
2009: 114). Bureaucratic success in providing public services relies on the

719 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 competency of individuals in the organization to carry out their duties and
functions.

One of the problems faced by the Regional Hospital of West

Pasaman is the low performance of its apparatus that lead on the bad of
health care service quality. We assumed that the performance of
employees cannot be separated from the influence of PSM and
competency of the employees, therefore the question of this research can
be formulated as “How are the implications of PSM and competency to
apparatus performance in the Regional Hospital of West Pasaman?

B. RESEARCH OBJECTIVES

The aims of this study were to examine the influence of PSM and
competency on apparatus performance in order to enhance the service
quality in Regional Hospital of West Pasaman.

C. SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

Human resource is a core in every organization because people

are driving force in an organization (Akbar, 2014), not only in private
institution but also in public institution. Every leader in every institution has
to control the performance of the apparatus (Juliani, 2016). Along with the
globalization era, the leader is urged to continuously examine the possible
factors that may influence the apparatus performance. Ritz et al. (2016)
said that the studies about PSM have been growing in the last 25 years
and it “has not been fully integrated into the human resource management
practices of public organizations”. Thus, the further study about PSM is

720 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 needed to be done. In the other hand, competency is also the key factor
of apparatus performance (Dhermawan et al., 2012).

D. Conceptual Framework
1. Performance

Performance is an overview of the level of achievement of the

implementation of an activity, program, or policy in achieving the goals,
objectives, missions and visions of organizations are contained in an
organization's strategic planning (Mahsun, 2006: 25). According to Rue
and Byars (in Keban, 2004), performance is the level of achievement of
the degree of accomplishment or performance is the level of achievement
of organizational goals. A success and effective organizations is an
organization that performs well. Human resource (apparatus) is one of the
factors that determine success or failure in achieving organization
objectives both in public and private organizations (Sudarmanto, 2009: 3).

Performance measurement indicators proposed by Agus

Dwiyanto (Dwiyanto, et al., 2006) consists of five indicators, namely
productivity, quality of service, responsiveness, responsibility, and
accountability. Out of five indicators, researchers only use four indicators
that are service quality, responsibility, responsiveness, and accountability.
Four indicators were selected because those indicators already
represented many indicators in assessing apparatus performance

721 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

2. Public Service Motivation

Motivation of public service is one of key indicators in determining

an apparatus' actions in the work place including how high or low the
apparatus performance. Perry and Wise (1990) defined PSM as an
individual’s tendency to respond to a motive uniquely in public sector.

A study conducted by Kim (2009) suggested that PSM had a

positive relationship with the multidimensional measure organizational
performance. Previous studies found that PSM influenced the
performance of an employee in the work place (Ritz et al., 2016).
Apparatus with higher level of PSM are more satisfied with their jobs and
work better (Rainey, 1982). A research showed that workers with high
PSM level and used it in work place were more committed to the
organization they worked for, and they were also more willing to perform
better (Leisink and Steijn, 2015). Zhu et al. (2016) also found that workers
in Chinese Provincial Governments that have a strong PSM will contribute
to the performance of the organization and they also suggested that it was
important for the managers to pay attention to their workers’ mentality
because it influenced the performance of the organization.

Perry and Wise (1990) found four dimensions of motivation, they

were attraction to public policy making, commitment to public interest and
civic duty, compassion, and self sacrifice. These four dimensions are used
to measure the level of public service motivation of apparatus in Regional
Hospital of West Pasaman in this research.

722 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

3. Competency

According to Spencer and Spencer (1993) competency is the

underlying characteristics of a person related to the effectiveness of
individual performance in their work or basis characteristics of individuals
who have a causal relationship or a causal criteria referenced, effective or
excellent performance or superior in the workplace or at certain situations.

Competency is standard requirements that must meet every

individual to be able to do their duties and functions appropriately. The
success in providing public services depends on the individual tension
within the organization. Without the support of individuals as competent
government officials, bureaucracies might never be able to provide
services to the public that meet public’s need and expectation.

Employees who have proved to have a high performance

properties more competent when compared to other employees that a
lower level of performance. Additional studies on competency not the best
way to be able to identify some of the characteristics that could eventually
predict employee performance (Masdar, et al, 2009: 114).

According to Spencer and Spencer (1993), the competency has

the causal relationship (causally related) if it is associated with the
performance of employees. Both closely and relevance between the two
there is a strong and accurate, even if an employee wants to improve their
performance, they should have the competency to suit the task and job.

In this study, the competencies will be examined based on the

theory of Spencer and Spencer (1993), which classified competencies into
three types of categories, namely: (1) intellectual competency, (2) the
emotional competency, and (3) social competency, as all three of these

723 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

competencies assumed can be observed and measured at the Regional
Hospital of West Pasaman.

E. METHODOLOGY

This research was a associative quantitative research. This method

was used because it connected two or more variables (Ginting and
Situmorang, 2008: 57). The population in this research was all 164
apparatus that worked in West Pasaman Hospital. The samples were
counted by using slovin formula with 10% error rate and 100 respondents
were obtained, and then they were selected by using proportionate
stratified random sampling. The data were collected by using a valid and
a reliable questionnaire and were analyzed by using single and multiple
regression technique.

F. RESULT
1. Respondent Characteristic

The socio-demographic characteristics of the respondents in this

research are shown in table below:

Table 1. The Socio-demographic Characteristics

Characteristic Frequency Percentage

Age
< 30 year-old 45 45.0%
31-40 year-old 41 41.0%
41-50 year-old 12 12.0%
51-60 year-old 2 2.0%
Sex
Male 20 20.0%
Female 80 80.0%

724 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Recent Education
SMA/Equal 4 4.0%
Akademi/Diploma 65 65.0%
S1 28 28.0%
S2 3 3.0%
Working Period
< 10 years 80 80.0%
11-20 years 11 11.0%
21-30 years 8 8.0%
31-40 years 1 1.0%
Employment Class
II 37 37.0%
III 55 55.0%
IV 8 8.0%

From the table above it can be seen that out of 100 respondents,
45% respondents are younger than 30 year-old. The respondents were
dominated by female apparatus, and most of them had already finished
their diploma education. 80% of the respondents already worked for less
than 10 years and 55% of them were in employment class-II.

2. The Regression Test Results

The Influence of Public Service Motivation on Apparatus’

Performance, The results of the R Square indicates that the influence of
public service motivation on apparatus’ performance of the West
Pasaman Regional Hospital was 14.7% and the result significance was
0.000. Therefore it can be concluded that the public service motivation
influenced apparatus’ performance in West Pasaman Regional Hospital,
so it can be concluded that H1 is accepted.

The Influence of Competency on Apparatus’ Performance, The

results of the R Square indicates that the influence of competency on
725 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 apparatus’ performance of the West Pasaman Regional Hospital was
15.1% and the result significance was 0.000 which mean the result can
be trusted 100%. Therefore, it can be concluded that H2 is accepted.

The Influence of Public Service Motivation and Competency on

Apparatus’ Performance, The result of the value of Adjusted R Square
indicates that the influence of public service motivation and competency
on apparatus performance was 21.3% with 0.000 significance level. It
means that the influence of public service motivation and competency on
apparatus performance in West Pasaman Regional Hospital was
significant and can be trusted 100%, so it can be concluded that H3 is
accepted.

G. DISCUSSION

As stated before, the quality of human resource is important in

running an organization (Akbar, 2014), whether it is private or public
institution. One of the apparatus performance indicators is the quality of
the service provided by the institution (Dwiyanto, 2006) and the service
quality can predict the level of public satisfaction (Kouthouris and
Alexandris, 2005).

One of the factors that may influence apparatus performance is

motivation (Muogbo, 2013; Baloch et al., 2016). This factor has close
relation with apparatus performance. The public service motivation shows
the service orientation of an apparatus. It shows whether they work for
their selves-interests or public interests. In this research we found that
PSM positively influenced apparatus performance for 14.7% that was
significant. This finding suggested that the interest of an apparatus in
decision making, the responsibility toward the public, sympathy, and self
726 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
sacrifice that were shown by the apparatus can predict how good the
apparatus performance is. This finding was also supported by other
findings that showed the influence of PSM on apparatus performance
(Leisink and Steijn, 2015; Ritz et al., 2016; Zhu and Wu, 2016).

Furthermore, the apparatus competency is also a key factor of

apparatus performance (Zaim et al., 2013; Delima and Nitharshan, 2016).
Someone that showed a good performance in workplace has a high work
productivity and able to deliver a safe service to the public. This research
found that the apparatus competency contributes to apparatus
performance for 15.1%. It suggested that if an apparatus is able and has
knowledge to finish a job; their performance in work place will be
influenced. Parasuraman et al. (1990) said that one indicator of service
quality is assurance that examines the competency of an official to deliver
a service. The apparatuses are urged to improve not only their
competency whether it is intellectual, emotional, or social. This finding was
supported by Winarno and Perdana (2015) who found that employee
competency contributed to the employee performance for 65.60%.. In
addition, there was also finding suggested that employee competency
influenced the performance of an organization positively (Zaim et al.,
2013).

Simultaneously, PSM and competency also influenced the

apparatus competency in Regional Hospital of West Pasaman for 21.3%.
This influence was the highest influence and it suggested that the
combination between PSM and apparatus competency might have
greater contribution to apparatus performance.

727 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

H. CONCLUSION AND IMPLICATION

There were few conclusions from the result and discussion above,
they were: (1) PSM was positively influenced the apparatus performance
in Regional Hospital of West Pasaman for 21.3%; (2) Apparatus
competency was positively influenced apparatus performance in Regional
Hospital of West Pasaman for 14.7%; (3) Simultaneously, PSM and
apparatus competency also positively influenced apparatus performance
in Regional Hospital of West Pasaman for 15.1%. The practical implication
of this research was to ensure the leaders or the managers in public
institution to pay attention to the mental condition and the competency of
any apparatus within the institution because it will lead to the public
satisfaction.

I. RECOMMENDATION

The authors strongly recommend the Regional Hospital of West

Pasaman to put an effort in motivating the apparatus and improve their
competency through academic way such as training or etc so the
apparatus performance can be steadily improved.

728 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

REFERENCES
Akbar, D. R. (2015). Pengaruh Kemampuan, Motivasi dan Kepuasan Kerja
Terhadap Kinerja Pegawai Negeri Sipil di Lingkungan Kecamatan
Tambaksari Surabaya. Jurnal Kebijakan dan Manajemen Publik, 2(1).

Baloch, S., & Shafi, M. (2016). The Influence of Motivation on Performance

of Public Sector Employees. GSTF Journal on Business Review
(GBR), 4(4).

Bellé, N. (2013). Experimental evidence on the relationship between public

service motivation and job performance. Public Administration
Review, 73(1), 143-153.

Delima, V. J., & Nitharshan, N. (2016). Influence of Employees’ Core

Competencies on Employees Job Performance: A Special Reference
to Insurance Companies in Batticaloa District. In ternational Journal of
Research. 3(10)

Dhermawan, A. A. N. B., Sudibya, I. G. A., & Utama, I. W. M. (2012).

Pengaruh motivasi, lingkungan kerja, kompetensi, dan kompensasi
terhadap kepuasan kerja dan kinerja pegawai di lingkungan kantor
Dinas Pekerjaan Umum Provinsi Bali. Matrik: Jurnal Manajemen,
Strategi Bisnis dan Kewirausahaan, 6(2).

Dwiyanto, Agus. 2002. Reformasi Birokrasi Publik di Indonesia. Yogyakarta

: Pusat Studi Kependudukan dan Kebijakan UGM.

Dwiyanto, Agus., dkk. 2006. Reformasi Birokrasi Publik di Indonesia.

Cetakan Kedua.Yogyakarta : Gadjah Mada University Press.

Ginting, Paham dan Syafrizal Helmi Situmorang, 2008. Filasafat Ilmu dan
Metode Riset, Usu Press, Medan.

Juliani, R. D. (2016). Peran Pemimpin Dalam Meningkatkan Kinerja

Karyawan Melalui Kemampuan Memotivasi, Membangun Hubungan
Yang Effektif, Merencanakan Dan Menerapkan Perubahan Dalam
Organisasi. Majalah Ilmiah Inspiratif, 1(01).

Keban, T. Yeremias. 2004. Enam Dimensi Strategis Administrasi Publik.

Yogyakarta : Gava Maedia.

Kim, S. (2009). Testing the structure of public service motivation in Korea:

A research note. Journal of public administration research and theory,
19(4), 839-851.

729 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Kouthouris, C., & Alexandris, K. (2005). Can service quality predict
customer satisfaction and behavioral intentions in the sport tourism
industry? An application of the SERVQUAL model in an outdoors
setting. Journal of Sport & Tourism, 10(2), 101-111.

Leisink, P., & Steijn, B. (2009). Public service motivation and job
performance of public sector employees in the Netherlands.
International Review of Administrative Sciences, 75(1), 35-52.

Mahsun, Mohamad. 2006. Pengukuran Kinerja Sektor Publik. Edisi

Pertama Cetakan Pertama. Yogyakarta : BPFE.

Masdar, Sjahrazad, dkk., 2009. Manajemen Sumber Daya Manusia.

Cetakan Pertama. Surabaya : Airlangga University Press.

Muogbo, U. S. (2013). The Influence of Motivation on Employees’

Performance: A Study of Some Selected Firms in Anambra State.
AFRREV IJAH: An International Journal of Arts and Humanities, 2(3),
134-151.

Ombudsman Republik Indonesia Perwakilan Sumatera Barat. 2014.

Catatan Layanan Publik Akhir Tahun di Sumatera Barat.

Perry, J. L., & Wise, L. R. (1990). The motivational bases of public service.
Public administration review, 367-373.

Profil RSUD Pasaman Barat 2014. Sumber Daya Manusia Kesehatan

(SDMK). Kabupeten Pasaman Barat.

Rainey, H. G. (1982). Reward preferences among public and private

managers: In search of the service ethic. The American Review of
Public Administration, 16(4), 288-302.

Ritz, A., Brewer, G. A., & Neumann, O. (2016). Public service motivation: A
systematic literature review and outlook. Public Administration
Review, 76(3), 414-426.

Spencer, Lyle M. and Spencer, Signe M. 1993. Competence at Work :

Models for Superior Performance. New York : John Wiley & Sons.

Sudarmanto. 2009. Kinerja dan pengembangan kompetensi SDM.

Yogyakarta: Pustaka Pelajar.

Syamsir, S., & Embi, M. A. (2011). Urgensi Public Service Motivation Dalam
Mewujudkan Pelayanan Publik Yang Prima. Proceeding Simposium

730 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Nasional Otonomi Daerah 2011 LAB-ANE FISIP Untirta. ISBN: 978-
602-96848-2-7

Vandenabeele, W. (2007). Toward a public administration theory of public

service motivation: An institutional approach. Public management
review, 9(4), 545-556.

Winarno, A., & Perdana, Y. The Effecs of Competence and Motivation on

Employee Performance at PT Pos Indonesia Bandung Cilaki Head
Office. International Conference on Business, Marketing & Information
System Management (BMISM'15) Nov. 25-26, 2015 Paris

Zaim, H., Yaşar, M. F., & Ünal, Ö. F. (2013). Analyzing The Effect of
Individual Competencies of Performance: A Field Study in Services
Industries in Turkey. Journal of Global Strategic Management, 14(2).

Zeithaml, V. A., Parasuraman, A., & Berry, L. L. (1990). Delivering quality

service: Balancing customer perceptions and expectations. Simon
and Schuster.

Zhu, C., Zhu, C., Wu, C., & Wu, C. (2016). Public service motivation and
organizational performance in Chinese provincial governments.
Chinese Management Studies, 10(4), 770-786.

731 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 THE PACIFIC SOLUTION AS AUSTRALIA POLICY TOWARDS
ASYLUM SEEKER AND IRREGULAR MARITIME ARRIVALS (IMAS) IN
JOHN HOWARD ERA
Hardi Alunaza , Taufik Hidayah2, Rohman Nur Alim3, Nofriansyah4 Ria
1

Irawan5
1International Relations Department Tanjung Pura University West

Kalimantan
2History Department Diponogoro University Semarang
3Public Administration Department State Islamic University Bandung
4International Relations Department Tanjungpura University West

Kalimantan
5History Department Tanjungpura University West Kalimantan

[email protected]

ABSTRACT
Australia is a country which has a social culture that is rooted in
European society, but it is inseparable by geographic and economic
from the continent of Asia. Australia's economic success makes it as
a country of interest by foreign immigrants from various countries.
This research is attempted to answer the question of why John
Howard used the Pacific Solution as Australian policy towards
Asylum Seekers and Irregular Maritime Arrivals (IMAS). By using the
descriptive method with a qualitative approach, the researchers took
a specific interest in decision-making theory and sovereignty concept
to analyze the phenomena. The policy governing the authority of the
Australian Government in the face of the Asylum Seeker by applying
multiple strategies to suppress and deter IMAs. The results of this
research indicate that John Howard used Pacific Solution with
emphasis on three important aspects. First, eliminating migration
zone in Australia. Second, building cooperation with third countries
in the South Pacific, namely Nauru and Papua New Guinea in
shaping the center of IMAs defense. On the other hand, Howard also
made some amendments to the Migration Act by reducing the rights
of refugees. Immigrants who are seen as a factor of progress and
development of the State Australia turned into a new dimension that
threatens economic development, security, and socio-cultural.

Keywords: Pacific Solution, Asylum Seeker, Irregular Maritime Arrivals

732 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

A. INTRODUCTION, RESEARCH OBJECTIVE AND SIGNIFICANCE OF
STUDY
Characterized by the cultural diversity of its people, Australia is a
country where officially migrants have enriched almost every aspect of
contemporary society. In fact, since the rejection of the White Australia
policy in 1973, successive Australian governments have endeavored to
foster, both domestically and internationally, an image of a cohesive,
egalitarian and multicultural nation (Bolger, 2016: 12). However, despite
efforts to distance contemporary Australia from it’s racially exclusionist
past, unauthorized non-white immigration continues to pose problems for
the Australian state. Australia's economic success, social welfare,
domestic political stability makes it as a country of interest by foreign
immigrants from various countries (Muflichah, 2016: 3). Australia also
noted as a country which has been the main target to asylum seeker that
comes with the aim to obtain the asylum in Australia.\

The status of Australia as a developed country and member country

of Geneva Convention year 1951 on refugee status and the New York
1967 Protocol, which has an obligation to provide international refugee
protection, makes Australia as paradise for the asylum seeker (Wright:
47). As a country which ratified the Geneva Convention 1951, Australia
should be obliged to grant asylum and refugee status to asylum seekers
who enter the territory of the country. However, in its application, the
Australian government makes the policy that is contrary to the committee
as a signatory to the convention, in acceptance asylum seekers which
called as Pacific Solution policy.

In late August 2001, the routine journey across the Indian Ocean of
a Norwegian freighter, the Tampa, would become a voyage from hell, with
the Tampa itself transformed into a floating monument to inhumanity, the
focus of an international political dispute, and a bitter symbol in Australia’s

733 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

2001 national election. The story of the Tampa is a modern morality tale:
it documents the tragedy of refugee policy and global migrations, the
conflict between asylum seekers desperate to find a better life and the
reluctance of citizenry of the rich stable democracies to embrace them. It
also contains a powerful lesson for the press and a warning of challenges
to come.

Howard made a policy called as Pacific Solution that is the

displacement of the asylum seeker to detention centers spread across
archipelagic countries in the Pacific Ocean. One of the policy application
strategies is Relax Operation, which is an Australian border protection
strategy on the high seas by intercepting, detaining, and preventing ships
carrying people who want to enter Australia without a visa. Although the
policy was ever dismissed at the turn of leadership during the reign of
Kevin Rudd (Labour Party) year 2007, in the end, the same policy in
Howard's period was reinstated during the reign of Tony Abbott with a
framework of police Operation Sovereign Border (Rahmawaty 2014).

Australia tends to choose an increasingly restrictive policy towards

asylum seeker with the justification for safeguarding its national interest,
namely national security. When viewed from the implementation of the
policy of Pacific Solution that is intended to respond and stem the tide of
asylum seekers entering the territory of Australia (Katrina, 2015: 16). The
Department Immigration and Citizenship (DIAC) as an institution
responsible for immigration issues in Australia decided that the presence
of asylum seekers who come by using the boat is considered as the illegal
immigrant or the famous Irregular Maritime Arrivals (IMAs).

According to the United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees

(UNHCR) an asylum seeker is defined as someone who has left their
country of origin for fear of persecution, applied for protection in another

734 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

country, and is awaiting the decision on their application for refugee status
(UNHCR 2006). The majority of the 14,000 asylum seekers arriving in
Australia each year do so through official channels, identified and indeed
referred by the UNCHR (Phillips and Spinks, 2013: 4). However, it is not
these officially sanctioned entrants, but the Irregular Maritime Arrivals
(IMAs) often referred to as boat people, that have captured the public
imagination and have come to stand for asylum seekers in general (Nevin,
2010: 4).

For Howard to win election, he had to reclaim a majority of the close

to a million votes that had left the Coalition for One Nation (Jupp,
2002:134). He duly did so with his handling of the Tampa Incident of
August 2001 and the resultant policies that still shape Australia's asylum
seeker response today. With that victory, Australia's response to asylum
seekers became an issue that could decide the course of an election,
thereby completing its politicization and turning it from a humanitarian
issue to one of border protection.

Immediately after the Tampa Incident, a Newspoll survey showed

that Coalition support had surged and they now held a 5% lead (Allister,
2003: 448). Following the events of September 11th the Coalition pushed
to a dramatic 15 point lead over Labor, a lead they maintained right up to
polling day on November 10th (Allister, 2003: 446). For the first time since
the 1960's and the days of the White Australia Policy, one in four voters
surveyed mentioned asylum seekers and border control as their top
electoral concern, with the vast majority of those aligning themselves with
the Coalition's policies (Allister. 2003: 451-452). Howard won a third term
in government with the largest swing to an incumbent party since 1966
(Allister, 2003: 449). His militarization of the issue and establishment of
offshore processing know as the Pacific Solution set the tone for the
response to asylum seekers that we see today.

735 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 The immigrants who were originally regarded as one of the factors
of progress and development as the Australian state were then seen as
something that could threaten the state trough economic, security, and
socio-cultural. A large number of immigrants entering Australia by boat
considered to be able to increase the amount of state expenditure budget
thus impacting the lack of budgets for public service. This paper also sees
that Pacific Solution applied during the leadership of John Howard as an
Australian Government policy formulation of Asylum Seeker and IMAs.
This will be further explained as the dynamics of politics, especially
security policies and issues, as well as John Howard's focus on
maintaining domestic security stability when he becomes the leader in
Australia.

This paper is divided into three important points in explaining the

Pacific Solution as Australian policy towards Asylum Seeker and Irregular
Maritime Arrival during the reign of John Howard. First, eliminate the
migration zone in Australia. Second, use the military devices to block the
arrival of IMAs. And build cooperation with third world countries in the
South Pacific, namely Nauru and Papua New Guinea in forming a center
of defense. On the other hand, Howard also made several amendments
to the Migration Act by reducing the right of refugees. Immigrants
considered as one of the factors of the progress and development of
Australia state are transformed into new dimensions that threaten
economic, security and socio-cultural development.

736 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

B. THEORETICAL FRAMEWORK
1. Decision Making Theory
To more easily understand the interaction of factors that influence
the foreign policy decision-making process, the writer tries to describe it
into an illustration of chart form as follows:

Chart I: Foreign Policy Decision-making Process William D. Coplin.

Domestic Politics

Economy-military Decision makers Foreign Policy

Conditions

International context

There are three considerations that can be explained. First,

domestic politic includes condition and circumstance of the justified state
will make a decision, namely political of the state related to decision,
include cultural factor underlying man’s behavior. Second, Military and
economic capability is the situation of military and economic of the state,
including geographical factors which always become a consideration of
security defense (Keling, 2011). Third, International context is a result of
foreign politics of all countries in the past, nowadays, and a future which
are probably anticipated. In other words, it is a related to the condition of
a state which become foreign politic purpose and influence of the other
state which are relevance toward the face problem. The Howard
government foreign policy, in this case, is based on the Australia’s system.

737 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

C. SOVEREIGNTY CONCEPT
In today’s world, not only are there complex issues presented by
transnational activities but also with voluntary in involuntary movement of
large number of people crossing national borders. In case of refugees and
the phenomenon of forced migration present a basic upon which to access
the effectiveness of sovereignty, nation states and territorial boundaries,
also the impact these can produce (Wright, 2016: 16). Carl Schmitt (2007)
defined sovereignty as who decides on the state of exception. This
concept of sovereignty exception creates for itself a rule legitimizing the
authority of the state, guaranteeing the condition of sovereignty, and
perpetuating its legitimacy.

In his concept, Carl puts forward a concept of political realism to

explain the emergence of the sovereignty state its power. Using this
approach, an enemy must be established, for without perceived threat
there is no rationale for a political entity to exist. Therefore, a division of
the world into separate political territories is a necessity, for where there
is one state there must be others, and where there is another state there
must be an enemy. Hence, sovereignty and the state represent power and
independence within the global system, with aspirations of a strong
national territory and identity.

Any outside the sovereignty state poses a potential risk and is

therefore an enemy of the state. In doing so, the deviant refugee becomes
a misfit and possible threat to perpetuating the shaping and reinventing
process of the imagined nation state and its citizens, undermining the
security and coherence of the sovereignty project. To protect the nation
state, strategies must be devised to keep under control the movement of
such people. The sovereignty defines both what is inside and outside its
space, creating the situation whereby its validity is determined. As

738 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

previously noted that anyone outside may be a potential risk and threat to
the sovereignty state.

Any group or individual, therefore who transgresses by crossing

state boundaries and moving into another territory, clearly upsets the
distinction between the internal and the external. They represent the
aberrant members of society, belonging no longer to the state of origin,
and infringing the laws of sovereignty in the new host community as non
members. According to the Haddad, the concepts of sovereignty and
separate states within the international system illustrate that as a state
grew increasingly nationalized, the more important it was to build a strong
state to nation bond. However, as individual or a group, the refugee forces
the world to recognize a spatial distinction between here and there. The
refugee represent a threat to the nation state and its desire to build a
robust, balanced society by introducing potential insecurities, racial and
cultural tensions, as well as logistic and economic challenges.

Robert Jackson noted that: “Sovereignty is an idea of

authority embodied in those bordered territorial organizations we
refer to as states or nations and expressed in their various relations
and activities, both domestic and foreign. Sovereignty is at the centre
of the political arrangements and legal practices of the modern world.
State sovereignty is a fundamental idea of authority of the modern
era, arguably the most fundamental.”

Sovereignty is essential to economic growth and social prosperity.

The fundamental of sovereignty are protection and empowerment. While
traditional concepts of sovereignty focus on the territorial sovereignty of
the state and its vital national interests, sovereignty recognizes that the
state has not always been able to assure the protection of its citizens
(Smith and Whelan: 9). The adoption and implementation of sovereignty
by the Australian Government would assist in fulfilling the responsibility of

739 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 states to protect their own citizens, and in strengthening the rule of law in
states emerging from complex emergencies.
In the case study of Asylum Seeker in Australia, sovereignty here
means justice and emancipation while connected between domestic
policy and international environment because of the idea of human
security is facing two component state and human sovereignty (Perwita,
2006: 131). In the other hand, sovereignty is trying to elaboration the
domination of state to human and individual security including problem of
social welfare, protection of economic and politics dimension. The pacific
solution that created by John Howard is trying to protect the economic and
also the dynamic of social and politics in domestic level and also for
international.

D. METHODOLOGY
This research is used the descriptive by qualitative approach to find
the answer of the research question. It takes secondary data as resources
of this research with data collection technique consisting of books,
journals, and including data from reliable website which is supporting the
explanation of this research. According to Miles Huberman (2011:246)
classic research methods, the fundamentals of research design and data
management are followed by three ways consisting, collective data,
display data and conclusion drawing or verification.

1. The Pacific Solution as Australia Policy towards Asylum Seeker

and IMAs
Before the Tampa reached the island, however Australian authorities
ordered it to remain at least twelve miles offshore, outside territorial waters
(Saul, Ben. 2012: 12). The Australian government, alarmed by the
growing number of boat people arriving (more than 8,300 in the two

740 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

previous years) saw the ship as the most blatant assault yet on Australian
sovereignty by the people-smuggling industry. The cabinet thus decided
on the morning of August 27 to deny disembarkation rights, and Prime
Minister John Howard argued that the Tampa, under international law,
should return to Indonesia. The cabinet was infuriated that the Afghans,
rescued by a Norwegian Vessel and in the process of being returned to
Indonesia, were now intimidating their way to Australia. If they succeeded,
the Tampa would signal his government’s inability to control the borders,
an issue that had been receiving growing attention in Australia. As Howard
explained, “We simply cannot allow a situation to develop where Australia
is seen around the world as a country of easy destination.” As a result, the
Tampa would not be given permission to land in Australia or any
Australian territories.
To contextualize the People Swap response, we can trace four
waves of boat people or irregular maritime arrivals as it was formally
known. The first wave of arrivals in 1976-1981, was a relatively small
cohort of 2,059 individuals who came mainly from Vietnam on 60 boats
(Parliament of Australia 2013). In general, this first wave was received by
the Australian public with empathy and genuine concern for their
integration into the Australian society at large (Hasmath, 2013: 3).
As the number of arrivals increased from 1989 to 1998, to the tune
of 3,030 arrivals on 82 boats in sum, the rise of boat people in the second
wave was accompanied by a greater frequency of detention over longer
periods. While the majority of arrivals in the second wave were sent back
to their home nation, the issue of boat arrivals became prominent again in
the third wave (1999-2001) as 3,721 arrivals on 86 boats in 1999 alone,
followed by 2,939 arrivals on 51 boats in 2000, and 5,515 arrivals on 43
boats in 2001 necessitated a stronger response, characterized by the
Tampa Affair and the subsequent, Pacific Solution.

741 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 The Tampa Affair unfolded in August 2001 when John Howard’s
government refused the Norwegian shipping boat, the MV Tampa,
permission to dock on the Australian territory of Christmas Island after
rescuing a sinking boat of asylum seekers on Australia’s request. What
ensued over the following days was a standoff, until Howard’s Liberal
government implemented the poorly-termed policy, the Pacific Solution.
The Pacific Solution encompassed three key features. Firstly, certain
territories notably Christmas Island, Cocos Island and Ashmore Reef were
excised from Australia’s migration zone, meaning that when landing on
these islands, asylum seekers could not apply to Australia for refugee
status. Secondly, the government was granted powers that allowed the
Navy to interdict asylum seekers heading to Australia by boat. Finally,
arrangements were made with Nauru and Papua New Guinea to establish
detention centers for the processing of asylum seekers, thus establishing
Australia’s system of offshore processing. After 2001, the number of
asylum seekers arriving by boat dropped dramatically, with one person
arriving in 2002, and an average of 57 people each subsequent year until
Kevin Rudd’s Labor government was elected in 2007.
Based on the historical aspect of Australia's IMA policy, the arrival of
the migration wave has taken place since the 1940s. However, in 1999
Australian political conditions began to be affected by the turmoil of the
IMA issue due to the coming wave of migration by asylum seekers from
the Middle East. The Tampa incident in 2001 was the turning point for the
implementation of a series of restrictive policies on the IMA under the reign
of John Howard. The main problem with this incident was the Australian
government's refusal of the placement of 433 asylum seekers (mostly
from Afghanistan) who were rescued by Norwegian freighter carriers on
the high seas.

742 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 The Howard Government implements a Pacific Solution policy that
includes the detention of boats carrying asylum seekers before they enter
the Australian migration zone and resettlement for those who have been
confirmed as refugees. This policy is the pioneer of an offshore processing
center, a detention center for asylum seekers in Australia's offshore areas
as well as in other countries to secure Australia's border area from
asylum-seekers arriving. This policy complements Temporary Protection
Visa (TPV) for asylum seekers whose arrival is unlawful to Australia but is
subsequently designated as a refugee (Prabaningtyas, 2015: 71).
In a radio interview in 2002, the Prime Minister John Howard spoke
of the success of the Pacific solution in deterring asylum-seekers, stating:
far from being a failure, the Pacific solution has made some contribution
towards the slowing down in the number of people who are coming to this
country (Flahive: 145). In the long run, of course, the answer is to get a
situation where people don’t endeavor to come here illegally in the first
place. Mandatory detention and the Pacific solution policy have received
much domestic and international criticism. Dissatisfaction with the
government’s policies regarding asylum- seekers can also be found within
Prime Minister John Howard’s own Liberal Party.
Recently, rebel members of the Liberal Party unhappy with the Prime
Minister’s policies on mandatory detention introduced two private
members’ bills into the House of Representatives. If passed, these bills
would have brought Australian law into conformity with the UNHCR
guidelines by permitting the detention of asylum-seekers only when
necessary, for example, to verify a person’s identity. Wishing to retain
mandatory detention, Prime Minister John Howard negotiated a
compromise with the rebel Liberal Party members culminating in the
Migration Amendment (Detention Arrangements) Act 2005 (Detention
Act).

743 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 In section 4AA of the Detention Act the government affirms the
general principle that a minor shall only be detained as a measure of last
resort. In addition, the Act grants the Immigration Minister the discretion
to make a determination that a detainee is to reside at a place other than
a detention centre, if it is considered in the public interest to do so. In its
Explanatory Memorandum, the government indicated that it would only
use this power when families are involved and would impose unspecified,
unlimited conditions upon release. Although under the Detention Act more
people have been released from detention, many have criticized the
practical effect of the Detention Act as it appears that it contains no extra
compulsion or mechanisms to force the government to do anything they
don't want to do. Indeed, Prime Minister John Howard acknowledges that
these changes are merely mandatory detention system with a softer edge.
In effect, the Australian Government is still aiming to deter people.
Despite dismantling many of these initiatives when it came to power
in 2007, the Labor government gradually started reintroducing them
(Mcadam, 2013: 5). At first, it seemed to do so with a humanitarian
agenda, shifting the rhetoric from stopping the boats to saving lives at sea.
In the end, though, it adopted many of the same draconian policies as the
Howard government, despite promises that it would never replicate them
because of their inhumanity, illegality and ineffectiveness.
It will rarely be safe, or legal, to turn back boats. This is because of
the immediate risk posed to the lives of those on board these typically
unseaworthy vessels, as well as the danger that refugees may be returned
to persecution or other forms of serious harm. Past experience shows that
a policy of turning back boats is fraught with significant risks. Under the
Howard government, seventeen boats were intercepted but only five were
turned around. The Australian Navy had to deal with threats and acts of

744 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 self-harm, aggression towards members of the boarding party, and acts
of sabotage to the boats.

2. Building Cooperation with Asia Pacific Countries and Migration Act

Australia will not be able to execute its own IMA policy without
attempting to map out and see the influence of the existence of the
countries around it. Australia is concerned to establish good relations with
its Asia Pacific neighbors in transit for IMA so that the country has a
justification for raising the urgency of the IMA issue at the regional level.
This is actually a very important thing for Australia to realize Australia's
security interests in the handling of IMA. The initial effort initiated by
Australia to work with Indonesia on IMA's handling is the Bali Process on
People Smuggling, the Bali Process. The domestic political context of
Australia at the time this policy was initiated was a major concern due to
the increasing number of IMAs working towards Australia. The IMA is
feared to be a threat to Australia's national security because it has the
potential to pave the way for people smuggling and the entry of terrorism.
The Bali Process became Australia's first road to raise the issue of
asylum seekers to the regional level, while strengthening its network of
cooperation with Indonesia. This is because, as expressed by Joseph H.
Douglas and Andreas Schloenhardt, there is a tendency for countries in
Southeast Asia and the Pacific to have no urgency similar to Australia to
take action to combat people smuggling. Indonesia is a very crucial
country for Australia because Indonesia's geographical position is often
used by IMA actors to transit before reaching Australia.
It appears that actually from the beginning of Australia at that time
led by John Howard (Coalition party) to build a regional framework with
the aim of assisting his country in solving the IMA problem aligned and
identified with security threats such as smuggling and trafficking. It is clear

745 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

that the foundation for the establishment of the Bali Process is for Australia
to prevent IMA upgrading at that time. Not surprisingly, if the dimensions
of protection and humanitarian consideration of asylum seekers coming
from the new sea lanes are seen implicitly in the initiation of the Bali
Process.
In addition, Australia also provides funding support channeled
through the International Organization for Migration (IOM). This fund is
provided to support the implementation of the Regional Cooperation
Arrangement (2001) and the Management and Care of Irregular
Immigrants Project (2007) programs. The main objective of this policy
program is to reduce the number of people reaching Australian territory.
The enactment of this policy has consequences for Indonesia, namely the
necessity to arrest people who are considered illegally intending to travel
to Australia and then refer it to IOM Indonesia for processing in Indonesia.
Cooperation with post-conflict Indonesia due to IMA case in 2001
was able to reduce post Tampa conflict. It also shows that in Australia's
security and defense strategy, Indonesia is not just a neighboring country,
but a strategic partner. Australia's success in lobbying with the Indonesian
government to increase its awareness of irregular migration is at least
accomplished through an Indonesian initiative supported by some sending
countries at the multilateral level through the Jakarta Declaration in the
Special Conference on Irregular Movement of Persons in Jakarta on 20
August 2013. When viewed from Indonesia's perspective, the Declaration
became an important step forward for the handling of asylum seekers as
it successfully formulated a number of collective agreements to address
the conditions that led to the human smuggling and human trafficking
If followed up quickly and accurately, the Jakarta Declaration can be
an important step for Indonesia's leading role in the region in anticipation
of the rapid flow of IMA in the future. However, it is important to note that

746 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

the Jakarta Declaration is full of Australian interests. Increasing urgency
and attention to human smuggling cases in the region does not
necessarily arise due to the problems caused by IMA in Indonesia, but on
the interest of Australia to make Indonesia a buffer country. So even if
Australia is in a position to support the Indonesian-initiated Declaration,
there is an indication that the Declaration demonstrates Australia's
success in inserting its national security agenda into the interests of
Indonesia which are then appointed to the regional level.
The Migration Act now allows for offshore entry persons to be taken
to declared countries. However, after procuring the insertion of the
declared country provisions into the Migration Act, the government was
still faced with the task of finding countries willing to become declared
countries. Unsuccessful approaches were made to Fiji, French Polynesia,
Palau, Tonga, and Tuvalu throughout September and October
2001.Fortunately for the government; it had enough success to prevent its
Pacific Solution from immediately collapsing.
In 1992 Parliament enshrined Australia’s policy of mandatory
detention in the Migration Reform Act 1992 which amended the Migration
Act 1958 (Migration Act). Under sections 189 and 196 of the Migration
Act, immigration officials must detain all non-citizens who are unlawfully
in Australia until they either deport the unlawful entrants or grant them
permission to remain in Australia. In 2001, the Australian government
passed amendments to the Migration Act to enact its ‘Pacific solution’
policy (Flahive: 24). These amendments prohibit asylum-seekers who
arrive in prescribed parts of off-shore Australian territory from making
applications for Australian visas. Instead, the government takes asylum-
seekers to either Nauru or Papua New Guinea to detain them whilst
authorities assess their claims for asylum.

747 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 On September 10, 2001, Nauru signed a Statement of Principles and
First Administrative Agreement (FAA) with Australia agreeing not only to
host 283 of the Tampa asylum seekers, and 237 other asylum seekers
intercepted by the Australian Navy, but also to consider Australian
requests to host further groups of asylum seekers. On October 11, 2001,
Australia and Papua New Guinea signed a Memorandum of
Understanding (MOU) pursuant to which Papua New Guinea agreed to
host an identified group of 225 asylum seekers and to consider hosting
further groups of asylum seekers.
At about the same time Australia was also pressuring Nauru to host
yet more asylum seekers. On December 2001, Australia and Nauru
signed a MOU which replaced the previous agreements between the two
countries and pursuant to which Nauru agreed to host up to 1,200 asylum
seekers at a time. One last success allowed Australia finally to call off its
search for asylum seeker accommodation options. In January 2002, it
procured an agreement with Papua New Guinea to host up to 1,000
asylum seekers. Because of their agreements with Australia, Nauru and
Papua New Guinea are now declared countries.
The transformation in Australian policy is the most dramatic by a
democracy to combat the ever-increasing flow of asylum-seekers that
began a decade ago. As right-wing anti-immigration sentiment gains
influence across Europe, and the United States moves towards tougher
policies against asylum-seekers and illegal immigrants as part of its new
war against terrorism, the Australian experience offers a template of how
intricate new forces may well play out. There is an urgent conclusion
drawn: democracies need a deeper, more informed public debate to
balance border protection with human rights. The refugee issue is here for
the long haul – asylum- seekers are driven by ongoing disintegration of

748 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

dozens of impoverished states and the quest for a better life in the
developed world.
The Howard government’s re-election offers convincing evidence
that, for a compassionate refugee policy to work, it must be sustained by
a national interest rationale and that press advocacy for these policies
based solely on humanitarian grounds will not prevail. This project argues
further that the lesson from the Australian experience is that the
international press needs to help re-frame the global refugee issue, not
solely as a contest between tolerance and intolerance, but as a serious
st
21 century challenge to the liberal democratic state between competing
ideas of universal human rights and the expression of voters’ demands
that governments tighten borders in the name of sovereignty.
Australian politics is conspicuous for its structural stability, with the
long-standing party contest between the conservative Liberal and National
Coalition in opposition to the liberal Australian Labor Party. In March 1996,
the Liberal government was returned to power under the leadership of
John Winston Howard, an under-estimated mixture of economic liberal,
social conservative and calculating populist.
Border protection, however, constitutes a more enduring element of
Australian nationalism – the idea of the continent as the nation. It is also
an appeal to national security because the seas that surround the
continent can be monitored and unwanted arrivals detected in a way that
is impossible for most nations with land borders. Border protection thus
remains integral to how Australia relates to the world and that worldview,
as argued previously, is embedded in the post-war immigration program
(Kelly, 2016: 37).
First, the government reached agreements with several South
Pacific nations to accept for processing the Tampa boat people as well as
any future boat people who arrived on Australian territory. While New

749 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Zealand as a close neighbor took a number of the Tampa asylum-seekers,
Australia used financial incentives to persuade weak states such as Nauru
and Papua New Guinea to cooperate with its so-called Pacific solution
(Wulandari, Rahma, 2016: 88-89).
The Pacific Solution meant that asylum-seekers who landed on the
Australian territories henceforth would be immediately consigned offshore
to these islands for processing. As the first step, the people on board the
Tampa were transferred at sea to Australian naval vessels and then
transported to various South Pacific destinations enabling Howard to keep
his original pledge that the Tampa people would never set foot on
Australia or its territories (Anonim: 3).
Second, a new refugee jurisdiction was created. This new regime
applied henceforth to all people arriving at the “offshore territories”
(Christmas Island, Ashmore Reef and the Cocos or Keeling Islands),
which effectively meant all the boat people. They would be labeled an
“offshore entry person” and would in effect be excluded from Australia’s
obligations under international refugee law. Such people even after
processing in South Pacific islands would thus never be eligible for
permanent residence in Australia, regardless of their refugee status
(Elliott, Lorraine. 2008: 17).
Instead, they would only be entitled to a temporary protection visa
limited to between three and five years. After that, their ability to return to
their homeland would be re-assessed. Their families would never in any
case be able to join them in Australia. This was a regime calculated to
dissuade asylum-seekers arriving by boat but happened to be a definition
of border protection manifestly in conflict with Australia’s international
obligations under the 1951 Convention.
Third, people smugglers involved in the trade to Australia would face
harsher penalties: a minimum of five years in prison and up to 20 years

750 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

for a first offense, with harsher provisions for a second offense. Fourth,
people arriving by boat with no documents despite having traveled
through several countries en route – would have adverse conclusions
drawn against them, thereby making refugee status much harder to obtain
(Cotton, James and Ravenhill, John. Middle: 8).
Fifth, any judicial efforts to expand the definition of the term refugee
as well as the right of Federal Court and the High Court to review refugee
determination decisions at the administrative level were restricted; and.
class action suits against unfavorable decisions were prohibited. These
measures reflected the executive’s hostility towards judicial interpretation
that it saw as frustrating government policy by permitting asylum-seekers
a de facto permanent status via protracted legal appeals.
The sixth arm of Howard’s new policy, however, quickly became the
most visible to the Australian people – the deployment of the Australian
military to intercept boats carrying potential asylum-seekers. This
operation would cause intense dispute within the military forces and
guarantee a media watch for new boats during the election campaign.
In contrast, while the Labor party externally painted itself as the more
centrist and compassionate party, any actual foreign policy changes on
these issues were minimal. On the surface Labor ended the Pacific
Solution and abolished temporary protection visas, but in practice it
retained the Migration Zone set up by the Howard government, which
included the mandatory detention of all people entering illegally by sea
(McLean, Wayne, 2012: 12).Furthermore, despite the fanfare surrounding
the end of the Pacific Solution, Labor moved to setup a ‘regional
processing centre’ first in Timor and then again in Malaysia, both of which
had many similarities with the Howard policies. In short, rhetoric was the
main difference, with each party appeasing a certain domestic bloc and
framing their policies to suit.

751 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 This analysis also shows that the government and the press framed
the issue in crucially-different ways. For the government, the boat people
were a threat to Australian sovereignty, its border security and the
democratic right of its people to determine who came to their country. The
boat people posed a humanitarian challenge that needed to be met within
the terms of Australia’s traditional refugee policy in a way that was
humane, consistent with Australia’s legal obligations and moral
responsibility. The press was concerned that Howard’s real goal was to
engineer his re-election. The government and the quality press, in short,
were talking past each other to different constituencies.

E. CONCLUSION
The issues of border security, domestic political conditions, and
international response that threatened Australia since the Tampa tragedy
convinced Howard to issue a policy of Pacific Solution in order to maintain
political stability related to election also to save state budget expenditure.
This Pacific Solution policy is deemed capable of reducing the right of
refugees by not allowing applying for visas, including asylum applications.
Pacific Solution is the transfer of asylum seekers to detention centers
spread across the island countries in the Pacific Ocean. One of the policy
application strategies is Open Relax which is the strategy of border
protection of Australian territory on the high seas by intercepting, detaining,
and preventing ships carrying people who want to enter Australia. A large
number of immigrants entering Australia by boat are considered to be able
to increase the amount of State expenditure budgets thus impacting the lack
of budgets for community service. Pacific Solution applied during the
leadership of John Howard as an Australian Government policy formulation
of Asylum Seeker and IMAs. This will be further explained as the dynamics
of politics, especially security policies and issues, as well as John Howard's

752 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

focus on maintaining domestic security stability when he becomes a leader
in Australia. This paper just wants to emphasize that Pacific Solution applied
during the leadership of John Howard as an Australian Government is a
policy to formulation the number of Asylum Seeker and IMAs. Results
explanation of the policy and decision making process in this article may
experience a difference if written by other researchers which notice from a
different perspective.

REFERENCES
Alunaza, Hardi, et al. (2017). Thailand Government Policy to Response
Malaysia New Border Issues in Maintaining National Security and
Foreign Affairs. Conference Paper of Indonesian Asian Forum
Universitas Gadjah Mada.
Anak Agung Banyu Perwita, P. (2007). The Management of National Border
and Indonesia’s Security Problem.
Anonim. Asylum Seekers and the Legacy of the White Australia Policy.
Anonim. Australia Pacific Offending human dignity the Pacific Solution.
Bolger, Dawn. (2016). Race Politics: Australian Government Responses to
Asylum Seekers and Refugees from White Australian to Tampa. A
Thesis for Degree of Doctor of Philosophy, School of Humanities and
Communication Arts. Australia: University of Western Sydney.
Buzan, B. and Hansen, L. (2009). The Evolution of International Security
Studies. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Cotton, James and Ravenhill, John. Middle Power Dreaming: Australian
Foreign Policy during the Rudd and Gillard Government.
Elliott, Lorraine at al. (2008). Australian Foreign Policy Futures: Making
Middle Power and Leadership Work. Australia: Australian National
University.
Eyalama, Ichila. (2015). Australia’s Asylum Seeker Policy 2007-2015. RMIT
University: School of Global Urban and Social Studies.
Flahive, Emily. National Identity Crisis: The Politics of Constructing National
Identity and Mandatory Detention of Asylum Seeker in Australia and
Japan.
753 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
Gibson, R, McAllister, I, and Swenson, T. (2002). The politics of race and
immigration in Australia: One Nation voting in the 1998 election, Ethnic
and Racial Studies.
Hasmath, Reza. (2013). Deterring the Boat People: Explaining the
Australian Government’s People Swap Response to Asylum Seeker.
Working Paper No. 103 Center of Migration, Policy, and Society.
University of Oxford.
Jupp, J. (2002). From White Australia to Woomera: The Story of Australian
Immigration. Cambridge University Press.
Keling, M. F. (2011). The Malaysian Government’s Efforts in Managing
Military and Defence Development. International Journal of Business
and Social Science.
Kelly, Paul. (2002). The Race Issue in Australia’s 2001 Election: A creation
of Politicians or press. Harvard College
Mansbach, Richard. (2008). Introduction to Global Politics. London and
New York: Routledge.
Mcadam, Jane. (2013). Australia and Asylum Seekers. International Journal
of Refugee Law Vol. 25 No. 3. Oxford University Press.
McAllister, I. (2003). Border Protection, the 2001 Australian Election and the
Coalition Victory. Australian Journal of Political Science Vol. 38 No. 3.
McLean, Wayne. (2012). Power and Ideas in Australian Foreign Policy.
Australia: University of Tasmania.
McNevin, A. (2010). Beyond Border Control: Rethinking Asylum and
Refugee Protection in Australia and the Region. Local Global Studies
in Community Sustainability, Vol. 8, Accessed October 15, 2013.
Perwita, Banyu and Yani Mohammad. (2006). Pengantar Ilmu Hubungan
Internasional. Bandung: Rosdakarya.
Phillips, J. & Spinks, H. (2013). Boat Arrivals in Australia since 1976.
Parliament of Australia, Department of Parliamentary Services,
Canberra. 23 July. Accessed online 16 June, 2017.
http://parlinfo.aph.gov.au/parlInfo/download/library/prspub/5P1X6/up
load_binary/5P1X6.pdf;fileType=application/pdf#search=%22boat%
20arrivals%20in%20Australia%20since%22
Prabaningtyas, Rizka. (2015). Dampak Kebijakan IMA Australia terhadap
Hubungan Australia-Indonesia Kontemporer. Jurnal Penelitian Politik
Vol. 12 No. 1 Universitas Hasanuddin Makassar.
Saul, Ben. (2012). Inquiry into Indian and Australia’s Foreign, Trade and
Defense Policy. Australia: Centre for International Law.

754 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Savitri, Taylor. The Pacific Solution or a Pacific Nightmare? The Difference
Between Burden Shifting and Responsibility Sharing.
Smith, Michael and Whelan, Jacqueline. Advancing Human Security : New
Strategic Thinking for Australia.
Stats, Katrina. (2015). We Will Decide: Refugee and Asylum Seeker Policy
during the Howard Era before Tampa. Australia: University of
Adelaide.
Sugiyono. (2011). Metode Penelitian Kuantitatif Kualitatif dan R & B.
Bandung : Alfabeta.
United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR). (2006). Master
Glossary of Terms Rev. 1. Division of International Protection
Services. Accessed online June 16, 2017.
http://www.refworld.org/pdfid/42ce7d444.pdf
Wrighte, Bette. Asylum Seeker and Australian Politics 1996-2007. A Master
Thesis of Politics and International Studies, School of History and
Politics. Australia: University of Adelaide.
Wulandari, Rahma. (2016). Bantuan Luar Negeri Australia dalam
Mengatasi Krisis Ekonomi Nauru 2001-2007. Jurnal Analisis
Hubungan Internasional Vol 5 No 3.

755 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 ORGANIZATION TRANSFORMATION AT PT. KERETA API
INDONESIA (Study On Organizational Restructuring Process)
Arenawati, Erlis Karnesih, A.Djajdja Saefullah, Herijanto Bekti
[email protected]

Public Administration Program Study FISIP Sultan Ageng Tirtayasa

University, Banten, Indonesia
Pascasarjana FISIP Padjadjaran University, Bandung, Indonesia

ABSTRACT
Railway is an important means of land transportation in the mobilization of
the population. Performance of PT. KAI at this time has undergone a very
big change compared to when PT. KAI has not carried out the
transformation. This study aims to analyze the transformation process of
organizational restructuring process at PT. Kereta Api Indonesia. This
research is a qualitative research, in which organizational transformation is
based on the opinion of Goulliart and Kelly (1994), where the process of
Restructuring is part of the process undertaken in organizational
transformation. In the restructuring process there are 3 chromosomes to be
analyzed, namely: constructing a economical model, alighning the physical
infrastructure and redesigning the work architechtur. The results showed
that Restructuring run by PT.KAI has been running well. Organizational
transformation has altered organizational structure directed at service
oriented. Restructuring at PT. KAI is done gradually. Restructuring is done
more by adding new structures that do not yet exist, to focus more on the
objectives. Restructuring is always followed by the addition of infrastructure.
Restructuring leads to changes in job design.

Keywords: Organizational Transformation, Restructuring, Focus on service

756 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

A. INTRODUCTION
Service in the field of transportation is one of the mandatory duties
undertaken by the government. Transportation is one of the important
sectors in development and daily life. Population mobility requires the
availability of adequate means of transportation, feasible, convenient and
cheap. One type of transportation that people are interested in to do their
mobility is a train. Trains become the choice of society because it less
time and cheap. Trains are a means of transportation as an alternative to
avoid congestion on the highway. Railway is currently a favorite for
workers in the Greater Jakarta area. The increasing trend of public interest
to travel by train in Jabodetabek can be seen in the following table:

Graph 1.1.The Development of Jabodetabek Train Passengers

KRL AC KRL Non AC Total

2009 2010 2011 2012

Source: PT KAI Commuter Jabodetabek, 2013

In 2009 PT. KAI through Ignatius Jonan's leadership began to

transform the organization. Before the transformation of the organization
of PT. KAI leaves behind a number of issues to be faced, namely the
quality of railroads and inadequate signals to support safe and

757 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

comfortable rail travel, locomotive quality and the well-established series
and carriages, with an ever-growing number, poorly maintained stations,
slums, dirty and unreliable in supporting good railway operations, KRL
problems in Jabodetabek are not punctual and often disturbed due to no
electrical power, lack of discipline in back office, train station and crew,
low rate of employee’s remuneration, therefore vulnerable to deviations,
the lack of proper management principles and good corporate
governance, the limited number of locomotives and the train series, poorly
on time performance, not yet applied information technology properly, one
of the impact is the complicated system of ticketing that were controlled
by brokers, and lacks of strong leadership with no clear vision for current
and future corporate development (Djuraid, 2013: 44-46).
Transformation conducted by PT. KAI still has some problems that
must be addressed. One of them is related to the number of train
accidents, the use of RTS to purchase tickets online is still not optimum
which only about 26%, in 2013. Transformation Organization that has
lasted approximately 5 years has indeed given good results, but in fact
PT. Kereta Api Indonesia is still experiencing various problems such as
the frequent delays of train schedules, passengers crammed into trains,
abandoned trains, inadequate waiting rooms, expensive ticket prices and
parking rates. In addition, PT. KAI also gets opposition from the internal
organization, namely the leaders and employees who have long
programmed with the old ways of working routine that previously enjoyed
certain earnings from practices that are not accounted for (Khasali in
Djuraid, 2013: 331).
The research with the theme of organizational transformation has
been done by several people including Riptono (2014) "Determinants of
Successful Transformation of Organizations toward High Performance
Organization (HPO), Kariena Febrianti (2012) with title "Organizational

758 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Transformation Regional Development Planning Agency (BAPPEDA) of
West Java Province, David BW Pande (2012) "Bureaucratic
Transformation in Maternal and Child Health Services (Studies at
Puskesmas Organizations in East Nusa Tenggara Province)", Aneta,
Yanti, et al. (2014) "Organizational Transformation: The Revitalization of
the Role and Function For Human Resources Case Study of PT PLN Area
Gorontalo), Manfred FR, Khatarina Balaz (1999) "Transforming The Mind
Of The Organization Set: The Critical Perspective", Price, Reg, Roderick
J. Brodie (2001) "Transforming A Public Service Organization From Inside
Out To Outside In; The case of Auckland City, New Zealand ",. The
differences between the research that researchers do with other
researchers is because this research is to explain and analyze the
organizational transformation of the railway service company PT. Train
Indonesia Daop I Jakarta and try to find obstacles in the implementation
of the organizational transformation, hence the emphasis in this research
is on Reframe (change the mindset), Restructure (change organizational
structure), Revitalize (revitalize) and Renewal (renew). In this study the
researchers tried to peel and provide in depth explanation how PT. Kereta
Api Indonesia Daop I Jakarta made a transformation based on the 4 R
concept.
The Changes always have two sides of a story, the good and the
negative side of a change, but a change must be made in order for an
improvement. Transformation as a radical change has been done by PT.
Kereta Api Indonesia by bringing big changes within and outside PT.
Kereta Api Indonesia. Based on the background, researchers found that
PT. Kereta Api Indonesia in the practice of transformation has done the
transformation on technical aspects as well as social aspects. Therefore
it is intereseted to examine how PT. Kereta Api Indonesia performs
organizational transformation. The researchers came up with the title:

759 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Organizational Transformation At PT. Kereta Api Indonesia (Study On
Restructuring Process). Based on the background that has been
submitted then this Research Problem Formulation is: How the
Organizational Transformation runs by PT. Kereta Api Indonesia Daop I
Jakarta?

B. LITERATURE REVIEW
1. Organizational Transformation
Organizational Transformation is one of the important actions that
the organization must take to improve the condition of the organization
that tends to get worse. Transformation is needed by an organization
because current and future environmental conditions can change
organizational performance. This opinion is in line with Kotnour (2000: 39)
as follows: "You need to transform because something in the current or
future environment is your organization's performance no longer
acceptable". In essence, an organization's transformation is to improve its
deteriorating condition and can no longer meet the demands of the
organizational environment, both internal and external. The changing
environment requires organizations to make changes in whole or in part
in order to adapt to the organization's environment.
The word transformation comes from the Latin transformare which
in the context of the organization is interpreted to describe comprehensive
organizational change (Ancona, 2005: 35). According to Daszko and
Sheinberg (2007), not all changes are transformations, but every
transformation is a change. Organizational transformation is the
application of the theory of behavioral science, so that when viewed from
the development of science, organizational transformation is an extension
of the discipline of organizational behavior.

760 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Opinions about organizational transformation delivered by Caddy
and Kathleen (2005: 440) as follows:
Transforming a system into a unified whole process of changing
from one configuration or expression into another by all parts of the
system. In order for true transformation to take place in organization,
it must be function as a whole system. From the opinion of Caddy
and Kathleen can be explained that the transformation is a process
of change that is comprehensive, not partial. Although it consists of
different sub-systems, these changes must be integrated into one.
So the changes run by the organization really work as expected.

Oden (2000: 12) states that transformation is an implementation

of the type of "conversion" change. As the following quote: "in
transformation we will primarily be impelementating conversion type
changes." Oden (2000: 13) states that the characteristics of
transformational change are as follows:
1) Involves radical and discontinuous change to the shape, structure,
and nature of organization.
2) The change is caused by forces external to the organization rather
than forces in the organization.
3) Feature of transformation is that change deep and pervasive, rather
than shallow and contained. The change affect all parts of the
organization and involves many levels. Decentralization, downsizing
and the geographic relocation of functions and activities axeplify
changes that transform structured relationships deeply and
pervasively.
4) Transformation requires different responsibility, even the whole set
of actions by the member of the organization, rather than more or
less of the behavior patterns. Example are changes to the norms and
core values of organization that are brought about through
acquisition, deregulation and reorganization.

761 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Based on the quotation it can be explained that transformation including
radical change and not continuous change in changing the shape, structure
and climate of the organization, such as changing the view of the
importance of production changed more concerned with customers.
Transformation is caused by forces from outside the organization rather
than within the organization.
Other opinions relating to the transformation process are those of Francis
J. Goulliart and James N. Kelly (1995). There are four approaches in the
change process, known as 4R, namely: Reframe, Restructure, Revitalize
and Renewal (in Stimson 1996: 65 ). The process of transformation
according to Gouillart and Kelly is described as follows:

Figure 2.3 Element 4 R From Transformation

RENEW REFRAME

SPIRIT MIND

REVITALIZE RESTRUCTUR
E
BODY AND
ENVIRONMENT BODY WITHIN

Source: Gouillart and Kelly (1995: 6)

Based on the picture above can be explained that there are 4

elements of transformation, namely Reframe, Restructure, Revitaliize and
Renew. In the Reframe that became the focus of transformation itself is
"mind" or mindset, view. In a transformed Restructure is a "body within" or
body or body that forms the organization that performs organizational
functions. In Revitalize or strengthening the focus is the organizational

762 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 body and its environment, both internal, and external. Meanwhile, on
Renew or renewal that the focus is the spirit or spirit.

2. Organizational Restructuring
Restructuring is defined as follows:
Restructure deals with corporate bodies and getting a company to
achieve a competitive level of performance. The three chrommosons in
restructuring are constructing a economical model, alighning the physical
infrastructure and redesigning the work architechture (in Stimson 1996:
65).
The restructuring approach is concerned with the organizational
shape and level of competition that the organization can achieve. A lean,
flat organization that meets the needs of the organization is a major
consideration in restructuring.Restructuring is explaining where employee
reductions are increasing and cultural difficulties are getting bigger.
Sometimes the dismissal and anxiety of employees is an unavoidable side
effect in the restructuring process. In the restructuring approach, there are
three elements which include: (1) construct an economic model (2) align
the physical infrastructure and (3) redesign thework architecture. Building
an economic model (construct an economic model) can provide a detailed
view of the organization about where and How a value is created or
eliminated within an organization. This model is like the breathing system
in the human body. As in the human respiratory system where oxygen is
supplied in accordance with the needs of the human body, so the
economic model is able to distribute resources to the most needed units
in the organization.
The technique of integrating physical infrastructure (align the
physical infrastructure) is one very important measure of the direction and
strategy of an organization. In the human body system, the technique is a

763 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 bone system that reinforces the network of facilities and other assets in
the organization such as factories, warehouses, trucks, machinery and so
on which are important outcomes in the organizational process chain. Like
human bones, organizational physical assets assets relatip fixed, rigid and
can not easily be changed outside the existing design.

C. RESEARCH METHODS
The study in this study understands the implementation of
organizational transformation through the process of Restructuring. This
research located in PT. Kereta Api Indonesia, as a public organization
state-owned status. In this research the researcher analyzed qualitative
data related to organizational transformation focusing on Restructure
(organizational restructuring). As to get more information deeply related
to organizational transformation this research design based on qualitative
research with descriptive method.
Data obtained from data collection techniques are namely primary
data and secondary data. Primary data obtained through two ways,
namely deep observation and in-depth interviews. In-depth interviews
(indepth interview) conducted on selected informants. Selection of
informants is done intentionally (purposive).
The data analysis technique used is the model of John W. Creswell
(2012: 274), which is poured in the following figure:

764 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Procedures Examples
Representing
Visualizing
Matrix, trees,
propositions
Describing
Classifying
Context,
Interpreting
categories,
Reading
comparison
Memoing
Reflecting,
Data
Writing notes
Managing
Across question

D. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Transformation is a process of change that is comprehensive, not
partial. Although it consists of different sub-systems the changes must be
integrated into one. So the changes run by the organization really work as
expected. Based on the opinions of Francis J. Goulliart and James N.
Kelly (1995) there are 4 approaches in the transformation process, known
as 4 R, namely: Restructure, Reframe, Revitalize and Renewal.
Discussion of organizational transformation at PT. Kereta Api Indonesia
based on the four approaches are as follows.

1. Organizational Restructuring
Restructuring or rearranging the structure is an important part of
organizational transformation. The core of change in organizational
restructuring is in body within or body of the organization. Organizational
change radically inevitably leads to structural change. Restructuring is a
corporate body change to get a company that has a competitive
performance. Organizational restructuring is a step taken by PT. KAI to

765 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

improve efficiency, more effective and directed to the achievement of
organizational goals of customer satisfaction and corporate profits. In
Organization Restructuring PT. KAI does it gradually. Here are the steps
of Organization Restructuring PT. KAI from Conventional Organizations
to Dynamic Organizations:

Picture: Stages of Organization Restructuring at PT. KAI Persero

Based on the picture above shows that during the period, about 7
years (2009-2016) there has been a change in the parent organizational
structure as much as 7 times, which means once every year the
improvement of the structure. In 2009 a new directorate was formed under
the manager of Commercial Directorate and Unit of the new organization,
namely Information and Technology Organization. In 2010 Polsuska
established, Safety and Security Organization and Risk Management
Organization and Inspector for Rollinngstock at DAOP / Divre / Subdivre.

766 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

In 2011, a new Directorate of Safety and Security was established, in 2012
9 Directorates were formed in the Central Office. In 2013 changed the
position of Vice President Security to Executive Vice President Security.
2014 establishes Vice President Pasenger Facility and Vice President of
Customer Care at Commercial Directorate, establishes Terminal Manager
at each DAOP / Subdivre, Replaces Managing Director of Non Railway
asset to Managing Director of Land and Building Asset. 2015 Eliminates
EVP Subsidiary Development, establishing Executive Vice VP Finance
Consolidation at the Finance Directorate, forming the Regional Sub
Division of Aceh 1.1, establishing the training manager of Sumatra in
Human Capital, the General Affair and Information Technology
Directorate.
By the end of 2016 there is a change in the following organizational
structure: Replacing the job grade, job class and job classification, forming
the Building Manager in DAOP / Divre, forming Project Director,
Eliminating Divre III SS, Subdivre III.1 KPT and Subdvre III.2 KNP, Divre
III PG and Divre IV TNK. To get a picture of organizational structure
changes at PT. The following KAI is the organizational structure of PT.
KAI in 2008.

767 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Gambar :Struktur Organisasi PT. KAI Tahun 2008

Source : PT. KAI

Based on the picture can be explained that in 2008 on the

organizational structure of the headquarters of PT. KAI has 6 Directors,
namely: President Director, Finance Director, Technical Director,
Operations Director, Personnel and General Director and Business
Development Director. Where each director oversees the Directorate, so
there are 5 directorates. Each Directorate oversees the Sub Directorate.
The Directorate of Finance oversees three sub directorates namely:
Funding, Utilization of Finance and Accounting. Directorate of Engineering
in charge of 5 sub directorates namely: Sub Directorate of Technical
Planning, Railway and Bridge, Land and Building, Telkom and Electrical
Signals, Engineering Facility. Directorate of Operations in charge of 4 sub
directorates, namely: Sub Directorate of Traffic, Sub Directorate of
Marketing Passenger Transport, Sub Directorate of Goods Transportation
and Subb Directorate of Public Relations. Directorate of Personnel and
General Affairs, in charge of 4 Sub Directorates, namely: Sub-Directorate

768 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

of Planning and Human Resource Development, Sub Directorate of
Human Resource Administration and Housekeeping, Sub Directorate of
Organization and Procedures and Sub Directorate of Law. The Directorate
of Business Development oversees two Sub-Directorates, namely: Sub
Directorate of Investment and Sub Directorate of Non-Productive Asset
Utilization and Business Cooperation.
In addition to overseeing several directorates, the Board of
Directors also oversees 4 Divisions, 3 Regionalali Divisions and 9
Operation Areas. The four divisions are: Facilities Division, Training
Division, Supporting Business Division, Jabodetabek Urban Transport
Division. Regional Division consists of 3 Divre, namely Divre I North
Sumatra, Divre II West Sumatra and Divre III South Sumatra ..
Jabodetabek Urban Transport Division.?
In the organizational structure of KAI in 2008 there is SPI (Internal
Control Unit) which has the authority to supervise the performance and
policies made by the board of directors. In addition to the parent structure,
in the management of PT. KAI also has several supporting bodies that are
directly responsible to the Board of Directors, namely: Center for Planning
and Development and Logistics Center. The Center for Planning and
Development oversees the Field of Company’s Renja? (Working Plan)
and Field of Infrastructure Development and Infrastructure. Meanwhile,
the logistics center in charge of Planning and Dedication and Inventory
and Control. The reason PT. KAI (Persero) rearranged the first
organizational structure because the old structure is considered not yet
able to accommodate all activities in railway management, there are some
important functions that are not stand-alone but belong to one directorate,
such as security and safety functions included in the operating directorate.
This combination made the security and safety functions were unfocused

769 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

and maximized, therefore security and safety functions ended up in the
safety and security directorate
Second, the restructuring is implemented in order to accommodate
the growth of new functions as a result of renewing and revitalizing by PT.
KAI at the time of transformation. An example is an update on the civil
service system through e-office causing the need for a new IT-IT function,
so IT functions are made by combining it with the HR management
function into the HR and IT Directorate.
Restructuring is done in accordance with the vision and mission of
the company. Six existing corporate functions or directorates gradually
become Nine (9) directorates. The six directorates prior to 2009 are:
1) Directorate of Operations, including commercial activities, safety and
security.
2) Directorate of Finance (includes activities related to infrastructure,
transportation facilities and logistics).
3) Technical Directorate
4) Directorate of Personnel and General
5) Directorate of Business Development, covering the management of
land and building assets.
6) Commercial Directorate

After going through a long process of redesigning the

organizational structure, then starting in 2013 there are nine functions of
the company in KAI headed by a director are as follows:
1. Commercial Director
2. Director of Operations
3. Director of Infrastructure
4. Director of Facilities (Rolling stock)
5. Director of Safety

770 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 6. Director of Human Resources and IT
7. Director of Logistics
8. Director of Non-KA Assets
9. Director of Finance

In addition to 9 (nine) Directorate of PT. KAI has 6 subsidiaries

namely PT. Reska Multi Usaha, PT. Railink, PT. Kai Commuter
Jabodetabek, PT. KAI Tourism, PT. KA Logistic and KA Properties and
Management.
The addition of the number of directorates in PT. KAI is based on
changing the orientation of the company from product orientation to
service orientation. This orientation change will certainly change the
direction and focus of what work should be done to create a service-
oriented rail service company. Therefore it is important for PT. KAI to form
3 directorates in an effort to meet the demands of the community related
to rail services. The three Directorates are: Directorate of Facilities,
Directorate of Infrastructure (Railstock) and Directorate of Safety and
Security.
The Directorate of Facilities is formed and considered important,
because at that time the condition of stations, parking lots, waiting rooms,
and toilets, in almost all stations in the DAOP I Jakarta area was poorly
maintained. Meanwhile, facilities are important factors that are still often
complained of by society. Therefore, because the focus of post-
transformation orientation is "service oriented". In line with the mission,
the company established a separate Directorate for the procurement of
facilities, facilities maintenance and utilization of facilities.
The results of interviews and observations by researchers related
to the restructuring process can be described as follows:

771 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

1. Construct the Economic Model on Organizational Structure
Constructing the economic model in question is how the new
organizational structure can provide a high level of efficiency, follow by
customer desires and customer satisfaction, can provide profits for the
company. The construction of this economic model leads to the structure
where the functions in the structure will make the organization work more
efficiently, systematically, focus on providing excellent service. In
accordance with the status of the company PT. Persero is also directed to
seek profit, then the structure is also created functions to increase
corporate acceptance.
At PT. KAI Persero, the idea to form a more efficient, customer-
focused and customer-oriented structure comes from the President
Director, the idea is presented at the Board of Direction (BOD) meeting
forum. A new, more efficient, customer-focused, customer-centric builder,
not a baseless policy. The idea of change is based on performance
reports, the financial statements of the report in 2008 then the Board of
Directors will know whether the organizational structure that has been
formed effectively or not.
In analyzing the organizational structure, whether or not the
structure is analyzed at every dimension. Dimensions The organizational
structure consists of Complexity Dimensions, Formalization Dimensions
and Dimensions of Centralization and Decentralization. Dimensions
Complexity will refer to the level of organizational diversity both
horizontally and vertically. Horizontal differentiation is seen from the
variety of units / divisions, job functions, types of jobs.
In order to construct an organizational structure which is economic
and can improve the performance of the organization it is necessary to
establish new functions or eliminate or combine functions that do not work
optimally in a directorate or field. The process of constructing the new

772 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

structures is carried out by several directorates, led by the President
Director and 3 (three) directors who are directly involved in creating new
organizational structures, namely Commercial Director, Operations
Director, Human Resources and IT Director.
Commercial director as the responsible for the implementation of
business, provide input new business what are likely to be developed in
PT. KAI (Persero). The re-birth of a new business will usually be followed
by the formation of a new organizational structure or an updated
organizational structure. Director of Operations as a train operator, has a
role in shaping new structures, because if there are additional railway lines
or new railway routes, the construction of new stations will certainly affect
the existing organizational structure. Meanwhile, the Director of Human
Resources and IT is involved in constructing new structures because the
construction of the new organizational structure needs to be mapped out
what functions are available, what skills are owned and how many
personalities are required. The Directorate of Human Resources and IT
through its authority makes HR planning to meet the new structure in
accordance with the needs of the structure.
To get a complete picture how PT. KAI Persero has constructed an
Organizational Structure that has reflected the "ecomic model", can be
seen on the chart of the organizational structure created in the
transformation process as follows:

773 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Chart Organizational Structure PT. KAI Year 2014

Source : PT. KAI

Based on the above chart, it can be described the President

Director directly supervises 9 (nine) Managing Director and 5 (five)
Executive Vice President (EVP). The nine managing directors are:
Managing Director of Commerce, Managing Director of Operations,
Managing Director of Infrastructure and Development, Managing Director
of Safety and Security, Managing Director of Human Capital, General
Affairs and Information Technology, Managing Director of Logistic and
Railways Assets, Managing Director of Non Railways Assets, Managing
Director of Non Railway Assets, and Managing Director of Finance.
Meanwhile, five Execitive Vice President directly under President Director
are EVP Legal, EVP Internal Audit, EVP Risk Management, EVP
Corporate Secretary, and EVP Subsidary Development.
Managing Director of Commerce oversees EVP Freight, Marketing
and Sales. EVP performs marketing and sales functions. Managing

774 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Director of Operation oversees the EVP Operation which has the technical
governance function of railway operations and is responsible for the UPT
TPK Manager. Managing Director of Infrastructure and Development
underpins EVP Development and is responsible for the Infrastructure
Center in Java. Balai Yasa is a maintenance and repair workshop for
railway infrastructure, such as train cars and railroads. Managing Director
of Rolling Stock oversees EVP Tractive Rail Vehicle and is responsible for
Balai Yasa Sarana. Managing Director of Safety and Security oversees
EVP Security. Managing Director of Human Capital, general Affair and
Information Technology oversees 3 (three) EVP: EVP Personal Care and
Control, EVP Training and Education and EVP Information System.
Managing Director of Logistic and Railway Assets oversees two EVPs,
EVP Railway Asset and EVP Logistic. And lastly Managing Director of
Finance is responsible for 5 VP (VP), namely VP Corporate Finance, VP
Budgeting, VP Financial Administration, VP General Accounting Taxation,
VP. Cost Accounting and VP Revenue and Cost Controller
In addition to 9 (nine) Directors with 9 Managing Directors, 17
(seventeen) EVP and 6 VP (Vice President). The President Director of KAI
also has authority over 9 (nine) Regional Operations, 3 (three) Regional
Divisions, 2 (two) Sub Regional Divisions and 6 (six) Subsidiaries. The
nine DAOP (Operation Area) are:
1) DAOP 1 Jakarta
2) DAOP 2 Bandung
3) DAOP 3 Cirebon
4) DAOP 4 Semarang
5) DAOP 5 Purwokerto
6) DAOP 6 Yogyakarta
7) DAOP 7 Madiun
8) DAOP 8 Surabaya

775 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 9) DAOP 9 Jember

Three Regional Divisions contained in the organizational structure

of PT. KAI is the Regional Division I of North Sumatra, the Regional
Division II of West Sumatra and the Regional Division III of South Sumatra.
Meanwhile, 2 Subdivisions are: Regional Subdivision III.1 Kertapati and
Sub Division III.2 Tanjung Karang.
In addition to managing the network between city and region, PT.
KAI has subsidiaries, namely: PT. KCJ (KA Commuter Jabodetabek), PT.
Railink, PT. Reska Multi Usaha (RMU), PT. Railway Logistics (KALOG),
PT. KA Tourism and PT. KA Property Management.
With this organizational structure can be clearly illustrated that the
organizational structure of PT. KAI persero has constructed a service-
focused structure model. When viewed from the efficiency and the
economic side, the organizational structure of PT. KAI grew fatter at the
level of leadership / directorate of the previous 6 to 9 directorates, as well
as at sub-directorate level in 2008 as 18 sub directorates increased to 23
sub directorates. Thus there is an addition of positions at that level. The
addition of automatic posts increases the amount of budget for salaries and
benefits. So even though the structures that are made already reflect
service-oriented structure, which is directed at efficient and economical
enterprise management, but in fact the organizational structure of the
restructuring results does not become leaner, even tend to be more fat and
complex.
Organizational restructuring occurs not only in the Head Office, but
also in all Operational Areas. Where before in 2009, a Head of DAOP I
Jakarta or EVP DAOP only oversees 10 Managers, but in 2016 Head of
DAOP I Jakarta must oversee 19 Senior Managers. In addition to the
horizontal addition, namely the addition of Division, there is a change of

776 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

title and the addition of vertical structure. Organizational Structure at DAOP
I Jakarta hierarchically in the beginning of office level is, EVP Daop,
Manager, Assistant Manager, Junior Manager and Senior Supervisor.
Changed to Senior Manager, Junior Manager, Senior Supervisor and
Junior Supervisor. In the new structure there is no Assistant Manager
position, Manager position changed to Senior Manager. To be more clear
how the restructuring in DAOP I Jakarta and what is the difference. Then
the following is the structure of Organization DAOP I Jakarta in 2009 and
Year 2011.

Picture
Organizational Structure of DAOP I Jakarta Year 2009

Picture of the structure of DAOP I Jakarta in 2009 shows that the

Head of DAOP I oversees 10 Managers, namely Humasda, Law, Human
Resources and General, Finance, Auctions, Facilities, Roads and
Bridges, Synergy, Operation and Commercial. A Manager oversees the
Assistant Manager, but in the Humasda and Legal Division, the Manager
does not have their own subordinates working, meanwhile the Auction
777 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 Division does not oversee the assistant, but membwahi some members
as a team, in this Division managers assisted by a secretary.
Organizational Structure in Daop I Jakarta, after going through several
changes are as follows:
Picture
Organizational Structure of DAOP I Jakarta Year 2016

Source: PT. KAI

The structure chart above has a higher complexity than the

organizational structure chart in 2009, with the most fundamental change
in the structure in addition to the increase of Senior Manager in charge
of the division is the existence of a work unit directly under the Head of
Daop, the Quality Controller. There are 7 Unit Quality Controller that is
QC Sarana, QC TI, QC Syntax, QC LAA (Electric Up Flow), QC
Operation, QC Service Sarana, QC Crew KA Performance. The purpose
of the establishment of QC is to guarantee and maintain the quality of

778 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

service and transportation facilities to always be in accordance with the
standards.

2. Integrating physical infrastructure

Changes in organizational structure will certainly affect the infra
structure. The addition of functions to the organization, of course, will add
infra structure to support the functioning of the function. In the previous
explanation has been explained that one of the steps taken in the
framework of organizational transformation by the Board of Directors of
PT. KAI is to add functions from 6 functions to 9 functions. As the structure
increases as a result of the separation of functions, it is necessary to
integrate the necessary infra structure within the new structure. Facilities
and physical infrastructure that arise as a result of increasing the
directorate of course is a building or separate workspace, the building of
course will dilengkapai with office equipment, communication equipment,
meeting rooms, and operational vehicles. Facilities and Infrastructure is
needed by every organizational unit, let alone the directorate level. For
other infrastructure related to organizational functions, it will be different
from one directorate with another directorate.
Of the 9 (nine) directorates, there are new directorates, namely
Directorate of Infrastructure and Development, Directorate of Facilities
(Rolling Stock), Directorate of Safety and Security, and Directorate of
Logistics and Railway Assets. The Directorate of Infrastructure and
Development works with the support of railway lines, signaling, and
electricity in rail operations. By making the Infrastructure and
Development into a stand-alone directorate automatically required infra
structure to support activities directorate as in the maintenance of
Infrastructure. Infra structure integrated with infrastructure maintenance
function is Balai Yasa Infrastructure and Balai Yasa Sarana.

779 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 The Directorate of Facilities serves to ensure that locomotives,
trains and carriages are available and ready to operate with specifications
in accordance with the planning. The Directorate of Facilities in the
railroad industry is called Rolling Stock, because it deals with vehicle
device devices that have wheels. Infra structure that is integrated to be
able to carry out the function is Depo Lokomotif, as a place of storage and
maintenance of locomotives and railway cars.
The existence of a separate Directorate of Logistics from the
Directorate of Engineering will of course be integrated with the supporting
infrastructure such as warehouse storage equipment and fuel tanks.
Meanwhile, the Directorate of Security and Safety in the presence of
organizational transformation is required always to familiarize the culture
of safe and safety in every train operation. In order to ensure the safety of
passengers and avoid accidents involving the Train Railway, SRI (Safety
Railway Information) is required for reporting applications related to the
safety of railway travel by employees on Road and Bridge units, Sync
Operations (signals and electricity) and Employees at the Directorate of
Facilities and Safety.
The process of integrating infrastructure in the function is initiated
by the Managing Director and its EVP to describe the functions of the
directorate, determine the main tasks and functions, and then designed
the needs of human resources and infrastructure to support the
achievement of the function of the directorate. In 2009 when the
organizational transformation began to be established the Corporate
Restructuring Agency, its members consist of representatives of the
Directorate. This body oversees the Transformation of Organizations in
PT. KAI by giving consideration, input. It includes how to integrate infra
structure into new structures or renewed structures. But BRP is only a little
more or less 6 months, then the implementation of organizational

780 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 transformation delegated to each directorate along with his staff. As a tool
for leaders to communicate the needs, obstacles or problems in
organizational transformation, there is a Board of Directors meeting forum
held every week.
The enlargement of the organizational structure will certainly
increase the facilities and infrastructure to run the structure. The need for
automated facilities and infrastructures is integrated when the structure is
developed by the organization design manager under the responsibility of
the Vice President of Organization and Development based on the
meeting of BOD (Board Of Director).

3. Redesigning the Work Order

Restructuring or restructuring the organization caused by changing
the vision and mission of the organization, the organization's strategy in
achieving its goals, changing the business focus and the organization's
environment, will result in a new or updated work design in accordance
with the purpose of the change. The process of redesigning the work is
then poured in the SOP on organizational transformation in PT. KAI
Persero, is Top Down. In this case the Human Resources Directorate has
the authority to redesign the organizational structure, and its SOPs are
based on core tasks and functions, vision and mission, strategy, business
focus and organizational environment. However, the Human Resources
Manager at Daop level is also included to provide input. Meanwhile,
designing the job design, the following procedures and organizing.

E. FINDINGS IN RESEARCH
Research with the title of Organization Transformation at PT.
Kereta Api Indonesia, has been conducted for approximately one year by
conducting interviews, observation, documentation study and participate

781 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 using long-distance rail transport and commuter line. Based on the
research that has been done there are some findings related to
organizational transformation in PT. Kereta Api Indonesia, which are:
1) Organization Restructuring conducted by PT. KAI is done gradually,
by making changes every year. This dynamic structure change will
certainly affect the integration of facilities and infrastructure in the
new structure. As each policy of changing, adding, removing a
function / directorate / division will change, add and remove the
infrastructure, the Organizational and Design sections shall
coordinate with the Directorate of Development and Infrastructure.
2) Restructuring conducted by PT. KAI did not make the organizational
structure to be slinder, but became more expand. Since 2009-2013
at the Directorate Level there were 3 additional directorates, at the
sub directorate level, there were 5 sub directorates and 3
subsidiaries added. Even for Office DAOP I Jakarta in 2009 at the
division level there are only 10 managers who head 10 Divisions, in
2016 increased to 19 Senior Manager (formerly only manager). The
increasing size of the organizational structure will burden the budget
for the payroll, whereas the increase of expenditure for employee
salaries is not solely because of the increase in salaries but also
because of the increasing number of structural positions.

F. CONCLUSION
Transformation Organization that has been done by PT. Kereta Api
Indonesia Persero since 2009 has been running well and getting better.
The Organizational Transformation analyzed by Restructuring approach
obtained a result that restructure of organizational structure of PT. Kereta
Api Indonesia has been done gradually. Restructuring caused the
increase within directorate and sub directorate of the organizational

782 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 structure in PT. Kereta Api Indonesia Persero at the central level, as well
as the addition of divisions to the organizational structure at DAOP level
(Operational Area). An effort to restructuring is creating an organization
that focuses on service and customers. In the end, restructuring runs by
the organization became more dynamic in achieving the vision and
mission of PT. Kereta Api Indonesia Persero.

REFERENCE

Caddy, Steven H, Kathlen Dannenmiller, 2005. Practicing Organization

Development : a guide for consultants second edition , editor :
William J. Rothwell, Roland Sulivan. San Francisco; Pfeffer

Creswell, John W, 2013, Qualitative Inquiry & Research Design: Choosing

Among Five Approaches, United Kingdom; Sage Publication

Christensen,Tom, Per Laegreid, Paul G. Roness, Kjell Arne Rovik, 2007.

Organization Theory and The Public Sector, Instrument, Culture and
Myth, New York ; Routledge Taylor And Francis Group

Djuraid M. Hadi, 2013. Jonan dan Evolusi Kereta Api Indonesia, Jakarta;
PT. Media Suara Shakti-BUMN Track

Gouillart, Francis J, James N. Kelly, 1995. Transforming The Organization,

New York ; Mc. Graw Hill Inc

Kotnour, Timothy G, 2009. Transforming Organizations Straategies and

Methods, New Yorks; CRS Press

Oden, Howard W, 1999. Transforming The Organization : Social-Technical

Approach, Massachusetts AS; Quarum Books
Jurnal dan Disertasi
Aneta, Yanti, Akib Haedar, Kadji Yulianto, Muhamad Basri, 2014.
Organizational Transformation : The Revitalization Of The Role and
Fuction For Human Resources. International Journal Of Academic
Research, May 2014, Volume 6 Issue 3 hal 131-135

783 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Asbari Masduki, Eny Ariyanto, 2010. Pengaruh Kepemimpinan
Transformasional dan Iklim Organisasi Terhadap Kinerja Dosen
(Studi Kasus Universitas Muhamadiyah Tangerang), Jurnal
Manajemen dan Bisnis , Edisi Juli 2010, ISSN: 1858-3121, Program
Magister Manajemen Universitas Mercu Buana, Jakarta

De Vries, Manfred F.R.Kets, Katharina Balazinsead, 1999. Transforming

The Mind Set Of The Organization A Critical Perspective.
Administration And Society Journal , Januari volume 30 Nomor 6,
hal 640

Goldenberg, Shirley , 1998. Transforming Public Sector Labour

Management Relation, Relation Industrielles, Spring Volume 5
Nomor 2, hal 366

Jenner, Mark, Barnes June, Jame Steve, 2013. Learning By Leading Using
Organization Transformation To Develop Leaderships Capacity In
east Thames Group.International Journal of Leadership in Public
Service, Volume 9 issue 3,4, hal 116-124

Johnson, Gail, William Leavitt, 2001. Building For Success : Transforming

Organizations Through an Appreciative Inquiry. Public Personnel
Management, Spring 2001, 30,1 hal 129

Pande, David B.W, 2012. Disertasi : Transformasi Birokrasi Dalam

Pelayanan Kesehatan Ibu Dan Anak (Studi Pada Organisasi
Puskesmas di Provinsi NTT), Bandung ;Universitas Padjajaran

Price, Reg, Roderick J. Brodie,2001. Transformaaing A Public Service

Organization From Inside Out To Outside In : The case of Auckland
City, New Zealand. Jounal Service Research (JSR) Agustus
Volume 4 issue 1.

Riptono, 2004. Faktor-Faktor Penentu Dalam Keberhasilan Transformasi

Organisasi Menuju High Performance Organization (HPO) (Studi
Kasus pada PT. Persero Angkasa Pura I ), Jakarta ; Universitas
Indonesia

Scalock, Robert L, Verdugo, Miguel Ange, 2013. The Transformation Of

Disabilities Organizations. Developmental Disabilities, Agustus
Volume 5 Issue 4, hal 273-286

784 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Soetjitro, Pandu , 2014. Transformasi Organisasi menggunakan
Pendekatan 4 R, Jurnal online, http:/jurnal.unimus.ac,id diakses
pada 1 Agustus 2015

Stimson, Judith A, 1996. Review Book Transforming The Organization,

Journal of Management Consulting, 9.1. May 1996 hal 65-66

Wilson, Everelt K, 1985. What Count In The Death Of Transformation Of An

Organization ?. Social Forces, Desember Volume 64 Issue 2. Page
259-280

785 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 IMPLEMENTATION OF STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES
(SOP) OF ACCEPTANCE OF WORKING ORDER FOR NON-TAX
REVENUE IN MINERAL PROCESSING UNIT-INDONESIAN INSTITUTE
OF SCIENCE (UPT. BPML-LIPI)

Fithriana Munawaroh
ABSTRACT

Mineral Processing Unit-Indonesian Institute of Science (UPT. BPML-LIPI)

has a SOP of Acceptance of Working Order for Non-tax Revenue which has
become the basis for the managers and operators of the Non-tax Revenue
activities in providing services to its customers. SOP of Acceptance of
Working Order for Non-tax Revenue are expected to provide the best
service to customers. However, the SOP is not working properly. The
purpose of this research was to find out how the implementation of SOP of
Acceptance of Working Order for Non-tax Revenue in UPT. BPML-LIPI and
the obstacles encountered in the implementation of SOP of Acceptance of
Working Order for Non-tax Revenue in UPT. BPML-LIPI. In this research,
the descriptive qualitative approach is applied. The method of collecting
data consists of document tracking, observation, and deep interview. Data
analysis was performed by data reduction, data presentation, and
conclusions. The results of the research indicate that the implementation of
SOP of Acceptance of Working Order for Non-tax Revenue in UPT. BPML-
LIPI was not running properly. In almost all of unit activities of non-tax
revenues, the customers meet directly with the Coordinator of Non-tax
Revenue Unit then later meet the Receiver Order, and it has revealed some
fraudulent practices. The implementation of SOP was not work properly due
to some of the constraints faced by the managers and operators of the Non-
tax Revenue activities, such as the failure in delivering the communication
which can be seen from the uneven/inconclusive of socialization about the
information regarding SOP for managers, operators, and customers of Non-
tax Revenue activities and the unavailability of media/forum to distribute
information regarding SOP, and then the limited resources, specifically the
personnel resources in the implementation of non-tax revenues and
information resources regarding SOP, and lack of attitude on transparency
in presenting the opinions from the managers and operators of Non-tax
Revenue activities to the Coordinator of Non-tax Revenue and the Chief of
UPT. BPML-LIPI.

Keywords: implementation, standard operating procedures, non-tax

revenue.

786 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

A. INTRODUCTION
Mineral Processing Unit (UPT. BPML) is one of the working unit in
Deputy of Engineering Science (IPT)-Indonesian Institute of Science
(LIPI) which has a scope of work in the field of research and technological
development, specifically in the field of mineral processing, both metallic
and non-metal minerals. UPT. BPML-LIPI has the task to conduct mineral
processing activities that have a high economic value. Based on the
Decree of the Head of UPT. BPML-LIPI No. 003/IPT.8/HK/I/2015 on
Arrangement of Managers and Operators of Non-tax Revenue 2015 UPT.
BPML-LIPI, several units activities of non-tax revenue in UPT. BPML-LIPI
are:
a. Workshop and Engineering Activities;
b. Analysis Laboratory Activities;
c. Metal Casting Activities; and
d. Heavy Equipment Activities.

In carrying out the activities of non-tax revenues, that is regulated

with a service procedures contained in the Standard Operating Procedure
(SOP) of Acceptance of Working Order for Non-tax Revenue. This
becomes the basis for UPT. BPML-LIPI employees in serving customers.
Barata (2004:23) suggests that the service is a great appeal for
customers, therefore the corporate businesses often use it as a
promotional tool to attract customers. While Munir (1991) argues that the
service is an activity that carried out a person or group of people with a
grounding factor of material through the system, procedures, and specific
methods in order to fulfill the needs of others in accordance with their
rights.
In service of non-tax revenues in UPT. BPML-LIPI, the customers
have the right to get the best service from the managers and operators of

787 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

non-tax revenues, whether there are about the details of order or the
design of order which offered, information of price services, duration of
completion of order, and the progress of the completion of the order. But
in practice, the service of non-tax revenues often does not follow the
procedures (SOP) exist, or prefer to meet directly with the technician.
The importance of Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) of
Acceptance of Working Order for Non-tax Revenue in UPT. BPML-LIPI
mentioned in the Quick Win of UPT. BPML-LIPI, which is the targets that
UPT. BPML-LIPI have to achieve in one year of fiscal period, including the
excellent services of the unit. Moreover, SOP of Acceptance of Working
Order for Non-tax Revenue is important to connect with external parties
or costumers, which provides chances/ good opportunity for the
cooperation and development research.
The less attention of the socialization for SOP of Acceptance of
Working Order for Non-tax Revenue become a finding by the Inspectorate
of LIPI, i.e., the important of information about SOP of Acceptance of
Working Order for Non-tax Revenue should be openly accessed by all
managers and operators of non-tax revenue and also for the
consumer/customer of non-tax revenues, where the information could be
seen or read easily. After SOP of Acceptance of Working Order for Non-
tax Revenue ratified in 2014, there is no written socialization until today
as desired by the LIPI Inspectorate.
Socialization activities in the implementation of the SOP also should
be communicated, which is the provision to the executive activities of non-
tax revenues (implementor) so they know what the goals and objectives
of the SOP.
Thus, researcher perceive the need for further discussions on the
implementation of SOP of Acceptance of Working Order for Non-tax
Revenue in UPT. BPML-LIPI as one step to improve the services and to

788 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 meet the expected target achievement of an institution, including as a LIPI
member.
The research questions on this analyses are limited to:
a. How does the implementation of SOP of Acceptance of Working Order
for Non-tax Revenue at UPT. BPML-LIPI?
b. What are the obstacles which encountered in the implementation of
SOP of Acceptance of Working Order for Non-tax Revenue in UPT.
BPML-LIPI?

The purposes of this research are:

a. To find out how the implementation of SOP of Acceptance of Working
Order for Non-tax Revenue in UPT. BPML-LIPI.
b. To find out the obstacles which encountered in the implementation of
SOP of Acceptance of Working Order for Non-tax Revenue in UPT.
BPML-LIPI.

B. LITERATURE REVIEW
1. The Standard Operating Procedures (SOP)
In the book of United States Environmental Protection Agency
(2007:2), it mentioned that SOP basically means a way to avoid
miscommunication, conflict and problems in the implementation of the
tasks/ works in an organization. Furthermore, according to Gareth R.
Jones (2001:49), SOP is a part of the regulations that help to control
the behavior of members of the organization.
Other definitions related with the Standard Operating
Procedure (SOP) are:
1. Detailed, written instruction to achieve uniformity of the
performance of a spesific function (International Conference on
Harmonisation/ICH, 1996:8).

789 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 2. Formal rules for accomplising tasks that have been developed to
cope with expected situation (Laudon & Laudon, 2000:11).
3. A guide used to ensure the operational activities of the
organization or company running smoothly (Soemohadiwidjojo,
2015:11).
According Hillan et al., (Marlisa, 2013:22) the purpose of the
SOP is for officers to maintain consistency and level of performance of
staff or teams within an organization or unit, in order to know clearly the
roles and functions of each position in the organization, clarify the flow
of tasks, authority, and responsibility of relevant officers, protecting the
organization and staffing of malpractice or other administrative errors,
in order to avoid failure/ error, doubt, duplication and inefficiency.
The format of SOP including as follow:
1. Format of General SOP, categorized into four types, namely:
a. Simple Steps
b. Hierarchical Steps
c. Graphic
d. Flowcharts
2. Format of SOP of Public Administration, has a standardized
format unlike SOP format in general.
a. Branching Flowcharts
b. Using only five symbols of Flowcharts
1) Capsules Symbol/ Terminator ( ) to describe the
activity begins and ends;
2) Box Symbol/ Process ( ) to describe the process or the
execution activities;
3) Rhombus Symbol/ Decision ( ) to describe the decision-
making activities;

790 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 4) Arrows Symbol/ Arrow ( ↓ ) to describe the line of activity
(line of the activity process);
5) Pentagon Symbol/ Off-Page Connector ( ) to describe the
relationship of the symbol in the different page.
(Kemenpan RB No. 35, 2012).
The process of the implementation of SOP of Public
Administration, must be able to ensure that these purposes can be
achieved:
a. The implementor knows the new/modified SOP of Public
Administration and the reasons for the change;
b. Copies/ Copy SOP of Public Administration is distributed
according to the needs and readily accessible to all potential
users;
c. The implementor knows his role in SOP of Public Administration
and can use all the knowledge and skills to implement the SOP
of Public Administration safely and effectively (including an
understanding of the consequences that would happen if it failed
to implement SOP of Public Administration);
d. There is a mechanism to monitor the performance, identify the
issues that may arise, and provide the support in the
implementation of SOP of Public Administration process.
(Kemenpan RB No. 35, 2012).

2. Implementation of Public Policies

Nakamura and Smallwood (1980:17) argues that implementation
is “(1) a declaration government preferences; (2) mediated by a
number of actors who; and (3) create a circular process characterized
by reciprocal power relations and negotiations”. Meanwhile Gunn and
Hogwood (Sunggono, 1994:2) argues that implementation is something

791 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

very essential from a technical or managerial problems. Therefore,
Nugroho (2014:657) argues that the policy implementation in the
principle is a way to ensure that policies can achieve its purposes.
The above definitions shows that the word of implementation
disembogue to the mechanism of a system. The phrase mechanism
implies that the implementation is not just activities, but that is the
planned activities which carried out seriuosly refer to the certain norms
to achieve the purposes of the activities.
Thereafter regarding the policy, according to Fredrickson and
Hart (Tangkilisan, 2003:19) the policy is: "an action that leads to the
goal proposed by a person, group or government in the particular
environment in connection with certain constraints while looking for
opportunities to achieve or realize the desired goal ".
According to Younis (1990:3), public policy is divided into three
stages, namely:
1) Formation and policy design;
2) Implementation of the policy;
3) Evaluation of the policy.
The implementation of the policy is a phase of execution of
decision between of the establishment of a policy, as well as chapters of
a legislative act, the release of an executive regulation, and the release
of court decisions, or discharge standards rules and the consequences
of policy for the people that affects several aspects of life. If a policy is
taken properly, then chances of failure can still occur if the
implementation is not good and optimal, then the policy failed to achieve
the goals set by the manufacturer. This suggests that the
implementation of the policy to the substance is the right way to carry
out the order of a good policy can achieve objectives that have been set
by policy makers.

792 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

3. Factors Affecting Implementation
1. George C. Edwards III Model
The implementation model by George C. Edwards III (1980:9-
11), the implementation of the policy is influenced by four variables:
(1) communication, (2) resources, (3) disposition, and (4) a
bureaucratic structure.
2. Donal P. Warwick Model
According to Warwick (Wahab, 1997:67), in the policy
implementation stage, there are two factors that affect the success
of the implementation, which is the facilitating conditions, and
impending conditions.
The facilitating condition are consist of:
a. Commitment of political leaders.
b. Organizational capacity.
c. The commitment of implementors.
d. Interest group support.
While the impending conditions are consist of:
a. The number of actors involved
b. There is a commitment or dual loyalty
c. Hassle attached to the project itself (intrinsic complexity).
d. Levels of decision-making is too much.
e. Another factor, which is the time and the change of leadership.
3. Donald S. Van Meter dan Carl E. Van Horn Model
Van Meter and Van Horn (Subarsono, 2015:99) suggests there
are six variables that affect the performance of implementation,
namely: (1) Standards and policy objectives, (2) Resources, (3)
Communication between the organization and the strengthening of
activity, (4) characteristics of the executing agency, (5) the

793 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

economic environment, social, and political, (6) the attitude of the
implementers.

4. Randall B. Ripley dan Grace A. Franklin Model

Ripley and Franklin (Tangkilisan, 2003:21) states the successful
implementation of program policies are based on three factors,
namely: (1) the perspective of compliance (compliance), which
measures the implementation of compliance strata level burcancrats
on top of them, (2) the successful implementation of the measure of
fluency routines and lack of problems, (3) successful implementation
leads to the satisfactory performance of all parties, especially the
group of beneficiaries is expected.

5. Merilee S. Grindle Model

Implementation of the policy, according to Grindle (Wibawa et al.,
1994:22) determined by the content and the context of policy
implementation.

The contents of the policy according to Grindle include:

1) The interests are affected by the policy.

2) These types of benefits that will be generated.
3) The degree of desired changes
4) Position of policymakers.
5) Who the implementor of the program.
6) The resources deployed.
What Grindle meant to the context of the policy are:

1) The Power, interests and strategies of the actors involved.

2) Characteristics institutions and authorities.
3) Compliance and responsiveness implementors

794 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 4. Framework
Based on the models above, the frameworks used in this research can
be described as follows: Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) of
Acceptance of Working Order for Non-tax Revenue created to provide
excellent service to the customer service activities of non-tax revenues
in UPT. BPML-LIPI, in addition to fulfilling the Quick Win UPT. BPML-
LIPI and results formulation RAKER UPT. BPML-LIPI 2013. However,
it usually difference in real practise, there are some barries or obstacles
to the implementation of SOP of Acceptance of Working Order for Non-
tax Revenue that is sometimes not running properly. The barries or
obstacles are including the communication failures, limited resources,
and lack of attitude on transparancy in presenting the opinions

Figure 1.
The Framework

SOP of Acceptance of Working Order for

Non-tax Revenue

Implementation of SOP of Acceptance of

Working Order for Non-tax Revenue

The obstacles encountered in the

implementation of SOP of Acceptance of
Working Order for Non-tax Revenue

The failure in delivering the Limited Resources Lack of attitude on

communication  Personnel Resources transparancy in presenting the
 The uneven/inconclusive of  Information opinions
socialization Resources
 The unavailability of media/forum
to distribute information

795 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

C. RESEARCH METHODS
This research is a descriptive research using a qualitative research
design. According to Nawawi (2015:33) descriptive research is limited to
operations reveal a problem or situation or event as in fact is merely to
expose the facts (fact finding).
According to Jackson (1995:17) that are qualitative research is concerned
with questions such as how social systems operate, how people interpret their
behavior and the behavior of others as well as how individual relationship with
each other.
Informants in this research are the parties involved in the implementation
of non-tax revenues in UPT. BPML-LIPI, i.e., the managers of non-tax revenue
activities, the implementers of non-tax revenues activities, and the customer of
non-tax revenues activities. In this research the technique of determining the
informants using purposive sampling, the sampling technique with a certain
considerations (Sugiyono, 2015:67), namely SOP of Acceptance of Working
Order for Non-tax Revenue ties carried out by the parties involved in the Non-
tax Revenue Activities. Then to determine the informant from the customer of
Non-tax Revenue Activities researcher used incidental sampling techniques.
Incidental Sampling is a sampling technique based on chance, that anyone who
accidentally/ incidentally met with researcher can be used as a sample, if the
people could be suitable as a source data (Sugiyono, 2015:67). In this case the
customer is met with researcher in UPT. BPML-LIPI to obtain service Non-tax
Revenue Activities an informant for researcher. The number of informants are
27 (twenty seven) consists of 9 (nine) managers of Non-tax Revenue Activities,
13 (thirteen) implementers of Non-tax Revenue Activities, and 5 (five) customers
of Non-tax Revenue Activities.
In the data collection techniques, the researcher obtained the necessary
data in the research with a written document tracking, in-depth interviews, and
observation. As for the process of data analysis, researcher used a model
interaction from Miles and Huberman. Researcher chose/ reduce the data
relating to the implementation of SOP of Acceptance of Working Order for Non-
tax Revenue. Data reduction and data presentation are the two components of

796 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 the analysis that can be performed in conjunction with the data collection
process, then proceed to draw conclusions. The process is carried out by
repeatedly so when the data is collected, it is expected to be more accurate in
the conclusion.

D. RESULT AND DISCUSSION

1. Workshop and Engineering Activities
The acceptance order process in the Workshop and Engineering
Activities is when the order filed already familiar with the Receiver
Order, it usually just directly record such order, so that the customers
able to meet the Receiver Order directly, but when the type of order is
new order and requires such consideration and specific calculation,
then the customer is directed to meet the Coordinator of Workshop and
Engineering Activities.
Different with that stated by the Asisstant Coordinator of the
Workshop and Engineering Activities that customer often meet directly
either Coordinator of the Workshop and Engineering Activities
compared with the Receiver Order even meet directly with the
operators, usually by phone. It also stated by the Coordinator of Metal
Casting Activities that customers usually want to meet directly with the
people concerned, for example, with meet the coordinator directly.
Furthermore, Coordinator of Non-tax Revenue also revealed that
Coordinator of the Workshop and Engineering Activities ever get
complaints from customer regarding overtime. According to Coordinator
of Non-tax Revenue, customer through phone calls asking whether the
customer must pay overtime for technicians whose working his order.
Coordinator convey to customers that any overtime already budgeted
by UPT. BPML-LIPI so customers do not bear the cost of overtime. The
explanation from the coordinator makes customer were surprised

797 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

because he was asked to pay overtime by the technician, although
customer have not had to pay it.
According to Coordinator of Non-tax Revenue, apart from the
technician also from the customers, trying to fraudulent practices. One
of them stated by Coordinator of Metal Casting Activities to the
Coordinator of Non-tax Revenue that there are customers who ask for
a receipt more than it should. There was also a technician who dared
to accept the order before the Receiver Order comes into the office
because the customers who already came originally from a distant
place and can not wait until the Receiver Order came into office. Infact,
the technicians also know that in the rules it should be made such order
form at first, and then the order can be proceed.

2. Analysis Laboratory Activities

The acceptance order process in the analysis laboratory
activities is the customers meet directly with the technician/ analyst in
Analysis Laboratory Building. This is caused by the Receiver Order
does not have the expertise or knowledge about the chemical elements
or parameters tested and the number of samples required, so that the
customer meet directly with the technician/ analyst for ease in
conveying their analysis purposes and information about the services
of the analysis. This happens because of the lack of communication tool
which needed by the Receiver Order in conveying information about
specific analysis from the customers to the technician/ analyst in
Analysis Laboratory Building. So that for the efficiency and
effectiveness reasons, customers are allowed to meet directly with the
technician/ analyst in Analysis Laboratory Building.

798 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

3. Metal Casting Activities
In the Metal Casting Activities, the acceptance order process
begins while the customers meet the Coordinator of Metal Casting
Activities. Customers usually meet directly with Coordinator of Metal
Casting Activities. Coordinator of Metal Casting Activities states, the
customers who came to the Receiver Order will be directed to meet the
coordinator. This happens because of the cost calculations of the Metal
Casting Activities is calculated by the Coordinator of Metal Casting
Activities. The lack of facilities means of communication tool between
the Receiver Order and Coordinator of Metal Casting Activities, and
also the limited skill of Receiver Order makes the customers directed
toward the Metal Casting Activities Building.

4. Heavy Equipment Activities

The acceptance order process in the Heavy Equipment Activities
begins while the customer meet directly with the Coordinator of Heavy
Equipment Activities, and then discuss about the order includes the type
of order, the destination place, and the time of execution of order.
Furthermore, the coordinator will conduct a review/ survey of the field
to assign whether it can be done or not. If it is possible to do, then the
coordinator will approve the order immediately and process it further.
The process of acceptance of working order for non-tax revenue
indicate that the implementation of SOP of Acceptance of Working
Order for Non-tax Revenue is not running properly. The process of
acceptance order that set out in the SOP of Acceptance of Working
Order for Non-tax Revenue was different with the execution by the
parties concerned. Most of the customers meet directly with the
Coordinator of Non-tax Revenue Unit, then later meet the Receiver

799 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Order. In fact, there is an operator/ technician who dared to accept
orders from the customers without having to wait for the Receiver Order.
The process of acceptance of working order for non-tax revenue
is to meet directly with the Coordinator of Non-tax Revenue Unit
become a problem because it does not conform with the acceptance
order process which set out in the SOP. Based on the discussion above,
researcher considered that the problems in the acceptance order is not
only seen from the managers and operators of non-tax revenues
activities, but also from the SOP of Acceptance of Working Order for
Non-tax Revenue exist. Required the revision/ improvement of the SOP
is necessary, to be able to give the needs of customers and can provide
the best service to the customer, and to prevent the fraudulent practices
in the non-tax revenues activities.
Furthermore, the problems in the implementation of SOP of
Acceptance of Working Order for Non-tax Revenue happened because
of the obstacles encountered by the managers and operators of non-
tax revenues activities so that the SOP is not running properly. The
obstacles are:
1. The failure in delivering the communication, which can be seen from:
a. The uneven/inconclusive of socialization.
b. The unavailability of media/ forum to distribute information.
2. Limited resources, which can be seen from:
a. Personnel resources.
b. Information resources.
3. Lack of attitude on transparency in presenting the opinions.

800 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

E. CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS
1. Conclusion
1. The Implementation of SOP of Acceptance of Working Order
for Non-tax Revenue in UPT. BPML-LIPI was not running
properly and needs repairment/ revision. In almost all of
activities unit of non-tax revenues in UPT. BPML-LIPI, the
customers (usually) meet directly with the Coordinator of Non-
tax Revenue Unit than later meet the Receiver Order.
2. The Implementation of SOP of Acceptance of Working Order
for Non-tax Revenue in each non-tax revenues activities varies.
For the Workshop and Engineering Activities, the customers
meet the Receiver Order, but more often meet directly with the
Coordinator Workshop and Engineering Activities, and it has
revealed some fraudulent practices from the technician and the
customer. For Analysis Laboratory Activities, the customers
meet the technician/ analyst or coordinator directly and then
meet the Receiver Order, it has not revealed fraudulent
practices, but the preventive action needed so that such
practices will not occur in the future. For Metal Casting Activities
and Heavy Equipment Activities, the customers meet directly
with the coordinator and then meet the Receiver Order, and it
has not revealed fraudulent practices.
3. The obstacles encountered in the implementation of SOP of
Acceptance of Working Order for Non-tax Revenue in UPT.
BPML-LIPI are:
a. The failure in delivering the communication, which can be
seen from the uneven/inconclusive of socialization about
information regarding SOP of Acceptance of Working Order
for Non-tax Revenue for managers, operators, and

801 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 customers of non-tax Revenue activities and the
unavailability of media/ forum to distribute information
regarding SOP.
b. Limited resources, which can be seen from the lack of
personnel resources in the non-tax revenues activities, and
the lack of information resources about SOP of Acceptance
of Working Order for Non-tax Revenue.
c. Lack of attitude on transparency in presenting the opinions
from the managers and operators of non-tax revenue
activities, about their curiosity about SOP of Acceptance of
Working Order for Non-tax Revenue and suggestions on the
implementation of non-tax revenues to the Coordinator of
Non-tax Revenue as well as to the Chief of UPT BPML-LIPI.

2. Recommendations
Based on the analysis that researcher pointed out above, there
are several things need to be repaired so that the implementation of
SOP of Acceptance of Working Order for Non-tax Revenue can be runs
well then the customers get the best service. Here are the
recommendations about several matters related to the implementation
of SOP of Acceptance of Working Order for Non-tax Revenue:
1. Revisions/ improvements is necessary for the SOP of Acceptance
of Working Order for Non-tax Revenue to follow the advancement
and conditions in the field so that the problem can be solved.
2. Improvements of SOP of Acceptance of Working Order for Non-tax
Revenue in UPT. BPML-LIPI is expected to give the information
needs of all parties. The SOP as a guide or guidelines that can
provide the ease and smoothness in the non-tax revenue activities
and prevent infraction or mistakes in the service. Researcher

802 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 recommend improvements for the SOP of Acceptance of Working
Order for Non-tax Revenue in UPT. BPML LIPI in the new format of
SOP of Acceptance of Working Order for Non-tax Revenue as
follows.

Implementors Quality Standard

Coordi
nator
Recei of Opera Ver Treas Com
N
Activities Custo ver Non- tor/ ifie urer plet Outpu Note
o Time
mer Orde tax Techn r Rece ene t
r Reven icians **) ption ss
ue Unit
*)
mat
Yes
erial
s 1
Filed the No
1 and minu -
order
or te
desi
gn
mat
erial
Check the
s
order,
and 5
whether order sheet no. 1-
2 job minu
it can be sheet 5
spec tes
done or
ifica
not
tion
s
Receive
and log No

the mat
Yes
order, erial
then s
10
count the and order sheet no. 1-
3 minu
number ord sheet 5
tes
and er
specificat she
ions of et
materials
from the

803 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 costumer
s; log in
the order
sheet and
the log
book
order ;
gives
order
sheet
no.1 to
the
costumer
s; gives
the
materials
to the
worksho
p; gives
order
sheet no.
2 to 5 to
Coordina
tor of
Non-tax
Revenue
Unit

Receive
ord
order 1
er
4 sheet no. minu - sheet no.1
she
1 te
et

Assign
the
ord
operator/ 5
er order sheet no. 2-
5 technicia minu
she sheet 5
n to do tes
et
the order

Doing the mat

order and erial tenta order sheet no. 2-
6
calculate s tive sheet 5
the and

804 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 amount or
based on desi
the work gn
specificat
ions
Checking
and
counting
the
number
of orders
and ord
10
report er order sheet no. 2-
7 minu
the she sheet 5
tes
results to et
the
Coordina
tor of
Non-tax
Revenue
Unit
Checking
calculatio
n of the
number,
ord
job 10
er order sheet no. 2-
8 specificat minu
she sheet 5
ions and tes
et
the
results of
the work
order
Write
down the
total cost
of the
order in
ord
order 5
er order sheet no. 2-
9 sheet and minu
she sheet 5
log ook tes
et
order ;
archive
the order
sheet no.
2, gives

805 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 sheet no.
3 to the
Coordina
tor of
Non-tax
Revenue
Unit,
sheet no.
5 to the
costumer
s, sheet
no. 4 to
the
Treasurer
Receptio
n.
ord
er
5
1 Paying she
minu
0 the cost et
tes
of order no.
5
Receive
the
payment
s from
the
costumer
s, make ord
the er receip
5
1 receipt of she t of sheet no. 1
minu
1 payment, et paym and 2
tes
give the no. ent
receipt of 4
payment
sheets
no. 1 and
archive
sheet no.
2
Receive
receip
receipt of 1
1 t of
payment - minu
2 paym
sheet no. te
ent
1

806 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 sheet
no. 1
rece
ipt
Make the of
letter of pay
5 delive
1 travel for men
minu ry
3 the t
tes orders
costumer she
s et
no.
1
lett the
Take the 5
1 er of produ
products minu
4 trav cts of
of order tes
el order

Note :
*) Coordinator of Non-tax Revenue Unit conform with the activities, ie:
1. Workshop and Engineering Activities
2. Heavy Equipment Activities
3. Analysis Laboratory Activities
4. Metal Casting Activities
**) Verifier is Operator/ Technician appointed by the Coordinator of Non-tax
Revenue Unit
From the flowcharts above can be seen that the acceptance order
process of non-tax revenue in UPT. BPML-LIPI can be done
through the Coordinator of Non-tax Revenue Unit directly. The
order that has been approved by the Coordinator of Non-tax
Revenue Unit will be log immediately by the Receiver Order and
then the next transaction proceed.
The emergence of verifier in the new format of SOP is used to check
the conformity between the amount of the order and the customer’s
order specifications with the amount of orders and specification
order generated, so that fraudulent practices can be minimized.

807 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 3. Giving the sosialization regarding SOP of Acceptance of Working
Order for Non-tax Revenue to all parties of Non-tax Revenues
activities, so there is no confusion of opinions and information, and
Non-tax Revenue activities runs properly.

REFERENCES
Books
Barata, Atep Adya. 2004. Dasar-dasar Pelayanan Prima. Cetakan Kedua.
Jakarta: Elex Media Komputindo.
Edwards III, George C. 1980. Implementing Public Policy. Washington:
Congressional Quarterly Press.
International Conference on Harmonisation/ICH. 1996. Guidline for Good
Clinical Practice. E6 (R1). ICH Harmonised Tripartite Guidline.
Jackson, Winston. 1995. Methods: Doing Social Research. USA: Prentice
Hall, Canada Inc.
Jones, Gareth R. 2001. Organizational Theory Text and Cases (Third
Edition). New Jersey, USA: Prentice Hall International, Inc.
Laudon, K.C., dan J.P. Laudon. 2000. Management Information System.
Cambridge: Prentice Hall.
Marlisa, Delty. 2013. Penyusunan dan Uji Coba Standard Operating
Procedures (SOP) Penyimpanan Perbekalan Farmasi di Gudang
Farmasi RSUD Kolonel Abundjani Bangko Kabupaten Merangin.
Tesis. Program Pasca Sarjana Fakultas Kedokteran Universitas
Gadjah Mada. Yogyakarta.
Munir, A.A.S. 1991. Manajemen Pelayanan Umum di Indonesia. Jakarta:
Gramedia.
Nakamura, Robert T, dan Frank Smallwood. 1980. The Politics of Policy
Implementation. New York: St. Martin‘s Press.
Nawawi, Hadari. 2015. Metode Penelitian Bidang Sosial. Yogyakarta:
Gadjah Mada University Press.
Nugroho, Riant. 2014. Public Policy: Teori, Manajemen, Dinamika, Analisis,
Konvergensi, dan Kimia Kebijakan. Edisi Ke-5. Jakarta: PT. Elex Media
Komputindo.
Soemohadiwidjojo, Arini T. 2015. Mudah Menyusun SOP, Standard
Operational Procedure. Jakarta: Penebar Plus.
Subarsono, AG. 2015. Analisis Kebijakan Publik, Konsep, Teori dan
Aplikasi. Jogyakarta: Pustaka Pelajar.
Sugiyono. 2015. Statistika untuk Penelitian. Bandung: Alfabeta.
Sunggono, Bambang. 1994. Hukum dan Kebijaksanaan Publik. Jakarta:
Sinar Grafika.
Tangkilisan, Hessel Nogi S. 2003. Kebijakan Publik Yang Membumi:
Konsep, Strategi & Kasus. Yogyakarta: Lukman Offset YPAPI.

808 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

U.S. EPA (United States Environmental Protection Agency). 2007.
Guidance for Preparing Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs).
Washington DC: Office of Environmental Information.
Wahab, Solichin Abdul. 1997. Evaluasi Kebijakan Publik. Malang: FIA
Universitas Brawijaya dan IKIP.
Wibawa, Samodra., Yuyun Purbokusumo., Agus Pramusinto. 1994.
Evaluasi Kebijakan Publik. Jakarta: Raja Grafindo Persada.
Younis, Talib. (Ed.). 1990. Implementation of Public Policy. Sydney:
Dartmouth.

Ministerial Regulation
Kementerian Pendayagunaan Aparatur Negara dan Reformasi Birokrasi RI.
Peraturan Menteri Pendayagunaan Aparatur Negara dan Reformasi
Birokrasi Republik Indonesia Nomor 35 Tahun 2012 Tentang Pedoman
Penyusunan Standar Operasional Prosedur Administrasi Pemerintahan. 19
Juni 2012. Jakarta.

809 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 POLICY IMPLEMENTATION OF STREET VENDOR ARRANGEMENT
AND FORECASTING IN BANDUNG

Rina Hermawati, Nunung Runiawati, Caroline Paskarina

Universitas Padjadjaran Bandung

ABSTRACT
Bandung is one of the cities with the largest number of street vendors
in Indonesia. To overcome the problem of street vendors, Bandung have
issued a policy on eviction and relocation since 2005. However, this policy
was not able to resolve the problem of street vendors completely. Learning
from the experience of this failure and supporting by the democratization of
the post-reform era in 1998, the policy on street vendors have been
changed from the eviction and relocation into the arrangement and
forecasting. Additionally, street vendor regarded as illegal business, today
began to be recognized as part of the informal economy. However, a
paradigm shift policy on street vendors apparently not able to resolve the
problem of street vendors completely. Various problems in the
implementation of policies such as street vendor’s resistances and places
for arrangement of street vendors was still a constraint in the
implementation of policy.

This article will describe the implementation of arrangement and

forecasting on street vendors from the perspective of street vendors and
government. By using Grindle theory, I try to analyze content of policy and
context of implementation which caused difficulty of arrangement and
forecasting on street vendors policy. I used qualitative method of data
collection techniques using participatory observation, interviews and
documentation.
The results showed that weaknesses in the implementation of
arrangement and forecasting on street vendors policy due to policy matters
are not sensitive to the characteristics of street vendors (geographical
distribution, socioeconomic characteristics, and political affiliation), weak
enforcement agency regulation as well as external factors such as socio-
economic and politics around street vendors.
Keywords: Policy, Street Vendors, Arrangement, Content of Policy,
Context of Implementation

810 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

A. INTRODUCTION
Cities in Indonesia are inseparable from the phenomenon of in
formalization, characterized by a lot of street vendors adorning main
corridors of cities and centers of socio-economic activities of cities (around
shopping centers, amusement centers, and big mosques). This condition
emerges because job opportunities in the formal sector (mainly the industry
sector) are not able to equal the population growth in urban areas, due to
both birth and urbanization factors. The number of people looking for jobs
in the industry sector is increasing while the number of needed workers is
decreasing. In most developing countries the modern industry sector is only
able to absorb 10 to 20% of all workforces.
Low employment absorption in the industry sector makes workers shift
to another sector, the informal sector. The informal sector which play a big
role in developing countries, where 30–70% of the population of workforces
in urban areas work in this sector, is an unorganized, irregular sector and
mostly are legal but unregistered (Widodo, 2005). In Indonesia, the
percentage of workers in the informal sector is very high, reaching 70%
(Ernawi, 2010).
According to Bromley, among various informal sectors, street vending
business seems to be a very important and relatively typical kind of job in
urban areas. This specificity is because this business is relatively the
easiest to enter to and it directly confronts the urban policies (Bromley in
Mustafa, 2008:43). There are main characteristics of the activities of street
vendors which take their location and activities as the pattern, among other
things, in choosing the location of their activities street vendors will try to get
close to consumers at sidewalks along roads, open spaces, squares, and
other public places.
Such characteristic of street vendors has caused some problems
which subsequently develop into urban problems, among other things, by

811 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

creating slums, disorder, and traffic jam, degrading the function of
sidewalks, reducing the beauty of cities and their esthetics, and causing
social tensions. The view that places street vendors as a disturbance that
makes cities dirty and disorganized has caused policies on street vendors
before 1998 were mostly characterized by the policy of eviction. This policy
of eviction cannot be implemented consistently both because of internal
factors (contents and implementation of policies) and external factors, such
as street vendors’ resistance, thuggery, and economic conditions of the
state.
The reform era of 1998, which is characterized by more open politic
structure of Indonesia and the failure of policies on the eviction of street
vendors, has changed the paradigm of the city government in overcoming
the problem street vendors. The policy of eviction has shifted to relocation,
arrangement, and empowerment. Normatively, the policy of street vendor
arrangement seems to be ideal. However, facts from the field indicate that
the policy cannot be realized optimally. Various problems seem to still
characterize the implementation of the street vendor arrangement. Based
on the description, this research would study the problem of street vendors
viewed from the aspect of policies. By using Grindle’s theory on policy, this
research would describe the internal and external factors which make the
arrangement of street vendors difficult to be implemented.

B. RESEARCH OBJECTIVES
The purpose of this research is to describe factors that affect the
success of the implementation, viewed both from the aspect of the content
of policy and the context of its implementation. By understanding the
factors, it is expected that more effective policies to overcome the problem
of street vendors can be formulated.

812 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

C. SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY
Policies on the arrangement of street vendors are still difficult to be
implemented. In general, the problem is caused by the difficulty in finding
the land appropriate for street vendors and conflict of interests among street
vendors and between street vendors and the city government. Among street
vendors themselves conflict of interests often occur in responding to the
relocation policy. Some street vendors were willing to move to the location
of relocation on condition that they obtained soft loans and free rent for a
certain period. On the other hand, some street vendors refused the
relocation and proposed a policy of arrangement in the form of uniformizing
the tent of their location.
Street vendors’ difference in responding to the government’s policy is
caused by a variety in street vendors’ characteristics, both viewed from the
location and wares they sell. Street vendors’ characteristics may vary more
if they are linked to the variety in the category of independent street
vendors, street vendors who belong to the sellers that receive commission,
and street vendors who belong to dependent workers (Ramli, 1992).
The variety in the characteristics of street vendors certainly needs to
be considered in the implementation of the policy on street vendors. It is in
accordance with Grindle’s opinion (1980) that proposed that the success of
the implementation of a policy depends on variables of the contents of the
policy and its environment, including, among other things the interest of the
target group of the policy. Therefore, the policy on street vendors must
consider their interest which may vary, depending on their characteristics.
Based on the description, the study on the implementation of the policy on
the arrangement of street vendors becomes important for formulating the
model of policy in addressing the problem of street vendors.

813 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

D. CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK
Studies on the policy on street vendors have been often conducted by
several disciplines of social sciences. Most of the studies explain the failure
in the implementation of the policy on street vendors by using some different
perspectives of theory. Sethurahman (1989) explained that the failure of the
policy on street vendors is due to the supply-side oriented approach applied
by the government. In other words, the government continuously regulates,
arrange, and help street vendors without conducting equal communication
and cooperation with street vendors as the target group (demand side).
Besides that, it is also identified that there has not yet been relatedness and
coordination in the development of street vendors at the micro and macro
levels.

In line with the research conducted by Sethurahman (1989), Sasono

(1989) observed that the failure of the policy on the development of the
informal sector is caused by three main factors. The first, the characteristic
of the issued provisions of the arrangement of the informal sector of street
vendors is still fully decided by bureaucracy apparatus without listening to
the affected parties, especially the informal sector itself. The second, the
implementation of policies/programs intended to the informal sector is
overly laden with the involvement of “supervising” apparatus. The third, the
spirit of regulation to curb and to control the informal sector seems to be
more dominant relating to the involvement of the government in the
implementation of the project and it is lack of the spirit to develop the
informal sector as one of the potentials in the development of the people’s
economy.
Those studies quite clearly depict the failure of the implementation of
the policy on street vendors which is caused by some factors, among other
things, the policy that does not sufficiently accommodate the interest of
street vendors and socio-economic conditions within the business circle of

814 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

street vendors. However, those studies have not yet depicted the dynamics
of street vendors’ characteristics as a factor that needs to be considered in
the formulation of a model of the policy on the management of street
vendors. Furthermore, previous studies have not yet created various
models of the policy on street vendors, in accordance with a variety in the
street vendors’ characteristics.
Grindle (1980) prioritized the availability of basic conditions for the
success of the execution of public policies. The criteria are the content of
the policy and the context of implementation.
Grindle’s model (1980:7) proposes that the success of the
implementation of the policy is determined by: “the content of the policy and
the context of implementation”. The basic idea is that after a policy has been
transformed, the implementation of the policy is conducted. The success is
determined by the degree of implementability of the policy. The content of
the policy includes: 1) interests affected by the policy, 2) the type of benefits
that will be resulted, 3) extent of changes envisioned, 4) position of the
policy maker, 5) completion of the program, 6) resources committed.
Meanwhile, the context of implementation includes: 1) power, interest,
strategy of actors involved, 2) characteristics of institutions and regimes, 3)
compliance and responsiveness. The involvement intensity of planners,
politicians, businessmen, target groups, and implementers of the program
will be mixed up, affecting the effectiveness of the implementation. Grindle’s
model of policy implementation theory can be simplified as follows.

E. METHODOLOGY
This research applied the qualitative method in order that it could
holistically describe the problem of street vendors, the policy on street
vendors, and implementation and evaluation of the policy on street vendors.
Data collection techniques were conducted through in-depth interviews,

815 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

participatory observation, and documentation. Interviews were conducted
with street vendors, boards of association of street vendors, agents of the
city government, such as Civil Service Police Unit, the Office of
Cooperatives, Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises, and Industry and
Trade, and Local Development Planning Agency. Participatory observation
was conducted to find out directly the trading activities of street vendors, the
atmosphere and interaction they built and also tactics and strategies they
developed to fight for their business location. During the activities of
participatory observation the researchers closely observed what they did,
when, and with whom, in what condition, and asked them about their action.
Meanwhile, documentation materials used in this research particularly
related to characteristics and distribution of street vendors, organization of
street vendors, and activities of the city government in handling street
vendors. These documents were obtained through Civil Service Police Unit,
the Office of Cooperatives, Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises, and
Industry and Trade, and Local Development Planning Agency, association
of street vendors, the Internet, blog, photos, videos, and other references.

F. POLICY ON THE ARRANGEMENT OF STREET VENDORS

The policy on the arrangement of street vendors in Bandung City
includes, among other things, zonation of street vendors, characteristics
and classification of street vendors, the Special Task Force, and Identity
Cards.
1. Zonation of Street Vendors: Spatial Arrangement of Street Vendors in
Bandung City
The arrangement of street vendors in Bandung City appears more
clearly in a spatial way, in which Bandung City divides its space based on
zones, namely a location which has a certain function based on place and
time for the arrangement of street vendors. For the arrangement of street

816 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

vendors Bandung City divides its space into 3 zones as follows: 1) Red
Zone is locations in Bandung City where sidewalk vendors are forbidden to
operate; 2) Yellow Zone is locations which can be opened and closed for
the operation of sidewalk vendors based on time and places; and 3) Green
Zone is locations where sidewalk vendors are allowed to operate by using
five concepts of arrangements, namely:
a. Relocation; the process of moving places for street vendors to sell
goods,
b. Market revitalization; the improvement of the function and potential of
markets based on the utilization of land of the market unused by street
vendors,
c. Thematic shopping; the placement of street vendors based on types of
wares at a certain location,
d. Concept of Festival; the placement of street vendors based on the
organization of certain events, and
e. Concept of Pujasera (Snack Food Centre); the placement of street
vendors that sell foods at certain locations based on the profit-sharing
system with the owners of locations as substitute for the rent.

2. Characteristics and Classification of Street Vendors

The policy on the arrangement of street vendors regulates their
characteristics, in which they use equipment that can be easily
disassembled or moved for selling their wares and also they use part of
roads sidewalks, and/or other public places which actually are not allocated
for permanent trading places. Equipment they use for selling goods includes
food tents, push carts, or mats spread out on the ground. Meanwhile, kinds
of wares they sell are foods and beverages, clothes/textile, children’s toys,
small goods, vegetables and fruit, drugs, printed matters, personal services,
and secondhand appliances. Provisions on characteristics and

817 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

classifications of street vendors are regulated to respond to the condition
since 2008 when “modern street vendors” sprang up, for example, street
vendors who use cars for selling wares and street vendors who are actually
employees/workers of the formal sector but they sell wares in the street on
consignment.

3. The Special Task Force: Integrative Arrangement of Street Vendors

Significant obstruction to the implementation of Bylaw on public order,

cleanliness, and beauty (K3) is the lack of clarity of the agencies which have
the authority to deal with street vendors. Up to now street vendors are
handled only by Civil Service Police Unit that prioritizes the eviction
approach. With a paradigm shift on street vendors, they must be
approached from the other factor in the form of arrangement and
supervision by involving cross-sectoral agencies. Therefore, the Special
Task Force (Satgasus) has been established, with the task to assist the
Mayor in implementing the arrangement and supervision of street vendors,
which include planning, arranging, supervising, watching, controlling, and
law enforcement.

4. Identity Cards of Street Vendors: Limitation of the Number of Street

Vendors
In order to be allowed to operate all street vendors must have the
identity card issued by the Mayor and delegated to the Office of
Cooperatives, Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises, and Industry and
Trade. This identity card is given only to street vendors who have resident’s
identity card of Bandung City, have lived in Bandung for at least 5 years,
and operate at the Green Zone.

818 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

5. Fines Imposed on Purchasers: Arrangement of Street Vendors with the
Approach of Consumers’ Behavior
The success of the arrangement of street vendors by the city
government demands the public’s participation as the consumers of the
products sold by street vendors. One of the forms of participation is by not
buying goods in the locations forbidden for street vendors. As long there are
purchasers, street vendors will not hesitant to sell of their wares both openly
and secretly. Therefore, the city government has made some efforts to cut
the links between consumers and street vendors by imposing fines to
consumers who purchase goods from street vendors in the Yellow and Red
Zones.

G. IMPLEMENTATION OF BYLAW ON THE ARRANGEMENT OF

STREET VENDORS
In order to implement Bylaw on the Arrangement of Street Vendors,
the City Government of Bandung have conducted some activities, among
other things:
1. Collecting data on street vendors, started from the points of location of
street vendors, namely the Area of Gasibu, Tegallega, Cicadas,
Burangrang, and Sukajadi.
2. The arrangement of street vendors based on certain priorities, among
other things, operating in the area of seven points and the other red
zones, the high number of street vendors, and causing severe traffic
jam.
3. Supervision, Control, and Law Enforcement
The activities of supervision, control, and law enforcement are directed
to imposition of fines to purchasers. The City Government imposes the
fines as the means to give a deterrent effect and education to the public.
Besides that, the imposition of fines to purchasers is an effort to build

819 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 the public’s participation in supporting the government’s policy. In 2014
the fines have been imposed in 4 locations, namely Alun-alun (City
Square), Kepatihan, Dalem Kaum, and Merdeka.

Although the material of Bylaw is considered to be quite good by some

parties, both the government and organizations of street vendors, the
implementation has still had some weaknesses, among other things:

1. The policy on the arrangement of street vendors only involves street

vendors in the aspect of formulation of the policy general. Meanwhile, in
the technical aspect, it tends to be top down, involving only the
government and academicians. As a result, some materials of Bylaw
cannot be accepted by street vendors. For example, the determination of
red zones was conducted not through negotiation between street
vendors and the government. As a consequence, street vendors feel that
the determination of red zones is the effort of the government to eradicate
street vendors and it does not consider the political, economic, and
historical aspects of the region.
2. Incompatibility between the place for relocation and characteristics of
street vendors. The policy on the Arrangement of Street Vendors which
determines 283 points of red zones and imposes certain hours of
operation in 217 points of yellow zones has made street vendors almost
have no places in public space. However, on the other hand the
government has the problems in providing places for relocation. Even if
the government provides places for relocation, street vendors cannot
easily accept them. It is because the places for relocation are considered
not accessible to visitors, less strategic, and not appropriate to
characteristics of wares they sold and lack of sufficient facilities.
3. The unpreparedness of the apparatus in implementing the policy on the
arrangement of street vendors. One of the provisions contained in the

820 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 policy on street vendors is the responsibility of street vendors to control
street vendors in the red and yellow zones. In facts, the number of red
zones which is not equaled by the quantity and quality of both resources
and facilities owned by Civil Service Police Unit has made the activities
of eviction and control cannot be conducted routinely every day. In
addition, the implementation of the provision that imposing the fines to
purchasers cannot consistently be conducted because there are no
officers who routinely watch them and the mechanism of the fines has
not yet been clear. Meanwhile, the presence of the Special Task Force
which involves several technical institutions, such as boards and offices
and also regional apparatus (heads of districts and sub-districts) is not
equaled by effective coordination although tasks of each sector have
been formulated in Mayoral Regulation.
4. The paradigm of integrated handling of street vendors has not yet been
formulated in more technical development policies. The building of public
facilities, such as sports field, parks, shopping centers, and offices will
always be followed by the presence of street vendors. Characteristics of
street vendors that always follow the formal sector must be responded
by the government by preparing spaces for street vendors in every
construction of public places.
5. The programs of eviction, arrangement, and supervision have not been
wholly integrated. Activities of the arrangement of street vendors tend to
be understood as soft eviction. It is because there is no sustainable
program for street vendors who have been arranged, such as credit
facilitation, improvement of business skills, and promotion of the places
of relocation.
6. Variation in characteristics of street vendors. Differing reactions of street
vendors in responding to the government’s policy are caused by varying
characteristics of street vendors, viewed from both their locations and

821 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 wares they sell. For street vendors whose location of operation is near
shopping centers the policy of arrangement through the integration with
the shopping centers may become a beneficial solution for both street
vendors and the city government.However, for street vendors who are
far from shopping centers certainly finding new locations certainly
becomes a fairly complicated problem. Characteristics of wares sold by
the street vendors will also determine their attitudes towards the
relocation policy. In general, there are two characteristics of street
vendors, namely those selling wares that seek purchasers and those
selling wares sought by purchasers. The characteristic of the first type of
street vendors is to take advantage of the crowd; wherever there is a
crowd, they will sell their wares so that their relocation needs a more
serious attention. Meanwhile, street vendors selling wares sought by
purchasers, such as steel at Jalan Bogor Bandung and Jalan Jatayu
Bandung, or spare parts of motorized vehicles at Jalan Banceuy
Bandung can be relocated to any places provided the access to the
relocation places is sufficient. These characteristics of street vendors
may be more complex if they are related to the variety in the categories
of street vendors, such as independent street vendors, street vendors
who belong to the sellers that receive commission, and street vendors
who belong to dependent workers (Ramli, 1992) and “new generation”
street vendors who come from the middle class, have higher education,
and manage their business by using sufficient technologies and business
skills (Manepong and Walsh, 2013). It indicates that the policy on the
arrangement of street vendors cannot be made uniform, but it needs
adjustment to the characteristics of street vendors that will be arranged.
7. The presence of parties who have an interest in the presence of street
vendors in public places. The presence of street vendors in public places
has attracted a variety of practices offering protection compensated with

822 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 an amount of money for service fees. As a consequence, the activities of
relocation of street vendors have to face resistance not only from street
vendors but also groups that protect them.

H. CONCLUSION/IMPLICATION
The policy on the arrangement of street vendors is a breakthrough in
addressing the problem of street vendors. Through the policy of
arrangement, street vendors are not only evicted but also arranged and
supervised. However, the policy on the arrangement of street vendors has
not been able to be implemented optimally. It is because the process of
formulation of the policy has not wholly involved street vendors, particularly
relating to sensitive materials such as the determination of red zones. In
addition, the completion of relocation has not opened enough space for
communication and cooperation with street vendors. Besides that, the
policy on the arrangement of street vendors has not been supported by the
preparedness of apparatus that enforce the policy. At the macro level, the
arrangement policy has not been integrated with development planning so
that the activities of construction of public places have not yet spared space
for street vendors.

I. RECOMMENDATION
1. The policy on the arrangement of street vendors needs to involve active
participation of street vendors as the target group in order that they can
feel that they are also responsible for the implementation of the policy.
2. Selection of places for relocation of street vendors needs to be adjusted
to variation in their characteristics, viewed from wares they sell and
capital they have.

823 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

3. The activities of relocation need to be followed by credit facilitation,
improvement of skills, and assistance in the promotion. The activities of
promotion are important to make places of relocation of street vendors
crowded with people.

REFERENCES
Dunn, William N. 1999. Analisis Kebijakan Publik. Yogjakarta: Gadjah Mada
University Press.
Dye, Thomas R.1995. Understanding Public Policy. New Jersey: Prentice
Hall.
Edward III. 1980. Implementation Public Policy. Washington DC :
Congresional Quarter Press.
Grindle, Merilee S., (ed), 1980, Politics and Apolicy Implementation in the
Third World, New Jersey: Princetown University Press

Mustafa, Ali Achsan. 2008. Model Transformasi Sosial Sektor Informal

Sejarah, Teori dan Praksis Pedagang Kaki Lima. Malang:In-Trans
Publishing

Rachbini D.J & A. Hamid. 1994. Ekonomi Informal Perkotaan Gejala

Involusi Gelombang Kedua. Jakarta :LP3S

Ramli, Rusli, 1992, Sektor Informal Perkotaan : Pedagang Kaki Lima di

Jakarta. Ind-Hill Co, Jakarta

Sethuraman, S.V. 1974. Urbanization and Employment in Jakarta.

Geneva:ILO World Programme Research

Widodo, Tri. 2006. Peran Sektor Informal terhadap Perekonomian Daerah;

Pendekatan Delphi IQ dan Aplikasi. Jurnal Ekonomi dan Bisnis
Indonesia Volume 21 No. 3:254-267

824 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 THE LEADERSHIP OF THE KING OF YOGYAKARTA IN THE
GOVERNANCE PRACTICAL IMPLEMENTATION

Talitha Andwi Aswari ([email protected])

Muhammad Quranul Karim ([email protected])
Ifandi ([email protected])
Mansyur Djamal

Master of Government Affairs and Administration, Universitas

Muhammadiyah Yogyakarta
ABSTRACT
Yogyakarta is one of region which gave special title in the Unitary
State of the Republic of Indonesia. Therefore, Yogyakarta known as the
Special Region of Yogyakarta (Daerah Istimewa Yogyakarta). Yogyakarta
is led by a Governor who also a Monarchy King of Kasultanan
Ngayogyakarta Hadiningrat named Sri Sultan Hamengku Buwono X. Sri
Sultan Hamengku Buwono X officiated as a king since 1998, implies that
Yogyakarta is led by a king for almost 19 years. All matters related to
‘Special status’ of Yogyakarta, regulated in Law Number 13 of 2012 about
Privileges Special Region of Yogyakarta (DIY). Eventhough Governance of
Yogyakarta is running in the Monarchy system, but the fact shows that
Government of Yogyakarta Special Region got ‘A’ predicate for the level of
effectiveness of the budget’s utilization. Government of Special Region of
Yogyakarta had score 80-90, together with East Java Province (Provinsi
Jawa Timur) which got the highest point in 2015. Beside that, the
government of Special Region of Yogyakarta get ranked 7th out of 33
provinces about level of the performance of regional administration with
mark 2,7990 in 2014. Meanwhile in 2012, DIY also got the highest rank in
Governance Index, scored with 6,80, with a few assesment indicators such
as: participation, equality, accountability, transparency, efficiency, and
effectivity. The problem statement of this research is how the influence of
monarchy leadership in modern governance. So, this research will try to
explain and find out the effect of monarchy leadership to a modern
governance, and how is significant of those influences. This research will
use descriptive-qualitative method with reduction analysis and datas
interpretation in the end. The findings of this research show that there is no
relation between monarchy leadership (or leadership change in certain
periodicity) in democracy context with governance practical implementation
in the Special Region of Yogyakarta. The result of this research indicates
that actually Good Governance implementation not always needs periodic
changes in leadership, but it depends on the leadership from a birocrat

825 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

leader. Monarchy leader which is identical with high-handed goverment, no
participation, and others assesment indicators of Good Governance, is not
found in the leadership of the King of Kasultanan Ngayogyakarta
Hadiningrat.
Keywords: Governance, Good Governance, Yogyakarta, Democracy,
Monarkhi, Leadership

826 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

A. Backgorund
As the the times by, “Good Governance” present a concept and
agenda differently with the previous paradigm named “Good Government”.
Governance defines as a use of economic, politic, and administration
powers to manage state affairs in every levels (Krina, 2000). Another
definition said that Governance is a management mechanism off economic
and social resources which involving influences from state sector and non-
government sector within a collective effort (Ganie-Rochman, 2000). So
that, Good Governance not only implicates goverment sector and tend to
Goverment-centric, but also implicates non-government sectors.
“Good Governance” was start enter Indonesia after the monetary
crisis in the end of Soeharto’s regime. Because of that crisis, Indonesia
should make loans or receive helps from the donors. In fact, donor countries
decide that governance issue as the one aspect which is considered in the
provision of assistance, either in the form of loan or grant (Krina, 2000). This
condition makes Indonesia must be accept “Good Governance” in concept
or practice. If in the previous paradigm, public affairs are taken care by
Government (Good Government), but now public affairs are include in the
responsibility of government, civil society, and private sector.
There are many principles of Good Governance that pioneered by
UNDP, World Bank, ADB, and so forth. Indonesia also adopt those
principles in the Government Regulation Number 101 Year of 2000 which
stated that Good Governance is a governance which develop and conduct
principles such as: professionality, accountability, transparency, excellent
service, democracy, efficiency, effectivity, supremacy of law, and could be
accepted in entire of society. According to the explanation above, noted that
Good Governance have many kind of principles.
There is an assessment of local government performance by using
Good Governance principles called by Indonesia Governance Index (IGI).
This assessment are analyze four important in the governance, i.e
government (legislative and executive), bureaucracy, civil society, and

827 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

economic society in obyective ways (IGI, 2014). Furthermore, it can be said
that the principles of Good Governance are adopted and used to assess the
performance of local government in Indonesia.

The assessment of local government performance generate scores for (1)

profile of every provinces governance performance, (2) rank whole
provinces, (3) provinces rank based on areas of governance, and (4) all
datas relate with Good Governance issues (IGI, 2014). In 2012-2013, IGI
was release the rank of the whole provinces in Indonesia. There is an
interesting point from the rank, because the first place given to Special
Region of Yogyakarta (DIY). Special Region of Yogyakarta got the highest
rank in Governance Index, scored with 6,80, with a few assesment
indicators such as: participation, equality, accountability, transparency,
efficiency, and effectivity.
Beside that, Government of Special Region of Yogyakarta got ‘A’
predicate for the level of effectiveness of the budget’s utilization.
Government of Special Region of Yogyakarta had score 80-90, together
with East Java Province (Provinsi Jawa Timur) which got the highest point
in 2015 (Tribunnews, 2017). Other achievement, Special Region of
Yogyakarta (DIY) 7th rank out of 33 provinces about level of the
performance of regional administration with mark 2,7990 in 2014
(Kemendagri, 2015).
Whereas, as people know that Special Region of Yogyakarta (DIY)
is the one and only province in Indonesia which is live under the monarchy
leadership. There is no election for Governor in DIY, but through the royal
mechanism of Kasultanan Ngayogyakarta Hadiningrat. Based on that fact,
DIY do not implement procedural democracy, and there is no periodically
change of leadership like other provinces in Indonesia.
Eventhough led by monarchy leadership, DIY capables to get
performance achievements that relevant with Good Governance. This fact
become interesting to be studied. This paper will discuss and explain about

828 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

presence or absence of monarchy leadership influence the implementation
of Good Governance in DIY.

B. STATEMENT OF PROBLEM
Authors try to reveals the problems that related with the background of this
research. Authors was restricted the topic from the background of this
research, and decided the problem statement of this research is “how the
influence of monarchy leadership in modern governance”.

C. CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK
1. The Concept Of Good Governance
There are several kinds of definition and understanding of the
concept of Good Governance. According of UNDP, Good Governance is a
relationship which able to fill and build one another among the three parties
namely the community, State, and private (Suhady, 2009). This definition
places emphasis on the three pillars of relationship patterns in Good
Governance, namely the State, society, and the private sector.
While the World Bank explained that Good Governance can be
realized with the implementation of the rule of construction that is full
of confidence and responsibility are in tune with the public wants; conduct
preventive action against management and error game
politics/administration; budgetary discipline; and create the rules in the field
of politics/law for the growth of the business world (Suhady, 2009). World
Bank confirms that a Good Governence is a national accordance with the
will of the people, where the national run without
any political intervention "dirty" but follow the rules of the political/legal.
Beside that, according of Government
Regulation Number 10 2000 which defines Good
Governance as a national implementing and developing the principles of
professionalism, transparency, excellent service, accountability, efficiency,
effectiveness, democracy, the rule of law, and is accepted by the whole

829 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

community (Suhady, 2009). The definition of Good Governance is
here more detail to the elements that would later become the principle in
the implementation of Good Governance.

2. Democracy
Dahl in Basuki et al (2006) in Gustati et al (2009), that democracy
was an incubator of Good Governance, because if implemented will impact
positively, such as avoiding dictatorship, respect of human rights, the
existence of a guarantee against freedom, protection wide opportunity
(competition), moral responsibility, human development, there is a political
equation, peace efforts and embodies the prosperity of society.
Indonesia is a democracy country, as set forth in the Constitution
article 1 paragraph 2, that Indonesia is a country that upholds the people’s
sovereignty (Pigome, 2011). Then procedurally, democracy meant having
the direct election by the people (elections) to choose candidates who will
become the head of the Region and members of the legislature in every
level of governance ranging fr4om districts, provinces, to nationwide.

D. OPERATIONAL FRAMEWORK
1. The Principles Of Good Governance
There are some principles of Good Governance that developed in
the fields of politics, the Government or the State
administration. However, that is used as a conceptual framework in this
paper is the principle of Good Governance according to the
United Nation Development Program (UNDP). Where is the 8 principles
of Good Governance proposed by the UNDP (Bamiyor, 2009), those
principles are:
1. Participation
2. Transparency
3. Accountability
4. Effectiveness and efficiency

830 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 5. Legal certainty
6. Corporate responsibility
7. Consensus
8. Equality
The above principles are then used as a guide the implementation of the
Government to meet its objectives, namely creating Good Governance.

2. The Principle Of Good Governance

Bintoro in Suhandry (2009) explains that based on the spirit of
accommodation and the concept of good Governance then there is some
basis in the implementation of Good Governance principles, included:
1. The principle of legal certainty
2. The principle of orderly conduct of the State
3. The principle of public interest
4. The principle of openness
5. The principle of proportionality
6. The principle of professionalism
7. The principle of accountability

E. RESEARCH METHODS
This research will use secondary datas as the data source. The
authors will accesses secondary data from internet or probably from another
source. Because the research uses secondary basic datas, so this research
will elaborate many datas from literatures, news, journal, articles, and so
forth that related with the title of this research proposal.
After find the datas, then authors will analyze the datas and give
explanation uses descriptive-qualitative method. Through descriptive-
qualitative analyzis, authors will explains the answer of the research
question and the goals of this research. Authors hope, with this method,
people can understand the important of this research and the facts that

831 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

related with The Leadership of The King of Yogyakarta in the Governance
Practical Implementation.

F. RESULT AND DISCUSSION

The change of autocracy system become democracy in Special
Region of Yogyakarta (DIY) started since the establishment of National
Committee of Indonesia Region (KNID) legally in September 1945, where
KNID claimed as an embrio for the born of representative democracy (Tolo,
2013). After that, DIY which use royal or kingdom order tends to monarchy,
started to conduct democracy values or stated as an effort to
democratization.
The democratization in DIY was pioneered by Sri Sultan Hamengku
Buwono (HB) IX and Sri Paku Alam VIII who introduced western democracy
to the society in DIY (Tolo, 2013). The democratization of DIY not solely
adopt western democracy. But, DIY modificate it and synchronize it with
javanese political culture. So it will be suitable with society needs. The
recent democracy in DIY is a combination democracy or fusion democracy
between western democracy with javanese political culture (Tolo, 2013). It
is implies that democracy of DIY is different with general democracy which
is implemented or conducted in other regions in Indonesia.
In fact, DIY do not execute procedural democracy, where the election
for governor never execute in DIY. The change of leadership in DIY not
based on democracy system, but based on autocracy culture or monarchy
system, specifically the way to change leadership of DIY by generation to
generation. The change of DIY leadership can be happened if there is a
change of king in DIY, it means the change of Sultan position.
First inaugurated of Sri Sultan HB X as a governor of Special Region
of Yogyakarta (DIY) in the year of 1998 (Ratnawati, 2011). Sri Sultan HB X
has been in the position of governor approximately for nineteen years. Sri
Sultan HB X status as the governor of DIY for long period caused by the
position of DIY as a special region (Ratnawati, 2011). As what the stated in

832 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Constitution 1945 clause 18a, democracy applies egalitary and simetricaly
in entire region. But in the next clause, there is a space for a region to have
democracy which is suitable with its history and pedigree (Okezone news,
2016). So, DIY have a rights to arrange its democracy based on the history
and pedigree of Kasultanan Ngayogyakarta Hadiningrat.
There is a polemic when the draft of Special Act of DIY (RUUK) was
discussed, because there is different opinion between President Susilo
Bambang Yudhoyono (SBY) and Sri Sultan HB X about democracy status
“versus” monarchy status, with double leadership of Sri Sultan HB X as a
king and as a governor of DIY. But then, the tenure of Sri Sultan as governor
has been extended (Ratnawati, 2011). It implies that DIY embraces
monarchy leadership because the DIY society do not have a chance to
choose their governor through election, but just follow the kingdom
mechanism from Kasultanan Ngayogyakarta Hadiningrat.
Those analysis above aligned with which was put forward by Boix
and Svolik (2007) in Tolo (2013), that theoritically, DIY is a region which
have form of electoral autocracy. In different perspective, Harsono (2011)
in Tolo (2013) explains that DIY also can be categorized as a province
which have form of democratic monarchy.
According to the facts and analysis above, there are principles of
Good Governance which do not implemented perfectly by DIY under the
monarchy leadership, i.e participation and equality principles. Wherein the
society of DIY do not have political participation space to choose governor
through election. So the implementation of participation principles not yet
running. If from the equality principles, it is clear that there is no equality for
every occupants in DIY to propose or to be proposed and to choose or to
be choosen as the governor of DIY.
Equality principle also do not implemented well in DIY, if viewed form
the tradition and custom which do not uphoalding equality. It looks on the
payroll for “Abdi Dalem” which is very minimum and impressed inhuman.
“Abdi Dalem” who devoting theirself for the king and kingdom are not

833 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

considered to have equality with the king and the royal family. This condition
does not reflect the equality principle of Good Governance and
egalitarianism (Ratnawati, 2011). Factually, there are principles in Good
Governance which do not implemented by the monarchy leadership in DIY.
But, in 2012-2013 Special Region of Yogyakarta got the highest rank in
Governance Index, scored with 6,80, with a few assesment indicators such
as: participation, equality, accountability, transparency, efficiency, and
effectivity (IGI, 2014). The top five result of Good Governance index in year
of 2012-2013 can be seen below this:
Figure 1: Rank of IGI of 2012-2013
Rank Province Index
1 DIY 6,80
2 Jawa Timur 6,43
3 DKI Jakarta 6,37
4 Jambi 6,24
5 Bali 6,23
(processed from the source: IGI, 2014)

IGI select 6 principles which considered to assess the local government

performance, the principles are (IGI, 2014):
1. Participation: about the involvement of the stakeholders in the
decision-making processes within each arena and sub-arena
2. Fairness: tell about condition where policies and programs are
applied fairly to everyone without consideration that can discriminate
his/her status, ethnicity, religious affiliations, or sex.
3. Accountability: tell about condition where officials, institutions, and
organizations in each arena are held responsible for their action and
inaction.
4. Transparency: tell about condition where decisions made by officials
in state and civil institutions and private organizations in each arena
and sub-arena are open to the public to observe, scrutinize and
evaluate and where public information is available and accessible.

834 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 5. Efficiency: tell about condition where policies and programs
implemented have utilized the resources ( human, financial and time)
in an optimal manner.
6. Effectiveness: tell about where the objectives of policies and
programs (output) have been achieved in line with the intended
purpose (constitutional mandate communities that are intelligent,
prosperous, just and civilized become the key parameter).

Government of Yogyakarta Special Region got ‘A’ predicate for the

level of effectiveness of the budget’s utilization. Government of Special
Region of Yogyakarta had score 80-90, together with East Java Province
which got the highest point in 2015. Beside that, the government of Special
Region of Yogyakarta get ranked 7th out of 33 provinces about level of the
performance of regional administration with mark 2,7990 in 2014
(Kemendagri, 2015).
Moreover, DIY got achievement “Anugerah Pangripta Nusantara” as
a province with the best planning from the National Development Planning
Agency (BAPPENAS) in 2017 (Tribunnews, 2017). This fact become
evidence that DIY is a region in Indonesia which can run the government
well, since the planning stage until the result of the government
performance.
Based on the achievements and others accomplishments, DIY can
implement the practical of Good Governance well. DIY can implement Good
Governance principles eventough it led by the monarchy leadership. As it
analyze above, there is no significance impact of monarchy leadership by
the king into the Good Governance practical implementation. Although
there are some principles of Good Governance which do not implemented
by DIY, but that are not influence the implementation of another principles
of Good Governance such as accountability, efficiency, and so forth,
precisely that make Diy got the highest rank for the Governance Index in
Indonesia (IGI).

835 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Eventhough DIY do not implement western democracy but use
combination democracy with the javanese political culture, DIY still capable
to get achievement and show the good performance under the monarchy
leadership of Sri Sultan HB X. DIY could compete well with other regions in
Indonesia which implement democracy procedural and democracy without
involve the local wisdom like what DIY did.

G. CONCLUSION
The conlusion from the result and discussion is there is no
significance impact or influence of monarchy leadership by the king, into
the Good Governance practical implementation in DIY. Although there are
some principles of Good Governance which do not implemented by DIY
like equality and participation principles, but those are not influence the
implementation of another principles of Good Governance such as
accountability, efficiency, and so forth, precisely that make Diy got the
highest rank for the Governance Index in Indonesia (IGI).

REFERENCES
Tolo, Emilianus Yakub Sese. 2013. Dari Otokrasi ke Demokrasi: Menyibak
Sejarah dan
Survivalitas "Demokrasi Ala Daerah Istimewa Yogyakarta".
Humaniora Journal. Volume 25. Number 3. PP 270-280.
Ratnawati, Tri. 2011. Antara “Otonomi” Sultan dan “Kepatuhan” Pada Pusat
di Era
Reformasi: Studi Kasus Daerah Istimewa Yogyakarta (DIY).
Governance Journal. Volume 2. Number 1. PP 42-68.
Suhady, Idup. 2009. Kepemerintahan Yang Baik: Modul Pendidikan dan
Pelatihan
Prajabatan Gol. I dan II. Lembaga Administrasi Negara RI.
Gustati dan Ferdawati. 2009. Sinergitas Good Governance, Dernokrasi,
dan Reinventing

836 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Governrnent dalarn Mensejahterakan Masyarakat. Akuntansi dan
Manajemen Journal. Volume 4. Number 1. PP 85-94.
Pigome, Martha. 2011. Implementasi Prinsip Demokrasi dan Nomokrasi
dalam Struktur
Ketatanegaraan RI Pasca Amandemen UUD 1945. Dinamika
Hukum Journal. Volume 11. Number 2. PP 335-348.
Government Regulation Number 101 Year of 2000
Website of Indonesia Governance Index. 2014. On:
http://www.kemitraan.or.id/IGI/index.
Website of Domestic Ministry of Indonesia (Kemendagri). 2015. On:
http://www.kemendagri.go.id/
Okezone News. 2016. Penetapan Gubernur dan Wakil Gubernur Sudah
Demokratis.
Accesed on:
http://news.okezone.com/read/2016/06/03/510/1405295/penetapan
-gubernur-dan-wakil-gubernur-diy-sudah-demokratis
Tribun news. 2017. DIY Ditetapkan Sebagai Provinsi dengan Perencanaan
Terbaik se-
Indonesia. accesed on: http://jogja.tribunnews.com/2017/04/26/diy-
ditetapkan-sebagai-provinsi-dengan-perencanaan-terbaik-se-
indonesia

837 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 DIGITAL DEMOCRACY: PHENOMENOLOGY STUDY OF POLITICAL
COMMUNICATION IN INDONESIA

Vivi Varlina
Postgraduate Student in Communication Science Department, University
of Indonesia
and
Ummi Salamah
Lecturer in Communication Science Department, University of Indonesia

ABSTRACT
Currently in Indonesia and around the world there has been a
phenomenon of network society that are connected by digital
technology or its so called digital culture. Social media as one of
the digital culture products has a significant role, including in the
field of politics. In the name of democratic freedoms, social media
has become a public sphere to discuss, express opinions, and
disseminate unclear information. This phenomenon is called e-
democracy or digital democracy.
A paradoxical condition in digital democracy in the era of politics of
social media is a critical and productive attitude in the processing
of information resources. According to the National Socio
Economic Survey Data publicated by BPS in 2016, the reading
culture of Indonesian society is very low at only 13.11%. This fact
poses a threat to the nation in developing a process culture,
analyzing, and seeking reference to the information circulating in
the digital space. Issues are uploaded sometimes difficult to be
tracked causality and its rationality.
The purpose of this research is to identify how the network society
represents social media as a public sphere in democracy, and
emphasized the importance of the government's role in overseeing
and controlling the fight issues in digital democracy. This research
uses qualitative method with phenomenology approach, which
focuses on individual experiences in understanding digital
democracy. Data collection techniques were conducted through in-
depth interviews to ten speakers with various backgrounds. The
result shows that today Indonesia has experienced period of
shifting democratic culture from face-to-face becomes virtual. This
shift gives rise to complex shocks, where the euphoria of freedom
of speech in social media negates the philosophy of the meaning
of democracy itself. From this research can be concluded that the
democracy carried out by netizen is an arena of identity formation
that gradually merges into group identity. An issue democracy is
defined as 'true' if it has a level of interconnectedness/high network
with other netizen. The Government of Indonesia needs to develop

838 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 digital breakthroughs that reinforce the nation's democratic identity
in the next few years.
Keywords: Digital democracy, social media, network society,
identity formation, digital breakthroughs

A. INTRODUCTION
Lately, there are so many discussions about democracy and social
media discussed in Indonesia. It seemed that these kinds of discussions
have been an oasis for the observers to criticize the current situation
occurred in this digital era, namely, the euphoria of freedom of expression.
The virtual world (through social media) has become a new public sphere
for the people to hold discussion, deliberation, and political struggles. The
public was now getting use to the digital means not only as a means to seek
information from the internet, but also to express their opinions. As a result,
there were various unexpected behaviors emerged such as hoaxes, hate
speech, hyperreality of politic that have dulled the logic of the information
user and transformed the reality of digital democracy into a paradox.
Social media is touted as the catalyst for democracy. It was deemed
to provide the place for the public to hold a public discussion and more
inclusive political debate. Social media was also considered to have the
power to make one knowing the preference of their political opponents,
lowering the cost of political campaigns, and even play a significant role in
influencing the government policy. Social media offers the ease and speed
in spreading, communicating, responding, making comparisons of various
information.
A thinker named Jurgen Habermashas developed the concept of
public sphere in one of his works entitled "Between Facts and Norms:
Contributions to a Discourse Theory of Law and Democracy". Habermas
(1996: 360-363) recognizes the plurality of public sphere that reflects the
empirical conditions of complex modern society. Public sphere could not be

839 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

considered as an institution or an organization. Public sphere was described
as a network that communicates information used to legitimize a person's
or a group's view. In this regard, a community could form its own public
sphere.
However, the term of public sphere was first appeared in Habermas's
previous book "The Structural Transformation of the Public Sphere".
According to Habermas (1989: 36-37) public sphere is a kind of social
interaction in which instead of their status, it is the argument/ rationality that
decided people rank in the community. The thing that brought people
together in the public sphere was their similar way of thinking without any
particular interest. The justification of arguments that arose in the public
sphere must be based on the public interest and not particular interests. In
the public sphere anyone was free to enter and express their voice without
worrying about any coercive pressure that might lead to a pragmatic
agreement.
Almost every discourse about public sphere always refers to
Habermas'writing since the perspective he presented extended to a wide
variety of dimensions. Nowadays, there has been lot researches conducted
on social media as a public sphere in democracy. But the interesting thing
was that many of those researches referred to Habermas' theory and
claimed that social media was a new public sphere where communication
and interaction hold within the public sphere reflect public communication
and interaction hold in the real world. The presence of freedom of
expression as a part of democracy in the digital era has made public thought
as if they have taken actions and political communication in the real world.
Is there anything wrong with the freedom of expression or democracy
in social media? Digital democracy is a paradox. On the one hand digital
democracy has made the political process become more open with more
active political participation and also minimize the monopoly of information.
Before, political participation was characterized by the physical presence of
those parties who participated in it, while, in digital democracy era various

840 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

aspirations can be formulated together without being physically present. On
the other hand, digital democracy has weaken the people reasoning skill,
critical attitude, and the productivity of this nation in analyzing an
information. In the euphoria of this digital era, people were spoiled with the
amount of information that were easily obtained, without realizing that there
were data and information that have been manipulated and its
dissemination were controlled by certain groups. This phenomenon was
characterized by some things such as "followers-haters-lovers", verbal
abuse, the spread of false news (hoax), to the rampant growth of
information links that contain hateful word to overthrow various government
policies. Furthermore, the public could become further away from thinking
in mature way when there was a debate or when they met people with
conflicting political beliefs. There was no democratic ethics present in the
public sphere. It was so common to see those in public space bullied, used
cynical and sneering tone and even laughed at their political opponents.
Public sphere embodied in social media gradually lower people
intellect. Difference opinions that should be a common things in political a
discussion has become the cause of conflict. The lack of dominance from
the government, it will strengthen the dominance of other parties, interests,
or even people who were paid to simply disseminate and impose their
opinion to their political opponent. From this point, the role of social media
that was touted as the new public sphere was being questioned. The social
media was still too vague to reflect the ideal public sphere, as suggested by
Habermas. Luke Goodecriticizes digital public sphere in one of his work
"Jurgen Habermas: Democracy and The Public Sphere". According to Luke
(2005: 118-119) the public sphere in the digital world creates many
contradictions and complexities, such as self-reflexivity, anonymity, and
economic interests. Therefore, in-depth study of digital public sphere which
taking into account ethical and moral elements should be conducted.
President of the Republic of Indonesia, Joko Widodo gave his
comment on the phenomenon of democracy in Indonesia in his speech at

841 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

the inauguration ceremony of the Central Board of Partai Hati Nurani Rakyat
in Bogor February 22nd 2017. The President considered the practice of
democracy in Indonesia has got out of hand. This condition could lead to
the extreme political articulation such as liberalism, radicalism,
fundamentalism, sectarianism, terrorism, and other beliefs that conflict with
the ideology of Pancasila to appear. According to the President, in order to
overcome this problem then the law enforcement apparatus should force
the law firmly (Kompas, February 23rd 2017: 2). If this issued was not
addressed immediately, the phenomenon of digital democracy could cause
a decline in the quality of democracy or become the death democracy in
Indonesia.
The important point of this research is the freedom of expression
which was the essential element in democracy, including the freedom to
gain access to information. Democracy guarantees the public to get better
information access. The information which was disseminated via the digital
device had wider coverage and faster than information disseminated via
printed media. Democracy also could not be separated from the practice of
communication. According to Alwi Dahlan (1999: 4), communication is the
essential element of democracy; the whole process of democracy takes
place with communication.
From the perspective of communication science, the presence of
social media is the concrete realization of the advancement of information
and communication technology. According to Dahlan,the new media is
increasingly applied in the democratic process in Asia, although it does not
always work well and sometimes even does not help the growth of
democracy itself. Social media has been able to facilitate real time and
unlimited communication. Lister (2009: 12) states that new media provides
a new way in presenting the world, as well as the use of media that offers
the possibility of various new representations. New media, eventually,
influences fundamental changes in various aspects of life of the network
society, whether in social, economic, cultural, or political fields. In the

842 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

political field, social media is translated as a public sphere to represent the
new way of democratizing.

B. RESEARCH OBJECTIVE
Based on the observed phenomenon, the problem to be studied in this
research is how social media represents the new public sphere in
democracy, and how the role of government to address the challenge of
democracy amid the massive development of information and
communication technology. Therefore the purpose of this study are:
1. To identify how network society represent social media as a public
sphere in democracy.
2. To identify the importance of the government's role in monitoring and
controlling the fight issue in digital democracy.

C. SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

1. Theoretical Significance
This research is expected to give theoretical contribution in the form of the
development idea and concepts about communication science especially
study of new media, public sphere, and democracy.

2. Practical Significance
This research is expected to give contribution to the government in
developing the policies and rules needed which are related to the impact of
the development of democracy in the digital era.

3. Social Significance

843 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

This research is expected to provide new insights for the reader to think
critically, and relying on intellectuality and ethics in using social media as a
democratic public sphere.

D. THEORETICAL FRAMEWORK
The etymology for democracy is derived from two Greek words,
demos which means “the common people” and kratos which means “rule”.
Thus, democracy is interpreted as the rule of people or a form of
government run by the people. According to Henry B. Mayo cited in Miriam
Budiardjo (2008: 117-118), democracy is not only related to certain
system of government, but also the way of life and the public order, which
therefore also contains elements of moral/ ethics in democracy.
Therefore, Mayo explains some of the values that should exist in a
democratic country:
1. Resolve disputes peacefully and institutionally. Disputes must be
resolved through open negotiations and dialogue in order to achieve
compromise, consensus, or agreement.
2. Ensure that there is peaceful change in the changing society, for
example, due to technological advances. The government should be
able to adjust its policies to this change and maintain it so that it will
not be out of hand.
3. Organize the replacement of leader regularly.
4. Limit the use of violence to a minimum.
5. Acknowledge the difference in opinions, interests, and behavior. In
this case, democracy is called as the way of life. However, this
difference needs to be maintained so as not go out of hand, because
unity and integrity of the nation is the main priority.
6. Uphold the justice.
In practical level, democracy requires the freedom of press and
freedom of speech. These functions involve the processes and actions of
political communication. McNair (2005: 5-13) states that the study of

844 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

political communication has three elements namely political organization
(consisting of political parties, public organizations, pressure groups,
terrorists, and government), the media, and public. According to McNair, the
media occupies a strategic position in the study of political communication.
Media is the communication instrument whose power can construct
information and influence the dynamics of politics.
There was a significant difference between old/traditional media and
the new media. If traditional media led to the emergence of mass society,
then new media (including social media) led to the emergence of network
society. This concept is clarified by Van Dijk (2006: 20) who compares the
characteristics of mass society and network society. According to Van Dijk,
mass society tends to prioritize the collectivity of the groups or
organizations, whereas the network society focused on the individuality that
is connected through network. Dijk declares the network society as "a social
formation with an infrastructure of social and media networks enabling its
prime mode of organization". The power in network society is
communication. Thus, it could be emphasized that in today's network
society interactivity and relationship are very important for information
processing.
In addition to create network society and the development of
information society, new media also create digital democracy, or internet
based democracy. Van Dijk (2006: 104) defines digital democracy as "an
attempt to practice democracy without the limits of time, space, other
physical conditions, using digital means, as an addition, not a replacement
for traditional ‘analogue’ political practices".

E. DEVELOPING DYNAMIC GOVERNANCE CONCEPT

In the study of political communication, the role of the government
could not be separated from the development of democracy in this digital
era. Indonesian democracy was built based on the ideology of Pancasila.
According to Article 28 of the 1945 Constitution, it stated that freedom of

845 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

opinion was guaranteed by the state but its use must respect the other
people human rights, consider public order, and subject to the restrictions
set by law.
Therefore in this research, the author developed Dynamic
Governance concept as a strategic step in dealing with digital democracy.
Given the rapid development of the information technology, the author
thought that Dynamic Governance concept would be appropriated to be
applied for the current situation. Adaptive capabilities, innovation, and
speed must be applied by the government if they did not want to be left
behind. Moreover, the phenomenon of networking digital democracy has
negated the essence the democracy itself.
In a book entitled "Merekonstruksi Indonesia: Sebuah Perjalanan
Menuju Dynamic Governance" (2015: 32-35) it is explained that Dynamic
Governance is not a separate concept of Good Governance. The idea of
Dynamic Governance was popularized by a government expert from
Singapore, Neo Boon Siong. Nowadays, Dynamic Governance model is
known as an innovative work in solving various problems of the nation.
Dynamic Governance concept applied by emphasizing two
important components namely capability and culture. These two
components would drive the human resources and the process toward
adaptive policy change as aspired in Dynamic Governance. Capability
component considered the country's situation and condition in multiple
perspectives. This step would stimulate the dynamics in governance by
adapting to the current situation. In the capability component there are
three mindsets applied for each new policy that is deemed to be relevant
and effective:
1. Thinking ahead, is the ability to forecast the future conditions that
may affect the condition in the country;
2. Thinking again, is the ability and openness reflection in assessing
and evaluating the existing policies to maximize the achievement of
objectives;

846 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 3. Thinking across, is the ability and openness to insight in learning the
experiences, ideas, and concepts of other actors and other
countries.

While other components, i.e., culture is presented as the

foundation in the Dynamic Governance process. Culture brings a set of
values, beliefs, and principles as guidance in social life. Culture can be a
catalyst for decision-making and policy formulation process.

Figure 1. Framework of Dynamic Governance

Dynamic Governance concept reflects the relationship between

government and society which is based on values that are mutually agreed.
Dynamic Governance concept would create adaptive, innovative, and
responsive policies based on the capabilities and culture to address the
challenges in this digital democracy era.

847 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

F. RESEARCH METHOD
This research uses qualitative method with phenomenology
approach. The idea of qualitative research was chosen as researcher’s
attempt to criticize a social phenomenon. While the phenomenology
approach was used so that this research could get a broad perspective
from various stakeholders. Data collection techniques were conducted
through in-depth interviews to ten speakers with various backgrounds
whom considered to have represented the opinions of the society.
Selection of sources who have different backgrounds was also expected
to enrich the research findings. Besides, this research also involves
resource persons from government officials because its role is considered
significant enough in overseeing the development of democracy and
social media.
The data analysis and interpretation was carried out throughout the
data collection by focusing on the important statements and
generalizations of meaning. Moustakas cited in Creswell (2009: 275) calls
it as essence of description. The 10 speakers in this research were:
1. Johan Budi, Special Staff of President Joko Widodo for
Communication
2. Gun Gun Heryanto, Executive Director of The Political Literacy
Institute (Policy)
3. Irwansyah, Lecturer in FISIP at University of Indonesia
4. Effy Rusfian, Lecturer in Political Communication, University of
Indonesia
5. Agus Kustiwa, Lecturer in Faculty of Communication Sciences at
Multimedia Nusantara University
6. Ezki Tri Rezeki Widianti, Communication Expert Staff at the
Coordinating Ministry for Maritime Affairs
7. Roby Muhammad, Sociologist of Indonesia
8. Farida Dewi Maharani, Chief of Information officer, Directorate of
Information Processing and Provision, Directorate General of

848 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Information and Public Communication, Ministry of
Communication and Information Technology
9. Anis Hamidati, PhD student of Communication and Information
Sciences at the University of Hawaii at Manoa, Honolulu United
States.
10. Stiven, Undergraduate Student of Communications at Binus
University.

G. DISCUSSION AND IMPLICATIONS

In Indonesia, democracy through social media is sometimes used
as a space for discussion or social solidarity. However social media is also
often used as a space to express one's political views, which increasingly
leads to excessive fanaticism. Here is a table of interesting findings from
this research:

1. Networking Society: Social Media as Public Sphere

In its development, social media as a democratic public spherehas
received serious attention. All informants in this research acknowledged
that social media was considered to play a role in the climate of political
communication in Indonesia. Gun Gun Heryanto termed democracy in the
digital era as cyber democracy in which the society opinions were gathered
and then facilitated by technology, such as through online media. Cyber
democracy also means the society have the right and freedom of
expression, freedom from fear, and the right to have legal protection. The
freedom of expression in cyber democracy allows the society to hold
discussions in online media which was then called as a public sphere.

849 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Interesting Findings Interview Results With informants

Social Media in All informants admitted that social media play a role in the
the Democratization Process process of democratization in Indonesia

Although informants claimed social media play a role in the

process of democratization, but social media considered not
ideal enough to be identified as a public sphere that
represents the essence of democracy, some opinions include:

1. Gun Gun Heryanto: online discussion is artificial and often

not followed up in formal scope public policy aspects.

Social Media as a Public Sphere 2. Irwansyah: discussion in social media is not purely intended
that Represents the Essence of for the development of a nation's democracy, there are
Democracy. economic motives that are used by certain parties.

3. Agus Kustiwa: social media sometimes distorted not as a

discussion space, but only used as a virtual means only
(channel communication through technology) that does not
require rational arguments that support democracy.

4. Effy Rusfian: discussion in social media is difficult to detect

who is spreading an information (anonymous), so it is difficult
to trace the truth.

Cultural approach becomes the strong foundation in

Cultural Approach
maintaining the essence of democracy in social media.

The Role of Government in the All informants considered the government to have an
Era of Digital Democracy important role in monitoring and controlling the issue in the era

850 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 of digital democracy, both in terms of infrastructure
development and media literacy education to the community.

According to Gun Gun, social media is multi-access, where the

people/users with cross-ideology and cross-stratum can talk about politics
almost without any border. Public sphere in social media also deconstructs
the paradigm that politics was elitist. Through social media, the issues that
previously were at the elite level or in the mainstream media, come into the
space of social media and were discussed by people who might never learn
politics at all. In addition, the abundant information served in social media
has facilitated the mileneal generation which rarely reading any newspapers
or watching television, to receive political news from the social media. Many
people search for information by typing the key words such as election or
debate due to their curiosity in social media.
Another climate of political communication which was built into social
media as a public sphere was the growth of political of volunteering. Political
of volunteering was mainly triggered by the interconnectedness without
being directly connected to each other as in the analog world. For instance,
people will be easily persuaded to buy mugs or T-shirts via online solely to
provide support to the candidates they supported. Political of volunteering
could also be manifested in statements of support made in social media,
which used to be delivered through physical organization. Moreover,
discussions conducted in social media could also present various form of
critical expression from society such as petitions or other moral support.
Meanwhile, according to Roby Muhamad, social media phenomenon
in the process of democratization has become a global trend where freedom
of expression is also part of it. Various technologies are created to
encourage the trend that assumes freedom is the basic needs and wants of
human beings. Social media is one of manifestations of this view. Thus, the

851 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

main ideologies of social media technology are freedom and openness. And
now, this ideology is called democracy.
Social media is recognized as a public sphere in the process of
democratization in Indonesia, but social media is not yet ideal to be
identified as a public sphere that represents the essence of democracy. Gun
Gun assesses; First, online discussion is artificial; Second, online
discussions are often not followed up in formal scope. Some issues
sometimes end in virtual world and there is no follow up in public policy
aspects; and third, the matter discussed in online media is often turned into
“bubble” (nothing) compared to efforts supported by more systematic and
massive political movement.
Another view in terms of political communication in social media is
said by Irwansyah. According to him, social media as a public sphere will
bring political economy in cyberspace. "The more we talk about democracy
in cyberspace, the more advantages achieved by the corporation. There are
many data that can they learn, which can serve as intelligence or to achieve
large economic benefits,"explained Irwansyah.
Meanwhile, according to Agus Kustiwa, social media as a public
sphere is still uncertainty to be identified, whether it has developed as a
“public sphere” or only limited to “public space”. Agus Kustiwa tries to review
this matter based on the current trends. According to Agus, social media
facilitated by the internet is not always serve as public sphere as initiated
by Habermas. At one time social media could be used as a means of
discussion, political debate, exchange of ideas, or even as a means to build
discourse or ideas. However, there were also times when social media was
used solely as a virtual means, which was depending on its user. For
example, when one published an information in response to the reality one
has faced, it did not necessarily lead to a critical debate like in public sphere
concept. It was only part of one’s interaction or communication which
expressed through technological means. In this context social media served

852 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

as public space (virtual space) that facilitated the public to interact and
rational argumentation that support democracy was not needed.
On the other hand, when social media was linked as a public sphere,
there were some issued arising. It was because the information and
freedom of expression presented in social media did not always make ones
became more critical and had an open mind to accept differences opinion
and interpretation. The information circulated in society sometimes was
difficult to be distinguished whether it was true or false. Instead of being
used to broaden one horizons and dialectics, social media often used as a
means to affirm that oneself beliefs was right and assumed that other
conflicting information or beliefs were not true. People became more
irrational, impulsive, and put aside the culture of mutual respect as aspired
in Pancasila Democracy.
The implications of social media as a public sphere are emphasized
by Effy Rusfian. According to her, in the digital democracy era it will be
difficult to detect who has disseminated an information. It could be robots or
even buzzers who were paid for certain interest, such as political or
economic interest. There was a gap between the media literacy that was
still immature among social media users with the euphoria of openness in
social media. This gap was exploited by buzzers using social media account
with ambiguity in identity. They created a strong impression that could
convince many people that the information had been liked by thousands to
millions of people. At this point, it was no longer the quality of information
which made the information trustworthy/ true, but how much likes received
and how many people have shared the information. The objective was that
the information could stir the emotions of other social media users and
made them believed that the information was true. People were beginning
to capitalize on cyberspace communication which was far from public
civilization.
The presence of democratization in social media is also increasingly
shifting the values of democracy itself. The difference that should enrich the

853 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

life of the nation has now led to primordialist sentiments. Emotional bonds
that united tribes, races, religions, and groups (SARA) have created an
vanity of identity. When freedom of expression in social media was
contradictory or when there was different opinion, it would easily trigger a
conflict and mobilize masses of people in the name of SARA. The
openness in this digital democracy might be exploited by certain party to
undermine the idealism of democracy itself. Stiven considers this situation
as a constitutional violation because the openness in democratization is not
built solely as a place to lash out at others in the name of freedom of
expression. Under such conditions, social media that was touted as a new
public sphere in democracy was potentially distorted as a mere
communication channel.

2. The Government’s Role: Develop Culture and Capability

There was an assumption that new media would able to provide
much cheaper communication and publication facilities. Therefore, the
world community, including Indonesia, took part in the cyberspace
community and hoped for a better change. According to Johan Budi, social
media is now become the primary means of expressing opinions, from the
mere simple word to criticizing the opponent. Furthermore, in his
assessment the middle class is mainly concern about information circulating
in social media. For middle-class netizens, social media is interesting and
offers the power of suggestion to keep track and monitor the timeline of
each account. Given its significant impact on constructing and forming
public opinion, it is reasonable for Johan Budi to assume social media as
the fifth pillar of Indonesian Democracy. However, we needed to take heed
of some matters concerning social media. Compared with the fourth pillar
of democracy, the press, whose management was done professionally by
an institution, social media was completely the opposite. Every user in
social media could become the producer, distributor, as well as consumer
of the information circulated on the media. Everyone was free to express

854 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

their opinion.In this context, all informants consider the government to have
an important role in monitoring and controlling the issue in the era of digital
democracy.
Various forms of public expression were initially perceived as part of
the freedom of expression guaranteed by democracy. However, the
expressions were expressed without taking into account about the social
ethics, which then undermines the essence of democracy itself. In this
context the public must re-think what the culture being built on social media,
whether it strengthen or even weaken the social cohesion. Everyone should
be aware that they have the same rights, duties and responsibilities in this
country. There is no special treatment for someone which was built based
on primordialism. In the current condition where social cohesion was at the
bottom of the life of the people and of the nation, every citizen must give
positive energy to reinforce the social cohesiveness that has been
scattered.
In the last few months, the Government was very active in reinforcing
the social cohesion to all citizens. Not only the government institutions that
took the part in it, President Joko Widodo was also said to have invited the
religious leaders several times and urged them to voice the important of
harmonious in Indonesia. "There is no other country in the world which has
the diversity like in indonesia, including religious diversity. They admire us
because we can have a harmonious life despite being different. It's been 72
years and it never be a problem," said President Joko Widodo during a
meeting with more than a hundred interfaith leaders from across the country
and participants from the Association of Religious Harmony Forum of
Indonesia (AFKUBI) at the Bogor Palace, West Java, On May 23rd, 2017.
(quoted from presidenri.go.id)
Anis Hamidati recognizes the importance of culture in a well-
established democracy. According to Anis, the culture of the state also
influences how democracy develops. The practice of democracy in a
country did not necessarily the same as other countries. The culture of

855 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

democracy in one country may differ from others, depending on who the
leader is and the system applied. The presence of technology is very likely
to create a different democratic culture. So what needs to be done related
to democratic culture today? In essence, freedom of expression was
everyone’s right. The existing democratic culture would not threaten social
cohesiveness if the feelings of togetherness and brotherhood were deeply
rooted in every citizen's heart. The Indonesian national ties should be
comprehended as this country’s strength. How to? By restructuring the
importance of Pancasila values to the society in manner appropriate to the
current conditions.
Culture approach was actually the strong foundation when the
circulated information deemed to be 'beyond control' in social media. The
campaign to strengthen Pancasila as the national ideology was one of
approach used, such as by using the slogan "Saya Indonesia Saya
Pancasila" which became the theme during Pekan Pancasila in social
media to welcome Pancasila day on June 1st, 2017. Ezki Tri Rezeki agrees
if the Pancasila values should be taught to all generations. The campaigns
of Pancasila values could be done in such way such as through animation
and other interesting images/ picture that can increase emotional
intelligence in the midst of social relations and societies that tend to slack
off. In a recent poll conduct by Kompas on June 2nd, 2017 (p.5) it was said
that 86.4 percent of 530 respondents aged minimum 17 years old stated
their agreement in tolerating the differences, and 90.9 percent of
respondents believed that by strengthening the national ideology it would
strengthen Indonesia's national ties. This belief would certainly be an
important social capital to lead the nation's democratic journey.
In terms of government capability, according to Farida Dewi, the
Government currently has the tools to maintain stability in the digital space.
The Government has set the Electronic Information and Transactions Law
(ITE) No.19 year 2016 that governs transactions and democracy in the
digital space. This legal instrument functions as tools to guard the

856 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

democratic corridors in social media. Farida then adds that the law is not
set to limit the freedom of expression. The presence of the state in the digital
world is very necessary because the state has the right to monitor the
condition of its people. The riot or negative impact in the digital world would
affect the analog world. In addition to the ITE Law, there were also some
steps taken by the Ministry of Communication and Information Technology
in providing security in virtual world (cyber security), namely:
1. Issuing a personal data protection law as a legal instrumentto
protect the personal data of the user;
2. Issuing an information disclosure law as a legal instrument to
ensure the transparency of information;
3. Positive trust apps to protect user from pornographic content;
4. Blocking other sites which contain pornographic, provocative,
and SARA content;
5. Recruit technology and communication information volunteers
which was consisting of civil servants and also involving the
society to educate the public about how to use the Internet
CAKAP (Smart, Creative, and Productive) manner;
6. Encourage the creation of apps that can detect HOAX;
7. Cooperate with the Police and State Intelligence Agency (BIN) to
jointly monitor freedom of expression in the public sphere;
8. Recruit civil servant investigators for telecommunication;
9. Cooperate with universities or mass organizations to conduct
joint literacy actions;
10. Monitoring the social media in order to see the aspirations and
opinions of the society, especially related to the government
programs;
11. Conducting a "whitelist" program where all websites and bloggers
will be listed so that the public would be protected from negative
content.

857 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 12. Issue a circular letter for social media providers to help monitoring
the pornographic content.
13. The President of the Republic of Indonesia has establishes the
Indonesia's National Cyber and State Codes Board (BSSN) as a
non-ministerial government agency through Presidential
Regulation No. 53 year 2017 dated May 19th, 2017, to ensure the
implementation of government policies and programs in the field
of cybersecurity.
Within the framework of developing governance capabilities, there
are at least three key points that the government should consider in
controlling the issue circulated in digital democracy. First, the freedom of
expression in social media would bring up enormous sources of information.
Communities were fragmented into various interests, and at the same time
very active. The resulting effect was varied and even unpredictable. In these
circumstances it would be quite difficult to place social media in relation to
power where the content and information flows could be controlled.
Second, social media was an economic entity whose main motive was to
record digital activity of its users. The tape might be used by the provider of
social media applications for digital advertising, or mobilize the users of
social media into certain activity for certain interests. Third, the party who
held responsible for spreading false news or hate speech in the social
media was not only the users, but also the provider of social media
applications. Discussion or the information in social media has been
distorted by computer control through certain commands facilitated by the
provider of social media application. For example if there was many 'likes'
achieved, then the information would be considered as valid. Instead of a
critical discussion, the concept of 'truth' was closer to computer logic. The
benchmarks of validity claims were designed and even changed by those
with technical skills in this field.

H. RECOMMENDATION

858 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 By taking into account about the Dynamic Governance concept, the
Government of Indonesia needs several adaptive and innovative policies as
follows:
a. Thinking ahead; The government should be able to look ahead and
predict the challenges and impacts that may arise from the
development of the internet, especially the freedom of expression in
social media. Therefore the government should rush to develop
infrastructure that supports the development of national digital
media. This step is well-founded, taking into account the strategic
nature of the data collected in cyberspace for the economic, social,
political, and security life of the nation. It is time for the Government
of Indonesia to develop search engines and social media at the
national level. Taking into account about Big Data phenomenon that
is very massive and strategic, the government should have tried to
develop its own server to protect the data. The characteristic of a
good place for data storage is a region with cold natural conditions,
and in Indonesia we can find such place in Jayawijaya Mountains in
Papua. If the Government of Indonesia can build its own server then
the data of the state and citizens will be protected, and not easily
exploited by foreign countries or other nations’ corporations.
b. Thinking again; The government needs to look back at the policies
that have been implemented. For example, the government should
assess whether the policies on educational curriculum has been able
to develop character education that not only give emphasis on the
cognitive intelligence, but also emotional and spiritual intelligence of
the society. Character education is very important because it will lead
people to be able to think critically and analytically in receiving
information. In addition, the government needs to make a new policy
on curriculum of love homeland which prioritizes the ideology of
Pancasila at all levels of educational institutions with new
approaches. Why the new approach? Amid the rapid flow of

859 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 information with various ideologies circulates in cyberspace, those
values need to be inculcated into milineal generation who are
currently growing and not merely taught. They need a solid
foundation to support the national ties. They must be educated by
making them take part and involve them in the real practice. This
idea can be done by giving a practical assessment when students
are creative in what they are doing in maintaining diversity.
c. Thinking across; This mindset can be implemented when the
Government of Indonesia has started developing national search
engines and social media. The government can learn from China or
South Korea. China for example, although it is known for its strict
digitalisation policy but China is very consistent in establishing
healthy internet environment. China has built a local digital service
for its citizens by developing Baidu search engine as a replacement
for Google, Weibo as a replacement of Twitter, Youku as
replacement of Youtube, and Renren as a replacement of Facebook.
South Korea has also successfully developed its search engines
(naver.com) and social media (kakaotalk), so that Google and
Facebook do not dominate the digital world in Korea. In addition, the
thinking across patterns can also be done by expand the horizons of
the community itself. The government needs to continuously
encourage public discussions from the community leaders, activists,
non-governmental organizations and intellectuals. The discussions
will open an opportunity for the different interest, even reaching a
common consensus.

Freedom of expression is the right of every citizen which is protected

by the 1945 Constitution. However, in using this freedom one is required to
respect the difference and equality of rights as citizens in social, political,
economic, and cultural dimensions. Shared commitment from the society,
government, developers, and even operators in developing healthy and

860 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

productive public discussions on social media is needed. The Government
strong determination to develop digitalization breakthroughs that reinforce
the nation's democratic identity in the next few years will be highly expected.
Based on the results of existing research, researcher acknowledge
that this research has limited perspectives, in which selected informants
tend to represent academia and government. Therefore, further research
involving the perspectives of business people and community members will
be necessary to enrich the results of the research.

REFERENCES
Budiardjo, Miriam. (2008). Dasar-Dasar Ilmu Politik. Jakarta: Kompas
Gramedia.
Creswell, John W. (2009). Research Design (terjemahan). Yogyakarta:
Pustaka Pelajar.
Dahlan, M. Alwi. (1999). Teknologi Informasi dan Demokrasi dalam Jurnal
Ikatan
Sarjana Komunikasi: Komunikasi Politik. Bandung: Remaja
Rosdakarya .
Goode, Luke. (2005). Jurgen Habermas: Democracy and The Public
Sphere.London: Pluto Press.
Habermas, Jürgen. (1996). Between Facts and Norms: Contributions to a
Discourse Theory of Law and Democracy. Cambridge: The MIT
Press.
Habermas, Jürgen. (1989). The Structural Transformation of Public Sphere:
An Inquiry
into Category of Bourgeois Society, Thomas Burger (terj.).
Cambridge: Polity Press.
Kasim, Azhar, dkk. (2015). Merekonstruksi Indonesia: Sebuah Perjalanan
Menuju Dynamic Governance. Jakarta: Kompas.
Lister, Martin, dkk. 2009. New Media: a Critical Introduction. New York:
Routledge.
Littlejohn, Stephen W. (2009). Theories of Human Communication
(terjemahan). Jakarta: Salemba Humanika.
McNair, Brian. (2003). An Introduction to Political Communication. London:
Routledge.
Straubhaar, Joseph, dkk. 2012. Media Now: Understanding Media,
Culture, and Technology. USA : Wadsworth Group.
Pacey, Arnold. (1983). The Culture of Technology. Cambridge: The MIT
Press.
Van Dijk, Jan. (2006). The Network Society. London: Sage Publications.
Wahid, Umaimah. (2016). Komunikasi Politik. Bandung: Simbiosa
Rekatama Media.

861 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

MDN. (2017, February 23rd). Praktik Demokrasi Kebablasan. Kompas, p.2.
Wahyu, Yohan. (2017, June 2nd). Jajak Pendapat Kompas: Menguatkan
Ikatan Kebangsaan. Kompas, p.5.
______. Kita Beragam, Kerukunan dan Persatuan Harus Terus Dijaga.
Retreived May 23rd, 2017, from http://presidenri.go.id/berita-aktual/kita-
beragam-kerukunan-dan-persatuan-harus-terus-dijaga.html
Badan Pusat Statistik. Statistik Sosial Budaya 2015. Retreived September
1st, 2016, from https://bps.go.id/index.php/publikasi/4267

862 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 SOCIAL PROTECTION PROGRAMS IN INDONESIA: ACCURACY,
LEAKAGE, AND ALTERNATIVE CRITERIA OF POVERTY

Sutiyo1, Bagus W. Hartono2, Jona B. Sinaga1

1 Institut Pemerintahan Dalam Negeri (IPDN), Indonesia; 2 University of

New South Wales (UNSW), Australia

ABSTRACT
After 1998 Monetary Crisis, Social Protection Programs
became one of the main strategies to alleviate poverty in
Indonesia. Several main programs were launched, which
among others include Subsidized Rice Program, Health
Insurance Program, Conditional Cash Transfer, and
Unconditional Cash Transfer. However, the problematic
criteria to select the beneficiaries created substantial problems
of inaccuracy and leakage. This study aims to analyze the
accuracy and leakage of the programs as well as identifying
alternative criteria to be used to select the beneficiaries. A case
study was conducted in Purbalingga District through survey on
648 respondents from 18 villages. It is found that the accuracy
of the programs ranges from 97% in Subsidized Rice Program,
86% in Health Insurance Program, 75% in Unconditional Cash
Transfer, and 51% in in Conditional Cash Transfer. There is
leakage in the Subsidized Rice Program at the amount to 50%
and Unconditional Cash Transfer at the amount to 7%. The
proposed alternative criteria of poverty to be used in the
selection include the house floor and wall, health condition of
household member, ownership of car and landholding size.
Different localities may need different criteria. The government
is recommended to allow the application of local criteria of
poverty and involvement of local authorities and community in
the selection of the program beneficiaries

Keywords: Social Protection Programs; Poverty Alleviation; Poverty

Indicators.

863 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

A. Introduction
Poverty is still the main problem of Indonesia, in which 10.7% of
population living under the poverty line (BPS, 2017). Additionally, the
problem lies not only in the headcount, but also in term of vulnerability. It is
estimated that the additional 30% population will fall into poverty if there is
economic shock like high inflation, harvest failure or withdrawal of price
subsidies (Sumner & Edward, 2014; Sutiyo & Maharjan, 2011). The poor
and the vulnerable poor are mostly living in rural areas as farmer with very
small plot of cropland (Hussain et al., 2006).
To alleviate the poverty, the government of Indonesia has since 2000
implemented Social Protection Programs. These are the programs
distributing in-kinds or cash to the poor, which is implemented under the
philosophical reason that the state is responsible to guarantee the rights of
citizens for proper living standard. The programs include: 1) Subsidized
Rice Program (Raskin) that distributes 15 kg of subsidized rice per month;
2) Health Insurance (BPJS Gakin) that distributes a card for free medication
in government facilities; 3) Conditional Cash Transfer Program (Program
Keluarga Harapan) that distributes cash for poor household with pregnant
and pupils, and; 4) Unconditional Cash Transfer Program (Bantuan
Langsung Tunai) that distributes cash to the poor to maintain their
purchasing power after the withdrawal of price subsidies. In the future,
social protection will continue to be the main strategy of poverty alleviation
in Indonesia, as it is indicated in the National Poverty Reduction Strategy
Paper.
The nature of poverty in Indonesia creates substantial challenges for
the government to distribute social protection programs. In plain view, there
are no significant differences of socio-economic profile between the poor
and the majority of households in rural areas. As an implication, Sumarto

864 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

(2012) finds that almost half of the poor were excluded from the Health
Insurance Program, and only one third of rice from the Subsidized Rice
Program came to the hand of beneficiaries. A number of studies present
that the factors responsible for the inaccuracy mainly include low capacity
of the government to manage database of poverty, problematic and
unsuitable criteria to define poverty, and less involvement of local
institutions in enlisting the beneficiaries (Ramesh, 2014; Suryahadi, 2017;
Sutiyo & Maharjan, 2011, 2013).
The updating of data of poor people was conducted every three years
through national enumeration. A only those meet the criteria are eligible for
the programs, was applied. The method ubstantial efforts are still needed
to improve the method. Up to now, the implementation of social protection
programs is still dealing with two main issues, which are whether the people
in the official list of beneficiaries receive the full benefits and whether all of
the poor are officially listed.
This study aims to deal with these issues, foremost by measuring the
accuracy and leakage of distribution and by identifying alternative criteria of
poverty to improve the implementation of the programs. It is argued here
that in a large and diverse country like Indonesia, applying nationally set
criteria of poverty will be not suitable to the varieties of local context. Thus,
in contrary to the government and most studies, this study will use local
perspective in formulating alternative criteria of poverty.

B. METHODS
The study is conducted in Purbalingga District of Central Java Province,
which is astronomically located at longitude of 7010' - 7029' South and
latitude of 101011' - 109035' East. The district is purposively selected
because it is the poorest district in the poor province. Eighteen villages
within the district are selected based on geographical condition (Fig.1).
The population of this study consists of 100.281 poor households
registered in the Database of 2011 Social Protection Program (Pendataan

865 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Program Layanan Sosial, 2011). The data are accessed from the District
Planning Agency. Totally 648 households in the district, or 36 households
per village, are randomly selected to be the respondent. Data were collected
in July to August 2015 by eighteen trained enumerators. The other key
informants of this study include village heads, local authorities and
prominent community members. Questionnaires, interview, observation
and focused group discussion were applied.
Fig. 1 Map of Study Villages

LIST OF STUDY VILLAGES

1. Kel. Kedungmenjangan Kec.
Purbalingga;
2. Ds. Babakan Kec.
Kalimanah;
3. Ds. Senon Kec. Kemangkon;
4. Ds. Karanggedang Kec.
Bukateja;
5. Ds. Langgar Kec. Kejobong;
6. Ds. Tumanggal Kec.
Pengadegan;
7. Ds. Cilapar Kec.
Kaligondang;
8. Ds. Sokawera Kec.
Padamara;
9. Ds. Meri Kec. Kutasari;
10. Ds. Banjaran Kec.
Bojongsari;
11. Ds. Campakoah Kec.
Mrebet;
12. Ds. Pakuncen Kec.
Bobotsari;
13. Ds. Kaliori Kec.
Karanganyar;
14. Ds. Langkap Kec.
Kertanegara;
15. Ds. Serang Kec. Karangreja;
16. Ds. Sanguwatang Kec.
Karangjambu;
17. Ds. Pekiringan Kec.
Karangmoncol;
18. Ds. Panusupan Kec.
Rembang.

866 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

C. RESULTS
1. Socioeconomic Condition Respondents
The respondents of this study mostly had male household head
(89%) with elementary level of education (52%), and working in agriculture
(30%). The average member per households was 3.86. About 5% of
households had members with physical defect, and 16% had members
suffering from chronic illness. Further, 3% had pregnant, 25% had child
under five years, and 51% had child in school age (6-18 years) (Table 1).

Table 1 Socio-Economic Condition of the Respondents

No Socio Economic Condition Number Percentage

Gender of HH Head
1  Male 577 89%
 Female 71 11%
Education of HH Head
 Having no formal education 274 42%
2  Elementary school 335 52%
 Junior High School 35 5%
 Senior High School 4 1%
Occupation of HH Head
 Agriculture 250 39%
 Labour 203 31%
3
 Business 52 8%
 Service 24 4%
 Other 95 15%
Number of HH with physical
4 31 5%
disabilities
5 Number of HH with chronic illness 102 16%
6 Number of HH with pregnant 18 3%
7 Number of HH with child under five 164 25%
Number of HH with child in school
8 328 51%
age (6-18 Years)
HH: Household
867 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
Source: Field Survey, 2015

The figures indicate that economic productivity of the respondents may

be low due to the problem of human resources. The education level is quite
low, and there were substantial physical problems like disabilities and
chronic illness. A substantial portion of respondents has child under five and
pupils, which presents the needs to expend the cost for childcare and
education. These, in turn, create additional spending cost for the
respondents.

2. Accuracy and Leakage of Distribution

In this study, accuracy is simply defined as a condition in which the
people in the official beneficiary lists receive the program benefits full.
Accuracy is calculated from the percentage of respondents benefitted from
the programs divided by the total eligible respondents. The other issue
analyzed in this study is leakage, or whether the kinds or cash being
distributed by the programs is in the same amount as the stated regulation.
Comparatively, the accuracy of social protection programs was 97% in
Subsidized Rice Program, 86% in Health Insurance Program, 75% in
Unconditional Cash Transfer, and 51% in in Conditional Cash Transfer.
There was leakage in Subsidized Rice Program and Unconditional Cash
Transfer. Subsidized Rice Program suffered from the biggest leakage, in
which a half of the stated benefits was not received by the beneficiaries,
while Unconditional Cash Transfer lost 7% of the stated benefits (Fig.2).

868 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Subsidized Rice
100%
97%
80%

60%

40%

20%
Uncoditional Cash Conditional Cash
75% 0% 51%
Transfer Transfer

93%
Health Insurance

Fig. 2 Accuracy of Distribution of Social Protection Programs

Source: Field Survey, 2015
In Subsidized Rice Program, the central government periodically
delivered the rice to village office, in which local authorities then distributed
it to the beneficiaries. About 97% of respondents became the beneficiaries
of the program. The rest 3% respondents did not receive the rice although
they were enlisted in the beneficiaries list. In most cases, they intentionally
rejected the program because feeling not poor thus morally having no rights
for the rice. In all study villages, the actual number of beneficiaries was
larger than the listed people because the rice was also distributed to the
non-poor. As an implication, the amount of rice received by the respondents
was far below the stated amount. Averagely the beneficiaries received 7 kg
rice per month, or just a half of the stated 15 kg. Only 10% respondents
received 15 kg, or in compliance with the stated amount.
In Health Insurance Program, the central government issued a card in
which the name of beneficiaries was already printed. About 86%
respondents became the beneficiaries of Health Insurance Program.
Another 7% respondents received a health insurance sponsored by village

869 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

and local government, while the rest 7% respondents did not have any form
of health insurance.
In Conditional Cash Transfer, the central government periodically
distributed cash to the poor households having pregnant, child under five
and pupils. The objective was to help them improve the health and
education of the member. Within the whole respondents, 39% of them were
having pregnant, child under five and pupils, therefore deserved the
program. However, only 20% respondents became the beneficiaries of the
program. The cash was directly disbursed from the central government to
the bank account of the beneficiaries. There was almost no leakage in the
distribution of the program.
In Unconditional Cash Transfer, the central government distributed
cash during the economic shock in order to increase the purchasing power
of the poor. The last time when the government implemented the program
was in 2015, or after the withdrawal of fuel price subsidy. The cash was
distributed to the beneficiaries through post office, in which ID cards and
payments were screened by computer system. About 75% of respondents
received the cash, leaving behind the rest 25% respondents who did not
become the beneficiaries. In average, the beneficiaries received IDR
185,500 per month from the program. The amount was lower than the
stated amount, IDR 200.000,00 per month. There were some cases in
which the beneficiaries were asked to contribute some portion of the cash
to the local authorities or to share the cash with the other community
member.
Overall, the variability in accuracy of distribution was explainable by the
type of kinds distributed. Cash and kinds transfers were very prone to
leakage, while card to access service was properly distributed to the
beneficiaries. Distribution through village offices like the Subsidized Rice
Program was more prone to leakage than distribution through the post office
like Unconditional Cash Transfer, and through bank account like
Conditional Cash Transfer.

870 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 The inaccuracy and leakage were seen to be the implication of the bias
in the process of beneficiary enlistment. In almost all study villages, local
authorities said that they were totally excluded from the process of
enlistment of the beneficiaries. There was clearly no answer for the question
why a household perceived poor did not become the beneficiaries, while the
perceived not poor being enlisted. The list of beneficiaries was issued by
the central statistical agency, which was independent agency beyond the
control of local government. When the list came to the hand of local
authorities, most of them thought that the data were invalid. Being worried
to the protest of community, social jealousness and conflict, the authorities
unilaterally revised the list, equally distributed the programs to community,
or reduced the amount of transferred benefits to be shared to the unlisted
poor. Local authorities acknowledged that there was inaccuracy and
leakage in distribution of the programs, but explaining that it was
unavoidable and not an intentional manipulation for their economic interest.

3. Alternative Criteria of Poverty

ntegrity and capacity of the enumerators were varies, which created
substantial challenges in the enlistment of the beneficiaries. The used
criteria themselves were criticized by the local authorities and communities.
According to community-based method was tried to be applied. In Focused
Group Discussions, lType of floor, because there was usually clear
differentiation, in which the poor had dirt floor while the non poor had tile;
2. Type of wall, because there was usually clear differentiation, in which
the poor had bamboo or wood while the non poor had cemented brick;
3. Health condition of households member, because the poor usually had
member with physical disabilities and chronic illness;
4. Ownership of car, because only the rich were able to buy car;
5. Size of landholding, because there was usually clear differentiation of
landholding between the poor and the non-poor.

871 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 The proposed criteria were perceived easy to observe, meaning that
they were difficult to hide from the neighbors and the government. They also
covered three main symbols of wealth in the study villages, which were
dwelling condition, landholding size, and vehicles. When the criteria were
applied to rank households within community based on their relative welfare
status, they resulted in a new list of poor people. The new list excluded
some of the previously listed households in government database, as well
as included some households previously excluded. Yet, the list was more
accepted by local authorities and community, and perceived to be more
valid and suitable with the local definition and perception of poverty. The
proposed criteria were deemed to improve local satisfaction, thus minimize
inaccuracy and leakage in the distribution of social protection programs.

E. DISCUSSION
It is commonly assumed that the poor have no ability to obtain sufficient
standard of living from the market alone, thus social protection programs
aim to protect the poor from common livelihood risks, to minimize economic
inequality, and to create social justice. Only if the programs benefit the poor
effectively, then the poor will have internal resilience, being able to obtain
higher benefits from the others development programs, and gradually
escape out of poverty. Accuracy and effectiveness of distribution of the
programs are substantially important for the success of the country in
alleviating poverty.
The existing method applied to distribute social protection programs
may work, but not always accurate. As it is found in this study, there is
inaccuracy of the distribution of the programs, which ranges from 3% in
Subsidized Rice Program to 49% in Conditional Cash Transfer. In addition,
findings of this study present that the respondents in the official list of
beneficiaries do not always receive full benefits. Substantial portion of the
benefits is still leaked to the non-poor.
Findings of this study also present that intentional manipulation is not
always the main cause of inaccuracy and leakage. Rather, it was the

872 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

unsuitability of the used criteria to identify the poor and the illegitimacy of
beneficiary list issued by the government that make local authorities have
no option but to modify the distribution. Thus, improvement to the
distribution of social protection programs should be implemented more than
through monitoring and administrative capacity development of the agency,
but more importantly through the involvement of local authorities and
community in selecting the beneficiaries and through the application of more
locally suitable criteria of poverty.
Substantial revision of criteria to select the beneficiaries is needed to
ensure that the right people are listed in the program. There is a need to
combine the standardized targeting methods like the current methods with
community-driven methods. The proposed new alternative of poverty
criteria like type of the house floor and wall, health condition, ownership of
car and landholding size can be applied as far as it match with local context.
In the other localities, there may be different criteria to be applied. The
accommodation of local criteria in the identification of poor households, and
involvement of local authorities and community in the selection of
beneficiaries are seen important to improve the program implementation.
These may take time and decrease the efficiency of implementation in the
beginning stage, but the overall effectiveness of the program will increase.
Only if the government takes substantial effort to revise the method of
selection of the beneficiaries, then the negative consequences of social
protection programs like social jealousness from the people not enlisted as
well as potential of local conflict and open protest to the local authorities can
be eliminated.

D. CONCLUSION AND POLICY IMPLICATION

Social protection programs in Indonesia are still suffering from
inaccuracy of distribution. There is still no program with 100% of accuracy.
The accuracy is 97% in Subsidized Rice Program, 86% in Health Insurance
Program, 75% in Unconditional Cash Transfer, and 51% in in Conditional
Cash Transfer. There is leakage in the Subsidized Rice Program at the

873 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

amount to 50% and Unconditional Cash Transfer at the amount to 7%.
Some of the existing criteria to identify the poor are deemed unsuitable. It
is proposed the alternative criteria of poverty to be used in the selection of
beneficiaries, which include the house floor and wall, health condition of
household member, ownership of car and landholding size. Different
localities may imply to the needs of different criteria.
To improve the accuracy and minimizing the leakage as well as creating
social and political sustainability of the programs, the distribution of social
protection programs in Indonesia should allow the application of local
criteria of poverty and involvement of local authorities and community in the
selection of the program beneficiaries.

REFERENCES
BPS. (2017). Laporan Bulanan Data Sosial Ekonomi Maret 2017 (Monthly
Report of Socio Economic Data, March 2017). Jakarta: BPS.
Hussain, I., Wijerathna, D., Arif, S. S., Murtiningrum, Mawarni, A., &
Suparmi. (2006). Irrigation, Productivity and Poverty Linkages in
Irrigation Systems in Java, Indonesia. Water Resources
Management, 20, 313-336. doi: 10.1007/s11269-006-0079-z
Ramesh, M. (2014). Social Protection in Indonesia and the Philippines:
Work in Progress. Journal of Southeast Asian Economies, 31(1), 40-
56.
Sumarto, S. (2012). Reducing leakages: Key lessons and challenges from
policy-making in Indonesia. Paper presented at the Impact and
Policy Conference: Evidence in Governance, Financial Inclusion and
Entrepreneurship, Jakarta.
Sumner, A., & Edward, P. (2014). Assessing Poverty Trends in Indonesia
by International Poverty Lines. Bulletin of Indonesian Economic
Studies, 50(2), 207-225.

874 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Suryahadi, A. (2017). Forgotten People: Poverty, Risk and Social Security
in Indonesia: The Case of the Madurese. Pacific Affairs, 90(1), 202-
204.
Sutiyo, & Maharjan, K. L. (2011). Rural Poverty Alleviation in Indonesia:
Programs and the Implementation Gap. Journal of International
Development and Cooperation, 18(1), 13-22.
Sutiyo, & Maharjan, K. L. (2013). Rural Poverty Alleviation Programs
Implemented under Decentralization in Indonesia: Case Study of
Three Villages in Purbalingga District, Central Java Province.
Journal of Rural Problems, 191, 121-125.

875 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 THE INFLUENCE OF COMPETENCE ON JOB PERFORMANCE OF
THE VILLAGE MASTERS IN MANAGING VILLAGE FINANCES IN THE
DISTRICT OF TANAH DATAR

Syamsir
Senior Lecturer at Public Administration Department, Faculty of Social
Science, Universitas Negeri Padang; Jl. Prof. Hamka, Air Tawar,
Padang 25131; e-mail:
[email protected]; HP: 085263639233

ABSTRACT
This study aimed to analyze the influence of competence, which consists of
knowledge, skills, and attitudes, on job performance of Village Masters in
the management of village finances in the District of Tanah Datar, West
Sumatra Province. This study uses quantitative methods. The study
population was the whole Village Masters in District of Tanah Datar, West
Sumatra, as many as 75 Village Masters. Sample was obtained through
proportionate random sampling technique. Respondents in this study
consisted of 68 village masters. Data in this study were collected through
questionnaires. Data were analyzed with multiple linear regressions. The
results of this study have shown that the three dimensions of competence
of the village masters, namely knowledge, skills, and attitudes,
simultaneously had a significant influence on the performance of village
masters in village financial management in District of Tanah Datar, West
Sumatra amounting to 94.9%. The level of significance in the results of
linear regression is 0.000. These results imply that the competence of the
masters of the village in the financial management is crucial to their success
in rural development, particularly in the management of village finances.

Keywords: Competence, Job Performance, Village Masters, Village

Finance

I. INTRODUCTION
Every government organization, both central and local government,
is formed as it has a specific purpose. To achieve this purpose every
government organization can not be separated from the condition and
quality of its human resources. Human resources play a very important role

876 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

and strategic for the achievement of organizational goals, including within
the government organization. In this case, human resources become
planners, perpetrators, and determine the realization of these goals despite
the infrastructure and other resources are sufficient. Therefore, in order that
the implementation of the tasks of the organization within the government
can run effectively, efficiently, and optimally, then we need the development
of human resources in a planned and sustainable way that will get the
human resources that are competent, professional, and have the high
quality performance.
The village government is a lowest government organization which
structurally existed under the district recognized in the government system
of the Republic of Indonesia and has the duty to organize the administration
and care of the interests of local communities in the governance system of
the Republic of Indonesia. To achieve these tasks, the performance of the
village master is one of the important factors that need to be noticed. This
is in accordance with the provisions of Regulation No. 6 of 2014 on Village,
article 25 of which states that the village government as referred to in Article
23 is the village master or called by other names, assisted by village
apparatus or called by another name. Therefore, as the representation of
the village administration, village master performance is an important factor
to influence the realization of these objectives.

Besides, the demands of the importance of the village master

performance is also associated with one of the basic tasks and functions of
the village master who are mandated in Article 26 paragraph (2), point c of
Regulation No. 6 of 2014 on Village, that is the management of the village
finances and village assets. In this article it is stated that the village master
was given more authority to manage the finances of the village. Some of
them are the authority of the village master to mobilize the village funding
sources, and determine the direction, goals, and targets of the use of the
budget, so that the government's aim to accelerate the development and
increase the prosperity in the village could be realized. Therefore, the

877 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

performance of the village master has a dominant role in order to realize
these principle tasks.

The village master who has a good performance in managing the

village finances can be seen from the way he used in managing the finance
itself. One of the indicators is that the village master is always open, so that
the rights of rural communities to be able to know the information that is
truthful, correct and non-discriminatory on the implementation of the
government could be met. Moreover village masters should be accountable
for its obligations in terms of managing finances of the village, so that the
implementation of policies that have been previously set could be believed
by the public in order to achieve the goals set before, and always involve
the community and village organizations to determine the direction and
desired goals together. The village financial management should also refer
to the rules and guidelines so that the orderly realization of budgetary
discipline has been set. This is in accordance with the opinion of Yusuf
(2016) which states that the financial management of the village does not
just show their budget allocation to accommodate the basic needs of
society, but also that the village government should prioritize the principles
of financial governance of the village well according to regulations.
Therefore, in the village financial management village government must
always give priority to the principles of the management of village finances,
namely: (1) transparent (2) accountable (3) participation, and (4) budget
order and discipline.

Similar opinion was also expressed by Soleh (2015) which states that
in order to achieve effectiveness and efficiency in the financial management
of the village, the village masters should always be guided by the principles
of village financesmanagement, namely: (1) accountability (2) openness,
(3) order and obedience, and (4) useful for society. Therefore, the village
masters were expected to always perform their duties in the management
of village finances based on the right principles for the performance of the

878 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

financial management in order that the village financial management can
be realized as expected by society.

The District of Tanah Datar is one of the districts in the West

Sumatera province that have 75 village masters, and divided into 14 sub-
districts. Based on preliminary data, it is indicated that the performance of
the majority of village masters in village financial management is still less
than optimal. This is evidenced by the presence of village allocation fund
has not been fully realized by the village administration. Data from the report
shows that the distribution of the allocation of funds is not yet fully realized.
This shows that there are still some village masters that are not optimal
performance in terms of managing the village finances. The village masters
as the holder of full power in managing finances village should have been
fully allocated this village funds so that the government's plan to accelerate
development and improve people's welfare can be realized as well.

The phenomenon of less optimal performance of some village masters

in village financial management in the districts of Tanah Datar is certainly
strongly influenced by various factors, one of which is the competence of
the village masters. Competence is an important element that must be
owned by the village masters so that the expected performance can be
achieved. Competence is a very useful concept of explaining how well a
person compares to others, and good competence will certainly improve a
person's performance in executing the tasks he or she is responsible for.

This assumption may be reasonable because it is in line with the

opinion of Sedarmayanti (2008), which revealed that the competence is a
fundamental characteristic of a person that directly influence or can predict
a very good performance. Therefore, the starting point of the above opinion
is that the village masters should be supported by competencies that
qualified as well as the knowledge, skills and attitude required in the work
they carried out. This is because the tasks held by the village masters are
so complex that their knowledge, skills, and attitude are needed to support

879 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 them in carrying out their tasks so that the expected performance can be
achieved maximally.

Based on the phenomenon that has been described above, this study
seeks to reveal more about the influence of competence on the
performance of village masters in rural financial management in Tanah
Datar district, West Sumatrra. Variable of competence in this study was
divided into three sub variables (aspects), namely knowledge, skills, and
attitudes. Thus the research questions posed in this study are: 1) Is there
any influence of knowledge aspects on the performance of village masters
in rural financial management at Tanah Datar district? 2) Is there any
influence of skills aspect on the performance of village masters in rural
financial management in Tanah Datar district? 3) Is there any influence of
attitude aspects on the performance of village masters in rural financial
management at Tanah Datar district? 4) Are there are significant influences
of knowledge, skills, and attitudes aspects simultaneously on the
performance of village masters in rural financial management at Tanah
Datar district?

B. RESEARCH OBJECTIVES

In general, this study aims to increase the capacity of the nagari

government in the management of nagari (village) finance which will
ultimately lead to improving the quality of public services among the nagari
community which has been seemingly still low, even if the budget of the
village development has been significantly improved by the government.
Specifically, this study aims to find the right method to improve the capacity
(competence) of the village masters in the management of the village
finance so that the nagari funds that are allocated by the government to
each nagari (village) in Tanah Datar regency could be realized effectively,
efficiently, transparently, accountably, participative, and budgetary order
and discipline.

880 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 In more detail, the objectives of this study were: 1) To find out the
description on job performance of the village masters in the management
of village finance in the district of Tanah Datar, West Sumatra Province; and
2) To know the contribution of competency influence on job performance of
village masters in the management of village finance.

C. SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

The results of this study are expected to be useful theoretically and

academically in the development of public administration theory, especially
related to human resource management and public finance management.
In addition, the results of this study are also expected to be useful as a
practical information for all village masters and other competent parties in
Tanah Datar District in improving the performance of village masters in
village financial management.

This research on the influence of competence on job performance of

the village masters in managing village finance in the district of Tanah Datar
is very important to do in order to give thought contribution for related
agencies, especially the government of Tanah Datar District, in relation to
the guidance of village masters competence in order to find out the right
method as an effective choice in the management of village finance as
expected by Law No. 6 Year 2014 on Village and Home Affair Minister
Regulation No. 113 Year 2014 on Village Financial Management.
Information in the finding of this study is expected to be useful for related
government officials in determining and establishing appropriate policies in
improving the competence of village masters in village financial
management, especially in Tanah Datar District.

The selection of the theme of this study as the focus of research is

also very important because, based on preliminary data, there were not
many studies that specifically examine the issue of capacity building of
village masters in the management of village finance in West Sumatera,

881 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 especially in Tanah Datar district. In addition, research on the guidance of
the village masters in the management of village finance all this time has
not been able to offer an appropriate solution in improving the capacity
(competence) of the village masters in the management of village finance
as expected and mandated by the prevailing laws and regulations.

D. CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK

1. Job Performance and the Determinant Factors

Basically, performance has many meanings from the point of view of

the experts. According to Ruky (2002) performance contains three
meanings, namely: (1) Job performance (2) Performance (3)
Implementation of tasks. This is in line with the opinion of Wibowo (2011)
which states that performance is something that is related to doing the work
and the results achieved from the work. While Rivai and Basri (2005)
revealed that the performance or achievement of the work itself can be
defined as achievements achieved by a person in performing their duties or
jobs in accordance with the standards and criteria established for the job.
In addition, Wilson (2012) also explains that the job performance is the
result of the work accomplished in person in employment based on job
requirements. This is consistent with what is expressed by Suwanto (2011)
that the performance is the outcome a person under the applicable size,
within a certain time, with regard to work and behavior and actions. Based
on the notions of performance expressed by the experts, it could be
understood that the performance is a result of work accomplished or records
of the results given by a person of the functions of a specific job to be done
according to the size of the force as well as how to carry out their duties in
accordance with the responsibilities given to him within a certain time.
Each performance appraisal must have a goal. Simamora (2006)
revealed that the principal purpose of performance appraisal is to produce
accurate and valid information about the behavior and the performance of

882 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

members of the organization. The more accurate and valid information
generated by the performance appraisal system, the greater the potential
and value for the organization. In addition Simamora (2006) also explains
that the special purpose of performance appraisal can be classified into two
major parts:
1) The purpose of evaluation; The purpose of the evaluation approach is
to assess the past performance as a basis for the execution of
personnel decisions. The focus of the evaluation approach is seen
based on past reviews and ratings. According to Simamora (2006)
evaluation approach can be assessed from performance, review of
salary, performance appraisal, and promotion opportunity.
2) The purpose of development (Development); The purpose of
development approach is to motivate and direct the individual
performance and career development efforts. According Simamora
(2006) the focus of this development approach is planning for future
counseling and goal setting and review. The purpose of the
development consisted of (a) establishment and sustainability of
performance, (b) increase the performance (c) determining the
progressive goals of career, and (d) determining the training needs.

Based on the purpose of the performance appraisal expressed by

the expert, it could be understood that performance appraisal is basically a
way to be able to determine the extent of implementation of the tasks have
been done by someone in their work so that it can be useful to be used as
an evaluation tool and efforts to improve its next performance.
In achieving the desired performance, there are many factors that can
affect the performance. This is in accordance with the opinion expressed by
Simanjuntak (2005) which explains that everyone's performance can be
affected by many factors which essentially can be classified into three
groups, namely: (1) Competence of individuals, (2) organization support,
and (3) management support. Besides, Hasibuan (2009) also revealed that

883 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

the performance can be affected by several factors, among others: (1) the
mental attitude; (2) education; (3) skills; (4) leadership management; (5) the
level of income; (6) salaries and health; (7) health insurance; (8) work
climate; (9) infrastructure; (10) technology, and; (11) the achievement
opportunity.
Of the various expert opinions explaining the factors affecting the
performance, we can conclude that the performance is essentially
influenced by internal and external factors. Internal factors include the
abilities (competencies), attitude, motivation, experience, etc. The external
factors include the job design, organizational structure, compensation, work
environment, and so on. Therefore, the factors that affect the performance
as described above must be observed so that the expected performance
can be realized.

2. Management of Village Financial and the Measurement

According to Soleh (2015) village finance can be defined as all the

rights and obligations of the village which can be valued in money and
everything in cash or in the form of goods that can be owned by the village
in connection with the implementation of rights and obligations. Financial
village is basically a subsystem of state finances as stipulated in Law No.
17 Year 2003 on State Finance.
General provisions of Home Affairs Minister Regulation No. 113 Year
2014 concerning the Management of Village Financial states that village
financial management is the overall activities that include planning,
implementation, administration, reporting, and financial accountability of a
village. Meanwhile, according to Muhammad Arif (2007) village financial
management is the overall financial management activities including
planning, budgeting, administration, reporting, accountability, and oversight
of a village financial. It can be concluded that management of village
finances is an activity that includes planning, budgeting, administration,
reporting, and accountability of a village masters and village apparatus in
managing the finances of the village.
884 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 Also in Chapter III Section 3 of Home Affairs Minister Regulation No.
113 Year 2014 it is stated that as a head of a village government the village
masters is the authority holder of financial management of the village and
representing the government in the ownership of a separated village
property, with the authority to: 1) Establish policies regarding the
implementation of Village Budget (APBDesa); 2) Establish PTPKD
(Technical Manager of Village Finances); 3) Establish the officer of village
revenue collector; 4) To approve the issuance of the activities specified in
Village Budget; and 5) Perform the action that resulted in expenditure load
on the village budget.
The Home Affairs Minister Regulation No. 113 of 2014 also stated that
management of village finances must be conducted on the principles of
transparent, accountable, participatory, and budget orders and discipline.
This is in line with Yusuf (2016) who stated that the indicators for measuring
the performance of village masters in the financial management of the
village could be seen from: 1) Transparence, meaning that the principle of
openness that enable public to know and have access to information as
widely as possible towards the APBDesa (Village Revenue and Expenditure
Budget); 2) Accountable, that is the principle of one's obligations to account
for the management and control of resources and implementation of policies
entrusted to him in order to achieve the intended purpose; 3) Participatory,
which means that the management of village finances should give wide
space to the community for actively involved in each stage of the village
financial management; and 4) Budget order and discipline, which implies
that APBDesa should be managed in a timely and appropriate, supported
by administrative evidence that could be accounted for and are guided by
regulations.
Meanwhile, according to Soleh (2015) performance measurement
indicators of village masters in the village financial management can use
following indicators or principles: 1) unity, 2) universility, 3) annual, 4)
specialization, 5) accountability, 6 ) proportionality, 7) professionalism, 8)

885 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

openness, 9) financial audit by BPK freely and independently, 10) value for
money, 11) honesty, 12) control, 13) order and obedience to legislation, 14)
responsible, 15) justice, 16) propriety, and 17) benefit to society.
Measurement indicators of village masters job performance in the village
financial management used in this study were indicators as suggested by
Yusuf (2016), that is: (1) transparency (2) accountability, (3) participatory,
(4) budget orders and discipline.

3. Competence and the Measurement

Competence in the public and private organizations is very

important and is needed primarily to answer the demands of the
organization and in order to deal with rapid change and development
issues, and future uncertainties. Additionally competence can be useful to
help organizations create a culture of high performance, more and more
competencies considered in the process of human resource management,
then it will further improve the work culture.
Etymologically, competence can be described as a dimension of
excellence or expertise of someone who has a knowledge, attitudes, and
skills at work. This is similar with Wibowo (2011) opinion which explains that
competence is an ability to execute or perform a job or task that is based
on the skills and knowledge as well as supported by work attitude
demanded by the job. Sutrisno (2009) also revealed that the competence is
an ability that is based on the skills and knowledge that are supported by
the work attitude and their application in implementing the tasks and work
that refers to the specified job requirements. While Rivai and Sagala (2009)
explains that competence is the ability of a person that can be observed that
includes knowledge, skills and attitude in completing a job. Based on some
sense of competence expressed by some expert it is understood that

886 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

competence is a basic abilities of a person consists of several components,
namely knowledge, skills, and attitudes that can support someone in his job.
Furthermore, Hutapea (2008) revealed that there are three main
components to the formation of competence that can be used as an
indicator to measure the competence, namely:
1) Knowledge, that is information possessed by an employee to carry out
their duties and responsibilities in accordance with their work field.
2) Skills, that is an effort to carry out the duties and responsibilities well as
given by the company/organization to an employee
3) Attitude, that is a behavior pattern of an employee in carrying out their
duties and responsibilities in accordance with the rules of the
organization.

4. The Influence of Competence on Job Performance

According Wibowo (2011) competence is the ability to execute or

perform a job or task that is based on the skills and knowledge as well as
supported by work attitude demanded by the job. Thus, a good competence
will certainly be able to affect a person's performance to be better, because
competence is a basic characteristic of a person who directly influence, or
can predict a very good performance. This is also in line with the views
expressed by Simanjuntak (2005) which states that performance is affected
by many factors which can be classified in three groups: 1) the competence
of individuals, 2) organizational support, and 3) management support. Of
the three factors that affect performance, it is known that the competence is
a major factor affecting performance in addition to the supports organization
and management. From this explanation we can understand that the
performance will be greatly influenced by competence. If someone has
good competence then he/she will perform better in his/her job.

887 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 There are several related studies that have been conducted in relation
to the effect of competence on the performance of village masters in the
village financial management.
1) Walidun (2014) have studied the Influence of Leadership Competencies
and Compensation on Performance of Village Masters (A Case Study in
the District of Telaga, Gorontalo Regency). The finding of this study
showed that the competence of the leadership competencies and
compensation jointly affect the performance of the Village Masters in the
village financial management.
2) Juneidy, Burhanuddin, and Jorrie (2015) have also studied the Influence
of Competence on Village Government Performance (A Case Study in
the District of Pineleng, Minahasa Regency). Based on the results of this
study it was found that the job competencies such as formal education,
training, and work experience have positive effect on the performance of
village government.
Several related studies as mention above theoretically have multiple
relationships and relevance to this study. Conceptually it can be used as a
general reference theory for researchers in conducting their studies. So the
related studies can be used as a support for this study.

E. HYPOTHESIS
Based on the theory and relevant studies as stated above, the hypothesis
in this study could be formulated as follows:
1. As a part of the competency, knowledge has significantly influenced on
the performance of village masters in village financial management in
Tanah Datar District.
2. As a part of the competency, skills have significantly influenced on the
performance of village masters in village financial management in Tanah
Datar District.

888 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

3. As a part of the competency, attitude has also significantly influenced on
the performance of village masters in village financial management in
Tanah Datar District.
4. As a part of the competency, knowledge, skills, and attitude have
simultaneously and significantly influenced on the job performance of
village masters in village financial management in Tanah Datar District.

E. METHODOLOGY

Based on the research question and the purpose of this study, a

quantitative method with multiple linear regression analysis were used in
this study. This study was conducted in several villages in Tanah Datar
district West Sumatera province. The population in this study was all village
masters in Tanah Datar District totaling 75 people. The sampling technique
used in this research is cluster sampling in two stages: Firstly, defining the
area based on the distance area from the central district of Tanah Datar.
Inthis case researcher chose only 6 subdistricts in Tanah Datar district with
the range of near, medium, far from the district central. These six districts
were selected with equal probability and the districts were considered to be
representative of the total districts in Tanah Datar district to be observed.
Secondly, determining the village masters in each subdistrict randomly and
the sample selection is done with the same probability and the village
masters have been deemed to have represented all village masters in these
subdistricts.

Data in this study was collected through with questionnaires with Likert
scale consisted of four alternative answers. Selection Likert scale in this
study was based on the consideration that the things will be measured in
this study were opinions and perceptions of people against the values of
competence and performance in the village financial management by the
village masters. To measure the degree of validity and reliability of the
instruments, so in this study was conducted an instrument test (tryout) to

889 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

see the validity and reliability of the questionnaire. Finally data in this study
were analysed with multiple linear regression technique, with some classical
assumption made previously as a prerequisite for regression analysis.

F. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Since the data processing of this study used statistical testing with multiple
linear regression technique, it is necessary to do the testing requirements
analysis, so the results of this study could be used to draw good
conclusions. In this study, the requirement tests may include the testing of
normality, linearity, multicollinearity, heteroscedasticity, and then just
continued with significance testing of multiple linear regression equation.
Based on the classic assumption test as a requirement of regression
analysis, the test results indicate that the research data is compliant
normality and linearity, and free from multicollinearity, and
heteroscedasticity, so it can continue to be tested with multiple linear
regression.

Furthermore, in summary, the results of multiple linear regression

tests of the influence of the three sub-variables of competence (knowledge,
skills, and attitudes) on job performance variable could be seen in Table 1
below.

Table 1. Summary of multiple linear regression test of variables and

sub-variables of Competence on Job Performance variable

890 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Adjusted
Description R R Square Sig.
R Square
Partially
Knowledge on
.736a .542 .535 .000a
Job Performance
(partially)
Partially Skills on
Job Performance .876a .767 .763 .000a
(partially)
Partially Attitude
on Job
.804a .646 .640 .000a
Performance
(partially)
Knowledge, Skill,
and Attitude on
.976a .952 .949 .000a
Job Performance
(Simultaneously)

Based on the multiple linear regression tests of the influence of sub

variables knowledge (X1), skill (X2), and attitude (X3) on job performance
variable of village masters in the village financial management (Y) as
presented in Table 1 above, it could be seen that significance value of X1
regression equation on Y was equal to 0.000; it is smaller than α = 0.05.
Thus the first hypothesis was accepted. So it could be interpreted that the
knowledge of village masters had a significant influence on their job
performance in the management of village finances. Furthermore, the
significance of the regression equation of X2 to Y was also equal to 0.000;
it is smaller than α = 0.05. Thus the hypothesis 2 was also accepted. So it
could also be interpreted that the skills of village masters had a significant
influence on their job performance in the management of village finances.
In addition, the significance of the regression equation of X3 to Y is also
equal to 0.000; this is smaller than α = 0:05. Thus Hypothesis 3 was also
acceptable. It might therefore be understood that the attitudes of the village
masters had a significant influence on their job performance in the
management of village finances. Finally, the significance of the regression

891 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

equation of X1, X2, and X3 simultaneously (together) on Y is equal to 0.000;
this is also smaller than α = 0.05. Thus Hypothesis 4 was accepted.

So it could be interpreted that the competence of the village masters,

which includes knowledge, skills, and attitudes, have a significant influence
on their job performance in the management of village finances. Moreover,
it could be understood that the truth of this conclusion could be trusted to
100%, because the level of significance in this test is 0.000, both in the
partially and simultaneously test results.

In addition, based on Table 1 above, it could also be understood that

the contribution of competence subvariables both partiall and overall on job
performance variable of the village masters in the village financial
management is quite large, even relatively very large. It could be seen that
the influence of the sub-variables of knowledge amounted to 53,5%, skills
76,3%, and attitudes by 64.0% on job performance. Meanwhile the
influence of these three sub-variables of competence on the job
performance amounted to 94.9%.

Thus, based on the finding of the study, it seemed that the

competence is very influential on the job performance of the village masters
in their management of village finances. Thus it can be explained that
competence may affect the job performance of village masters in village
financial management in Tanah Datar district and the influence is very large
(94.9%). In other words, the better the competencies possessed by the
village masters in Tanah Datar district, the higher their job performance in
the management of village finances, and vice versa, if the competence of
the village masters is low, then their job performance in village financial
management will also decline.

This opinion was also reinforced by Sedarmayanti (2008) which

revealed that the competence is a basic characteristic of a person that
directly influence, or can predict a job performance (good or bad).
Meanwhile Wibowo (2011) also states that competence is the ability to

892 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 execute or perform a job or task that is based on the skills and knowledge
as well as supported by work attitude demanded by the job. Thus, a good
competence will certainly be able to affect a person's performance to be
better, because competence is a basic characteristic of a person that
directly influence or can predict a very good job performance.
A similar opinion was also expressed by Simanjuntak (2005) who
stated that performance is affected by many factors which can be classified
in three groups, namely the competence of the individual, organizational
support, and management support. Of the three factors that affect the
performance, then the competencies are the main factors that affect
performance in addition to the organization and management supports.
Furthermore, Spenser and Spenser (in Sutrisno 2009) also found that
competency components include motives, personal character, and self-
concept which can predict a behavior/certain capabilities that will eventually
emerge as work performance. From the above explanation, it could be
concluded that the job performance of village masters in managing village
finances in Tanah Datar district will be heavily influenced by the factors of
competence they have. If their competency were good, then their job
performance in managing village finance would be good also.

G. CONCLUSION

Based on the research results and the hypothesis test of the

influence of competence, which was composed of the aspects of
knowledge, skills, and attitudes, toward the performance of village masters
in the management of village finances in Tanah Datar District, West
Sumatera, then a number of conclusions could be described as follows:

1. There was significant influence of knowledge aspects on the job

performance of village masters in Tanah Datar district in village financial
management, with the value contribution was 0.535 or 53.5% with a
significance value of 0.000 or less than α = 0.05. This means that

893 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 competence is very influential on the job performance of the village
masters in Tanah Datar district and the competencies need to be
improved in order to enhance the job performance of the village
masters.
2. There was also significant influence of skills aspects on the job
performance of village masters in village financial management in
Tanah Datar district, with the value contribution was 0.763 or 76.3%
with a significance value of 0.000 or less than α = 0.05. This means that
skills are also very influential on the job performance of the village
masters in Tanah Datar district and these skills need to be improved
also among the village masters in order to improve their performance.
3. There was also significant influence of attitudes aspects on the job
performance of village masters in Tanah Datar district in village financial
management, with the value contribution was 0.640 or 64.0% with a
significance value of 0.000 or less than α = 0.05. This means that skills
are also very influential on the job performance of the village masters in
Tanah Datar district and the attitudes aspects also need to be fostered
to improve the performance of the village masters.
4. There were significant influence of the overall competence variables
(knowledge, skills, and attitudes) simultaneously on the job
performance of village masters in managing village finance in Tanah
Datar district, with the value contribution was 0.949 or 94.9% and with
significant value was 0,000 or smaller than α = 0.05. This means that
competence is very influential for the job performance of the village
masters in managing village finance, especially in Tanah Datar district,
and the truth of this conclusion could be trusted to 100%.

H. RECOMMENDATION

Based on the research results and conclusions in this study, the

researchers gave some suggestions to the agencies concerned on this
matter, among others:

894 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

1. To produce a good job performance of the village masters village in
Tanah Datar district, especially in managing the village finance, then
the Local Government of Tanah Datar District need to pay attention and
to provide guidance on the competence of village masters, because
theoretically and based on hypothesis test results, it was proved that
the competence can influence the performance of village masters in the
management of village finances.
2. For further researchers, it is advisable to conduct further study relating
to and involving several variables or other factors that might be
associated with and influence the need for improving the job
performance of the village masters, particularly in Tanah Datar district
and in other places, such as work motivation, leadership, level of
education, work climate, work culture and so on.

REFERENCES
Arif, Muhammad, 2007. The Procedures of Village Financial and Village
Wealth Management. Pekanbaru: ReD Post Press
Hasibuan, Malayu S.P. 2009. Human Resouce Management. Jakarta: Bumi
Aksara.
Hutapea, Thoha. 2008. Competence Plus. Jakarta: PT. Gramedia Pustaka
Utama
Juneidy, Burhanuddin, Jorrie. 2015. “The Influence of Competence on Job
Performance of Village Government Apparatus: A Case Study di
Pineleng Subdistrict, Minahasa District. Jurnal Administrasi Publik. No
31 Vol III. (ejournal.unsrat.ac.id/ index.php/JAP/article/
download/8745/8306) diakses tanggal 1agustus 2016.
Rivai, V & A.F.M. Basri. 2005. Performace Appraisal: The Right System for
Assessing Employees Performance and Increasing Corporate
Competitiveness. Jakarta: PT. RajaGrafindo Persada.
Rivai. V & Sagala. E.J. 2009. Human Resouce Management for
Corporation: From Theory to Practice, 2nd Edition. Jakarta: Rajawali
Pers.
Ruky, A.S. 2002. Performance Management System. Jakarta: PT.
Gramedia Pustaka.

895 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Sedarmayanti. 2008. Human Resouce Management: Bureaucracy Reform
and Civil Servant Management. Bandung: PT. Refika Aditama
Simanjuntak, Payaman. 2005. Performance Management and Evaluation.
Jakarta: Lembaga Penerbit Fakultas Ekonomi Universitas Indonesia.
Simmamora, Henry. 2006. Human Resouce Management, 3rd Edition, 1st
Printing. Yogyakarta: STIE YKPN
Soleh, Rochmansyah. 2015. Village Financial Management. Bandung:
Fokus Media
Sutrisno, Edy. 2009. Human Resouce Management. Jakarta: Kencana.
Suwanto. 2011. Principles of Human Resouce Management. Bandung:
Suci Press
Walidun Husein. 2014. Leadership Competence, Compensation, and Job
Performance ofVillage Masters di Telaga Subdistrict, Gorontalo
District. Final Report of PNBP Fund at UNG Faculty.
(repository.ung.ac.id/.../kompetensi-kompensasi-dan-kinerja-kepala-
desa-di-kecamatan). Diakses 3 agustus 2016
Wibowo. 2011. Performance Management: 3rd Edition. Jakarta: Rajawali
Pers
Wilson, Bangun. 2012. Human Resouce Management. Jakarta: Erlangga
Yusuf, Murtiono. 2016. Modul of Village Financial Administration.
Yogyakarta: Infest

Peraturan Perundang-undangan dan Sumber Media Online

Law No. 6 Year 2014 on Village Government

Regulation of Internal Affairs Minister No. 113 Year 2014 on Village
Financial Management

896 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

INSTITUTIONAL CAPACITY BUILDING AT BADAN PEMBERDAYAAN
MASYARAKAT DAN PEMERINTAHAN DESA IN NORTH EAST TIMOR
REGENCY (TTU)

Submitted by:
Karel Martin Amfotis

A. INTRODUCTION
Law No. 6 of 2014 concerning the Village, was enacted on January
15, 2014 and was officially implemented in 2015 in the whole villages.
Regional Government of North East Timor Regency is one of the
regencies in East Nusa Tenggara Province which has built a commitment
to build the village with its programs. Based on Regional Regulation of
North East Timor Regency No. 9 of 2008, Badan Pemberdayaan
Masyarakat dan Pemerintahan Desa (BPMPD) becomes the leading
sector of the embodiment of the tasks and functions of the government
of North East Timor Regency in the management of the village.
BPMPD optimal capacity in fostering, supervising and empowering
rural community, is reflected in village capacity building in an effort
towards the independence of the village. Yet, in North East Timor
Regency, there were many problems in the village, demanding BPMPD
to immediately improve its capacity. First, the problem of the Village
Fund Allocation (ADD) absorption, which in fiscal year of 2015 was only
about 62% absorbed, per August 2016; Second, the issue of the Village
Fund absorption from the State Budget (APBN), which since the
disbursement, it has been delayed so that affected the next process.
Third, the issue of revolving arrears fund on Desa Mandiri Cinta Petani
(SARI TANI) program, which causes the program to a standstill; Fourth,
a paradigm shift in village government that is not yet fully understood by
BPMPD so that impacted the fostering patterns and empowerment to the
village.

897 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Referring to the Government Regulation No. 6 of 2008 on Guidance
for Evaluation of Regional Government Implementation, Article 54,
paragraph (2) the development of regional capacity can be done with the
development of institutional capacity in regional institutions. Based on the
description above, the formulation of the problem will be explored is how
the institutional capacity of BPMPD of North East Timor Regency seen
from the aspects of the work programs and procedures.

B. LITERATURE REVIEW
1. Organization Capacity
Jurie (2000: 271) defines capacity is related to the inherent
capabilities in individuals and institutions used to achieve their respective
goals. The same thing also expresses by Vincent-Lancrin, as quoted by
Fanany, et al. (2009: 89) who defines capacity as the ability of individuals,
institutions and communities to deal with all aspects related thereto. At
the level of the institution, according to Armstrong, in Purwanto and
Sulistyastuti (2012: 128), suggests the definition of the institutional
capacity as follows:
At the level of the organization, according to Armstrong, in
Purwanto and Sulistyastuti (2012: 128), suggests the following definition
of organizational capacity:
“Organizational capacity is the capacity of an organization to
function effectively. It is about its ability to quarantee high levels
of performance, achieve its purpuse (sustained competitive
advantage in a commercial business), deliver result and,
importantly, meet the needs of stakeholder.”

Widaningrum (2013: 133) the institutional capacity is closely related

to the ability of an agency or institution with a specific institutional
structure, work processes, and work practices, including the analysis of
management and resources system. The concept, not only see the
capacity of the institution from the aspect of resources and management

898 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 process but also the values existed within the institution, which is
reflected in the institutional culture.

2. Institutional Capacity Building

Brown et.al. (2001) in a report of GTZ - Support for Decentralization
Measures Project (SfDM) (2005: 11), states that: The same thing as
described in the UNDP report (1998) states that: From both reports, i.e.
GTZ - SfDM and UNDP (1998), and important notes from Horton and
Eaton (1986: 24) later explained that the capacity building occurred at
the institutional level is influenced by several variables, which are
described as follow:
1. Institutional Structure;
2. Work Programs;
3. Work Procedures;
4. Decision Making;
5. Management Information System.

C. RESEARCH METHODS
1. Type and Data Source of the Research
This study was used a qualitative research design, so called
because it describes the facts, evolving and ongoing perspective,
explores and understands the meaning of the data of the participants, by
collecting the data directly in the field, interprets the meaning of the data,
prepares the relationship among variables, analyzes, and ends with a
conclusion based on the results of the data analysis (Creswell, 2014: 58).
This study moved from a general problem of a less optimal village
managing in North East Timor Regency. The initial assumption was that
by the enactment of Law No. 6 of 2014 concerning Village. It presented
an opportunity for the village to develop. The institutional capacity in
BPMPD of North East Timor Regency was the focus of study to be

899 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

searched in response to the initial assumption of a less optimal
management of village in North East Timor Regency.
This research data can then be divided into primary data or data
directly obtained through direct interaction with participants, and
secondary data. The primary data in this study were obtained through in-
depth interview with some respondents selected in purposive, related,
and strategic to gain a comprehensive picture of the data sought. The
interview was conducted by firstly making the design of the questions in
the interview guides that was different for each respondent. The number
of respondents was used the principle of data saturation, namely the
saturation point obtained where there was no new information obtained
or repetition of data was reached. In addition to the interview conducted,
the data collection was also done through direct observation of the
activities on BPMPD of North East Timor Regency. This observation was
conducted on the activities of service to village personnel, the condition
of infrastructure, utilization of facilities and infrastructure including
technology in supporting the work and other activities of daily office
administration. While the secondary data were collected from various
sources and scientific publications related to the study. These data
sources included reviews of the various legislations, scientific papers,
books, and related studies.

2. Conceptual Definition
The capacity of BPMPD of North East Timor Regency is defined as
the ability of institution to manage the work mechanism effectively and
efficiently, by taking into consideration the available resources, to
achieve the institutional goals. The focus of the study in seeing the
capacity of BPMPD of North East Timor Regency consisted of two
aspects, namely: preparation of work programs, and the preparation of
work procedures. Both of these aspects illustrated the capacity concept

900 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

of BPMPD to improve the preparedness of the village in realizing the
independence of the village in North East Timor Regency.
The first aspect, the work programs, i.e. activities plan chosen to
realize the strategic targets of the institution. An appropriate program
analysis indicated the achieved strategic target effectively. Using
MacMillan matrix (in Mahmudi, 2015: 69-70) the program capacity of
BPMPD of North East Timor Regency will be rated. MacMillan matrix
analyzed the programs from four aspects, i.e.: fit, attractiveness,
alternative coverage, and competitive position.
Next on the second aspect, namely the preparation of work
procedures. It is defined as a series of stages of work made to make the
work more efficiently and reduce the deviation of the personnel. The
provisions of work procedures standardized is called Standard Operating
Procedure (SOP). As BPMPD of North East Timor Regency is a
government agency, the provisions of the preparation are based on the
regulation governing, i.e. the Ministry Regulation of Administrative
Reform and Bureaucratic Reform No. 35 of 2012 on Guidance for the
Preparation of Standard Operating Procedure of Administration.

3. Operational Definition
This study was about the capacity of BPMPD of North East Timor
Regency, with a focus on the capacity of the preparation of work
programs and working procedures. To be able to measure variables
capacity of BPMPD of North East Timor Regency on the two aspects
mentioned, the following is the operational framework:
1. Work Programs
a) Fit, i.e. measures the accuracy and appropriateness of the
planned programs, based on the following indicators:
- linkage programs with the targets of the institution;

901 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 - and suitability of the programs with the ability of personnel
resources.
b) Attractiveness, i.e. the level of attractiveness of the programs
in terms of budgeting. The indicators:
- the programs are included in the document of RPJMD;
- the programs are included in the focus criteria of non-
governmental institutions funding;
- the output and outcomes of the programs can be measured;
- the programs used a preventive approach, not curative one;
- the programs got a small risk if they failed to obtain funding;
- the programs got a major concern from the community.
c) Alternative coverage: the programs running do not have the
similarity or a bit of other institutions that have the same or
similar programs.
d) Competitive position: the ability of the institution in
implementing the programs compared to other institutions.
The indicators:
- the institution has the resources to implement the
programs;
- the programs gain widespread support from the community;
- the programs obtained supporting funding sources;
- the programs got an appropriate moment to be
implemented.
-
2. Work Procedures
In the aspect of work procedures, it will be seen from the
level of conformity of existing work procedures on BPMPD of
North East Timor Regency with the Ministry Regulation of
Administrative Reform and Bureaucratic Reform No. 35 of 2012,
902 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 with the following principles: 1) ease and clarity; 2) efficiency and
effectiveness; 3) alignment; 4) measurability; 5) dynamic; 6)
oriented to the users or whose who served; 7) legal compliance;
8) legal certainty.

D. RESULT AND DISCUSSION

1. Work Program
Programs preparation on BPMPD is not separated from the
paradigm shift that comes from the changes of village regulatory. This
paradigm affected the programs preparation in three main things, i.e.:
issue, arena, and actor. The needs to display this paradigm shift are to
assess BPMPD programs which are in accordance with the paradigm of
the new legislation, or later became a reference for BPMPD, what kind
of needs of the programs are appropriate. In general, the regulation
governing villages is grouped into three eras, i.e. New Order era, the
beginning of the reform era, and the post-Law 6 of 2014.
A growing issue in the preparation of the work programs in these
three eras has influenced actor and role of BPMPD in fostering and
empowering the village. Post-enactment of Law 6 of 2014, the role of the
district government run by BPMPD was increasingly restricted. BPMPD
only encouraged village government to be a subject to any construction
activity in the village. This paradigm shift was then to be understood by
BPMPD, which was then poured into the policy and work programs.
Next, an assessment of the programs of BPMPD of North East
Timor Regency 2015 will be described, to determine the extent of the
competitiveness programs. Using MacMillan matrix, the programs will be
assessed based on four criteria: fit, attractiveness, alternative coverage,
and competitive position. In 2015, BPMPD of North East Timor Regency
undertook six work programs set out in twenty-six activities.
Briefly explained that, assessing phase was started from the
assessment on any activity that was part of the programs. The

903 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 assessment was based on four criteria of MacMillan, which was done by
firstly collecting the information to create a profile program. This program
profile was used to address the indicators of the four criteria of MacMillan
mentioned in the operational definition. The assessment results were
then summarized to make an overall program assessment. The following
is table of work programs results assessment of BPMPD Regency of
2015.

Programs Ratings

Fit Attractiven Alternative Competitive

ess coverage position
Program
Goo Poor High Low High Low Stron Weak
d g
1. Personnel √ √ √ √
Resources
Capacity
Improvement
2. Village Government √ √ √ √
Personnel
Resources
Capacity
Improvement
3. Rural Economic √ √ √ √
Institution
Development
4. Rural Community √ √ √ √
Empowerment
Improvement
5. Public Participation √ √ √ √
Improvement in
Village Building
6. Role of Women √ √ √ √
Improvement in
Rural Areas.

904 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 It can be explained that there were three programs that can be quite
competitive because they have good ratings on four indicators. These
programs were: 1) Personnel Resources Capacity Improvement; 2)
Village Government Personnel Resources Capacity Improvement; 3)
Public Participation Improvement in Village Building. While Rural
Economic Institutions Development Program, has the attractiveness in
the terms of budget, although it is still weak from the competitive position
due to the competence of the personnel. However, this program can be
sustained because it has connection with the development of Village-
Owned Enterprises (BUMDes) mandated by Law 6 of 2014. While two
other programs, namely: Rural Community Empowerment Improvement
Program and Community Participation Improvement Program in Village
Building, have a weak competitive position based on the assessment
results of the four criteria of MacMillan.

2. Work Procedures
To identify the activities on BPMPD, it can be seen from the main
tasks and functions, contained in the Regional Regulation No. 9 of 2008.
In the institution and working procedures, tasks and functions of BPMPD
of North East Timor Regency can be grouped into the functions of staff
and line. Staff function performed by secretariat headed by the Secretary
and in charge of three Heads of Section. While the line function is a
depiction of the soul and main tasks of the institution. This function
consists of four heads of division respectively assisted by two heads of
section. Each function run activities, which will be identified from the
aspect of working procedures.
On staff function, based on the data collection in the field, the
standardized work procedures documents were not found, which are
used for providing guidance for the implementation of any activity in the
secretariat. The only activity that obeys SOP standardized by other
institutions was financial affair, starting from the disbursement to the

905 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 periodic financial reporting. The implementation of other activities in the
secretariat were done manually. Here are some of the activities outlined
and how these activities were run on BPMPD secretariat of North East
Timor Regency.
The activity of managing incoming and outgoing mail, is mentioned
in Article 25, paragraph (2) (h). In BPMPD of North East Timor Regency,
the handling of incoming mail was starting from the secretariat staff who
received incoming mail and then registered in the Book of Incoming Mail,
and made the letter carrier sheet delivered to the Secretary. Next, the
Secretary made a disposition on incoming mail and delivered to the Head
of Agency to be studied. The Head then followed up the disposition on
the incoming mail according to its purpose. The letter was returned to the
General Administrator to further distributed to the divisions in accordance
with the written instructions of the Head of Agency. Head of Division
received the letter then gave order the Head of Section to execute in
detail based on the tasks and functions, respectively.
Incoming Mail Handling in BPMPD

General Secretary Head of General

Administrator Agency Administrator

Head of Head of
Agency Section

From the description of the procedures for handling the incoming

mail above, hierarchically, there was no problem found. Yet, from the
above figures, there was no clarity of time listed concerning the duration
of each phase was done. This happened because there was no detailed
standard handling in the form of SOP of incoming mail handling. In detail,
supposedly handling the incoming mail includes activities undertaken,
implementer, completeness required, time, and the output of each stage.
Work procedures implemented in every field, were almost identical to
those done in the secretariat, that the implementation of each activity

906 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 undertaken still had not had a standard of procedure. In 2015, it can be
seen that there were changes in the middle of the year, such as the
addition of new programs or changes in budgeting. It was contributing to
make the severity of work procedures in BPMPD of North East Timor
Regency. One example was the implementation of the personnel
capacity building program, which in 2015, there was a major change in
budgeting. The magnitude of this activity evidently was done without
clear procedures. The identification of the needs of personnel capacity
building was not done with a comprehensive analysis because in doing
this activity, there was no standard working procedures specified.

These activities generally required detail at every stage as involving

cross-field implementers and a long time preparation. These activities
included: 1) Training of government management and village financial
management; 2) Facilitating the implementation of tiered development
planning; 3) Monitoring, evaluation, and unified reporting; 4) Monitoring,
evaluation, and reporting the utilization of the Special Allocation Fund of
Village Fund (ADD). In addition to the above cross-field activities, the
absence of working procedures also made the work not effectively
implemented in the field. It can be concluded that BPMPD of North East
Timor Regency only has policy and guidance not equipped with working
procedures, work instructions, and recorded as evaluation materials, so
that a work efficiency was not optimal.

E. CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION

1. Conclusion
The findings by looking the aspects of the work programs and
procedures on BPMPD of North East Timor Regency, pointing things out
as follow:
a) Seen from the work programs aspect, BPMPD had not had enough
competitive, so that the repairs were needed. The programs and
activities carried out tended not in accordance with the tasks and

907 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 functions of the institution, so they had duplicated programs on
other governments. As a result, the implementation of the programs
and activities was not effective to address the tasks and functions
of BPMPD of North East Timor Regency. In the aspect of working
procedures of BPMPD of North East Timor Regency, it did not have
standard SOP used in defining the policy and implementation of the
institutional activities. The implementation of office activities was
carried out manually without any clarity completion time, clear
procedures, alignment among the fields, and who is responsible. As
a result, the office activities were not run efficiently.
b) The problem of the institutional capacity was due to no clear
understanding yet on BPMPD, related to the paradigm shift in Law
6 of 2014. This paradigm shift occurred at the issue, arena and
actor that influenced BPMPD institutional. So if this cannot be
understood, then BPMPD cannot formulate the required
institutional design that is oriented to build the initiatives of the
village as the subject of development.
c) Weak capacity of Badan Pemberdayaan Masyarakat dan
Pemerintahan Desa (BPMPD) of North East Timor Regency was
not separated from several factors, which in this study were
identified as follow:
1. Conducive leadership, that is the leadership ability of BPMPD
of North East Timor Regency to create and maintain
institutional conditions that ensure personnel creativity without
pressure and involvement of all components in the
management activities of the institution. This aspect was
associated with the guarantee of the leaders of BPMPD of
North East Timor Regency, to all of the institutional components
to receive ideas and suggestions without fear and resistance of
the personnel, in the improvement of preparation of the
programs and appropriate working procedures.

908 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 2. A shared commitment, that is the collective consciousness of
all components of the institution on the values and goals of the
institution, which became the main capital in the implementation
of the tasks and functions respectively, in order to support the
institutional goals.
3. Innovative culture, that is the institutional ability to build a value
or a strong tradition in terms of creating new ideas, in preparing
the work programs that are adaptive to the objective needs in
the field. Besides, this innovative culture opens wide space to
solve the problems, including improving the quality of work
procedures that are efficient.

2. Recommendations
Based on the factors influences the capacity of BPMPD of North
East Timor Regency, here are the following recommendations for repairs
to be done:
a) Building the skills and knowledge of the personnel, through
education and appropriate training
To increase the involvement of the personnel in the
implementation of tasks and activities of the office, firstly, a common
understanding of tasks and functions is needed to do. It can be called
the reorientation of the entire personnel, which is conducted to support
the shared commitment of capital that already exists. This activity is
intended to align the understanding of institutional policy deployment
through the work programs that had undergone a deviation of the main
tasks of the institution itself, and particularly to determine the specific
targets in the work unit. The training method can be done simply
through mentoring and coaching from more experienced personnel by
providing information, support and encouragement to carry out the
work. Of course, before mentoring and coaching, the senior or

909 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

experienced personnel conduct reorientation at the management level
above.
b) Performing preparation of work procedures involving all
components of the institution whose have been previously
reoriented
Based on the stages of the preparation of Standard Operating
Procedure (SOP) in the Ministry Regulation of Administrative Reform
and Bureaucratic Reform No. 35 of 2012 on Guidance for Preparation
of Standard Operating Procedure of Administration, then the next step
is to involve all components of the institution to prepare SOP attached
to the tasks and functions, respectively. The active participation of all
components will reflect the responsibility respectively of the work
procedures made by themselves.

c) Building an effective institutional communication

Communications within the institution are described as formal
and informal. Formal communication refers to the communication that
takes place within the institutional work rules set out, while the informal
communication is a communication that is not defined in the hierarchy
structure of the institution (Robbins and Coulter, 2010-88). Formal
communication occurs in any office activity and causes a large workload
on the personnel, for which institutional needs to create an informal
communication that can give balance and rejuvenate the personnel in
prime condition to work.
An effective communication method can then combine those two
types of communications above. This can be done by: 1) having an
open office layout design, and relatively the same for everyone, to foster
a culture of open, honest, and respect for others; 2) morning coffee to
do once a week, with a relaxed atmosphere while a light discussing on
the targets achievement of the institution; 3) the example of a leader in
communicating politely, listen to the complaint of the subordinates

910 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 actively; 4) giving the personnel a space to talk in any evaluation
meeting. By applying this informal communication, the barriers to
communicate within the institution are expected to find the right media
for all components to convey information effectively.

REFERENCES
Books:
Creswell, John W. 2014. Penelitian Kualitatif & Desain Riset : Memilih
Diantara Lima Pendekatan. Yogyakarta. Pustaka Pelajar.
Mahmudi. 2015. Manajemen Kinerja Sektor Publik. Yogyakarta. UPP STIM
YKPN.
Purwanto, Erwan Agus & Sulistyastuti, Dyah Ratih. 2012. Implementasi
Kebijakan Publik. Yogyakarta. Penerbit Gava Media.
Robbins dan Coulter. 2010. Manajemen, Edisi Kesepuluh-Jilid 2. Penerbit
Erlangga. Jakarta.
United Nation Development Programme. 2009. Capacity Development: A
UNDP Primer.USA.
Widaningrum, Ambar. 2010. Desentralisasi, Kapasitas Daerah dan
Pengelolaan Jaringan Alam Penyelenggaraan Pelayanan Publik,
dalam Wahyudi Kumorotomo dan Ambar Widaningrum, (editor),
Reformasi Aparatur Negara Ditinjau Kembali. Yogyakarta. Gava
Media dan MKKP dan MAP, UGM.
Journals:
GTZ-SfDM. 2015. Guidelines on Capacity Building in the Regions, Module
A : The Capacity Building Cycle from Capacity Building Needs
Assessment (CBNA) towards the Capacity Building Action Plan
(CBAP). Prepared by Rainer Rohdewohld and Dr. Manfred Poppe.
Horton, Douglas, Et. All. 2003. Evaluating Capacity Development:
Experiences From Research and Development Organization Around
the World. The Nedtherlands: International Service for National
Agricultural Research (ISNAR); Canada: International Development
Research Centre (IDRC) the Netherlands: ACP-EU Technical Centre
for Agricultural and Rural Cooperation (CTA).

911 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Ismet Fanany dkk. 2009. The Meaning of Capacity Building in Indonesia.
Oxford University Press and Community Development Journal. Hal.89
Jurie, D. Jay. 2000. Building Capacity : Organizational Competence and
Critical Theory. Journal of Organization Change Management,
Vol.13.Iss 3 pp.264-274.
Regulations:
Undang-Undang Nomor 6 Tahun 2014 tentang Desa.
Peraturan Menteri Pendayagunaan Aparatur Negara dan Reformasi
Birokrasi Nomor 29 Tahun 2010, tentang Pedoman Penyusunan
Penetapan Kinerja dan Pelaporan Akuntabilitas Kinerja Instansi
Pemerintah.
Peraturan Menteri Pendayagunaan Aparatur Negara dan Reformasi
Birokrasi Nomor 35 Tahun 2012 tentang Pedoman Penyusunan
Standar Operasional Prosedur Administrasi Pemerintahan.
Peraturan Daerah Kabupaten Timor Tengah Utara Nomor 9 Tahun 2008,
tentang Organisasi dan Tata Kerja Bappeda, Inspektorat, dan
Lembaga Teknis Daerah Lainnya.

912 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 ECOLOGICAL DEMOCRACY IN ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY MAKING

Siti Aliyuna Pratisti

Department of International Relation, Universitas Padjadajran

A. ABSTRACT
Ecological democracy is an implementation of environmental justice
principles and the principles of democracy on environmental policy making.
These principles are challenged by frequent mismanagement of the
ecological framework which often lead to greater environmental
devastation. Preventing that to happen, ecological democracy should be
applied through deliberate conduct of environmental management through
a firm and apparent standards of environment protection, limits in natural
exploitation, and strict rules regarding the industrial waste mechanism. In
addition to procedural, the increasing of public awareness also has a vital
role in promoting ecological democracy in environmental policy making. The
Government of Bandung is no exception to comply and implement the
environmental justice principles. But in reality, some problems occur
recently indicating that the Government of Bandung has neglected the basic
ecological principle. The existing environmental problems in Bandung
indicate that the implementation of ecological democracy and sustainable
policy making, still far from being realized. The floods happened recently
and swept the downtown areas is somehow unprecedented, the
deteriorating of green spaces, and the low quality of waste management,
are problems in sight. By using case study method and comparison of policy
models, this research seeks to examine the extent of ecological democracy
in the environmental policy-making in Bandung. Parallel with it, public
participation also will be described conjointly since participation holds the
key to sustainable development. Therefore, the concept of ecological
democracy lies in how environmental problems solved between the existing
networks of power (government and public) – by emphasizing citizen
engagement in environmental policy-making process, participate in any
ways, on providing feedback and solutions that will be used as inputs for
the environmental policy making.

Keywords: decision making process, ecological democracy, public

participation, sustainable development

913 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

A. INTRODUCTION
The growing population in big cities of Indonesia has a positive
impact on economic growth, but this is often followed by negative impacts
such as the emergence of social or environmental issues. The
overpopulated urban area has increased the number of unemployment, and
also bring environmental problems (Dardak, 2007: 1), such as poor
condition of sanitation, lack of clean water, and also waste management
issues. Bandung is one of the most populous cities in Indonesia with a
number of environmental problems that come along with population growth
and development in various sectors. One of the critical problems is the
increasing of waste production. The problem of waste management has
become a major concern after landslide disaster that occurred on Leuwi
Gajah Landfill in 2006. To this today, various efforts to overcome waste
management problems in Bandung continues to be sought. One of the
solution offered by the government is to build a Waste Power Plant which
in its process cause divided public opinion. The Waste Power Plant scheme
has been neglected due to the public protest and deadlock between
government and the private sectors. In 2017, the Government of Bandung
initiated to build a new integrated landfill technology in Legok Nangka
expected to operate in 2020 to overcome the garbage problem (Iqbal,
2017). Another problem faced by Bandung is widespread of housing area
which implicates to the reduced water absorption capacity and increase the
number of flood-affected areas in the rainy season.

With many environmental problems faced by the government of

Bandung, a thorough evaluation should perform to find obstacle and
difficulties in the implementation of environmental policy. It is expected that
with the exertion of ecological democracy in policy making, there will be
more space for private sectors and public participation to engage in finding

914 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

environmental solutions, therefore the government will find more inputs to
solve the existing problems. Through this approach, there are two important
outlined to be considered in the formulation of environmental policy, namely:

1. The Government responsibility toward environmental problems

embedded in policy making
2. Grassroots movement and non-governmental organization
awareness in maintaining environmental sustainability.
To illustrate how the two focuses of analysis interact, this research
will adopt a case study on public participation in the construction plan of the
Gedebage Waste Power Plant. By describing on how government and
public interact in this polemic, the environmental policy making in Bandung
can be extracted from the ecological democracy point of view.

B. RESEARCH OBJECTIVES
Through the case study of waste management in Bandung, this
research expectantly can provide an overview and recommendation for the
present government in dealing with environmental problems. The
Government plays an important role to ensure the implementation of the
environmental principles. But in the other hand, the grassroots movements
also have a vital function in rebuilding a strong environment, either directly
(policy input) or indirectly (public awareness of sustainable development).

C. SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

The rise of environmental awareness posed a challenge for the
government to find the right solution to overcome environmental problems,
because if the policies adopted were not compatible, there are increasingly
threatening impact causing danger to environmental sustainability (Isomaki,
1991). To avoid mistakes in making and implementing environmental policy,
the government needs to implicate various elements of society in policy

915 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

formulation. The implication aimed for getting various inputs to find the right
solutions. Furthermore, community involvement is vital to environmental
policy making because the community that will experience the impact
firsthand, either it is positive or negative.

D. CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK
1. Ecological Democracy
Since the late of the 1960s, awareness of environmental risk and
devastation are prominently increasing in the international agenda.
Environmental issues such as the exploitation of marine products, damage
to soil due to industrial waste and deforestation has become global
problems that the impact is felt to a greater extent (Bayliss and Smith, 2001:
387). This global phenomena have coined a term “environmentalism” which
nowadays refer to set of rules and mechanism of environmental protection.
It derives from the etymology of the English language "environment", and
the Latin word "ism" which means a distinctive practice or system of
ideology. So that “environmentalism” can be interpreted as a notion that put
forward on environmental issues. Hayness (2000: 164) state that
environmentalism encourages two things:

1. An accessible political space that allows society to play a role in the

political process in environmental issues, and
2. As an important element in the formation of civil society.

Both of these principles are the guidelines for Mitchel (2006) to

describe the formation of an ecological democracy – wherein a government
is ought to aware of existing environmental problems and open to the public
participation in the process of environmental policy-making. This research
is based on Mitchel's article entitled "Green Politics or Environmental

916 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Blues? Analyzing Ecological Democracy" (2006), which contain a strong
thesis on the relationship between environmental awareness and
democracy. By taking Mexico as comparison to ecological democracy in
Bandung, this research seeks applicable solutions to many environmental
problems faced by both governments. By comparing the two models of
ecological democracy, the linkage between environmentalism, democracy
and sustainable development can be explained concurrently.

In his paper, Mitchel (2006) describes how environmentalism

movement in Mexico seeks to create a structure of ecological democracy
within the policy making process. By encouraging the society to participate,
the policies made by the government are synergistic with the aspirations of
society and environmental values embedded in their culture. To compare
the management of environmental problems in communities that
understand the value of ecological democracy and societies with lack
understanding of ecological democracy, Mitchel takes two examples of
environmental problems. The first example illustrates a form of ecological
democracy that exists between government and society in the forest
protection in Oaxaca. In his description, people living in the vicinity of the
Oaxaca forest, opposed the installation of a paper mill located in their area
by establishing a forest community that intended to protect the forest
collectively. In this case, Mitchel assumes that ecological democracy can
be achieved in Oaxaca because of the government support as well. The
government is open to the aspirations conveyed by the people so that the
forests in Oaxaca are successfully preserved.

The second example is selected to explain the danger of neglecting

ecological democracy principles. It was the case of environmental pollution
on the southern border of Mexico that caught Mitchel attention. This area is
an industrial field that is proven to suffer severe environmental damage
caused by hazardous waste which is not managed properly. There is no
sufficient action taken toward these environmental problems since the

917 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

government does not concern to the environmental problems, while the
local communities are not aware of the problems at hand. Environmental
problems arising from waste pollution are left protracted resulting severe
and harmful effects, not only for the environment, but also for the
surrounding community such as lung disease and cancer (Mitchel, 2006:
12-14).

Another study of ecological democracy also described by Nga Dao

in his article, Participation: a critical concept in development (2006) that
explains the importance of community participation in environmental policy
making. In his article, Nga Dao select a case study on the construction of
dams and hydropower in Vietnam. According to Nga Dao, participation
should be undertaken in the policy-making stage, but in the process of the
construction, the Vietnamese government does not involve the community
in its policy making process. By neglecting democratic principles, the result
end in a prolonged impact. The land that government used for dam
construction is productive land, so when people are displaced, there is a
drastic decline of crops which lead to famine and starvation. So it can be
seen, that the impact of this mismanagement is not only in terms of
environment, but also socioeconomic.

The root of ecological democracy itself is based on the principles of

environmental justice, environmental policy and democratic principles that
involve community participation in environmental policy-making. These
principles are faced with the fact that there are frequent errors in the policy-
making framework that often neglect environmental sustainability in
carrying out its development. The principles of ecological democracy are
applied through environmental protection measures at the local, national or
international levels. This principle is based on a strong will to protect
environmental sustainability, increase human responsibility to consume and
using nature resource to avoid exploitation, and to prevent adverse impact
of industry on environment (Githinji, 2006: 6).

918 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Dryzek (1997) argues that principles of increasing environmental
awareness, encourage people to participate in environmental policy-
making. Similarly, Shutkin (2000) points out that the development of green
politic studies in public policy making which promote the emergence of "civic
environmentalism" in which citizens have a strong engagement on
environmental responsibility and proactive in finding solutions for the
environmental problems that exist. These two principles are important point
in ecological democracy, as Nga Dao (2006) explained that community
participation is key in the effort to preserve the environment because the
community is a lead actor in environmental conservation.

The need for the concept of democracy in dealing with environmental

problems emerge when the existing power networks (i.e. government and
company), often require people to accept environmental policies that are
inconsistent with their will. Worse, societies are the most affected party
impact as environmental devastation happens. Therefore, ecological
democracy becomes the key to support community participation for
sustainable development without neglecting the public interest (Isomaki,
1991). Ecological democracy is a result when citizens can freely engage in
environmental policy-making processes, or have a strong will to participate
by providing ideas and solutions to be used as inputs in the policy making
process. Ecological democracy is an alternative model of democracy that
focuses on the following:

1. Encourage government structures to give more attention to

environmental policy, so that environmental problems can be
addressed systematically,
2. Raise awareness and engaging the community in the making of
environmental policy (Mitchel, 2006).
Both problems will be analyzed along with other relevant issues so
the obstacle that prevent the awareness of environmental-based policy
making, can be eliminated. Mitchel presents four potential conditions that

919 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

can illustrate the extent to which ecological democracy is applied as
depicted in Figure 1. Ideal democracy will be categorized as "open"
(democratic) or "closed" (authoritarian) for non-responsive government.
Ecological principle will be categorized as "green" (sustainable) and "brown"
(unsustainable), for the lack of environmental concern. In reality, there are
many gray areas where one concept overlaps with other concepts, but this
scenario can be an ideal model in comparing the ecological democracy of
a country.

Figure 1. Ecological Democracy Scenerio

Source (Mithel, 2006)

Scenario A (optimistic), where there is a win-win scenario that

combines open democracy with ecological ideology. Ecological democracy
is most likely to be achieved under these conditions. Information is widely
shared and participation in policy-making is highly appreciated so that
environmental policies that benefit all parties can be achieved.
Communities participate in the promotion of environmental awareness, for
example community-based, a community-driven forest-protection
operations aimed at preserving forests.

920 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Scenario B (ecocrat), is a lose-win scenario that combines closed
democracy with an ecological ideology. Environmental awareness is made
through strict environmental policy making and often only benefits to a
certain party. Policy-making and implementation, is centralized and
hierarchic. For example, the policy of resettling people from "wild" areas to
more rural area without compromising their interest, is contrary to the right
of freedom of the local people.

Scenario C (democrat), is a win-lose relationship that combines open

democracy with a lack of environmental awareness. Citizens have broad
access to policy making, but for them environmental policy is not their major
concern. For example, the decision of citizens to open a copper mine in a
water absorption area is critical toward the local biological specimen and
the sustainability of the nature.

Scenario D (status quo), is a lose-lose relationship that links to

closed democratic conditions with a lack of environmental awareness.
Policy making under these conditions is usually based on the fulfillment of
market needs so as not to care about environmental sustainability (Mitchel,
2006).

In line with what Mitchel pointed out, the effectiveness of

environmental conservation efforts, according to Haynes (2000) is very
dependent on the existing political conditions. Efforts to preserve the
environment will work well in a democratic country where civil society has
been strongly established. Whereas in a democratic country with
underdeveloped civil society, the efforts of environmental conservation will
experience many obstacles (Haynes, 2000: 175)

Mitchel (2006) mentions various factors that cause ecological

democracy failed to achieve as expected in scenario A, among others
factors are:

921 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 1. The strength of the global capitalist economy that often undertakes
development without regarding the environmental impact.
2. Closed democratic government system.
3. The absence of equality in rights and duties pertaining to the
environment.
4. The technology built does not prioritize environmental sustainability.
5. The absence of mediation and communication between the public
and the government.
While the factors that facilitate the formation of an ecological democracy
include:

1. Strong sense responsibility to the environment by both government

and society.
2. An open democratic model can be a channel for society to address
environmental issues.
3. There is a perception of threats to the danger of environmental
devastation.
4. The support of local culture towards the growth of ecological
democratic principles.
5. The spread of local or global networks in promoting ecological
democracy (Mitchel, 2006).
Concerning the study of the concept of ecological democracy, a
description of green politics is needed to establish a clear framework of
environmental awareness in policy making.

E. Green Politics
Green politics is the term that refers to political thought that places
the focus on the importance of environmental issues. In achieving its goal,
green politics relies on the involvement of grassroots movements and direct
public participation in democracy. It began to be promoted as global agenda
since the 1980s by supporters of the green movement which later formed

922 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

green party in various countries (Mitchel, 2006: 459). The purpose of green
politics is to change the structure and culture toward the environment, not
only it aimed to change company policy that tends to damage the
environment, but also aimed to change the mindset of the government and
society as a whole (Curran, 2001: 41).

Thoughts and awareness concerning toward environmental

problems have been part of social, economic and political agenda,
especially in the last two decades. The influence of environmental
ideologies promote and carry out various reforms in environmental
regulations (Curran, 2001: 43). Entering the twenty-first century, there is an
increased discussion of environmental issues in the policy-making process,
and increasing awareness of the importance of environmental knowledge.
Apparently, environmentalism principle has influenced the politics of public
policy making.

There is great hope from the results of various environmental

conferences which has resulted various environmental sustainability rules
and norms. However, many countries, especially industrialized countries
seem to continue to ignore these principles of environmental sustainability
in theirs plan of development. This has become the biggest obstacle to the
environmental regimes, when the states do not take concrete actions in
environmental problem, the impact is not only felt by the country, but
globally (Haynes, 2000: 168). According to Rawls, the most important thing
in a policy-making is the idea of the public. Political institutions must have
mechanisms to accommodate public notions in the making of their policies.
Therefore, stagnation lead by a state’s reluctance to adopt environmental
policy, can be diminished trough public pressure and opinion that articulated
environmental awareness (Humprey, 2007: 115).

In Indonesia, all kinds of policies related to environmental

management must be in line with the Basic Provisions of Environmental
Management regulated by Law No. 23 of 1997 on the Management of the

923 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Environment (UUPLH). Without any exception, all forms of environmental
policy must take shelter under the Act (Erwin, 2008: 13). However, of all
legislation regarding the environmental issues still contain several
weaknesses. Firstly, the legislation does not provide specific reference to
emergency measures to be taken for critical issues to be addressed, such
as the Lapindo mud case or smoke haze in Sumatera. Second, the
legislation has a great discretion (opportunity) to be somehow
misinterpreted and can be applied without providing adequate access for
the public to control the implementation of the policy. This lack of access
allows certain groups to make environmental issues as a means of
achieving their own interests (Erwin, 2008: 206).

However, a policy outcome must be resulted from the interaction of

the government with the community. According to Easton (1979), a public
policy is a political decision developed by a government agency or official,
and functioned as an important process in the political system. Public policy
seen from the perspective of the political system is described as the
interaction between inputs derived from the environmental principles in the
form of support and the demand that produces the output. Also, feedback
is vital part in the policy-making process, it indicates whether the output can
change the environment, whereas the policy output itself can generate new
demand which then gives new output to the next policy, and so on. So it can
be said that the policy-making process is a continuous process (Easton,
1979: 45).

F. METHODOLOGY
This research uses qualitative method. The selection of qualitative
methods is based on in-depth research to collect data and understand the
form of community participation in the construction plan of Gedebage waste
power plant. The data will include a political study concerning values,
attitudes, behavior in the form of social interaction, motivation and public

924 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

awareness. In the process, researchers make observations and interviews
to be able to understand the polemic regarding ecological democracy,
obtained either from the words or actions of informants. Researchers also
collect and record data that have relevance to the problems studied. To
understand the various responses and views of the community on the
application of ecological democracy in the policy making process,
researcher engages an interactive relationship with the parties involved
through participatory observation.

In the process, the research includes the orientation sand exploration

stage. The orientation stage includes approaches and introduce the
purpose of the research to the related parties, including Chairman of
Bapeda Bandung, Chairman of BPLH Bandung, Walhi, and the community
near the chosen location. In the exploration stage, the researchers tried to
dig the data from various information sources, and finding data through
observation, interview and document study. Good communication between
researchers and informers is needed for the elaboration of required data. In
each stage of the research, the researcher performs triangulation of data,
namely the effort to get the validity of the data obtained. Through
triangulation of data, researchers conduct cross check by exploring data
from different sources so that the data obtained is not biased. After the data
collected, the researcher will compile the field report and make a summary.
Problems that suddenly arise in the middle of the research process will be
traced to the clarity so that if there is something to be corrected can be fixed
since the time of data extraction took place.

G. CONCLUSION/IMPLICATION
Through the deep comprehension of concepts and phenomena
related to ecological democracy, the polemic of pro and contra in the
construction of the waste power plant in Gedebage can be described as
follows:

925 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Figure 2. Democracy Ecology in Environmental Policy

Public participation and the values of environmentalism in policy

making, particularly in the construction plan of the waste power plant in
Gedebage, Bandung are issues that need to be analyzed trough ecological
democracy perspective. By observing closely the policy making process,
we can conclude which scenario of ecological democracy fit to the
interaction between government and public in the case of waste power plant
construction in Bandung.

Based on the results of data analysis, important conclusions can be

drawn relating to the ecological democracy framework. Firstly, public
participation in engaging ecological democracy can be undertaken by
various elements of society, including environmental NGOs, environmental
observers and communities. The means to articulate their ideas also
varied, such as through demonstrations, court suits, discussion forums,
organizational participation and professional participation by joining in
political parties.

Secondly, public participation in environmental issues becomes the

benchmark in the study of ecological democracy as reflected in the public
awareness of environmental issues. Moreover, the ecological democratic
model of open political system also provides space for the community to

926 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

channel its aspirations and to aware of environmental threats. There is also
social and cultural support and local and global networks that contribute to
the formation of ecological democracy among the people.

And lastly, from the perspective of ecological democracy model

offered by Mitchel, the polemic of the waste power plant construction in
Bandung, fit into the scenario of ecocrat (model B of ecological democracy).
This model illustrates the conditions under which policy-making and
implementation are done centralistic and hierarchical. The community is
given space to channel its aspirations and transparency through mediation.
But the government does not consider the various alternative solutions
offered by the community and continue on their plan even though there are
various communities will be harmed if the power plant is built.

F. RECOMMENDATION
From the conclusion above, there are some recommendations I
would like to offer. First, as an approaches that examines two sides of the
political coin (government and public), the adoption of ecological democracy
principles applied best when involving both of the parties. Public
participation is the main focus in an environmental policy making so that the
policy made will not harm the community, but an open democratic
government also plays important role in supporting and implementing the
principles. Public involvement in policy making can be done by several
ways:

1. Perform polls on environmental policies that will affect communities

before taking any action
2. Public discussion between the government and the community to
discuss the existing problems so as to achieve a joint solution that
does not harm both parties.
3. Increasing public awareness. This can be done through
environmental principle education so that the community has

927 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 sufficient knowledge in providing solutions to the existing
environmental problems and actively participate in tackling the
problem. The education can be implemented either by government,
NGO or society independently.

The second recommendation related to social support which is very

influential to the empowerment of people in dealing with environmental
problems. As Githinji (2006) puts it in his paper “Dressing Political
Democracy with Ethics”, that NGOs and the middle class play an important
role in fostering environmental awareness. This suggests that people who
have economic or middle-class income, support with high level of education
are far more proactive towards engaging the environmental issues. In the
other hand, collective cultural values is also has strong influence by
constructing a cooperative relationship that binds communities. This value
will greatly determine the mechanism of decision-making process, together
by upholding the values of local tradition (Cohen and Mitchel, 2006).

And lastly, one of the main factors that construct ecological

democracy mindset is the spread of local and global networks that promote
environmental awareness. There are non-governmental organizations, both
local and global, that participate in promoting the values of ecological
democracy. These networks provide a powerful impetus in raising
awareness and understanding of the environment I the community. With
both local and global networks, the public gets extensive information on
environmental issues. Through the transfer of information and knowledge,
the community can become independent in the effort to conserve the
environment and can provide input to the government on the solution of
environmental problems that occur. With the support of an independent
society and an open government, and ideal ecological democracy can be
realized.

928 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

REFERENCES
Baylis, J. & Smith, S. (2001), The Globalization of World Politics. New York,
Oxford: University Press.
Curran. G. (2001). The Third Way and Ecological Modernization.
Contemporary Politics. Vol. 7(1): 41-55.
Dardak, E. (2007). The Development of Agricultural-Based Small Urban
Areas to Promote Rural Development (Thesis). Beppu, Japan:
Graduate School of Asia Pacific Studies.
Dryzek, J. (2007). The Politics of the Earth: Environmental Discourses.
Contemporary Human Ecology. New York: Oxford University Press.
Easton, D. (1979). The Political System: An Inquiry into the State of Political.
Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Erwin, M. (2008). Hukum Lingkungan dalam Sistem Kebijakan
Pembangunan Lingkungan Hidup. Bandung: Refika Aditama.
Githinji, P.K. (2006). Dressing Political Democracy with Ethics.
SIEMENPUU Discussion papers: 6-11
Hayness, J. (2000). Demokrasi dan Masyarakat Sipil di Dunia Ketiga:
Gerakan Politik Baru Kaum Terpinggir. Jakarta: Yayasan Obor
Indonesia.
Humprey. M. (2007). Green Political Theory. Ethics and World Politics. New
York: Oxford University Press.
Iqbal, D. (2017). Bandung Yang Terus Dirundung Masalah Sampah.
Retrieved June 27, 2017 from
http://www.mongabay.co.id/2017/02/22/bandung-yang-terus-
dirundung-masalah-sampah/
Isomaki, R. (1991). Paper, Pollution and Global Warming: Unsustainable
Forestry in Finland. Ecology, Vol .21(1).
Mitchell, R.E. (2006). Green politics or environmental blues? Analyzing
Ecological Democracy. Public Understanding of Science. Vol. 15:
459–480. DOI: 10.1177/0963662506065060
Nga, D. (2006). Participation – A Critical Concept in Development.
SIEMENPUU Discussion papers: 19-25.
Shutkin, W. A. (2000). The Land that Could Be: Environmentalism and
Democracy in the Twenty-first Century. Cambridge, MA: MIT.

929 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 WRITING OUR OWN NARRATIVE: LIVED REALITIES OF WOMEN IN
MUSLIM MINDANAO

Yasmira P. Moner*

ABSTACT
This study is an attempt to chronicle the lived realities of Muslim
women in Mindanao through a case study focusing on Muslim women who
are living in the conflict-zone of Muslim Mindanao. The study is an
exploratory social research via the Pagdadala (Carrying the Burden) model
developed by Decenteceo (1997, 2009) in focus group discussions and
interviews with key respondents. The principal objectives of this study are
the following: (1) to tell the story of Muslim women in Mindanao, particularly
Muslim women in Lanao areas and the challenges they are facing in a
multicultural community; (2) to ascertain the context and environment of
their experiences as Muslim women; (3) to determine the coping
mechanisms they use in order to survive in such situations; and (4) to
propose policy recommendations to key government agencies that address
the plight of Muslim women in the Philippines.
This study is primarily qualitative in nature, combining both focus
group discussions (FGD) using the pagdadala model to identify core issues,
coping styles and goals of Muslim women given their current context, and
individual in-depth interviews with selected participants from the FGD to
produce Muslim women’s narratives.
To identify women’s burdens, coping mechanisms, sources of strength, and
self-concept, actual data strands was taken from transcripts and coded to
easily group similar concepts that surfaced. Data will be initially analyzed
separately, before their output to be checked against each other. This is to
ensure objectivity in the identification of emerging issues or themes.
Recommendations of this study is valuable in crafting public policies
that would be gender-sensitive and culturally-sensitive in the context of
Muslim women, who usually brunt the negative portrayals of women in a
patriarchal society.
Key words: Gender, Pagdadala, ARMM, Muslim women, religiosity.

A. INTRODUCTION
Muslim women in the Philippines are diverse—coming from different
cultural backgrounds, different regions and various strata of society. Their

930 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

plight is not limited geographically to the Autonomous Region of Muslim
Mindanao (ARMM). Nor is it concentrated in one socio-cultural or socio-
economic grouping. A contributing factor to the presence of Muslim women
in non-Muslim urban areas is the on-going migration from the Southern
Philippines due to various reasons, such as the lack of economic
opportunities in the ARMM and the difficult conflict situation in parts of
Mindanao. The National Statistical Coordination Board (as cited by
Balisacan and Hill, 2007) reported in 2006 that poverty incidence in the
ARMM has reached fifty five percent (55%), twice the national average.
Metro Manila, the wealthiest region, has 12 times the per capita income of
the nation’s poorest region, the ARMM.

Invariably, diaspora from Mindanao to various parts of the nation has

increased in the past decades boosting the number of internal migrants to
Muslim communities in Metro Manila, Cebu and Davao. However, along
with migration, comes social and economic vulnerabilities—the most
affected of which are Muslim women.

This study is an attempt to chronicle the lived realities of Muslim

women in Muslim Mindanao utilizing the exploratory social research via the
Pagdadala (Carrying the Burden) model developed by Decenteceo (1997,
2009) in focus group discussions.

B. OBJECTIVES
This paper seeks to attain the following objectives:

(1) to tell the story of Muslim women in Muslim Mindanao given the
various issues and challenges they are facing;
(2) to ascertain the context and environment of their experiences as
Muslim women and;
(3) to determine the coping mechanisms they use in order to survive in
such situations; and

931 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

C. METHODOLOGY
This study is primarily qualitative in nature, combining both focus
group discussions (FGD) using the pagdadala model to identify core issues,
coping styles and goals of Muslim women given their current context, and
individual in-depth interviews with selected participants from the FGD to
produce Muslim women’s narratives.

1. Pagdadala Research Model.

Developed through Decenteceo’s work with Filipino paraprofessional
counselors, the model which focuses on the experience of pagdadala or
carrying a burden (as we journey in life) will allow researchers to explore
Muslim Filipino women’s roles and challenges, coping mechanisms,
environmental conditions or context, and goals or target destinations in life.
Through the indigenous data gathering method of pakikipagkwentuhan
(storytelling), which sets a light or informal mood found to be effective when
working with Filipinos, respondents will be asked to share their journey in
life. Purposively, the life of the Muslim Filipino woman was explored through
the model’s following components:

Ang dinadala (Burden being carried). This refers to the Muslim

woman’s roles, relationships or responsibilities, and will be explored
through the question: Anu-ano ang iyong dinadala sa iyong
paglalakbay sa buhay?

Ang nagdadala (Person carrying the burden). This refers to the

Muslim woman herself. Respondents’ perceptions of who they are
in relation to their roles and responsibilities will be explored through
the question: Ano ang tingin mo sa sarili mo base sa mga dinadala
mo at mga nangyayari sa buhay mo?

Ang pagdadala (Manner of carrying the burden). This refers to the

manner in which the Muslim woman carries burdens or face
challenges. Specifically, respondents’ coping mechanisms will be

932 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 explored by asking: Paano mo dinadala ang mga problema? Sa
tingin mo ba maayos mo pang nadadala ang mga ito?

Ang patutunguhan (End destination). This refers to the target

destinations or goals of the Muslim woman, which will be explored
through the question: Sa haba-haba ng iyong paglalakbay, saan mo
ba gustong makarating? (o ano ba ang iyong gustong marating sa
buhay?)

Ang pagdadaanan (Path to destination). This refers to the path—

plan or strategy—the Muslim woman has in mind to get to her target
destination. Here, plans or strategies will be explored by asking:
Paano ka makakarating doon (sa gusto mong
destinasyon/marating)? Ano sa tingin mo ang kailangan mong
gawin?

Ang pinagdadaanan (Day-to-day events). This refers to external

factors or day-to-day events that affect the Muslim woman’s ability to
carry out tasks easily or successfully. It could be lack of employment
opportunities, discrimination against Muslims or women, and the like.
Here, it will be explored by asking: Anu-ano ang mga nangyayari sa
paligid mo—sa pamilya o komunidad mo, o sa lipunan natin—na
nakakaapekto sa iyong kakayahang dalhin nang maayos ang
problema?

Through the use of this model, the researchers were able to

successfully portray the life of Muslim women and more importantly, came
up with policy recommendations to government agencies that address
issues and concerns of Muslim Filipino women in Muslim Mindanao. In
addition, given that the pagdadala model has been originally designed for
psychosocial processing sessions with Filipinos, the researchers hoped that
through the data gathering process, participants was also be able to find a

933 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

break from their daily routine, learn from each other’s experiences, and see
their own situations in a more positive light.

D. MUSLIM WOMEN NARRATIVES

1. Loss And Hope: A Widowed Mother’s Destiny
My name is Normina Ayub Undong from Cotabato City in
Maguindanao Province. I was born in the Municipality of Datu Sinsuat in
1960. My father was a farmer and my mother was a plain housewife. I am
the eldest among eight children.

As a farmer’s daughter, I usually helped my parents in the farm. My

siblings and I would help plant rice and crops during weekends. Although
we were not rich, my father was able to send all of us to school. I studied
at the Galican Pilot Elementary School and finished high school at Cotabato
Polytechnic High School in 1985. I was an average student and my ambition
was simple: to go abroad and work in an office.

After graduating from high school, however, fate led me to a different

path. I met a man named Datu Andamin Undong who would eventually
become my husband. He had started courting me while I was still in high
school though I didn’t like him at first. I felt intimidated by him because he
was 10 years my senior and belonged to one of the royal clans in our town.
But as time passed, I got to know him better. I accepted his marriage
proposal in 1985 and got married at the age of 25.

However, it turned out that my husband had been previously married

to another woman for 15 years. I agreed to become his second wife
because his first wife was over 40 years old and was not able to give him
any child. For the first few months of our marriage, we lived in the same
house as his first wife. Naturally, the first wife got jealous of me, as I was
the younger wife. After two months, we decided to move to another house.

934 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 My husband divided his time alternately between the both of us, and
we lived close to his first wife’s house. I was not jealous because I knew my
husband chose to remain with her out of loyalty. However, they frequently
quarreled over her jealousy of me.

In 1989, my husband decided to divorce her because she wanted

him to divorce me. So we decided to move to Manila to avoid further conflict.
My husband had relatives in Barangay Culiat, Tandang Sora who graciously
allowed us to stay with them. They helped my husband get a job at a
recruitment agency that they owned and also helped me land a job as a
domestic helper in Saudi Arabia. Initially, my husband did not allow me to
work abroad, but I was able to convince him because I told him that I will go
to Saudi not just to work but also to be able to perform Hajj, pilgrimage to
Mecca which was one of the five pillars of Islam.

I left the country in 1990 and worked in Riyadh for two years as a
domestic helper. My employers were an Arab couple who were very kind
and devout Muslims. I was very fortunate because not only did they treat
me well, but my female employer frequently brought me along to her trips
to Mecca where she would perform umrah (minor hajj). As her companion,
I was able to experience staying in nice hotels and performing umrah
whenever she did.

In 1992, I got to perform Hajj together with some 200 Filipino Muslim
domestic helpers. We were one of the largest groups and all of us were first-
timers. It was indeed one of the most memorable and fulfilling experiences
I had when I got to see the Holy Kaaba and visit the site of the Prophet
Muhammad’s (peace be upon him) grave in Madinah.

After performing Hajj, my husband urged me to come home to the

Philippines. Actually, I did not want to return home yet, but I had to oblige
as he has always been calling me to come back.

935 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Upon returning to the country in 1992, I was shocked to find out that
while I was abroad, my husband had married two more wives. In my anger,
I ran away and attempted to divorce him. However he managed to find me
in my relatives’ house and would not allow me to divorce him. I eventually
relented because of the fact that both his new wives were abroad and did
not bear any children with him. I immediately got pregnant after my
return and my first child, a girl, was born in 1993. Two years after, I gave
birth to my second child, a boy, in 1995. My third and last child was also a
boy, born in 1997. Unfortunately, my uterus had to be removed after my
third delivery due to possible complications should I give birth again.

My husband became one of the co-owners and managers of the

recruitment agency which was located in Mabini, Manila. I sometimes
helped out in the agency whenever there were many applicants seeking to
work abroad. I took care of the applicants and some of them even stayed at
our house for temporary shelter while waiting for their work permits.

It was in 2006, when my husband suddenly became ill. His throat

was always painful and he started losing his voice. For some reason, the
doctors couldn’t seem to diagnose his condition. For about one year, he
frequently received dextrose treatments at the hospital. Unfortunately, he
succumbed to his illness on November 2007. We had been married for 22
years when he passed away.

I have gone on to become the breadwinner for my children since

then. The house my husband owned had been loaned off to pay for his
hospitalization expenses, so I, along with my children, had to move in with
my sister who lived nearby.

My main source of income is selling traditional snacks like pastil (a

rice meal wrapped in banana leaf), boiled eggs and bananas. I have a small
stall just outside my sister’s sari-sari store. Sometimes I also sew dresses
when my neighbors order from me. I earn around 300 pesos everyday but

936 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

unfortunately this is not enough to sustain my children’s needs who are all
studying.

My eldest daughter, Saada, is now 20 years old and is currently a

freshman college student taking up Information Technology. Fortunately
since she is a studious and intelligent student, she got a college scholarship
from the Quezon City Polytechnic University. My second child, Fahad, is
currently out of school because I cannot afford to pay a college education
for him. Although he finished high school, he did not get any scholarship
from any college and was unable to enroll. He wants to take up a two-year
course in Computer Science, which is why I really need to find scholarship
assistance for him. My youngest child, Abdul Aziz is in highschool. Right
now, his schooling is free but when he goes to college, he will need more
financial support. I want all my children to finish schooling. That is why I’m
trying to find more livelihood support.

Sometimes, my sister who is based in Kuwait sends financial support

for my children and me. We all live in a small house with my parents who
are now 75 years old and with my sister who is still unmarried. Some of our
nieces and nephews also live with us.

Apart from wanting my children to finish their studies, my only dream

now is to become a business owner of a computer shop or internet café
since there are many students here who need computers and most of my
children are good with computers. I hope I can put up a business someday
so that I can provide a better life for my children.

It is a struggle to be a self-supporting mother of three but I have

accepted this as my destiny. Though I am barely able to support my
children, I am thankful that I am not as hard up as other women in my
situation. I still have my parents, siblings and relatives who are willing to
help us when they can. I also gain strength from constant prayers and from
my children.

937 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 As a widow and a single mother, my simple advice to other women
is to always remain steadfast in your prayers. Have perseverance, work
hard and prioritize your education. Learn to become independent so that
you can support yourself no matter what.

2. Balik Islam
I am Zoraida Hussein Molines, 39 years old, a wife and mother,
Alhamdulillah (Praise be to God).If my life were to be compared to the
history of Mindanao, I can say that they have a lot of similarities—started
free, had small yet meaningful triumphs, faced challenges and continuously
struggling, unaware of what the end will be yet full of hope.

I was born in Ganassi, Lanao del Sur, on June 23, 1973. I am the
eldest of 11 children of an Arabic teacher and his second wife. It’s nice to
recall that I felt the love of two mothers when I was still young—that of my
own mother and that of my father’s first wife. My parents owned a small
cafeteria where I frequently stayed. Life was simple then and often, I was
allowed to take some of the rice sweets they sold at the cafeteria after I
played or after my classes at the Ganassi Elementary School.

Our life slowly changed when the conflict between the Moros and the
military under the Marcos administration broke out. I remember us riding a
boat going to Madalum to evacuate because of the bombings in our area.
Back then I did not understand what was happening—all I knew was I was
happy because it was my first time to ride a boat. Although life in Ganassi
became peaceful for some time, my parents decided that we move to
Midsayap, North Cotabato, in Aleosan where my father owned a small
coconut plantation.

Life was not easy in Aleosan, especially schooling for me and my

siblings, but I can say that this is where my identity slowly developed. It
took us more than 30 minutes to walk to the nearest school. And, during

938 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

heavy rains, we would take off our clothes and go through the floods while
carrying on our heads our school materials and clothes wrapped in a plastic
bag. I was already very happy just to have one of those fishnet bags from
the market to use as my schoolbag. I also remember almost losing a finger
in my desire to repair my wooden slippers. Because my father could not
give us support for our daily needs on a regular basis as he was living with
his first family in Kidapawan, I plowed the fields and helped harvest corn
while my mother sold rice sweets in town and raised chicken. But, I didn’t
take problems seriously back then. What was important was we were able
to go to school, Alhamdulillah.

I must admit, it was when I transferred to Kidapawan for my high

school education that I started to feel bad about certain circumstances. I
realized it actually was not easy to have a father who has two families. I
usually took charge of household chores because I was living with his first
family. After classes, I would usually rush home to finish chores
immediately so I can study after. Because the allowance given by my father
was not enough, I learned to secretly sell junk foods to my classmates using
my own savings. What pained me most was to have my half-siblings envy
me despite my struggles and efforts to get along with them. Even the
occasional act of my father of sending half sack of rice and other goods to
my mother and siblings was being questioned, with them insisting that this
be further divided. I can’t forget when our grandmother—the mother of my
father’s first wife—started telling others that I kept borrowing her
grandchildren’s clothes and that I cut classes when in fact it was her
grandchildren who had the habit of just taking my clothes from my luggage
without permission and they were the ones who were not taking studies
seriously. I tried my best to remain patient but when I could no longer take
it, I finally tol my father the truth. Alhamdulillah things were cleared and my
relationship with my father became even better.

939 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 I may not have been one of those who received awards in school,
but Alhamdulillah, I was at least neither left behind nor one of those who
had to repeat subjects. I believe no one is really mentally poor to study as
long as you are interested. I qualified for a college scholoarship in Davao
to take up Nursing Aid but I still was not allowed to go there because my
parents did not have money for my daily expenses. As a result, I temporarily
took up a Secretarial course although I did not really want it. It was sad to
recall that although I started wearing my hijab when I was in third year high
school, I had to change how I dressed again because of our course uniform.
It didn’t help as well that our instructor liked me though, considering his age,
he was already like my father. It was a good thing that my brother, my
father’s eldest son with his first wife, sent a telegram telling us that I should
go to Manila.

My father just brought me to the place where my brother stayed in

Quezon City and after that went back home to the province. I was 18 years
old then. I really thought I would finally be able to study in Manila, but after
a few days, my brother told me that instead of studying, I should go abroad
to work. I had no choice but to obey. Alhamdulillah, I was able to go to
Makkah, Saudi Arabia as a househelp for one wealthy family. There was
once a fire incident in their home but because I was able to immediately
report it to them despite the language barrier, it was swiftly contained and
stopped without any loss of lives, Alhamdulillah. Because of this, my
employers gave their full trust in me and Alhamdulillah even allowed me to
perform Hajj with them—an unexpected blessing that truly made me happy.

When I finally finished my contract, I went back home to Kidapawan

where my mother and younger siblings transferred because of the
dangerous situation in Aleosan given the increase in the number of Ilonggos
who not only took lands and burned houses but even worse took the lives
of our fellowmen simply because we are Moro. My mother and siblings’ life

940 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

in the province was not easy but because of our cooperation especially
when I was still in Saudi, they were able to manage, Alhamdulillah.

I tried to work outside the country again to be able to help my family

more. I worked for one year in Qatar but decided to come home even before
finishing my contract because of my problem with my male employer. For
three years, I tried working in Kidapawan until I finally found myself in Davao
where I worked for a plywood distributor. My circumstances then would’ve
been okay if I only thought of myself, but I really wanted to help my family.
Hence, I decided to go back to Manila. I still remember when my father told
me to try my best to guide my other siblings—his children with the first
wife—to Islam even though we are in a different community. I was around
24 years old then.

When i went back to Quezon City where my brothers lived, I did not
expect that one of my brothers was already involved in drug dealing. I was
supposed to look for work abroad but this did not push through because of
my misunderstanding with them. I remembered my father’s request so I
tried to remind my brothers about what a Muslim should be doing. Because
of this, one of them got so angry with me and aside from shouting at me, he
started kicking me in the head. I could no longer hold patience because he
did not stop even when I was already almost lying on the floor. When I was
finally able to avoid one of his kicks and head to the kitchen, I got a knife to
confront him. It was a good thing he was able to escape because I was no
longer thinking clearly which was further fuelled by another brother who was
telling me to kill our brother because the latter was the one who was also
getting us in trouble with the Christians. Alhamdulillah we were able to
reconcile; but, because there was no certainty if he would still change, one
of our brothers told me that it would be best for me to leave. I initially lived
with my half-sister in Marikina, but after some time I decided to live on my
own.

941 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 It was not easy for a Muslim woman like me to look for a job back
then. People didn’t easily trust us. I initially had to hide my real identity just
to find a job. I worked as a gasoline girl in Marikina until I met the man who
would eventually become my husband, who was a company security guard
back then. He was not a Muslim and originally came from Masbate, but he
treated me well. Never did it enter my mind back then that I would have a
relationship with a Christian. While I did have crushes when I was still
young, it never got to a point where I would have a boyfriend because this
was not allowed in Islam—especially if the man is a non-Muslim. I realized
you really can never tell what will happen in one’s life.

After some time, we finally decided to live under one roof although
we were not yet married. The news reached my brothers. I was so afraid
while hiding from them. My friends and co-employees who really knew me
helped in preventing my brothers learn where my husband and I lived. I still
remember seeing them in a jeepney as they looked for me. I believed then
that once they get me inside the jeepney, they would kill me after all of the
shame I brought to our family. It was during my second pregnancy that I
finally found the courage to visit my brother, because I knew he would not
be able to hurt me given my condition. Alhamdulillah, he understood us and
even gave his small vacant lot in Culiat where we could build our own small
house.

When my husband lost his job as a security guard, it was just about
the same time that our small place in Culiat was done; hence, we were able
to move. At present, he continues to study about Islam while helping me
earn a living through our small store. I had a miscarriage once which I really
thought would take my life away, but thankfully he got home from the market
and immediately asked for help. I believe such incident was a challenge
and taught me an important lesson because it happened when I borrowed
money with interest—considering this is not allowed in Islam. Alhamdulillah,
aside from two girls, we were blessed with a boy after a long time. Our

942 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

eldest is now in high school, the second is in seventh grade, while the
youngest has just started in Nursery, Alhamdulillah (Praise be to God).

I am learning a lot in life now that we have a family of our own. It is

not easy to raise children, but Alhamdulillah I have my husband who gives
me strength and helps me in disciplining the kids. He has made me
appreciate even more the importance of trust as well as give and take in a
relationship. I believe that with trust in ALLAH, we will be able to get our
children through college, in shaa Allah, and we will also be able to enrol
them in a madrasah so they will never forget that they are Muslims, in shaa
Allah. While life may be difficult because of our financial needs, I thank
ALLAH for continuously giving us blessings—not only with our daily needs
but also with reliable friends, Alhamdulillah.

If there is something that I wish to achieve aside from getting our

children to finish college with a strong faith in ALLAH, it is to be able to
return to my old self and to be able to pray with my husbad five times a day,
in shaa ALLAH. I can consider myself as a Muslim revert—born and raised
as a Muslim and was even able to perform Hajj, but because of my decisions
and certain events beyond my control, I experienced life as a non-Muslim.
I still find myself pausing when I remember these life changes, but
Alhamdulillah, I am again here, trying to come back completely.
Alhamdulillah. To my fellow Muslim women, I may not yet consider myself
as the old Zoraida who had a strong faith in ALLAH, I just want to share with
you the importance of studying and getting to know our Creator because
whatever happens in life, we’ll always find that it’s different when we have
Islamic knowledge because such knowledge will become a way for us to go
back to HIM...and I am not losing hope that the day will come when I, my
husband, and our children will all return to HIM, in shaa ALLAH.

943 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 3. Stand Alone For My Family
I am Baybon M. Manalukon, 34 years old, born in the town of Sultan
Kudarat on July 30, 1979. When I was just 4 years old, my mother passed
away, but my father had a second wife even when she was still alive.
Despite this situation, I can say that our family relationships were fine back
then.

I admit that education was something that I took for granted because
of matters of the heart. I was only able to pursue upto second year high
school in Cotabato City due to my decision to elope with my boyfriend. It
didn’t take long, however, and we broke up because our parents were
against our relationship. Since schooling was already disrupted, I decided
to work as a cook in a restaurant to avoid boredome. I did not expect that
this was where I would meet the man whom I would marry. He worked as
a baker at one of the establishments beside my workplace and within the
two weeks of knowing each other, there was instant attraction and we got
married. Four months after, I got pregnant.

Selling in the market was our livelihood, but after giving birth, I
decided to work abroad because of financial difficulties. I was starting to
realize that it is hard to build a family when the head of the family lacks
energy or initiative. What made matters worse was the fact that my
husband managed to get a second wife while I was working abroad for our
family. In response, I told him that it would be better for us to get a divorce
because I do not like to share a husband with another woman. It was not a
problem for me to live without a husband. I believed that I can live and work
on my own. I did not force him, but he himself decided to divorce the woman.

From 1991, I was a househelp in Dammam in the Kingdom of Saudi

Arabia, where I did all of the chores assigned to women like washing
clothes, cooking, cleaning, and taking care of children. My boss was very
strict. She would check if there was dirt left on the wall or tables. After
Dammam, I also worked for two years in Kuwait. By 1996, I went back

944 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

home to Cotabato, and after some time, my husband and I went together to
Manila to apply for work abroad. Unfortunately, I was the only one who got
an offer to work in Saudi Arabia in 1999. I was able to leave the country;
however, my employer sent me back to the Philippines when she learned
that I was pregnant. Since then, my family and I have been living in
Barangay Culiat in Tandang Sora, Quezon City.

At present, I make a living by selling fish, vegetables, and fruits in the

market, while my husband had on and off stints in construction work. I chose
to continue living with my husband with the hope that he will become
industrious for our family. But, he seems not to persevere much in securing
work. If only women can also do construction, I would. I keep telling him to
work, but not to engage in illegal work.

Because of all my sacrifices, my children can’t help but worry about

my situation and health. They would tell their father to seek work. “Father,
work and do something because mother is already pitiful. She is so frail
while you are in good condition,” my children would say. I have persevered
for a long time. I feel like dying of being burdened with problems but I try to
be strong for my children. I fear that they will be abandoned or left helpless
if I unfortunately depart from this world. Although I am the only one earning,
I just persevere for the sake of our children, Allahu Akbar (God is the
Greatest). I must admit that at times, I think I am going crazy, but I cannot
do anything. Maybe I am destined to have this kind of life. Then again,
perhaps this is better than having my husband do something bad or illegal
just to earn money.

Now, I find myself resigned to the idea that my husband will remain
like that. But with our hardships, I do not want to add another to our already
five children. What is important for me is the welfare of my children—that
they are able to go to school and are able to eat. My problem is how to
send my children to school and make it possible for them to finish their
studies. Arabia, my second daughter, who is helping me sell, is in second

945 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

year high school. The other three—Almira, Hamud, and Allan—are still in
elementary while the eldest lives with her aunt in Cotabato. While my
children are still young, I teach them about retail business which has been
our primary source of income. I get buckets of fish and then sell them, from
which I am able to profit Php250 in a day. With that amount, we buy food
and distribute allowance for my children.

Sometimes, I feel ashamed about my situation. But, I tell my

neighbors to not mind my husband as we don’t have the same capacities.
There was even a time when he quarrelled with my friends. As someone
who was looking for a job, my friends gave him advice. He got mad, thinking
that they were interfering with our family affairs. I scolded him. The truth is,
my friends want to help me. They support me in so many ways. Sometimes,
they give me five kilos of rice for free.

Amidst the difficulties faced by our family, I hold on to my faith in

Allah. I have been praying that He helps me and gives me strength. I must
admit that at times, I question why this is my circumstance in life. I pray that
I continue to live in this world especially while my children are still young. I
keep my heart strong for them. My goal is for them to grow up properly,
following the commandments of Allah. I hope they remember that in this
world, parents are important. After God, we should respect our parents.

I used to be beautiful, even with good body figure, but now, I am so

frail. I used to be beautiful in my old photos. But now, I am told that I look
very different. Indeed, people have different fates. For other women, be
thankful that you have a husband supporting you. My experience is indeed
different from the ideal. In Islam, men should be the one working and
leading the family towards a good future, a good life. A man should stand
up and be a man; he should find ways and do something to fulfill his
responsibilities in Islam. As for me, I have accepted my situation as a
breadwinner. I fulfill the responsibilities and carry the burden both of a
woman and man in the family. I do not care whether or not my husband will

946 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

act upon our situation, as long as he does not engage in bad activities. I
will take care of them while I still can, while I am still alive. As long as one
is alive, there is hope

4. STRENGTH OF HEART: The Journey Of A Young Moro Woman

I am Analiya Ismael, 21 years old and a third year college student at the
Quezon City Polytechnic University (QCPU). My family resides in one of the largest
Muslim community in Metro Manila—Salaam Compound, Barangay Culiat,
Quezon City. And like most of the people here, I grew up in a province in Mindanao
with my mother, father, older brother and two sisters, Emilyn and Raisa. But
because of a criminal incident that implicated my older brother, our whole family
had to leave town in fear of retribution.

We went to Manila around the 1990s. Up until that period, my mother

has been working in Iraq but when war broke out across the Gulf she was
forced to go back to the Philippines. She sent us money the moment she
arrived so we could follow her to Manila. I was only seven years old then
and we’ve been moving from place to place ever since. At first, we used to
live in a nice house because my mother’s earnings from her work overseas
were enough to pay for our living expenses. However, as time went by, life
became harder for us, especially given unexpected family problems and the
community we’re in.

Our father’s medical expenses have been a huge burden for our
family. He recently had a stroke, which gave him a severe disability in his
legs. During the early stages of his recovery, he had to be carried to our
small shop everyday; but because of his determination and faith in Allah, he
is now able to walk a little at a time.

When night falls, drug addicts and muggers often plague our streets.
Whenever they conduct gunfights at the covered court beside our house,
we are forced to go out because the bullets can go through the walls of our
house. We usually seek shelter at the mosque across the street because

947 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

its walls and ceilings are made of concrete. Also, our village is often prone
to police raids and illegal arrests. Last 2009, my parents were arrested and
thrown in jail. Apparently, the people in the house we were renting were
involved in drug trafficking. My mother and father were at home and were
caught during a drug raid. The problem is, even though the police was not
able to find any evidence against my parents they made us pay fifty
thousand pesos in order to bail them out.

Up until that time we used to live in a nice house but because of what
happened we were forced to sell all our belongings in order to come up with
enough money to get my parents out of jail. Nothing was left afterwards. We
barely eat three times a day and sometimes we only get to eat when
someone offers food to us. When our parents arrived from jail we had
nowhere to live. So our friends temporarily housed us in the madrasah in
our village. We stayed there for quite some time until we moved to our new
home which was formed through the help of our neighbors and friends. They
pooled their money together and bought building materials for our house.
Our house is almost as large as a room and it doesn’t have a toilet but it
can fit our entire family. We usually pay in order to use the toilet in one of
the houses in the village. However, during the night we have to keep it all in
because the way towards the bathroom is long and perilous.

My schooling has been subsidized by a scholarship since my first

year in college. But I also have to work part-time at the cityhall and
sometimes sell various products in school such as pastil so I can help pay
for my sisters’ school allowance and contribute to our day-to-day expenses
at home. My younger sisters have always been keen to go to college. So I
looked for openings at the cityhall and got them part time jobs so they could
also sustain their studies—like me. I also contribute part of the monthly
scholarship I get from the city hall and my sponsors to their college fund.
Until now, my sisters and I continue to help each other in our pursuit to finish
college.

948 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 As a young Muslim woman, I often encounter various acts of
discrimination because I wear a hijab. When I first started wearing it, I often
get strange looks from people on the streets. At my school, nobody wanted
to come near me because my classmates were scared of how I looked.
They told me that Muslims are violent people because they beat and kill
people. Fortunately, some people in my class took the courage to get to
know me and we were able to overcome our differences. During OJT, I was
not allowed to wear hijab so each time I go to my training I was forced to
take off my hijab despite my shame and discomfort. Commuting is also a
problem for me because there are times when public utility drivers refused
to take me in because of my hijab. Eventually, I learned how to get used to
this (random acts of discrimination) because it happens all the time.

Whenever I feel low, the first thing that comes to my mind is Allah.
Sometimes, in my frustration, I contemplate about harming myself but my
fear of Allah stops me from persisting with these evil thoughts. I remind
myself that I can’t give up because there are so many things to do and
because my faith in Allah is not yet fully formed. Then, there is my family
who has always been my source of strength. Whenever I see my family
together I suddenly feel that I’m okay. Oftentimes, we don’t have food on
our table but as long as we’re together, I am content. When we watch TV
together or when we celebrate holidays together like New Year’s Eve, even
though the food we usually prepare is meager, I am happy. My family
pushes me to be a better person and they serve as the inspiration for all my
endeavors.

For the longest time, friends and sponsors have been covering our
schooling. They also help out with my father’s medical expenses every
month. They give whatever they can to help us. Before, I used to believe
that only family and close relatives would help you in times of trouble. But
all the care and support we get from neighbors, friends, sponsors, social
workers and many more have changed my outlook towards people.

949 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 I have been a member of the “Liga ng Kabataang Moro (LKM)” or
League of Young Moros for a long time. We often join rallies and protests.
At first, my purpose for joining this group is to look for Muslim friends. But
eventually, I was able to deeply understand the main ideal that our group
has been fighting for and because of this I have been with them for two
years now. Since then, I continued to join various organizations such as
Peacetech, United Youth for Peace and Development Inc. and
Peacemakers’ Circle where we do various projects for peace and
development. It feels great when I help others. I like being involved in relief
operations where we distribute food and clothing to disaster victims. Before,
I used to think that life has been especially tough for my family but when I
began to participate in these types of activities, I discovered that a lot of
people are also suffering—some even more so than us. This led me to
conclude that even poor people contribute to the well being of others. Just
by yourself…by using your own two hands you can already impart so much
good to the world.

During our workshop with the Khadija sisters, I chose to encapsulate

my life with the symbol of a house. For me, my values in life can be
compared to a house. The roof represents my faith in Allah while the walls
and pillars represent members of my family. The moment one section gets
lost or gets broken the entire house becomes vulnerable and is easily
destroyed. In reality, if I lose one portion of my life I feel that my world is at
the end. That’s how much I value each and every component of my life.

I’ve always wanted to help young people who, like me, are also
facing extreme difficulties in life. Because I know how it feels to be alone
and with no one to turn to. I am very thankful and I greatly admire the people
who have always cared for my family. That is why I feel that it’s my turn to
pass on the help and care I received unto others. It feels good inside when
I help others especially when not I’m expecting anything in return. Whatever
the work I’ll do it as long as I can be of service to many people.

950 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 My advice for the Moro youth is to always keep a strong will. Like me,
work hard and strive to focus on finding solutions to your problems. Always
believe that Allah is there for you all the time and try to see that your
struggles as His trials to help keep you strong.

As the narratives revealed, respondents’ burdens fall under two main

types—economic and social. All participants, regardless of grouping,
openly talked about their financial difficulties. It must be noted that such
economic burden makes it hard for participants to support and/or continue
schooling, and fulfill basic physiological needs (e.g., medication, daily
needs, shelter needs). In the Philippines, most students drop out of school
due to poverty. According to the 2011 report of the National Statistics Office,
about 6.24 million of the estimated 39 million Filipinos aged six to 24 did not
attend school. Poverty and high cost of education were some of the main
reasons why students do not pursue their studies. Less fortunate children
were expected to work at an early age and help in their family’s livelihood.

With regard to social burdens, analyses of data reveal they can be

categorized into two types—(1) those affecting one’s reputation or image in
society, and (2) those involving family relations. Given the interdependent
nature of relationships and importance of community life in Islam (Hodge,
2000), the above-mentioned burdens carried by these respondents reflect
the impact of other people’s perceptions and/or opinions on the life of these
Muslim women. Socio-culturally, it may also be linked to the concept of
maratabat (pride and honor) among Muslim ethnolinguistic groups in the
Philippines. As for the second type, social burdens revolving around family
relations include marital relations, parent-child relations, and family
relationship of women who are in a polygamous marriage. Family life is of
great importance in Islam, as evidenced in various chapters of the Noble
Qur’an, particularly in Chapter Four, An-Nisa (Women), which gives specific
instructions to Muslims in protecting, preserving and strengthening the

951 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

family. Aside from this, Filipinos in general have also been found to be
collectivistic; as such, are family-centric (Jocano, 1999).

These religious and cultural considerations help explain why women

in this study reported family issues as a burden they carry. It is interesting
to note, however, that the widow group did not report any relationship
challenge. Respect for the elderly, which is valued not only among Muslims
but also among Filipinos in general, and the high status of women,
especially mothers, in Islam can be possible reasons for this unique
experience of the widow group compared to the other two groups of women.

5. Coping Mechanisms
Religiosity of respondents was evidenced in some of the ways they
coped with life’s challenges. Acts of worship such as performance of salah
(obligatory prayer) five times daily, supplicating and remembering Allah,
and reading the Qur’an commonly surfaced during the discussions across
all groups. Maintaining or increasing patience during difficult times was also
expressed by most respondents while perseverance was reflected in
women’s striving to continue to be productive despite the problems they are
facing. These coping mechanisms are in line with what is expected of a
Muslim especially during times of difficulties, as advised in the Noble
Qur’an:

O you who believe! Seek help in patience and As-Salât (the prayer).
Truly! Allâh is with As-Sâbirin (the patient ones, etc.). [Al-Baqara:
153]

And certainly, We shall test you with something of fear, hunger, loss
of wealth, lives and fruits, but give glad tidings to As-Sâbirin (the
patient ones, etc.). [Al-Baqara: 155]

952 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

REFERENCES
Balisacan and Hill (2007). The Dynamics of Regional Development: The
Philippines in East Asia. Quezon City, Philippines: Ateneo University
Press
Decenteceo, E.T. (1999). The Pagdadala Model in Counseling and
Therapy, Philippine Journal of Psychology, 32(2): 89-104
Gamal Abou El Azayem & Zari Hedayat-Diba (1994). The Psychological
Aspects of Islam: Basic Principles of Islam and Their Psychological
Corollary, International Journal for the Psychology of Religion, 4(1):
41-50
Hodge, D.R. (2005). Social Work and the House of Islam: Orienting
Practitioners to the Beliefs and Values of Muslims in the United States,
Social Work, 50(2): 162-173.
Jocano, F. L. (1999). Working with Filipinos: A cross-cultural encounter.
Quezon City, Philippines: Punlad Research House, Inc.
Santrock, JW (2010). Life-Span Development (13th ed). New York: McGraw-
Hill

953 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Cabatuan LGU Multi-Purpose Cooperative: Contributions, Strategies
and Partnerships toward Development

Artieda, Annaleoh L.*

Doromal,Camille Hope M.*
Gustilo, Jyniel B.*
Isanan, Gonzalo III L.*
Lenaugo, Jogie Marie C.*
Panes, Jypt Anthony P.*
Salazar, Nicho Carlo P.
A. INTRODUCTION
Filipinos have become active in entering organizations to seek
alternative sources as an addition to their financial means, to gain more
benefits and to feel secure for their future. One of the organizations they are
involved with is the cooperative. According to the Cooperative Code of the
Philippines, a cooperative is defined as a duly registered association of
persons with a common bond of interest, who have voluntarily joined
together to achieve a lawful common social or economic end, making
equitable to contribution to the capital required and accepting a fair share
of the risks and benefits of the undertaking in accordance with universally
accepted cooperative principle. One of the types of cooperatives is the
Multipurpose Cooperative, which combines two (2) or more of the
business activities of these different types of cooperatives.

In the Philippines, the registered cooperatives proliferate every year.

As a matter of fact, in year 2011 there are 20,792 registered cooperatives
and there are 24,652 newly registered cooperatives as of 2014, according
to Cooperative Development Authority of the Philippines. In Region 6, there
are 1,516 number of cooperatives in year 2014. Specifically, in Province of
Iloilo Municipality of Cabatuan was proclaimed to have the most number of
cooperatives in the province. This study features a strong, resilient, and


Senior Political Science Students of West Visayas State University, College of Arts and
Sciences:[email protected]

954 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

productive cooperative, the Cabatuan Local Government Unit (LGU)
Employees Multi-purpose Cooperative.

The Cabatuan LGU Multi-purpose Cooperative is a people’s

organization, a medium-type cooperative which started in May, 1995 with
74 operators who are regular employees of Cabatuan Local Government
Unit and helps improve the quality of life of its members. According to Mr.
Nilo Bastiero, one of the Board of Directors, the said cooperative started
with a capital of 84,000 pesos with 25% or 19, 000 pesos subscribed as
paid-up capital.

Through the effect of Republic Act no. 9520 entitled: An Act

Amending The Cooperative Code of the Philippines to be known as the
“Philippine Development Code of the 2008”, the cooperative was able to
amend a provision to change their name from “Cabatuan LGU Credit
Cooperative” to “Cabatuan LGU Multi-Purpose Cooperative” and changing
their scope from Institutional to Residential, where not only employees of
the LGU were allowed but they have opened it to Barangay Officials and as
long as they are residents in the Province of Iloilo.

Before, there was only one type of member which is regular but later
on it was open to both regular and associates. Associates are those who
are not entitled to vote and to be voted upon. Board of Directors was also
increased from five to seven.

Today, Cabatuan LGU Multi-purpose Cooperative is a tangible

reflection of growth and development, a productive cooperative operated by
competent management staff and employees thoroughly supervised by
dedicated board of directors with the active participation of the general
assembly a heritage handed down from the very start of its conception.

955 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

A. REASONS OF ESTABLISHMENT
The reason behind the establishment of Cabatuan LGU Multi-
purpose Cooperative is to improve the lives of the people specifically
helping them in their financial needs. It has been said that before the
establishment of this cooperative, some LGUs had been struggling in
paying their debts and how to lend money to sustain their financial
problems. There were cases which some private sectors particularly a bank
tried to collect the payment of a loan of an employee and that said employee
can’t pay it and need to find other lender to pay that debt. This situation was
one of the scenarios and problem that had been faced which affects also
the productivity of the employee on his designated work.

There are financial institutions that willingly give their help to the
cooperative like the Land Bank of the Philippines which gave the
cooperative the access to a 10 million credit line. Yet, the cooperative
haven’t used it only in case of the shortage of the money or when credit
demands of the members of the cooperative increase.

The primary goal of the cooperative is to improve the quality of life of the
members. They had highlighted some steps to attain this goal: the members
of the cooperative should patronize their goods; should pay right payment
for their loans; and exert cooperation with their activities which are affiliated
also to the community. If this objective will be attained, there will be more
investments and the cooperative can give the members a bigger amount to
lend out and eventually the cooperative can avoid bankruptcy or shortage
on investments.

B. PURPOSE OF THE STUDY

This paper aimed: (1) to discover the contributions of Cabatuan LGU
Multi-purpose Cooperative in uplifting the standards of living in the
Municipality of Cabatuan, Iloilo, Philippines; (2) to determine the problems
encountered by the Cooperative as a growing service provider; (3) to

956 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

identify the strategies employed by the cooperative to overcome the
problems encountered; (4) and to discover the actions done by the
Municipality to help the Cooperative and vice versa.

C. METHODOLOGY
This is a case study which focused on the LGU-Cooperatives in
Municipality of Cabatuan. Participants were the board of directors of the
said cooperative. Regardless of their gender and educational attainment as
long as they have met the requirements set forth by the researchers.

The analysis was based on the answers given by the participants. After
summing up all the data gathered the researchers compared, analyzed, and
started making conclusions.

The validity of this study was based on John W. Creswell validation

strategy which frequently used by qualitative researchers.

D. SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

This study aimed to enlighten and provide information to students, Local
Government Unit (LGU), Civil Society Organizations (CSOs), Cooperatives,
constituents and future researchers.

The outcome of this study can further inform who may be inquisitive and
interested about the collaboration of LGU and Cooperatives. This will
encourage the LGUs to establish collaboration with CSOs as partners
toward local development. Also, this study aimed to share knowledge and
techniques to be used by Civil Society Organization leaders today in dealing
with their constituents, managing their respective cooperatives, even
inspiring future aspirants. Furthermore, this could also be used as a
reference for future researchers who might conduct similar studies.

957 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

1. Collaboration of LGU and Cooperative towards Development
The LGUs bestow support through the following: First, it grants of
funding to the cooperative and enable the latter to carry out activities
especially during the initial stage of the operation. Second, provides moral
support by endorsing the cooperative to the community in general, and to
other agencies including lending institutions. Third, making an available
convenient physical space and enabling a better and more strategic
operation for the cooperative. Fourth, it promotes the spirit and principles of
cooperatives among local constituents. Fifth, there is a practical
involvement in specific development projects in the locality. Sixth, it grants
contracts to cooperatives on specific economic and development
undertakings. Seventh, the policy support through local ordinances and
similar resolutions promulgating recognition and partnership with
cooperatives and lastly, rehabilitation and emergency assistance to coops
during times of crisis.

Thus, LGU support to cooperatives varies. LGU support is also

extended to cooperatives in different ways, namely, through financial
contributions as initial capitalization to coop projects, endorsement to the
community, promoting awareness about the cooperatives, and in few
cases, through the issuance of executive orders and board resolutions
declaring support to cooperatives. Furthermore, the LGU affirms
partnership with the cooperative by entering into contracts or by sub-
contracting services and management of public utilities. An LGU can also
assist a Cooperative by showing how closely the former identifies with the
cause of the latter. When an LGU adopts the cause of the Cooperative as
its own, the result can be a meaningful local government program whereby
locally identified plans are institutionalized. Synergy between an LGU and
a coop on a local development undertaking has a stronger impact upon the
community.

958 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 In some cases, LGUs endorse coops to other institutions: lending
institutions or corporations. This useful endorsement facilitates borrowings
by a cooperative, enabling it to provide effective public services such as
water, health, garbage collection, public market management, and
communication facilities.

Cooperatives have also extended assistance to LGUs, especially in

the accomplishment of governmental functions such as the delivery of basic
services, ensuring human security through environmental and sustainable
projects, and in developing a robust local economy. These projects are
varied and creative. The spectrum ranges from categories such as follows.
First, survival and basic needs water services, health, nutrition and
sanitation, housing, transportation and telecommunication. Second,
provides social equity on agrarian reform and opportunities. It helps for the
additional income of members of the cooperative and the community. Third,
the environmental awareness, sustainable ecological projects, promotion of
peace and order were maintained and secured. Lastly, on democracy
building to citizens and members’ involvement in economic associations
such as the cooperatives themselves and in building the sense of civic duty
among those involved in community service the factors that influence an
LGU-cooperative.

The factors that influence an LGU-cooperative partnership and the

lessons articulated by various experiences are pulled together in this study.
The identification of the factors affecting the collaboration, whether as
deterrent or facilitative factors, allows the reader a closer look at the present
state of LGU-cooperative partnership. The lessons and insights on
collaboration are examined. Many of these insights should be taken as
challenges in the pursuit of an enhanced LGU-cooperative partnership. The
dynamics of the collaboration and the mutuality of benefits arising from such
partnership are discussed in great length.

959 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

2. Benefits of Collaboration between LGU and the Cooperative
Technically, they establish partnerships and linkages in Cabatuan in
order to create stability allocation of fund and their relationship is mutual. It
can robust the local economy of cooperatives in many instances steer the
local economy by not only mobilizing savings from members but also by
investing in economic and business ventures that accrue to the members
and the community alike. Cooperatives have made significant contributions
in generating livelihood projects, providing opportunities for employment,
increasing levels of income, and energizing the local economy through
diverse entrepreneurial and business initiatives. Cooperatives have also
opened up opportunities for better and expanded market services that in
turn, vitalize the local economy.

LGU and cooperative share the duty to deliver basic services to the
community such as the provision of water, health and sanitation, housing,
telecommunication, and postal services. Some cooperatives through their
good will, have promoted the welfare of the communities through feeding
programs and medical missions. An improved and sustained management
of public utilities/services having granted the contracts by the LGUs, some
cooperatives assumed the responsibility to manage and maintain public
utilities and services on behalf of the local government. These
responsibilities include managing traffic, public markets, and garbage
collection, among others, free from the usual bureaucratic constraints that
deter efficiency in service provision and management of utilities.

Promoting participation and citizenship-building cooperatives are

certainly one mechanism for people’s participation. The principle of
membership in the cooperative challenges the citizens to be responsible, to
be conscious about putting in their assets albeit limited and often small
sums, to further generate investments favorable to their needs. Such
investments contribute not only to the development of the local economy
but also to citizenship-building. Expanding the linkages and network for

960 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

greater opportunities the LGUs are enormously helpful to coops by
endorsing the latter to other agencies or corporations which in turn are
necessary for the cooperatives’ operation and expansion. The official
character of the LGU is an advantage. LGU endorsement especially when
the LGU enjoys credibility could be extremely beneficial for the coop. Loans,
contracts and joint undertakings with agencies including financial
institutions, are sometimes secured through the endorsement or assistance
of the LGU.

Promoting accountability by working hand in hand, the LGU and

cooperative check upon each other and ensure that there is compliance
with proper ways of working. The institutionalization of coops’ participation
in local development allows them to look at the plans and performance of
the LGU. On the other hand, the coop is encouraged to achieve
transparency in its operations and to ensure that contracts and bid-out
services represent good value for money and are properly carried out
according to specifications. On the whole, the partnership between the LGU
and the cooperative works in favor of good governance, whereby the
participation of sectors other than government is institutionalized; there is
confidence among the constituents that leadership is accountable to them
and that, there is legitimacy because the constituents support the
leadership. Furthermore, the partnership contributes to the LGU by
alleviating the burdens of governmental responsibility. The co-ops are an
ally of the LGU in undertaking its governmental functions. On the other
hand, the coop enjoys the value of further growth and expansion as a quasi-
market, economic association, even as it contributes to the building of
responsible citizenship.

961 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

3. Factors Contributing to LGU and Cooperative Partnership
a. Effective management of the cooperative
Effective management of the coop is crucial to its credibility and
acceptability among the LGU and the community members. Internal
governance of the cooperative is key to its legitimacy and acceptability by
the LGU. The credibility of the coop has to do with the management of its
reputation, which in turn is largely determined by the quality of its
operational management. The ability of a cooperative to manage its
operation, especially its financial assets, establishes the coop’s credibility
and good reputation in the community, especially among local executives.
Credibility is crucial to gain the trust and confidence of the LGU. Due to the
coop’s trustworthiness, LGUs are confident to relate with the cooperatives.

b. Credibility of the cooperative

The credibility of the coop is necessary. A credible cooperative
exhibits a penchant for technical details and competent management, skills
in financial analysis, solid planning, regular monitoring, and well thought out
decisions. The planning and technical details (for color synchronization,
routes, schedules, etc.) put in by the cooperative in designing the transport
scheme and the details of public market management require hard work.
Marked attention to detail is not only essential to the coop’s successful
undertaking, but also convinces the LGU that the cooperative lives up to its
responsibilities.

c. Effective coop management resulting in membership expansion

Membership expands as a result of effective management and
operations. For one, members are convinced to stay on; for another, non-
members are enticed to join in as a result of the coops’ good performance
and the benefits that accrue to the members and to the larger society. A
good reputation is the coop’s own promoter among members and non-
members alike. Membership expansion is connected to the accessibility of
the coop to its potential members. The physical location of the cooperative

962 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

naturally advertises the coop and makes it visible to as many people as
possible, thereby enjoying a strategic growth in its membership. While
physical accessibility is not the only factor for membership growth, visibility
and accessibility raise the profile of the cooperative.

d. The LGUs’ understanding of the capacities, roles, and potentials of the

cooperatives
An appreciation of the cooperative by the LGU facilitates the coop’s
involvement in local development and activities. LGU leaders who are either
coop members or have been coop leaders themselves have a fair
appreciation of the role and contributions of the coop into the local
development activities. Therefore, these LGU leaders tend to easily
innovate on LGU-coop collaboration and partnership. The cases reveal that
these LGUs reasonably involve the coops in local development planning
and implementation. Moreover, if the LGU is clear about what it wants to
achieve in local development, it could reasonably engage the coop in the
whole scheme of development planning. Sometimes, the failure to work
supportively of each other stems from the ignorance about the potentials of
coops and of how coops might be a useful player in local governance and
local development.

e. Participation of the cooperative in the Municipality of Cabatuan

Development Council
The participation of the coop through the MCDC mutually benefits
the LGU and the coop because it opens the door to communication and
worthwhile opportunities. Involvement spawns contacts for the cooperative.
Membership in the development council generates contact with
corporations, provincial cooperatives, lending institutions, and other
members of civil society. Membership in the MCDC is social capital which,
just like other forms of investments, could generate gains and positive
outcomes by way of contacts, contracts or social gains.

963 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

4. The “person” or “personality” factor
The “personality” factor is a remarkable variable in forging an LGU
cooperative collaboration. Relationship between LGU and cooperative is
forged because the Mayor is a former coop officer or member, or perhaps,
because the cooperative is a friend of the local government executive. The
personal ties facilitate the partnership between LGU and cooperative.
Informal links are a convenient way to establish collaboration and positive
outcomes. The support by the LGU for the cooperative is based upon the
local government executive’s personal knowledge, appreciation of and
affiliation with the cooperative. The culture of personal relationship is a
facilitating factor to collaboration. However, it is extremely important that the
ties do not remain at the interpersonal level. Furthermore, it is crucial to
institutionalize the links between the LGU and the coop, institutionalizing
the relationship makes the partnership enduring.

5. Struggles Encountered & Strategies

The good news about cooperative is that many members coming
together to form and operate a cooperative have more financial resources
collectively than each would have alone. As a result, cooperatives allow
members to reap returns on assets related to their personal operations that
they could not otherwise reap. But challenges exist for cooperatives and
their members in the financial arena (Peterson, 2011).

In a cooperative especially as a starting one, many problems will be

encountered. According to Nilo Bastiero, the first problem they have
encountered as a starting cooperative on their early years is shortage in
budget. Capital is very indispensable to accommodate all of their members
and inadequacy of capital will cause more serious problems. There is also
a big amount of demand line of credits since most of their members on their
starting years used to lend big amounts of money. The effect of this too
much lending creates unproductivity of the employees because instead of

964 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

focusing in their jobs they are bothered on how to pay their debts. The
number of members is not also enough to mobilize the cooperative
effectively.

6. Strategies Employed
The cooperative has already encountered a considerable amount of
problems. Most of the problems that occurs were about making policies. In
order to overcome the problems regarding the assembly, board of directors,
or the finance, a meeting is held immediately especially first thing of the
week so that it can be finished or resolved before the week ends.

The attendance among the members must be minimal so that less

questions will be entertained and the time to finish the problems are quick
and efficient. Finding new members is not an easy task because they
established a minimum standard and has the credibility to join the
cooperative as a public institution. The association is open to all for as long
as they meet the standards that they established.

And lastly, they established a partnership with the parochial schools and
NATCCO and Land Bank. By the help of the Land Bank, they were able to
support financially. The profit they gained from business, they use it in
expansions of different projects to gain more income. It is important for them
to determine a substantial budget for every projects and business in order
to avoid mismanagement and conflict that could result to failure, deficiency
and even bankruptcy.

965 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Table 1. Struggles Encountered and Strategies Employed by the
Cabatuan LGU Multi-Purpose Cooperative 1995-2016

STRUGGLES STRATEGIES
1. Budget shortage 1. Immediate deliberation was
conducted
2. Big amount of demand line 2. Standards are establish
of credits among members

3. Inadequacy of members to 3. Establishing partnerships on

mobilize the cooperative parochial schools, Land
effectively Bank of the Philippines, and
the National Confederation
of Cooperatives.

7. Partnerships and Linkages

Being a Cooperative, a lot of adversities are can be faced throughout
the process of development. We cannot deny the fact that it is not easy to
maintain or manage all the works as functioned by the organization’s
primary objectives. Partnership and linkages of an organization are very
important in the progress of the foresaid institution. It can help largely in
terms of agreements and shares that can benefit both parties and resources
of such organization becomes more sufficient as well as the security of each
members.

Behind Cabatuan LGU Multi-purpose Cooperative success is its

strong partnership with the Cabatuan LGU who is passionate in its
advocacy in cooperative movement as its pathway out of life changing
perspective and confidence in cooperative movement. Together with a
federation of all cooperatives in Cabatuan was formed strengthening trading
ties and complementation of activities. They also have partnerships public
schools, Cabatuan Federation Cooperatives, Western Visayas
Cooperatives Alliance where in West Visayas State University Multi-
purpose Coop is also a member. Also, a member of Clims Life and General
Insurance Corporations, affiliated with NATCCO linkage.

966 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

E. CONCLUSION
Cabatuan LGU Multi-purpose Cooperative have been proclaimed as
Best Performing Cooperative in the Province of Iloilo, in year 2015, the
contributions of Cabatuan LGU- Coop has become more sufficient in
helping and improving the lives of its member and non-members. This has
a positive effect on the municipality to uplift their standards of living. As far
as Cabatuan LGU-Coop is concerned, the strategies of LGU-Coop have
made it possible for some students to finish their studies and for the
members to make an alternative for their living (especially an extra income).
Through the strategies of LGU-Coop, they wsere able to manage and
counter every threats and problems, make LGU-Coop more competitive
and bring about the organizational transformation through integration.
Strategies and contributions of Cabatuan LGU-Coop has made a great
impact in the developments of the municipality. These developments
provide more access (especially in money matters) to people. All in all,
these contributions and strategies initiated by Cabatuan LGU-Coop help the
community to be more competent and the development become more faster
and has a good foundation towards development.

F. RECOMMENDATION
The following recommendations are offered by the Authors for the
improvement of the study:

1. For a much clearer results on how effective a LGU and Cooperative

collaboration, it is advised that the future researchers should gather
information and insights from the members and beneficiaries;
2. Search for other types of Cooperatives that collaborates with the
Government and determine their strategies and partnerships
towards development.
3. Discover other types of collaboration such as Cooperative-
Cooperative and Cooperative-NGO partnerships.

967 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

REFERENCES
Co, E. (2012). Taking Stock: Philippine Experiences in Cooperative –
LGU Collaboration. United Nations Development Programme.
Retrieved from http://www.ombudsman.gov.ph/UNDP4/wp-
content/uploads/2012/12/Chap1_CoopLGU.pdf
Reyes, E. C. (2012). Cases of Coop-LGU Mutual Support. United
Nations Development Programme. Retrieved from
http://www.ombudsman.gov.ph/UNDP4/wpcontent/uploads/2012/12
/Chap6_CoopLGU.pdf
Peterson, C. (March 7, 2011). Future Challenges for Cooperative
Finance: Reasons that more Capital, not less will be
Essential. Extension. Retrieved from
http://articles.extension.org/pages/30162/future-challenges-for-
cooperative-finance:-reasons-that-more-capital-not-less-will-be-
essential
Cooperative statistics of December. (2011). Cooperative Development
Authority of the Philippines
The Cooperative Code of the Philippines. (1993). Republic of the
Philippines

968 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 IMPLEMENTATION OF REGIONAL REGULATIONS NUMBER 5 2016
IN BANTUL (Case Study: open selection system for village officer
Desa Tirtonirmolo in Bantul District)

Dwian Hartomi A.P.E, Kurnia Rifqi Febrian, Sakir

Master of Government Affairs and Administration, Muhammadiyah
University of Yogyakarta

[email protected]

ABSTRACT
Bantul regional regulation number 5 of 2016 about village official has
already explained the detail of recruitment mechanism of village servant in
Bantul district. This regulation aims to become guidance for head of village
that in recruiting village servant it is not directly appointed by village head
anymore yet through open selection system by which public can participate.
This research employs two methods; First, observation. Second, interview
with selection committee of Tirtonurmolo village and the third party—
academicians—who were directly involved in the selection. This research
aims to explore how extend the local regulation has worked in each village
in Bantul district. The selected village to be reviewed is Tirtonirmolo village
that has just finished its village servant selection in 2016.
Tirtonirmolo is one of villages in Bantul district that has openly conducted
village servant selection in 2016. The selection aims to fill some positions;
village secretary and head of governmental affair. The applicants were very
enthusiastic in which the test was followed by both young man and woman
and adult from various education backgrounds. Generally, the majority of
the applicants were Tirtonirmolo resident yet there were several applicants
from other village.
This open selection is a manifestation of Good Local Governance in which
transparancy and accountability is prefered in the process—start from the
begin until the announcement of the result. During the selection, the
committee involved third party—academician from university. By this
selection last year, the position of village secretary and head of
governmental affair is now filled by competent human resource in its field.

Keywords: implementation, local regulation, open selection

969 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

A. INTRODUCTION
Indonesia is democracy country in which one of its manifestation is
direct and democratic appointment of state apparatus. In this term, state is
giving an authority and freedom for its people to participate both in filling a
post in bureaucracy structure and in decision making process either in
central or local government (province, district, or village). By this order,
those who are democratically elected can positively contribute for a good
change through making policies for the common.

Regulation or policy is a provision that contains principles to direct

planned working mechanism and concsistent in achieving its goal (Suharto,
2010). From Suharto’s perspective, it can be defined that every rule or
policy will give a guidance in a system and also result or impact to human
resource quality. Bantul regional regulation number 5 of 2016 about village
servant aims to be a guidance to fill state apparatus post—an alarm for head
of village—that it is not head of village anymore who directly appoints
people to fill bureaucracy post in village government yet through open
selection that can be attended by anyone.

Village servant is a staff who assists head of village in formulating

policy and coordination under village secretary, and assisting other jobs of
village head in policy implementation under technical operator and regional
unit. Its presence is highly important so the village bureaucracy can
effectively work and when there is a vacancy then it is necessary to conduct
a selection.

Tirtonirmolo is one of villages in Bantul district that has openly

conducted village servant selection in 2016. The selection aims to fill some
positions; village secretary and head of governmental affair. The applicants
were very enthusiastic in which followed by both young man and woman
and adult from various education backgrounds. Generally, the majority of
the applicants were Tirtonirmolo resident yet there were several applicants
from other village.

970 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Based on above explanation, we are interesting to conduct a
research with titlel “Implementation of Regional Regulation Number 5 of
2016: Open selection of village servant in Tirtonirmolo village, Bantul.”

B. LITERATURE REVIEW
1. Policy Implementation: George C. Edward III Model
Model of policy implementation that is developed by Edward III is
renowned with Direct and Indirect Impact on Implementation.
According to this model, there are four variables that is very
significant for the success of implementation of a policy: 1.
Communication 2. Resource 3. Disposition dan 4. Bureaucracy
Structure (Agustino, 2008)
a. Communication Factor
Communication is human activity to tell what one’s think, feel,
hope, and experience to others. Communication is considered as
crucial factor due to every actitivity which involves human and
resource will always deal with question of how interaction is
managed.
There are three indicators that can be employed to measure the
successful of communication variables, which are:
1) Transmission: Good communication delivery will generate
good impementation too.
2) Clarity: Message that is received by policy implementer must
be clear, accurate, and not ambiguous, so misconception of
goal or target can be avoided.
3) Consistency: Order to implementer must be consistent and
clear.
b. Resource Factor
Resource has significant role in policy implementation since
no matter how clear and consistent the regulation is, if the actor

971 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 does not work effectively then the policy implementation would
not be effective. Indicators that are used to review how far
resource can effectively work are:
1) Staff: the main resource in policy implementation is staf.
Policy implementation often fail due to its incapable and
incompetent.
2) Information: In implementing policy, information has two
forms. First, information that is related to the way policy is
executed. In this term, implementer has to understand what
he/she has to do when they are given an order to take an
action. Second, information about the obliged of staff towards
applied regulation.
3) Authority: In implementation, authority is legitimacy for
implementer in executing the policy that is regulated
politically.
4) Facility: Physical facility is important factor too in policy
implementation. Implementer may have proper number of
staff and they understand whay they have to do, yet if they are
not supported by proper infrastructure then the policy
implementation would not success.

c. Disposition Factor (behaviour)

Disposition in this context is defined as behaviour of
implementer in implementing policy. In implementing policy,
according to Edward III, if one wants to efficiently and effectively
successful, it is not only capacity and knowledge that is matter for
implementer, will to work matters too. Several important things
that need to be considered in disposition variable in accordance
to Edward III are:

972 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 1) Designate a bureaucrat: choosing and designating
operational personnel of policy must be done by people who
have high dedication to the agreed policy.
2) Incentive: Edward III said one of techniques to deal with
bureaucrat’s behaviour is with manipulating incentive insentif.

d. Bureaucracy Structure Factor

Despite of the availabiity of necessary resources in
implementing policy and the bureaucrat knows how it works and
has a will to work, policy implementation still can be ineffective if
the bureaucracy structure is inefficient.
According to Edward III, there are two characteristics that can
improve bureaucracy structure performance to the better
direction, which is with applying Standard Operating Procedure
(SOP) and make a Fragmentation.
(a) Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) is a routine activity that
enables staff exercies their job in accordance to applied
standard.
(b) Fragmentation is a way in distributing responsibility of activity
to several units.

C. RESEARCH METHOD
A type of research in this paper is descriptive research with
qualitative approach. In this research, the chosen location is Tirtonirmolo
village in Kasihan sub-district, Bantul. The case study of the research is
village servant selection of Tirtonirmolo village. The data analysis
employs Miles and Huberman techniques (Sugiyono, 2009), which are
data reduction, data display, and conclusion or verification. Hence, the
focus of this research based on formulated problem is:

973 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 1. How the implementation of regional regulation number 5 of 2016 of
Bantul district about open selection of village servant in Tirtonirmolo
village.
2. What are the obstacles in implementing the regional regulation
number 5 of 2016 about open selection of village servant in
Tirtonirmolo village

D. RESEARCH FINDINGS & DISCUSSION

1. Implementation of regional regulation number 5 of 2016 about
open selection of village servant in Tirtonirmolo village, Bantul.

Since the enactment of this local regulation about village servant that
regulates how to recruit servant to work in village bureaucracy in Bantul,
every village must prepare itself to perform this new rule.

Tirtonirmolo is one of villages that has recruited its staff with new
regulation—through open system of selection as regulated in second article
of the law. After filtering the applicants, the head of village him/herself that
will designate the candidate to be village servant.

2. The Incharge officer of Village Servant Selection in Tirtonirmolo

Actor or officer is a significance variable in policy implementation. The
involved actor will highly determine the successful of executed policy. The
successful execution of village servant selection in Tirtonirmolo was part of
the contribution of several elements within Tirtonirmolo village: village
government, village house of assembly (BPD), public figures, woman
organization (PKK), and youth group (Karang Taruna).

Some society components in the village are appointed their

representative and form a committee of nine people. As the rule regulates,
the nine committee is consist of: one chief, one secretary, and seven

974 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

members. In the regional regulation number 5 of 2016, it regulates the
composition of nine committee as follows:

Numb Society Number

Component
1 Village servant 4
(Pamong Desa) People
2 Village House of 2
Assembly (BPD) People
3 Social organization 3
in village level and People
public figure
Source : Regional Regulation number 5 of 2016 about village servant

The committee of nine people is fully responsible in the selection.

Below are the names of those nine people:

1. Tomi Kelasworo, A.Md

2. Drs. Aril Supriyadi

3. H. Djudiman

4. Daliman

5. Sutrisno

6. Nor Adin

7. Wiwid Suparyanti, A.M.KL

8. Khirma Wahyurin

9. Srohani, A.Md

The above actors are basically could not work the selection by
themselve thus the involvement of all society components is too crucial to
ensure the successful of this open selection.

975 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 3. Communication among committee team

Intense, clear and good communication within all elements of society

is necessary in executing this selection. Clear communication to candidates
is also important so any miss communication can be avoided.

Intense communication among committee team is begun after the

release of Decision Letter (Surat Keputusan) that states the legality of these
nine people as a team to coordinate and execute the open selection of
village servant in Tirtonirmolo. Committee of nine began its work through
making a timeline of the selection.

No Date Activity
1 11 - 13 October 2016 Penyusunan Jadwal
2 14 - 17 October 2016 Penyusunan Tata Tertib
3 18 - 20 October 2016 Penyusunan RAB
4 21 October 2016 Rakor Bersama
5 23 October 2016 Pembentukan Tim Sosialisasi
6 1 - 4 November 2016 Sosialisasi
7 15 - 16 November 2016 Persiapan Penjaringan
8 18. November 2016 Rakor Panitia
Pendaftaran Calon Pamong
9 21 - 27 November 2016
Desa
10 27 November 2016 Rakor Panitia
28 November - Perpanjangan Waktu
11
3 December 2016 Pendaftaran
Pencermatan Berkas
12 4 - 5 December 2016
Administrasi
13 9 December 2016 Rakor Panitia
Penetapan yang Berhak
Mengikuti Seleksi &
14 13 December 2016
Pengumuman Hasil
Penyaringan
15 15 December 2016 Pembekalan Calon Peserta
16 Pelaksanaan Ujian Seleksi
Pengumuman Hasil Ujian
17 18 December 2016 Seleksi
Penyampaian Laporan kepada
18
Lurah

976 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Penyampaian Permohonan
Konsultasi dan Penetapan
19 21 December 2016
Calon yang Berhak Diangkat
kepada Camat
20 24 December 2016 Pengumuman Calon Terpilih
25 s/d 27 December
21 Penyusunan LPJ
2016
22 28 December 2016 Rakor Panitia
23 30 Desember 2016 Pelantikan Pamong Desa
Source : Archieve of Selection Committee of Tirtonirmolo Village, 2016

The timeline was made in advance so it can be socialized to all

components that will help make the selection success and reach its target.
After coordinating with society component then the timeline will publicly
announced so everyone can know the importance date and what position is
offered in bureaucracy structure.

Several positions offered in this selection are:

Numb Offered positions

1 Chief of general affairs
2 Head of sub-village
(padukuhan) II Kersan
3 Dukuh in sub-village VIII
Padokan Kidul
4 Dukuh in sub-village IX
Jogonalan Kidul
Source : Archieve of Village Servant Selection Committee of Tirtonirmolo
villgae, 2016
There are several measures that were taken by committee of nine to
socialize and disperse the information regarding to to the open selection of
Tirtonirmolo village servant:

1. Being Active (Jemput Bola)

Being active or in Indonesia methapor jemput bola is an illustration of

how to work actively approaching the subject instad of waiting question or
response from subject. In this context, being active means the committee

977 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

of nine actively socialize to people by direct visitation to resident house.
Committee of nine, assisted by society, is divided into several teams to go
to many sub-village in Tirtonirmolo and directly socialize to people. Since
Tirtonirmolo has many sub territories thus they divide the team into three :

ELEMENTS Team I Team II Team III

R. Tomi
Drs. Aril H.
Committee Kelasworo,
Supriyadi Djudiman
A.Md
Committee Daliman Sutrisno Nor Adin
Wiwid
Khirma Srohani,
Committee Suparyanti,
Wahyurin A.Md
A.M.KL
Drs. H.
BPD Winaryo Susanto
Suseno
Dra. Sri Kristina
PKK Sri Astuti
Sudariyanti Widiyastuti
Village Drs. H. H.
Sugita
Servant Nursalim Dalharwi
Drs. Agus
LPMD Mugijana
Sukandar Suryanto
Source : Archieve of Selection Committee of Tirtonirmolo Village, 2016

Socialization team held a meeting with people in each sub-village of

Tirtonirmolo to inform them the detail schedule of village servant open
selection so people who joined the meeting can inform others. This meeting,
apart from its function to disperse the information, also can work as a mean
to strengthen solidarity among people and class within society from various
sub-village.

2. Pamphlet/Banner

Banner or pamphlet is more practical way in disseminating information

to public. Each banner and pamphlet is placed in strategic place of sub-
village. This way is seen to be more effective and efficient in delivering
information to public and is quickly disseminated even to those who are non-
Tirtonirmolo residents.

978 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Source : Archieve of Selection Committee of Tirtonirmolo Village, 2016

4. Resource In The Execution of Village Servant Selection program

Resource is highly crucial in implementing any program or policy. This

is due to every implementer has to be able to face any risk and possibility
that may appear during the process of policy implementation.

Human resource becomes decisive factor in implementing a policy

given the human role to interprete and execute the policy. However,
resource is not limited to human yet money, technology, infrastructure, and
information are also included as a resource. Resource then is important to
be considered due to its imporatance in supporting the successful of policy
implementation.

The human resource within the committee of nine is considered as

competent human resource in his/her own background and also involving
all elements within society. Committee of nine was chosen and appointed
by head of village with several considerations and competency was one of
these considerations so there will be trusted team that can exercise the
regional regulation number 5 of 2016 about village servant.

Furthermore, elements of society who participated in the process

showed that many human resource are capable to carry responsibility in
performing village servant recruitment mechanism in Tirtonirmolo. Those
who involved also based on their competency who mostly possess enough
knowledge and experience within Tirtonirmolo society.

979 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Selection of village servant in Tirtonirmolo was also involving the third
party. For the discreet and transparency, the committee of nine felt that it is
important to cooperate with the third party—academician. Universitas
Ahmad Dahlan became a partner in recruiting and selecting new village
servant. Academician in the aggreement is given a a responsibility to
produce the question for the exam and responsible during the exam on 18
december of 2016.

The exam took place at SMA N 1 Kasihan, Bantul. The exam was not
held at Tirtonirmolo office due to its lack of infrastructure (there is no proper
room to hold the exam). The exam is divided into several phases: (1) Writing
test which includes general knowledge and academic potential test, (2)
Interview test with partner (academician from university), and (3) Capacity
in using Information and Technology test.

All phases were conducted at SMA N 1 Kasihan, Bantul given its

proper infrastructure to hold the test. Nonetheless, with enough financial
support, the test could be done with available facilities. Resource is crucially
important to execute a policy as the standard assumes that successful
policy is the one that is supported by sufficient resource. The importance
Resource is not only human yet also financial, asset, and other influential
aspects.

5. Disposition/Behaviour in The Execution Of Village Servant

Selection Program

Disposition is defined as behaviour of staff or bureaucrat in

implementing a policy. If one wants the policy to be effectively and efficiently
successful then the staff not only has to know what they have to do and has
the capacity to do it, yet they also have to have a will.

Head of Tirtonirmolo village has appointed committee of nine that will

responsible in the execution of village servant selection in which the team

980 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

consists of all elements in society; village government, BPD, PKK, LPMD,
and Karang Taruna. The composition of the team is already appropriate to
existing regulation.

Committee of nine with support from some elements of society as

implementer of regional regulation number 5 of 2016 has worked as
regulated by the law. It can be seen from the composition of committee team
that are coming from various elements in society and also the selection itself
that involved the third party (university) as partner.

6. Bureaucracy Structure Factor in The Execution Of Village Servant

Selection Program
Despite of the availabiity of necessary resources in implementing policy
and the bureaucrat knows how it works and has a will to work, policy
implementation still can be ineffective if the bureaucracy structure is
inefficient.
The committee of nine that responsible in the execution of the
selection is formed tentatively thus this team will be dissolved once the
selection is done. Bureaucracy structure does not really matter in executing
this regulation considering the essence of this regulation that does not
require many participants to be involve.

To ease the burden of committe of nine, there is Standard Operating

Procedures (SOP) available and the timeline that has has agreed so
everyone can function their job and run their responsibility. The timeline
becomes a guidance and target that must be achieved during the
recruitment process. Therefore, the bureaucracy structure was not really
influential in implementing regional regulation number 5 of 2016 about
village servant.

981 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

7. Obstacles in The Execution Of Village Servant Selection Program

It is common as implementer that we are facing a problem or

challenge when executing the policy or program. The obstacle can be on
human resource, tool resource such as facility and infrastructure, and
financial resource to support the operational of all activity.

During the process, committee of nine was dealing with several

problems such as in socialization team that responsibles to disseminate
information about the selection that employs “being active or jemput bola”
strategy yet they have limited number of human resource to run this
strategy.

Furthermore, another obstacle appeared was the lack of facility in

Tirtonirmolo village. Tirtonirmolo has no proper infratsructure to conduct the
test in its own office (do not have enough computer) so committee rented a
room and its facility in SMA N 1 in Kasihan (Bantul) which approximately is
located 3 km from Tirtonirmolo village office. The distance itself was causing
a trouble when not all of candidates know the location of SMA N 1.

Every new regulation is commonly facing more problems, as

happened in new regional regulation number 5 of 2016 about village servant
that just recently implemented in Tirtonirmolo village. Nonetheless,
implementer staff must be able to deal with any form of obstacle so the
regulation can effectively work. This is as shown by committee of nine that
who faced any obstable with figuring alternative like renting a place to hold
the test even with minimum additional budget.

E. CONCLUSION
Based on the research result, researchers conclude that the
implementation of regional regulation number 5 of 2016 in Tirtonirmolo has
several interesting points, which are :

982 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

1. Selection of village servant in Tirtonirmolo village in 2016 was
organized as regulated by regional regulation number 5 of 2016
about village servant. It can be seen start from the recruitment of
committee members that follow the standard of nine people as
mentioned in the article three and the second verse. The
committee component consist of elements from various parties:
Village government, BPD, LPMD, PKK, and Karangtaruna in
Tirtonirmolo. The selection was also organized openly and was
involving third party to keep the discreet and transparency during
the test.

2. The main obstacle faced in the field was the lack of IT resource
(computer) within Tirtonirmolo government to organize the IT test
where candidate needs to perform their capacity in operating
computer. As alternative, committee of nine rented SMAN N 1 to
organize all phases of the test including the IT test. The following
impact due to previous problem is the increase of budget to pay
the building rent

983 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

REFERENCES
Agustino, L. (2008). Dasar-Dasar Kebijakan Publik. Bandung: Alfabeta.
Sugiyono. (2009). Memahami Penelitian Kualitatif. Bandung: Alfabeta.
Suharto, E. (2010). Analisis Kebijakan Publik . Bandung: Alfabeta.
Subarsono, AG. (2008) Analisis Kebijakan Publik (Konsep, Teori dan
Aplikasi). Cetakan Ketiga. Yogyakarta, Pustaka Pelajar.
Peraturan Daerah No. 5 Tahun 2016 tentang Pamong Desa.

984 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Work Attitudes among Office Personnel at MSU-Iligan Institute of
Technology, Iligan City Philippines

Katrina L. Codilla, RPm

Mindanao State University-Iligan Institute of Technology, Iligan City,
Philippines
Jalil E. Quinal, RPm
Xavier University-Ateneo de Cagayan, Cagayan de Oro, Philippines

Abstract
The skills, competencies, and attitudes of employees determine
the success or failure of any organization. The attainment of the
objectives of an organization is determined in terms of profit or
advancement of status. Thus, when employees do not perform well,
the productivity of the organization suffers.
This is a correlation study which explores the work attitude of
employees using the variables such as generation, length of service,
academic achievement, and employment status. A work attitude
questionnaire (α=0.856) composed of statements relating to the
manifestation and consideration of attitudes, habits, and behaviors
was utilized. A total of 147 respondents were determined using the
convenient sampling procedure.
Major findings include females millennial as the foremost office
personnel in the Institute. Majority is permanent employees with
college degrees and has been working for more than ten years. The
work attitude of the respondents was excellent for Generation X
respondents, Master’s degree holder, employed as casuals, and
those who have been working for more than five years. Next,
significant relationships were also found between the respondents’
work attitude and the variables generation, academic achievement,
length of service, and status of employment.
With these findings, it could be deduced that the work attitude
of the employees is affected with their status of employment,
generation, academic achievement, and length of service. Thus it is
recommended that office personnel pursue higher education, as well
as, for the management provide avenue for their scholastic
development. It is also recommended that further studies explore
work attitudes alongside the performance of the respondents such
as punctuality and output.
Keywords: work attitude, status of employment, generation,
educational achievement

985 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

A. INTRODUCTION
The skills, competencies, and attitudes of employees determine the
success or failure of any organization (Angeles & Llanto, 2014). The
attainment of the objectives of the organization is determined in terms of
profit or advancement in status (Mayhew, n.d). Thus, when employees do
not perform well, the productivity of the organization suffers. Julie Boehlke
(2015) stated that good work attitude determines the productivity of the
office. This is supported by Singh (2014) who found a relationship between
work attitude and behavior across generations.

Work attitude, in terms of job satisfaction and organizational

commitment, has been found to have a significant effect on employee
outcomes – performance, tardiness, absenteeism, and turn-over, and
working environment (Harrison et al, 2006; Garner and Hunter, 2011).
Attitudes and values can vary depending on the environment and roles of
an employee and may also be a result of age and length of tenure (Chiu,
Chang, and Wei. 2016; Gibson & Klein, n.d.)

B. GENERATION IN THE WORK PLACE

There are three primary generations now in our workforce, possessing
unique characteristics affecting work ethic and relationship (Glass, 2007).
Several studies infer that those belonging to Generation X and ‘Millennials’
value leisure more, see work as less central to their lives and display a
weaker work ethic compared to the older generations (Twenge & Psychol,
2010). This is along the lines of the findings of Cennamo and Gardner
(2008) showing the younger generations place more importance on status
and freedom as their work values compared to the older groups. However,
the study of Wong et al (2008) does not uphold commonly attributed
stereotypes among generations. The observed differences are attributing
more with age rather than generation.

986 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 In the Philippines, Filipino workers in their mid-twenties and mid-fifties
are found to be more alike than different. Both believe that work should
provide personal growth, desire for development, contribution and
cooperation. Younger workers however show marked preference for
greater participation and empowerment in the workplace compared to older
employees (Claudio-Pascua, 2005).

C. EMPLOYMENT STATUS AND TENURE

In the Philippines, there are several types of employment status in the
government – job order, casual, temporary and permanent. Job order, or
individual contract of services, refers to a type of employment where there
is no employer-employee relationship between the individual and the
government (Resolution No. 020790, 2002). Thus, the individual is paid on
daily basis and do not enjoy benefits such as bonuses, Personal Economic
Relief Allowance (PERA), Representation and Transportation Allowance
(RATA), and leave benefits among others. Casual and permanent
employments enjoy similar benefits except for security of tenure. Unlike
permanent government employees, casual employees can be dismissed
any time (Macaraya, n.d.).

Permanent employees have higher organizational commitment and job

satisfaction than part time workers when they work a preferred schedule
but lower than part time workers when working an un-preferred schedule.
Results however only partially supported the hypothesis for full time
workers, but fully support the hypothesis for part-time workers (Lee and
Johnson, 1990).

Scholars are also concerned about the status of contingent employees.

They hypothesized that temporary workers experience more adverse
psychological job outcomes compared to permanent employees.
Temporary employees report higher psychological well-being and life
satisfaction after controlling for differences in satisfaction and security.

987 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Contracts with definite duration can lower individual well-being because of
heightened job insecurity. Job insecurity can lead to serious negative
consequence to job attitudes, organizational attitude, health, and to a point,
their behavioral relationship in their organization (Dawson et al, 2014 and
Sverke et al, 2002). Longer tenure improves employee work contribution
while short-tenured employees have high turnover intention and less work
contribution (Bal, Cooman, & Mol, 2013).

Attitudes are the map of the employees that allow them to adjust,
navigate, and behave appropriately to their environment and various
situations (Angeles & Llanto, 2014). Studies exploring the effects of various
variables towards employee behavior and attitude involved generation gap,
marital status, and gender among others. There is limited study on the
effect of status of appointment and educational attainment toward
employee outcomes. Accordingly, one of the major issues in the Philippine
industry is that most employees are hired as “permanent casuals”
(Handbook for APL Activist, n.d.). Using Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs,
security, or in the case of employees, job security is an important factor for
each person (Feist & Feist, 2009). Maslow further argued that employee
concerns need to be studied for the management to create and implement
policies which will satisfy the upper levels of Hierarchy of Needs (Ewen,
2010).

D. OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY

This study aims to describe the work attitude among the office
personnel of MSU-Iligan Institute of Technology, Iligan City. Specifically this
is an attempt to find answers to the following research objectives:

(1) To determine the profile the respondents in terms of generation,

educational attainment, status of appointment, and length of service; and

(2) To discern the level of work attitude of the respondent;

988 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 (3) To test the significant difference of the work attitude of the
respondents in terms of generation, educational attainment, status of
appointment, and length of service; and

(4) To test whether there is correlation of the variables such as

generation, educational attainment, status of appointment, and length of
service on the work attitude of the respondents.

E. SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

This study is significant to the following entities:

The School. As the training ground of the students for their

employment. It is the role of the school to prepare the students to the life
as employees and to increase their employability. The result of this study
hopes to inform the schools on which part of emotional growth they should
develop.

To the office personnel. This study hopes to enlighten the employees

on what attitudes and personalities are to be best developed and practiced
in order to perform well at work.

To the Human Resource Management Office (HRMO). The result of

this paper will guide the HRMO in developing and implementing appropriate
programs for the holistic development of the organization’s constituents.

989 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

F. CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK
Figure 1. Schematic Diagram showing the relationship between the
independent variables and the dependent variable

Independent Variables Dependent Variable

Profile of Respondents

 Generation Work Attitude

 Status of Appointment
 Length of Service
 Educational Attainment

Figure 1 shows the independent and dependent variables of the study.

The profile of the respondents is the independent variable while work
attitude is the dependent variable.

Abraham Maslow postulated that humans are driven by two motives –

deficiency motive and growth motive. Deficiency motives (D-motives) are
possessed by all and aim to reduce drives such as hunger, thirst, safety.
This motive may be satisfied by people or objects. On the other hand,
Growth motives (B-motives) are independent and unique to each person.
The aim of this motive is to increase pleasurable drives. Therefore, D-
motives drive self-preservation and B-motives pushes for a better level of
functioning (Ewen, 2010).

Using these motives as basis, Maslow theorized that each person

needs to satisfy various levels of needs in order to reach transcendence.
These levels are physiological, safety, social, esteem, and self-
actualization respectively. Each level of need has to be satisfied to a certain
degree for a person to progress (Feist & Feist, 2009).

For this study, generation, status of appointment, length of service, and

educational attainment have relationships with the work attitude of

990 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

employees. Each generation has their own set of beliefs and experiences
which may cause distinctiveness of attitude towards work. Compensation
and benefits, which includes educational progress, of employees can also
affect the perception and behavior of employees towards their work and
organization. The length of employment may also affect how employees
respond to their organization and responsibilities.

G. LIMITATIONS OF THE STUDY

Some limitations of this study needs to be acknowledged. First, work
attitude measured in this study refers to the subjective evaluation of
respondents towards the different aspects related to work. The study also
only explored the direct relationship of the variables generation, tenure,
status of appointment, and academic achievement to work attitudes. Lastly,
conclusions are limited to data gathered.

H. METHODOLOGY
This section of the paper presents the research design, participants,
locale of the study, materials used and data analysis method.

1. Research Design
This paper is a quantitative research which utilized structured
questionnaire in gathering the data.

2. Participants
There is a total of 147 participants of this research, of which 52 are
males and 95 are females. They are MSU-Iligan Institute of Technology
office personnel who are currently employed by the Institution. These
personnel are stationed at the different administrative offices, colleges, and
technical offices around the campus. In determining the sample, this study
utilized purposive-convenient sampling. The following criteria were used in
deciding who would be included in the sample: 1) an office employee of

991 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

MSU-IIT; 2) permanent or appointed as casual or job order; and 3) available
during the time of data gathering.

3. Locale of the Study

This research was undertaken in Mindanao State University-Iligan
Institute of Technology (MSU-IIT) which is an autonomous unit of the
Mindanao State University (MSU) System located at Iligan City, Philippines.
The Institute hosts 6 colleges and 3 schools with several departments and
51 offices. There are 116 lecturers, 490 faculty members, and 413 office
personnel. Of these office personnel, 288 are permanent, 125 are casual,
and 73 are job order (MSU-Iligan Institute of Technology, 2014).

4. Materials
This investigation utilized a structured questionnaire composed of two
parts. Part 1 covers the profile of the respondents. Part 2 is the work attitude
questionnaire (α=.856) which is composed of statements relating to the
manifestation and consideration of attitudes, habits, and behaviors. The
respondents were asked to rate their degree of feeling or evaluation with
the statements presented in a scale of 1 to 10 where ten (10) is the highest
and one (1) the lowest.

5. Data Analysis
Two statistical tools were used in this research. Descriptive statistics,
like frequency count and percentage distribution were used in analyzing the
data on the profile. Then in analyzing the data on work attitude, mean was
used. In determining whether significant differences among the variables on
work attitudes exist, Kruskal-Wallis H Test was used. Kruskal-Wallis H Test,
or the one-way ANOVA on ranks, is a rank-based non-parametric test that
is used to test for statistical difference between two or more groups of
independent variables (Laerd Statistics, n.d.). Also, in testing for
relationships, Kendall Rank Correlation (Kendall’s Tau-b) was used. It is a
non-parametric test that measures the strength of dependence between
variables (Statistics Solutions, 2017).

992 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 The following range is used to describe the level of work attitude of the
respondents:

Raw Points Mean Description

73 – 80 9.01 – 10.00 Excellent
65 – 72 8.01 – 9.00 Good
49 – 64 6.01 – 8.00 Average
1 – 48 1.00 – 6.00 Poor

F. RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS

1. Profile of the respondents.
Generation. 50% of the respondents are millennial, 29% are Baby
Boomer, are 22% are Generation X.

Educational Attainment. Data revealed that 81% are college degree

holder, 16% finished Master degrees, and 3% are vocational graduates.

Status of Appointment. 47% of the respondents have a permanent

job status, while 32% have casual status, and 21% are job order status.

Length of Service. 41% of the respondents have been working in

the Institute for more than 10 years followed by 36% of them who have
been working for 1-5 years, and then followed by those working between
5-10 years. Lastly 10% of the participants have been working for less than
a year.

2. Level of Work Attitude

Table 1. Level of Work Attitude
WA
Variable Category Interpretation
Mean
Baby Boomer 8.91 Good
Generation
Generation X 9.30 Excellent

993 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Millennial 8.87 Good
Vocational 8.09 Good
Educational
College 8.89 Good
Attainment
Master’s Degree 9.34 Excellent
Job Order 8.67 Good
Status of Appointment Casual 9.10 Excellent
Permanent 8.98 Good
Less than 1 year 8.66 Good
1-5 years 8.97 Good
Length of Service
5-10 years 9.12 Excellent
More than 10 years 9.04 Excellent

Table 1 presents the work attitude of the respondents in terms of

generation, educational attainment, status of appointment, and length of
service. In terms of generation, it is revealed that Generation X have
“excellent” work attitudes (9.30) while Baby Boomers and Millennial only
have “good” work attitude (8.91 & 8.87). Next, in terms of educational
attainment, master’s degree holders have “excellent” work attitude (9.34)
while college and vocational graduates only have “good” work attitudes
(8.89 & 8.09).

In terms of status of appointment, casual respondents reported

“excellent” work attitudes (9.10) while permanent and job order
respondents reported “good” work attitude (8.98 & 8.67). Lastly, in terms of
length of service, respondents who have been working for 5-10 or more
than 10 years have “excellent” work attitudes (9.12 & 9.04) while
respondents who have been working for less than 1 year to five years only
have “good” work attitude (8.66 & 8.97).

This study supports the results of Singh (2014) and Park & Gursory
(n.d.) where Gen X employees have higher attitude towards their work. The
difference in work attitude could be attributed to dissimilarity in life
experiences – environment, technology, and society – that each generation
encountered (Schroer, n.d.). Identified qualities of Gen X are practical,

994 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

independent, successful, and hard workers (Mann, 2006). Comparably,
Millennial office personnel may have lower work attitude because of their
identified characteristics of being idealistic, having short attention span,
values personal time more, highly selective, and segmented in terms of
group cohesiveness (Halroyd, 2011; Schroer, n.d.; Mann, 2006).

3. Differences on Work Attitude

Table 2. Analysis of Variance
Test
Profile df h h>test stat Interpretation
Stat
Generation
7.815 3 13.017 13.0167>7.815 Significant
Category
Educational
5.991 2 9.6416 9.6416>5.991 Significant
Attainment
Status of
5.991 2 11.797 11.7969>5.991 Significant
Appointment
Length of
9.488 4 11.516 11.5163>9.488 Significant
Service
Note: Sig. at 0.05

Table 2 shows the analysis of variance on work attitude among the

categories of the variables which is significant at 0.05. The generation
category has an h-value of 13.0167 tested against 7.815 which means that
there is significant difference in work attitude among respondents who were
born during 1945-1964 (Baby Boomers), 1961-1979 (Generation X), 1980-
1995 (Millennial). Next, the length of service has an h-value of 11.5163
tested against 9.488 which means that there is significant difference among
the respondents who have been working for less than a year, between 1-5
years, between 6-10 years, and more than 10 years.

Subsequently, educational attainment has an h-value of 9.6416 tested

against 5.991 which means that there is significant difference among the

995 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

respondents who finished vocational courses, college, and masters. Lastly,
status of appointment has an h-value of 11.7969 tested against 5.991 which
means that there is significant difference among the respondents who are
permanent, casual, and job order.

In summary, data reveal that generation, status of appointment,

educational attainment, and length of service affect the work attitude of the
office personnel of the Institute.

4. Relationship of the Profile and Work Attitude

Table 3. Kendall’s Tau-b Correlation
Work Attitude
Profile of the
Correlation Sig. (2-
Respondents N Interpretation
Coefficient tailed)
Generation 135 -.157* .023 Significant
Status of
145 .149* .025 Significant
Appointment
Educational
143 .197** .005 Significant
Attainment
Length of Service 110 .171* .023 Significant
*. Correlation is significant at the 0.05 level (2-tailed).
**. Correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed).

Table 3 presents the relationship of the variables which are generation,

status of appointment, educational attainment, and length of service.
Results show that educational attainment has the strongest positive
significant relationship with work attitude (.197) test at 0.01 level of
significance. This implies that higher level of education results to better work
attitude. Next status of appointment and length of services have positive
significant relationship with work attitude (.149 & .197) at 0.05 level of
significance. This implies that better status of appointment and longer years
of service results to better work attitude. Lastly, generation is shown to have
a significant negative correlation with work attitude (-.157). This indicates
that the younger respondents have lower work attitude.
996 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 The results highlight the importance of obtaining higher degree of
education. This line of thinking coincides with the study of Liang et. al.
(2013) in which they found that education and training have positive
influence on the work attitude of employees (Liang, et. al., 2013).
Accordingly, higher education allows better and in-depth knowledge of the
field and allows development of skills such as problem-solving, critical
reasoning, and innovation (Tzanakou, 2014).

The status of appointment of employees is shown to be a factor on how

employees approach their work. It is interesting to note, however, that
casual employees have the highest work attitude. While, permanent and
job order employees rated their work attitude as good only. It was
discussed in the previous chapters that job security plays a vital role in the
job satisfaction of employees which subsequently affects work attitude and
behavior (Dawson et al, 2014; Wilkin, 2012; Sverke et. al., 2002). The
findings for this study only partially support this notion. Casual and
permanent employees enjoy similar benefits except for the job security.
Perhaps this security makes the permanent employees complacent on their
work attitude. Accordingly several articles are researches have highlighted
how secured tenure had made teachers and other professionals uncaring
and unworried on evaluation which has been affecting their performance
(Anthony Baghdady, 2015, March 9; Asbill et. Al., 2016; Guillebeau, n.d.)

Lastly, the comparison on the lengths of service shows that the longer
an employee works for the organization, the better their work attitude.
Office personnel working for five to ten years or more rated their work
attitude as excellent. This result relates to the findings of Bal et. al. (2013)
where employees who worked longer have reported to contribute more to
their organization whereas employees who are relatively new gives less
contribution and expresses higher possibility of leaving. However, for this
study, it should be noted that office personnel working for five to ten years
have the highest rating for their work attitude. Nevertheless, the result

997 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

coincides with Hur & Perry (2014) where they found that moderate tenure
has the strongest work attitude while longer and shorter tenures yielded
weak work attitudes. Similar conclusions were made by Wright & Bonett
(2002).

G. CONCLUSION
The work attitude of MSU-IIT office personnel are affected by factors
such as generation, educational attainment, length of service, and status of
appointment. The importance of pursuing higher studies such as master’s
degrees is beneficial to both the office personnel and organization as it
increases the skills of the workers. With more knowledge and skills,
employees are better equipped to do their tasks, assist others, and improve
the efficiency in the workplace. Next, better compensation and benefits
motivates office employees to perform however, when their tenure is
secured, they become complacent.

H. RECOMMENDATIONS
Following the results and discussions, the proponents suggest the
following:

For Office Personnel

(1) To attain higher education to improve and develop skills that can
benefit their work attitude.
(2) Pursue postgraduate studies.
For the Management

(1) To provide avenue, such scholarships and grants, for office

personnel to pursue higher education.
(2) To consider improving the status of appointment of job order
personnel.

998 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 (3) Develop programs to reduce complacency and motivate
permanent employees.
For Further Studies

(1) To explore work attitudes alongside the performance (e.g.

productivity, absenteeism, tardiness) of the respondents in the office.
(2) To investigate the variables in qualitative terms to give in-depth
understanding.

REFERENCES
Alliance of Progressive Labor (n.d). Handbook of APL Activists-Primer.
Retrieved from http://www.apl.org.ph/?page_id=1575
Angeles, A.L.P. & Llanto, G.M.N. (2014). Chapter Productive work
behaviors and attitudes. In Hechanova et al. (Ed.), Understanding the
Filipino Worker and Organization (pp. 95-106). Quezon City, Philippines:
Ateneo de Manila University
Asbil, S., Moultry, A.M., Policastri, A., Sincak, C.A., Smith, L.S., Ulbrich,
T.R. (2016). Debating the Effectiveness and Necessity of Tenure in
Pharmacy Education. Am J Pharm Educ. 2016 Aug 25; 80(6): 94. doi:
10.5688/ajpe80694
Baghdady, A. (2015, March 9). Tenure fosters complacency, shortchanging
students of a quality education (in opinion). Retrieved from
https://dailytitan.com/2015/03/tenure-fosters-complacency-
shortchanging-students-of-a-quality-education/
Bal, P.M, de Cooman, R, & Mol, S.T. (2013). Dynamics of psychological
contracts with work engagement and turnover intention: The influence
of organizational tenure. European Journal of Work and Organizational
Psychology, 22(1), 107–122. doi:10.1080/1359432X.2011.626198
Boehlke J. (2015), Importance of Good Attitude at Work. Retrieved from
http://www.livestrong.com/article/180053- importance-of-good-attitude-
at-work/
Cennamo L. and Gardner D. (2008) Generational Differences in Work
Values, Outcomes, and person-organization values fit. Journal of
Managerial Psychology, Vol. 23 Iss: 8, pp.891 – 906. Retrieved from
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/235297699_Generational_Dif
ferences_in_Work_Values_Outcomes_and_Person-
Organization_Values_Fit

999 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Chiu C, Chang H, Wei C (2016) Person-Organization Fit and the Attitude
of Medical Staff: Professionalism and Work Attitude in a Chinese
Hospital. doi:10.4172/2315-7844.1000191. Retrieved from
http://www.omicsonline.com/open-access/personorganization-fit-and-
the-attitude-of-medical-staff-professionalismand-work-attitude-in-a-
chinese-hospital-2315-7844-1000191.php?aid=77224
Cohen, A. (1993). Age and Tenure in Relation to Organizational
Commitment: A Meta-Analysis. DOI: 10.1207/s15324834basp1402_2
Crawford, J., Leonard, L.N.K., & Jones, K. (2013). The role of worker
tenure and employment heterogeneity on software development work
activities. JISTEM - Journal of Information Systems and Technology
Management, vol.10, no.3 São Paulo Dec. 2013.
http://dx.doi.org/10.4301/S1807-17752013000300002
Dangla, D. (2014, November 10). GMA 7 talents fight against unfair labor
practice. Manila Today. Retrieved from
http://www.manilatoday.net/gma-7-talents-fight-against-unfair-labor-
practice/
Dawson D. (2014) Temporary employment, job satisfaction and subjective
well-being. Economic and Industrial Democracy. Retrieved from
http://eid.sagepub.com/content/early/2014/12/16/0143831X14559781.
abstract
Ewen, R.B. (2014) Abraham H. Maslow Self-Actualization Theory (II). An
Introduction to Theories of Personality 7th ed. pp.203-220. New York,
NY: Psychology Press & Taylor Francis Group
Feist, J, & Feist, G.J. (2009) Maslow: Holistic-Dynamic Theory. Theories of
Personality 7th ed. international edition. pp274-307. New York, NY:
McGraw-Hill Education (Asia).
Garner B.R. and Hunter B.D. (2013) Examining the temporal relationship
between psychological climate, work attitude, and staff turn-over”,
Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment, Volume 44, Issue 2, February
2013, pp. 193-200. Retrieved from
http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0740547212000840
Gelene (2015, August 5). The Ordeal of Job Orders in the Government.
Retrieved from http://thepinoycivilservant.com/2015/08/05/the-ordeal-
of-job-orders-in-the-government/
Gibson J.L. and Klein S.M. (n.d) Employee Attitudes as a Function of Age
and Length of Service: A Reconceptualization. Retrieved from
http://amj.aom.org/content/13/4/411.short
Glass A. (2007) Understanding generational differences for competitive
success. Industrial and Commercial Training, Vol. 39 Iss: 2 pp. 98-

1000 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Retrieved from
http://www.emeraldinsight.com/doi/abs/10.1108/00197850710732424
Guillebeau, C. (n.d.) The Link Between Security and Complacency [Article].
Retrieved from https://chrisguillebeau.com/the-link-between-security-
and-complacency/
Harrison D.A., Newman D.A., and Roth P.L. (2006) How Important are Job
Attitudes? Meta-Analytic Comparisons of Integrative Behavioral
Outcomes and Time Sequence. Retrieved from
http://amj.aom.org/content/49/2/305
Hur, H. & Perry, J.L. (2014). The Relationship Between Job Security and
Work Attitudes: A Meta-Analysis Examining Competing Theoretical
Models [Abstract]. Retrieved from
https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstra ct_id=2452082
Laerd Statistics, (n.d) Kruskall-Wallis H-test using SPSS statistics.
Retrieved from https://statistics.laerd.com/spss-tutorials/kruskal-wallis-
h-test-using-spss-statistics.php
Lee T.W. and Johnson D.R. (1990) The Effects of Work Schedule and
Employment Status on the Organizational Commitment and Job
Satisfaction of Full versus part time employees. Journal of Vocational
Behavior, Volume 38, Issue 2, April 1991, Pages 208-224. Retrieved
from
http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/000187919190028K
Liang, H.M et. al. (2013). The Influence of Education and Training on Work
Attitudes and the Moderating Effect of Supervisor Attitudes: Examining
Chinese Employees [Abstract]. Retrieved from
http://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s11205-013-0505-6
Macaraya, B.M. (n.d.). The Philippines: Workers’ Protection in a New
Employment Relationship. Retrieved from
http://www.ilo.org/wcmsp5/groups/public/---ed_dialogue/---
dialogue/documents/genericdocument/wcms_2 05376.pdf
Mayhew R. (n.d) Importance of Employee Performance in Business
Organizations. Retrieved from
http://smallbusiness.chron.com/importance-employee-performance-
business-organizations-1967.html
Park, J., & D. Gursoy. (2012). Generational Effects on Work Engagement
among U.S Hotel Employees [Abstract]. International Journal of
Hospitality Management 31 (4): 1195-1202.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijhm.2012.02.007
Philippine Labor Laws. (2008). Retrieved from http://www.laborlaw.usc-
law.org/2010/11/29/security-of-tenure/

1001 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Resolution No. 020790. (2002). Retrieved from
http://www.csc.gov.ph/phocadownload/useruplo ad/itduser/res-
020790.html.pdf
Schroer W.J. (n.d.) “Generations X, Y, Z and the others”. Retrieved from
http://socialmarketing.org/archives/generations-xy-z-and-the-others/
Singh, V. (2014). Does Work Attitude result into Work Behavior for older
and younger generation? aWEshkar Vol. XVII Issue 1 March 2014
WeSchool. Retrieved from
http://www.welingkar.org/Corporates/pdfs/aWEshkar/march2014/aWE
shkar_10_ResearchNote_ViabhavSingh.pdf
Statistics Solutions. (2017). Correlation (Pearson, Kendall, Spearman).
Retrieved from http://www.statisticssolutions.com/correlation-pearson-
kendall-spearman/
Sverke M., Hellgren J., Näswall K. (2002) No security: A meta-analysis and
review of job insecurity and its consequences. Journal of Occupational
Health Psychology, Vol 7 (3), July 2002, 242-264. Retrieved from
http://psycnet.apa.org/index.cfm?fa=search.displayRecord&uid=2002-
01632-005
Twenge J.M. (2010) A review of The Empirical Evidence on Generational
Differences in Work Attitudes. Journal of Business Psychology 25:201.
Retrieved from http://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s10869-010-
9165-6
Tzanakou, C. (2014, April 11). The wider benefits of a PhD. University
World News. Retrieved from
http://www.universityworldnews.com/article.php?story=201404090957
27966
Wilkin, C.L. (2012) I can’t get no job satisfaction: Meta-analysis comparing
permanent and contingent workers. Journal of Organizational Behavior,
Volume 34, Issue 1, January 2013 Pages 47-64. Retrieved from
http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/job.1790/full
Wright, TA, & Bonett, DG. (2002) The moderating effects of employee
tenure on the relation between organizational commitment and job
performance: A meta-analysis. [Abstract]. Journal of Applied
Psychology, Vol 87(6), Dec 2002, 1183-1190.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/0021-9010.87.6.1183
Wong M., Gardiner E., Lang W., and Coulon L. (2008) Generational
Differences in Personality and Work Values: Do they exist and what are
the implications for the workplace? Journal of Managerial Psychology,
Volume 23, Number 8, 2008, pp. 878-890 (13). Retrieved from
http://www.ingentaconnect.com/content/mcb/05
0/2008/00000023/00000008/art00003

1002 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

1003 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 THE EFFECT OF JOB SATISFACTION ON JOB PERFORMANCE OF
VILLAGE MASTERS IN MANAGING VILLAGE FINANCES
IN THE DISTRICT OF KERINCI
Ade Nurma Jaya Putra
Lecturer at College of Administrative Science, NUSA Sungai Penuh,
Kerinci, Jambi, Indonesia. e-mail: [email protected]; HP:
082281067180
Syamsir
Senior Lecturer at Magister of Public Administration Department UNP
Padang;
Jl. Prof. Hamka, Air Tawar, Padang 25131; e-mail:
[email protected]; HP: 085263639233
Erianjoni
Senior Lecturer at Sociology Education Department UNP Padang;
Jl. Prof. Hamka, Air Tawar, Padang 25131; e-mail:
[email protected]. HP: 08126768892

Abstract
This Study Aimed To Reveal The Effect Of Job Satisfaction On The
Performance Of Village Masters In Managing Village Finances In Kerinci
District, Jambi Province. This Study Uses Quantitative Method. The Study
Population Was The Whole Of Village Masters In The District Of Kerinci,
Jambi, As Many As 285 Village Masters. The Sample In This Study
Consisted Of 48 Village Masters Obtained Through Cluster Sampling
Technique. Data In This Study Were Collected Through Questionnaires.
The Data Were Analyzed Through Multiple Linear Regression.The Finding
Of This Study Indicated That All Six Sub-Variables Of Job Satisfaction,
Namely The Work Itself, Salary, Promotion, Supervision, Co-Workers, And
The Working Environment, Simultaneously Have A Significant Effect On
The Performance Of Village Masters In The Financial Management Of The
Village Amounting To 94.0%. The Level Of Significance In The Results Of
Linear Regression Is 0.000. The Practical Implications Of This Study Among
Other Things That Job Satisfaction The Village Masters Is Very Crucial In
Their Work And For Their Success In Managing Village Finances.

Keywords: Job Satisfaction, Village Masters, Performance, Village

Finances

1004 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

A. INTRODUCTION

In every organization, including government organizations, human

resources played a very important role in the execution of tasks and
achievement of organizational goals. Therefore, it is necessary for an
organization to develop human resources. It is also indispensable
availability of human resources who are competent, dedicated, professional
and able to create a high performance and quality in accordance with the
demands of the organization and the needs of the community they served.
As a government organization which is structurally the lowest under
the district and is recognized in the governance system of the Republic of
Indonesia, the village government has the duty to govern and manage the
interests of local communities in the governance system of the Republic of
Indonesia. To achieve these tasks, the performance of a village master is
one of the important factors that must be considered. This is in accordance
with the mandate of Law No. 6 Year 2014 on Village Government, in the
article 25, which states that the village government as meant in Article 23 is
the village master or called by other names, assisted by village or called by
another name; and therefore, as the personification and representation of
the village administration, village master performance is an important factor
to influence the realization of these objectives.

Besides the demands of the importance of the village master

performance is also associated with one of their basic tasks and functions
that are mandated in Article 26 paragraph (2), point c of Law No. 6 Year
2014, that is "managing the village finances the village assets". According
to the statement of this article, a village master was given more authority to
manage the finances of the village, one of which is the discreation authority
of the village masters to mobilize funding sources of the villages, determine
the direction, goals, and the targets of the budget, so that the government's
aim to accellarate the development and prosperity in the village could be

1005 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

reached. Therefore, the performance of the village master has a dominant
role in realizing these basic tasks.

The village masters who have a good performance in managing the

village finances can be seen from the way they used in managing the
finances of the village. One of the indicators is that the village masters are
always open so that the rural communities to be able to know the
information that is truthful, correct and non-discriminatory on the
implementation of the government could be known by the villagers. Besides
the village masters should be able to account for its obligations in terms of
financial management of the village so that the implementation of
predefined policies can be trusted by the community in order to achieve the
goals of the village government. The village masters should also involve the
community and village organizations to determine the direction and the
desired goals together, and always refers to the rules and guidelines has
been set before.

This is in accordance with Yusuf (2016) which states that the financial
management of the village does not just show their budget allocation to
accommodate the basic needs of society, but the village government should
also prioritize the principles of financial governance of the village in
accordance with regulation. Therefore, in the village financial management,
a village master should always give priority to the good principles in the
management of village finances, namely: (1) transparency (2) accountability
(3) participation, and (4) budget order and discipline. It is also in line with
the opinion of Soleh (2015) which states that in order to achieve
effectiveness and efficiency in the village financial management, the village
government should always be guided by the principles of village finances
management, namely (1) accountability (2) openness, (3) order and
obedience, and (4) useful for society.

Nevertheless, the ideal performance of village masters as describe

above seemed inversely proportional to the realities, including at the district

1006 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

of Kerinci in Jambi Province. In reality, it was found that most of the village
masters had not been up to manage the village finances maximally based
on the principles of financial management that had been predetermined, so
that the expected performance targets in the management of village
finances can not be achieved optimally. This is reinforced by the Head of
Local Agency of BMPDPP-KB (The Agency of Community Empowerment,
Village Government, Women Empowerment & Planning Family) Kerinci
quoted by online news Tribunjambi.Com on 03 May 2016 (accessed on July
10, 2016) which stated that BPMPD and Inspectorate were of supervision
and development team that received a lot of complaints. He said that there
are about 21 village masters in the district of Kerinci reported by the citizens
and local BPD (Village Representative Body). He also mentioned that that
most of the complaints were about the problems of the use of village fund,
physical development, and also a matter of administration. Bad
performance of the majority of village masters in village financial
management in Kerinci district would certainly be affected by many factors,
one of which is the issue of job satisfaction of the village masters in doing
their work.

Job satisfaction is an individual perception or emotional feeling

towards his/her job, so that someone who had higher job satisfaction tended
to have a high commitment to their job. Moreover a person who is satisfied
in his/her work will reveal optimal performance in carrying out the task at
hand. This is in line with the opinion of Robbins (2008) which revealed that
individuals with high job satisfaction will certainly show a positive attitude
towards the job. Instead, someone who is not satisfied with his work will
have a negative impact on the job.

Based on preliminary observations it was indicated that job

satisfaction of village masters at several villages in Kerinci district is still low.
This is partly manifested in the less intensive of the village masters to be in
their office and, on the other hands, they were still lacking commitment in

1007 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 performing their job. Besides, the working atmosphere in the office tended
to be less conducive.

Based on the phenomenon that described above, the researchers

had conducted this study on the performance of village masters in village
financial management in relation to their job satisfaction. Thus the research
question posed in this study is: Is there a significant effect of job satisfaction
on the performance of the Village Masters in village financial management
in the district of Kerinci? Job satisfaction variables will be elaborated into six
sub-variables, that is the satisfaction of: 1) the work itself, 2) salary, 3) co-
workers, 4) supervision, 5) promotion /career development, and 6)
workplace environment.

B. RESEARCH OBJECTIVES

The general objecttive of this study is to increase the management quality

of village masters in managing village finance which will finally lead to
improving the quality of public services among the village community in
Kerinci District, Jambi Province. Specifically, this study aims to find the right
model to improve management quality of village masters in managing
village finance. In more detail, the objectives of this study were: 1) To know
the description of job performance of the village masters in managing village
finance in the district of Kerinci, Jambi Province; and 2) To find out the
contribution of job satisfaction effect on job performance of village masters
in the management of village finance.

C. SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

The findings of this study are expected to be useful for the

development of the theory of public administration, especially with regard to
human resource management and public financial management. In
addition, the results of this study are also expected to be useful in practice

1008 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 as an information to all village masters and the agencies that are competent
in Kerinci district for improving the performance of village masters in the
management of village finances, particularly in relation to the increase of
job satisfaction of the village masters in doing their job as citizen servants.

This study on the effect of job satisfaction on job performance of the

village masters in managing village finance in the Distrtict of Kerinci is very
important to do in order to give recommendation for related agencies,
especially the government of Kerinci District, in relation to job satisfaction
and job performance of village masters in order to find out the right method
in the management of village finance as expected by Law No. 6 Year 2014
on Village and Home Affair Minister Regulation No. 113 Year 2014 on
Village Financial Management. Information in the finding of this study is
expected to be useful for related government officials in determining and
establishing appropriate policies in improving the job performance of village
masters in village financial management, especially in Kerinci District.

D. CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK

1. Job Performance

The concept of performance basically has a lot of meaning. Ruky (2002)

asserted that performance could be translated into three meanings: (1) Job
performance (2) Performance (3) The implementation of the task. On the
other hand Wibowo (2011) states that the performance is about doing the
work and results of the work. While Rivai and Basri (2005) explains that the
performance or achievement of work is an accomplishment achieved by a
person in performing their duties or job in accordance with the standards
and criteria set for the job. Besides, Wilson (2012) explains that the job
performance is the result of the work accomplished by a person in his/her
employment based on job requirements. Based on some definition of the
performance it could be understood that the performance is a result of work

1009 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

accomplished by a person according to the size of the force as well as how
to carry out their duties in accordance with the responsibilities given to him
within certain time.
There are several factors that can affect the performance. Hasibuan
(2009) revealed that the performance can be affected by several factors,
among others: (1) the mental attitude; (2) education; (3) skills; (4) leadership
management; (5) the level of income; (6) salaries and health; (7) health
insurance; (8) work climate; (9) infrastructure; (10) technology, and; (11) the
opportunity to achieve. Likewise Mangkunagara (2004) stated that the
factors that can affect a person's performance is the capability (ability) and
motivational factors. Psychologically, the ability consists of the potential
ability (IQ) and the reality ability (knowledge + skill).
Meanwhile, according to Donneli, Gibson and Invanccevich (in Rivai
and Basri, 2005) individual performance can basically be influenced by
several factors: 1) Expectations of reward, 2) Encouragement, 3) Capability,
4) The need for and nature, 5) Perceptions towards task, 6) Perceptions
towards the level of remuneration, and 7) job satisfaction. Based on the
opinion of the several experts it showed that job satisfaction with its various
dimensions is one of the factors that will determine the quality of an
individual's performance.

2. Job Satisfaction

Job satisfaction is essentially an individual thing. Everyone who works must

expect to derive satisfaction from his/her work. Job satisfaction can affect a
person's positive and negative behavior towards his job. This means that if
satisfaction is obtained, then good things will come from job. Conversely, if
less job satisfaction achieved in his work, something that is not expected to
be found in his work. For that we need to understand what must be done to
create job satisfaction.

According Sutrisno (2009) job satisfaction is an employee attitudes

toward work related to the employment situation, cooperation between

1010 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

employees, remuneration in the work, and all things related to physical and
psychological factors. This is similar to Suwatno (2011) who asserted that
job satisfaction is a psychological condition that is fun or feelings of
employees that are highly subjective and dependent on the individual and
their work environment. Job satisfaction is a multifaceted concept.
Meanwhile, according to Keither and Kinicki (2005) job satisfaction is an
effective or emotional response to various aspects of the job. This definition
means that a person's job satisfaction can be relatively satisfied with some
aspects of his work, and or not satisfied with one or more other aspects.
Based on the expert opinion it could be understood that job satisfaction is
an attitude that is shown by the individual either positive or negative attitude
with regard to employment, the effect on the value system of the individual.

There are many factors that can affect an individual’s job satisfaction.
According Hasibuan (2009), job satisfaction could be influenced by several
factors including: 1) The fair and reasonable remuneration, 2) the
appropriate placement according to expertise, 3) severity of work, 4) the
work atmosphere and environment, 5) hardware supporting the
implementation of the work, 6) the attitude of the leaders in the leadership,
and 7) the work attitude. In line with this opinion, Sutrisno (2009) also
explained that the factors that can influence job satisfaction are: 1)
Psychological factors, that is factors related to mental health of employees,
which includes interest, tranquility in work, attitude towards work, talents
and skills; 2) Social factors, that is factors related to social interaction
between employees or between employees with their boss; 3) Physical
factors, that is factors related to the physical condition of the employee,
including: type of work, timing and rests periods, work equipment, room
condition, temperature, lighting, ventilation, employee health condition, age,
and so on; 4) Financial factors, that is factors related to assurance and
employee benefits, which include the system and the amount of salary,
social security, various allowances, facilities, promotions, and so on. Based
on the expert opinion it could be understood that in general the factors that

1011 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

can influence job satisfaction are individual factors such as the capabilities
it possesses, sense of justice, rewards, the situation and co-workers, a
chance to advance or equipment supplied to support the work.

According Rival and Sagala (2009) there are several indicators that
can be used to measure job satisfaction, namely: 1) The contents of the
work, 2) Supervision, 3) organization and management, 4) opportunities for
advance, 5) Salary and other financial advantages in fields such as
incentives, 6) co-workers, and 7) Conditions of employment. Meanwhile,
according to Luthans (2010) indicators to measure the job satisfaction
include: 1) Salaries, 2) work itself, 3) Co-workers, 4) Supervision, 5)
Promotions, and 6) work environment. In this study the researchers tried to
use the indicators of job satisfaction as expressed by Luthan.

3. The Influence of Job Satisfaction on Job Performance

According to Robbins (2008) a person with high job satisfaction will show a
positive attitude towards the job. Instead, someone who is not satisfied will
show a negative attitude towards his job. Based on the opinion of Robbins's,
it is understandable that job satisfaction can affect one's attitude in the work
that will ultimately affect the performance itself. This is in line with Handoko
(2011) which states that job satisfaction is one of the variables that affect
job performance and employee productivity. Kreitner and Knicki (in Wibowo
2011) also revealed that job satisfaction affects the job performance create
higher employment, while job performance also affects satisfaction.
Meanwhile Gibson (in Wibowo 2011) clearly illustrates the reciprocal
relationship between job satisfaction and performance. The relationship by
Gibson described as follows:

1012 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Figure 1. Relationship of Job Satisfaction and Job Performance

Job Satisfaction Job Performance

lead to
"more satisfied and productive workers”

Job Satisfaction Job Performance

caused by
”Workers are more productive and satisfied”

Based on the picture above it is understandable that job satisfaction

affects job performance and instead job performance could also create job
satisfaction.

4. The Management of Village Finance

Village finance could be defined as all the rights and obligations of the
village which can be valued in money and everything in cash or in the form
of goods that can be owned by the village in connection with the
implementation of those rights and obligations (Soleh, 2015). Basically
village finance is a subsystem of state finances as stipulated in Law No. 17
Year 2003 on State Finance.
In the general provisions of Regulation No. 113 of 2014 on the
Management of Village Finance it is explained that the Village Financial
Management is the overall activities that include planning, implementation,
administration, reporting, and accountability of village finances. Meanwhile,
according to Muhammad Arif (2007) village financial management is the
overall activity including planning, budgeting, administration, reporting,

1013 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

accountability, and financial controlling of the village. Therefore, it could be
understood that the financial management of the village is an activity that
includes planning, budgeting, administration, reporting, and accountability
of village masters and their aparatus in managing the finances of the village.
Furthermore, in Chapter III Section 3 of Home Affairs Minister
Regulation No. 113 Year 2014 it is stated that as a head of a village
government the village masters is the authority holder of financial
management of the village and representing the government in the
ownership of a separated village property, with the authority to: 1) Establish
policies regarding the implementation of Village Budget (APBDesa); 2)
Establish PTPKD (Technical Manager of Village Finances); 3) Establish the
officer of village revenue collector; 4) To approve the issuance of the
activities specified in Village Budget; and 5) Perform the action that resulted
in expenditure load on the village budget.
The Home Affairs Minister Regulation No. 113 of 2014 also stated that
management of village finances must be conducted on the principles of
transparent, accountable, participatory, and budget orders and discipline.
This is in line with Yusuf (2016) who stated that the indicators for measuring
the performance of village masters in the financial management of the
village could be seen from: 1) Transparence, meaning that the principle of
openness that enable public to know and have access to information as
widely as possible towards the APBDesa (Village Revenue and Expenditure
Budget); 2) Accountable, that is the principle of one's obligations to account
for the management and control of resources and implementation of policies
entrusted to him in order to achieve the intended purpose; 3) Participatory,
which means that the management of village finances should give wide
space to the community for actively involved in each stage of the village
financial management; and 4) Budget order and discipline, which implies
that APBDesa should be managed in a timely and appropriate, supported
by administrative evidence that could be accounted for and are guided by
regulations.

1014 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 On the other side, according to Soleh (2015) performance
measurement indicators of village masters in the village financial
management can use following indicators or principles: 1) unity, 2)
universility, 3) annual, 4) specialization, 5) accountability, 6 ) proportionality,
7) professionalism, 8) openness, 9) financial audit by BPK freely and
independently, 10) value for money, 11) honesty, 12) control, 13) order and
obedience to legislation, 14) responsible, 15) justice, 16) propriety, and 17)
benefit to society.
Performance measurement indicators of village masters in the village
financial management used in this study were indicators as suggested by
Yusuf (2016), namely: (1) transparent (2) accountability, (3) participatory,
(4) budget orders and discipline. Researchers chose this opinion because
it was felt capable and appropriately used because these indicators are in
line with indicators Pemendagri No. 113 of 2014 on financial management
of Village.

E. HYPOTHESIS
Based on the theory and relevant studies as stated above, the hypothesis
in this study could be formulated as follows:
1. Partially, satisfaction with the work itself, as part of job satisfaction, as
well as satisfactions with salary, co-workers, supervision,
promotion/career development, and the work environment significantly
affect the job performance of the village masters in the district of Kerinci.
2. As a whole, satisfactions with the work itself, salary, co-workers,
supervision, promotion/career development, and work environment
have simultaneously and significantly affected the job performance of
village masters in village financial management in the district of Kerinci.

1015 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

F. METHODOLOGY

Referring to the research question and objectives of this study, a

quantitative method with multiple linear regression analysis were used in
this study. This study was conducted in several villages in Kerinci district.
The population in this study was all village masters in Kerinci district totaling
285 people. The sampling technique used in this research is cluster
sampling in two stages: Firstly, defining the area based on the distance area
from the central Kerinci district. In this study we chose only 5 subdistricts in
Kerinci district with the range of near, medium, far from the district central.
These vive districts were selected with equal probability and the districts
were considered to be representative of the total districts in Kerinci district
to be observed. Secondly, determining the village masters in each
subdistrict randomly and the sample selection is done with the same
probability and the village masters have been deemed to have represented
all village masters in these subdistricts.

Data in this study was collected through with questionnaires with Likert
scale consisted of four alternative answers. Selection Likert scale in this
study was based on the consideration that the things will be measured in
this study were opinions and perceptions of people against the values of
competence and performance in the village financial management by the
village masters. To measure the degree of validity and reliability of the
instruments, so in this study was conducted an instrument test (tryout) to
see the validity and reliability of the questionnaire. Finally data in this study
were analysed with multiple linear regression technique, with some classical
assumption made previously as a prerequisite for regression analysis.

G. FINDING AND ANALYSIS

Since the data processing of this study used statistical testing with
multiple linear regression technique, it is necessary to do the testing
requirements analysis, so the results of this study could be used to draw

1016 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

good conclusions. In this study, the requirement tests may include the
testing of normality, linearity, multicollinearity, heteroscedasticity, and then
just continued with significance testing of multiple linear regression
equation. Based on the classic assumption test as a requirement of
regression analysis, the test results indicate that the research data is
compliant normality and linearity, and free from multicollinearity, and
heteroscedasticity, so it can continue to be tested with multiple linear
regression.

Furthermore, in summary, the results of multiple linear regression

tests of the influence of the six sub-variables of job satisfaction (the work
itself, salary, co-workers, supervision, promotion/career development, and
work environment) on job performance variable could be seen in Table 1
below.

Table 1. Summary of multiple linear regression test of variables and

sub-variables of Job Satisfaction on Job Performance
variable
R Adjuste
Description R Squar d RSig.
e Square
The work itself (in Partial) on Job
.659a .434 .421 .000a
Performance (X1 to Y)
Salary satisfaction (in Partial) on Job
.459a .210 .193 .001a
Performance (X2 to Y)
Co-workers (in Partial) on Job
.520a .270 .254 .000a
Performance (X3 to Y)
Supervision (in Partial) on Job
.474a .225 .208 .001a
Performance (X4 to Y)
Promotion/Career Development (in
.551a .303 .288 .000a
Partial) on Job Performance (X5 to Y)
Work Environment (in Partial) on Job
.638a .407 .395 .000a
Performance (X6 to Y)

1017 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Job Satisfaction (Simultaneously) on
.973a .947 .940 .000a
Job Performance (X to Y)

Table 1 above illustrated that the effect of the sub-variables of job

satisfaction with the work itself (X1), satisfaction with salary (X2),
satisfaction with co-workers (X3), satisfaction with supervision (X4),
satisfaction with the promotion/career development (X5), and satisfaction
with the work environment (X6) to the variable of job performance of village
masters in village financial management (Y) all of which are significant, both
partially and simultaneously. In Table 1 above, it could be seen that the
significance of the regression equation X1 to Y is equal to 0.000, it is smaller
than α = 0.05. Thus the first hypothesis is accepted. So it can be interpreted
that the satisfaction with the work itself had a significant effect on the
performance of village masters in the management of village finances.
Furthermore, the significance of the regression equation X2 to Y is 0.001,
this is also smaller than α = 0.05. Thus Hypothesis 2 is also accepted. It
may therefore be interpreted that satisfaction with the salary received by the
village masters had a significant effect on their performance in the
management of village finances.

In addition, the significance of the regression equation X3 to Y was

equal to 0.000, smaller than α = 0.05. Thus Hypothesis 3 was also
acceptable. Therefore, it can be interpreted that the satisfaction of village
masters against their co-workers significantly effect on their performance in
the management of village finances. Then the significance of the regression
equation X4 against Y was 0,001, smaller than α = 0.05. Thus Hypothesis
4 was accepted. So it could be interpreted that the satisfaction of village
masters towards supervision had a significant effect on the job performance
of village masters in the management of village finances. Furthermore, the
significance of the regression equation X5 to Y was equal to 0.000, also
smaller than α = 0.05. Thus Hypothesis 5 was also accepted. Therefore
they can be interpreted that the village masters satisfaction to the promotion

1018 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

or career development had a significant effect on their job performance in
the management of village finances. In addition, the significance of the
regression equation X6 to Y was 0.000, smaller than α = 0:05. Thus
Hypothesis 6 was also accepted. So, it could be said that satisfaction of
village masters to the work environment also had a significant effect on their
job performance in the management of village finances.

Finally, the significance of the regression equation X1, X2, X3, X4, X5,
and X6, simultaneously (together) to Y is equal to 0.000, smaller than α =
0.05. Thus Hypothesis 7 was also accepted. So it could be interpreted that
job satisfaction of village masters, which includes the satisfaction of the
work itself, salary, co-workers, supervision, promotion or career
development, and working environment, significantly influence their
performance in the management of village finances. Moreover, it could be
understood that the truth of this conclusion can be trusted to 100%, because
the level of significance is 0.000 or 0.001, both in the partial and
simultaneously test results.

In addition, based on Table 1 above, it could also be understood that

the magnitude of the effect of the sub variable of job satisfaction partially
and overall on job performance variable of village masters in the village
financial management was quite large, even relatively very large. It could
be seen that the effect of the sub-variables of job satisfaction on the work
itself is by 42.1%, satisfaction with the salary by 19.3%, satisfaction with co-
workers by 25.4%, satisfaction with supervision was 20.8%, satisfaction to
the promotion or career development by 28.8%, and satisfaction with the
working environment at 39.5% on job performance variable. Meanwhile
simultaneously the effect of these six sub-variables of job satisfaction on
the variable of job performance amounted to 94.0%.

Therefore, the results of this prove that the job satisfaction of village
masters was very influential on their job performance in the management of
village finances. Thus it could be explained that job satisfaction could affect

1019 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

the job performance of village masters in village financial management in
Kerinci district and was able to affect their job performance in the
management of village finances significantly and its influence is very large,
amounting to 94.0%. In other words, the higher the level of job satisfaction
of village masters in Kerinci district it is expected that their job performance
to be higher as well in the management of village finances and vice versa if
the job satisfaction of the village masters was reduced, their job
performance quality in the management of village finances will also
decrease.

The results of this study are consistent with the opinion of Handoko
(2011) which states that job satisfaction is one of the variables that affect
job performance and employee productivity. In addition this study also
supports the results of research conducted by Deddy (2016) which stated
that job satisfaction significantly influence employee performance at
Inspectorate of Southeast Minahasa District.

Based on the results of this study and the existing theoretical

framework, it could be explained that job satisfaction could affect the job
performance of the village masters in the village financial management in
Kerinci district. This could be illustrated that if the job satisfaction, as the
satisfaction with the work itself, salary, promotion or career development,
supervision, co-workers, and the work environment was appropriate with
the expectations of the village masters then theoretically it would be able to
improve their job performance in the management of village finances,
including in Kerinci District.

H. Conclusion

Based on the finding of this study about the influence of job

satisfaction, which was composed of the satisfaction with the work itself,
salary, promotion or career development, supervision, co-workers, and the

1020 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 work environment toward the job performance of village masters in the
management of village finances in Kerinci District, then it could be
concluded that: there was a significant effect of job satisfaction, both
partially and simultaneously, on the job performance of village masters in
Kerinci district in village financial management, and the influence was very
large, amounting to 94.0%. In other words, the higher the level of job
satisfaction of village masters in Kerinci district it is expected that their job
performance to be higher as well in the management of village finances and
vice versa if the job satisfaction of the village masters was reduced, their
job performance quality in the management of village finances will also
decrease. In addition, it could be seen that the truth of this conclusion can
be trusted to 100%, because the level of significance is 0.000 or 0.001, both
in the partial and simultaneously test results.

I. RECOMMENDATION

Based on the conclusions of this study, it could be recommended as follows:

1. Related agency in Kerinci District, like BMPDPP-KB (The Agency of

Community Empowerment, Village Government, Women Empowerment
& Planning Family) and Local Government of Kerinci generally need to
give priority to the realization of job satisfaction among the village
masters in order to improve their job performance in the management of
village finances, because theoratically the hypothesis test of this
research proved that the variable of job satisfaction had very strong effect
on the performance of village masters in the management of village
finances.

2. In spite of the limitedness of the number of variables used in this study,

then it is recommended for further research to involve several variables
and other factors that may be associated with the need for improving the
job performance of the village masters in Kerinci district or in other areas,

1021 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 such as motivational variables, leadership, education level, work climate,
work culture, and others.

REFERENCES
Books and Journals
Arif, Muhammad, 2007. The Procedures of Village Financial and Village
Wealth Management. Pekanbaru: ReD Post Press
BPS Kabupaten Kerinci. 2016. Kerinci Regency in Figures 2016. Kerinci:
BPS Kabupaten Kerinci
Deddy. 2016. “The Influence of Competence, Job Satisfaction, dan
Organisational Commitment towards Employees Performance (A
Case Study at Inspectorate of Minahasa Tenggara Regency). Jurnal
EMBA Vol.4 No.2. (http://ejournal.unsrat. ac.id/index.php/
emba/article/viewFile/ 12604/12176). diakses tanggal 29-11-2016.
Handoko, T Hani. 2011. Manajemen Personalia dan Sumber Daya
Manusia: Edisi Kedua. Yogyakarta: BPFE
Hasibuan, Malayu S.P. 2009. Human Resouce Management. Jakarta: Bumi
Aksara.
Keither dan Knicki. 2005. Organisational Behavior. Translated by: Early
Suandy First Edition. Jakarta: Salemba Empat.

Luthans, Fred. 2010. Organizational Behavior. New York: McGraw Hill

Rivai, V & A.F.M. Basri. 2005. Performace Appraisal: The Right System for
Assessing Employees Performance and Increasing Corporate
Competitiveness. Jakarta: PT. RajaGrafindo Persada.
Rivai. V & Sagala. E.J. 2009. Human Resouce Management for
Corporation: From Theory to Practice, 2nd Edition. Jakarta: Rajawali
Pers.
Robbins, P. Sthepen. 2008. The Principles of Organisational Behavior. 5th
Edition. Jakarta: Erlangga
Ruky, A.S. 2002. Performance Management System. Jakarta: PT.
Gramedia Pustaka.
Soleh, Rochmansyah. 2015. Village Financial Management. Bandung:
Fokus Media
Sutrisno, Edy. 2009. Human Resouce Management. Jakarta: Kencana.
Suwanto. 2011. Principles of Human Resouce Management. Bandung:
Suci Press

1022 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Wibowo. 2011. Performance Management: 3rd Edition. Jakarta: Rajawali
Pers
Wilson, Bangun. 2012. Human Resouce Management. Jakarta: Erlangga
Yusuf, Murtiono. 2016. Modul of Village Financial Administration.
Yogyakarta: Infest
Regulations and Online Media Source
Law No. 6 Year 2014 on Village Government
Regulation of Internal Affairs Minister No. 113 Year 2014 on Village
Financial Management
The Agency of Community Empowerment, Village Government, Women
Empowerment & Planning Family (BPMPDPP & KB) of Kerinci District.
Document of Financial Annual Report of 2016. BPMPDPP & KB, Kab.
Kerinci.
Tribunenews.com. 2016. “21 Desa di Kerinci Dilaporkan Dugaan
Penyelewengan Dana Desa”.
(http://jambi.tribunnews.com/2016/04/03/21-desa-di-kerinci-
dilaporkan-dugaan-penyelewengan-dana-desa) diakses tanggal 10
juli 2016

1023 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Agro-industry development direction in Thailand.
Katawut Ponkhot;
Ph.D. Candidate in Public Administration Program, Faculty of Humanities
and Social Sciences, Khon Kaen University, Thailand.
[email protected]
Sekson Yongvanit
Khon Kaen University, Khon Kaen, Thailand.
Associate Professor, Ph.D. Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences,
Khon Kaen University, Thailand. Corresponding [email protected]

ABSTRACT
Thailand has adopted the National Strategy 2560-2579 )Thailand 4.0( The
National Social and Economic Development Plan No. 12 )2560-2564(.To
promote and maintain a strong economic base patent applied in agriculture
and industry. As well as the Ministry of industry, the industrial policy 4.0
frame supporting the industry used in technology and innovation. And the
original industry reform to further growth of the industrial sector in 5 industry.
One of them was agro-industry. The province is a province located in the
plan. By Nakhon Ratchasima is one which has an address in such plans.
Nakhon Ratchasima province are agriculture with cassava production and
export of the country, export. But the issues and factors The production
volume decreased from a year ago. Therefore, it is necessary to conduct a
study to analyze the factors that affect the development of agriculture by the
cassava chain management key issues in the reviewed studies. Upstream
manufacturers - manufacturers of water - downstream manufacturers. To
find direction in the development, management, industry, agriculture,
manufacturing and exporting cassava to be sustainable.

Keyword : agro-industrial, agro-industrial development, supply chain

management.

A. INTRODUCTION
Since the country began to use the national economic and social
development plan, the 1 1961-1966makes the government policy to focus
on the development of the manufacturing industry to replace imported from
abroad. Thailand's manufacturing sector began to play an important role on
the development more and more. Until the national economic and social
development plan the 3 policy in the industry began to change from
production to replace the promotion into production for export. The packing
of industrial distribution to various regions thoroughly, in order to increase

1024 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

the employment and income to the peoples. (Office of Industrial Economics.
1997: 4.)
Thailand has adopted the national strategic plan 20 year 2017-
2036(Thailand 4.0(which are defined, embrace the Age Science City
Economic Development And the area economy, to maintain the economic
base, the strength of that? The development of industrial cluster. In both the
national economic and social development plan edition. The master plan of
the development of the main 12 Thailand. Approach to economic
development in a manner appear to support agriculture and industry, the
link between the upstream manufacturers - water - downstream. The
national economic and social development plan, the 12 )2017-2020) and
government policy under the vision. “Agriculture, advance technology and
innovation. The production of farmers market life quality. Agricultural
resources, balanced and sustainable”. Comprehensive development of
agriculture in 5 aspects including building strengthening farmers Institute
and farmers, to enhance the agricultural products throughout the supply
chain management Increasing the competitiveness through technology and
innovation. The management of agricultural resources and environment
sustainable development. Development of management system of the
government and the industrial development on the strength of the current
industrial potential to upgrade to industrial use of advanced technology
(National Economic and Social Development Plan 2017-2020: 87-91(.From
the national economic and social development plans, make the government
has the industrial policy 4.0, which policyin driving economic growth. (S-
curve) in 2 pattern is formed. First S-curve which is investment in existing
domestic industry group consisting of modern automotive industry The
electronics industry. The tourism industry the income and health tourism
Agriculture and biotechnology industry food processing. To increase the
efficiency of the factors produced by this type of investment will affect the
economic growth in the short and medium term pattern. SecondNew S-
curve, which is a form of investment in new industry. To change the style of

1025 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

goods and technology, which consists of industrial robots. The aviation
industry and logistics. The biofuel industry and chemical industry, biological
digital medical industry. By these new industries will be the important
mechanism for driving the economy (New Growth Engines) of the country
(The Board of Investment of Thailand. 2017: 9(
Considering the gross domestic product (GDP) in 2016GDP
Thailand was 3.2 by gross domestic product, the highest. Agricultural
production index increased. 7.1 which increased productivity, including
paddy (63.0%) corn (39.6%) oil palm (7.0%) sugar cane (7.3%) output
decreases. Include cassava (-0.2%) and agricultural product price index
increased by increasing price of agricultural products 12.1 including raw
rubber sheet 3 )104.9%) oil palm (10.6%) sugar cane (28.8%) and prices of
agricultural products at a reduced price, including paddy (-7.8%), cassava
)-16.8%) (Office Of Agricultural Economics. 2560( from the above
information found. Gross domestic product of the country agricultural group
is high. But found that cassava yield index of product and price index
decreased. Both the cassava is considered the important economic crops
in Thailand.
Currently, the world's largest exporter of agricultural products. The
high market share of 65 for market ASEAN Thai is also ranked number 1 in
export for longer than 10 year by cultivation of key 5 first. Is a Nigerian
(55.06 million tons) (30.02 million tons), Indonesia (25.00 million tons)
Brazilian (23.35 million tons) and Kong Ko (17.32 million tons). Production,
respectively (Yearbook 2014( the exporter of export value of cassava
products of the important world is a Thai value maximum, out 2 456.78
billion. And Vietnam are worth 960.18 million US dollars, the main market is
China, Indonesia imports, Japan, Taiwan and Malaysia. Part of it and it
pellets. The exporter is an important, Thailand, Vietnam and Indonesia by
the importer is China, South Korea and the European Union. (International
Trade Centre.2014)

1026 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 By the entire country crop cassava using satellite data system
Landsat-7 ETM + found in cassava plantations include, 2,561,030Acre.
Covers 48 province by northeast. Space in the area 19 province cassava
were 1,956,720 Acre, profit54.50% of cassava planting area, both countries
have to growers more than 500,000 households. Or as a 8%of farmers
throughout the country 5.7 million households, total output, 16,608,486 tons
produced both in 3.41 tons on average receivables Is a source of cassava
production the largest of the country. (Office of Agricultural
Economics.2017)But the demand for cassava in country only year does not
exceed 10 million tons. Excess of approximately 19-20 million tons per year.
Can export the country income a lot by cassava products exports many
forms such as cassava starch granules is recorded in the form of raw starch
and starch processing. And so on.
In the northeast. Is another one region state priority. The developing
potential in the province industry along with the development of enterprises,
provincial regions, i.e., Nakhon Ratchasima province. And the group.
Especially in Nakhon Ratchasima province is the manufacturing industry
grows the most. The economic structure of Nakhon Ratchasima province is
important industrial agriculture and wholesale trade retail ratio on structure
GPP at price level 2007. 29.5% 17.0% 12.2%respectively. The Gross
Provincial Product (GPP), as 245,248 million in order 1 of Northeast The 10
of country and province product per person (GPP per capita) was 97 963
baht, the 2 of northeast region. Rank and 37 of the country. (National
Statistical Office of Thailand. 2016: 6) One of important province.

1027 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

The important
crops of
Paddy Second Sugar
Nakhon Cassava Maize
rice rice cane
Ratchasima
table list
The area 1,555,88
171,768 668,414 244,000 327,507
planted (Acre) 0
Production 1,431,02 6,420,91 6,000,00
263,758 630,217
(tons). 4 0 0
The average
415 617 3,842 10,000 780
yield (kg / Acre).
The average
yield of the
404 582 2,910 10,905 650
country (kg /
Acre).
Percent of yield
3.87 122.87 22.95 7.52 10.75
in the country.
The order of the
5 12 1 4 2
country
Source: Province, development plan 2013-2017

From the above information, found that crop of Nakhon Ratchasima

province is cassava, with production and export of the country by the 1
province. With an area of cassava, most 669,158Acre, its yield, and
5,244,721 tons.Is the competition of agriculture and its genetic 50 genetic
strategy, Rayong 5. )Office Of Agricultural Economics. 2017). The farmers
were cassava71,356 household. The agro-industrial plants used in the
processing of cassava starch as it lines in the area of the number of 92
capacity, 29,000 tons per day. The 1.5 million tons per year, the export 4
million tons per year, the production 22 million tons per year, the major
export markets are China, Indonesia. Taiwan, Malaysia, Japan. (Province,
development plan 2013-2017. 37-39(
The problems of information retrieval and the Thai agricultural
research related articles found that the agricultural sector is 5 problem is
the main problem(Pearmsak Makarabhiro. 2017) 1) the factors and the
resource base production. On the issue of land many farmers without land
as their own. To rent eat 2) reached production resources. Especially the

1028 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

water, the sea, forest, including the problems of high production cost 3)
problem of health use of chemicals in the crop and weed 4) problem of the
market. Agricultural product price is unfair, uncertainty, up and down, the
purchasing power of middleman and 5) problems coming from the policy of
the government. The policy of agriculture policy of plant genetic policy of
food security. The farmer didn't understand the purpose of the policy.
Overview of agricultural issues above. Considering the problems of
the study on cassava found. That the little cassava decreased due to Most
farmers are cultivated by experience is the lack of knowledge of new main
In the little cassava. The lack of systematic and comprehensive planning of
Lack of control and pest and plant diseases. The lack of irrigation water
resources and more. The lack of use of machines in the harvest. Transport
out of the ranch, some young inefficient. And in some areas the lack of
attention to the quality of the starch also farmers also suffer from cost
cultivation increased continuously. The plantations, production cost and
labor. (Parthana Parthanadee. 2009. 3(

B. DEVELOPMENT OF AGRO-INDUSTRY
The concepts used in the direction of development of agriculture of
the meaning of the agricultural industry, which means the property of
agricultural production. Come through the process of production and
processing to increase the value of the goods. Therefore, the process
consists of 3 group, is a manufacturer of upstream and downstream
manufacturer manufacturer in the water so the concepts used as the base
of education isSupply Chain and Supply Chain Management
Handfield & Nicholas (2002) Supply chain management is to
cooperate and collect the supply chain activities comply with the process
and raw materials to consumers. By Upstream manufacturers -
manufacturers of water - downstream manufacturers. Mentzer, et al. (2001)
efinition of supply chain by divided into 3 levels include Basic / Direct Supply
Chain Extended Supply Chain Ultimate, and Supply. Chain are as follows.

1029 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 The level 1 Basic / Direct Supply Chain is consists of raw material
suppliers.Is a manufacturer and forwarded to the Focal Firm until the
destination is the customer.
The level 2 Extended Supply Chain is to expand the supply chain
wide and complicated by adding in the middle of the manufacturer and Luke
trade. When the supply chain members is increasing. To make the
management of supply chain is very difficult and complicated. Because it
takes longer for the transmission or the flow of information from the
customer (Tier1( to the manufacturer (Tier2( which might make some
information's distortion from information received from the client directly.
The level 3 Ultimate Supply Chain is a group of related companies
from the source. The transmission of products or services from suppliers of
raw materials, the first (Initial Supplier) to the Ultimate customerin the 3
levels will be Focal Firm central character in that chain.
The Kenan Institute Asia is a Thailand-based (2006) Meaning of
the supply chain is that every unit or every business activities related to the
production of goods or services to a starting from raw material to the final
point is the customer covers the business activities of the enterprises
produced in each step involved in industry sodium. It generally consists of
a comprehensive supply chain points important starting material supplier.
Mean, who send the raw material to the manufacturer. Mean, who served
in the modification of material received from the sender to the higher value
the delivery or distributor. Mean, who served in the distribution of goods
from factory to the consumer or customers, suppliers or wholesaler and
retail. Mean shops who sell to consumers or customers. By the consumer
or customer is the end or the end of the supply chain that does not have to
add you trade for goods or services. Other goods or services that made out
to the market will be through the various stages in the system of the supply
chain, so the products or service quality. Must, with all the other units
involved without depend only on any unit.

1030 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Prachuab Klomjit (2013 :16) Supply chain management is the
process of integration. Coordination and control the movement of raw
materials and finished goods inventory and. And related information in the
process from raw material supplier through business to consumers. In order
to meet the needs of the consumers.
From the concept of supply chain management. And the environmental
changes in international and domestic trends adjustment production
activities will focus on products with high additional value. Which shows the
complexity of the process and procedures related to all throughout the
chain. So the management in the supply chain and agricultural industry with
high added value to meet the needs of our customers effectively. It can be
seen that throughout the chain started from the manufacturer to gather
output. Through intermediary to the distribution channel in overseas
markets. Through to the exporter or the domestic market. Elements are
involved quite a lot and functional responses to each other. And the
transmission of information effectively. The other environmental factors that
plays the most important role involved, such as the production system of
credit infrastructure, transport and service. Which every part to coordinate
work together effectively and rapidly. The system standard management
and trust between each other. (K.M. Rich and C.A. Narrod.2006(
In summary, the supply chain is a management services activities.
The relationship between Upstream manufacturers - manufacturers of
water - downstream manufacturers.

C. ANALYSIS OF THE POTENTIAL DEVELOPMENT OF AGRO-

INDUSTRY CASSAVA.
Cassava products in Nakhon Ratchasima Province consists of it. It
pellets, cassava, both in the form of raw starch and modified starch. And
ethanol, which can be used as raw materials, rubber products, these
continued in other industries. For supply chain of cassava products, starting
from the upstream is the farmers who grow cassava yield to the distribution,

1031 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

processing plants. Middlemen. It is the fresh cassava processing the basic
line to sell it to solve exporters cassava processing plant it pellet feed mill.
Or other factories to use it for the processing of mobile. The article from the
concept of supply chain management is the core in the analysis. Found
throughout the process of agricultural industry group and issues as follows:
The production of the watershed is the farmers who grow cassava
in the area, 71,356 household. The plantation area of about 1.9 million
acres. Produce to market per year, including more than 8 million tons. Build
income of farmers per year, 18 000 million. But the present area have to
face the problem of plant nutrients in soil degradation and the subsoil
several area. Yield not full performance. Need to have the development,
improve the soil, and how to cultivate new. To cultivate more efficient to
about 3-6 tons. On the farm, but in the improvement of plants. It can yield
increased up to 7 tons per acre.
The production of intermediate water is agricultural cooperatives
in the province. A collection of cassava from members. To create the
bargaining power with the middleman by area in a cooperative that has
cooperative members 12 livelihoods farming of Cassava The basic
navigation potential of cassava production in 2 cooperative, whose
members grow cassava is the main occupation is agriculture cooperative
complete province. Co., Ltd. and agricultural cooperatives soeng sang
limited. But there are still some problems including the trade and processing
production (cooperative) has a problem of standard of produce processing
fresh root is linear. And the lack of planning in collecting and processing
production cooperatives, no registration of manufacturers to make
acceptance from the alliance trade.
And the production of downstream in the supply chain of the
business). There is a third target destination choice is feed industry. The
manufacturing industry of renewable energy. Manufacturing other products.
The information in the areas of industrial 23 starch factory (Association of
Thai tapioca flour. 2560( but the factory featured to the operation of the

1032 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

public sector in clusters to promote the development of agriculture cassava
cassava based supply chain only 2 factory. Is the company reserves Wong
Industry Co., Ltd. and the company TP K ethanol Co., Ltd.
From the study of the related research. Project master plan for the
development of industrial agriculture sustainable economic office of
industry, the Ministry of industry, the research study. The logistics system
of cassava products from Thailand to China under the ASEAN - China free
trade agreement study by Thitikan Chaipisit (2550) And research ofThailand
Development Research Institute (TDRI) (2009) Point out problems and
obstacles. The logistics system of cassava, it was found that through the
process of supply chain. The problems and suggestions as follows :
1. In production, with the main problem is the quality of product
standards, lack of labor force in the operational level of quality, both in terms
of skills and knowledge. Lack of machines and modern technology makes
the production process delay, waste material. The production of agricultural
products, mainly relies on the season is always consistent continuity.
Solution in that the government must proceed in the following
aspects: training and transfer of knowledge about agricultural industry /
agriculture. And other knowledge related with the knowledge exchange
between state / operators / farmers together. Support the integration of the
proposed new technology, advanced to the operators. As well as to reduce
the process of employment, especially migrant workers, promoting, and skill
development. The motivation of workers' wages and welfare.
2. Marketing is the main problem is the market for agricultural
products. Agricultural / processed agricultural products is / is not enough.
The pricing of purchase and sale yield. There are no rules to accommodate
and government role in the pricing of quite a few. A protectionist trade
measures to make the goods processed items may not be into the global
market. Including the purchase - sale of goods at present. Mainly for sale
through middlemen make price fluctuation is not constant.

1033 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Solution in that the government should play a role in the
management of more and more, that is, finding the market domestic product
support agriculture increases. Promotion of agricultural products to the
standard to enter into the world market. Including support / published
information on prices, production costs, trends and directions in marketing
to farmers and entrepreneurs continuously.
3. The investment, the main problem is the lack of resources,
farmers or operators investment and financial liquidity The cost of
production rises. As well as the match of the law or regulations related
fields, such as law & Law, factories.
The ways to solve the problems that the government should
enhance the assistance was to seek funding sources. By the financial
institutions that can be supported. Or set up a low interest loans To promote
and support the potential investment to the operators. Or setting up the
group / organization farmers / operators to increase the bargaining power
of things related to investment.
4. Knowledge and technology, there is a pressing issue is the
lack of knowledge in modern new technology, according to the production
process are lack of advanced technology, another powerful well the farmers
or entrepreneurs still adhere to the traditional methods.
Ways to solve problems. The state's key role in leading the
process should include to promote research on advanced manufacturing
technology. Training transfer knowledge on modern technology for farmers
and entrepreneurs.
5. Policy is a pressing issue is unclear and discrete state policy,
make farmer / entrepreneur confused and panicked. The discontinuity of the
government in the promotion and development of agro-Industry.
The suitable solution is the government should determine the
direction the policy related agricultural industry management clearly /
continuity. Without variation according to political change.

1034 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

D. CONCLUSION.
The development direction of agriculture that is considered to be
one of the major industrial countries have high output in the world. But it
was found that there are production quantity decrease from factors. But if
the government continues to maintain stability in agricultural industry. Need
to have management based on the supply chain. By studying and analyzing
the manufacturer upstream manufacturers and downstream manufacturers
in the water, it was found that the guidelines in the development of
agriculture there needs to be a standard of the products properly.
Development of entrepreneur / manufacturer to contact the market and
foreign trade directly. To promote a product classification is appropriate.
Promote the development of the competitiveness of both domestic and
foreign entrepreneurs / farmers. In the economy. Promote the production
efficiency. With the knowledge or technology. As well as using the new
technology. In the production process to reduce costs. And maintain the
standard of time in production. To make agriculture cassava in Thailand
continue to dominate the top of the world.

REFERENCES
Association of Thai tapioca flour. 2017. Information starch factory in the
industry.
Development plan of Nakhon Ratchasima province 2013-2017.
National Statistical Office of Thailand. (2016). Statistics level development
plan area of Nakhon Ratchasima.
Office of Agricultural Economics. (2017). Major agricultural situation and
trends 2017.
Office of Industrial Economics. (1997). Summary of the national economic
and social development plan of the 1 - 7.
Parthana Parthanadee. (2009(. Project supply chain and logistics
management of cassava products in Thailand. Office of the Higher
Education Commission.
Pearmsak Makarabhiro. (2017).Perspective correction problem farmer
system. Retrieved from
:http://www.sathai.org/autopagev4/show_page.php?topic_id=417&
auto_id=24&TopicPk=.
The Board of Investment of Thailand. (2017). Journal of investment. The
year28 the 1January 2560. Bangkok: HouYui company.

1035 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

The Kenan Institute Asia. (2006). Study and development of the gem and
jewelry business in Chanthaburi province.Chanthaburi : The Kenan
Institute Asia.
The plan for national economic and social development, over the years
2017-2020.
Thitikan Chipisit. (2007(. A study of logistics system of the export products
of cassava from Thailand to China. Under the ASEAN - China free
trade agreement. Bankkok : University of technology Thonburi.
Cohen, S., & Joseph, R. (2005). Strategic supply chain management : The
five disciplines for top performance. New York : McGraw-Hill.
FAO Production Yearbook. (2014). Europe and Central Asia Food and
Agriculture.
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Regional Office for
Europe and Central Asia Budapest.
Handfield, R.B., & Nicholas, Jr., E.R. (2002). Supply chain redesign
transforming supply chains into integrated value systems. New
Jersey : Prentice Hall.
K.M. Rich and C.A. Narrod. (2006). Market failures and the role of public-
private partnerships to enhance smallholder delivery of high-value
agriculture.
Mentzer, T., de Witt, W., Keebler, J., Min, S., Nix, N., Smith, C., & Zacharia,
Z.(2001). Defining Supply Chain Management. .Journal of Business
Logistics.
World Trade Organization. (2014). International Trade Statistics 2014.
World Trade Organization Centre William Rappard.

1036 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 THE IMPORTANCE OF COMPETENCY ASSESSMENT TO IMPROVE
THE SERVICE PERFORMANCE OF THE BUREAUCRACY
Dr. H. Zakariya, MS., MM
Prof. Dr. Agus Sukristyanto, MS
Faculty of Social Science and Political Science
University of 17 Agustus 1945, Surabaya, Indonesia

ABSTRACT
Bureaucracy in Indonesia have not been able to provide public
service to the fullest. The are various factors that bureaucracy can’t provide
maximal service. Including the ability to identify crucial issues and the ability
to offer a concept capable solving the problem. Ability of management to
manage the existing resources that include human resources and other
supporting resources. Ability to build networking and the ability to perform
change management to anticipate the rapid ecological changes. Whit the
ability of officials who still low at the second echelon to four echelon caused
unresponsive to the public needs. In addition to theformulation of policy
made by the leadership tends to be less aspiritional. Formulation of the
problem of this research is how the extent to which the activities of the
Assessment Center is able to provide accurate information of candidate
competency and to what extent the results assesse capability and also how
the results Assessment Center has direct correlation with officials
recomended for the right position in an office. The purpose of this study is
the extent to which the assessment activities capable of assessing the
candidates precise competencies and the extent to which the recomended
officials were able to run theduties according to the task and approach by
conducting interviews to the organizers of Badan Pendidikan Diklat
(Bandiklat) East Java Province. The results showed 95 percent of the
Assessment Center activities digging candidate’s competency in district and
city are very precisely. The results also showed that the official candidates
who have been recomended having an ability to plan and better managerial
skill so that public services can be done optimally. As for the recomendation
of the study is the best candidate officials who will accupy a certain position
competency testing should be performed by an auction approach position.

Keywords: Competency Assessment – Public Service Performance –Public

Satisfaction

1037 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

A. INTRODUCTION
There is considerable agreement that arganization can benefit from using
performance appraisal. Witaout understanding individual employee’s reactions to
performance appraisal and it’s supportive organization context, it is less likely for
performance appraisal to be used for original objective, which is performance
improvement (Berman E.M., Bowman J., West J., Van Wart M.R. 2006). So far the
appointment recruitment of civil servent at the four echelon to second echelon is
determined by distric leader (Bupati) or the Mayor. Recruitment consedarations
are more political aspect. This situation that cause they are not able to formulate
strategic policy and less able to provide maximum service to the community.
Failure to capture the strategic issues that is on community impact the policy
implementation less the right. The policy implementation not answered on the
issue of the real that is on the community. There is gab between the programs
offered by government and the needs desired by the community. On the one hand
with the exi9stence of program that are not target, the service given to the public
is not maximized this is because the apparatus is not able to solve problems that
are sudden and casuistic. On the basis that the assessment of the leadership
who will accupy the positions is very important thing so that the service to the public
can be run optimally.

B. THEORY FRAMEWORK
The human resources are the main elements of the organization
compared to other elements such as capital, technology and money
because humans control the overall organizational resources. Therefore it
is necessary to continually improve the competence of such resources in
the form of training as it was done by Ilyoid A. Stanley in Irianto Yusuf (2001)
who put forward:

 It is impossible to develop training objectives appropriate if training

needs are not properly assessed.
 Not every problem will respond to a training situation. It is therefore
necessary to separate those problem that will respond to training

1038 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 solution form those which require other forms of intervention. This is
facilitated by the proper assessment of training needs.
 The proper assessment of training needs allows for meaningful
follow-up to take training activity, in term of providing for the
application of new knowledge and skill in the job.

Every civil servant can have the ability to perform their duties
professionally by the training, therefore the training materials should refer
to the orientation of task and functions. The material given should be
casuistic and problem solving whit more emphasis on approach group
discussion for managerial and leadership value can be highlighted. In
nature there are vacant position due to the presence of a retired leader,
sickness, dismissal and other causes. This fact has lead to the need to fill
vacant post. Assessment Center has an important role because he has
direct correlation with officials recomended for the right position in an office.

The stages of the assessment process include interviews. While

interview captured aspect thinking ability, managing self, managing task
and managing relation. Thinking ability include analytical thinking, thinking
flexibility, and innovative. Managing self includes oral communication skill
and tenacity. Managing task includes decission making ability, organizing
ability, ability to plan and ability to provide services. And managing relation
includes capacity to build networking, change management and leadership.
The process can be seen in the below.

1039 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Figure: 2.1 Rated Aspect of Assessment

ASSESSMENT

RATED ASPECT
 THINKING
ABILITY
 MANAGING
SELF
 MANAGING
TASK
 MANAGING
RELATION

RECCOMENDATION

STILL QUALIFIE
LESS
QUALIFIE D
QUALIFIE
D
D

C. RESEARCH METHOD
This research used qualitative method by interviewing 38 second
echelon in the regency of East Java. Kabupaten Bangkalan, Kabupaten
Banyuwangi, Kabupaten Blitar, Kabupaten Bojonegoro, Kabupaten
Bondowoso, Kabupaten Gersik, Kabupaten Lamongan, Kabupaten
Jember, Kabupaten Jombang, Kediri, Kabupaten Lumajang, Kabupaten

1040 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Madiun, Kabupaten Magetan, Kabupaten Malang, Kabupaten Mojokerto,
Kabupaten Nganjuk, Kabupaten Ngawi, Kabupaten Pacitan, Kabupaten
Pamekasan, , Kabupaten Sumenep, Kabupaten Sidoarjo, Kabupaten
Situbondo, Kabupaten Trenggalek, Kabupaten Tuban, Kabupaten
Tulungagung, Kabupaten Malang, Kota Batu, Kota Blitar, Kota Kediri,
Kota Malang, Kota Mojokerto, Kota Pasuruan, Kota Probolinggo and
Surabaya.

1. Analysis Unit
This research use individual analysis unit. It mean that this
research expose the data before and after of second echelon. This
research also captured the service performance of the leader of the
assessment results in the city of Surabaya especially the Mikro Business,
Small and Medium Enterprises and Cooperatives Department (Dinas
UMKM dan Koperasi).

2. Analysis Focus
The analysis focus research included:

 Aspect thinking ability,

 Aspect managing self,
 managing task
 Aspect managing relation

3. Key Informan
The source of data base on key informan38 second echelon in the
regency of East Java.

D. The Result
From the result showed that 38 leaders of department (Kepala
Dinas) that hase been assessed by Assessment Center (Bandiklat East of
Java) whit recommendations qualified there are 36 have a good

1041 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

performance. The leader of department incolede . Kabupaten Banyuwangi,
Kabupaten Blitar, Kabupaten Bojonegoro, Kabupaten Bondowoso,
Kabupaten Gersik, Kabupaten Lamongan, Kabupaten Jember, Kabupaten
Jombang, Kediri, Kabupaten Lumajang, Kabupaten Madiun, Kabupaten
Magetan, Kabupaten Malang, Kabupaten Mojokerto, Kabupaten Nganjuk,
Kabupaten Ngawi, Kabupaten Pacitan, Kabupaten Pamekasan, Kabupaten
Sumenep, Kabupaten Sidoarjo, Kabupaten Situbondo, Kabupaten
Trenggalek, Kabupaten Tuban, Kabupaten Tulungagung, Kabupaten
Malang, Kota Batu, Kota Blitar, Kota Kediri, Kota Malang, Kota Mojokerto,
Kota Pasuruan, Kota Probolinggo and Surabaya. It means 95 percent of
the Assessment Center activities digging candidate’s competency in district
and city are very precisely, while the less successful 2 leaders of
department are In Kabupaten Bangkalan and Kabupaten Sampang. The
results also showed that the official candidates who have been
recomended having an ability to plan and better managerial skill so that
public services can be done optimally. For example in Surabaya city the
Micro Business, Small and Medium Enterprises and Cooperatives
Department doing synergic planning with the university. So the
development of Micro Business, Small and Medium Enterprises and
Cooperatives can be improved by utilizing science and technology program
for the community (IbM). Among them is the empowerment of typical cake
village in Penjaringansari Surabaya. Such empowerment includes aspects
of production, finance, business plan and also marketing.

E. Recomendation
As for the recomendation of the study is the best candidate officials
who will accupy a certain position competency testing should be performed
by an auction approach position.

REFERENCES

Adler P.S., Borys B. (1996). Two types of bureuacracy: Enabling and

coercive Administrative Science Quarterly,41,61-89.

1042 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Berman E.M., Bowman J., West J., Van Wart M.R. (2006). Human
Resource Management in Public Service: Paradoxes, problems and
processes (2nd ed.) Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Holcombe S (1995) ‘Social Behaviour: its elementary forms’. (Harcourt,

Brace and World: New York)

Lyons M, Smuts C, Stephens A (2001) Participation, empowerment and

sustainability: (how) do the links work? Urban Studies 38, 1233-1251.

Irianto Yusuf (2001) Prinsip-prinsip Dasar Manajemen Pelatihan (Dari

Analisis Kebutuhan Sampai Evaluasi Program Pelatihan), Insani Cendekia,
Jakarta

1043 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 YOUTH IN ARTS-BASED PEACEBUILDING AND ENVIRONMENTAL
CONSERVATION: YOUTH EMPOWERMENT PROGRAMS OF TWO
NON-PROFIT ORGANIZATIONS IN NORTHERN MINDANAO

PRIMITIVO CABANES RAGANDANG III

LIWAYWAY S. VILORIA, Ph.D.

Mindanao State University-Iligan Institute of Technology

Iligan City, 9200 The Philippines

ABSTRACT
Anchored on the strategic arts-based peacebuilding framework
developed by Shank and Schirch (2008), environmental conservation
framework by Krishnan, Sen, and Ramamurthi (2000), and Kumar’s (2017)
framework of youth empowerment, this research endeavors to analyze the
arts-based programs and projects of Move This World-Philippines, Inc. and
Dire Husi Initiative, Inc., two youth-led non-profits with programs and
projects implemented in Northern Mindanao.
It specifically examines the organizations’ programs and projects by
categorizing such into three, namely: peacebuilding, youth empowerment,
and environmental conservation. Peacebuilding programs are discussed
with a brief overview of Mindanao problem, then discusses on programs
relative to waging conflict nonviolently, reducing direct violence,
transforming relationships, and building capacity. Programs and projects
related to youth empowerment starts with a short description of Mindanaoan
youth amidst century-old conflict. It then discusses on ways of helping youth
identify, utilize and maximize their potentials, develop confidence and self-
identity, and encouraging them to grow together in accountability, and
imbibing in them the eagerness to create change. Programs and projects
related to environmental conservation is last third part of this research. It
looks into local, national, and international levels of environmental
conservation programs of the organization. With case study design, this
research employs a mix qualitative methods for gathering data, such as key
informant interview, focus group discussion, observation, and archival.
Using archival method, the secondary data are gathered from the archive
section of both organizations. Youth empowerment programs and projects
of both organizations helped the youth identify, utilize and maximize their
potentials, develop their confidence and self-identity, and imbibing in them
the eagerness to create a change, while environmental conservation
projects of both organizations can be categorized into as micro and macro
levels.
Keywords: arts-based approach, peacebuilding, youth empowerment

1044 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

A. INTRODUCTION
One area within civil society based peacebuilding efforts, which has
not received a significant amount of scholarly focus, is the role of arts-based
activities in peacebuilding efforts (Zelizer, 2003; Brown, 2014). While it has
not received a significant amount of scholarly focus, Pruitt (2011) stressed
that arts-based methods can indeed be more culturally appropriate and far-
reaching than other methods, especially in this era where multi-disciplinary
approach to peacebuilding has paved the way for psycho-sociological
perspectives now being included in the mainstream discourse on politics
(Lessac, 2014). Especially in societies where conflicts are relentlessly
experienced, the use of arts-based processes has become an essential
component of peacebuilding work (Zelizer, 2003). In line with this, Lederach
(2005) supported this point in stating that “imagination translated into
creative acts is necessary for transcending violence.”

With music one of the many types of arts-based approach, Pruitt’s

(2011) preliminary analysis from a case study conducted in Northern Ireland
shown that there are three ways by which music can be used to engage
youth in peacebuilding. First, music is an alternative way to engage in
dialogue for building peace for the fact the music can bring youth together
to share meaning. Secondly, music-making can help youth increase self-
esteem and can adjust their view of others in a way that can help to weaken
conflict identities. Thirdly, Pruitt argued that by taking part in musical
programs, violence by, against, and between youth may be reduced or
prevented by changing the way youth experience the spaces they inhabit
and/or by providing alternative activities to rioting.

In another separate study, Pruitt (2011) noted that music has been a
tool for the youth to engage in dialogue despite diversity. In this particular
study, the respondents reported that they would not have been interested
in a peacebuilding program that was not music-focused. However, many of

1045 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

those same youth, after being drawn in by the musical aspect were inspired
to continue working to build peace in some capacity.

With the advice and regular support from their adult advisers,
organizations with arts-based approaches towards peacebuilding have
always involved the youth. Although the role of youth has been recognized
in peacebuilding discourse, there has been limited research on this area.
This is as true as well on the impact that the youth may have on
peacebuilding processes (Del Felice and Wisler, 2007). Many of these
youth-led non-profit organizations exist in post-conflict communities with
“speaker-participant” as one of the easily identified approach. As such,
many studies were conducted on the process and effects of such approach,
yet arts-based approach is so far an area of less research and review.

Anchored on the strategic arts-based peacebuilding framework

developed by Shank and Schirch (2008), environmental conservation
framework by Krishnan, Sen, and Ramamurthi (2000), and Kumar’s (2017)
framework of youth empowerment, this paper endeavors to analyze the
arts-based programs and projects of Move This World-Philippines, Inc. and
Dire Husi Initiative, Inc., two youth-led non-profits with programs and
projects implemented in Northern Mindanao, which are categorized into
efforts related to peacebuilding, youth empowerment, and environmental
conservation.

B. RESEARCH OBJECTIVES
This paper endeavors to analyze the arts-based programs and
projects of Move This World-Philippines, Inc. and Dire Husi Initiative, Inc.,
two youth-led non-profits with programs and projects implemented in
Northern Mindanao. In particular, the following objectives are sought to be
achieved:

1. Peacebuilding Programs and Projects

1046 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 a. Waging conflict nonviolently
b. Reducing direct violence
c. Transforming relationships
d. Building capacity
2. Youth Empowerment Programs and Projects

a. Helping youth identify, utilize and maximize their potentials

b. Helping the youth to develop confidence and self-identity
c. Imbibing in youth, the eagerness to create a change
3. Environmental Conservation Programs and Projects

a. Micro Level
b. Macro Level

C. SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

While it is of great importance to codify best practices of non-profit
organizations in post-conflict areas, it is far more important to specifically
study their arts-based and youth-led programs and projects, along with their
contribution to peacebuilding, youth empowerment, and environmental
conservation. McEvoy‐Levy (2006, as cited by Cardoso et al., 2015)
stressed that it is one way of highlighting the need to study further how youth
think and feel about peace, peacebuilding processes, conflict and conflict
resolution, politics and violence, of themselves, and of the future.

Contributing to the body of knowledge in general, this study is

especially significant in contributing to the arts-based peacebuilding
theories, particularly Shank’s strategic arts-based peacebuilding theory.
Also, the findings of this study can be a good input to the methods in arts-
based peacebuilding studies and practice. The findings and
recommendations of this paper can also be beneficial to policy makers in
terms of policy review and in designing intervention programs vis-à-vis
youth organizations and their peacebuilding programs.

1047 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Moreover, considered as another significant contribution of this study
is the unique type of its approach and leadership: arts-based and are led by
the youth. Common in the available studies is the focus on the high level
types of peacebuilding and minimally considers the role of youth in the
process, one being the next cohort of leaders, facilitators and stakeholders
(McEvoy-Levy, 2001; Harland, 2011; Gambone and Arbreton, 1997).
Further, the findings of this paper can also be of significant contribution to
the academic literature of youth organizations, peacebuilding, and the use
of arts as one of the many approaches in building resilient and peaceful
communities.

D. CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK
Informed by the strategic arts-based peacebuilding framework
developed by Shank and Schirch (2008), environmental conservation
framework by Krishnan, Sen, and Ramamurthi (2000), and Kumar’s (2017)
framework of youth empowerment, the conceptual framework below shows
the programs and projects of Move This World-Philippines, Inc. and Dire
Husi Initiative, Inc., two youth-led non-profits with programs and projects
implemented in Northern Mindanao. Both organizations have arts-based
peacebuilding programs and projects that are categorized into four, namely:
waging conflict nonviolently, reducing direct violence, transforming
relationships, and building capacity.

Ways of waging conflict nonviolently include direct actions,

monitoring, and advocacies, while reducing direct violence are done
through humanitarian assistance, creation of peace zones, and early
warning programs. Programs related to trauma healing, conflict
transformation, and policy making are ways for transforming relationships
positively. Ways for building capacity include research, evaluation, training
and education.

1048 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Youth empowerment programs and projects are categorized into
three, namely: helping youth identify, utilize and maximize their potentials,
develop confidence and self-identity, and imbibing in youth, the eagerness
to create a change. Environmental conservation projects have two levels:
micro and macro. With arts-based peacebuilding and environmental
conservation projects, youth are empowered to identify, utilize and
maximize their potentials, develop confidence and self-identity, and
imbibing in youth, the eagerness to create a change.

Figure 1. Conceptual framework showing the programs and

projects of Move This World-Philippines and Dire Husi Initiative

1049 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

E. METHODOLOGY
The study uses the case study approach. Field visits were employed
in this study wherein focused group discussions (FGD) and in-depth
personal interview took place. Case study method, according to McNabb
(2013), is often intensive studies of one or a few exemplary individual,
event, programs, institutions, and organizations. Discussing the case
method as one of the three qualitative approaches to research, Arenson (as
cited by McNabb, 2013) considers it as an appropriate research method
when a case involves some noteworthy success or failure.

As mentioned, a triangulation of data gathering methods was utilized

in this study, consisting of key informant interview (KII), focus group
discussion (FGD), and direct and participant observation. Firstly, a KII was
conducted in the community using a semi-structured interview which, as
Eriksson & Kovalainen (2008) pointed out, questions may vary in wording
or sequence but is anchored in a few guiding predetermined questions and
themes that also gave room for relevant topics or concerns.

Key informants include the organizations’ founders and its founding

members. Hybels and Weaver (2001) defined interview as a series of
questions and answers usually exchanged between two people which have
the purpose of getting and understanding information about a particular
subject or topic. In this research, interviews were conducted for five
members of Dire Husi Initiative and five from Move This World-Philippines.
It was conducted between February 20 and June 15, 2017. Early on the
research process, a thoughtful choice was made to interview only five key
informants in each organization, choosing those with most engagement with
the group. The interviews were conducted both personally and through
phone calls, while the span of each interviews ranged between 25 to 75
minutes.

Secondly, FGD was conducted with members from the partner

communities and stakeholders. Hybels and Weaver (2001) defined FGD as

1050 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

a forum where ideas are proposed and then modified in response to group
feedback. It is a way for everyone to participate and be heard. Using an
FGD guide, it was conducted in the area of partner communities and
stakeholders. A voice recorder gadget was used to record the interviews
that the researcher conducted among the respondents.

Direct and participant observation is the third method used in this

study wherein fieldworks were conducted. Fetterman (1989) stressed that
fieldwork is the key activity in all qualitative research designs which, as
added by Bernard (1994), allows the researcher to get close to people,
making them comfortable enough to permit the researcher to observe and
record observations about their lives.

Upon completion of necessary research data gathering protocols,

formal data gathering took place in the community. Key informant interview,
focused group discussions, and participant observation was scheduled
accordingly, mainly based on the convenient of informants.

Moreover, an archival and documentary method of research was

also administered, as secondary data from organizational documents is
deemed necessary for the study. This includes empirical data that
consisted of minutes, the articles of association of the organization, the
organization’s webpages, and the data that was available in the online
platforms of its partner organizations. The Psychology Glossary (2016)
defined archival research as a method of collecting data from sources that
already exist. This method differs from empirical research in which a
hypothesis and areas of interest are determined before data collection
occurs.

The researcher, being a member of Move This World-Philippines,

Inc. since 2012, also uses the reflective approach of qualitative research.
This approach is about interpreting own suppositions (and practices), by
differentiating one’s own perspectives from those of others, and by
subjecting own assumptions to critical review (Alvesson & Sköldberg,

1051 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

2000). "Reflection is difficult," as noted by Alvesson and Sköldberg (2000)
because it requires pondering about premises of thoughts.

As a case study in design, qualitative content analysis and thematic

approach were chosen for analyzing data of this paper. As cited by Inha
(2015), Tuomi & Sarajärvi (2009) and Schreier (2014) defined qualitative
content analysis as a systematic and flexible method of reducing data and
analyzing it to create a succinct description, which in effect connects the
topic to previous research results and a broader body of knowledge.

Secondly, since this study uses the case study design, a thematic
approach is also used to analyze the data. Komori (2015) stressed that
thematic approach of data analysis is especially used to make sense of
seemingly unrelated material. It can be used to analyze qualitative
information and to systematically gain knowledge and empathy about a
person, an interaction, a group, a situation, an organization or a culture. As
a thematic presentation of data deemed to answer the research problem,
the data is transcribed, and later on presented in tabular and textual form.

Ethics was properly observed throughout the research process.

McNabb (2013) stressed that the call for ethical standards in conducting
research must be directed at every level of any research organization. The
researcher properly observed the requirement for a Free, Prior, and
Informed Consent (FPIC).

The participants were informed of the nature, objectives, and aimed

results of the study. They were also given the opportunity to ask questions
for clarifications and are assured of the confidentiality of their responses
such that it would be solely used for the purposes of this study.

1052 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

F. CONCLUSIONS/IMPLICATIONS
Anchored on the strategic arts-based peacebuilding framework
developed by Shank and Schirch (2008), environmental conservation
framework by Krishnan, Sen, and Ramamurthi (2000), and Kumar’s (2017)
framework of youth empowerment, and based on the data gathered through
key informant interview (KII), focus group discussion (FGD), and direct and
participant observation, the following conclusions are gleaned in this study:

1. Move This World-Philippines and Dire Husi Initiative have arts-based

peacebuilding programs and projects that are categorized into four,
namely: waging conflict nonviolently, reducing direct violence,
transforming relationships, and building capacity. Ways of waging
conflict nonviolently are manifested in its curricular themes which are
designed to be more preventive in approach. It is intended to actually
prevent any cases of bullying and violence in schools and communities
through arts-based programs that can increase the number of mirror
neurons. Reducing direct violence is done through outreach
humanitarian programs, and creation of peace zones in schools and
communities. With such, the arts-based peacebuilding programs of both
organizations correlates with the contention of Shank and Schirch
(2008) that arts offer peace-builders unique tools that are currently
unavailable within the peacebuilding field. Finding strategic ways of
incorporating the arts into the work of peacebuilding and creating a
space where people in conflict can express, heal, and reconcile
themselves through the arts is a task for peacebuilding practitioners to
explore. Relatively, the peacebuilding programs on trauma-healing
correlates with the claim of Garrido, Baker, Davidson, Moore, and
Wasserman (2015) that games, music and other arts-based therapies
have been used in numerous settings with individuals suffering from
post-traumatic stress disorder. Curricular conflict transformation
exercises are done through drama therapy, statue making, and
theatrical exercises.

1053 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

2. Programs related to trauma healing, conflict transformation, and policy
making are ways for transforming relationships positively. Trauma-
healing related programs of both organizations are built in at times when
there are victims of bullying, disasters and other undesirable events.
Ways for building capacity include research, evaluation, training and
education. Both organizations really make it sure that they are able to
put into writing all of its activities and always continue doing research
and publish it so other people will know. Building capacity through
research is done through the partnership of its academic partners,
student interns and other people who are active or interested in doing
research-based programs.
3. Youth empowerment programs and projects of both organizations
helped the youth identify, utilize and maximize their potentials, develop
their confidence and self-identity, and imbibing in them the eagerness to
create a change. It correlates with the contention of Kumar (2017) that
empowering the young people involves helping them identify, utilize and
maximize their potentials, develop their confidence and self-identity,
encouraging them to grow together in accountability, and imbibing in
them the eagerness to create a change. In effect, youth empowerment
has the potential to reduce the level of ignorance and crime among
young people. It also serves as an opportunity for the youth to develop
their skills and talents, thereby making them a better person.
4. Environmental conservation projects of both organizations can be
categorized into as micro and macro. Micro level include the observance
of “paper-less office practice,” paper recycling, and utilizing somatic arts-
based approach of community programming which resulted into using
of less plastic and paper props, which are commonly used by many
organizations in trainings and conferences. This affirms the theory of
Krishnan, Sen, and Ramamurthi (2000), a ripple effect to the experiential
lessons learned by the stakeholders is experienced, wherein many of
these practices are also transferred to their family, schools, and

1054 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 immediate community. As simple as the value of waste segregation,
water conservation, and waste burning prohibition, young members of
the organization are learning the value of starting environmental
protection with small steps with their immediate community.
5. Aside from compliance to state-mandated policies on environmental
protection, a macro level program of both organizations includes
programs that are co-celebrated with other groups in the community,
with the aim of building a movement of environmental peacebuilding
advocates. This includes the observance of Earth Hour and the
celebration of Mindanao Week of Peace, especially when dialogue with
nature is the theme. From these findings, it implies that programs that
the young stakeholders learn from their respective organizations are
also transferred to their immediate family, schools, and community. Also,
despite organizational challenges, it is evident that both organizations
have tried its best to contribute to environmental conservation through
their members. Relative to spiritual (or moral) dimension of
sustainability, this correlates with the claim of Coblentz (2002) that for
an organization with staff of high morale due to clear programs’
objectives, the general feeling is that problems are challenges is easy to
overcome with unity of purpose and strength of commitment.

G. RECOMMENDATIONS
Based on the conclusions gleaned from this study, the following
recommendations are suggested based on the following categories:

For Future Research Undertakings:

1. A similar study on the peacebuilding programs of non-profit

organizations employing mix methods of qualitative and quantitative
analysis but with larger samples.
2. A comparative organizational programs study between youth-led
organizations in Southeast Asia and North Africa.

1055 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

For Policy Intervention:

1. The National Youth Commission (NYC), National Commission on

Culture and the Arts (NCCA), and Office of the Presidential Adviser
on Peace Process (OPAPP) to submit a bill to Congress
institutionalizing youth-led peacebuilding advocacy in the barangay
level.
2. The Department of Education and Commission on High Education
(CHED) to revisit the implementing rules and regulations (IRR) of the
Executive Order 570, also known as the institutionalization of Peace
Education program at all levels of education, and consider the arts-
based approach of peacebuilding.

For Practical Utilization:

1. The Department of Education (DepEd), Commission on High

Education (CHED), National Commission on Culture and the Arts
(NCCA), and Office of the Presidential Adviser on Peace Process
(OPAPP) to conduct a study on different grassroots peacebuilding
initiatives to assess its impact in different regions

2. Based on the impact study of different grassroots peacebuilding

initiatives, the Department of Education (DepEd), Commission on
High Education (CHED), National Commission on Culture and the
Arts (NCCA), Office of the Presidential Adviser on Peace Process
(OPAPP), and other government agencies to design a system that
can parallelize peacebuilding-related programs of non-profits for a
particular quarter or year, and eventually publishing them for
information dissemination and best practice sharing.

1056 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

REFERENCES
Akintola, Olagoke (2010). What motivates people to volunteer? The case of
volunteer AIDS caregivers in faith-based organizations in KwaZulu-
Natal, South Africa. Online: March 15, 2017. Available at:
https://academic.oup.com/heapol/article/26/1/53/628197/What-
motivates-people-to-volunteer-The-case-of
Bennett, Lynn, Goldberg, Mike, and Hunte, Pamela (1996). Ownership and
sustainability: lessons on group-based financial services from South
Asia. Journal of International Development, Volume 8, Issue 2,
pages 145–305.
Bowman, Woods (2011). Financial capacity and sustainability of ordinary
nonprofits. Nonprofit Management and Leadership, Vol. 22, No. 1.
Brown, Amanda (2014). Contributions of the arts to peacebuilding
evaluation. Retrieved from:
http://dmeforpeace.org/discuss/contributions-arts-peacebuilding-
evaluation
Corps, Mercy (2016). What is youth-led programming? how can it enhance
economic programs for youth? Online: January 29, 2017. Available
at: http://www.youtheconomicopportunities.org/blog/843/what-
youth-led-programming-how-can-it-enhance-economic-programs
youth
Delgado, M. and Staples, L. (2008). Youth-led community organizing:
theory and action. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Dees, J. Gregory (2001). The meaning of social entrepreneurship. Online:
June 9, 2017. Available at: https://entrepreneurship.duke.edu/news-
item/the-meaning-of-social-entrepreneurship/

Del Felice, C. and Wisler, A. (2007). The unexplored power and potential of
youth as peace-builders. Journal of Peace Conflict & Development
Issue 11.
Donais, T. (2012). Peacebuilding and local ownership: Post-Conflict
Consensus-Building. Oxford: Routledge.
Eade, Deborah (1997). Capacity-building: an approach to people-centered
development. Oxford: Oxfam UK and Ireland.
Edwards, Michael (1999). International development NGOs: agents of
foreign aid or vehicles for international cooperation? Nonprofit and
Voluntary Sector Quarterly, Vol. 28, pages 25-37.

1057 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Fowler, Allan (2015). Multi-stakeholder initiatives – theories, concepts and
typologies. Extracted from a Background Paper for a methods
workshop for the CSO Task Team studies on 16-17 February, 2015.
Gambone, M. and Arbreton, A. (1997). Safe havens: the contributions of
youth organizations to healthy adolescent development.
Goldsmith, Arthur (2001). Foreign aid and statehood in Africa. International
Organization, Volume 55, Issue 1, pages 123-148.
Harland, Ken (2011). Violent youth culture in Northern Ireland: young men,
violence, and the challenges of peacebuilding. Youth and Society,
Volume 43, No. 2, pages 414-432.
Kim, Youngwan (2014). How NGOs influence US foreign aid allocations.
Foreign Policy Analysis, 10.1111/fpa.12064.
Krishnan, Mangala, Sen, Kushal and Ramamurthi, K. Bhaskar (2000).
Module II: micro and macro level environment. Online: June 10,
2017. Available at: http://nptel.ac.in/courses/122102006/mod2/1.htm

Kumar, Vijay (2017). Empowering Indian youth - an emerging power.

Online: May 4, 2017. Available at:
http://vijaysvision.blogspot.com/2017/05/
Lee, Sung Yong and Özerdem, Alpaslan (2015). Local ownership in
international peacebuilding: key theoretical and practical issues.
Oxford: Routledge.
Liket, K. and Maas. K. (2015). Nonprofit organizational effectiveness
analysis of best practices. Nonprofit and Voluntary Sector Quarterly
April 2015 vol. 44 no. 2 268-296.
Lumsden, Malvern (1999). Breaking the cycle of violence: three zones of
social reconstruction. Aldershot: Ashgate Publishing.
Mangangot, Josiah Jayson (2012). NGO participation in the implementation
of RA 9208, otherwise known as the anti-trafficking in persons act of
2003, in Iligan City (2004-2010). Undergraduate Thesis in Political
Science, College of Arts and Social Sciences, MSU- Iligan Institute
of Technology, Iligan City.
Mateos, O. (2011). Local ownership and liberal peacebuilding: from rhetoric
to practice? Sierra Leone as a case study. Paper presented at the
European Conference on African Studies, Uppsala, Sweden,
Available at: http://www.aegiseu.org/archive/ecas4/ecas-4/panels/1-
20/panel-3/Oscar-Mateos.pdf

1058 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

McEvoy-Levy, Siobhán (2001). Youth as social and political agents: issues
in post-settlement peace building. Notre Dame: Kroc Institute
Occasional Paper
McKenna, Liz (2014). Why do youth join associations? Online: March 15,
2017. Available at:
http://leadingchangenetwork.org/2014/03/04/201433why-do-youth-
join-associations/
McLaughlin, Milbrey W. (2000). Community counts: how youth
organizations matter for youth development. Online: September 27,
2016. Available at: http://eric.ed.gov/?id=ED442900
Meyer, J. P. and Allen, N. J. (1991). A three-component conceptualization
of organizational commitment. Human Resource Management
Review. 1: 61.
Nathan, Laurie (2007). No ownership, no commitment: a guide to local
ownership of Security Sector reform. Technical Report. University of
Birmingham, Birmingham, United Kingdom.
Olberding, J. and Olberding, D. (2010). “Ripple effects” in youth
peacebuilding and exchange programs: measuring impacts beyond
direct participants.
Owen, AM (1997). Cognitive planning in humans: neuropsychological,
neuroanatomical and neuropharmacological perspectives. Online:
January 29, 2017. Available at:
https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/9421831
Paris, R. and Sisk, T. (2009). The dilemmas of statebuilding: confronting the
contradictions of postwar peace operations. Oxford: Routledge.
Petras, James (1997). Imperialism and NGOs in Latin America. ProQuest
Monthly Review, Full text – PDF (Vol. 47, no. 9).
Pruitt, Lesley J. (2011). Creating a musical dialogue for peace. International
Journal of Peace Studies, Volume 16, No. 1, pp. 81-103.
Pruitt, Lesley J. (2011). Music, youth, and peacebuilding in Northern Ireland.
Global Change, Peace & Security, Volume 23, Issue 2.
Racman, Vincent Jun (2009). Foreign assisted development intervention in
Maigo, Lanao del Norte. Undergraduate Thesis in Political Science,
College of Arts and Social Sciences, MSU- Iligan Institute of
Technology, Iligan City.
Richmond, Oliver P. (2012). Beyond local ownership in the architecture of
international peacebuilding. Ethnopolitics Journal, Volume 11, 2012
- Issue 4, pages 354-375.

1059 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Salzburg Global Seminar. (2014, April 6). Conflict transformation through
culture peace-building and the arts. Retrieved from:
http://www.masterpeace.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/Conflict-
Transformation-through-Culture-Peace-Building-and-the-Arts.pdf
Shank, Michael and Schirch, Lisa (2008). Strategic arts-based
peacebuilding. Barcelona: Escola de Cultura de Pau
Smith, Brian H (2014). More than altruism: the politics of private foreign aid.
New Jersey: Princeton University Press.
Swidler, Ann and Watkins, Susan (2009). ‘‘Teach a man to fish”: the
sustainability doctrine and its social consequences. World
Development, oi:10.1016 /j.worlddev.2008.11.002.
TDK Technologies (2017). key components of organizational leadership.
Online: January 29, 2017. Available at:
https://www.tdktech.com/tech-talks/key-components-of-
organizational-leadership
Toh Swee-Hin (2006). Integrating education for sustainable development &
education for international understanding. Bangkok: UNESCO

Ungerleider, John (2006). The Impact of youth peacebuilding camps:

connectedness, coping and collaboration. The Cyprus Review,
Volume 18, Number 1.
Vallinas, Lorraine Jean (2011). Post-conflict peace initiatives in
Kauswagan, Lanao del Norte (2000-2010). Undergraduate Thesis in
Political Science, College of Arts and Social Sciences, MSU- Iligan
Institute of Technology, Iligan City.
Van Brabant, K. (2010). Peacebuilding how? broad local ownership.
Geneva, Switzerland: International Peace Alliance. Available at:
http://www.interpeace.org/publications/doc_download/143-
peacebuilding-how-broad-localownership-english
Varghese, Jeji, Krogman, Naomi, Beckley, Thomas, and Nadeau, Solange
(2006). Critical analysis of the relationship between local ownership
and community resiliency. Rural Sociology, 71: 505–527.
Wong, Pearly (2013). ‘Local ownership’ in peacebuilding – a premature
rhetoric? United Nations Peace and Progress, Volume 1 (1), pp. 47-
57.
Zelizer, Craig (2003) "The role of artistic processes in peace-building in
Bosnia-Herzegovina," Peace and Conflict Studies: Vol. 10: No. 2,
Article 4. Available at: http://nsuworks.nova.edu/pcs/vol10/iss2/4

1060 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

PHENOMENON OF POLITICAL DYNASTIES IN THE REGIONAL HEAD
ELECTION
Budhy Prianto
Department of Public Administration, Faculty of Social and Political
Sciences, Merdeka Malang University, Jalan Terusan Raya Dieng No.
162-164 Malang 65146, East Java-Indonesia;
*Email: [email protected]

ABSTRACT
This study aims to describe the practice of political dynasties
emerged along the carrying out of regional head election, describe the role
of political parties in that process, and to explain the impacts on
decentralization. The research used qualitative approach with primary data
source documentation that purposively selected from Kompas newspaper.
Data was collected, processed, and analyzed based on news or information
related to political parties, direct regional head elections, and the
phenomenon of the rise of political dynasties in some areas. The results
shows that the practice of democracy in the local election has grown into a
double-edged sword; on the one hand it gives the political rights to be
elected to individual or group, and on the other hand depriving political rights
to selected individuals or groups. This is a necessary condition for the
growth and proliferation of the phenomenon of dynastic politics in Indonesia.
Not surprisingly, the emergence of oligarchy both within political parties and
local government without sufficient competence in governance at the local
government. As a result, the practice of collusion, corruption and nepotism
(KKN) spread in almost all regions in Indonesia.
Keywords: Democracy, Decentralization, Political dynasties, Political
parties, Regional head election.

A. INTRODUCTION
The circulation of the elite, in the context of the turn of political
leadership, is one of the conditions for the realization of a healthy
democratic climate. The phenomenon of political kinship is considered
potentially hampering the path of open and participative political circulation.
Rivera (2015), in his research on political dynasties and the strength of
political parties in Britain, said that corroborated the phenomenon which
said that dynasty precluded political competition. Dal Bo, et al. (2009), a
study among US congressmen also proves similarly, explaining that political

1061 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

competition among legislators tends to reduce the development of political
dynasties.
The phenomenon of many kinship relationships in political
leadership, in this country, further strengthens the symptoms of political
dynasties. This is particularly recorded in local direct election. Based on
data released by the General Elections Commission, there are 765 eligible
candidates in 261 regions that will hold direct local elections simultaneously
on December 9, 2015. From the 765 candidate pairs, there were 644
couples registering through political party channels and 121 couples
through individual channels (Kompas, August 25, 2015). Furthermore, there
were 155 incumbent were among them (Kompas, August 6, 2015). One of
the patterns, which the incumbent does to maintain power, is to work to
build a political dynasty to defend his political stage. This pattern occurs
when the incumbent can no longer advance in the elections due to having
served for two periods. Data on political contestation at the local level shows
that many relatives of successful incumbent officials won it (Kompas, March
18, 2013). These symptoms are considered quite alarming for the public.
Although in terms of legislation is possible, the public assess the pattern of
control of such political sources would plunge political conditions into
unhealthy situation. In relation to the control of political resources by the
political dynasty, Besley and Querol (2013) reported that political selection
through the dynasty was interesting to observe. Based et al. (2013) further
explain that the dynasty will end by itself when the economic performance
(control of economic resources) of the dynastic leadership becomes worse.
Based on this, it can be seen that residents will only accept dynastic
leadership when their performance good. So, it is indirectly revealed the fact
that the political dynasty did not always have a bad image in public.
Previously, an effort to prevent incumbent from building a political
dynasty had been done, with the existence of a forward ban for the
incumbent family as stated in Article 7 letter r of Constitution Number 8 Year
2015 on the election of governors, regents and mayors. However, the ban

1062 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

was subsequently revoked by the Constitutional Court (MK) on July 8, 2015
(Kompas, September 1, 2015).
Decision of the Constitutional Court on case number 33 / PUU-XIII /
2015, stated that article 7 letter r of Constitution Number 8 Year 2015 on
the election of governors, regents and mayors contradict with Article 28J
Paragraph (2) of the 1945 Constitution, worried many due to considered
increasingly fertile dynastic politics. People's concerns are well understood
as the political dynasty spreads. There reason according to former Director
General of Regional Autonomy Djohermansyah Djohan, there was 61
regional heads or 11 percent of all regional heads in Indonesia have political
networks of kinship or political dynasty in 2013. In fact, the symptom of the
strengthening of the political dynasty has trapped democracy towards
dynastocracy has been raised in the editorial of The Jakarta Post August
21, 2008 edition (Kompas, December 5, 2014).
In the present perspective, the decision of the Constitutional Court is
feared to make the dynastic politics more difficult to control. The holders of
power become increasingly free in building the empire of political dynasties.
This phenomenon seems to be in line with the findings of Dal Bo et al.
(2009) that the longer the person is in power (becoming a congressman);
the more likely one is to start or continue a political dynasty. This is due to
the increasingly oligarchic party democracy practices and the process of
political recruitment dominated by capital over the past one and a half
decades. The competition of the political elite is no longer based on the
quality of their commitment to public policy in favor of the people, but the
transactions of power interests. This indicates weak management in
political parties that similar with the findings of Rivera (2015) and Harjanto
(2011).
Concerns about the widespread dynastic politics could also be felt in
the Working Committee of Commission II meetings for drafting the Election
Bill in mid-2013. Unfortunately, the momentum of the political council's
concern and goodwill to control the pace of dynastic politics was not

1063 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

accompanied by profound debate. Political dynasties are considered to be
the cause of the destruction of democratic order. Thus, the formula for
controlling the dynastic politics is that regional head candidates should not
have a conflict of interest, which is associated with incumbent kinship
relationships.
At this point, it can actually feel the absence of state legislation in
preparing regulations. Learning from the drafting of regulation without
political legislation and the elite of political elite manipulating the articles in
regulation, the war against dynastic politics must be done by drafting or
revising laws relating to state power. These include the Election Law
(President, DPD, DPRD, and Political Party), comprehensively, using clear
paradigms, as well as strict sanctions for violators.
Based on the above phenomenon, this study aims to illustrate why
and how the practice of dynastic politics spread especially during the direct
election of regional heads, how the role of political parties in the process,
and what impacts on decentralization of governance in the region

B. METHODS
This study used a qualitative approach using the main data source
documentation selected purposively from Kompas newspaper. News or
information gathered was then processed, and analyzed descriptively
including news related to political parties, direct regional head elections, and
the phenomenon of political dynasties in some areas.

C. RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS

1. Direct Regional Elections and the Phenomenon of Political
Dynasty
At the beginning of its enactment, direct elections had been
conducted in accordance with the provisions of the Law of the Republic of
Indonesia (UURI) no. 32/2004, and then changed to UURI Number 12 Year
2008, especially Article 56 in areas in Indonesia with several purposes.

1064 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

First, get leaders in areas that have public accountability at the local level.
Because with direct elections, political parties at the national level can no
longer appoint or send candidates to the regions. Second, so that the
candidates for regional leaders are not only elected by some political party
elites but by the local people directly. If the previous leaders in the regions
were only elected by a handful of political elites through the Regional House
of Representatives, then by direct elections, it is expected that the grass
root level of public participation will increase in determining public officials.
Third, the election is intended to develop leadership from below or called
bottom up. Regional election is expected to restore the right of the people
to directly determine their leaders. Fourth, with regional elections, it is
expected that the people will participate more in political affairs at the local
level so that the democratization process will grow in society.
Regional elections make people become educated indirectly for
more responsible politics. With this, political stability in the region is
expected to be achieved and money politics can be eliminated. Contrary,
the ideal goal has been still difficult to achieve after the regional elections
lasted for the past decade. First, the aspirations and the participation of the
people in the determination of candidates remain marginalized and are
defeated by political party elites who reduce the elections only as a hunt for
power (see J. Kristiadi, 2009). This can be examined from the facts: (1)
nominations in local elections are still determined by the central board of
political parties; (2) democracy at the local level become subordinate to the
capital owners at the center, thus the expected local public participation at
the local level remains unrealized; (3) the people are only used as
instruments to get votes through nomination of popular figures and artists
without regard to quality (Kompas, April 6, 2010); and (4) local elections
ended with violence among supporters in several areas. Second, the
election of regional heads becomes more interesting, not solely because of
the increasingly healthy local democracy as the impact of increasing the
welfare of the people, but because of the opposite situation. Direct local

1065 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

elections, which have passed through the third period since the first period
began in 2005, have even more to show indications of the injury of
democracy. The recruitment of candidates for regional heads, determined
by transactional politics, has committed violations of the propriety principle.
The regional leader, who has served two periods of office so that he has no
chance to be nominated again, willing to go down as long as he remains in
power. Another way is to use the wife, children, siblings, or other relatives
to be encouraged to become candidates for regional head. This
phenomenon is then known as the politics of kinship, which then becomes
what is called the political dynasty (Kompas, July 21, 2015).
The political dynasty in Indonesia began to be seen in President
Soekarno family, the first President of Indonesia. This is evident from the
successor of Soekarno who continue his father's profession as a politician,
such as Megawati, Sukmawati, Guruh Soekarno Putra, and moreover Puan
Maharani who become next successor of Megawati.
The phenomenon of political dynasty was also seen in the family of
former Indonesian President K.H. Abdurrahman Wahid. This is seen with
the emergence of his siblings and also his biological children into the area
of Indonesian politics.
The tendency of political dynasty is also shown by the current family
of Indonesian President Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono. This is marked by the
work of Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono's son Eddie Baskoro who successfully
became a member of the House of Representatives for the period 2014-
2019, along with several other relatives such as Hartanto Edhie Wibowo
(Kompas, November 7, 2014), Agus Hermanto, Sartono Hutomo, Dwi Astuti
Wulandari, and Agung Budi Santosa (Kompas, October 3, 2014).
Political dynasties not only occur at the National level, but also at the
local level. This political style thrives in the era of regional autonomy. So,
local democracy actually thrives on dynastic politics in the region. At the
local political level, based on Indonesia Corruption Watch (ICW) study
throughout 2010, there were 9 elected regional heads who were still close

1066 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

relative to the previous head of region, specifically: (1) Kendal Regent,
Widya Kandi Susansi, the wife of former Kendal Regent, Hendy Boedoro,
who was dismissed for corruption case; (2) Kutai Kartanegara, Rita
Widyasari, daughter of former Regent of Kutai Kartanegara who also
stepped down due to proven corruption, Syaukani HR; (3) South Lampung
Regent, Rycko Mendoza, son of Former Lampung Regent Sjachruddin ZP
who has elected as Lampung Governor; (4) Pesawaran Regent where is
still in Lampung, Aries Sandi Dharma, son of Tulang Bawang Regent; (5)
Tabanan regent in Bali, Ni Putu Eka Wiryastuti, daughter of Previous
Regent; (6) Kediri Regent, Haryanti Sutrisno, wife of previous regent; (7)
Cilegon Mayor in Banten, Imam Aryadi, son of previous mayor; (8) Bantul
Regent, Yogyakarta, Sri Suryawidati, wife of previous regent, Idham
Samawi; and (9) Indramayu Regent, Anna Sophanah, wife of previous
regent (Kompas, February 10, 2010).
According to Kompas newspaper (January 12, 2011) in Sulawesi
there are also governors who built political dynasties, namely the Governor
of South Sulawesi 2008-2012, Syahrul Yasin Limpo has sister with name
Ikhsan Yasin Limpo (Gowa 2005-2010 Regent), Haris Yasin Limpo
(Makassar City Council 2004-2009), Tenri Olle (Local Council South
Sulawesi 2009-20014), nephew with name Adnan Purichta (Local Council
South Sulawesi 2009-2014), and his son Indira Thita Chunda (members of
the House of Representatives 2009-2014).
The most interesting phenomenon is what happened in Banten
Province. From this province, there are recorded some family officials who
successfully escaped to Senayan and regional parliament, which the most
of legislative candidate from Ratu Atut Chosiyah’s Family like (Kompas, 12
January 2011): (1) Hikmat Tomet (husband, Central Parliament Council,
Golkar), (2) Andika Hazrumy (son, Regional Representative Council), (3)
Ade Rossi Khaerunisa (son-in-law, Serang City Regional Representative
Council, Golkar), (4) Ratna Komalasari (stepmother, Serang City Regional
Representative Council, Golkar), (5) Heryani (Stepmother, Pandeglang

1067 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Regional House of Representatives, Golkar), (6) Ratu Tatu Chasanah
(sister, Banten Province Regional Representative Council, Golkar), (7)
Aden Abdul Cholik (brother-in-law, Banten Province Regional
Representative Council, Golkar).
The most recent news, Airin Rachmi Diany, sister-in-law of Banten,
was elected Mayor of South Tangerang in pairs with Benyamin Davnie,
through re-election (Kompas, March 13, 2010). In addition to the family of
the Governor of Banten (Kompas, October 23, 2013),
There are also some family names of the regional heads of children
in Banten, namely: (1) Tb Iman Aryadi (Cilegon Mayor's son, Central
Parliament Council, Golkar); (2) Ahmed Zeki (son of Tangerang Regent,
Central Parliament Council, Golkar); (3) Iti Octavia Jayabaya (Lebak
Regent's daughter, Central Parliament Council, Democratic Party), (4)
Diana Jayabaya (Lebak Bupati, Banten Province Regional Representative
Council, PDI P), (5) Mulyanah (Lebak Regent's sister, Lebak Regional
Representative Council, PDI P), (6) Agus R Wisas (Lebak Regent's sister,
Banten Regional House of Representatives, PDI-P), and (7) Irna Narulita
(wife of Pandeglang Regent, Central Parliament Council, PPP).
The most horrendous case is that happened to former Bangkalan
Regent, Fuad Amin Imron. Fuad Amin as it is called (Kompas, December
5, 2014) is not an ordinary politician, but is called the "Godfather" of
Bangkalan Madura Regency. Fuad started his political career as a PKB
administrator. In the hands of Fuad, PKB had been always been the winner
of the General Election until 2009. The political capital made him so smooth
when he ran for Bangkalan district candidate in 2003. In the election by the
local parliament, Fuad, who carried by PKB, won absolutely. Such a
situation also occurred during the election of the Bangkalan district head
through direct local elections in 2008. Without a significant opponent, he
was elected as regent for the second time. Having no longer been able to
run as regent, Fuad continued to grasp the power of his dynasty. Initially,
he planned to nominate his wife, Nyai Siti Masnuri Fuad Amin. However,

1068 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Makmun Ibnu Fuad, his son, went as the candidate. Through direct local
elections, the crown prince who advanced in pairs with Mondir Rofii
defeated his rival, duet Nizar Zahro-Zulkofli.
The election results of Bangkalan regent also broke the record. This
is due to reach 90 percent of votes and Ma'mun was recorded as the
youngest regent, by the age of 26 years. Due to the massive conflict in PKB,
Fuad Amin then chose to leave and become a member of Gerindra Party.
In the hands of Fuad, Gerindra Party became the winner of the election in
Bangkalan regency. Of the total 45 seats in the current Bangkalan
parliament, the party gets 10 seats. As a result, Fuad strolled as chairman
of the board. So, the executive and legislative in Bangkalan are controlled
by Fuad. The son became the regent and the father became the head of
the regional parliament. At least there are two aspects that became the
capital of Fuad to build the dynasty of power to be so strong: (1) Fuad comes
from the Bani Kholil, the great family of the legendary scholars of Madura,
it makes him so respected; and (2) Fuad's ability to use important networks
in Bangkalan, which is a major factor. There are three networks that are
really controlled by the "king" of Bangkalan, namely: (1) the "klebun"
network (village head); (2) the network of thugs; and (3) bureaucracy
(Kompas, December 5, 2014).
The practice of this political dynasty seems potentially harmful to the
implementation of good corporate governance of local government. This is
according to Harjanto (2011: 138-139) caused by the many ugliness and
weaknesses of the political order filled by kinship and certain political
dynasties.
There are several reasons why kinship and certain political dynasties
should be avoided. First, there is the difficulty of criticism, supervision, and
the mechanism of checks and balances to be able to walk. Empirical facts
show that political dynasties only prioritize kinship, and tend to adopt
policies that benefit the family dynasty (Kompas, July 11, 2015). Secondly,
with the growth of kinship politics, playing field will also become more

1069 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

unbalanced because kinship politics have been able to accumulate
influence, wealth, control of territory, and certain economic control will be
more likely to win political contestation, compared to other candidates
whose resources are still limited and just rely on the strength of hope. Third,
stronger kinship politics is an indication of the worsening institutionalization
of the party in general, and the weakening of the recruitment and
regeneration capacity of political parties in particular (see also Prianto,
2011: 155-172). Fourth, in the midst of an increasingly individualistic
contestation system, the role of political parties is diminishing, and the
individual power of candidates becomes one of the determinants of victory
in the struggle for political office.
Political kinship becomes an attractive option for political parties to
win political positions in the region. Because of their obvious electoral
advantages, such as popularity, the power of financial resources, and the
ability to mobilize the masses through the influence of political leaders in
office. Political parties seem to be more concerned with victory, and less
concerned about the effectiveness of power in the medium-long term, so
that the irregularities and absurdities of political support are often taken by
large political parties for the sake of ensuring victory in local elections.

2. How is the Local Political Dynasty Built?

According to Scruton (2007: 195), the dynasty is "a class of
sovereigns or rulers, whose succession is determined by blood
relationship". Simply, the political dynasty can be interpreted as a political
regime or political actor who has the power of government for generations,
based on family or kinship. This political regime was formed because of the
very high concern among family members towards politics. Generally, the
orientation of this political dynasty is to gain power and keep it as long as
possible.
In Indonesia, political dynasties are rarely discussed, whereas in
practice political dynasties, whether consciously or unconsciously, have

1070 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

been going on since the time of independence. Political dynasty is a living
pattern both in modern Western society and in societies that mimic western
styles. This can be seen in politics in America, the Philippines, and some
other Asian countries.
Studies by Ernesto Dal Bo, Pedro Dal Bo, and Jason Snyder (2009)
on the political dynasty at the US Congress since its inception in 1789
provide some notes. First, there is a correlation between political dynasties
and political competition. The outbreak of dynastic politics is directly
proportional to unhealthy political competition. The more unfair the rules
happen of play in political contestation, the more fertile the dynastic
politics. Second, the longer a person becomes a member of the congress,
the more likely it is to encourage his family to become a member of the
institution. The power that tends to produce power within itself in their
expressions is called power begets power.
Following decentralization in the Philippines, political institutions of
autonomy and local political practitioners have the privilege to involve local
political elites and brokers in blocking democracy at local level. As a result,
control and manipulation by local elites poses a serious threat to
democracy. In this case, local democracy in the Philippines does not merely
mean the involvement of the people in the election of certain officials, but
more than that, the people must engage in higher participation activities
(see De Gusman 2001: 2-3). In reality, the political dynasty does not only
grow in a liberal-democratic society. In reality, the political dynasty does not
only grow in a liberal-democratic society.
Elections held in the Philippines both locally and nationally have long
been dominated by local politicians and political clans. They are known for
not only political resilience but also economic excellence even with
monopolistic positions in their respective regions, in city level, congress,
provincial level, through land ownership, commercial networks, forestry
concessions, mining, transportation companies, Illegal economic activity
(Sidel, 2004: 75-76).

1071 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 The development of the political world in Indonesia partly shows a
similar trend as it did in the Philippines. Local elites have access (funds) to
central institutions and rely on local constituencies raised through ethnic
loyalty which is a network to strengthen and maintain patron-client
relationships. According to Nordholt (2004: 67), the situation occurred
because in addition to the funds from the local elite centers, also got a
political heritage of violence and criminality originally found in the New
Order era and strengthened by the privatization of state institutions in the
region. Together with regional leadership, they take the form of "boss-ism"
that operates in a regional shadow regime characterized by bureaucratic
alliances, party bosses, businessmen, military and thugs.
In essence, the political dynasty grew in an autocratic society, as in
the monarchical society. In monarchical system, power is continued by the
crown prince, while in autocratic society, the agenda of dynastic politics is
practiced by adjustments to all modern democratic procedures. Thus, they
do not seem to give opportunity to other parties to do the regeneration.
Attempts to build dynastic politics are often done by adjusting
according to the mechanisms and procedures of democracy, although in
essence they are incompatible with the substance of democracy. Therefore,
the phenomenon of the political dynasty can be said there is nothing wrong
procedurally. However, if listened carefully, of course there is a very serious
problem regarding the failure of political parties to do regeneration, namely
in the process of recruiting candidates for regional head. This can be seen
from the dominance of some incumbent involvement in local elections. With
democracy in autonomous regions conducted through direct local elections
and decentralization, it is intended that the division of powers and the
avoidance of governmental power is not in the hands of one person, one
family, or one dynasty. But how is about the reality? The incumbent regional
heads are looking for opportunities and vying for power. The essence in the
restriction clause, a person may only occupy the post of regional head up
to twice consecutively. This is in accordance with Law no. 23 of 2014, in

1072 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

which the regulation was made to avoid the absence of the head of the
region for life or too long held the power of government. The long-standing
power of a person tends to lead to the practice of abuse of power, which is
typically an authoritarian and / or corrupt regime.
The strong influence of the incumbent in the local government,
especially if the incumbent has been in power for ten years (serving for two
terms), then the local government officials will inevitably have to give
support to her career, economic and social resources so as not to be
disturbed. Whether realized or not, a regional head is able to build a
patrimonial character of bureaucracy in two terms of service. Such
bureaucratic culture then creates patron-client relationships. This occurs
either between the head of the region and his subordinate staff, as well as
between the head of the region and the business, social and political elite
in the territory under his authority. The situation is carried out by mobilizing
the power, authority, and access to large funds it has to influence and
mobilize the people, both through the appeal of participation and
mobilization. Based on this, it is not unusual that in various local elections,
the incumbent is able to maintain its power, and then win in various local
elections. Therefore, it is not wrong to say that the two-time clause is
actually the trigger for the development of embryonic political dynasty in the
region (Hidayati 2010), but it is indeed valid procedurally (Fauzi, 2010: 81-
82). As a result, almost no other figures from various political entities are
able to rival the level of popularity of a region leader who has such power.
This problem is inseparable from the bad political recruitment process
conducted by political parties, both in the general election and in the election
of regional head (Harjanto, 2011: 152; Prianto, 2011). Thus, in order to
maintain its existence in the power circle, the incumbent seeks the 'crown
prince' in the inner circle of the family for a period after ten years. Because
in that position the incumbent still holds power and has a very strong power,
but no longer eligible to run for a third time.

1073 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 3. Impact on Decentralization
Smith (1985: 18-45) put forward his view of the theory of
decentralization through three perspectives: (1) liberal democracy, (2)
rational choice, and (3) Marxist interpretation. In essence, decentralization
will bring benefits to local communities at the local level, from the
perspective of liberal democracy, political equality, responsiveness,
accountability, accessibility, and power dissemination. From the
perspective of rational choice, decentralization is an important medium in
improving personal welfare through public choice. From the Marxist
perspective, local government is an extension of the central government,
which results in the domination of capitalists against local government
institutions. The three perspectives expressed by Smith will be used as a
framework for analyzing the phenomenon of political dynasties that have
recently become more prevalent in a number of local governments in
Indonesia.

4. The perspective of democracy

In a democratic system, the voice of the people individually, or
groups, is crucial to the fate of the nation. If the phenomenon of political
dynasty is associated with democracy, then it is a natural and legitimate
thing to do. Simply, political dynasties can indeed be interpreted as the use
and realization of people's political rights in "choosing and chosen". It is
permissible, because the subject of the political dynasty must be a citizen,
or in other words one of the people who qualifies in the use of his political
rights so that the right can be used. But the political dynasty here can also
be seen as a double-edged knife in the exercise of rights, primarily on the
right to be elected. The one side gives them the right, while the other side
closes the right (opportunity) of others to be elected. First, with the
development of political dynasties, this can be predicted to decrease
people's participation in local government management (see also Bathoro,
2011: 123). Because the people will only be presented with choices against

1074 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

the same political actors who may be from one family and often these actors
possess and apply the same pattern of political behavior as coming from a
common family. Second, the family power network and or kinship will
eventually be able to form a political oligarchy and create an absolute
regime whose power is difficult to control in the region (Bathoro, 2011: 122).
If the poles of power - in this case the local legislative body, which should
apply the principle of checks and balances, is filled by people who have
close kinship, it will be difficult to control the officials or rulers (governor,
mayor, regent) . This is as exemplified by the Directorate General of
Regional Autonomy above (see also Harjanto 2011: 140; Bathoro, 2011:
121-122).On the other hand, the weakness of control is also caused by the
weak bargaining position of political parties as a result of mistakes in the
recruitment process conducted by political parties (Harjanto, 2011: 158;
Prianto, 2011: 169).
Another problem that occurs when leadership succession, it is not
based on professionalism and capability, but rather on blood relationships
with related officials as a consequence of the patron-client relationship that
has been established during the tenure of a regional head. Democracy like
this describes a pseudo democracy, as if democracy is being implemented,
whereas its implementation is no different from the patrimonial system of
the royal era. Those who gain power are those who have access to that
power. With the direct general election system with majority votes as
adopted today, capital and influence issues are keys to power. Democracy,
as a means to the welfare state, will be impasse, as it loses the spirit of fair
and fair competition for every citizen.
The process of decentralization in Indonesia, of late, is often equated
with the process of democratization and the growth of civil society.
However, according to Nordholt (2004: 40-41), it actually consists of three
different processes. It can be studied from the phenomenon of widespread
political dynastic practices in some areas after post-reform. This
phenomenon proves that the shift, from the centralization of government to

1075 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

decentralization of government, is neither necessarily the transition from an
authoritarian government to a democratic government, nor does it
necessarily imply a shift from a powerful state to a strong civil society. In
other words, the weakening of the central state does not automatically
generate excess democracy at the local level. In contrast, decentralization
under certain conditions can be accompanied by authoritarian
governments.

5. The perspective of rational choice

In the patrimonial-authoritarian political dynasty regime, it seems that
the people will have difficulty in making their rational choices in the goods.
The dominance of public policy and also the absence of checks and
balances from other power pillars outside the dynasty will close the
opportunities of public choices. Those who will enjoy the rational choice of
opportunities are the capitalists (in this case the investors), who with their
capital capabilities are able to provide support and collaborate with their
regional head and cronies, as is the case in the Philippines. Therefore, they
can enjoy business concessions from upstream to downstream, so they are
able to control the flow and distribution of public goods. Furthermore, the
consequences of lack of professionalism and adequate oversight further
exacerbate bureaucratic diseases.
The frequent occurrence happens for abuse of authority, corruption,
deception and public fooling, and bureaucratic impartiality. For example, the
situation is proven in the implementation of local elections in Kediri and
South Tangerang City some time ago.
In Kediri Regency, bureaucracy is misused as a means of support
for incumbent regent’s wife who runs for the next local election. A similar
situation also occurred in South Tangerang city, local elections in the region
followed by the younger brother of the Governor of Banten as a candidate
for mayor. Many bureaucrats have been proven to be involved in practical

1076 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

politics by directing civil servants to support the governor's brother.
Bureaucracy becomes weak and public service will be disturbed.

6. The perspective of Marxist

In a local election with a direct system, it is no secret that a candidate
for regional head needs extraordinary amount of funding support. Thus,
from the time of the nomination, the role of the capitalist can be traced in
collaboration with a regional head and his cronies. The amount of support
funds provided to candidate is significantly correlated with the value of
project and the development program that will be obtained after supported
candidates have been elected as regional heads. So no doubt, the
proclaimed and realized development projects and programs are no longer
a manifestation of the aspirations of local people, but they are more of a
desire for the capitalists (see Kleden 2004: 125-130).
Impacts that occur such as: (1) open space garden as a water
catchment area turned into a super luxury housing; (2) an educational
complex, which is a protected forest area with a number of rare plants, is
transformed into luxury housing and business areas; and (3) the sports area
is overhauled into a business, hotel and apartment area.
In essence, as Smith (1985: 37-39) states based on a Marxian
perspective, local governmental institutions will be dominated by the
capitalists which practically often uses bureaucratic hands, political party
elites, military or local thugs.

D. CONCLUSIONS
Theoretically, decentralization is both a manifestation and a
consequence of democracy. In practice, however, democracy in the
decentralization system is unhealthy. The oligarchic elite of political parties
and the tendency of transactional politics, between the political party elite
and the owners of the capital at the local level, have led to a process of
competition in direct local elections running unfairly. This is a necessary

1077 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

condition for the growth of the phenomenon of political dynasties in
Indonesia. Not surprisingly, the oligarchy of power emerged without
adequate competence in the governance of regional governments in the era
of decentralization. As a result, the practice of collusion, corruption and
nepotism spread throughout most local governments.
In the future, to avoid the growth and development of this political
dynasty, there are at least three things that can be done optionally or
together. First, political parties at the central and regional levels should be
encouraged in addition to improving democratization in party management,
as well as for intensive and sustainable caderization. With such a step, it is
expected that on the one hand it will gradually erode the elite party oligarchy
of political parties, and on the other hand there will be qualified and qualified
cadres who will be ready to compete fairly and soundly for the seat of
regional head. Secondly, the state needs to make regulations on the direct
election of regional heads, which substantially does not merely adopt the
principle of individualism inherent in Western democratic models, but also
adapt them to the principle of collectivism that reflects the values of local
wisdom. Third, equally important to regulate in election of regional head
election, requirement about candidate competence is made tighter,
concerning intellectual requirement, managerial skill, leadership,
experience, and morality.

REFERENCES
Bathoro, Alim, 2011, Trap of the Political Dynasty in Political Consolidation,
Journal of FISIP UMRAH Vol. 2, No. 2,
Besley, Timothy dan Querol, Marta Reynal, 2013, Selection via Dynasties:
Theory and Evidence, Manuscript in preparation, October 24
Dal Bo, Ernesto and Dal Bo, Pedro and Snyder, Jason, 2009, Political
Dynasties (May 26). Available at SSRN:
http://ssrn.com/abstract=909251 or
http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.909251
De Guzman, Emmanuel C., 2001, The Local Government Code And The
Reconstruction of Power in A Philippine Municipality,
http://www.admu.edu.ph/files/212/03_De%20Guzman.pdf

1078 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Fauzi, Gamawan, 2010, The Paradigm of Effective and Efficient Regional Authority,
Dialogue, in Prism, Vo.l 29, No. 3, July

Harjanto, Nico, 2011, Politics of Kinship and Institutionalization of Political Parties,

ANALISIS CSIS, Vol. 40, No. 2,
Hidayati, Khozanah, .2010, Criticize the Political Dynasty in the regional head elections,
http://khozanah.wordpress.com/2010/07/28/mengkritisi-politik-dinasti-dalam-
pemilukada/, 16November 2010, pk.16.45.
Kleden, Ignas, 2004, Society and State, A Problem, Magelang,
Indonesiatera Press.
Nordholt, Henk Schulte, 2004, Decentralization in Indonesia: The Role of
the State Still Less, More Democratic?, in Harriss, John, dkk., (ed.,),
Democracy Politic, New Local Politics, translation, Jakarta,
Publisher Demos.
Prianto, Budhy, 2011, Recruitment of Public Sector Leadership in the
Region: Internal Political Party Problems, KALAMSIASI, Journal of
Communication Science and Science of State Administration, ISSN
1412-7695, Vol. 4, No. 2, September.
Rivera, Carlos Velasco, 2015, Political Dynasties and Party Strength:
Evidence from Victorian Britain, Manuscript in preparation, October
8
Scruton, Roger, 2007, The Palgrave Macmillan Dictionary of Political
Thought, 3rd Edition, New York, Palgrave Macmillan.
Sidel, John T., 2004, Bosism and Democracy in the Philippines, Thailand
and Indonesia, Toward a New Analysis Framework About "Local
Strongs", in Harriss, John, dkk., (ed), Ibid.
Smith, B.C., 1985, Decentralization, the Territorial Dimension of the State,
London, George Allen & Unwin (Publisher) Ltd.
J. Kristiadi, 2009, Domination of Political Parties in Local Elections Toward
the Realization of the Cartel Party System ?, Opinion, Kompas, 5
Mei
Kompas, February 9, 2010
Kompas, February 10, 2010
Kompas, April 6, 2010
Kompas, January 12, 2011
Kompas, March 13, 2011
Compass, March 18, 2013
Compass, October 3, 2014
Compass, November 7, 2014
Compass, December 5, 2014
Compass, July 11, 2015
Compass, July 21, 2015
Compass, August 6, 2015
Kompas, August 25, 2015
Compass, September 1, 2015

1079 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 ANALYSIS OF EFFECT OF LOCAL OWN SOURCE REVENUE AND
GOVERNMENT SPENDING ON ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT IN THE
TEGAL REGENCY

Nur Anita1, Rizky Ajie Aprilianto2

[email protected], [email protected]

Semarang State University

ABSTRACTS
This study aims to analyze the influence of Local Government Expenditure
and Local Own Source Revenue to GDP Tegal Regency, with the variables
of Government Investment per labor (proxied by government spending
towards capital expenditure), Private Investment per Labor (proxied through
the realization of domestic and foreign per Labor) and the realization of the
PAD (Regional Original Revenue) per worker labor. This research is
simulated by the amount of government spending and the fact that the GDP
result of Tegal Regency. This study, using quantitative data analysis and
the data used is secondary data because the data does not from the source
directly, but through an intermediary or the media, for example in specific
records or documents. This study uses time series data and using
regression analysis, then will be processed by IBM SPSS Statistics 23
Software. The findings of this study indicate that the labor force, private
investment (domestic and foreign) and local government spending made a
positive or negative impact on the development of the GDP Tegal Regency.
The hypothesis of this study is, first the Government Investment per labor
(proxied by government spending towards capital expenditure) has a
positive or negative impact on economic growth to economic growth Tegal
Regency. Second, Private Investment per Labor (proxied through the
realization of domestic and foreign per Labor) has a positive or negative
impact on economic growth Tegal Regency. And the last realization of the
PAD (Regional Original Revenue) per worker labor has a positive or
negative impact on economic growth Tegal Regency. In an effort to increase
the GDP, Tegal Regency policy is needed to encourage interest investment
for investing in the area. Development efforts should be directed to activities
that are labor intensive to be able to absorb the labor force as much as
possible. As well as appropriate fiscal policies in order to improve revenue
realization. In the end, the role of local government through government
spending to stimulate increased investment and variable absorption of the
labor force is expected to increase local economic activity in order to
achieve economic growth and increase capita income of the people.
Keywords: Economic, Development, Tegal Regency.

1080 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

A. INTRODUCTION
Economic growth is the process of changing the condition of a
country's economy continues towards a better State for a certain period.
Economic growth can be defined as the process of increase in production
capacity of an economy that is manifested in the form of increase in national
income. The existence of economic growth is an indication of the success
of economic development. Prof. Simon Kuznets (Jhinghan, 2000) define the
economic growth that is a long-term increase in the ability of a country to
provide a growing number of economic goods to its inhabitants. This ability
to grow in accordance with technological advances, institutional adjustment,
and ideology that it needs.
Sukirno (2013) explained that growth and economic development have
different definitions, namely, economic growth is the increase in per-capita
output process that continuously in the long term. The economic growth is
one of the indicators of the success of the development. Thereby increasing
economic growth usually also higher the welfare of society, although there
are other indicators, namely the distribution of income. Whereas economic
development is the per-capita income increase business with the way to
cultivate potential economic power into an economic rill through capital
investment, use of technology, increased knowledge, improved skills,
increased the ability of the freedom of Association and management. There
are four main components or factors in the growth of the economy of every
nation that is 1) land and other natural resources (SDA), 2) capital goods
and the level of technology that covers all new investment in physical
equipment of land, with the advancement of technology, 3) the amount and
the quality of the population and workforce through improved health,
education and job skills, a growing population that eventually led to the
growth of the labor force , 4) social systems and society determines to which
economic growth can be achieved, such as the attitude of frugality that aims
to make investments, the attitude of hard work etc. This is in line with the

1081 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

neo classical economic theory which focuses on capital and labor as well
as changes in technology as a new element.
In terms of economic development, which provided the guideline is as
a process that caused per capita income of a society's population increase
in the long term. Meanwhile, in the analysis of macroeconomic growth levels
that are reached by a country is measured from the development of real
national income achieved. There are 4 components of aggregate spending
in the economy, namely: household consumption, government expenditure,
capital formation swata sector (investment), and net exports (exports minus
imports).
Measurements in the economy in a country are a gross domestic
product (GDP). GDP measures the flow of income and expenditure in the
economy during the period. Economic growth related to the process of
improving the production of goods and services in the economic activities
of the community. To measure economic growth, the value of GDP based
on constant prices (GDP Rill) so that the resulting growth is the growth of
the rill that occurs due to the expansion of its production (Mankiw, 2007).
The value of the gross Regional domestic product (GDP) District
bordering with the last five years shows a relatively good development. This
success can be measured through the level of economic growth was
reached. High low rate of economic growth of a region indicates the level of
economic kesejahteraaan change people. High economic growth and
stable from year to year mean economic prosperity is increasing, while a
declining economy or economic growth with negative value means a decline
in economic prosperity. On the other hand the economic growth rate is also
used to evaluate right or whether the policies that have been taken with
respect to the role of Government in the economy.
The development of the gross Regional domestic product (GDP) of
Tegal Regency during the last five years that shows relatively good
developments can be viewed from the value of the gross Regional domestic

1082 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

product (GDP) by 2015 to reach 25,577.28 billion dollars with an average
economic growth of the year 2011-2015 to reach 5.77 percent.

Table 1. The value of GDP, GDP per capita and the rate of economic
growth, Tegal Regency 2011-2015

Value of GRDP (Million IDR) Per Capita

Growth
Year At Current On Constant GDP
Rate (%)
Prices Price (Million IDR)
2011 17.194.572,02 16.071.820,41 12,25 6,39
2012 18.761.760,13 16.912.249,74 13,31 5,23
2013 20.767.110,98 18.050.291,97 14,68 6,73
2014*) 23.106.618,43 18.958.363,83 16,27 5,03
2015**) 25.577.284,21 19.990.819,93 17,95 5,45

(Source: Badan Pusat Statistik Kabupaten Tegal, 2016)

Description:
*) Provisional Figures
**) Figures Very Temporary

GDP growth as a measure of economic growth of an area is also

inseparable from the role of government spending. Regional government
expenditures are measured from total direct expenditure and indirect
spending allocated in local budgets. Proportional government spending will
boost economic growth. The relationship between economic growth and
government spending is an important subject for analysis. In general, public
expenditure figures, namely physical infrastructure or human capital, can
enhance growth, but expenditure can also slow the economic growth of a
region (Sodik, 2007).
In the modern economy, the Government as an economic actor has an
important role in regulating, overseeing the economy, the government is
also able to carry out economic activities that cannot be implemented by
other economic actors both private and household (Hidayat, 2010). That is

1083 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

why government intervention is needed in one economy and only for
activities related to the livelihood of the people.
Sukirno (2013) explain Government Expenditure is a part of fiscal policy
that is a government action to regulate the economy by determining the
amount of revenues and government expenditure annually, which is
reflected in the State Budget and Budget (APBN) Regional Expenditure
(APBD) for the region or region. The objective of this fiscal policy is in order
to stabilize prices, output levels, and employment opportunities and spur or
encourage economic growth. In Keynes's opinion that the role or the
intervention of the government is still indispensable if the economy is fully
regulated by the free market activity, not only does the economy, not always
reach full employment levels but also the stability of economic activity
cannot be realized. Expenditures of Tegal Regency Government can be
seen in table 2 below

1084 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Table 2. Actual Expenditures of Government of Tegal Regency by
Kind of Expenditures 2014-2015
Kind of Expenditures 2014 2015
1. Indirect Expenditure 1.074.743.703.698,0 1.280.476.225.911,
1.1 Personnel Expenditure 0 00
1.2 Retributions 973.001.153.163,00 1.044.662.759.749,
1.3 Subsidies Expenditure 24.703.716,00 00
1.4 Grant - 10.570.714,00
1.5 Social Expenditure 12.097.850.000,00 -
1.6 Fund Expenditure to 16.178.667.000,00 6.330.991.077,00
Provincial/District/City - 22.545.360.000,00
and Village Government 7.736.422.556,00
1.7 Financial Assistance
Expenditure to 70.643.587.819,00
Provincial/District/City 196.884.671.815,0
and Village Government 0
1.8 Unpredicted
Expenditure 2.797.742.000,00

2.305.450.000,00
2. Direct Expenditure 640.143.702.525,00 653.820.889.747,0
2.1 Personnel Expenditure 60.549.799.191,00 0
2.2 Goods and Services 353.506.254.415,00 74.666.921.480,00
Expenditure 323.946.279.965,0
2.3 Capital Expenditure 226.087.648.919,00 0

255.207.688.302,0
0
Total 1.714.887.406.223,0 1.934.297.115.658,
0 00
(Source: Badan Pusat Statistik Kabupaten Tegal, 2016)

Based on the table presented shows that government spending Tegal

regency from 2014-2015 has increased. The highest total expenditure
clearly occurred in 2015 amounting to 1,934,297,115,658,00 along with the
increasing of expenditure of Regency of Tegal from year to year. Associated
with the fiscal policy of the government that is regional autonomy, then both
revenue and expenditure more can be optimized because each region can
manage the existing resources. According to Permendagri 13 of 2006, local
government expenditures are money that is out of the local treasury. Where
is the Regional Public Cash is a place to keep the money area determined

1085 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

by the head of the region to accommodate all regional revenue and is used
to pay all regional expenditures. The greater the productive local
government spending the greater the economic level of a region.
Local government through efforts to fulfill the regional obligation one of
the goals is to improve the economy that is expected to directly affect the
quality of life of the community. In order to fulfill the objectives, the
government is expected to have its own financial system, both in terms of
revenue and expenditure, so that it does not depend on the central
government. In table 3 will explain how the picture of realization of Original
Revenue received by the government of Tegal Regency 2014-2015.
Based on the table below it can be seen that there is an increase in
realization of Original Revenue received by the government of Tegal
Regency 2014-2015. The largest PAD value was obtained in 2015 of
2,097,095,623,983.00 which experienced a relatively significant increase
compared to 2014.

1086 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Table 3. Actual Revenues of Government of Tegal Regency
by Source of Revenues 2014-2015

Source of Revenues 2014 2015

1. Original Local 253.635.397.227,00 304.000.970.135,00
Government Revenue
1.1 Local Taxes 52.489.614.287,00 64.737.082.699,00
1.2 Retributions 40.008.906.697,00 18.220.835.174,00
1.3 Income of Regonal 7.817.034.818,00 9.236.793.181,00
Government Corporate
and Management of
Separated Regional
Government Wealth
1.4 Other Original Local 153.328.841.425,00 211.806.259.081,00
Government Revenue

Source of Revenues 2014 2015

2. Balanced Budget 1.142.422.935.437,00 1.186.593.271.696,
2.1 Tax Sharing 27.545.375.109,00 00
2.2 Natural Resources Sharing 7.019.427.328,00 31.353.191.350,00
2.3 General Allocation Funds 1.044.211.310.000,00 1.201.531.346,00
2.4 Special Allocation Funds 63.646.823.000,00 1.085.549.293.000,
00
64.489.256.000,00

3. Other Legal Revenue 447.212.525.694,00 606.501.382.152,00

3.1 Garnts 14.136.077.660,00 6.026.800.725,00
3.2 Emergency Funds - -
3.3 Tax Sharing From 104.041.460.000,00 140.539.246.005,00
Province and Other Local
Governments
3.4 Outnomous Region and 237.902.077.000,00 432.507.640.000,00
Balancing Funds
3.5 Financial Assistance From 91.132.911.034,00 27.427.695.422,00
Province and Other Local
Governments
3.6 Other Funds - -
Total 1.843.270.858.358,00 2.097.095623.983,0
0

(Source: Dinas Pendapatan, Pengelolaan Keuangan dan Aset Daerah/Revenue,

Financial management and Regional Assets Service of Tegal Regency)

1087 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

B. RESEARCH OBJECTIVES
Considering above backgrounds, research objectives of this paper are:
1. To analyze the effect of local own source revenue on economic development in
the Tegal regency.
2. To analyze the effect of government spending on economic development in the
Tegal regency.
3. To analyze the effect of local own source revenue and government spending
on economic development in the Tegal regency.

C. SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

The significance of the study of this research is to understand that local own
source revenue and government spending have a very important role in determining
the direction of economic growth of a region. The next one of the results of this study
is expected to provide empirical information that will be used as a basis by the local
government of Tegal Regency as a material consideration in making policies in the
framework of regional development and strengthen economic conditions.

D. CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK
The conceptual framework presents the relationship of the variables used in this
study. First is the Original Revenue in Tegal Regency as an independent variable.
Local Own Revenue based on Law Number 33 Year 2004 regarding Fiscal Balance
Between Central and Regional Government Article 1 point 18 that "Original Revenue,
hereinafter referred to as PAD is Revenue obtained by area which is levied according
to the regional regulation in accordance with the legislation.” According Halim (2004)
Local Own Revenue is all regional revenue derived from the source of indigenous
economy. The Original Regional Revenue is separated into four types of income,
namely local taxes, regional retributions, regional state-owned enterprises and the
result of separated regional property management, other valid Local Original Revenue.
The next independent variable is government expenditure, both physical and
nonphysical, has been programmed in every sector or sub sector. The results of the
above variable research will be used as a basis in determining the economic growth
that occurred in Tegal regency or hereinafter referred to as the dependent variable
1088 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 Economic Sector

Local Original Revenue Government Spending

Indicator: Indicator:

- Local tax Various government

- Local levies expenditures, both
- Results of physical and non-physical,
separated which have been
regional wealth programmed in every
management sector or sub-sector
- Other original
revenue of the
legitimate area

Economic Growth (GRDP)

E. METHODOLOGY
This study uses a quantitative approach because the data obtained in the form
of numbers and processed and analyzed using IBM software SPSS Statistics 23.

1. Sample Determination Method

The sample is a partial or representative of the population under study (Prasetyo
and Jannah, 2005: 119). Sampling technique in this research is Library Research.
Library Research sampling method is a data collection technique that is
complemented by studying and analyzing the literature sourced from books and
journals related to this research. This is done to get the foundation of theories and

1089 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

concepts are arranged. Researchers do by reading, citing materials related to
research.

2. Research variable
The variables in this study include independent variables consisting of local
revenue (PAD) and Government Expenditure and the dependent variable consisting
of Economic Growth.

3. Method of collecting data

Research data can be taken with several techniques according to the type of data
available. In this study the method of documentation as a technique of data retrieval.
This is because the data sourced not from the source data directly, but through
intermediaries or media, such as archives, documents, or records on the amount of
Original Regional Revenue, the amount of government spending, and Gross Regional
Domestic Product (PDRB) in Tegal regency from several agencies Or related offices
of Bappeda, Dispenda, Regional Secretariat of Finance, BPS Kabupaten Tegal, as
well as books related to this research.

4. Data analysis method

1. Multiple Linear Regression
Multiple linear regression analysis is the development of simple linear
regression where there is more than one independent variable. Multiple regression
analysis is used to see the effect of independent variable (x) to the dependent
variable (y) (Uyanto, 2009: 243).
y : a + b1x1 + b2x2 + e
Y : Produk Domestik Regional Bruto (PDRB)
X1 : Local Own Revenue (PAD)
X2 : Government Spending

2. Descriptive Test
Descriptive test is function to describe or give description to the object under
study, through sample data or population as it is without doing analysis and make
conclusion that apply to public (Sugiyono, 2009: 29). The descriptive test also
provides an overview of the data seen from the mean, standard deviation, variant,
maximum, minimum, sum, range, kurtosis and skewness (Ghozali, 2009: 19)

1090 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

3. Classic Assumption Test
Tests of classical assumption deviations are done first before testing of the
research hypothesis. This test is intended to determine whether the model proposed
in this study is declared free or escape from the deviation of classical assumptions.
The classical assumption of deviation test is normality test, multicolinearity test,
autocorrelation test, and heterokedastisity test.

4. Testing statistics
a) Statistical Test t
The statistical test t is performed to show the significance of the influence of
independent variables on the dependent variable individually and to assume other
independent variables are constant. The null hypothesis used:
Ho : bi = 0 .............................(3.1)
This means whether the independent variable is not a significant explanatory
variable to the dependent variable. The alternative hypothesis is:
Ho : bi > 0 ..............................(3.2)
This means whether the independent variable is a significant explanatory
variable to the dependent variable. The significance of the effect can be estimated
by comparing the t value with the t table value. If the value of t arithmetic greater
than the value of t table, then Ho is rejected and H1 accepted, which means
independent variables individually affect the dependent variable. Conversely, If the
value of t arithmetic smaller than the value of t table then Ho accepted and H1
rejected, which means independent variables individually do not affect the
dependent variable.

b) Statistical Test F
The F statistic test is basically to show whether the independent variables
included in the model simultaneously or simultaneously affect the dependent
variable. The null hypothesis (Ho) to be tested whether all parameters in the model
are zero. This means that all independent variables are not a significant explanation
of the dependent variable.
Ho : β1 = β2 = 0 ......................(3.3)

1091 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Alternative Hypnithis (Ha) not all parameters simultaneously equal to zero. This
means that all independent variables are simultaneously a significant explanation
of the dependent variable.
Ho : β1 ≠ β2 ≠ 0 ....................(3.4)
To test both of these hypotheses used statistic F. Statistical value F calculated
with the formula as follows:
MSS dari ESS R2 /k − 1
F= =
MSS dari RSS 1 − R2 / n − 1

Following the F distribution with degrees of freedom k-1 and nk where n =

number of observations, k = number of parameters (including intercepts), MSS =
sum of squares described, ESS = sum of residual squares, RSS = average sum of
squares, and R2 coefficients Determination.

c) Coefficient of Determination
The coefficient of determination (R2) basically measures how far the ability of
a model in explaining the dependent variable. The formula to calculate the
coefficient of determination is:
ESS ∑ 𝑒𝑖 2
𝑅2= = 1-
TSS ∑ 𝑦𝑖 2

The equation shows the proportion of the total sum of squares (TSS) described
by the independent variables in the model. While the rest is explained by other
independent variables that have not been or are not included in the model.

E. CONCLUSION/IMPLICATION
After done data processing by using SPSS Statistics Software got result like
display as follows:

Model Summaryb
Change Statistics
R Adjusted
Squar R Std. Error of the R Square F
Model R e Square Estimate Change Change
1 ,947a ,898 ,872 917,59631 ,898 35,082

1092 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Model Summaryb

Change Statistics
Model df1 df2 Sig. F Change
1 2 8 ,000

a. Predictors: (Constant), Government_Spending, Local_Own_Revenue

b. Dependent Variable: Gross_Regional_Domestic_Product

Based on the results of data processing in Summary Model table above can be
seen that the value of R or degree of relationship between Local Own Revenue and
Government Spending to Gross Regional Domestic Product (GRDP) of 94,7%,
meaning that research variables have a very strong relationship because Exceeds
50%. Also based on data processing in the table, the coefficient of determination of
89,8%. This means that variations of Local Own Revenue and Government Spending
variables in explaining the Gross Regional Domestic Product (GRDP) is 89,8%. While
the rest of 10,2% is explained by other variables not examined in this study. Then
Adjusted R Square or R Square has been adjusted for 87,3%.
Coefficients

Standardiz
Unstandardized ed
Coefficients Coefficients
Std.
Model B Error Beta t Sig.
1 (Constant) 2241,21
2920,218 1,303 ,229
3
Local_Own
-2,359 ,971 -,705 -2,430 ,041
_Revenue
Governme
nt_Spendin 11,605 2,164 1,556 5,363 ,001
g

1093 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Collinearity
Correlations Statistics
Toleranc
Model Zero-order Partial Part e VIF
1 (Constant)
Local_Own 6,57
,728 -,652 -,275 ,152
_Revenue 8
Government 6,57
,907 ,885 ,607 ,152
_Spending 8

a. Dependent Variable: Gross_Regional_Domestic_Product

In addition, to find out the regression equation formula from analysis of the effect
of the effect of local own source revenue and government spending on economic
development in the Tegal regency can be seen in the above coefficients table. In the
table the constant value of 2.920,218 while the coefficient value of local own revenue
-2,359 and the value of coefficient of government spending of 11,605 so obtained a
regression equation (in billions) Y = 2.920,218 - 2,359X1 + 11,605X2.
From the results of the above regression equation can be seen that if the Local
Own Revenue and Government Spending amounted to 0 then the amount of Gross
Regional Domestic Product of 2.920,218. Local Own Revenue coefficient value is
negative at -2,359 while the Government Spending coefficient value is positive that is
equal to 11,605. This shows that the amount of Gross Regional Domestic Product has
a positive relationship with Government Spending. The existence of this positive
influence is in line with previous research Suparta and Awaludin (2010). This is
because government spending by the government can grow the economy in a better
direction such as the opening of jobs due to the development and improvement of
infrastructure for the improvement of the quality of public services.
Instead Gross Regional Domestic Product has a relationship that is negative with
Local Own Revenue. This means that when local own revenue increases, economic
growth or in this case the value of regional gross domestic product will decrease. This
is because local own revenue is obtained from public participation in paying some
obligations such as taxes and retribution so that when people make a payment then

1094 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

in real terms the amount of money in him will experience a reduction which causes the
level of economic growth of the community also decreased. This is in line with research
conducted by Febrian in 2014 in his scientific journal The Influence of Local Original
Income and Government Expenditure on Economic Growth in Regency of East Java
which finds a negative relationship between Local Revenue and Economic Growth.

F. RECOMMENDATION
The government should be more careful in creating and determining the rate of
local taxes and levies so that it does not burden the community so that economic
growth can run to a better direction.

REFERENCES
Badan Pusat Statistik Kabupaten Tegal Tahun 2016.
Hidayat, A. J Januardy. 2010. Analisis Struktur Perekonomian di Kota Manado. Jurnal
Ekonomi Pembangunan. Universitas Samratulangi.
Halim, Abdul. 2004. Akuntansi Keuangan Daerah. Edisi Revisi. Salemba Empat:
Jakarta.
Jhinghan, ML. 2000. Ekonomi Pembangunan dan Perencanaan. Jakarta: PT. Raja
Grafindo Persada.
Mankiw, N.G. 2007. Makroekonomi. Edisi keenam. Jakarta: Erlangga.
Sodik, Jamzani. 2007. Pengeluaran Pemerintah dan Pertumbuhan Ekonomi Regional:
Studi Kasus Data Panel Di Indonesia. Jurnal Ekonomi Pembangunan UPN
Yogyakarta.
Sukirno, Sadono. 2013. Pengantar Teori Makroekonomi. Jakarta: PT. Raja Grafindo
Persada.
Undang-Undang Nomor 33 Tahun 2004 tentang Perimbangan Keuangan Antara
Pusat dan Daerah.

1095 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 PEOPLE’S ECONOMY AS THE WAY OUT OF HIGH GINI RATIO IN SURABAYA

Satria Devi, S.STP

Staff of East Java Province
e-mail : [email protected]

Abstract
By the end of Millenium Development Goals toward Sustainable Development Goals,
it becomes a reference for government to formulating policy in order to support the
development based on social justice in all fields, Including the economic field. Data
shows that economic inequality in urban areas is larger than in the rural. According to
BPS survey result on Gini Index (GI), the National GI of Indonesia in 2015 was 0.43,
GI of East Java Province was 0,41 and GI of Surabaya City was 0.42. GI of Surabaya
City was the highest compared to all cities in East Java Province. A worrying number
if we compare it to the standard of World Bank on Gini Ratio. If this inequality is not
being solved immediately, it will cause social jealousy and criminal acts. Gini Ratio
becomes a warning for the government to evaluate the economic policies that have
been implemented. The main problem of high Gini Index in Surabaya is an unequal
income distribution for the people. This study aims to find out a solution for those
problems so that the level of economic inequality in Surabaya can be decreased. A
qualitative descriptive method will be used to describe and to know the unequal
income distribution. Do the result of income distribution improvement by holding the
poverty alleviation programs in the form of incentives for the poor, developing the
economic region and also some productive socioeconomic programs can improve the
people income level, so the inequality could be reduced?. Pancasila, which is the
principle of the Republic of Indonesia ordered us to deliver social justice for all
Indonesian people. By empowering the people through a massive economic activities
will certainly be able to resolve economic inequality. By Gini Ratio aid as the
econometric tool, the level of economic inequality can be solved through the people
empowerment in economic activities based on kinship principle and Pancasila also the
1945 Constitution.

Keywords: Gini Index, Social Justice, People Economy

A. INTRODUCTION
To begin this research let us remember some of the words of Allah SWT, so that
we learn is inseparable with religion. Because in this case we would like to put the
science of economics in social sciences, not in exact science which tend to be math
calculations only. Social sciences should be based on religious knowledge, in order to
create prosperity for all. Beautified for those who disbelieve is the life of this world, and
they ridicule those who believe. But those who fear Allah are above them on the Day
of Resurrection. And Allah gives provision to whom He wills without account (Al
Qur’an, Surat Al Baqarah : 212). Indeed, Allah orders justice and good conduct and

1096 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

giving to relatives and forbids immorality and bad conduct and oppression. He
admonishes you that perhaps you will be reminded. (Al Qur’an, Surat An Nahl : 90)
"Allah Ta'ala said to me, 'giving infaq, surely I will giving infaq (provide
replacement).' And the Messenger of Allaah (peace and blessings be upon Him)
said, "
The giving of God is always enough, and never diminishes even though it flows
day and night. Does it occur to you, how much has God given the creation of the
heavens and the earth? Verily, what is in the hand of God, never diminishes. (Hadits
of Bukhari 4684 and Muslim 993).
a. The economy is structured as a joint effort based on the principle of kinship.
b. Production branches that are important for the state and which affect the
livelihood of the people are controlled by the state.
c. Earth and water and natural resources contained therein are controlled by the
state and used for the greatest prosperity of the people.
d. The national economy is organized on the basis of economic democracy with
the principles of togetherness, fair efficiency, sustainability, environmental
insight, independence, and by maintaining a balance of progress and national
economic unity.
e. Further provisions concerning the implementation of this article shall be
governed by law. (1945 Constitution, Chapter XIV : National Economy and
Social Welfare Article 33)

When the founding fathers of Indonesia penned down principles of the national
economic life in the constitution of the newly independent state , they chose not to
adopt the American-style capitalistic model or the soviet-style etatist economic model.
Their dream was a national economy capable of creating wellfare for the people with
equity and social justice, as officially stated in article 33 of the 1945 Constitution.
Independence as a blessing from God after 3,5 centuries of colonialism opened the
door to creating a justice and prosperous society based on Pancasila as the ideology.
Independence was the starting point and the bridge to a sovereign Indonesia. It is the
duty of Indonesia to shape its independence in order to achieve social justice for all
Indonesian people, is final goal. The way to social justice is not an easy and simple
path. Instead, it has complicated stages and should be pursued carefully and patiently.
The first stage is the economic one, the improvment of material prosperity; the second
stage is social welfare; and the third stage is social justice.
1097 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 Oxfam recently released survey results on Gini Ratio, which is 1 (one) rich
person in Indonesia wealth equivalent to 100 million poor people in Indonesia. In the
other hand The global wealth report published by credit suisse shows in a number of
countries, its wealth is dominated by only a few richest man. Indonesia is one of them.
One percent of the richest people in Indonesia control nearly 50% of the country's
wealth. (Tempo Magazine, 20-26 March 2017 edition)

The imbalance between the rich and the poor according to a survey by BPS and
an independent survey agency suggests that in the past decade has increased more
rapidly than other countries in southeast asia. Economic growth during that period,
according to world bank reports, only enjoyed 20% of the richest population. Economic
growth does not automatically reduce poverty, the achievement is not followed by
improvements in the economy of lower class society. Their purchasing power is
weakening, malnutrition in pregnant women, infants, and children under 5 years
fertilizes poverty. In the middle of the situation, the growth of the upper class is greater
than the lower classes.

Tempo.co, Jakarta : Oxfam in Indonesia (Oxfam) and the International NGO

Forum on Indonesia Development or INFID published a report on inequality in
Indonesia. The report, published today, Thursday, February 23, 2017, entitled
"Towards a More Equal Indonesia" is aimed at contributing thoughts about the
imbalances in Indonesia. According to Oxfam and INFID, Indonesia's economic
growth rate is quite stable and the proportion of people living in extreme poverty
has been reduced to around 8 percent. However, the high economic growth has
not been matched by more equitable income”.
(https://m.tempo.co/read/news/2017/02/23/090849439/survei-harta-4-orang-
terkaya-setara-100-juta-orang-miskin)

In this paper we will know that “democracy economy” that sided with “ekonomi
kerakyatan (people’s economy) or Economy Pancasila” which in 33 article of 1945
constitution is prohibited the practices of etatism, free fight liberalism, and monopoly.
All of which act to the disadvantages of the population. We have to noted that
economic democracy means, production is carry out by all, for the benefit of all, under
the leadership or supervision of society members, based on the brotherhood. Shortly,
production activity to achieve prosperity should involve and benefit to all people, not
just individuals. It has become the basis of justifying and empowering ekonomi rakyat.
(Revrisond Baswir,2009:53)

1098 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 In 2016, the era of the ASEAN Economic Community (MEA) was implemented.
Indonesia is freer to export goods and services to ASEAN member countries. In
contrast, goods and services from ASEAN member countries are more free to enter
Indonesia. The purpose of the establishment of the MEA is to improve the stability of
the economy in the ASEAN region. MEA as an opportunity but also a challenge for
Indonesia. The big question is whether the Indonesian people are ready to face the
MEA? Not only MEA but also Globalization. We always heared that we have to
accepted globalization, ready or not, like or not, agree or not we have to accept
globalization because we are already in it. It make us worrying. Because in the market,
whose is strong he will win the game. So how about with poor people? Our vision for
the future is clear enaugh. We should not to hesitate to enter the globalization era but
with healthy, strong ekonomi rakyat. In the other hand, it does’nt mean ignoring the
big companies.

Both national economic forces, the big companies and ekonomi rakyat, should
not go their own way nor compete with each other. Within the country the stability of
the national economy can be sustained, if both sectors of the economy are in a
partnership and support each other. It means that economic disparities and the social
gap must be reduced, in order to avoid possible social unrest. We have to noted that
our economy experience show that ekonomi kerakyatan is engine of national
economic growth. It was continued to grow throughout the crisis and sucesfully
recovered. In the other hand, big private enterprise or conglomerates in the national
economic system are play a key role in economic growth throught the manufacturing
industry and trade. Big companies should not be confronted with ekonomi rakyat and
shouldn’t feel discriminated. Therefore development has succesfully increased the
national income and the people’s prosperity in general althought there are still
economic disparities and a social gap that demands serious efforts to overcome the
problem so it won’t continue and develop into social envy.

“Facing globalization process thats keeps getting stronger while crushing a

nationalistic spirit keep deminishing, there is no other way than to increase our
national economic resilience by strengthening ekonomi rakyat.”
(Mubyarto,2003:37)

1099 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

If Indonesian believe in the strength and potential of ekonomi rakyat. The heed for
dependence on foreign capital would not be felt. An Indonesian economy that is more
decentralized throuht regional autonomy will prove more capable of developing the
economic potential of each region.

B. RESEARCH OBJECTIVES
This study aims to find out how to overcome the Inequity in Surabaya so as not to
get worse. Community approach in poor area to invite poor society to participate so
that the gap is not too far away. Shortly, this study aims to:
1. Knowing the evaluation of poverty eradication program implementation
2. Knowing that the application of populist economy succeeded in improving the
living standard of the community.
These observations might prompt researchers to formulate hypotheses which
could be tested in another piece of research. So long as the aim of the research is
exploratory, ie to describe what is, “ekonomi rakyat/People economy” Is one way of
overcoming inequality that occurs, a socioeconomic programs that are productive can
improve income levels, so as to reduce the inequality. empowering the community
through a massive economic activities will certainly be able to resolve economic
imbalances. Where the government to provide facilitation to the public, the rich to help
the poor.
Based from data by BPS 2016 (Statistic Center Office) of east java province,
we can see that, the high gini ratio data in the dominant East Java Province, in urban
area was 0.433 while rural inequality only 0.313 for it needs serious attention related
to the equity of welfare. Gini ratio becomes an econometrik tool for the government to
know the level of inequality of a region
"Economic growth focuses on capital accumulation, but on the other hand these
efforts are too easy to ignore the aspect of the equity. High economic growth
above 7 percent is actually enjoyed only by upper society, capital owners and
elites. Perhaps such is the logical consequence of the development paradigm
that further highlight economic growth. The belief that economic growth will in
itself produce economic justice is, in fact untrue. " (Mubyarto 2004:16).

1100 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

C. SIGNIFICANT OF STUDY
1. Gini Index Concept
Based from BPS, Gini Index is a coefficient ranging from the numbers 0 to 1,
explaining the level of evenness (distribution) of national income, the smaller (closer
to 0) the coefficient, the better sign or even distribution. The gini ratio can be assessed
visually directly from the Lorentz curve, ie the ratio of the area between the Lorentz
curve and the diagonal to the width of the OBC triangle area, the more curved the
Lorentz curve, the larger the divided area, the greater the gini ratio, implying the
Income distribution that is unbalanced.
Ministry of Internal Affairs, Gini Ratio index is :
“Gini Index or Gini Coefficient is an indicator that shows the level of income
inequality as a whole. Gini coefficient value ranges from 0 to 1. Gini coefficient
has value 0 ,indicates the presence of perfect equity of income distribution, or
everyone has the average/same income. Whereas, the Gini coefficient of value
1 shows perfect inequality, or one person has everything while the others have
nothing. In other words, the Gini Coefficient is attempted to approach 0 to indicate
the equitable distribution of income between populations".
(http://sipd.bangda.kemendagri.go.id/datacenter/index.php?page=indeks_gini)

2. System Concept
The system is the rule of play, which governs the reciprocal relationship
between the parts of the whole, which if the rules of play are going well and integrated
will produce something useful. (Mubyarto: 2004,14) Here we can take the meaning
that, the System is part of sub-sub system that has their respective functions, work
together to produce something useful.

3. Economics Concept In Religious Approach

Economics is the study of human endeavor to meet the necessities of life and
the needs of human beings covering physical, social, and moral needs. (Mubyarto:
2004) This is very different from the notion of Western Neoclassical Economics which
emphasizes only human needs on the material-only material. It is not taught how
humans meet their spiritual or spiritual needs. In Indonesia, ideology pancasila and
refers to the teachings of Allah SWT, emphasizing human needs include physical,
social, and moral needs, so it is expected to realize social justice. In His Word it has
been said that God will provide for unlimited human sustenance. This is in contrast to
Western Neoclassical teachings that convey the means of fulfilling human needs is

1101 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

limited and the needs of man himself is infinite. This indirectly also conveys that
humans have a greedy nature. So that western Neoclassical doctrine is very
inconsistent with the teachings of Allah SWT. Does it reflect the attitude and
personality of Indonesian people who are religious and moral Pancasila? No. The
problem is not because of the limited tools of satisfaction (goods and services) but the
purchasing power of the people, so what is really called limited is the purchasing power
of the people. Not a fulfillment tool.

4. Pancasila economics system concept

Pancasila economic system is the rule of play about economic relationships that
govern economic relationships that regulate the coordination of relations between
people with each other in the life of society in an effort to meet the needs - life needs,
both material life, social, and moral (Mubyarto: 2004.14 ) Because our country
embraces the ideology of Pancasila, it is certain that the fulfillment must be based on
good and fair morals. There is a term “tuna sanak bathi sanak” relatives, which
illustrates that in economic activities not merely pursuing profits, but also kinship. Loss
is not what matters at the same time getting a new family. Such is the legacy of the
Indonesian nation, a dignified nation. Pancasila economy is a fad, not a capitalist nor
a communist, but an economy that is the result of the excavation of native ideas and
worldviews of Indonesian society. All we need is to do, not just to be on lipped.
Based on Mubyarto, Koperasi and Pancasila Economy he said that we have
considered Pancasila economic system is the most appropriate. An economic system
that is not liberal, not overly controlled by the government, and does not lead to the
nature of a monopolistic nature. In this case the competition is too free, should not be
left. And there are two ways of protecting the weak (within a certain time limit) and
limiting the strong so as not to lead to monopoly and etatism. Koperasi should start
from the good people as producers or consumers. And their goal is not only to
establish a new business, but the business must be related to the business life or the
needs of its members, so that the Koperasi can run effectively and efficiently.

5. Pancasila Economic Principles

Actually, it is not difficult to find the principles of Pancasila economy because
almost all branches of economic activity appear, either: in agriculture, fishery, industry,
handicraft, or service. On the contrary if you still feel it is difficult to study the economy
1102 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
of the people, even (you) think the people's economy is not there, or is considered an
illegal economy, then your argument will always spin with reference to classical
western / western Neoclassical theory, Suitable for Indonesia. Pancasila economy is
Moralistic, Democratic, and Independent. . (Mubyarto: 2004,9)
We need to remember that, before adam Smith published “Wealth of Nation” in
1776 he was Published “The Theory of Moral Sentiment”in 1759. In WN he said that :
Human is Homo Economicus, while in TMS He said that : Human is Homo Socius. It
is intrerest to see two books of Smith. Each contain contradictory perspectives while
at the same time revealing two aspects of human nature: egoism/Selfishness and
Sympathy for other. Its mean, that Its not true if economy efectivity only discusses
about problem how to be rich/ fulfill the need but also how to sympathy for others

6. Institutional economics
Institutional economics is an economic approach that recognizes that the basis
of economic behavior is not always mutually harmonious interests but rather the
colliding interests. Institutional economics regards efficiency as a universal principle,
because it solves the problem of scarcity through cooperation. (Mubyarto: 2004,11)
The attitude of life of the Indonesian people who has Pancasila Ideology is very
concerned with social harmony as the goal of human life. Community needs are solved
precisely through cooperation among economic actors, not through competition. So it
is appropriate if the right economic science and should be developed in Indonesia is
the economics of cooperatives, not competition economics. Elucidation of article 33 of
the 1945 Constitution, the economy of the family is a democratic economy, where the
prosperity of the community takes precedence over the prosperity of a person. And
the way to implement such an economy is through a cooperative economic system, a
cooperative economy, not an economy based on free competition.
Institutional economics studies and seeks to understand the institutional role of
the broader system and economic organization or system. Institutions studied usually
grow spontaneously over time or institutionally deliberately created by humans.
Institutional roles are important and strategic because they exist and work in all areas
of life. Thus, institutional economics then becomes part of a fairly important economic
science role in the development of social science humanities, economics, culture and
especially political economy. Institutional economics continues to grow deeper

1103 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

because it is occupied by many economists and other social sciences. (Rachbini,
2002).

7. Wealth Concept
According to BPS, Welfare is a condition in which all the physical and spiritual
needs of the household can be met according to the level of life. The dimensions of
the welfare of the people are very broad and complex, so that a level of people's
welfare can only be seen through a certain aspect. Therefore, the welfare of the people
can be observed from various specific aspects, namely:
a. Population
b. Health and nutrition
c. Education
d. Employment
e. Household consumption or expenditure
f. Housing and the environment
g. Social, and others
A socially just society is a social order in which the welfare of the most
disadvantaged groups can continue to increase. (Mubyarto, 2004: 25)

8. Factors That Affect The Level Of Household Welfare

Several factors that influence the welfare level according to Iskandar (2007) and
Sumarwan (2004), which is much influenced by internal factors include:
a. Revenue
b. Education
c. Work
d. Number of family members
e. Age of the head of the family.

9. Unemployment Concept
The danger of judging the employment situation in the third world by concept
and measures of unemployment derived from the rich countries is increasingly
recognized.Closely related to unemployment is the whole question of income
distribution particulary the level of income of the poorest sections of the population.

1104 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

The provision of jobs for the unemployed is a necessary but by no means sufficient
condition for achieving a more satisfactory distribution of income in a country.
One major practical problem of measuring employment is thet an important
section of the unemployed labour force is unenumerated. This is generally true of
employment in the informal sector. The mass of small scale, tailoring, shoe repair,
house building, beer brewing, food preparation and trade. (Jolly et.al 1973:9 25-27).
The concept of unemployment in Indonesia is likened to the concept of
unemployment in America, where unemployed people are considered a heavy burden
of the country's economy, since the state must pay salaries to the unemployed, dole
employment. The situation in Indonesia is not the same as it is, so unemployed
undergraduates still have savings or their parents are still able to meet their needs.
With a very simple explanation, that those who are unemployed are not always poor,
while the poor always live in deprivation (Mubyarto, 2004: 16)
So the point is, this poverty can have a big impact if not overcome. Its like a
time bomb, closely linked to the imbalance between the rich and the poor. Where in
1998 had once exploded when injustice culminated in the form of sharp economic and
social imbalances.

1105 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

D. CONSEPTUAL FRAMEWORK

Mostly enjoyed by the high class society

High Economy Growth

Small part enjoyed by the lower class society Economy & Social
Inequity

Economy Pancasila
People Economy Crime Act

Partisipatoris Institutional economics

The rich help the poor Side Poor Society

Cooperation
Based on Kinship Community Empowerment

KOPERASI

Koperasi Production Koperasi Distribution Koperasi Consumsion

-UMKM/Small -Saving and -Grocery Store/
Bussines Loans/Small Finance Minimarket

KOPERASI
(Center/ Main)

KOPERASI KOPERASI KOPERASI

(Neighborhood Association (Neighborhood Association Levels) (Neighborhood Association Levels)

Standard of living society

increased
Community Empowered
Equity increased

1106 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

E. HYPOTHESIS
Based on the background of the problem and the purpose of the research, the
hypothesis that can be raised as a basis in solving the problem is as follows:
Suspected cause of high gini ratio in surabaya caused by lack of equitable income of
society. It is therefore necessary to strengthen inclusive economic growth by
establishing a Koperasi massively at the Neighborhood Association level (RT)

F. METHODOLOGY
This research uses descriptive and analytical research designs, through a
qualitative approach to describe and determine the unequal distribution of income.
This study records, describes, classifies, and analyzes and describes data and
information - information about the reality that occurred about the inequality that
happened.

G. CONCLUSION/IMPLICATION
In general the picture of the Surabaya economy is as follows:
Tabel 1 : General economy and finance Surabaya Region
No Klasifikasi 2014 2015
1 Total population 2.833.924,00 2.848.583,00
2 HDI 78,87 79,47
3 AHH 73,85 73,85
4 Economic growth 6,96 5,97
5 Inflation 7,9 3,43
6 Poverty rate 5,79 No data
7 Poor people
164.360,00 No data
8 Region was a lot of poor Surabaya Utara
people Surabaya Utara
9 Unemployment 5,82 No data
10 GRDP/Million Rp
365.354.831,10 406.196.760,30
11
GRDP percapita/Million 128,92 142,60
12 Spending percapita
Food and Non Food No data 2.266.007
Investation
13
foreign investment 478.468.800,00 14.675.100,00
14
domestic investment 639.625.900.000,00 828.416.500.000,00

1107 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 15 Banking
Performance/Million Rp
16 Total assets
279.055.563,00 310.496.639,00
17 Credit/ Million Rp
18
Project 149.780.684,00 165.451.909,00
19 Credits of UMKM (Small
Bussines) 24.800.220,00 29.687.458,00
Source : BPS Surabaya, Economy Office East Java Province.

In accordance with the results of the study, the authors found the fact that, areas that
many poor people have a high crime rate. This is due to the emergence of social
jealousy to the upper class society.
The data obtained are as follows:

Table 2 List Of Poor People Whose Get Insentive From Government

NO Region Incentive NO Region Incentive NO Region Incentive
Recipient Recipient Recipien
t
1 Asemro 1022 11 Karang 762 21 Semam 11097
wo Pilang pir
2 Benow 746 12 Kenjera 3429 22 Simoker 5835
o n to
3 Bubuta 2786 13 Kremb 2897 23 Sukolilo 2185
n angan
4 Bulak 561 14 Lakars 1312 24 Suko 1779
antri Manung
gal
5 Dukuh 637 15 Mulyor 953 25 Tambak 5603
Pakis ejo sari
6 Gayung 481 16 Pabean 2980 26 Tandes 1552
an Cantika
n
7 Genten 1098 17 Pakal 751 27 Tegalsa 2490
g ri
8 Gubeng 1803 18 Rungku 1691 28 Tenggili 607
t s
Mejoyo
9 Gunung 811 19 Sambik 796 29 Wiyung 848
Anyar erep
10 Jamban 1188 20 Sawah 3521 30 Wonoco 842
gan an lo
Source : Social Public Office in Surabaya 2016 31 Wonokr 2928
omo

1108 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Table. 3 Criminal Report by Year in Surabaya Region
No Region Crime Rate Crime Rate
2015 2016
1 Surabaya 410 report 858 report
Center
2 North 1508 report 1430 report
Surabaya
3 West Surabaya 386 report 555 report
4 South 1622 report 1304 report
Surabaya
5 East Surabaya 631 report 1005 report
Source : Polrestabes Surabaya And KP3 (Surabaya Police Office)

Crimes revealed include, theft, murder, drugs, gambling, counterfeit money,

human trafficking, etc. But the concern is the disclosure of drugs and theft of vehicles,
according to data from Surabaya Police Departement. The area with the highest crime
rate is in the North Surabaya area, which in fact is also a region that many poor people,
as shown below:

Figure 1. The spread of drug cases in Surabaya is dominated by the area of

many poor people.

Many poor people are forced to justify any means to meet their diverse needs,
due to lack of sufficient funds and socio-economic conditions that are problematic.
Therefore, people are encouraged to commit various criminal acts such as selling
drugs. (Mrs. Parti, Narcotics Agency Surabaya)

1109 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Based from the data, we can see that. Inequality will cause social envy/
jealousy, whereas social jealousy will causing criminal acts. If we throwback in 1998
we have a big experience, chaos occurs almost all over Indonesia because of it.
Previously we crave of high economic growth phenomenom. Eventhought, in the other
hand the logical consequence of high economic growth based on capital accumulation,
only lead to inequality of economic development. The rich get richer, the poorer the
poorer.

1. Degree of exploitation
Our term is still not independent in the economic field has long been hearded.
It is as if we are powerless to face it, tend to choose to surrender and join the tide
rather than fight. Starting from waking, bathing, clothes, food, vehicles, stationery, etc.
do we use products produced by our own people? Starting from our clothing and food
supplies was imported. This is the result that the Indonesian economy is again
colonized by foreign economy.
The development of history teaches us that the essence of colonization is the
exploitation of one nation by another nation does not stop after independence arrives.
The nature of colonialism continues to this day in a finer, more polite, but more
powerful form of suction. And it's harder to take him on. The most common form of
colonialism of this new model is the economic exploitation, such as through the grip of
Multi National Corporation.
How to calculate the degree of exploitation is to compare the value of GRDP
(per capita) with the value of per capita consumption expenditure, in this case there is
no savings (saving). If the per capita GRDP value is much higher than the value of
population consumption expenditure, it means that most of the GRDP is not enjoyed
by the local people. In other words, the GRDP is delivered to the owner of the capital
owners.

GRDP per capita of Surabaya in 2015 amounted to : 142.600.000

Consumption per capita of Surabaya in 2015 amounted to : 2.266.007

Degree of exploitation = (1- Consumption per capita / GRDP per capita)*100%

= 1-(2.266.007/142.600.000)*100%
= 1-0.016*100% = 98%
1110 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
Gini Ratio index in Surabaya we can see from the table below:
Table 4. Gini Ratio Based Per City and Year
City 2012 2013 2014 2015
Surabaya 0,40 0,37 0,39 0,42
East Java 0,36 0,36 0,37 0,42
Prov.
Source : BPS, East Java Province 2016

Regional development in an area, especially the metropolis areas such as

Jakarta and Surabaya always show the developed regions and the less. Both socially
and economically. If we see the situation in the city of Surabaya, the invisible areas
such as Citraland, Royal Resident, Pakuwon, Galaxy, Darmo, The Gayung Sari,
Graha Family, Bukit Mas Tours. Looks very lame if we compare with areas such as
Sidotopo, Pegirian, Wonokusumo, sawah pulo, Ujung etc. In addition to the slum
arrangement turned out to be in the area of North Surabaya, is an area with a large
number of poor people and has a high crime rate.

In the other hand, if we look in healthy side. Exspecially in BPJS Service in Surabaya
Hospital, we can see in the table below :
Table 5. Hospital participation in BPJS program
No Region Total Join With Percentage
Hospital BPJS
1 Surabaya 59 Hospital 36 Hospital 61%
2 East Java 369 Hospital 249 Hospital 67%
Source : Public Healyh Office, East Java Province 2016

They are still 60% Hospital in Surabaya was joined in BPJS Program. BPJS is
Public Legal Entity which is directly responsible to the President and has the duty to
organize N ational Health Insurance for all Indonesian people. In education side,
especially in Senior High School

1111 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Table 6. Percentage of schools that meet the standards
No Type of School Total Meet the Percentage
standards
1 SMA (public and 137 35 School 25 %
private) School
2 SMK (vocational 103 30 School 29 %
School) School
3 MA ( Madrasah Aliyah) 17 9 School 52 %
School
Source : Public Education Office, East Java Province 2016

From the data seen only about 30 percent of the total number of high school level
eligible schools.
There are approximately 10 schools in Surabaya that have international standards.
Among them:
Table 7. Surabaya Internasional School
No Name of School Indonesian Foreign Curiculum
1 Surabaya Intercultural School 34 student 26 AERO & Communnity Core
student Learning
2 SMA Surabaya European Schol - - CIC and IGCSE education
3 SMA Merlion School - - Cambridge
4 SMA Ciputra 335 student 10 IB MYP, IB DP
student
5 SPINS 81 student 14 Cambridge
student
6 Surabaya Taipei School 2 student 16 Taiwan
student
7 SMA Cita Hati Christian School - - -
8 SMA Kristen Intan Permata Hati 211 student 1 Cambridge
student
9 SMA Nation Star Academy 378 student 0 General Assesment
Certificate
10 SMA Elyon Christian High 40 student - Cambridge and GCA
School
Source : Public Education Office, East Java Province 2016

If the school has international standart, we do not need to judge its quality.
Certainly very qualified, and certainly only the rich - people who can enjoy such
education. Another phenomenon that we feel is, the proliferation of minimarket like
Indomaret, Alfamaret, Superindo and so on. Where its presence also eroded the
existence of populist economy.Grocery stores and traditional markets can not compete

1112 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

against the presence of the minimarket, below the number of minimarket outlets
spread all over Surabaya

Table 8. Minimarket Franchise in Surabaya

Store Name Total
Store
Alfamart 234 Store
Indomaret 293 Store
Alfa Xpress 3 Store
Rajawali 9 Store
Mart
Superindo 7 Store
Alfamidi 42 Store
Circle K 15 Store
Others 64 Store
TOTAL 667 Store
Source: http://www.lensaindonesia.com/2015/02/24/ratusan-minimarket-di-surabaya-
ternyata-tak-berijin.html

From 667 Minimarket, according to data from Surabaya Municipality there are
411 stores that do not have permit. Almost easy to find the existence of minimarket
outlets. In addition to its location is very close to the traditional market, and also
between fellow minimarket outlets

2. Evaluation of poverty alleviation programs

In order for the poor people to get out of poverty it takes effort and
empowerment program to them. Many argue that people are poor because they do
not have a high work ethic, no self-employed, low-educated personality. In other words
is the low quality of human resources. This is a way of looking at the poor from the
outside. What needs to be learned is how to recognize the problem of poverty from
the perspective of the poor themselves. With this new approach is expected to
formulate a better policy. It is necessary to look at the poor as objects, not as subjects.
Poverty alleviation will be more targeted if the poor become the main actors in the fight
against poverty. On the other hand, governments and communities capable of caring
for them out of poverty need appropriate commitment, policies, organizations and
programs.

1113 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 The centralistic approach (Top Down) is not proven to empower the poor but
inhibits the creativity of the community, where the community does not actively
participate so that it only fosters the attitude of dependence on the government. Relief
aid such as cash, food aid, relief goods is only temporary, there is no continuity
thereafter. This approach is a project approach. Then the success of the program is
measured only by the percentage of aid distributed and the number of beneficiaries.
Government aid such as Raskin and non-cash food assistance is only temporary. After
the aid is received then it is finished there is no continuation. Raskin distribution with
data recipients is out of sync. There are some poor communities in one area receiving
assistance, while others do not. (Arif, Section Chief Officer economics Field, semampir
districts). There are a number of challenges to the Raskin program that are difficult to
resolve, especially on 'inaccuracies' ranging from target or beneficiaries, the amount
that should be received, the price redeem, the time delay, the quality of the rice, and
other administrative issues people can not choose other food except rice. (Agus,
Coordinator Social Program, Public Social Office in Surabaya)

3. Build Koperasi, Koperasi Build

The term was popularized by the father of the Indonesian Cooperative, who
was the first Vice President of Indonesia. Learning from the proliferation of minimarket
outlets in Surabaya, why we do not together base neighburhood shoulder to build a
Koperasi of Basic Needs like that. We collect capital and we buy some of these day-
to-day needs, affiliated with an already developed cooperative in Surabaya. The goods
we produce together, we are distributed together and we consume together. Just like
we shop at Indomaret/Alfamaret. The average of each Neighburhood Assosiation in
Surabaya is about 350 families. The amount is already sufficient if we build a Koperasi.
Here are big 5 Koperasi that have been successful in Surabaya:

1114 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Tabel 9. The Big 5 Koperasi in Surabaya
No Koperasi Name Members Assests (Rp)
1 Setia Bakti Wanita 13.389 people 178.417.504.618
2 Koperasi Pegawai Pelabuhan Ind 2.898 People 255.202.588.000
3 PUSKUD 702 KUD 92.648.576.833
4 Gabungan Koperasi Pegawai R.I. 266.300 People 15.501.966.486
5 Citra Bekisar Telkom 477 People 28.207.825.000
Source : Public Koperasi and Small Busines of East Java Province 2016

Affiliated with existing and advanced Koperasi will facilitate the development of
small Koperasi cooperatives at the Neighburhood Asosiation level. In every
Community, in general there are a capable people and an uncapable people, with
Koperasi they work together, to meet their daily needs. It also improves economic life
and raises its standard of living.

E. RECOMENDATION
Based on the research that has been done, these are some recommendations:
1. The city government surabaya, invites people to establish Koperasi at RT
(Neighborhood Asosiation) level. Because the RT is the smallest organization
in the Community, which directly in contact with the community. With the
existence of cooperative level RT at least we have addressed the basic needs
for the community.
2. The high Gini Index of a region, not necessarily can easily be over with one
instrument only. Required participation of the community as much as possible,
mainly by establishing cooperative needs and small businesses. With so
expected distribution of income can spread. On the other hand, the concept of
fair is very difficult to measure, because fair is its dealings with the heart.
Therefore, improving the living standard of the weak economic community that
is getting better today, it is a sign of weak economic society is powerless.
Learning to live without a government needs to be encouraged by the
community to try to empower themselves in terms of economic improvement.

1115 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 3. In order to prevent massive criminal acts because of these imbalances and
jealousies, a priestly approach is needed. Therefore, the government needs to
mobilize religious activities such as:
a. Majlis Religious Science
b. Majlis Sholawat
c. Majlis Dzikir
d. Other Majlises related to religious mental planting. With the approach of
diversity, it is expected to be more effective in giving to the community.

REFFERENCES
Books
1 The Holy Qur’an
2 Imam An Nawawi. 2011. Riyadhus Sholihin. Solo: YDSF
3 UUD 1945
4 Baswir, Revrisond. 2010. Manifesto Ekonomi Kerakyatan.Yogyakarta: Pustaka
Pelajar
5 Boediono. 2016. Ekonomi Indonesia Dalam Lintasan Sejarah. Bandung: Mizan
6 Chang Ho Jon.2001. Joseph Stiglitz and World Bank : The Rebel Within.
London: Anthem Press
7 Fahmi. Irham. 2010. Pengantar Politik Ekonomi. Bandung: Alfabeta
8 Galbraith. K Economics and The Public Purpose. London: Andrey Deutsch
9 Hatta. Mohammad. 1980. Ilmu dan Agama, Jakarta, Yayasan Idayu
10 Mamkiw,Gregory. 2006. Principles of economics.Jakarta: Salemba Empat
11 Mill, John, S.1977. Principles of Political Economy, with some of their
Application to Social Phylosophy. Fairfield.Augustus. Kelly Publisher
12 Mubyarto. 2003. Ekonomi Pancasila. Yogyakarta: PUSTEP UGM
13 Mubyarto. 2004. Ekonomi Pancasila. Yogyakarta: PUSTEP UGM
14 Mubyarto. 2005. Ekonomi Terjajah. Yogyakarta, :USTEP UGM
15 Mubyarto. 2004. Revolusi Menuju Sistem Ekonomi Pancasila. Yogyakarta:
PUSTEP UGM
16 Mubyarto. 2005. A Development Manifesto, Yogyakarta: PUSTEP UGM
17 Mubyarto. 2004. Belajar Ilmu Ekonomi, Yogyakarta: PUSTEP UGM

1116 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

18 Mubyarto & Sentosa Awan, 2004, Pendidikan Ekonomi Alternatif, Yogyakarta:
PUSTEP UGM
19 Mubyarto. 2004. Revolusi Menuju Sistem Ekonomi Pancasila, Yogyakarta:
PUSTEP UGM
20 Mubyarto & Partner. 2005. Menggugat Ketimpangan &Ketidakadilan Ekonomi
Nasional. Yogyakarta: PUSTEP UGM
21 Mubyarto. 2004. Neoliberalisme dan Krisis Ilmu Ekonomi. Yogyakarta:
PUSTEP UGM
22 Mubyarto. 2004. Pemberantasan Kemiskinan dan Pembangunan Nasional.
Yogyakarta: PUSTEP UGM
23 Mubyarto. 2004 Teknokrat dan Ekonomi Pancasila. Yogyakarta: PUSTEP UGM
24 Mubyarto. 2005. Satu Abad Sumpah Pemuda Visi Indonesia 2028. Yogyakarta:
PUSTEP UGM
25 Mubyarto. 2004. Ekonomi Pasar Populis. Yogyakarta: PUSTEP UGM
26 Mubyarto. 2004. Teori Ekonomi dan Kemiskinan. Yogyakarta: PUSTEP UGM
27 Nugroho, Tarli. 2016. Polemik Ekonomi Pancasila. Yogyakarta: Mubyarto
Institute
28 Subandi. 2009. Ekonomi Koperasi (Teori dan Praktik).Bandung: Alfabeta
29 Sun’an, Muamil & Senuk, Abdurahman. Ekonomi Pembangunan Daerah.
Jakarta: Mitra Wacana Media

Magazine Articles
1 Tempo, (2017 20-26 March). Laporan Khusus Ketimpangan Ekonomi, kaya
raya miskin papa. Memasuki tahun ketiga pemerintahan Jokowi, Indeks
Gini membaik meski ketimpangan tetap menganga. Waspada kebijakan
populis.Yandhrie Arvian, 80-93.

Website
1 https://m.tempo.co/read/news/2017/02/23/090849439/survei-harta-4-orang-
terkaya-setara-100-juta-orang-miskin
2 http://www.lensaindonesia.com/2015/02/24/ratusan-minimarket-di-surabaya-
ternyata-tak-berijin.html

1117 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 CONNECTED: TRACING THE IMPACT OF SOCIAL MEDIA AS A NEW MEDIUM
OF POLITICAL PARTICIPATION IN THE PHILIPPINES BEFORE AND DURING
DUTERTE ADMINISTRATION

Aaron Joseph Henderin Castaño

(Head Author/Presenter)
Shaira Joy Fungot
Rica Jane Gardose
Jamil Lavaniah Delos Reyes
Tanya Maria Ciaden Sejane
Lea Jane Cabalfin
Christine Joy Viray
Leonard Francis Alcoran
Rejie Lyn Duya
Rasia Kristina Sorongon
(Co-Authors)

Senior Students, Bachelor of Arts in Political Science

West Visayas State University - La Paz, Iloilo City, Philippines
Email: [email protected]

ABSTRACT
The widespread reach of online social media plays a vital role in the kind of political
participation that we are having in my country ---- Philippines. That is why the
relevance if dissecting its political aspect stands to be a crucial ground in analyzing
the pulse of the masses in determining public opinion. The rapid evolution of
technological advancement led to the evolution and innovation of the kind of
interaction that we are having in the society.
In this regards, this qualitative research study using desk method research aimed
to present and describe social media as the medium of political participation in the
Philippines. The researchers made use of the data from records and documents to
construct four cases where social media was used as a political participation or
activism: No to Cybercrime Law Movement, Online Community on Anti-Epal Bill,
Million People March against Pork Barrel Scam and the Online Campaigns for
Presidential Elections from 2010 to 2016. To elaborate the in depth of the study two
theories have been incorporated to this research: the Participatory Theory of
Democracy as well as the Social Media integration Theory.
Data on these four cases were analyzed thematically and the results are the
following: (1) Social media served as medium of voicing out the collective opinion of
the public; (2) Socio-political activists and interests groups adapted the new kind of
approach offered by social media;
(3) There is no definite age qualification in terms of online participation; (4) Organizing
movements is a lot faster compared to traditional political participation; and (5) Online
movements have been effective as they were able to receive immediate response from
the government.

1118 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 The result of this study showed that the means of participating in political matters
in the Philippines continue to grow and adapt to the availability of technology as an
avenue to showcase opinions.
Keywords: Technology, Social Media, Political Participation

A. INTRODUCTION
The undisputed widespread influence of online social media plays a vital role in
the kind of political participation that we are having in our country - Philippines. That
is why the relevance dissecting its political aspect stands to be a crucial ground in
analyzing the pulse of the masses in determining public opinion.
The rapid evolution of technological advancement led to the evolution and
innovation of the kind of interaction that we are having in the society. From a resource
perspective of political participation it appears plausible that a positive relationship
should exist between an individual’s exposure to and use of digital media on the one
hand, and the extent of its political engagement on the other (Brady, Verba, et.al.,
1995).
Platforms for social networking such as twitter, youtube, and facebook have
exponentially multiplied the possibilities for the retrieval and dissemination of political
information thus affording the internet user with a variety of supplemental access
points to political information and activity that come at little cost in terms of time,
money, and effort. As members of online social networks, for instance, users will be
automatically updated about their friend’s political activities through their news feed.
They can comment on these activities or they can join online discussion groups, thus
actively engaging in political conversation from convenience of their homes and at any
time of the day. They can be friend candidates or political organizations online and
stay informed about their positions and activities without having to attend a meeting or
a rally. In short digital media have considerably lowered the transactions cost hitherto
related to political learning and action. As placed on the words of Blood, the internet
has driven a step change in the way pressure groups influence public opinions,
corporations and governments. The most visible gain is a low-cost and global medium
for disseminating ideas. Never has it been so cheap or easy to publish articulate and
credibly presented activist critiques, with the advantage that activists no longer have
to satisfy the news values of news organizations to reach a potentially vast public. Nor
do government, or corporations have any clear advantage despite greater wealth and

1119 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

technical resources. An activist website can be just as convincingly presented as that
of the billion-dollar corporations it is attacking. In other words, online social media
opens the opportunity to be a medium for anyone, anywhere, to express one’s
thoughts, feelings, or opinions.

B. METHODOLOGY
This desk method qualitative research aimed to present, describe and introspect
the use of social media as the new medium of political participation by the virtual
movements in the Philippines.
The researchers purpose in case study is not to study everything going on in
the site but to focus on specific issues, problems or programs. As the means of
communication continue to change and evolve, the means of the people in
participating in governmental issues and change.
Gathering data begins when the background reading research, and planning
begin. Everything read and discussed has influence on the researcher. In this study,
the researchers identified five online virtual movements that used social media as a
medium of political participation: Anti cybercrime law movement, Anti-epal movement,
million people march, Halalan 2016 fair elections coverage, Duterte for President
Campaign. Having identified five online virtual movements, the researchers made
case studies. The data were gathered through various documents and records.
Finally, the researchers looked for patterns on the five cases and they
employed thematic analysis to come up with the findings.

C. SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

1. Social Media: Impact of Technological Development in Philippine Civil
Society
Throughout the history, social media, internet as one of the technological
advancement of time, has been a key player in the lives of billions of people around
the globe. According to Peters, online participation started in the 1990’s and has
continued to grow (2011). It has taken the role of bringing to the public’s attention what
personal action cannot do. To elaborate, the potential impact of internet on democratic
participation depends heavily upon the type of activism under comparison. The online
population is most pre-disposed to engage in cause-oriented forms of activism,
characteristics of petitioning, demonstrating, and contacting the media over single
1120 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
issue politics and civic-oriented activities such as belonging to voluntary associations
and
community organizations (Norris, 2006). The impact of internet on how users have
used it in the past is revolutionized as it can now be used to rally a certain cause with
purpose of delivering fatal blow to the authorities being addressed.
In the field of politics, Bennet (2003) elucidate the fact that the political impacts
of emerging technologies reflect the changing social, psychological, and economic
conditions experienced by citizens who used them. That is how deep the impact of
technology in our society – manifested changes brought by social media virtual
movements. Social media is the most effective way for politicians to engage with
people and to show an interests in them, and there is little doubt that the entertainment
industry has successfully harnessed the power of social media. Here, internet has
driven a step change in way pressure groups influence public opinions, corporations
and governments (Blood, 2000).
In the Philippines, one of the very notable events in the history involving
technology is the time during the January 2001 uprising that forced President Joseph
Estrada to step down from power. In the point of view of Celdran (2002), the fall of
Estrada was the result of confluence of political and technological factors that began
with the dramatic expose of president’s involvement in the country’s illegal numbers
game. This, in turn, unleashed a series of media reports on Estrada’s lavish lifestyle,
hidden wealth and alleged connections with the underworld. This together with an
unprecedented live coverage of the subsequent investigations, set in motion a protest
movement that would culminate in the urban uprising known as EDSA 2. In
technological terms, the mass media particularly the electronic media hastened that
process with live and comprehensive coverage of the congressional investigation, the
impeachment trial and the assembling of the masses at EDSA. The power of text at
that time is one of the proofs of how Filipinos ingeniously use technology to gain solid
unity in their sentiments and advance the cause they are fighting for.
Now, as it is the internet that is dominating the scene, recent political
endeavours arising from various political controversies have been evidently owed to
the internet. There have been five notable events: First the Public’s grim opposition
against the Cybercrime Prevention Act; second the Pa Epal Politicians; third, the
million people march against pork barrel, fourth and fifth were the very recent, Halalan
2016 campaign for fair and peaceful elections and the Duterte for President online
1121 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
campaign. Reiterating Celdran’s words, indeed there is truth when he said that a
strong and healthy democracy is built on citizens being connected to each other in
civic life. Moreover, communication technology, as proven in the political events of
recent years, can enhance political communication in society and develop an informed
and connected citizenry (2002).

2. Virtual Movements involved in Philippine Politics

a. Online Community on “Anti-Epal Bill”
It started in a simple observation many have had but never acted on: the posters
and streamers bearing the names and faces of public servants who launch programs
and projects for their constituents. Also, it has become almost a standard practice that
politicians are pasting their names and faces on projects funded by taxpayers.
“Epal” is slang for “mapapel,” a Filipino term for attention grabbers, scene
stealers, or people who crave a role (papel) in affairs that are not necessarily theirs to
handle or decide (Esguerra, 2011). Moreover, it can also be defined as a person acting
or grandstanding in a politically tactless manner. For an instance, premature
campaigning, when public officials or people aspiring for public office engage in
election activities geared towards furthering their political ambitions, when this
happens outside the official campaign period.
To counter this self-praise and somewhat narcissistic complexity, Senator
Miriam Defensor-Santiago filed a bill, now commonly referred to as “Anti-Epal Bill,”
prohibiting public officials to affix their name or image to any signage on a proposed
or ongoing public works project. This bill is being repeatedly filed by the
aforementioned senator since 2004 but little progress is being made.
In the explanatory note of Senate Bill No. 1967, formally known as the “Anti-
Signage of Public Works Act,” Santiago said that appending the names of officials on
public works projects either funded or facilitated through their office is “unnecessary
and highly unethical” (Mendoza, 2011).
As free riding politics in the Philippine context is rampant and is very tangible
on common government infrastructures as well as to government-owned vehicles, this
bill serves as a form of hindrance to the success of the politicians to maximize their
popularity and resources to make their names even more visible on the eyes of the
commoners.

1122 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Now, in order to wake the public on this kind of norm, Vince Lazatin, Executive
Director of the Transparency and Accountability Network on Mornings at ANC, and
other social activists initiated an anti-epal campaign primarily using the social media
as a medium of protest.
The onset of the anti-epal campaign can be traced back to the time of the late
DILG Secretary Jesse Robredo. Rampant manifestation of epal politicians can be
seen almost anywhere. To counter this social dilemma, the late Sec. Robredo issued
a memorandum circular on September 23, 2010 directed to all local chief executives
to ensure that the policy is strictly observed. In the memo, Robredo said, “Pursuant to
this Department’s thrust to uphold good local governance, the practice of putting up of
billboards and signages and other information materials bearing the names, initials or
pictures of government personalities (firetrucks, ambulances, vehicles, etc.) are
hereby prohibited.” Moreover, the aforesaid memo is in line with President Benigno
Aquino III’s directive on August 5, 2010, which instructed all Cabinet members to
refrain from associating his personality and identity in programs and projects. In terms
of legislations, Sen. Miriam Defensor–Santiago have been tirelessly pushing the
passage of Senate Bill No. 1967, or the “Anti-Signage of Public Works Act,” since 2004
until the present.
The anti-epal movement aims to expose and shame politicians and public
servants who, as is common practice at every level of Philippine politics, plaster their
names and faces at every project and opportunity – even when the said projects and
events are in fact paid for and demanded by public funds. Ultimately, the movement
also has the objective of protecting the integrity of public service, and cleaning up
political practices that diminish Philippine elections. The movement also exhibits a
strong tie to questions of transparency, accountability, and then electoral reform and
voter education (Aquino, 2012).
The facebook page (www.facebook.com/nomoreepal) made for the anti-epal
campaign was created on May 20, 2012 by Kate Lim and Renee Juliene M.
Karunungan currently is receiving a very overwhelming response from netizens from
all parts of the country. This facebook page reflects the online movement by the
netizens in an effort to fight the accumulating publicity of the epal politicians. Its posts
have been swarmed by various photos on different parts of the country showing
streamers of governmental projects with the faces and names of various politicians

1123 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

who must be shamed by their unprecedented attitudes and actions. Also, there are
posts that present the beauty of the society in the absence ofepal politicians.

b. Pork Barrel Scam and the Million People March

One of the tools from which the use of discretion in the government has been
maximized is the infamous priority development assistance fund also known as the
Pork Barrel. It is a lump-sum appropriations in the annual General Appropriations Act
to fund the priority development program and projects of the government.
In here is the scrutiny of how the people made use of social media and the
internet as tools of expression towards their government with regards to various
issues, particularly on pork barrel.
Wellman, Quan-hasse, Witte, and Hampton (2001) provided evidence that
online interaction supplements interpersonal relations and results in increased
voluntary association membership and increased political participation. Even Kraut ha
revisited has revisited his earlier study and claimed that the negative effects of internet
use had dissipated. Instead, they found positive effects of using the internet on
communication, social involvement, and well-being.
By the time the notion of pork barrel rolled into the Philippines, it was already
1922. That was when a public works act, separate from the general appropriations act,
was first passed. However it did not take long before the Philippine version of the pork
barrel acquired a sleazy sheen (Chua and Cruz), by the time of 1942, the war broke
out and pork barrel as well as other governmental functions naturally stopped.
The unrest that occurred which lead to the million People march on the issue
on Pork Barrel has been ignited by so called 10 billion pork barrel scam from which
Janet Lim-Napoles is involved. Napoles has been alleged of having engineered a P10
Billion scam over the past decade by using the pork barrel funds of 5 senators and 23
congressmen for Ghost projects. She was even tagged as the mother of pprk barrel
scam, This political scandal was first exposed in Philippine Daily Inquirer on July 12,
2013 news issue.
Social media has been filled with outrage since news broke of Billion Peso
Scam. Angry Filipinos have taken to sites like facebook and twitter to express their
disgust, denouncing Napoles wealth, including her daughter Jeane’sLavish lifestyle.
The million people march came form call to action posts by various individuals
on the internet that does not have political affiliations. To be more precise, all actions
1124 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
regarding the Million People March stemmed from a Facebook status post of Ito
Rapadas that states. “what we need is a million people march by struggling Filipino
taxpayers- a day of protest by the silent majority that would demand all politicians and
government officials to stop pocketing our taxes borne out from our hard work by
means of these pork barrel scams and other creative criminal acts.
By the multiple networks of people in social media, the cause on scrapping
pork barrel had spread like a wild fire. Since people also cannot always catch up to
news on the specific time when it airs, Youtube has provided a great medium for those
who seek to know more about the issue during their most convenient time. By this,
people are always able to follow the recent updates over the issue. Philippines may
not be physically attached due to its archipelago traits but people still can connect,
communicate and unite on the internet by means of social media and other sites for
one cause.
The social media activity was further boosted on August 17, 2013 a day after the
Commission on Audit (COA) released a special report on the Priority Development
Assistance Fund (PDAF) from 2007-2009. Go (2013) stated that by August 19, lawyer
Ana Santos who uses the twitter handle, added interest by starting the PDAFkalampag
movement – when she asked her social networks to flood a different a lawmaker or a
government agency each day with calls and tweets. The movement was successful
enough to get a tweet from senate President Franklin Drilon.

c. Anti-Cybercrime Law Movement

In the wake of what we call as the Information Age, every individuals gradually
become independent to the increasing usefulness of internet. Communications
become faster and more efficient as every lives are being connected from every
corners of the globe. Behind is what drives the yearning of the people to communicate,
and that is the inclination to socialize with others ---- sharing opinions, point of views,
and beliefs. What is more beautiful behind this is the fact that they are free to express.
This freedom enables them to show the true content of their hearts and minds. No
suppression of thoughts nor feelings, everything is unbounded to express. In the case
of curtailing this freedom, can we even imagine what it would yield?
When the world was introduce to internet, the ambit from which the law can
encompass proved to be lacking since it does not incorporate cases that is internet-
related. It is with the realization of the necessity to broaden the scope of the law that
1125 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
endeavours to enact internet-related legislations started. The present issue involving
the passage of Republic Act. No. 10175 or popularly known as the Cybercrime
Prevention Act of 2012 last September 12, 2012 is what is being considered now as
the E-Martial Law since the aforementioned legislation curtail the right of free
expression of the Filipino “Netizens”.
The Cybercrime Prevention Act of 2012 as some may not thought has
undergone several stages of maturity. It started year 2000 when Republic Act. No.
8792 or commonly known as the E-Commerce Law has passed. Republic Act 8792,
was signed into law last June 14, 2000. It is a landmark legislation in the history of the
Philippines since it made the country a legitimate player in the global marketplace.
Also, in this law the Philippine Internet community played a major role in pushing for
its passage. Several legislations then followed year after year as to cope with needs
of time, however, this legislations cannot suffice the requirements of time. Every time
a bill on Cybercrime Prevention is being filed, it turns out that a stronger and better
law is needed to address additional cybercrimes. Last 2012, the infamous Cybercrime
Prevention Act was ratified, and this happening let to numerous protest may it be
parliament of the street or an internet activism. This event also paved the way for some
movements and organizations to form, on which is identified as the Philippine Internet
Freedom Alliance (PIFA). PIFA was formed last October 1, 2012. It started in a
facebook page as broad coalition of individuals and organizations seeking to
amend/remove the provisions which threaten Internet Freedom in Republic Act 10175
or the Cybercrime Prevention Act of 2012. In the long-term, it aims to be the bastion
of this freedom. Their mission is to take it upon themselves as INTERNET FREEDOM
FIGHTERS to Protect, Promote, and Advance Human Rights and Fundamental
Freedom of citizens, both online and offline.
In addition, PIFA aims to accomplish the following: First, REPEAL the
Cybercrime Prevention Act of 2012; Second, Push for the total repeal of RA 10175
and reject the introduction of piecemeal amendments to RA 10175, on grounds of:
a. It violates netizens’ human rights, as well as political and civil liberties
protected under the Philippine Constitution.
b. It expands the government’s powers without affirming the state’s primary
responsibility to protect and to recognize the democratic rights of its citizens
on the internet.

1126 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 c. RA 10175’s provision on “cybersex” is so vague that it will only result in 22
perpetuating violence against women instead of suppressing syndicated
and 23 exploitative cybersex.
d. RA 10175 was drafted without meaningful public participation, thus it
suppresses rather than empower citizens, and incriminate them rather that
protect the lawful exercise of their civil and political rights.
e. ENSURE public participation in crafting policies that seek to govern or
regulate the internet, in order to safeguard Internet Freedom.
f. ASSERT that private-corporations, i.e., “big business”, recognize and
respect Human Rights.
g. Respect Human Rights by performing “human rights due to diligence”.
h. Access to Remedy, which includes grievance mechanisms.

d. Halalan 2016: Ipinalo ang Pamilyang Pilipino Campaign and Eleksyon

2016: Dapat Tama
During significant events in the history of the Philippines especially during
elections, news coverage and public service campaigns of Giant networks such as
ABS-CBN and GMA are on lead. The recently concluded 2016 elections once again
proved the great influence of these networks as netizens greatly supported their social
media campaign towards delivering a fair, peaceful, and successful elections. The
hashtags #halalan2016 of ABS-CBN became the top trending topic worldwide
accumulating thirty million tweets from May 8-10, 2016, dates before, during and after
elections. Meanwhile, GMA’s #dapattamaelekyon2016 came second spot. These
simply proved how online people took an active participation through expressing their
opinions in social media.
The Pre-election campaigns of the two big networks were also supported by
the majority of the Philippine civil society. Ipinalo ang Pamilyang Pilipino takbo para
sa halalan were attended by 50 000 participants, the call started in the official page of
ABS-CBN news. Responsible voting and sharing of news were also rampant through
ABS-CBN’s Bayan Mo Ipatrol mo and GMA’s you scoop, encouraging netizens to
share and post-election related situation.
The voluntary service of the Private sector had made great influence as it
encourage the majority of individuals right there or right in on the online world to be

1127 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

aware and be sensitive to one of the country’s most significant yet crucial times as
they
will have to elect another leader to guide our whole nation (Retrieved from
www.medianewser.com/elections campaign, October 04, 2016).

e. Duterte for President Campaign

Despite his denial of running as the president of the Republic of the Philippines
at first, former Davao City Mayor and now the current president pursued presidency.
According to the Maria Ressa, head of Rappler, Online civil society clamour for him to
run was one of the great reason to make his decision change. Facebook pages such
as Duterte for President: Change is Coming became one of the most followed page
during elections pioneered of course by his supporters. Majority of pro-duterte netizens
have actually done their part, they have actually wage war to anti-duterte supporters.
Former TV personality Mocha Uson has also used the social media to invite everyone
to attend at the meeting de avance of Duterte, then people had also answered the call.
Accumulating more than 300,000 supporters who attend on the last campaign of the
current president. Even until now, duterte supporters still used the influence of social
media to call for national unity against duterte fight for change: war on drugs and many
more.

D. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

The data gathered in this study were further analysed and interpreted using
thematic analysis. Based on the obtained data, these are the patterns and categories
that have transpired: Initiating action, Social Media, Plan of Action, Sectoral
Affiliations, Rights groups, Political Influence and Changes in the society.
Responsive Action
Digging on how these movements started forwarding their cause can be traced
back on the manner the internet-users or to become more particular, the netizens
reacted on a particular issue. The irregularities being experienced by the society as
reflected by the actions of those who are in the government, are being scrutinized by
the netizens and decided upon, whether they do agree or not. There is no question if
the netizens do agree, however, in cases where netizens opposed, they will post their
sentiments to be heard by the government, and this is where internet movements
comes into view.
1128 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 Based on the gathered data, movements were formed in response to a certain
issue that surfaced. In the case of the introduction of the Cybercrime Prevention Act,
Anti-Epal Bill and Million People march campaign online, began to take proactive
measures upon the realization that there are certain provisions that violates Human
rights, confronting epal politicians and the constitutionality of Pork barrel.
Netizens have seen the necessity of bringing their opinions from an individual
level into a group level so that the power of their opinion will be increased. The more
netizens joining their cause, the more likely it will be noticed by the government or be
recognized by the majority. Practically speaking, movements formed through internet
can be likened to that of the parliament of the street, since it voices out a certain
opinion or reaction to the government collectively, the only major difference is that the
medium being used vary – while parliament of the street takes its cause in a personal
way where a man to man interaction can be seen, in the movements via internet, a
medium in the form of internet links is needed or required.
Now as it has been known that the movements are formed as a consequence
of a collective response from the netizens, it could also be noted that they have been
grouped without an advance planning. How netizens was able to initiate their plans
depended on their shared sentiments at the moment a certain issue present itself.

a. Social Media
The social media has been an excellent medium for information dissemination.
It made possible the fast spreading of certain news from one place going to another,
regardless of how secluded the place where it came from. In the discussion of political
decisions and issues, the government is able to communicate with th people easily,
publicizing whatever actions it has made in response to its constituents needs, and
making sure that they have a same manner however, social media made it easy for
the public to transparently monitor the actions taken by their political leaders. With the
help of social media, it made clandestine operations exposed and shamed.
The presented virtual movements primarily used social media as a tool of
political participation. It opens a new dimension from which individuals can channel
their sentiments, opinions and advocacies. The widely used social media is through
the social networking sites such as twitter, facebook, blogs made it possible for
exchanging of ideas to happen.

1129 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Social networking sites have been an ideal place for individuals to express their
every opinion about a certain political issue. In the event of their exchanging ideas, a
collective will of response is being developed and conveyed to the government. The
government and the majority of the citizens in turn cannot dare to ignore the rising
pressure or power coming from online movements since they themselves have a
constant access to whatever is happening within the realm of internet.

b. Plan of Action
As the movements have been formed it was found out that they eventually did
actions intended to shake the idleness of the government, and tremendously awaken
the awareness of the public. From online emotions translated into actions, the
movements that were formed provided political pressures that even the government
cannot continue playing blind.
To make it visible to the rest of the world what they are fighting for, the said
virtual movements did various activities. These activities are primarily inclined on their
respective goals that as they take into action the activities that they have planned, the
government will have little options but to respond and engage them in whatever means
necessary.
In the case of the Anti-Cybercrime Prevention Law Movement, one major
activity the Philippine Internet Alliance did online is the event they named as Black
Tuesday on October 2, 2012 where netizens showed their support though posting
memes and status showing their opposition to the Cybercrime Prevention Law.
Moreover, a website
Black out protest is rampant. Same thing with the Anti-Epal and Million People march
where they have set a date to organize their demonstration collectively. Similarly, the
halalan 2016 campaign and Duterte for president campaign, as they launch
comprehensive campaigns and support.
With an overwhelmingly public opinion coming from the people, and were
actualized through the activities they have made, we can say that their purpose is
gradually advancing towards their triumphant attainment of their goals.

1. Rights Groups
The success of every activity of these movements will not be realized if not
through the assistance of different rights groups. Together with the help being provided
1130 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
by the rights groups, the efforts of the said movements are being doubled, and the
government will have hard time ignoring the message that they are conveying.
The appeal to unite in an internet setting, set aside the rights groups identity,
thus, the fact that one group is for the youths while the other is for women does not
really matter.

2. Political Influence
The researchers cannot see the extent of their true effort if they don’t try. In the
circumstance given by the three various cases, legislative actions have been made to
cater whatever needs the public is conveying to government. It is given that within a
political process, public opinion must be accommodated so that legislators would have
a knowledge on the say of the people regarding a certain issue at hand. Before the
formation of the movements, when a particular issue that concerns the whole nation
comes into view, legislative measures in response or done without much consideration
on the public opinion. However, with the present circumstance were movements are
not only rampant through street protests but also through the medium of social media,
the political process is more swayed to adhere the dictate of the people – a true display
of democratic ideals. The legislators on their part, are pressured to provide decisions
that would reflect the opinion of the people.

3. Sectoral Affiliations
Based on the gathered data, it was found out that all movements are Non-
Governmental Organizations (NGOs). This may be because of the fact that all
movements are a product of civic actions in response to an impending social dilemma.
These all described to have no preference as to what sector they really
originated. Since some movements have been spearheaded or handled by a certain
sector of the society, like for an example the women are the youth, the movements
formed as a result of different political scandal of the society in general do not identify
themselves as to what sector of the society they came from. Regardless whether they
came from the women, youths, senior citizens, and the like, the movement is still
unwavering in its tireless effort of campaigning for their respective voices to be heard
by the government. Moreover, the fact that the three movements have no sectoral
affiliation means that anyone from all walks of life can take part, after all, whether one

1131 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

is young or old, a student or a professional, the cause being advanced encompasses
all.

4. Changes in the society

In an effort to make a change, many things have to be done. The movements
from different cases have initiated activities that aim to inform and persuade individuals
about the cost they are fighting. The impact they are expecting happen are the
following: as the movements continue to become aggressive in their respective
endeavours, a slow, positive change began to manifest. In the case of the introduction
of Cybercrime Prevention Law, the movement impacts the effectivity of the law. After
the law’s approval on September 12, 2012, the movement opposing its effectivity was
formed, and it prepared to halt the nationwide call imposing the implementation of the
law was done not only through street protests, but most especially, through social
media. A number of petition contradicting the provisions contained in the law, then
followed, and because of this pressure, on October 9, 2012, the Supreme Court issued
a Temporary Restraining Order (TRO). The voice of the people continued to pound
the ears of the government, which eventually, the TRO was extended indefinitely.
Moving on to the case of Proliferation of Epal Politicians, the movement made an
impact by gradually reducing the epal postings of some municipalities. For an instance,
in Davao City, after the persistent endeavour of the netizens in shaming the epal
activities of the politicians in their locality, last July 2013, they declared their liberty
from epal politicians.

E. CONCLUSION
Organizing movements is a lot faster compared to traditional political
participation. Individuals and groups appeal to the public easily on the things that they
are fighting for as social media is open to everyone. Thus making the engagement of
groups to the people more convenient, vice versa. Mobilizing people and empowering
them to a certain cause is more attainable in this kind of model of political participation.
Social media serve as a new dimension and avenue for political participation
as it provides extension for the civil society to voice out their socio-political opinions
and interest that guide the public, media and the government on the issues that are
eminent and prevalent in the country. Filipinos channel their thoughts independently
and as freely as they could be when their medium of political participation is the social
1132 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
media. Individuals, groups and organizations make use of social media to affect
change society as they deem it right to do so given all instrumentalities, faculties and
access and the public pool of impressions, speculations, presupposition, and
conception-the internet. Social gathering does not have to happen “face to face”. It
can happen as long as communication is intact. All movements and campaigns
initiated and demonstrated actually started online.
Laws are being affected as the pulse of public is being affected. The campaigns
of a bill pushed forward as public clamour and social media demands it. Also the
execution of temporary restraining in the decision making process of the legislators
The mere fact that the people engaged on this level of discussion online only prove
that the Philippine civil society are getting more active when it comes to happening
within the country. This also implies that the traditional political integration is slowly
being transformed into a new concept of political engagement.

F. IMPLICATIONS
The result of this study showed that the means of participating on political
matters in the Philippines continue to grow and adapt to the availability of technology
and to the expansions of people’s avenue to showcase their opinions and thoughts
regarding socio-political issues affecting the society.
It simply implies that the traditional political integration is slowly being
transformed into a new concept of political engagement. From breath-taking
demonstrations on the streets for the sole purpose of being heard, the new generation
actually promotes an awareness with politics of convenience wherein you can still
slouch on your usual comfortable seat as you type your posts, opinions, and remarks
regarding social issues.

G. RECOMMENDATIONS
Based on the findings and conclusions, the following recommendations are
advanced:
First, future researchers may create theory out of this case study research as
this is a new medium in political participation.
Second, the Philippine government must maintain in liberal flow of ideas in the
internet as it would create a more open-public government discourse.

1133 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Third, the people must be aware of this new means of political participation as
it would grant them more access to governmental activities, and immediate response
to the public opinion.

REFERENCES

Abril, F. P. and Rojas, H. (2007). International Journal of Internet Science. Being Early

on the curve: Online Practices and Expressive Political Participation.

Aragones, E., and Sanchez-Pages, S. (2008). Participatory Democracy based

Aquino, T. (2012). Ew. The Anti-Epal Tour highlights the laws in Philippine Politics.

Retrieved October 1, 2016 from

http://www.interaksyon.com/article/2768/ew--antiepaltour

Bennet, W. L. (2003). New Media Power: Internet and Global activism. Contesting

Media Power. Retrieved October 1, 2016 from

http://www.globelibrary.com.Benner_activism/Globalsocialmedia_np

Capilitan, E.Q. (2013). The Sallen History of Porkbarrel. Retrieved October 1, 2016

from http:lltechnoforum.journ.ph/thesallen-history-ofporkbarrel//

Chua, Y. F. and Cruz. B. B. (2013). Pork by any name. Retrieved October 2, 2016

from http://realpolitiker.weebly.com/1/post/2013/08.porkbyanyname

Del Rosario, R. (2012). Anti Epal Movement to work with the Comelec. Retrieved

October 2, 2016 from

http://bekindtoustrolls.wordpress.com/2013/09/17/anti-epalmovements

Go, D. G. (2013). #Million People March: Online and offline success. Retrieved

October 2,2016 from http://www.rappler.com/nation/3730-million-

poeple-march-social-media

Esguera, C. V. (2011). Sen. Santiago to shame vain politicians through anti-epal bill.

1134 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Retrieved October 2, 2016 from http://newinfo:inquirer.net/87821/Sen-
santiago-shame-vain

De Guzman, W. (2016). Halalan 2016// pinaloangPamilyang Pilipino campaign.

Retrieved October 3, 2016 from http://news.abs-

cbm.com//Halalan2016/IpanalongPamilyangpilipino/BMPM

Torres, S.A. (2016).Dapat Tama 2016. Retrieved October 4, 2016 from

http://www.gmanetwork.com/news/dapat-tama-2016

1135 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 ALTERNATIVE MODEL FOR MANAGING- LOCAL ADMINISTRATIVE
ORGANIZATIONS
M. Irwan Tahir1
Ani Martini2
Hasna Azmi Fadhilah3
(Institut Pemerintahan Dalam Negeri)

ABSTRACT
Decentralization policy that has been implemented in Indonesia for over a decade
brings impact to the way central government share their authorities and the way local
governments manage their administrative organizations. Despite these wider
authorities, local governments in most regions Indonesia are still struggling to
manage their subdivision. As a result, many administrative organizations are formed
without looking at the basic needs of cities or municipalities. And even some of them
are existed, but their functions do not fit properly with regional conditions. Using the
management theory from Osborne and Gaebler (1992), we offer an alternative model
to manage local administrative organizations. Differ to the current model which only
follows the regulations without acknowledging local situations, our model shows all
steps to form a local administrative organization from the start which accommodates
both vision and mission of local governments. By doing so, managing local
administrative organizations will not only be rule driven, but also mission driven.
Keywords: decentralization, local government, administrative organizations

A. INTRODUCTION
Decentralization policy is an important element to amend the governmental
management. The centralized style of government who manages large areas with
dense population from various backgrounds that practiced by Indonesian government
in the past has been proved unsuccessful in improving public welfare. One solution
has been offered is an authority sharing system. This aims to shorten the bureaucracy
path that will bring public service delivery be more effective and cheaper.
To implement the authority sharing system, the Indonesian government has
passed the decentralization bill into law. The efforts have been executed since 1999
to accommodate both public and governments’ interests. These powers redistribution
bills also manage the governmental affairs: relationship between central and local
governments; local governance administration; supervision; finance; and local
democratic development. These aspects are considered important when dispersing
functions and powers from central government to local government in order to make
people more prosperous.
Among all factors that have been mentioned previosuly, there is one element
that plays an important role in the decentralization policies. It is the organization

1136 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

structure. The supporting argument for this is sharing authorities from central
government cannot be executed without proper organization structure that linked to
the local government. To function effectively, local administrative organizations
should also be re-managed as it will be the activities centre of local autonomy. For
Indonesian case, two significant institutions that need to be reformed in the local level
are: the organizations for politicians, such as regional leaders and the people’s
representative council in the local level; and the organizations for civil servants that
consist of Regional Unit, District, and etc. These organizations have been the vocal
points of local decentralization, thus the relationship between them often be ruled
through local regulations that aims at maintaining harmonious connection.
In the local level, the reformation of bureaucratic organization has been
focused on syncronizing the organization function with the local needs. The reasons
behind this are the local organization has been the place for civil servants to fulfill
their needs of self-actualisation. Furthermore, they also have been used as political
tools to pursue the vision and mission of organizations. Looking at the complexity
beyond the organization structure in the local level, it is argued that managing local
administrative organizations should be carefully planned by considering rational
options. And if it is implemented successfully, it will support the efforts of public
administrative reformation. As it is known the classic model places the central
government as a dominant actor in terms of public administration, however as the
globalisation era starts, that situation has changed. Politics and other factors alter the
way the public administrative organization acts. Therefore, some strategies are
currently acted out to solve the problems that faced by the bureaucratic institutions,
such as forming local administrative institution based on organizational substance.
Ideally, local administrative organizations should support the purpose of local
autonomy and help the regional leaders to implement their policies and programs.
However, many local administrative organizations are formed based on the political
interests and personal demands of civil servants. The bigger the local administrative
organizations are, the wider the opportunities to get top positions at the organizations.
As a result, the local budget has been wasted on employee operational expenditure
rather than public affairs. Other than that, the current legislation on local public
administration obliges all regions to have certain unit, this puts a lot pressure on the
local regions which then worsen the public administrative management.

1137 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Consequently, there are some local institutions exist without clear functions and
tasks, but only taking a high amount money from the local budget.
Looking up the guidance on local administrative organizations, the formation
of an institution is related to the type of affairs that it handles. It means that an
organization should be responsible to the tasks that it assigns for and would not
interfere another organization that has different vision and mission. Yet it does not
mean that all affairs should have one organization that manages everything that links
on it. The problem that Indonesia faces is the formation of local administration does
not employ the philosophical theories that should be the foundation of institution. As
a result, these problems are arised: ineffeciency on the use of resource, expansion
of controlling space and missing link among units, which cause conflict of interest
between local administrative organizations that could worsen the quality of public
service.
Other than that, the bills that rule out the local administrative organizations has
not motivated the local governments to do more innovations on their organizational
management that allows them expanding their authorities based on the vision and
mission statements. With the lack of initiatives, the formation of local administrative
organizations is often based on the scoring only without considering the regional
characteristics, administrative factors, and political as well as economical aspects. In
broader context, this results in the malfunction of government and the decline of
regional development.

B. RULE-DRIVEN ORGANIZATION
Currently, the existence of local administrative organizations has not
supported the implementation of local autonomy, though it has fulfilled the
regulational points. In fact, it has been the burden of local budget which the money
has been gone to fund the salary of the civil servants rather than to fund the public
service. This problem surely affects the way of local government acts and the
structure of administrative organizations themselves. Clearly, the wider the
organizations will increase the proportion of organizational positions which means
that they present only for accommodating the interest of public employees.
However, the recent regulations mention that the basic consideration to form
an administrative organization is the specific affair that the regions have. In other
words, each institution should be responsible on the function and tasks that the local
1138 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
government assigned them for. And it includes the budget management and human
resources. Additionally, section 217 on the Bills of local government Act No. 23, 2014
states that each organization should be responsible for each function and task that
they assigned for. In other words, there will be no assignments left when every
organizations have their own responsibilities.
While the new regulation expects the local government could manage their
sub-organizations in more effective way, the facts show different picture: the gap
between regional vision and organizational size is undeniably large. Further, the
method of rule driven organization that local government employs is no longer fit with
the decentralization system that Indonesia implements as it depends heavily on the
order of central government. And because of this, it even delays the local
development process. Therefore, the need to change the philosophical theory of
organizational formation from rule driven organization to mission driven organization
is currently urgent to be executed soon (Osborne and Gaebbler, 1993).

C. ALTERNATIVE MODEL FOR MANAGING LOCAL ADMINISTRATIVE

ORGANIZATIONS
One important factor that should be considered in managing the local
administrative organization is vision and mission statement that regions have. This
statement consists of public hope and demands that they want to achieve in the
future. In more general context, it could be defined as the finish line that they want to
reach in their planning steps. When the regions could meet the criteria on their vision
and mission statement, it means that they have been succeed in handling their
development tasks. However, to achieve that results all parties should support every
step in the process, including planning.

Planning itself has been divided according to the time span. The short one is
created annually, while the others are arranged per 5 years and 20 years. In order to
achieve the maximum results, the local leaders should create vision and mission
statement based on the regional potential and then implement their campaign
promises that is also supported by the human resources, policy platform, the
existence of supporting administrative organizations, as well as sufficient budget. The
current problem that is currently faced by most of local governments is misleading
perception on the regulations that causes the organizational formation is only to meet

1139 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

the civil servants’ personal interests. While, ideally, it should be created to help the
local leaders to enhance the regional development process.

Looking at the problems mentioned above, we propose the new model of

organizational management at the regional level which began with the identification
of core business. This step is considered important as it will be the base for vision
and mission. And to create a proper policy that fit with the regional development, the
vision and mission should be translated into the main function of each administrative
organizations that the local governments have. For instance, when an organization
becomes the prime mover in the development process, they should be categorized
into type A.

Picture 1: Organizational Model Based on the Core Business and Regional

Vision Mission

core
business/primary
sector

core business
supporter
TYPE C

business that is
TYPE B indirectly correlated
with the core

TYPE A business that is

combined with
another function

From the given picture, it clearly shows that the organizational formation
should begin with creating “type A” organizations as prime mover that conduct core
business at the local level. Then, it will be supported by “type B” and “type C” as core
business supporter and indirect pillar. Aside from the last two institutional types, there

1140 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

will be another type that is included in the circle which helps the implementation of
non-basic public service policies. Differ to the other types that have been mentioned
before, this typical institution can be jointly combined with another unit that has limited
functional human resources. And if there is a case where a region has limited budget,
one strategy that can be adopted is opting for amalgamation. It means that an
organization can handle several governmental businesses. But, it may be employed
for obligational non-basic public services (18 types) and optional non-core business.
By applying this, the rank for the organization could be promoted to the upper level
by one stage.

D. CONCLUSION
To implement public policies and enhance the quality of public service, the
organizational reformation at the local level should start with managing administrative
organizations. This strategy will not only fulfil the obligations from regulations, but
also consider the characteristics of each region and the local needs. The aim is the
administrative organizations are expected to be the central of regional autonomy.
Besides it will be the bridge between local governments to execute the joint project
that objects to public welfare, it will also encourage the local government to
synchronize their business with the type of organization that they form. In the end the
organizational formation will be based on both rule driven organization theory and
mission driven organization (Osborne and Gaebler, 1992).

REFERENCES
Bennis,Warren and Robert Townsend, 1998, Reinventing Leadership (Strategi untuk
Memberdayakan Organisasi), Interaksara, Batam.
Cheema, G.Shabbir and Dennis A. Rondinelli (eds), 2007, Decentralizing
Governance: Emerging Concepts and Practices, Washington DC: Brookings
Institution Press.
Mintzberg, Henry, 1976, Structure in Fives: Designing Effective Organization, New
York: Prentice Hill.
Osborne, David dan Ted Gaebler, 1995, Mewirausahakan Birokrasi (Reinventing
Government) – How The Enterpreneurial Spirit is Transforming the Public
Sector. Jakarta: Pustaka Binaman Pressindo
Robbins, Stephen P., 1994. Teori Organisasi: Struktur, Desain dan Aplikasi, Alih
Bahasa Jusuf Udaya, Jakarta: Arcan.
Stoner, A.F James, 1996. Manajemen, 2nd Edition. Jakarta, Erlangga.

1141 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Wasistiono, Sadu dan Fernandes Simangunsong, 2015, Metodologi Ilmu
Pemerintahan, Bandung: IPDN Press
The Bill for Civil Servants Act No. 5 of 2014
The Bill for Local Government Act No. 23 of 2014
The Regulation of National Government for Local Administrative Organizations Act
No. 41 of 2007
The Regulation of National Government for Administrative Organizations Act No. 18
of 2016

1142 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

THE SITUATION ON CITIZENS’ PARTNERSHIP PROCESS UNDER THAILAND’S
MILITARY JUNTA ERA

Mr. Phao Nawakul

Lecturer in Politics and Government, Faculty of Public Administration,
Dhurakij Pundit University, Thailand,
[email protected]

ABSTRACT
The Military Junta overthrew democratic government in May 2014 and
promised they would bring “Real Democracy” to all Thai people. For democratic
society, the important way for achievement is participatory method that is one process
for establishing this society. The Citizens’ Partnership, which is used in United State
of America, European country, India and etc., is subset of participatory method for
going to democratic destination. Consequently, if Military Junta aims making Thailand
to this beautiful destination the citizens’ partnership process unavoidably needs to
install at this land. From this reason lead to this article emphasizes to study the
situation on citizens’ partnership process under Thailand’s Military Junta era over the
past three years. The article uses interdisciplinary approach for studying and historical
approach especially narrative for revealing.
Key words: Thailand’s Military Junta, the citizens’ partnership process, Democracy

A. INTRODUCTION
This article influenced from reading “Building a Citizens' Partnership in
Democratic Governance: the Delhi Bhagidari Process through Large-Group
Dynamics.” it was written in 2013 by George Koreth and Kiron Wadhera. The important
issue of the book is that for resolving the problem of community, all stakeholders must
enter to the citizens' partnership process. All sector, government sector, private sector,
and civil society sector have to integrate with resolving process unavoidably.
Integrating process need for democratic society that having diversity of people,
diversity of religious, diversity of nationality and so on. The strength of the state
depends on managing about this diversity.
The Military Junta overthrew democratic government in May 2014 and
promised they would bring “Real Democracy” to all Thai people. For democratic
society, the important way for achievement is participatory method that is one process
for establishing this society. The Citizens’ Partnership, which is used in United State
of America, European country, India and etc., is subset of participatory method for
going to democratic destination. Consequently, if Military Junta aims making Thailand
to this beautiful destination the citizens’ partnership process unavoidably needs to
install at this land. From this reason lead to this article emphasizes to study the

1143 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

situation on citizens’ partnership process under Thailand’s Military Junta era over the
past three years.
This article comprises fourth part. First, Introduction reveals objective and
structure of the article. Second, Citizens' Partnership Concepts express literature
review in this concept and raise some illustrate case for understanding. Third,
Analyzed situation of Citizens' Partnership though Public Private Collaboration or Pra-
Cha-Rat Project present the third case for analysis. Third cases compose with the
Public-Private Collaboration or Pra-Cha-Rat project: the low-cost housing scheme, the
primary education and the developing of leadership, and elimination of drug, to
illustrate my argument for more understanding. And last section is Summarize of
article.

B. CITIZENS' PARTNERSHIP CONCEPTS

Participatory method is a heart of democratic society. If any society does not
open public space for decision making of the people about political life and other
issues, democratic society can’t establish anymore. Ordinary citizens would have a
right to share in decision-making, proponents of community participation reveal the
inspiration of democratic ideals. (Midgley, 1986: 15) After World War II, participation
thinking was formalized with the publication of two major documents in the 1970s by
United Nation and after that participation ideas extend to whole world especially Third
World. (Midgley, 21-23)
In introduction section I originate with telling that this article influenced from
reading “Building a Citizens' Partnership in Democratic Governance: the Delhi
Bhagidari Process through Large-Group Dynamics.” The book emphasize in Citizens'
Partnership process for resolving social problem and changing relation between
government sector and civil society sector. Citizens' Partnership with government deal
with paradigm shift and change mindset among citizens and bureaucrats. They raise
“group dynamic process” for participation building and all people are empowered in
decision making. For Koreth and Wadhera reveal a case in Delhi Bhagidari for study.
In the pass of Delhi Bhagidari, bureaucrats were looked as controller. They liked
to use regulation and rule citizens. This situation brought to resent and conflict
between state and citizens. After that, Delhi Bhagidari tried to make partnership
between two sectors. Then, in 2000 this partnership process was successful by
making reliable process, scientific, dialog, collaboration, and partnership between
1144 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
bureaucrats and citizens. The Delhi Bhagidari Process operated through large-group
dynamics by bringing all stakeholders to participation. (Koreth and Wadhera, 2013:
18-19)
Not only in Delhi Bhagidari, in America have the same pattern with India. I will
illustrate the case in California and North Carolina.
In Brea, California used “Visioning Process” for participation building and
decision making. Citizens and all stakeholders collaborate for adjusting community
problem. A visioning process was employed in the town Brea, where the opening of
the largest mall had a negative impact on the city’s downtown district, located just a
mile away. The city council decided to undertake a three-day workshop, called “Brea
by Design,” consisted with professional advisors and Brea residents to develop a
vision statement for the downtown development.
Brea by Design brought to such ideas as “we need the people on the street.
Brea residents realized that walking through the town had provided them with a
difference perspective than driving through the downtown. Recommendation from the
workshop included such policies as establish a new identity; downtown should be a
visual and symbolic focal point for the community, downtown should appeal to
residents of all ages and all backgrounds, the views of the hills, which provide a
dramatic backdrop to Brea, should be preserved and emphasized. The vision
statement resulting from this process provided a basis for evaluating developer’
proposals. (Sanoff, 2000: 43-46)
“Charrette Process” expressed in the town of Salisbury, North Carolina.
Charrette process maximizes participation over a three-to-five-day framework and
have three defined mechanisms; requires a knowledge transfer among all effected
parties, requires dialogic discourse, and problem solving provides recommendations
and proposal as process outcomes. (Sanoff, 2000: 49-50) So, members of community
came to participation in order for a charrette to become an effective mechanism for
change.
In conclusion, Citizens' Partnership is subset of Participatory method. The key
concept begins with citizens or members of community or people coming to the
meeting for identifies problem such as in Delhi Bhagidari and America. Citizens will
present their desire to the meeting and their desire will move to proposal for social
change. Members of community play important role in this process. So, in the next

1145 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

part need to apply these patterns for analysis the situation on citizens’ partnership
process under Thailand’s military junta era.

C. ANALYZED SITUATION OF CITIZENS' PARTNERSHIP THOUGH PUBLIC

PRIVATE COLLABORATION OR PRA-CHA-RAT PROJECT
The Prayut Chan-o-cha Government created the Citizen Partnership on
“Public-Private Collaboration” (in Thai “Pra-Cha-Rat”). Public Private Collaboration or
Pra-Cha-Rat is an economic development plan. This project is participated by all
stakeholders such as government sector, private sector and civil society sector.
According to Thai government source, Thai society has several unresolved national
problems. Then, the Thai government search for a way to find these solutions. The
dictator government tries to make “the collaborative governance” for solving national
problems or on the other hand, they will resolve the problem by “the horizontal
administrative.” All sectors integrate to this project like cross boundary for
achievement.
Picture 1: Logo of Public Private Collaboration or Pra-Cha-Rat

This focuses on the interdisciplinary network between government, private and

civil society. The objective of Pra-Cha-Rat plan aims to encourage bottom-up concept
for promoted democracy idea. It will support the power of general people as being civil
society. On the other hand, I argue the Citizen Partnership in Thailand during the
Prayut Chan-o-cha Government, which is not any innovation idea. It imitates the
populism of the Thaksin government (the former prime minister was overthrown by
military in 2006). I will give you all three examples, The Public-Private Collaboration or
Pra-Cha-Rat: the low-cost housing scheme, the primary education and the developing

1146 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

of leadership, and elimination of drug, to illustrate my argument for more
understanding.

D. THE PUBLIC-PRIVATE COLLABORATION OR PRA-CHA-RAT: THE LOW-

COST HOUSING SCHEME
The cabinet approved the Pra-Cha-Rat initiative proposed by the Ministry of
Finance, the low-cost housing scheme. The scheme is aimed to support people to own
a first house with priced under 1.5 million baht. It targets general low-income earners,
as well as civil servants, military, police officers and educational personnel.
Government Housing Bank (GH Bank), the Government Savings Bank (GSB) and
Krungthai Bank are tasked to provide post-financing loans for the scheme participants.
The loans could be used for purchasing, building, or renovating housing units. The
budget of 40,000 million baht is for post-financing loans with low interest rates with a
two-year timeframe. Meanwhile, allocated 30,000 million baht is allocated to pre-
financing loans for housing developers with the annual interest rate of 4% in the first
two years.
This project does not reach the collaborative governance of the horizontal
administrative. Because of this plan is stemmed from the government and financial
partners only. It neglects the civil society, which betrays the Citizen Partnership. Thai
government continues to embrace the Top-down policy. The condition of housing
credit limits its right to certain occupation: civilian services, military, policemen, and
permanent occupations. The clients need to show salary invoice to the creditor.
However, some private occupations do not receive salary through state financial
network or if they are freelance, they must reveal crash flow previous 6 month before.
So, these groups will be denied applying for the housing credit because more of them
do not have crash flow through book bank.

1147 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Picture 2: Logo of the low-cost housing scheme

In addition, the Bangkok government set up the credit from 500,000 up to 1.5
million baht. It also shapes the style of habitats. These fit into the clients in the welfare
or low income up to the middle lower classes. When quality of the house depend on
the house price, although their application are approved but their house maybe low
quality and some case do not have capacity for instalment. When you see picture 2, if
they have 1.5 million baht for loan they will pay instalment 7,200 baht per month. 7,200
baht for some people may be almost half of their revenue per month. It is starting point
some problem after.

E. THE PUBLIC-PRIVATE COLLABORATION OR PRA-CHA-RAT: THE PRIMARY

EDUCATION AND THE DEVELOPING OF LEADERSHIP
The military government concerns on the sustainable development. So, Thai
authority selects to develop the primary education project in the remote areas.
Furthermore, the Bangkok government participates with 12 corporations/companies
(you can see in Picture 3). Two partners make strategy, policies and operating process
to develop the leadership program for sustainable education. It calls the “CONTEXT
ED.” They chose remote school and train students to raise awareness on the 12
morality regulations and also the cosmopolitan citizenship spirit. These students would
have become social developer for their hometown and global village. In contrast, this

1148 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

program still originates from the elite class, not asking any word from the periphery
community nor the subaltern.

Picture 3: 12 companies partner to the primary education and the developing

of leadership project

In fact, CONTEXT ED emphasizes on the technology or ICT assistance. For

instance, it supports high speed internet (fiber optic) in remote area more than 1,294
from 3,342 schools, TV-LED 43 for study through True Vision (True is one of the 12
corporation partner and they are leader of Cable TV in Thailand; see Picture 4),
computer, LAN Network. This project is called as “distance education.” Primary
content in this project consist with English subject, computer subject, moral and ethics,
sufficiency economy. Chulalongkorn University Demonstration Secondary School
(Chulalongkorn University is owner this school) is role model to other school that
integrating the project. However, this pattern is similar to the Thaksin Shinawatra
policy.

1149 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Picture 4: Chanel for education of True Vision Cable TV

In old day, Shinawatra government made to improve the educational

infrastructure have included policies to provide greater levels of access to computers
to pupils in schools, provision of scholarships, including overseas scholarships and
focusing on specific local knowledge within the curricula. Computer and internet skills
demand a high level of competence in English language and here teachers need
additional support. This is being attempted through constructing distributed -
decentralized -knowledge and skill networks to join together schools throughout the
Kingdom.
EduNet is one example of this initiative, which has suffered from problems of
difficulty with access to the internet, cost and technical support for equipment.
Thousands of schools have signed up for the SchoolNet project to provide low cost
internet access and the government has also assisted by arranging for better licensing
terms with Microsoft for using its programs. Contemporaneously, PM Thaksin’s Shin
Corp group has led the way in aiming to provide high speed and broadband internet
technologies across the country. Some comments have linked these developments to
suggest that government policy is being driven by external commercial considerations,
although the more important issue is surely one of a monopoly position in the Thai
telecommunications market rather than suborning of government policy. (Walsh, 2004:
11)

1150 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

F. THE PUBLIC-PRIVATE COLLABORATION OR PRA-CHA-RAT: ELIMINATION
OF DRUG
Recently, the Thai junta government campaigns to destroy the drug dealer
networks. It claims that Thai bureaucracy system support this black businesses. So,
the military government classifies these bureaucrats into 2 groups. The first group is
National Level Groups, who ignore to erase drug network. The accused will bring to
trail by M. 44. Therefore, the second group is Local Level Groups. The junta staff will
invite them to the military base in Bangkok or province. The military team will change
their attitude. I posit that these actions are similar to the M44 to clean up the opposite
political thinkers. The oppose government persons will receive an order from the
Bangkok government on the consultant changing attitude appointment. The consultant
centers are based on local barrack. But the radical one will send to the Bangkok center.
Picture 5: Logo of elimination of drug

Moreover, the Thai authority keep controlling these opposite political thinkers
and these supporting drug dealer bureaucrat, whom follow up by the military spies.
They will put on trails immediately by the military system, which bases on M.44. By
this point, the Public-Private Collaboration is a propaganda for the Thai military to
overthrown the Shinawatra policy. The former government accuses of being populalist,
who please the poor to get vote. In other word, the junta government follows the old
regime. But the Shinawatra team began to open the space to the bottom. However,
this passage had become the history in Thai society. Now we are living in democracy
dream and are waking up by the dictatorship rule.
If we analyze The Public-Private Collaboration or Pra-Cha-Rat by using
Citizens' Partnership which express that the Thai junta government have less process
response to Citizens' Partnership like some case that establish in Delhi and America.

1151 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

The idea of military government still use “Top-Down” concept and try to employ
“command and control” than “Bottom-Up” or horizontal governance. In America,
Successful visioning project have ten-step process and the first is that “the initiating
committee.” This step begin by representing of community participate in first for
identifies problem. (Sanoff, 2000: 43-44) In Charrette Process, the typical charrette
process maximizes participation over three to five day for open process of
participation. (Ibid, 49-50) So, it difference from the Thai junta government that begin
by participating among elite class or government or large private sector more than real
civil society.
For long time, Thai society apply Top-Down model for develop country. At
present day, even about choose leader of state Thai people still have not the right to
erection. Elite classes desire the leader that they like than majority of people like. All
policies are considered appropriation or not by government or Elite classes than the
people. It can’t comparative with the case of Delhi because Thai country has nothing
similar or like those. They neglect participatory method because it presents
complication so the world will listen about M.44 to approve all of thing such as high
speed train project, city tower project, traffic project (do not sit in pickup tray) etc.
My summary is that Citizens' Partnership in Thailand’s Military Junta Era do not
establish more than old day. Thai society has same way with the pass that emphasizes
the Top-Down model. Elite class, Government and private sector are the leader of
society and they think all policies on behalf all people. Reasonable depend on their
opinion do not all or majority or community people’s opinion. This is ordinary Thai
situation everything still from the pass until to the present and maybe the future. This
is problem for democracy development. As long as Top-Down model still being I
assume that democracy in Thailand live in darkness.

G. SUMMARIZE
Top-Down model still stays in ideas of Thailand’s Military Junta government. It
seems like Thai society far more from beautiful destination, Democracy. Military Junta
government hope to resolve problem following their thought more than people’s
thought. Citizens' Partnership like Delhi Bhagidari, In Brea, California, and the town of
Salisbury, North Carolina can’t see in present situation in Thailand. For going to real
democracy Thai government needs to change mindset and comes to concentrate this
partnership process. Thai society will reach to destination if they walk in this way.
1152 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 But in real situation, I don’t think that Thai society will reach to destination
because now Thailand’s Military Junta government still limit all of thing such as
freedom of press, freedom of expression, freedom of erected government etc. these
are barrier for democracy development and make the people fear to participation with
government. In whole society, it has many of interest groups, who have different
interest. So listening all of them are importance more than others. I assume that
Citizens' Partnership process that emphasize in freedom of people expression for
establish the way of their life is a heart of democratic society, Thai society waiting for
this way.

REFERENCE
Books and Articles
Koreth, George and Wadhera, Kiron. (2013). Building a Citizens' Partnership in
Democratic Governance: the Delhi Bhagidari Process through Large-Group
Dynamics. New Delhi: SAGE Publications.
Midgley, James, (1986). Community Participation, Social Development, and the
State. London: Methuen.
Sanoff, Henry. (2000). Community Participation Methods in Design and Planning.
New York: Wiley.
Walsh, John. (2004). Education Policy under Thaksin Shinawatra. Paper for
Presentation at the ICE Conference at Hat Yai.

Documents of the Public-Private Collaboration or Pra-Cha-Rat

Government House Bank (GHB). Baan Pracha Rat (Government House Bank (GHB)
Website). Retrieved from
http://www.ghbank.co.th/th/services_loan_detail.php?cms_id=195&cms_cate_
id=5& parent=services_loan.php?cms_cate_id=5 .
Office of Public-Private Collaboration or Pra-Cha-Rat. Kan Kub Kuen Sed Ta Kid Pra
Ted Duoy Kan Bu Ra Na Kan Ruam Kan Ra Wang Pak Rat Pak Ek Ka Chon
Lae Pak Pra Cha Sang Kom (Office of Public-Private Collaboration or Pra-
Cha-Rat Website). Retrieved from http://www. พลง ช ฐ.com/about-
us/.
Office of Public-Private Collaboration or Pra-Cha-Rat. Krong Kan San Pa Lang Pra-
Cha- Rat Dan Kan Suk Sa Kan Puen Tan Lae Kan Pat Ta Na Poo Nam,
Human Capital Development (Office of Public-Private Collaboration or
Pra-Cha-Rat Website). Retrieved from
http://www. พลง ช ฐ.com/activity-event-e5/.
Office of Public-Private Collaboration or Pra-Cha-Rat. (2016). Rai Ngan Kwam Kaw
Naa Kan Dam Nuen Ngan Ka Na Kam Ma Kan San Pa Lang Pra-Cha-Rat
(Office of Public-Private Collaboration or Pra-Cha-Rat Website). Retrieved
from http://www. พลง ช ฐ.com/wp-
content/uploads/2016/09/ ง คว คื ้ -12-คณ -final-พ ้อ ก.pdf.
Office of the Narcotics Control Board, Ministry of Justice. Pan Pra-Cha-Rat Ruam Jai
Sang Moo Bann Choom Chon Mun Kong Plod Pai Ya Sep Tid, 2016-2017 (Office of
the Narcotics Control Board Publication). Retrieved from

1153 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 https://www.oncb.go.th/Home/PublishingImages/Pages/ProgramsandActivities
/Prach arat_plan%202559-2560.pdf.
Tosaporn Sirisamphan. (2016). Krong Kan San Pa Lang Pra-Cha-Rat, Public-Private
Collaboration (Office of Public-Private Collaboration or Pra-Cha-Rat
Publication). Retrieved from http://www. พลง ช ฐ.com/2016/05/04/doc
2/.

1154 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 CRISIS AND COMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT IN NATIONAL POPULATION
AND FAMILY PLANNING BOARD IN THE POST-REFORM ERA
Rizky Fauzia
Postgraduate Student in Communication Science Department, University of
Indonesia
Firman Kurniawan Sujono
Lecturer in Communication Science Department, University of Indonesia

Abstract
Crisis can occur in all organizations and institutions both private and
government. It can be caused by many factors, both internal and external,
which one of which is the environmental changes that requires an institution to
adapt. National Population and Family Planning Board (BKKBN) is a
governmental institution that has successed in the socialization of Family
Planning Program in the 1960s-1990s by reducing the rate of population
growth. After post-reform era happened in Indonesia, Total Fertility Rate (TFR),
children average number from childbearing age couples stagnant in 2,6.
Environmental changes marked by Regional Autonomy Regulations (OTDA)
arrangement in January 2004 where authority of the Central Government
including FP Program is devolved to Local Governments. OTDA associated
with political and economic policies impacts on institutional, budget, and
personnel availability.
This article is using qualitative method, explaining BKKBN as a
government institution in organization communication crisis after OTDA
enactment. The FP Program that proven improved society welfare is no longer
a priority. Communication was only one command from Central Government to
Local Government, in post-reform era it hampered, as most District Heads are
more concerned with short-term development because of their short tenure.
The budget support even personnel for the socialization of FP Program is
reduced and some have none at all. There are four important stages in the crisis
by Steven Fink, prodromal stage, the acute stage, chronic stage, and resolution
stage. There must be different communication strategies at each stage. BKKBN
need to regain public trust to overcome the crisis. According to Hardjana,
reputation is crisis antithesis and the crystallization of the image. Determining
the right communication strategies is needed by BKKBN as a strategic
institution in improving society welfare to regain their confidence to achieve
institution’s goal, decrease TFR which impact the declining rate of population
growth in Indonesia.
Keywords: Crisis, Communication Management, Reputation,
Government

A. INTRODUCTION
Changes of the environment demand an organization or institution to adapt
these changes. An organization must be able to survive in the uncertainty that might
occur in the future. Environmental changes can be identified when the turmoil arose
in internal and external companies, when something came out which is the emergence
of something outside the organization's habits and it is considered extraneous by the

1155 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

organization. The various changes that occur is the development of information and
communication technology (ICT) that makes the members of the organization need to
improve their capabilities in the use of ICT in support their performance. Beside that,
social, economic, politic and culture changes can affect the sustainability and
existence of an organization, such as transformation in the political system adopted in
a country resulted in the change of government regulations in the implementation of
the state that could affect various sectors within the country.
A dynamic environment is inevitable that can create a crisis for the organization
if it does not manage the environment well. A crisis is perceived as the result of
external threats, something that happens to the environment, attacks and affects the
organization (Ihlen, et al., 2009: 12). Crisis can arise from both internal and external
organizations. Even crises from a single source such as the economic crisis can
spread to other sectors and involve stakeholders, even if the crisis ignored, it can
claimed lives, properties, and reputation (Kasali, 2008: 221). Crisis anatomy that can
occur in an organization are prodromal stage, acute stage, chronic stage, and
resolution stage (Fink in Kasali, 2008). These stages can map the level of crisis
experienced by an organization.
For example, the economic crisis that occurred in 1998 in Indonesia, impacted
a lot on various sectors not only economic but also political, social and cultural sector.
The crisis caused a lot of chaos happening in Indonesia that changed many things. It
also ended “Orde Baru” era and the emergence of the reformation era. Reformation
era has had a significant impact on governance and engendered Law No. 22 of 1999
about Regional Government which contains about the implementation of Regional
Autonomy (OTDA). The law changed the previous centralized system of government
into decentralization (handover of central government affairs to regional government
affairs). A few years later the law was revised to Law No. 32 of 2004 on October 15th,
2004. The enactment of this law brings changes for various sectors, both government
and private.
To face this crisis, an organization must be able to adapt, make changes in
communication management that determines the strategic communication for the
organization to stabilize and keep on the track according to its vision and mission so
that they can survive well to get through the crisis. Grunig and Hunt equate
communication management with Public Relations (Grunig, 1992: 4). Communication
management is not just communication techniques. Public relations and
1156 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
communications management described as the whole of planning, execution, and
evaluation of the communication made by an organization on internal and external
public. It can affect the ability of an organization in achieving its objectives.
For government institutions in Indonesia, communication management of crisis
has been regulated in the Regulation of the State Minister of Administrative and
Bureaucratic Reform (PAN RB) no. 29 year 2011 on General Guidelines for
Communication Management of Crisis in the Government Institutions Environment.
The regulation states that errors in crisis management may pose a negative risk, such
as increased intensity of issues, public scrutiny, and disproportionate media coverage;
decreased reputation and credibility; as well as the occurrence of disruption to the
implementation of activities.
National Population and Family Planning Board (BKKBN) is one of the non-
ministerial government institutions (LPNK) that is affected by the implementation of
post-reform regional autonomy. BKKBN has a major role in the successful declined
the rate of population growth (LPP) in Indonesia. In 1960-1970, LPP of 2,32% rose to
2,34% in 1970-1980, then fell in 1980-1990 to 1,7%. Centralistic system of government
on that time prioritized the Family Planning Program (FP) as a national program
characterized by the establishment of the National Family Planning Coordinating
Board (BKKBN) under Presidential Decree no. 8 Year 1970 (bkkbn.go.id). During that
period, the communication strategy was carried out by one command from the central
government to the local government in order to decrease the Total Ferlitity Rate (TFR)
that is the average number of children in one fertile-age couple that can have a big
effect on the Population Growth Rate in Indonesia. LPP is very important for a country
because it is closely related to the rate of economic growth. Family planning programs
are massively echoed by various sectors, both ministries and government institutions,
and become a measure of the success of a region, thus making KB not only a
government program but also a 'movement'.
On that time, communications strategies that command from the central to the
bottom line involve community participation and supported by budgets and human
resources, FP extension agents (PKB) and FP field workers (PLKB) which the
management is still under the central government (BKKBN). Nevertheless, in Law No.
32 Year 2004 which describes Regional Autonomy states that government affairs
(from the central government) submitted to the local government accompanied by

1157 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

funding sources, the transfer of facilities and infrastructure, and personnel in
accordance with decentralized affairs.
BKKBN itself acknowledged that in the era of decentralization, the existence of
family planning program and the institutional of BKKBN experienced a critical period.
Regional autonomy associated with political and economic policies has an impact on
the institution, budget, availability of personnel and others. Following the stipulation of
the OTDA regulation, Presidential Decree Number 09 Year 2004 on Position, Task,
Function, Authority, Organizational Structure and Working Procedure of Non-
Departmental Government Institution states that some affairs in Family Planning are
submitted to district and city governments. In the institutional aspect, budgetary and
personnel elements of the FP extension agents (PKB) and FP field workers (PLKB),
management authority is left entirely to the local government, both
districts/municipalities. Whereas PKB/PLKB is the spearhead in socialization and
counseling of Family Planning Program. The role of PLKB/PKB for the successful
implementation of the Family Planning Program is very important because it is able to
reach the bottom line community to the countryside to invite Indonesian people to join
KB.
Since then, BKKBN has experienced communication and institutional crisis
because the communication strategy that was previously implemented through a
single command was disconnected because the FP program by most local
governments was no longer being prioritized. Recognized by one of BKKBN's Public
Relations prior to the enactment of OTDA, the identity of institutions such as tagline,
jingle and logo are still printed in the minds of the people of Indonesia due to the
incessant and massive socialization of Family Planning Program by PKB/PLKB.
Nevertheless, since the declining performance of PKB/PLKB in the post-reform era,
the identity of the institution has become sinking and has not become the brand image
of BKKBN can be which result the lack of support and public participation on Family
Planning Program. It seen from the achievement of contraceptive prevalence rate
(CPR) is only 60,8% in BKKBN Performance Report 2016 (LAKIP) that did not reach
the target of 65,4%. This has an impact on BKKBN's effort to reduce the stagnant TFR
at 2,6. Even according to Indonesia Demographic Health Survey 2012 data, which is
conducted by BPS every five years shows that TFR is still at 2,6. It can not be denied
again in general this affect Indonesia's Population Growth Rate (LPP) in 1990-2000
that also experienced stagnation until the results of the Population Census Indonesia
1158 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
released by the Central Bureau of Statistics (BPS) in 2010 which remained at 1.49%.
With that population growth rate, population projection of Indonesia according to BPS
will reach 305 million people in 2035.
Since OTDA, most local governments, both districts/cities, are no longer
prioritizing FP programs because the Family Planning Program is a long term program
where the result can not be seen in the short term, while a regional head tenure is only
five years. Therefore some regional heads prefer short-term development programs
such as physical development. The welfare of PKB/PLKB also depends on each
region. This causes many PLKB/PKB choose to move positions in the organizational
structure in the local government, such as a village head or other positions. Data from
the Directorate of Field Line Development of BKKBN shows that the number of
PKB/PLKB decreased drastically from 38 thousand people before the 2000s to 15
thousand by 2016. The decrease in the number of PKB/PLKB caused a crisis for
Family Planning Program and BKKBN institution. This crisis decreased the level of
awareness and public participation in the implementation of the Family Planning
Program as seen from the achievement of contraceptive prevalence rate (CPR) was
only 60.8% in 2016. Since the decline in the number of PKB/PLKB, their performance
has decreased drastically and FP counseling is difficult to do because today, one
PLKB average holds 5 villages and makes communication ineffective. Ideally, one
PLKB holds one village or urban communities.
In the Orde Baru era, the success of Family Planning Program socialized by
BKKBN was recognized internationally. Family Planning Program in Indonesia is
defined as one of the "center of excellent" in the field of population and family planning.
Many delegations from other countries came to Indonesia to learn the success of
family planning at that time (Jurnal Keluarga first edition, 2016: 30). The reputation of
BKKBN as a state institution that has succeeded in reducing the Growth Rate of
Population in Indonesia is even acknowledged by the world and used as a model for
other countries is now swept away by other information that is scattered due to the
development of information and communication technology.
BKKBN continues to make revitalization efforts in facing the crisis. The current
family planning program is not only about contraception, but also about the maturation
of marriage age, family resilience and family development. The function of BKKBN is
now the socialization board of Family Planning Program so BKKBN must prioritize
communication management in it. Communication management in overcoming
1159 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
communication crisis within BKKBN organization is needed in order to gain experience
in developing communication policies and strategies that can provide the right
solutions to the current crisis of BKKBN (see Hasan, 2005: 12). Many factors must be
considered in managing communication to develop good communication strategy
such as credibility of leadership, internal character of civil state apparatus in BKKBN
along with communication character in it. Because of the policy or program of an
organization or institution is the result of communication interaction of its members. A
good and effective communication management on internal and external
organizations will make the organization able to survive from the crisis that hit the
organization.
This study will explain more about how the crisis faced by the BKKBN in the
post-reform era and how the communication crisis management conducted by BKKBN
to revitalize the FP program that considered now as a dead faint. Because BKKBN
can not impose its environment to follow the organization but rather BKKBN who must
adapt to the changes.

B. RESEARCH OBJECTIVES
Based on problem identification, the objectives of this research are:
1. Explaining about the crisis that occurred in BKKBN in post-reform era.
2. Explaining how communication management conducted by BKKBN Public
Relations in the post-reform era in overcoming crisis and restoring its reputation.

C. SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

In the previous study, the focus of the research is the crisis that occurs in profitable
companies. The rarity of the study about the crisis that occurs in government
institutions because in private companies the crisis can be a domino effect that can
affect all sectors within the company. While in the government, the crisis can cause
loss of public confidence in the crisis institutions. Resulting in reduced support and
community participation in the implementation of government programs. So the
achievement of the program from the institution did not achieved and tended to
stagnant.
In addition, cases described in previous studies in government institutions still
focus on the crisis that occurred in the mass media. Not a case that occurs due to
policy changes made by the government that can change the communication strategy
1160 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
of government institutions such as BKKBN which uses more communication strategy
in implementing its programs. Studies aimed at restoring public confidence are still
being carried out until the institution image restoration, not to its reputation, that
believed to be the crystallization of the image that has been established for many
years.
A study by Putri Imbanagara was conducted to find out the crisis management
carried out by the Transportation Department after the tragedy of Garuda Indonesia
plane crashed in Yogyakarta in 2007. Explained that the Transportation Department
(Ministry of Transportation) did the crisis management against the decline in the use
of transportation aircraft as a whole after the accident. The results revealed that Public
Relations of Transportation Department has done a good crisis management. Thereby
increasing the public's trust by restoring the reputation of aircraft transportation. It seen
from the increasing number of aircraft usage by Indonesian society.
While the study by Pandu Satria Jati explain about the communication crisis
management conducted by Public Relations of ESDM Ministry after the news about
corruption committed by employees in 2014. The news affects the internal state of
employees in the Ministry, so that the ESDM Ministry's Public Relations should
conduct communication crisis management. The results of the study revealed that
Public Relations of ESDM Ministry has not done the dimensions that exist in the
concept of communication management before the crisis, during the crisis, and after
the crisis so it can cause a crisis can happen again.
This research is expected to provide an overview of the crisis that occurred in
BKKBN in the post-reform era and explain efforts made by BKKBN Public Relations in
that communication crisis management. So that BKKBN Public Relations can evaluate
these efforts and BKKBN reputation can be restored as in the Orde Baru era. So far,
the communication management program conducted by BKKBN Public Relations has
never been evaluated and only uses media monitoring. This research is also expected
to describe how crisis management efforts at institutions undergoing management
transition.

1161 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

D. CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK
1. Crisis
Crises are perceptions of unpredictable events that threaten stakeholders'
expectations and can seriously impact organizational performance and generate
negative outcomes (Coombs, 2010: 19). It can be said that the changes in the
environment around the organization can cause the crisis. In general, the crisis moved
from the style of leadership, organizational design, the preoccupation of leadership in
the field, the rules made by the company (bureaucracy), the speed of financial
resources, and so forth (Kasali, 2008: 219). According Kasali, the crisis can swallow
up victims in accordance with the intensity and problems either claimed lives,
properties, and reputation. But a well-resolved crisis can bear big names, fragrances,
and reputation. Crisis as a turning point for better or worse and a time that can
determine an organization. If it fails, it will produce a victim, and if it is successfully
overcome, it will result in victory.
Coombs says that the crisis is more of a reaction and could be a preventive
measure and prepare it as well. To make it a preventive effort, it is necessary to do
research on the crisis that occurs within an organization. Crisis can be examined
through the stages. Steven Fink's crisis stages in Kasali (2008) are as follows:
a. The prodromal stage.
At this stage a company can still move agile but not yet aware of the occurrence
of a crisis that began to emerge. This stage is often called warning stage and as
a turning point. If managers fail to catch this signal then the crisis will shift at a
more serious stage.
b. The acute stage
The stage when it can be mentioned 'there has been a crisis'. The vague
symptoms at this stage have begun to look clearly. Acute crisis is called the point
of no return which means it will not be able to go back to the previous stage if from
the first stage of the crisis is ignored. This acute stage is the shortest stage among
other stages, when it passes it will soon enter at a chronic stage.
c. The chronic stage
This stage is called ‘the clean up phase’ or ‘the post mortem’ that is during
cleaning. Inside the company for example marked by structural changes such as
change of management and owners. At this stage the company must decide its
survival. If the company wants to stay alive it must be healthy and have a good
1162 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 reputation. Reliable leadership is required in overcoming the crisis at this stage in
order for a resolution to occur.
d. The resolution stage
At this stage is the healing stage (recovered) but still must be careful because the
crisis can not just stop and become a cycle that can bring to the first state
(prodromal stage). The crisis will repeat itself when it can not hold back and
recovery was still incomplete.

2. Communication Crisis Management

According to George R.Terry (in Ruslan, 2007: 1) the definition of management is a
typical process in an organization and consists of planning, organizing, activation and
supervision undertaken to determine and achieve predetermined targets through the
utilization of human resources and other sources. Therefore a management action will
never be separated from communication. Because communication in an organization
is analogous with ‘the blood flow’ that makes all organs can perform its functions
properly.
There are two elements of the role of communication in a management, those
are ‘management communication’ and ‘organization communication’ (Ruslan, 2007:
3). Mentioned by Ruslan that Public Relations in the context of communication science
as a method and communication techniques or institutions that have a role as
supporting management and organizational activities. PR as a method and technique
is conducted to achieve the goals of the organization. Even Grunig and Hunt equate
communication management with Public Relations (Grunig, 1992: 4). Communication
management is not just a communication technique. PR and communication
management are described as the whole of the planning, execution, and evaluation of
communications conducted by an organization to the internal and external public. It
can affect the ability of an organization in achieving its objectives. It can be concluded
that public relations activities have an important role in supporting the implementation
of management functions.
Refers to the definition of PR according to Scott M. Cutlip and Allen H. Center
(1982) that the activity of public relations is one of which is to carry out the functions
of "communication management" in an organization and is bi-directional or reciprocal
by assessing public attitudes, identifying wisdom and Organizational procedures for
the benefit of the public, and plan an activity and communication program to gain
1163 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
understanding and public support. All public relations activities are always in touch
with public organizations both internal and external in order to achieve organizational
goals contained in the vision and mission of the organization. To do so, a PR needs
strategic communication planning so that all programs and organizational policies are
well received by the public.
But as the environment around the organization changes, organizations need
to adapt to those changes. If the organization can not overcome with the change, then
the change could be a crisis for the organizationCrisis can threaten the organization
but can also be an opportunity for organizations to regain their public confidence. It
depends on communication management in a crisis carried out by the organization.
PR as the executor of communication management in an organization is expected to
overcome the crisis that occurred. Before the crisis, PR should be able to collect and
evaluate potential crisis information. So the PR can overcome the crisis by doing 3
elements such as issue management, risk management, and relationship
management (Coombs, 2001: 90).
While Kasali (2008: 231) divides the steps taken by a public relations in
managing the crisis into 5 steps as follows:
1) Crisis identification: Do a quick research when a crisis arises within the
organization. Conclusions should also be made as soon as possible, then a public
relations practitioner should have the skills and sensitivity to collect data. To
identify a crisis, an organization can use third parties such as researchers from
consultants or academics.
2) Crisis analysis: PR must perform analysis of inputs obtained before
communicating.
3) Crisis isolation: Ciris must be quarantined so as not to spread to other sectors
because the crisis is like a contagious disease that easily affects other parts of the
organization if not immediately in isolation.
4) Strategy choice: (a) defensive strategy. Non in action or low profile, and stone
walling; (b) adaptive strategy. Policy changes, operational modifications,
compromise and image alignment; (c) dynamic strategy. Mergers and acquisitions,
new investments, selling shares, launching new products / attracting old product
circulation, holding power, and throwing new issues to distract.
5) Control program: The implementation steps undertaken towards formulated
generic strategies. Generic strategies can usually be formulated before the crisis
1164 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 emerges as a guide for executives in the face of crisis. But generic strategies are
different from control programs that are usually arranged in the field when a crisis
occurs.

3. Reputation Restoration
Reputation is the crystallization of the image and built by the community based
on experience – direct or indirect – and organizational performance (Hardjana, 2008:
9). If the organization identity can be inherent in its public minds, it means the
organization has succeeded in building a positive image of the public about the
organization. A positive image builds a positive public or public experience of the
organization over and over again so that the inherent image forms a strong
organizational reputation.
Hardjana (2008: 2) also mentions that reputation is the antithesis of crisis
because basically reputation is the result of sanitary action to avoid crisis. In addition
to casualties, property and property, the crisis was able to degrade the reputation
(Kasali: 2008, 221). But a well-managed crisis can also be a turning point for
organizations to rise up and build their reputation back even better than ever. Crisis
can be an opportunity for organizations to conduct an in-depth evaluation both internal
and external to form an organization's strategic communication plan in order to survive
from the environmental changes that occur. Due to the dynamism of the organization
caused by the crisis can trigger the organization trying to improve its credibility by
making renewals both inside and outside the organization.
In an organization required a communication strategy to achieve the goals of
the organization. To achieve it then the organization needs to assume the image,
identity and reputation is very important to formed. Because communication for image
management, identity, and reputation is a reality reflection of the organization itself
through the images and words of the organization's creation (Hardjana, 2008: 8).
Image is the whole representation and as a whole as a reality reflection of an
organization in public view that can influence public's decision towards the
organization. While the identity is a visual manifestation of the visible image of logos,
products, services, building buildings, letterhead, uniforms, and all things related to
the organization received by the public.
If the reality representation has shaped the same public perception, then the
identity campaign program can be said to be successful. The image and identity that
1165 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
has been formed publicly and strongly attached to the organization can form a solid
reputation and increase public confidence towards the organization. But for a
reputable organization that has been established for years it could be a crisis that
could affect its reputation. Hence the importance of regaining that reputation by
establishing appropriate communication strategies starting from the recovery of the
image and the identity of the organization.
Image Restoration Theory
Image restoration theory was introduced by William Benoit in 1995. But the name of
this theory continues to evolve, until in 2008 Benoit and Pang changed its name to the
image repair theory (IRT). This theory emerged from the threat that hit an
organization's or corporate reputation. IRT "is made to understand the communication
options that can be used by either organizations or people who face threats to their
reputation" (Benoit 2005: 407). IRT can then be applied to crisis communications
because the crisis is also a threat to reputation (Coombs, 2010: 31). In theory it uses
communication to maintain reputation, because a positive reputation in an
organization is the goal of communication undertaken by the organization. There are
three kinds of crisis response strategies in IRT (in Coombs, 2010: 32):
(1) Denial
• Simple Denial: did not do it
• Shift the Blame: blame some one or thing other than the organization
(2) Evading responsibility
• Provocation: response to some one else’s actions
• Defeasibility: lack of information about or control over the situation
• Accidental: did not mean for it to happen
• Good intentions: actor meant well
(3) Reducing offensiveness
• Bolstering: remind of the actor’s positive qualities
• Minimize offensiveness of the act: claim little damage from the crisis
• Differentiation: compare act to similar ones
• Transcendence: place act in a different context
• Attack Accuser: challenge those who say there is a crisis
• Compensation: offer money or goods
• Corrective Action: restore situation to pre-act status and/or promise change and
prevent a repeat of the act
1166 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 • Mortification: ask for forgiveness; admit guilt and express regret

4. Theoritical Assumptions
Crisis can happen to anyone and anytime. Therefore, the crisis especially in an
institution must be detected as early as possible in order to be localized and not spread
to the stage of a more severe crisis. Moreover, by early detection, the crisis can be
overcomed and also be an opportunity for an institution to improve reputation, because
the crisis is like two blades, it could destroy the institution’s reputation or upgrade it. In
an institution that hit with crisis, it should be a communication crisis management that
must be done according with the crisis stage experienced by the institution. Crisis
communication management is conducted to restore the reputation of the institution.
Reputation restoration can be conducted in various ways, those are denial, evading
responsibility, or reducing offensiveness.

E. METHODOLOGY
This study uses qualitative research methods with case study research
strategies. Qualitative research methods usually involve a case and context by
examining social processes and cases in a social context, and studying interpretation
or meaning in socio-cultural settings (Neuman, 2011: 174). According to Neuman,
qualitative data is less than perfect but very meaningful. In this study, collecting data
with primary data such as documenting ongoing activities, in-depth interviews, direct
observation, and secondary data by examining various books and related documents.
While case study is a study that examines in depth a number of extensive information
about several units or cases in a period or takes place many times (Neuman, 2011:
42).
A purposive sampling technique used in this study. Purposive sampling is a
non-random sample used in a method to map out all possible very specific and difficult
cases in reaching the population (Neuman, 2011: 267). The informants taken were the
BKKBN PR as the key informant and other informants who supported. The first and
second informants are Wulan, the Head of Mass Media Relations Sub Division, and
Tyo, the Head of Analysis News and Public Opinio Sub Division in BKKBN Public
Relations Division. While the third informant is Mr. Teguh, Director of Field Line
Development of BKKBN who was also a FP field workers (PLKB) in the “Orde Baru”

1167 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

era. This study uses data triangulation for validation, using a theoretical perspective
not only from one side in the study or interpret the data.

F. CONCLUSION
The Family Planning Program crisis faced by the BKKBN decreased the level
of community participation in the program, as indicated by the percentage of
contraceptive prevalence rate (CPR) in the fertile couples is only 60.8% in 2016. So
that BKKBN must keep doing renewals in implementing the Family Planning Program.
The effort to revitalize the Family Planning Program is to establish 'beyond family
planning' program that involves the human life cycle from birth to the elderly named
the program of Population, Family Planning and Family Development (KKBPK).
Strategic communication management should be planned in accordance with changes
in institutional arrangements within BKKBN after Regional Autonomy. BKKBN
changed its logo in 2009 that waas aimed at rebuild the image of FP program in the
post-reform era and rebrand its tagline back from "2 anak lebih baik” (2 kids are better)
back to "2 anak cukup” (2 kids are enough). Some activities undertaken to support the
Family Planning Program conducted by BKKBN still can not decrease the TFR.
Awareness level of the community towards the institution also decreased because the
public exposure of the Family Planning Program which was once aggressively carried
out by PLKB also decreased.
Communication crisis that occurred in the BKKBN has passed the resolution
stage, however, BKKBN’s responses to this crisis are not well established. Obstacles
encountered such as conventional ways of thinking of human resources in BKKBN is
not yet optimal in using information and communication technology, lack of concern
from the leaders over the use of advances in information and communication
technology, and other things that demand BKKBN to adapt with a dynamic
environment changes. This made the crisis that occurred in the family planning
program returned to the prodormal stage and caused the family planning program to
be stagnant down to date. Whereas every stage of the crisis, BKKBN must be able to
perform different communication management in accordance with the level of crisis
that it faces.
Environmental changes marked by the enforcement of OTDA, should be a
chance for BKKBN to improve its image and reputation that has been built for decades.
However, this chance is not optimaly used. The reputation restoration effort that has
1168 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
been carried out was only an accidental and could not resist the change, since it would
inevitably have to follow the law of regional autonomy which was applied after the
reformation. BKKBN Public relations as a part of communication management is also
not being taken into account. Whereas public relations activities can be a strategic
communication to reach the institution's goals. Likewise the role of public relations in
the BKKBN reputation restoration is still underestimated. This can be seen from the
position of public relations in BKKBN organizational structure that is not in top
management. Public Relations in BKKBN is only at the level of echelon 3 (manager)
so that it does not has strong power to take part in the planning of strategic policies of
organizational communication. The role of public relations in BKKBN only as a
supporter and spokesman associated with the mass media. Whereas ideally public
relations should be in the order of echelon 2 (director level) to be able to make strategic
policies in communication management in BKKBN institutions.

G. RECOMMENDATION
Below are some of the recommendations obtained based on study results:
1. In terms of human resources (PKB/PLKB and civil state apparatus in BKKBN),
BKKBN should conduct competency training in which there are standard
competency in the use of new technologies to optimize counseling and
dissemination of FP program.
2. Advocacy and brain storming for BKKBN leaders to be more aware and concern
to optimize the development of information and communication technology as an
opportunity to disseminate BKKBN institutions and programs.
3. It required innovations and creativity from renewable programs or recycle from
activities that were previously used by BKKBN, for example, a film about the
importance of maturing marriage age (21 years for women and 25 years for men).
4. Internet optimization, especially social media. This is very important because the
community itself is very gadgetable and the development of technology as well as
information are very fast and dynamic.
5. Public relations position should be re-evaluated and placed at the echelon 2 level
or director level in order to create a critical public relations role in organizational
communication management.

1169 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

REFERENCES
Badan Kependudukan dan Keluarga Berencana Nasional. Sejarah BKKBN. Retrieved
on March 9, 2017, from https://www.bkkbn.go.id/pages/sejarah-bkkbn
Badan Pusat Statistik. Link Tabel Statistik. Retrieved on March 10, 2017, from
https://www.bps.go.id/linkTabelStatis/view/id/1268
Bonifasius, Pandu S.J. (2015). Manajemen Komunikasi Krisis Humas Lembaga
Pemerintah. Unpublished master’s thesis, University of Indonesia, Jakarta.
Coombs, W. T. (2001). Teaching The Crisis Management/Communication Course.
Public Relations Review, 27, 89-101.
Coombs, W. T. dan Holladay, Sherry J. (2010). The handbook of crisis communication.
United Kingdom: Blackwell Publishing Ltd.
Dasar, Soeroso. (2011). KB Mati Dikubur Berdiri: Bunga Rampai Tulisan Program
Kependudukan dan Keluarga Berencana. Jakarta: BKKBN.
Grunig, James E. (1992). Excellence in Public Relations and Communication
Management. New Jersey: Lawrence Erlbaum Associate.
Hardjana, André A. (2008). Komunikasi dalam Manajemen Reputasi Korporasi. Jurnal
Ilmu Komunikasi, 5,1-24.
Hasan, Erliana. (2005). Komunikasi Pemerintahan. Bandung: PT Refika Aditama.
Ihlen, Øyvind et al. Public Relations and Social Theory. New York: Routledge, 2009.
Kasali, Rhenald. (2008). Manajemen Public Relations: Konsep dan Aplikasinya di
Indonesia. Jakarta: Pustaka Utama Grafiti.
Neuman, W. Lawrence. (2011). Social Research Methods: Qualitative and
Quantitative Approaches (7th ed.). Boston: Pearson Education.
Purwindra, Margono B. (2016). Peran Humas Badan Pusat Statistik sebagai
Pengelola Manajemen Reputasi di Era Keterbukaan Informasi Publik. Jurnal
Ilmu Komunikasi, 7, 71-82.
Suharyanti dan Sutawijaya, A.H. (2012-2012). Analisis Krisis pada Organisasi
Berdasarkan Model Anatomi Krisis dan Perspektif Public Relations. Journal
Communication Spectrum, 2, 165-185.
Imbanagara, Putri. (2008). Manajemen Krisis Public Relations Departemen
Perhubungan Pasca Tragedi Kecelakaan Transportasi (Garuda Boeing 737-
400) di Yogyakarta (Periode 2007). Unpublished undergraduate’s thesis, Mercu
Buana University, Jakarta.
Kompas.com. (2009). Ubah Citra, BKKBN Luncurkan Logo Baru. Retrieved on April
13, 2017 from
https://regional.kompas.com/read/2009/02/12/14115760/ubah.citra.
bkkbn.luncurkan.logo.baru.
Purwaningsih, Sri S. (2015). Perubahan Kewenangan dan Struktur Organisasi
Pengelola Keluarga Berencana. Pusat Penelitian Kependudukan LIPI.
Retrieved on Desember 16, 2017 from
https://kependudukan.lipi.go.id/id/kajian-kependudukan/
kesehatanmasyarakat/206-perubahan-kewenangan-danstrukturorganisasi-
pengelola-keluargaberencana.
Ruslan, Rosady. (2007). Manajemen Public Relations dan Media Komunikasi:
Konsepsi dan Aplikasi (Rev. ed.). Jakarta: PT RajaGrafindo Persada.
Yudistira & Sara. (2016). Sukses Program KB Indonesia Bakal Berulang. Jurnal
keluarga Informasi Kependudukan dan KB, 1st ed., 30-31.

1170 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 SIMULATION OF DYNAMIC SYSTEM MODEL IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF
GREEN ENVIRONMENTAL TOURISM TO INCREASE ECONOMIC GROWTH IN
PANGANDARAN

Dr. Ir. Hj. Dedeh Maryani, MM

The Institute of Public Administration (IPDN)

A. INTRODUCTION
Pangandaran Regency is decided as the centre of tourism development of
Province West Java. It will develop if all supporting sectors handled maxmimally. The
commitment of The Government of Province West Java to create Pangandaran
Regency as the centre of tourism development absolutely should be supported by all
stakeholders.
However, the government of Province West Java still have obstacles to be
solved such as road, trash handling, street vendors, parking arrangement, etc. In order
to create a good tourism, re-operating Banjar – Pangandaran – Cijulang train track
idea should be consider optimally. At this time, the road conditions are still much
damaged and the repairing process is still ongoing. The discourse to re-operate the
tourist train should also be supported by all parties. It means that many things must
be repaired to realize the plan.
The effort to create Pangandaran as tourism area should be supported by good
public services. It is important for the improvement of the public service quality is a key
to make Pangandaran as a tourism city in Jawa Barat realize.
Pangandaran should be designed to be a sustainable tourism area by giving
consideration to environment sustainability. It will works if the authority involve the
people to preserve it. Planting Mangrove in Bulak Setra is a part of Sustainable
Tourism through Energy Efficiency with Adaptation and Mitigation Measures"
(STREAM) program obtaining the grant from World Tourism Organization to revitalize
Pangandaran after tsunami disaster. An accurate spatial is also an important thing in
making Pangandaran as a sustainable tourism area. Therefore, the regulation on
Spatial and Zona Arrangement Plan in Pangandaran for the comfort and beauty of the
tourism area must be realize soon. They are location arrangement for street vendors,
the improvement of infrastructures, etc. It means that the authorithy must consider the
zone arrangement providing space for street vendors, fishing boats, tourism boats,
restaurants, hotel, and other public services.

1171 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

B. OBJECTIVES
The objectives of this study are as the following:
1. The development of Pangandaran Tourism Zone conducted by Tourism
Agency of Pangandaran Regency;
2. The recent environment condition of coastal attraction of Pangandaran;
3. The economy growth of the people in Pangandaran Coastal in the last three
years;
4. Dynamic system model of the development of coastal attraction of
Pangandaran need to be applied by The government of Pangandaran
Regency;

C. DEVELOPMENT OF GREEN TOURISM

Tourism is the need of all human being entire the world. Once the increase of
the welfare and prosperity of a nation in economy, the man nature will appear to do
travelling to avoid routinity for a while in order to obtain the balance, harmony and
happiness of their life (Gamal Suwantoro, 1997). Oka A Youti (2010:37) argue that
tourism is a journey for pleasure. While, Macintosh (1995 : 55) in Oka Yoeti (2010)
said that tourism is a number of symptoms and relationships that arise, interaction
among tourist, companies providing services for tourist, and the government and
people as the host in attracting and servicing tourist process.
According to Ngafenan in Karyono (1997 : 27), tourism object is all kind of object
which may the tourist visit to the attraction things such as beauty scenary, historical
bulding, culture and other modern recreation centers. Gamal Suwantoro (1997: 3)
argue that it is the process of temporary journey of an individual or group to other
places. The impulse to go is caused by of all kind of their interests such as economy,
social, culture, politic, religion, healthy or just for seeking experiencies or learning.
Based on the definitions above, the government need to conduct tourism
development that could increase public welfare as their commitment in creating a good
quality public services. This can be done by conducting green tourisn development. It
should create multy positive effect such as providing tourism public services and
increasing public welfare without damaging environment.
In order to create green developments in which tourism development is one of
them, we need the plan in adjusting future tourism development. It will works if there
is paradigm change from import substitution industry into resource based industry
1172 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
strategy. However, we need policy instrument in completing the change to boost
economy growth that can be made in development and resource-based
industrialization strategy option, particularly in coastal and marine resource
management. It is important especially in line people empowerment effort in order to
support autonomy issues and overcome a prolonged national economy crisis. One of
tourism object which can be developed in Provine West Java is Pangandaran
particularly coastal resource as the national asset that is not arrange optimally yet.
The development of tourism is a sustainable process to do matching and
adjustment between the available supply and demand of tourism to achieve the target
(Nuryanti, 1994). Meanwhile, the development of tourism potency is the effort to
enhance the resources of a tourism area by mean of build both physical and
unphysical development of tourism system in order to improve productivity.
The development of tourism area is an alternative expected to be able to back
up the economy potency and preserving effort. Ramli (2007) argued that the
development of tourism area done by re-arrange the potensial and natural resources
altogether. The next step, it is developed the arrangement model of green-oriented
tourism area. Moreover, Ramli said that the development of good tourism area need
the following requirements:
1. Selection toward Potensial is conducted to select and decide what and where
the tourism area to be developed according to the budget amount;
2. The evaluation of ptensial location toward area, this job need the consideration
of possible conflict among the respective administration areas;
3. The measurement of potensial distance is conducted to obtain information on
distance among potensial which need map of tourism area potency.
The development of tourism should consider geographical and environmental
approaches. According to Bintarto, geographical scope comprise of: a. physical scope
that contain topological aspect (location, wideness, shape and boundary), physical
aspects (land, climate, water), biotical aspects (human being, animal, plant); b. non-
physical scope that comprise of social aspects (tradition, custom, group, community),
economy aspects (trading, industry, plantation, transportation), cultural aspects
(education, religion, culture).
Geographycal approach according to Bintarto devided into : a. spatial
approach, spatial approach is a method of atypical geographical approach. In the
implementation, this approach should follow the valid geographical principals. Those
1173 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
principals are deployment, interrelation and description principals. Geographical
approach comprise of topic human activity and regional approaches, b. ecological
approach, geography and ecology are two different science field. Geography discuss
about the interrelation of human being life and the physical factor which make spatial
system connecting a region with other regions. While ecology, particularly ecology and
ecosystem. The concept of those science fields is different. However, in the
implementation, the similarity of the discussed object, those science fields have
correlation. Ecologycal approach is a methodology for approaching, studying and
analyzing one sympthon or one problem by applying the concept and the principal of
ecology.
According to Gamal Suwantoro, (1997), the basic factor of tourism development
is attraction potensial owned by the tourism object referring to the success of the
development that include of the following various feasibility: 1). Financial feasibility:
this feasibility is about the commercial measurement of the tourism development. The
estimation of profit and loss should be estimated from the beginning. 2). The feasibility
of regional sosio economy’ this feasibility conducted to know whether the investation
to develop a tourism object will have sosio economy impact regionally or not, able to
create jobs or not, able to increase foreign exchange earning or not, able to increase
revenue from other sector or not/. 3). The feasibility of environment, the analysis of
environmental impact is able to be used as a reference of the development activity of
tourism object.

D. CONCEPT OF REGIONAL ECOCOMY

Economy is a study about individu and community to make a choice wit or
without money by using limited resourches but they are able to be used in ways to
produce goods and services and distribute them for today and future comsumcy need
to indiividuals and groups (Sukirno, 1994:9).
It can be concluded that local economy is an economic situation in a region by
considering some indicators from the local economy. This will show description on the
different of public welfare in one to another region. As Tarigan (2006:13) said that the
objective of economy is build prosperity. While the development of local economy
indicator is prosperity shown by income. Moreover, Tarigan (2006:13) argued that
regional revenue is the level of the income of the community in the region or region of
analysis. The income level can be measured from the total revenue of the region as
1174 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
well as the average income of the community in the region. Tarigan (2006:13) describe
some concepts of regional income or revenue as the following: (1). Gross Regional
Domestic Product (GRDP) based on market price, (2). Net Regional Domestic Product
(NRDP) based on market price, (3). NRDP based on factor cost, (4). Income, (5)
Regional income based on Current Pricing and at Constant Prices, (6) income per
capita. While Piter Abdullah (2002: 102) said that regional economy can be shown by
the following 22 indicators: (1). GRDP, (2) economic growth rate, (3) GRDP per capita,
(4). Per capita GRDP growth rate , (5). Income distribution, (6). Domestic investation,
(7). Domestic investation % toward GRDP, (8). Investation growth rate, (9). Saving,
(10). Saving % toward GRDP, (11). Saving growth rate, (12). Household consumption
expenditure per capita, (13). Household consumption per capita growth rate, (14).
Government consumption expenditure, (15). Government consumption expenditure
growth rate, (16). Agriculture sector productivity, (17). Agriculture sector productivity
growth rate, (18). Industry sector productivity, (19). Industry sector productivity growth
rate, (20). Service sector productivity, (21). Service sector productivity growth rate,
(22). Inflation rate.
Factors effecting regional economy are regional potensials owned by the area.
According to Piter Abdullah (2002) regional potensial is regional competitiveness
shown by regional economy, financial system, infrastructures and nature resources,
science and technology, human resources, institutionals, governance and
governmental policy, management and micro economy.

E. CONCEPT OF DYNAMIC SYSTEM MODEL

Wirabhuana on Widodo (2010) said that dynamic system mothod is a
methodology to understand various complex problems. This is learning problems by
point of view system which is the lements of the system interact each other within feed
back relationship in order to produce a certain behavior. The interactions in this
structure are translated into mathematical models which are then simulated with
computer help to obtain historical behavior. While Iphop Kumala Sriwarna (2005)
argued that dinamic system is a method to strengthen leraning in complex system.
Dinamic system model is often built and used to represent, analyze, and explain
dinamica from complex system. Then she said that dynamica or system behavior can
be described by its structure and its parts.

1175 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 The main objective of dynamic system is to comprehend how this behavior
produced by using qualitative and quantitative models. In this case, dynamic system
analyze problem from system point of view in which those elements interact one to
another within a feed back relationship in order to produce a certain behavior.
Interaction in this structure translated into mathematical models afterward
computerized simulated to obtain its historical behavior. Dynamic system structure is
a close system. Environmental factor affect toward system is possible to occur and
this external change is considered as exogen variabel. Iphov Kumala Sriwarna (2005)
said that the following are basic concepts of dynamic system: 1. Closed scope, 2. Feed
back loop as the basic component of system, 3. Level and rate, 4. Conditions to be
achieved, real condition, and the different of the conditions to be achieved and the real
conditions.
While Tasrip in Aminuddin (2014) argued that there are four basics in
establishing dynamic system, information feed back theory, the process of making
decision, experimental approach in system analysis and digital computer.
To simplify how to sistematicaly thinking, dynamic system structure is simplified
into loop causal diagram. The logic is the process (rate) as the cause that produces
the state/level as a result or vice versa. After forming the element of cause and effect,
then it can be determined the type of effect caused by the cause that is when direction
(+), opposite direction (-). Positive blame has acceleration or slowing behavior
Negative negals have behavior toward the target or limit. There are two types of
targets, the target to explicit (> 0) and the target to implicit (near zero).

1. Simulation System Modeling

Model defined as a decription of a limited system. This limited system is a
system that comprise of all concepts and variables which have correlation with certain
dynamic problems. Model is an imitation and simple form of system representing
characteristic of the real system. Model is used for simplify us in leraning real system
behavior. Model developing by dynamic system have the following characteristic:
1. Describing causal relationship of the system;
2. Simple mathematical equation;
3. Synonim with industry, economy, social global nomenclature;
4. Be able to involve a various variables;
5. Be able to produce a sustainable changes if it is necessary.
1176 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 This simulation system modeling made as a tool in solving real world including
activity plan, and as operation research tool as well as system analysis for make
complex decision and the unpredictable future posiblity.
In general, model established to forecasting or policy drafting. Dynamic model
emphasize on process. Different with static model, dynamic model approach is
deduvtive and able to discard the weaknesses in assumptions made in order to obtain
the agreements of the assumptions.
This model emphasize to the change process from one to other situation (Tasrif
on Noor Saman and Wahid (1998). While Muhammad et al (2001) argued that there
are three alternative can be used in establishing dynamic model as the following:
1. Verbal;
2. Visual;
3. Mathematicaly

F. METHODOLOGY
This study is conducted by applying dynamic system simulation to know the
condition and characteristic the tourism area within the next 10 years as well as
oriented to social, economy and environmental aspects.
This study analyze two interrelated variables, green tourism development and
economy growth variables. According to Sumantoro (1997), dimensions and indicator
of green tourism development variables are as the following: (1). Financial feasibility,
(2). 2). Sosio economy feasibility 3). The feasibility of environment. Financial feasibility
shown by these indicators: a. commercial measurement of tourism development, b.
profit and loos estimation; while socio economy shown by: a. investation, b. regionaly
socio economy impact (able to provide job, foreign exchange revenue, other sector
revenues); and environmental feasibility: environmental impact analysis (physical and
non-physical).
Economy development indicator used in this study refer to Pieter Abdullah
(2005), but only 10 indicators because of limited time and expense. The 10 indicators
are as the following: (1). Economy growth rate, (2). GRDP per capita, (3). Domestic
investation, (4).saving, (5). Household consumption expenditure per capita, (6).
Governmental consumption expenditure, (7). Agriculture sector productivity, (8).
Industrial sector productivity, (9). Sercive sector productivity, (10). Inflation rate.

1177 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 The population is all stakeholders who get involved in green tourism
development, Tourism Agency, Public Work Agency, Cleanliness and landscaping
agency, Environment Agency, Agricultural Agency, Industry and commerce Agency,
Education Agency, Public Health Agency, Transportation Agency, ICT Agency.,
community and tourists. While the sample of this study as the following:
1. The apparatus determined purposively, ie from each agency, For the Local Plan
Agency is the Head and all Head of Division Programs, for the Sub-district is Head
of Sub-district and Head of Government Section;
2. Tourism proprietors are stratified randomly from: hotel, restaurant, communications,
and souvenir owners;
3. Street vendors;
4. Community figures living in Pangandaran area determined randomly;
5. Foreign and domestic tourists who accidentaly came to Pangandaran tourism area.
Quesionaires spreading, interview and reference study are used as data
collecting technique.
The stages of dynamic system analysis: modeling and simulation using
powersim program and validation test using Microsoft excel. While the outline of
problem solving stages by using dynamic system approach in this study as the
following: model formulation; simulation and model validation; policy analysis.
The dynamic system model of green tourism development in icreasing
economy growth in tourism area of Pangandaran shown in Figure 1

1178 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Figure 1: The Dynamic System Model of Green Tourism Development
Social GRDP Domestic Saving Household
constExpenditure
Economi per capita investation per capita

Governance cost
Expenditure

Finance Economy
Growth Agriculture Sector
Rate Productivity

environment

industry sector service sector inflation rate

productivity productivity

G. RESULT
Based on data processing by using powersim program, dynamic system model
of the development of Panganndaran Tourism area that is necessary to be applied by
the Government of Pangandaran Regency is as shown by Figure 2.

1179 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Figure 2: The Dynamic System Model of Green Tourism Area Development of
Pantai Pananjung Pangandaran, Pangandaran regency

Lapangan
Pekerjaan
Pendapatan
+ Kelanjutan
Pemda
Pembangunan
+ +Kelayakan
Kerjasama Pemda Finansial
dan PemPusat -
- Kerjasama Pihak
ke 3 AMDAL
Pelaksanaan
Berkelanjutan
+ Ruang Terbuka
+
Investasi Pihak + +
Terciptanya - -
- ke 3 Pembangunan + Dampak
Lapangan Pekerjaan + Sosial - Pariwisata di Lingkungan Penanggulangan
- Sampah
Ekonomi + Pangandaran +
+ +
+ Pencemaran Air
Pencemaran
Peningkatan Investasi dari Udara
Devisa APBN/APBD Investasi Pengusaha
Pendapatan dan Masy
Pemda dan Masy Pencemaran Tanah

Pemenuhan ++
+
Kebutuhan Masy + +
Laju Pertumbuhan Peningkatan Laju
Peningkatan + Ekonomi Pertumbuhan Ekonomi
+
Kebutuhan
Pemerintah + +

Produktivitas
Sektor Jasa Penurunan Laju Peningkatan
Inflasi PDRB
Produktivitas Produktivitas
Industri Pertanian

Figure 2 shows that dynamic system model of the development of green

tourism in Pantai Pananjung Pangandaran area are as follows:
1. The success of the development of tourism area in Pantai Pananjung
Pangandaran is affected by the following factors: a. financial feasibility for the
development of ideal tourism area; b. the social economy of the community
living around Pantai Pananjung Pangandaran; c. The economy growth of the
community living around Pantai Pananjung Pangandaran; d. manangement of
good environmental impact.
It also shows that financial feasibility positively affected to the
development of tourism area. It means that the development of an ideal tourism
area should fully handled and good designed. If in one period the budget is not
sufficient, the development should be designed for some periods until it
accomplished, for instance it is designed for five year budgeting.
Figure 2 describe that the influence of environmental impact on the
development of tourism area is negative. It means that if the environment of the
tourism area does not manage well, the development of tourism area doesn not
work. Therefore, the design of environmental impact analysis should be made
seriously by considering all aspects affecting the environment of tourism area.

1180 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 The development of tourism area should be along with environmental
development in each period. It needs change of mindset of the community
realizing that any activities of their life in economy, culture and other
developments need to have environmental awareness. They must take place
to preserve the environment.
The development of social economy conducted by the government and
community living in Pantai Pananjung Pangandaran should be able to attract
tourists to visit to the tourism area. Figure 2 shows that the influence of social
economy is positive toward the development of tourism area. The good social
economy will support the development of tourism area. The increase of
economy growth shown by investors in providing public services for tourists
such as hotel, restaurant, communication facility, souvenir etc will provide
employment. Therefore, the community living in tourism area are able to
increase their income and they are able to pay their tax which is a source of
income of the government and eventually the development of tourism area will
run well. The more economy grow, the more positive of GRDP growth and the
more tourism area developed.
2. Figure 2 shows that financial feasibility for developing tourism area affected by
the following factors: a. regional revenue, b. cooperation between local and
central government, c. cooperation with private sector, d. availability of
employment.
Figure 2 describe regional income affect positively toward financial
feasibility to develop tourism area of Pantai Pananjung Pangandaran. The
higher regional income, the higher regional income allocation for the
development budget of tourism area. The higher budget of tourism area
development, the better development of tourism area. The limited budget of
central and local government should be solved by private sector participation in
providing public services to support the development of tourism area. One more
important thing is the government coaching to continue to facilitate the
community to increase employment that will greatly affect the implementation
of the development of tourism area runs well.
3. Figure 2 shows that environmental impact for the continuity of tourism area
development will affected by some factors such as: a. outdoor, b. soil pollution,
c. air pollution, d. trash and environmental impact management.
1181 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 Figure 2 shows that open space as human needs for oxygen demand
for health, then the percentage of its availability must be fullfilled. Likewise, soil
contamination, water and air pollution due to household and industry waste
need to be overcame in such a way that it does not pollute to an unacceptable
threshold. Garbage problem from upstream to downstream should be sought a
more practical and useful innovation as well as to educate the community to be
used to love of hygiene and their environment. Therefore, in every activity of
their life, they always keep the environment clean and throw garbage in the
right place. Besides, honesty culture and responsibility in work must be
developed among the apparatus, so that the apparatus who has the task of
examining every waste generator that can pollute the environment is firmly
enforced. If there is an entrepreuner who break the rules must be responsible
for his false by giving him sanction such as revoke his business license.
4. Figure 2 tells that the rate of economic growth can affect the successful
development of tourism in Pantai Pananjung Pangandaran which is influenced
by some factors: a. Local government and community revenue; b. Investment
of entreupreneurs and communities; c. the increase in economic growth rate;
d. the increase of GRDP; e. Agricultural productivity; c. Industry productivity; g.
Service sector productivity; h. Decrease in inflation rate; i. the Increase of
government needs and j. Fulfillment of community needs.
Figure 2 shows that if government revenue and community income
increase, it will have a positive effect on economic growth. Similarly, increased
investment of entrepreneurs and society will affect the growth of economic
growth. In addition, the rate of economic growth also will affect economic
growth. The rate of economic growth is also marked by an increase in GRDP
that will affect economic growth. Economic growth is determined by potential
growth in the region including the potential of agriculture, industry and services
sector. Therefore, the sectors must be nurtured by the government and
developed by the work units which has the main tasks and functions in those
sectors. Furthermore, if economic growth increases, it will be able to suppress
inflation rate. The development of human life will also affect the increase of
government budgetary needs to run the wheels of government and implement
other functions such as development, service and community empowerment so
that society will more independent and able to meet their own needs.
1182 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017
 5. Based on Figure 2, it can be explained that the socio-economic can affect the
successful development of tourism around Pantai Pananjung Pangandaran
which is influenced by the following factors: a. investment local/national budget;
b. Third party investments; c. the increase of foreign exchange; d. employment
and e. implementation of sustainability.
Figure 2 defined that the increasing of local and national budget will
affect to the stability of social economy development. Moreover, the private
sector investation will affect public social economy for it is able to provide
employment. Therefore the availability of employment will reduce urbanization.
The higher ability of the community, the more the source of regional income
increas that eventually affect the blessing of foreign exchange and it will return
to the community for the implementation of socio-economic development of the
community.

H. CONCLUSION
The simulation of dynamic system model of green tourism area development is
affected by social economy and environmwntal impact variables. Economy growth
variable are be able to be applied as a model in the development of tourism area in
Pantai Pananjung Pangandaran.

Referrences
1. Asyiwati, Y, 2002, Pendekatan Sistem Dinamik dalam Penataan Ruang
Wilayah Pesisir (Studi Kasus Wilayah Pesisir Kabupaten Bantul, Provinsi DIY,
Tesis Program Pasca Sarjana Institut Pertanian Bogor, Bogor.
2. Daalen,V, and W.A.H, Thissen, 2001, Dynamics System Modelling Continuous
Models, Faculteit Techniek, Bestuur en Management (TBM), Technische
Universitiet Delft.
3. Eriyatno. 1999. Ilmu Sistem, Meningkatkan Mutu dan Efektivitas Manajemen.
IPB Press. Bogor.
4. Forrester, J.W. 1968. Principles of Systems. Wright-Allen Press, Inc.
Massachusetts.
5. Hartrisari H. 2001. Bahan Kuliah Analisis Sistem dan Pemodelan dalam
Pengelolaan Sumberdaya Pesisir dan Lautan (Tidak Dipublikasi). Program
Pascasarjana SPL-IPB. Bogor.
6. High Performance Systems, Inc. 1994. Introduction to Systems Thinking and I-
Think. High Performance Systems, Inc. Hanover.
7. Kusumastanto, T. 1995. Investasi Pertumbuhan Ekonomi dan Pembangunan
Berkelanjutan. Kompas. Jakarta.
8. Meadows, D.H; D.L. Meadows; J. Randers; W.W. Behrens IH. 1972. The Limits
to Growth. Universe Books. New York, USA

1183 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

9. Muhammad. E, Aminullah dan B. Soesilo, 2001, Analisis Sistem Dinamis
Lingkungan Hidup, Sosial, Ekonomi dan Manajemen, UMJ Press, Jakarta.
10. Noorsaman. S.A dan A. Wahid, 1998, Pemodelan Industri Minyak Bumi dan
Gas Alam Indonesia dengan Pendekatan Sistem Dinamik, Jurnal Teknologi
Edisi No 1/Tahun XII?Maret?1998 : 27-29
11. Tasrif. M, 2004, Model Simulasi untuk Analisis Kebijakan Pendekatan
Metodologi System Dynamics, Kelompok Peneliti dan Pengembangan Energi,
Institut Teknologi Bandung, Bandung.
12. World Bank. 1996. World Development Report, World Bank-The John Hopkins
Univ. Press, Baltimor-London.
13. World Commission on Environment and Development (WCED), 1987. Our
Common Future. Oxford University Press. New York.

1184 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 DO THE ECONOMIC EMPOWERING BUDGET IN APBD AND FISCAL
DECENTRALIZATION HAVE IMPACTS ON URBAN POVERTY ALLEVIATION
Andi Heny Mulawati Nurdin
Lecturer , IPDN ( Institut Pemerintahan Dalam Negeri) ,
Jln.Ampera Raya, Cilandak, Jakarta Selatan,12560 Indonesia, email .
[email protected]

ABSTRACT
The number of poverty and unemployment in some cities in Indonesia has been rapidly
increased. The government has several policies in economic aspect such as local
generated revenue, investment and fiscal decentralization. The objectives of this
research are to analyze: (1) the influence of economic empowering budget on urban
poverty, either directly or indirectly, through economic growth, investment, local
generated revenue (PAD), and unemployment; (2) the influence of fiscal
decentralization fund on urban poverty, either directly or indirectly, trough economic
growth, investment, local generated revenue, and unemployment; (3) the influence of
investment on poverty, either directly or indirectly trough economic growth, investment,
local generated revenue, and unemployment; (4) the influence on economic growth
on urban poverty in Indonesia through economic growth, investment, local generated
revenue, and unemployment; and (5) the influence of local generated revenue on
urban poverty, either directly or indirectly, through economic growth, investment, and
unemployment. In the regression estimation (SEM), the researcher used time series
(5). The research were conducted in some cities in Indonesia ; Palembang , Jakarta
Selatan, Bandung, Surabaya, Makassar. The results reveal that: (1) social economic
empowering budget does not have any influence on poverty; (2) investment has a
significant negative influence on poverty; (3) fiscal decentralization fund does not have
any influence on urban poverty; (4) economic growth does not have any influence on
the poverty; and (5) local generated revenue does not have significant influence on
the poverty in urban areas.
Keywords: economic empowering budget, investment, fiscal decentralization, local
generated revenue, poverty, unemployment.

1185 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

H. INTRODUCTION
The poverty phenomenon has been lasted for long time, although there were some
efforts have been done in dealing with it, but untill nowdays there 1.2 billion of the world's
population living on less than one dollar a day and more than 2.8 billion people in the
world earning less than Two dollars a day which live below the minimum international real
level. The line does not recognize borders between countries, independent of per-capita
income levels in a country and also does not take into account the price-level differences
between countries.
Indonesia, as a developing country, the poverty problem is an important and
fundamental issue in development. Poverty is not a new problem, since the nation of
Indonesia's independence, the ideas of the nation is the welfare of all the people, but the
reality is poverty suffered most of the people of Indonesia. The leaders in Indonesia
faced this reality, so poverty has become a phenomenal problem throughout Indonesia's
history as a nation state.
Although the government has been drawn poverty alleviation efforts from year to
year,but the number of poor has not suffered a significant decline. Indeed, the data in
BPS shows that the declining trend in the number of poor, but qualitatively has not shown
the impact of real change, even the poor condition is not getting better.
Since the beginning of independence there were several efforts have been
conducted to improve the welfare of the Indonesian people, through various development
programs. For example, in the education departement proclaimed the eradication of
illiteracy and not limited to formal schools, but also non-formal. There were also other
empowerment programs such as coaching and increasing farmers skills Almost all
departments have poverty reduction programs, and the government's budget for
implementation of these programs has reached tens of trillions of rupiah. The question is
how far these programs have enabling effects on the poor?
The central government has implemented various poverty reduction programs with
a huge budgets, and it has not significantly affected poverty reduction, does the local /
municipal government also do the same efforts? Conceptually, all local governments /
cities are committed to actualize the communities welfare, and it is state in the Local
Development Plan (RPJMD) that contains various programs and activities oriented

1186 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

towards the achievement of vision and mission of welfare as the responsibility of
government to the community, but in the implementation is very doubtful, factually,
Indonesian people have not in the category of prosperity yet.
In regional autonomy area, the authority of decision making, governing and service
responsibilities for community have been being given to the local / municipal governments
and the legislatures including in regulating and managing the community interest as their
own initiative based on community aspirations in accordance with the regulations and one
of the responsibility to the poverty problem .
The main policy instrument for local government in carrying out development is the
regional budget or budget and regional expenditure (APBD) which occupies a central
position in the development of capability, efficiency, and effectiveness of local
government, as for the budget must contain good performance in assessing internally as
well as linkages in conducting economic growth further to reduces unemployment and
poverty.
However, local / municipal budget is limited in number and development programs
required are relatively large. In this case the local government is required to be proposed
the preparation based on measurable criteria and gain to increase community
participation in supporting the implementation of the development program.
The development budget spending is issued by the government and its benefits
can be felt directly by the community because development expenditure is intended to
improve public services. The community economic empowerment budget is one of the
budget that should have correlation with economic growth, poverty, and unemployment.
The community economic empowerment budget in APBD is intended for
community economic empowerment program and can be viewed as a bridge to the
concepts of macro and micro development. Besides poverty, unemployment is another
problem faced by cities in Indonesia. The fundamental problems in employment in
Indonesia are low wage and high unemployment employment growth larger if compared
to the availability of employment leads to high unemployment.
Changes in the unemployment rate are closely related to the rate of economic
growth, because economic growth is the result of an increase in production capacity
which is a derivative of increased investment. Thus, economic growth is closely linked to

1187 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

increased use of labor, as well as investment with the assumption that investment is not
capital-intensive.
Based on thought, it can be seen how the relation between economic growth rate
in the form of curve. Using data between unemployment and the rate of economic growth
in Indonesia as used in making the phillip curve the economic growth relationship with the
unemployment rate.
In order to overcome the problems of poverty and unemployment, urban
governance has been done through the economic empowerment program by allocating
the budget for economic empowerment of the community in the city's APBD in recent
years, but the effort have not given optimal results. The phenomenon is high economic
growth, high investment, revenue and government spending is also high, but the level of
public welfare is low, it could be seen from the poverty rate and unemployment remains
high and Human Development Index is low.
The condition raises a question whether the available economic empowerment
budget already large enough to reduce the number of poverty and unemployment, is the
high level of economic growth sufficient to encourage the economic empowerment of the
community ?, the questions have been spoken oftenly. Even some study have
conducted of the problem, but until now can not be provide the right solution in handling
the problem.
The problem formulations
1. Does the community's economic empowerment budget in the city's APBD affect
poverty both directly and indirectly through economic growth, investment, local
revenues and unemployment?
2. Does the fiscal decentralization fund affect the urban poverty either directly or
indirectly through economic growth, investment, local income and
unemployment?
3. Does investment affect urban poverty both directly and indirectly through
economic growth, investment, local revenues and unemployment?
4. Does economic growth affect urban poverty both directly and indirectly through
economic growth, investment, local revenues and unemployment?

1188 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

I. LITERATURE REVIEW
1. Reviews about the importance of government budget in economy
Government expenditure is part of fiscal policy (sandono 2000), which is a government
action to regulate the economy by determining the amount of government revenues and
expenditure each year as reflected in the APBN documents for national and regional
budgets. The objective of this fiscal policy to stabilize prices, output levels and
employment opportunities and spur economic growth. Regional expenditures or
regional budgets in the APBD have a very important role in the implementation of local
government engagement. Effectiveness of expenditures will directly affect the
effectiveness of public services, which will determine the success of regional
development. The effectiveness of regional expenditures is influenced by internal and
external factors of local government, including the process of preparation with the APBD
before and after the fiscal year concerned, and synergies with government programs.
The process of compossing APBD is not a simple, because it is related to planning
mechanisms involving various parties with diverse interests. A good budgeting process
will prioritize the public interest and be realized in an efficient budget, so that it will
produce outputs and outcomes in accordance with the planning. Challenges in the
process of budgeting is how to create a clear relationship between the input (budget in
APBD) with outuput and outcome of the program activities
Regional budgets (APBD) are the main policy instruments for local governments.
Regional budgets occupy a central position in the development of capability, efficiency,
and effectiveness of local governments. Regional budgets should be used as a tool in
determining the amount of income, expenditure and financing, decision-making tools
and development planning, future spending authority tools, standard measures for
performance evaluation and coordination tools for all activities in various work units.
Over seventy years ago, V.O. Key has indicated that budgeting has one of the most
basic issues, it was resource constraints. Key (1940) asks the following question: "on
what basis should it be decided to allocate x dollars to activity? A rather than activity
B?" The limitations of its resources cause the allocation decision making process to be
very dynamic, even more in conditions where there is Many parties with different
interests and preferences (Ruth, 1993)

1189 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 Macroeconomic theories, which are largely based on the role of markets in
resource allocation, and with the presumption that the layers of society, in fact can not
produce satisfactory answers to the problem of inequality. Unbalanced social forces,
causing market failure to realize that expectation (Brown, 1995).
Therefore, appropriate interventions are needed, so that policies at the macro level
support efforts to address the gaps that need to be done with micro-activities and
directly aimed at the lower layers of society. Community empowerment can be seen as
a bridge to the concepts of micro and macro development.
Development spending is issued by the government where the benefits can be felt
directly by the community because development spending is intended to improve public
services. One form of the development budget is the community economic
empowerment budget.
The budget allocation for community economic empowerment sourced from APBN
through PNPM (national community empowerment program) has been implemented
since 2007 with the aim of increasing community independence and productivity, and is
expected to be one of the solutions for reducing the number of poor and unemployed.
The budget for empowerment sourced from the APBN is limited in number and will
not be able to fulfill the needs of the entire empowerment budget in the country so that
the shortage of the empowerment budget is ideally allocated in the APBD of each
region, and a component of the direct budget allocated in program budgets and SKPD
each year. The budget for community economic empowerment is given to community
groups in the form of stimulant funds or capital assistance and training fund for
improvement
Quality community human resources. The amount of economic empowerment
budget is highly dependent on the local government's commitment to community
empowerment efforts and how deeply the executive and legislative understand the
importance of empowerment program in rangak improve the welfare of the community
Correlation of local revenue with unemployment and poverty In research
conducted by Ardi Hamzah (2009), on the relationship of local revenue (PAD), balance
funds, and public spending on economic growth, poverty and unemployment. The

1190 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

results of this study indicate that both directly and indirectly local revenue (PAD),
balance funds and public spending have no significant effect on economic growth.
So far, there is no direct relationship between PAD to poverty and unemployment,
but its relationship indirectly through economic growth or government budget. As
research in some countries about the relationship between government revenue and
expenditure (spending).
In the literature it is stated that there are three main hypotheses that can explain
the relations between income and expenditure or government budget. First, the
hypothesis about taxes and expenditures suggests a causal relationship between
income and expenditure, the opinion pioneered by friedman (1978), which suggests that
increased taxes will lead to an increase in government expenditure, further friedman
(1978) explains that financial deficits can not be reduced by raising Taxes due to tax
increases will lead to more spending, so that deficit reduction is done in accordance
with the highest capabilities that can be accepted by the public.
Second is the expenditure hypothesis and taxes, which states that the increase in
taxes and lending is due to an increase in government spending of peacock and
wiseman (1979), caused the problem that the second stage of expenditure increases
after the crisis. The main idea is the increase in taxes and the crisis will be the policy of
future taxation in the future (Narayan, 2005). In empirical research this hypothesis
signifies an indirect causality relationship between expenditure and income.
The third is the fiscal synchronization hypothesis, Barro's (1979) proposes the tax
model of 'smoothing' ie tax decisions and expenditures performed alternately Meltzer
and Richard (1981) from the empirical side of this hypothesis reveals the potential
bidalional causality.
Between expenditure and government revenues, Anderson et al. (1986) research,
using traditional econometric techniques, found that government spending led to
revenues in the US. Marlow and Manage (1986) examines the causal relationship
between federal expenditure and receipts in order to prove that taxes will reduce
deficits, the outcome is not directly and psoically related to grant funds on spending.

1191 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

 2. The Relation of Economic Growth with Unemployment and Poverty
Poverty is the biggest problem faced in this modern period, internationally,
reducing the poor has been used as the Millennium Development Goal, reducing the poor
to half the 2000 by 2015 (Bage, 2001) Economic development is an important effort to
reduce poverty.
The relationship between economic growth and poverty reduction has been
discussed by many researchers before this. The World Bank's 2005 Global Monitoring
Report explains that economic growth plays a central role in reducing poverty and
achieving global development goals. Economic development will provide wider
employment opportunities and employment opportunities to communities, including poor
households.
In the 21st agenda, combating poverty (united Nation Conference on environment
& development.1993) affirms that encouraging economic growth in developing countries
is a direct form of reducing poverty through job creation and income-generating programs.
Thiel (2005) more firmly suppresses that the reduction of the poor is impossible if the
economy does not develop.
Economic growth is a key requirement in overcoming the problem of poverty.
Economic growth and poverty are classical problems in economic development, there are
some contradictory opinions about the interrelationships between the two concepts.
Some experts argue that poverty can be reduced by creating high economic growth, but
on the contrary some experts who conduct empirical studies have found that high
economic growth actually adds to poverty. Some empirical studies, with time series
approach (data in each country) and cross-sectional data between countries, some
studies provide diverse conclusions.
Deininger and Squire (in podium: 2001) concluded there was a positive correlation
between a country's economic growth with increasing poverty. But studies conducted by
(World Bank, Fields and Jakobson and Ravallion 2001), show no correlation between
economic growth and poverty levels.
The empirical study review above is essentially a test of the Kuznets hypothesis in
which the relationship between poverty and economic growth shows a negative
relationship, on the contrary the relationship of economic growth and the level of

1192 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

economic inequality is a positive relationship. This relationship is well known for the
inverted U curve of Kuznets.
Thus the two studies which have contradictory results, reinforce the hypothesis of
Kuznets with an inverted U curve. But the very little benefits drip down to reach the poor
and very poor. Schneider (2003) actually argued between efforts to reduce the poverty
rate with the macroeconomic stability of a State. It mentioned that efforts to stabilize the
inflation rate, reduce budget deficits and increase foreign exchange reserves, of course
spending on social spending (basic health services, education, clean water and rural
development) is reduced. So far, macroeconomic authorities tend to choose to stabilize
these macroeconomic indicators in favor of macroeconomic management in favor of the
poor

J.RESEACH METHOD

This research is quantitative research , research design is obsevasional by collecting

data of economic empowerment budget and using Structural Equation Model (SEM)
The study was conducted 5 cities in Indonesia, the location determinated was done
purposively based on several aspects of the city

K.RESULTS AND FINDING

1. Analysis and implications of the impact of economic empowerment budgets
in the APBD on poverty through economic growth, local revenues and urban
unemployment
Based on the results of the analysis of the effect between the variables, it is obtained
the fact that the budget of community economic empowerment has no direct effect on
poverty. The indirect effect through economic growth is also insignificant, while through
significant negative investment, through PAD has no effect and through significant
negative unemployment, which will be described as follows:
1. Budget of economic empowerment of society and its effect on unemployment
One program that is expected to reduce the high rate of unemployment in urban areas is
the empowerment of the community's economy, but the empowerment budget allocated

1193 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

in the city's APBD does not indicate a direct influence on unemployment as well as its
indirect influence through city PAD.

Several studies in line with this were done by Dritsakis, Nicolaos Adamopoulos,
Antonis, Shenggen Fan, Peter Hazel Sukhadeo Thorat Neelsh Gounder Paresh Kumar
Narayan Arti Prasad, who found that government expenditure did not affect
unemployment.
The facts obtained in this study that the budget empowerment allocated in APBD big
cities like Jakarta, Surabaya, Makassar have no effect on the reduction of urban
unemployment, as well as indirect influence through city PAD does not affect the
reduction of unemployment in urban areas.
Unless the city of Bandung which specifically allocate budget for economic
empowerment of society in big enough amount since year 2007 through program
"Bawaku Makmur". With the program seen a decrease in unemployment, but no research
proves that the decline is mainly caused by this program, but through the program
Bandung City government has opened up opportunities for businesses and employment
opportunities for unemployment.
Thus the implication of this finding is that the budget for economic empowerment of
the community and PAD has not been able to encourage the reduction of unemployment.
This is partly due to the amount of budget for economic empowerment in APBD is still
very limited and not enough to fulfill the needs of the community with various problems
faced mainly to reduce the unemployment rate in urban areas which from year to year did
not show significant decline.
In addition, there are still many unemployed in urban areas who are not yet aware
and interested in accessing capital and information from the community economic
empowerment program. In general, unemployment with a high level of education is still
more interested in hunting job exchanges in the company or government and less
interested to develop entrepreneurship by utilizing capital assistance from both economic
empowerment program and from banking.

1194 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

2. The Influence of Economic Empowerment budget on Urban Poverty
The budget for economic empowerment has no effect on urban poverty, thus
increasing the economic empowerment budget of the community does not affect the
poverty rate. Some studies that support, among others, Alesina and Rodrik, (1994);
Dagdeviren et al. (2002); Agenor, (2004), growth can affect good or bad for poverty
reduction, depending on how macroeconomic policies such as; Public spending, income
generation and other policies are designed to create stability in economic growth, but
where the policy negatively affects the poor, government budget spending should be
increased (Squire 1993) or simplify and provide capital opportunities (birdsall and
Londono 1997), As for macroeconomic policies such as public spending and
development budgets will have different effects for each individual because each has
opportunities and challenges.
At the micro level (Galor and Zeira, 1993), Datt and Ravallion (1998) and Palmer-
Jones and Sen (2006) Carter and Barret (2006). The empirical facts in the field show
that some cities with high poverty rates do not allocate substantial economic
empowerment budgets in the city's APBD, indeed there is an increase in the budget but
the value is not significant or very small. Similarly, cities with large economic
empowerment budget scores, such as Bandung, Surabaya, Jakarta and Semarang
have not been able to reduced significantly poverty rates.
The implication of the findings in this research is the budget for community
economic empowerment has no effect on reducing urban poverty. This shows that the
budget planning of community economic empowerment has not been properly
established. Based on the explanation from several heads of economic planning of
Bappeda city, it is found that during this time city administration generally set budget of
economic empowerment only based on assumption of percentage increase of budget
every year, average 5-10 percent from year and then connected with city poverty
number

1195 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

L.CONCLUSION
Based on the results of the analysis, hypothesis testing, and discussion of research
on the influence of the budget of economic empowerment of society to urban poverty
through economic growth, PAD and unemployment can be drawn conclusion as follows:
1. The economic empowerment budget has no direct effect on urban poverty,
this is because the city government in general has not set specific policy on
community economic development planning related to the minimum amount of
economic empowerment budget that should be allocated in APBD kota to meet
the target of urban poverty reduction achievement. In addition, policies related
to implementation mechanisms and monitoring of community economic
empowerment programs have not been comprehensively and systematically
designed that lead to program success.
2. Fiscal decentralization has no direct effect on urban poverty, indicating that the
proportion of transfer funds from the government is still not large enough for
productive public spending and can drive the economic activity of the small
community.
3. Investment has a direct negative and significant effect on urban poverty,
caused through increased investment will increase the income of the
community through the expansion of employment opportunities and changes
in urban economic structure, thereby reducing poverty and unemployment.
4. Economic growth has no direct effect on urban poverty, economic growth is
not qualified and not pro-poverty, in addition there are other factors that also
affect poverty.

REFERENCES
Adelman , I and Morris CT (1971) Economic Growth and Social Equity in
Developing Countries , Stanford University Press
Agrawal Prakash(2001) Economic Growth and Poverty Reduction , Journal of
Development Economic
Aghion, P and P.Howitt (1994) , Growth and Unemployemnt , Review of Economic
Studies
Agenor PR ( 2005) The Macroeconomic of Poverty Reduction, The Manchester School
Bahl,RW, Linn J ,(2009) Urban Public Finance in Developing Countrie, Oxford University
Press , New York

1196 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

Baneerjee A and E Duflo (2009) the Economic Lives of The Poor , The Journal of
Economic Perspectivee
Bird , RM ( 1993) Fiscal Decentralization and intergovernmental relation in Transistion
Economies , Working Paper , World Bank. Washington DC
Cashin , Tsangyao and Yuan Hong Ho (2010) Macroeconomic Policies and Poverty
Reduction : Stylized Facts and an Overview of Research
Departemen Keuangan RI , Kebijakan Desentralisasi Fiskal dan Pengelolaan Keuangan
Daerah
Dollar, D and A Krayy ( 2009) Growth is Good For The Poor , World Bank
washington
Edmund A, N. Aslanidis, F.Nixson , Economic
Growth and Poverti Alleviation ; A Reconsideration of Dollar Kraay , University of
Manceshter,2010
Hamzah Ardy (2007) Analisa Kinerja Keuangan Terhadap Pertumbuhan Ekonomi ,
Pengagguran dan Kemiskinan
Hyun H Son, Kakwani N , (2009) , Economic Growth and Poverty Reduction : Initial
Condition Matter , Macquarie University , Sydney.
Kuznets S ( 1955) Economic Growth and Income inequality , American Economic Review
Mankiw N (2000) , Macroeconomic 4 edition , Worth Publisher, New York
Samuelson, Paul (2009) , Ilmu Makro Ekonomi Media Global Edukasi
Setyawati , Anis dan Hamzah Ardi ( 2007 ) Analisa PAD , DAU, DAK dan Belanja
Pembangunan Terhadap Pertumbuhan Ekonomi , Kemiskinan dan Pengagguran
Shenggen F , Peter H , Sukhaedo T , Linkage Between Government Spending , Growth
and Poverty in Rural India

1197 | Proceeding ICONPO VII: August 2017

ISBN: 978-602-50842-0-1